The URL can be used to link to this page

38A-116 (6) N VW'NO1dWVH1tiON NOI1dIb�S3O 31V4 )Idvw X V I— z1: w IV#wnCIN3aaV 80RIR N W X F- Z ' NouDndISNOD M3N 5 F _ N }}. O lJJ 0 � � i° � V '-'-' U s w � M 11 3 S`dHd - II I H Z Na m o g ' V Q =Zoe u N Z Fn n U- —j ID Q z LNOv -IdlidSOH iV TDVIIIA _ Qg cn (J z pC W W d S (] V N U m Q Ln Ln — W I p 31 N Qo Q � m 0 LU 13 F- 02 r CL m O I Z m � °o - I i Li N OQ O m I W CV W Q r W N F- O O Za Y0QWZ O Z Lu 1 O m m W Z (n F' Q � N_ F- m O O OZ Q O 0- = 000v ~i z 0 O Co Ln V) U _ O 1 O Il Q O CL z D OD O U- rn N V] M O O a L_L/ t� `^ L.L J IoM ¢ QJ 00 W ^` LL W U CD I Z CL%D u J o Q co Ln O O rn Q o 00 fV U N oO Q N co W , m W C) J _ I U J Q I — C-4 a' N Z o- m N Y I Q o Q o Q O O I QU UQ U Q U m � m � F- I V m Q did•)looi3 i o),vi-I Z90Z-\(3`d:)\u2,s9a-aN HHn- 1 Z90Z\:n Wd ££:Z 1800Z/E I/Z N 4 o W'NOldWVHI'dON NOI1dW:)S3a 3V )I'dVW o LLJ E u Z 00 b#wnGN34OV 80/81/1 N cs NO1DmiSNOD M3N 8 � E : o° � v W Z�' - }U F�LL II 3SdHd ��IH No uo , zc FL L) IdlldSOH lb 39VIIIA oW a: g °J w cn X u U m Q Y 0 o U W V) o U W z 0 z z > = QO a w � ZH U > Z �- 0 M :D LU U z w D U F- ly J LWL W I- Q W O F- O = m LU W cL f- W LL Q io Z � � Z F- UQ Ld W � � m w � Z ZD NH V) CO � _ = F- p U' Z EF- U � = Nm WZ gW og N < = m ? � Lu o og gW Ye °z a � 7 pf= Ln mNuz < F- F- Z u0 � � FQ 0 - N LL LLma V a FD m = z , co CL I I ZN J V J N M Q � z U w _ I „9 F I „o',£I I „9 M — Q ( - < 0 r = _ ( rn N U M rn W Q u I u , U LLJ E O O i m J u lka I- Zt F- 0 Z I � cnQm I = Q wp c U a Z u - - N a I N a o I Q N N z U LU J IL CLJ LL LU ° O U Q to M Q Q U Q O II J -i N = Q �n U m (7 V) 0 :T Z ,^ W U = — N Lij OZ WU w o o Q J J J Q aZ m � u _ I ° Q L o V m Q dld'>1008 inn kvi-I Z90Z-\4VJ\u81sa4 mON HHn- I Z90Z\:n Wd 00:1 800Z/81/I N VW'NO1dWVHI'dON NOI1dIaJS3a 31Va )I'dVW o U f—LU NE F— E#wnaN3aaV LO/LO/Z1 7 � a J W Wm o ^ —O N I - ! x 0 '-'-' s �, 11 3SVHcl - 111H FZF N m ; � 0 W V LU =�c�, W ^ 3 � ovfw tL 0 t Q Z �NO� lVIldSOH IV T)VITA �� 1 : �� W �13 0 V m Q �. Z w m c '^ Q LU D w 00 U w Ln Z o- -Q' � Z m Q X m LL ce V) LU Z w Z LLJ a w v U a O N LU z ,,, 0Z wO ~ 0- 0 cy p � mm � r40 °C ° mwp c � p OZ U � Z 3N Lnp O O � N O p l7 w 3 � O p _jw Z j U -j Z) X m Q Q w 0- N M H N Z � 00 J N Z Q LU 0 J o aO p No 0 II N 3 U C14 w Q C7 0 .. z LU m X J Q O LU < ucj DD V) O O w ;p U Z OD oC - Q _ Ln N (V fV V m Q dld'>1008 iflo kvi-1 Z90Z-\(ivD\u81sad-9N HHn I Z90Z\:n Wd b£:I LOOZ/L/Z I N H 0 Ha VW'NO1dWVH1aON NOI1dINJS3O 31V4 -AdVW o x V ~ '^r I#Wf1ON3O4V LO/ZI/II - m H 5 Z w N r+ J X wo ^ NOIl�f1b1SNODM3N N a r9 LU 1 `�, O � ° II 3Sb'Hd - IIIH zNmmu Q V O Z'^ - G a Z a a y f_ O LiJ � F- Q ? ^Nov -IVIldSOH lb 39VIII/� °LL o W ° U m Q BO Ln Ln 00 z N 00 — i Cr1 N In — (V 0 oW w CL O OZ N N 0 al � Z � v } z - w w z U- Q ~N Cf Z Q D p v) =o Fn LU m 0 O m � c Q N O F- U Z v O M n x p aw p = O v - Z p v o O m p N U ti v°0i N M a r--- -� C� --- ;,, a U V. II II II ii V) Z = O Q II II II II z Z w _ N w T II i I-- = O, o U UJ F- Uj Lij U .� U V) .............. 1 I M c+n U Q M M COD Q O a. 1U. co of � O � � E 0 X00 o g0 � Q CL z 0 z_ O cv 'L N C-4 d ` w c W - W Z N H 4 u Q O x Ln Z J O N U = C4 u_ N w O ZII M Lij UV Q U m Q dld'J1008-Lno,k i-IZ90Z-\(iV:)luslsaa-aN HHA- IZ90Z\:A WV£I:01 LOOZ/ZI/I I N H Q O )1'dVW a °U F- W Wf0N300V 9 N W , -6o NOI �f1SN07 M3N ' Q o° O v E II 3SdHd - ��IH Z N m o aZ�^ xx X �- QZ V) w -NOS _ V m Q w J O = to N W W U d l~L z Z Z U Q� Z N vl Q Z 0 d Q O 1J'1 LLJ Op Q Y > oOC dLL O 2 w -j U U 0 QZ wQ U -1 wN W � � � 00 ca ~ � Z V) UZ) OOU Q X LU w j O O U ~ j O L~ll N Z J ` w J N O Q CL O Q W Co Fa- N N Y C LU Lu Z) ��y M 0C N V) N CC V) Lun, 0. W F- N - W 4 Q I.L O Oo II w J V) 0 N p[ � M w w M U ub a U- W z l9 Z) Q z u M u °- Z O 2 w U U Ow O LL Q E Q 0 _ ~ N O Z m 0u _j Q M O w N o OD o O ZU � O W u U- Z N O o Y w E a. 4 OQ� Nrr i � N L V1 N CL pp J � N Q _ N W t0 O cn O O Q� -� II Ldp M Z LU Q W V)i V m Q dld•)lOOE-Lno k`dl-I Z90Z~\(i`d:)\u8lsao-aN HHn- I Z90Z\:n WV E 1:01 LOOZ/Z I/I I N (n 0 VW'NO1dWVH1ON NOl NDS34 31V )IVW F a ao N m M 1#wnaN3OOV LO/ZI/1I O W�o NOIl:) 121SN0:)M3N U- J Q�I 4.► 0 ow"� s � II 3SdHd - T1H z o �V VO aZ w W Q Z L' O lVIldSOH IV 39VIIIA �N _ N Mou a X LL o x 0 V m Q V) U Z u Q Z m `^ Q3 p Ln 5d � Qp � d u U D N p m m F- w _ o U cn LL- U p V) Q l7 0 Z z h LLJ p O o N QO 0 LL O x U O Z F= -j O O O Y w 3 O p N w v' m mQ vii LU w N Q C p Lu o0 Z m w w Z Q 0 M ° Qc O � O w LLJ p Q Z Z 2 m a w Q Y a LU F a Z O 0 w �" Z J w — Q U ['V x Z iV U E N w LL F— N N — F- N w U w L Oo O cC oC � o ZM M J . ■ . W II LI.I C L.L Q N N Q fV cV (> m Q did•>1008-Lno), 'i-I Z90Z~\aVD\u2isao-aN HHn I Z90Z\:n WV 8Z:O I LOOZ/Z I/I I VW'NOldWVHlIlON NOIldItlJS34 N Ha 31VO >1'dVW o 4-J Lu '� m W W J N U WwnGN344V LO/ZI/II 7 L U 0, Noii:)n21SN07 M3N O LL DLU n oQ` ' o W U ` o z II 3SdHd -- IH Z o w QZ o Z O Y f�N ��1/v IVIldSOH iV 39Q ® _ U xx X JC y=j U m Q J � � W W Z m W Y Ln w = Z Ln z z o u g o = Q o -, LL Q z V) z Z z z F- N o L9 o LL a o LL o a a m u C m m a Q J Q u ° = g ° LLJ o - u 0 F- m F N = m g ? m Y U LL. U H = W Q Z I- z O Om �O W 0 a o U LU Z -i U cv X J W U ~ U W f� N O CO co — N m OD Lo N U LL m Ln — LL LU � O � o W W Z � No > W J N - O z Q LLU Z 3 °Z "� U. OI.zi O oC _1 W A II N LL1 ^ J A V) N Q fV (V u OD Q dld'>1008 inn kVl-I Z90Z-\aVD\u2lsad-ON HHn- I Z90Z\:n WV£1:01 LOOZ/Z I/I I N 0 Ha HW'NO1dW dHlbON NOI1dINJS34 31V4 N21b W o x �— O O Lz�r 1#wnaN3aav co2vll ' NOIl�nUSN0�M3N N v o ^L� o J 11 3SVHd o" - °? m Q U zm o Q Z —vi Y — U m Q 1 z ° N LLI z LLI n ° � Qm z M M o ui F- o ce w � J G� Q o° g o U- g I- u Q Ln O w Z LL LU g m z w W O U m g o in D D J W o D D 0 D O oC W z I- LLI v o\ o D o (g m v J LU D Q U P W Q p 0o J D � O O O D LI Z — w zl� D V1 I- 3: 2 ' in O D a' z -� D M 0 21 O a o Pn p O p LL z O O > F- V) _j J z L O W N O N M LLJ o E p p O N oC a. J Q (9 F- J 0 0 0 CL } m F O ao V z LL = M M Q Q J L N z N N J cis O _° ' ^ II a W U M Lij W 0 z N LL a p Q 0 Z gg U D U m Q dld'>1008_Lno kvi-I Z90Z~\aHJ\u2isad-9N HHn I Z90Z\:n Wd ZZ+LOOZ/£1/1 1 DUCTILE IRON FRAME AND GRATE: AD: INLET GRATE 18" 2.47" DB: SOLID COVER VARIABLE INVERT SEE PLAN FOR HEIGHT INVERTS AND VARIABLE OVERALL l PIPE SIZES HEIGHT PER PLAN 1 SET ON 4" MIN. GRAVEL BASE 6" MIN. �yIl Vag 18"PRE-ENGINEERED PVC DRAINAGE BASIN PER MFR.SPEC. NO 10 SCALE D I E T Z PROTECT NO 20621 SHEET TITLE VILLAGE AT HOSPITAL HILL - PHASE II CADFILEc -- Area Drain (AD) 0Copyright zoos Drain Basin (DB) By Dietz Co.Architects,Inc. NORTHAV-1N, MASSACHUSLITS All Rights Reserved. Detail C O =� e The Berkshire AD4.02.1 Architects -- � - --- - -- Berk n INCORPORATED ARK DP E Group.Inc. From: Scott Sullivan, PE [mailto:ssullivan @cesct.com] Sent: Wednesday,October 03, 2007 4:24 PM To: Marc Sternick Cc: Michael Walsh Subject: V @HH Fire Chief Meeting Marc, Below is a summary of our conversations today with Deputy Fire Chief Nichols, David Sparks and Jay Vinsky as it relates to MEP items. - David Sparks is ok with splitting the one 6"main inside the water meter closet before two isolation valves and a backflow preventer on the Fire Protection side. - David Sparks said that there is no need for a backflow preventer on the domestic water main. - On the fire protection main a double check backflow preventer will be required per David and Deputy Nichols - Northampton uses a 4"Storz as their FD connection - Buildings B and C can have the FD connection mounted on the outside of the water meter closet. - Buildings Al-A4 need to have FD connections moved to the street sides of the buildings. - Per Deputy Nichols the attics of the buildings will not need to be sprinkled because of the fact the buildings are designed under NFPA 13R and the attics are not intended for storage or living. He does request the attics have heat detection. - The fire alarm annunciators do not need to be adjacent to the fire department connections but should be located at an entrance and the location should be consistent in each building. - Radio dialers or master boxes are not required - Digital autodialer for the fire alarm system is adequate - A knox box and outdoor strobe light is required. Thanks, Scott Exception: Doors leading trom a room or 713.3. tenant space to a stairway in buildings in which 4. Stairways in open parking structures which only one exit is required are not required to serve only the parking structure are not required swing in the direction of egress travel. to be encloed. 5. Stairways in occupancies in Use Group I-3 as 1014.8.3 Door construction: All doorway provided for in 780 CMR 410.3.7. opening protectives shall be fire doors complying with 780 CMR 716.0. Labeled means of egress 1014.11.1 Exterior walls: Exterior walls of an fire doors shall have a maximum transmitted enclosed exit stairway shall comply with the temperature end point of not more than 450°F requirements of 780 CMR 705.0 for exterior (232°C) above ambient at the end of 30 minutes walls. Where nonrated walls or unprotected of standard fire test exposure. openings enclose the exterior of the stairway,the building exterior walls within ten feet(3048 mm) 1014.9 Stairway construction: All stairways shall horizontally of the nonrated wall or unprotected be built of materials consistent with the types of opening shall be constructed as required for materials permitted for the type of construction of stairway enclosures, including opening the building; except that wood handrails shall be protectives,but are not required to exceed a one- permitted for all types of construction. Such hour fireresistance rating with 3/4-hour opening stairways shall have solid treads and landing protectives. This construction shall extend platforms, and all finish floor surfaces shall be of vertically from a point ten feet(3048 mm) above slip-resistant materials. the topmost landing of the stairway or to the roof line,whichever is lower,and down to the ground. 1014.9.1 Strength: All stairways,platforms and landings in other than occupancies in Use Group 1014.11.2 Penetrations: Penetrations into and R-3 shall be adequate to support a live load of 100 openings through an exit enclosure assembly are pounds per square foot (488.20 kg/m2) and a prohibited except for required exit doors, concentrated load of 300 pounds (136.20 kg). ductwork and equipment necessary for independent stair pressurization, required 1014.10 Discharge identification: Exit stairways ventilation sprinkler piping, standpipes and which continue beyond the level of exit discharge electrical conduit serving the stairway and shall be interrupted at the level of exit discharge by terminating at a steel box that does not exceed 16 partitions, doors or other effective means of square inches (10323 mm ) in area. There shall preventing persons from continuing past the floor of not be any penetrations or communicating discharge while egressing. openings, whether protected or not between djacent stairway enclosures. 1014.11 Interior stairway enclosures: Interior exit stairways shall be enclosed with fire separation 1014.11.3 Door locks: All interior stairway assemblies having a fireresistance rating of not less means of egress doors shall be openable from than two hours except that such stairways in both sides without the use of a key or special occupancies in Use Group A, B, E, F, H4, I, M, R knowledge or effort. or S which connect less than four stories shall be Exceptions: enclosed with fire separation assemblies having a 1. Stairway discharge doors shall be operable fireresistance rating of not less than one hour. An from the egress side and shall only be locked exit stairway enclosure shall not be used for any from the opposite side. purpose other than means of egress. Openings in 2. 780 CMR 1014.0 shall not apply to doors exit enclosures, other than unexposed exterior arranged in accordance with 780 CMR 403.10 openings,shall be limited to those necessary for exit and 1017.4. access to the enclosure from normally occupied spaces and for egress from the enclosure. 1014.11.4 Exit signs: Each door to an enclosed Exceptions: exit stairway shall be equipped with tactile 1. Stairways are not required to be enclosed in signage reading"Exit"complying with 521 CMR occupancies in Use Group A-5 in which all listed in Appendix A and installed on the side of portions of the means of egress are essentially the door from which egress is to be made. open to the outside. I Rinirminim cervina anti rontnined within a 101d_11.5 Qtnirwav floor rmmher done- A cian Page 1 of 1 Marc Sternick From: Elizabeth Morgan Sent: Wednesday, January 09, 2008 11:04 AM To: Marc Sternick Subject: DMR#214062 -20712 - DMR/Burts Pit Road Housing - LEED for Homes Hi Marc, Please find a draft of the email regarding LEED for Homes below. Hello Jon, Steve, Jim, Bruce and Bill, We received your Approval of our Concepts Submission —thank you. We were happy to note Jim's inquiry into the pursuit of LEED for Home and would like to respond. Having met with a representative from the Center for Ecological Technology (CET)for a number of hours to specifically discuss what would be required to pursue—and achieve—a LEED rating on the Burts Pit project, we found that the work involved would likely add only a nominal amount to the project's budget. Most of the Sustainable Strategies that already plan to be employed on the project satisfy the basic prerequisites for LEED, so going through the official process would be straightforward. Unlike the LEED process for Commercial projects, LEED for Home bypasses the majority of paperwork and documentation required to satisfy LEED ratings by using a CET representative to personally check work. Based on our meeting with CET, the fees associated with LEED for Home, as well as the work required by us to oversee the process would be approximately$10,000 -$12,000. The amount that it would cost the civil engineers to follow and track LEED for Home requirements would be approximately . As such, a total of to pursue LEED for Homes seems a worthwhile number to achieve an environmentally sustainable building that could stand as a model for future state and/or DMR projects. Please let us know if you would like to speak further about LEED for Homes, or if you would like us to submit a formal Request for Additional Services. Sincerely, Elizabeth Morgan Architectural Associate Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 17 Hampden Street Springfield, MA 01 103 (413) 733-6798 Phone (413) 732-4385 Fax www.dietzandcompanyarr-hitects.com Serving community values and client needs by shaping responsive architectural solutions. 1/10/2008 Code Review— Part 1: Accessibility Village at Hospital Hill — Phase II — 40 Units of New Construction 9/24/07 Accessibility Code review for the complex was completed with respect to four areas: Massachusetts Architectural Access Board, Federal Section 504 Regulations, Federal Fair Housing Act regulations and the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990. The summary of review and proposed approach to implementation follows: 1. Massachusetts AAB Determinations: A. See 3.2 of CMR 521 for applicability of work on new construction. B. Applicability of compliance: All new construction shall comply with 521 CMR. C. Conclusion: Full Compliance for Mass AAB is required. The work being performed will comply with 521 CMR. All public spaces (common corridors in three story buildings) and 5% of all units will be fully accessible as noted in 521 CMR 9.2.2 and 9.4. Two fully accessible units are required to meet the 5% of the 40 new units in this development. Two fully accessible units are provided. One 1-bedroom unit is located in Building B and one 2-bedroom unit is located in Building C. All entrances to these units are fully accessible. All common areas are fully accessible. II. Section 504 Accessibility Compliance This project falls under the jurisdiction of the Architectural Barriers Act, Section 504, of 1973,24 CFR Part 8. These regulations require the use of UFAS in determining specific accessibility requirements. Where accessible units are being provided, it is presumed that they will be built to meet Mass AAB standards within the unit,which in general surpass those of the ADA and UFAS, as referenced by Section 504. All accessible units will conform or exceed UFAS requirements. Additionally, 2%of the total units, or I unit,will have to be made accessible for persons with hearing or vision impairments. One unit will be provided will be made accessible for persons with hearing or vision impairments. A. Quantity of Unit Conversions: Section 504 prescribes that 5% of apartments be made to be Barrier Free. Of 40 rentable units, 5% would represent 2 units. This project will provide 2 fully accessible apartment units. 111111. ADA Regulations All public spaces and accessible routes will meet ADA requirements for accessibility. IV. Fair Housing Act Compliance Because these units are new construction, the Fair Housing Act applies. Fair Housing requires many of the same requirements as the Massachusetts Architectural Access Board Regulations. In addition, the Fair Housing Act requires that all entrances from a common area to an internal common area or ground floor flat apartment must be on an accessible route and be accessible. All entrances from common areas that access ground floor flat apartments are accessible. This project meets all requirements of the Fair Housing Act of 1973. 020621-vhh new design\06-construction documents\regulatory(code review,etc.)\village-accessibility review.doc Page i of i Planning - Decision City of Northampton Hearing PLN-2008-0019 Date: January 15, 2008 No.. Francis Johnson votes to Grant George Kohout votes to Grant Keith Wilson votes to Grant Kenneth Jodre votes to Grant MOTION MADE BY: SECONDED BY: VOTE COUNT: DECISION: Keith Wilson Kenneth Jodrie 7 Approved with Conditions MINUTES OF MEETING: Available in the Office of Planning&Development. 1,Carolyn Misch,as agent to the Planning Board,certify that this is a true and accurate decision made by the Planning Board and certify that a copy of this and all plans have been filed with the Board and the City Clerk on January 14,2008. 1 certify that a copy of this decision has been mailed to the Owner and Applicant. GeoTMS®2008 Des Lauriers Municipal Solutions,Inc. Notice of Appeal An appeal from the decision of the Planning Board may be made by any person aggrieved pursuant to MGL Chapt.40A,Section 17 as amended within twenty(20)days after the date of the filing of the notice of the decision with the City Clerk. The date is listed above.Such appeal may be made to the Hampshire Superior Court with a certified copy of the appeal sent to the City Clerk of the City of Northampton. Planning - Decision City of Northampton Hearing PLN-2008-0019 Date: January 15, 2008 No.. 7. The applicant shall provide 2"domestic service line branch off 6"fire service line inside each building ahead of the backflow preventer. 8. There shall be a single water meter for each building. 9.No stormwater flow may drain from the driveway serving lot 21 to the approved street. FINDINGS: The Planning Board granted approval of the application based on the submissions within the application that address all the section in 350.20 and the following plans and documents: 1. Village At Hospital Hill Phase 11 Site Plans dated 11-21-2007,Prepared by The Berkshire Design Group,Inc.. Sheets L-001,002,L-100,200 (dated 12/5/07),300,400,501,502. 2.Site Lighting Plan Village at Hospital Hill Phase 11,dated Nov 16,2007.Prepared by Apex Lighting Solutions, sheet SL-1. 3. Village at Hospital Hill Phase 11 Exterior Elevations,dated 11/01/2007.Prepared by Dietz&Co.Architects Inc. Pates A-201-A 1,A-202-A 1; A-201-A3;A-202-A3;A-201-B;A-202-B;A-201-C;A-202-C. 4.Memo and documentation submitted by The Berkshire Design Group,Inc. To Tom Kegelman/CC:Carolyn Misch,dated November 21, 2007,RE:Site Plan Review Comments.Pages 1-3 of 3 with supporting registry information. 5.Memo and documentation submitted by Tom Kegelman of The Community Builders,Inc.dated December 6, 2007 re:Village at Hospital Hill 11. In accordance with approval criteria in section 350-20.14,the Planning Board found that the following criteria were met: (1) The applicant has submitted the required fees and information as set forth in the Plan Approval Authority's regulations section 350-20; and (2) The Project and site plan meet the requirements and standards set forth in this§350-20,or a waiver has been granted therefrom.No waivers have been granted. The Planning Board did approve a 20%reduction in required parking based on the plans submitted for 80%of the total 40 units being allocated for deed restricted affordable units;and (3)Extraordinary adverse potential impacts of the Project on nearby properties have been adequately mitigated. COULD NOT DEROGATE BECAUSE: FILING DEADLINE: MAILING DATE: HEARING CONTINUED DATE: DECISION DRAFT BY: APPEAL DATE: 12/11/2007 11312008 311812008 REFERRALS IN DATE: HEARING DEADLINE DATE: HEARING CLOSE DATE: FINAL SIGNING BY: APPEAL DEADLINE: 12/27/2007 31812008 1/1012008 311812008 21312008 FIRST ADVERTISING DATE: HEARING DATE: VOTING DATE: DECISION DATE: 1212712007 111012008 111012008 1/1412008 SECOND ADVERTISING DATE: HEARING TIME: VOTING DEADLINE: DECISION DEADLINE: 11312008 8:30 PM 311812008 311812008 MEMBERS PRESENT: VOTE: Katharine G.Baker votes to Grant Stephen Gilson votes to Grant Jennifer Dieringer votes to Grant proposed"DB"and"AD"structures. 3. City approvals make no guarantee that the driveway infrastructure(utilities and all)leading to Lot 21 will be adequate for to meet subdivision street standards.If a road is proposed for future connection over this driveway,road construction shall comply with whatever subdivision standards are in place at that future date. 4. There will be no credit given for infiltration under stormwater standards at this point or in the future because there is no detail engineering or drainage calculation for the infiltration system. The infiltration planned meets the criteria in design standards only. 5.Driveway materials utilized to access buildings B and C shall be compatible with adjacent roadway. 6. Once the City has accepted a street,driveway permits will be required for any curb cuts that have not already been established at the time of acceptance. GeoTMS®2008 Des Lauriers Municipal Solutions,Inc. Planning - Decision City of Northampton Hearing PLN-2008-0019 No.: Date: January 15, 2008 APPLICATION TYPE: SUBMISSION DATE: PB 40R Review 1111912007 Applicant's Name: Owner's Name: Surveyor's Name: NAME: NAME: COMPANY NAME: Village at HOSPITAL HILL It LLC Village at HOSPITAL HILL II LLC ADDRESS: ADDRESS: ADDRESS: c%The Community Builders c%The Community Builders 95 Berkeley St,Suite 500 95 Berkeley St Suite 500 TOWN: STATE: ZIP CODE: TOWN: STATE: ZIP CODE: TOWN: STATE: ZIP CODE: BOSTON MA 02110 BOSTON MA 02110 PHONE NO.: FAX NO.: PHONE NO.: FAX NO.: PHONE NO.: FAX NO.: (413)737-0207(5371) (413)737-0207(5371) EMAIL ADDRESS: EMAIL ADDRESS: EMAIL ADDRESS: Tkegelman @tcbinc.org Tkegelman @tcbinc.org Site Information: STREET NO.: SITE ZONING: VILLAGE HILL RD PV/Smart Growth Overlay District TOWN: SECTION OF BYLAW: NORTHAMPTON MA 01060 350-20:Smart Growth Overlay District MAP: BLOCK: LOT: MAP DATE: ACTION TAKEN: 31C 017 001 Approved With Conditions Book: Page: 09282 121 NATURE OF PROPOSED WORK: 40R Review for construction of 40 RENTAL DWELLING UNITS along Moser Street,Musante Drive, Village Hill Road.Also includes Map ID 31C-21,23,25. HARDSHIP: CONDITION OF APPROVAL: 1) Prior to the issuance of a building permit and marking of a unit for a project within the District,the affordable units shall be subject to an Affirmative Fair Marketing Plan approved by the Massachusetts Department of Housing and Community Development(DHCD).Such Plan must describe the resident selection process for the affordable units and must set forth a plan for affirmative marketing that provides maximum opportunity to low or moderate income households,including minority households. 2.Prior to issuance of a building permit the following items must be addressed. a.the affordability deed restrictions,substantively in the form submitted with the application, must be approved and accepted by the City of Northampton and approved by the Massachusetts Department of Housing and Community Development(DHCD). This agreement may be part of a Tax Credit Agreement or a separate Affordability Restriction. b.the applicant shall submit floor plans with dimensional detailing of the exterior facades sufficient to show the relief step backs that are consistent with the plans and proposal discussed and approved by the Board. c.All drainage piping size and materials must be approved by Department of Public Works. d.detail sheets must be submitted to Office of Planning and Development that provide detail of the SECTION 2 Environmental Fire Protection will provide all required equipment and tools for testing the fire protection system. SECTION 3 The Fire Department shall be invited t©,,wi'tpes�s,the Fire Sprinkler System Acceptance Test. a A � Respectf Mic J. Joanis, P.E. ` J:AActiveAemerrill\VFW Littleton\vfw retail narrative l -31-07.doc Village at Hospital Hill 5 02/20/2008 Northampton, MA c) The general contractor shall coordinate acceptance testing between trades and code officials. Village at Hospital Hill 4 02/20/2008 Northampton, MA g) Kitchen cooking equipment and exhaust system is not applicable. h) Emergency power equipment by others. i) No hazardous materials monitoring equipment. j) Fire protection systems are provided with seismic protection in accordance with NFPA 13, 2002 edition. SECTION 5 a) Building Occupant notification and evacuation procedures are the responsibility of the owner. b) Emergency response personnel, site and systems features are not applicable. c) Safeguards, fire prevention and emergency procedures during construction and impairment plans associated are the responsibility of General Contractor. d) Method of FUTURE System Testing and Maintenance shall be in accordance with NFPA 25 and it is the responsibility of the owner. SECTION 6 a) The Fire Sprinkler Systems designed for this building and covered by this Narrative are based on the prescriptive requirements identified in Section 3 above. b) There were no interpretations or clarification between the prescriptive design criteria and code requirements necessary for these systems. c) There were no waivers or variances sought for the Fire Sprinkler Systems covered by this Narrative. 1 b) Sequence of Operation The wet pipe sprinkler system will respond to an abnormal high temperature at the rating for each type sprinkler. When the heat responsive element actuates, the sprinkler will allow water to flow to control the fire. A flow from ONLY one (1) sprinkler head will activate the water flow alarm on the Sprinkler Riser and close a contact in the Fire Alarm Control Panel (e.g. installed BY OTHERS)and cause a Fire Alarm in accordance with the Fire Alarm Control Panel design. The sequence of operation of all other building features are not covered by this Narrative as they are the responsibility of OTHERS. 1 c) Testing Criteria SECTION 1 a) Environmental Fire Protection will be responsible to all fire protection system testing. b) NFPA13, 2002 edition, test certificates will be provided. Village at Hospital Hill 3 02/20/2008 Northampton, MA i) No dedicated Hazardous Materials Storage room j) No storage over 12'-0"AFF. k) Fire department emergency vehicle access is provided. SECTION 2 a) The Sprinkler Systems will be designed and installed in accordance with the Commonwealth's State Building Code, 780CMR, sixth edition, and NFPA 13, 2002 edition. b) The Fire Sprinkler System will meet the applicable requirements in NFPA 13R-2002 edition c) MGL 148 section 26G is applicable. d) 527 CMR Fire Prevention Regulations is applicable. e) No approved local by laws or ordinances were considered. f) No specialized codes applied to this project g) OSHA and ADA laws are applicable. SECTION 3 Option C—Design Build by Environmental Fire Protection. Engineer of Record is: Michael J. Joanis, PE (MA#39974) Environmental Fire Protection, 237 Cedar Hill Road, Marlborough, MA 01752 Office: (508) 485-8183 mjoanis(t)sUrinklers-r-us.com SECTION 4 a) Water supply is by existing city water main located on site. b) Complete automatic wet pipe sprinkler protection is provided throughout the entire buildings as required by 780 CMR and in accordance with NFPA 13R, 2002 edition. System is designed with four sprinkler residential calculations and combustible void spaces less then 55 square feet and closets less then 24 square feet do not need to be covered as permitted by NFPA 13R edition. Standpipe system is not applicable. c) Fire alarm system by others d) Automatic fire extinguishing systems are not applicable. e) Manual fire suppression systems are not applicable. f) Smoke control/management system is not applicable. Village at Hospital Hill 2 02/20/2008 Northampton, MA MA Cont.Lic.#SC 000669 RI Cont.Lic.#8235 CT F1 Lic.#40528 41 ENVIRONMENTAL FIRE PROTECTION, INC. A Leader in the Fire Protection Sprinkler Industry Since 1976 February 20, 2008 Office of the Building Inspector Puchalski Municipal Building 212 Main Street Northampton, MA 01060 Re: Village at Hospital Hill Northampton, MA SPRINKLER SYSTEM NARRATIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH GUIDE ISSUED AT STATE BUILDING CODE SEMINAR la) Basis of Design Methodology SECTION 1 a) Occupancy is Residential. b) Building type Al, A2, A3, and A4 at 7,425 square feet each. Buildings type B at 4,411 square feet. Buildings type Cat 3,206 square feet. Total of all buildings 37,317 square feet. c) Building type Al, A2, A3, and A4 at the height of 26'-1" each. Buildings type B at the height of 17'- 1". Buildings type C at the height of 18'-2". d) Building type Al, A2, A3, and A4 at 7,425 have three floors above grade each. Buildings type B has two floors above grade. Buildings type C has two floors above grade. e) No floors below grade. f) Building type Al, A2, A3, and A4 first floor at 2,475 square feet each. Buildings type B first floor at 2,900 square feet. Buildings type C first floor at 1,942 square feet. g) Light hazard. h) Type 5 wood construction. Village at Hospital Hill 02'20/2008 Northampton,MA 237 Cedar Hill Street • Marlboro, MA 01752 (508) 485-8183 • Fax (508) 481-2085 www.sprinklers-r-us.com Kevin, You will be required to submit; 1. (one) suryed stamped site plan showing existing conditions and proposed constructions 2. Controlled construction affidavit (780 cmr 116)for primary control (entire project and secondary control for engineering. 3. Fire narrative as per 780 CMR chapter 9 (903.1.1) 4. 3 sets of stamped plans 5. Copy of planning board permit with conditions that were specified. I am fowarding to you from the DPW their requiremenrts for the stormwater management permit. As per our second phone conversation each structure will require separate application as each structure will have seperate building permits issued to them Anthony Patillo Building Commissioner CBO City of Northampton 212 Main Street Room 100 Northampton, MA 01060 phone 413-587-1240 fax 413-587-1272 1 Consulting Engineering Services , Inc. — } ..4ES I February 6,2008 Mr. Marc Sternick Dietz and Company Architects 17 Hampden Street Springfield,MA 01103 Re: The Village at Hospital Hill II—Fire Protection and Alarm Systems Narrative Dear Marc, Below describes the fire protection and alarm systems at the above mentioned project. The project consists of six individual multifamily housing buildings. Each building is equipped with a wet sprinkler system with coverage consistent with the requirements of NFPA 13R. The fire protection system is monitored in each building by a dedicated fire alarm control panel. The fire alarm control panel monitors flow and tamper switches on the fire protection risers.Upon activation of the fire sprinkler system an audio/visual alarm is activated inside the building. A strobe light is provided on the front exterior of each building to indicate which building is in alarm. Also,each building's fire alarm system is provided with an auto dialer that immediately alerts the city fire department upon activation of the system. Within each dwelling unit, smoke detection and alarm is provided per 780 CMR 919.0. In addition, Carbon Monoxide detection with local alarm is provided within each dwelling unit per Code requirements. Sincerely yours, CONSULTING ENGINEERING SERVICES,INCORPORATED S4S 'van,ZP.E. Associate OF DELBERT S. gDA1T 1.JR. MECHMICAL 41215 SAS/sas/27071.00/fire protection narrative.doc 1 Cc: Delbert Smith 811 Middle Street,Middletown,CT 06457 T 860.632.1682 F.860.632.1768 ces @cesct.com cesct.com 1 Consulting Engineering Services , Inc. — {- — 1 February 6,2008 Mr. Marc Sternick Dietz and Company Architects 17 Hampden Street Springfield,MA 01103 Re: The Village at Hospital Hill II—Fire Protection and Alarm Systems Narrative Dear Marc, Below describes the fire protection and alarm systems at the above mentioned project. The project consists of six individual multifamily housing buildings. Each building is equipped with a wet sprinkler system with coverage consistent with the requirements of NFPA 13R. The fire protection system is monitored in each building by a dedicated fire alarm control panel. The fire alarm control panel monitors flow and tamper switches on the fire protection risers.Upon activation of the fire sprinkler system an audio/visual alarm is activated inside the building. A strobe light is provided on the front exterior of each building to indicate which building is in alarm. Also,each building's fire alarm system is provided with an auto dialer that immediately alerts the city fire department upon activation of the system. Within each dwelling unit,smoke detection and alarm is provided per 780 CMR 919.0. In addition,Carbon Monoxide detection with local alarm is provided within each dwelling unit per Code requirements. Sincerely yours, CONSUL ING ENGINEERING SERVICES,INCORPORATED S4SU n,P.E. Associate rtt OF DECREPIT�• SMITH,JR. MECHANICAL 41215 SAS/sas/2707 1.00/fire protection narrative.doc i Cc: Delbert Smith 811 Middle Street,Middletown,CT 06457 T 860.632.1682 F.860.632.1768 ces @cesct.com cesct.com I Consulting Engineering Services, Inc. — &+1 — 1 February 6,2008 Mr. Marc Sternick Dietz and Company Architects 17 Hampden Street Springfield,MA 01103 Re: The Village at Hospital Hill II—Fire Protection and Alarm Systems Narrative Dear Marc, Below describes the fire protection and alarm systems at the above mentioned project. The project consists of six individual multifamily housing buildings. Each building is equipped with a wet sprinkler system with coverage consistent with the requirements of NFPA 13R. The fire protection system is monitored in each building by a dedicated fire alarm control panel. The fire alarm control panel monitors flow and tamper switches on the fire protection risers.Upon activation of the fire sprinkler system an audio/visual alarm is activated inside the building. A strobe light is provided on the front exterior of each building to indicate which building is in alarm. Also,each building's fire alarm system is provided with an auto dialer that immediately alerts the city fire department upon activation of the system. Within each dwelling unit,smoke detection and alarm is provided per 780 CMR 919.0. In addition, Carbon Monoxide detection with local alarm is provided within each dwelling unit per Code requirements. Sincerely yours, CONSULTING ENGINEERING SERVICES,INCORPORATED Scott S Ivan,ZP.E Associate �{OF DELBERT�• SMITH, R. MECHMICAL 41215 SAS/sas/27071.00/fire protection narrative.doc 1 Cc: Delbert Smith 811 Middle Street,Middletown,CT 06457 T 860.632.1682 F.860.632.1768 ces @cesct.com cesct corn I Consulting Engineering Services, Inc. I February 6,2008 Mr. Marc Sternick Dietz and Company Architects 17 Hampden Street Springfield,MA 01103 Re: The Village at Hospital Hill II—Fire Protection and Alarm Systems Narrative Dear Marc, Below describes the fire protection and alarm systems at the above mentioned project. The project consists of six individual multifamily housing buildings. Each building is equipped with a wet sprinkler system with coverage consistent with the requirements of NFPA 13R. The fire protection system is monitored in each building by a dedicated fire alarm control panel. The fire alarm control panel monitors flow and tamper switches on the fire protection risers.Upon activation of the fire sprinkler system an audio/visual alarm is activated inside the building. A strobe light is provided on the front exterior of each building to indicate which building is in alarm. Also,each building's fire alarm system is provided with an auto dialer that immediately alerts the city fire department upon activation of the system. Within each dwelling unit, smoke detection and alarm is provided per 780 CMR 919.0. In addition, Carbon Monoxide detection with local alarm is provided within each dwelling unit per Code requirements. Sincerely yours, CONSULTING ENGINEERING SERVICES,INCORPORATED S4S 'van,ZP.E. Associate tH OF S. DgmffH,JJR. ca 1Ecwwica. 41215 SAS/sas/27071.00/fire protection narrative.doc Cc: Delbert Smith 811 Middle Street,Middletown,CT 06457 T 860.632.1682 F.860.632.1768 ces @cesct.com cesct.com 1 Consulting Engineering Services , Inc. — �- — I February 6,2008 Mr. Marc Sternick Dietz and Company Architects 17 Hampden Street Springfield,MA 01103 Re: The Village at Hospital Hill II—Fire Protection and Alarm Systems Narrative Dear Marc, Below describes the fire protection and alarm systems at the above mentioned project. The project consists of six individual multifamily housing buildings. Each building is equipped with a wet sprinkler system with coverage consistent with the requirements of NFPA 13R. The fire protection system is monitored in each building by a dedicated fire alarm control panel. The fire alarm control panel monitors flow and tamper switches on the fire protection risers.Upon activation of the fire sprinkler system an audio/visual alarm is activated inside the building. A strobe light is provided on the front exterior of each building to indicate which building is in alarm. Also,each building's fire alarm system is provided with an auto dialer that immediately alerts the city fire department upon activation of the system. Within each dwelling unit,smoke detection and alarm is provided per 780 CMR 919.0. In addition, Carbon Monoxide detection with local alarm is provided within each dwelling unit per Code requirements. Sincerely yours, CONSUL ING ENGINEERING SERVICES,INCORPORATED Scott Sullivan,P.E. Associate OF DELBERT B. SMITH,JR. MECHAMICAL 41115 SAS/sas/27071.00/fire protection narrative.doc 1 Cc: Delbert Smith 811 Middle Street.Middletown,CT 06457 T 860.632.1682 F.860.632.1768 ces @cesct.com cesct.com ..'R , .4 .•Y �� )b �. *+ , � Y r � �, f p�S*^ � ,...._ .i�,r,. y. 1 Consulting Engineering Services , Inc. — {- — I February 6,2008 Mr. Marc Sternick Dietz and Company Architects 17 Hampden Street Springfield,MA 01103 Re: The Village at Hospital Hill II—Fire Protection and Alarm Systems Narrative Dear Marc, Below describes the fire protection and alarm systems at the above mentioned project. The project consists of six individual multifamily housing buildings. Each building is equipped with a wet sprinkler system with coverage consistent with the requirements of NFPA 13R. The fire protection system is monitored in each building by a dedicated fire alarm control panel. The fire alarm control panel monitors flow and tamper switches on the fire protection risers. Upon activation of the fire sprinkler system an audio/visual alarm is activated inside the building. A strobe light is provided on the front exterior of each building to indicate which building is in alarm. Also,each building's fire alarm system is provided with an auto dialer that immediately alerts the city fire department upon activation of the system. Within each dwelling unit, smoke detection and alarm is provided per 780 CMR 919.0. In addition,Carbon Monoxide detection with local alarm is provided within each dwelling unit per Code requirements. Sincerely yours, CONSULTING ENGINEERING SERVICES,INCORPORATED ,/Scott Su Ivan,ZP.E. Associate �{OF DELBERT 8- SMITH,JR. MECHMICAL a,ls.>la S 1S/sas/27071.00/fire protection narrative.doc i Cc: Delbert Smith 811 Middle Street,Middletown,CT 06457 T 860.632.1682 F.860.632.1768 ces @cesct.com cesct.com -3-. ift CES Addeftdtiffi#4 dated Nevember 12,2007,under Division 4 6, DELETE the f0fiowiflT leeatetts. As aft Ater-fiate! Provide an additional 2pair CATS eable ftam the teleeam baekbeard leeated ift thee eleetrieal r-aafn to the fittsh teleeem box laeated within eaeh apartment f;gr-fittur-e use. Provide as " -Deleted,from Addendum 01 Attachments:None SAS/sas/Blllletin001.doc 2 1 Consulting Engineering Services , Inc . — + t Bulletin Bulletin Number: 001 Bulletin Date: January 28,2008 Written To: Marc Sternick Project Name: The Village at Hospital Hill II CES Project Number: 27071.00 Written By: Scott Sullivan,P.E. This bulletin is a request to submit a change order proposal(s) for work as specified below. The contractor shall submit,in detail,a change order proposal itemizing all costs as extra and/or credit to the contract. THIS IS NOT A CHANGE ORDER NOR A DIRECTIVE TO PROCEED WITH THE FOLLOWING WORK. Description:This Bulletin includes changes and clarifications to CES Addendum#1 dated November 12, 2007 as follows: 1. In CES Addendum#1,Division 16,Item#1,REPLACE wording as follows: 1. Provide Alternate pricing for two Cat5e cables between the telecom backboards in buildings,as described below. Where cable is underground provide 2"C. 1. From telecom backboard located in electrical room in Building A4 to telecom backboard located in electrical room in Building A3. 2. From telecom backboard located in electrical room in Building A3 to telecom backboard located in electrical room in Building Al. 3. From telecom backboard located in electrical room in Building B to telecom backboard located in electrical room in Building C. 2. Within each of the six buildings,PROVIDE a single Cat5e cable between the telecom backboard and a jack mounted between the ceiling and the floor at the second floor landings (one at each landing)with an access panel on the ceiling,providing access to the space. 811 Middle Street,Middletown,CT 06457 T 860.632.1682 F.860.632.1768 ces @cesct.com cesct.com DUCTILE IRON FRAME AND GRATE: AD: INLET GRATE 1811 2.47" DB: SOLID COVER VARIABLE INVERT SEE PLAN FOR HEIGHT INVERTS AND VARIABLE OVERALL PIPE SIZES HEIGHT PER PLAN SET ON 4" MIN. GRAVEL BASE E� 6" MIN. FJY R' aul 18"PRE-ENGINEERED PVC DRAINAGE BASIN PER MFR.SPEC. NOT TO SCALE D I E T Z PROJECT NO: 20621 SHEET TITLE VILLAGE AT HOSPITAL HILL - PHASE II CAD Area Drain (AD) By Diet right 2007 Drain Basin (DB) By Dietz&Co.Architects,Inc. NORTHAMTON, MASSACHUSETTS All Rights Reserved. Detail C O 17 HAMPDEN ST SPRINGFIELD, MA The Architects 01103 1/18/08 Berkshire AD4.02-1 413 733-6798 ARK DATE Design INCORPORATED � � Group.Inc. ■ r� lip H A � oil ' 8 ■.■ ! � S k � §§ q k . §| k ■ ■ l § � ° m � § � ■ � ■> © !|�A ® � ■§ 9 11 We P ■ § r � 7 � � �� 2 � ■!�� ° �' § All - 9|1 n e |_ ■ § > !© § ¥ § | gill# R P 2 |� e D | ETZ E mF LE 71 E sETITLE cDI e�d m� �°®2007 mm=&e_e,a DiWam »Rights_ NORTFWVMK C O DRAWING��«RHM�w& n�r a _! s 03 mss _!&7htcb e E-202 SKE-0 | INCORPORATED *#a # MA¥ DA# DESCRIPTION r Consulting Engineering Services , Inc . — -(- Addendum Addendum Number: 3 Addendum Date: November 20,2007 Written To: Marc Sternick Project Name: Village at Hospital Hill-Phase II CES Project Number: 27071.00 Written By: Scott Sullivan,P.E. The work shall be carried out in accordance with the following supplemental instructions and in accordance with the Contract Documents. Division 16—Electrical 1. Revise power riser diagrams as indicated on the attached sketch. 2. Provide one line voltage (120V)thermostat in each of the building's electrical rooms and wire from exhaust fan to(1)20A, single pole circuit breaker in the associated owner's panelboard via thermostat. Attachments: SKE-01 er `j � Ty+ }Jw.>.$„y++r�r ,x }r'�' '.r > L .,.r� Axy`.:r�;,.,j F��S.:$.* ia. '.:'sS..u.t'"Y•-�"^',..-.t:•,:. �'+} �. � .. Bin ..� - � '{"4��'.#�'\c'�.,�? ., �ix� 'i� Y c,..r. ,+G+_�i.��x-�►,-'7,y�/ry��.�.. *�{ '"`-j,c�nr .d -'�-� 3 f.. D vL1 bSS tYtlSx� L�A"S BALLASTED ROOF MOUNTS ,} _.a,^.ti,._.. -�.., "i .'i{; >' ,,.. �- :.'t'� '.rs "� .�::yn•-o�;Leslr�i.::+C�t •r. '�.± ;.iC�.�'�. "e=1 ^ PRICE/NUMBER OF BLOCKS REQUIRED 3 `.��' "t"_ .�.F''r"-` -:7-•�dH-7. .�-"a `a.k' �-..+.. ..:..a-, -,ter „Y. ,.,..{, rr�.q, .w��st gz?,tyscs.•°s:?:_�,'xc.Ir-z:.•sr�:w S-u n x ��.rs' :. i.� ..'.�'•a.:s.3�°: PART'NUMBER t4 PARTiNU;MBER.�� , PART';NUMBER P IFTINU,m9ER: .MODULES , _ £k F� u � ,, x � isy„ i a.r ,r.,�s -+'- ` - �� IDP BRM3r ��zDP 99M4 �- •� DP BRMSF Ire D,P BRM6 PER .f2- �.�._.K.. BP160/170 $112006) $1295 (28) $1720 (42) $1810(42) �, p.....[-.._v,t.. EG1f15l12U.._, --.`� rt 'xR IN v"> "� .O, `1� 24 EG190 $130506) $1375 (28) $1850 (42) $2185 (56) yY a Y :iJ a � ,x� � �� _.. .,a,. �...�t.-#< r G E110 1035 16}f. $1185=(24)_ <>` ?.>$1280 {28)� �� :. .x$1685 (36) = GE173/200 $119006) $1310 (28) $1780 (42) $2185 (56) , r r ; !?r t krxt„ •..� ..,gal . 7 F150., ��rfs� KC175 $116006) $1310 (28) $1780 (42) $2170(42) 171,11 3 MT110 $103506) $1295 (28) $1280 (28) $1685 (36) � $11y30 (16} $ .7t2042a _. 181 Q L42) $Y190/200 $121006) $1310 (28) $1790 (42) $2170(42) h r an -"�i r i5:h b . . E y-„N cs. ?, �.. r i .i:r, s"i+ -. -t ✓ Y�r s x, x�.,., rr+g. SHP1_L23 i �. ...a±.+..._.�:..w....-. .....-...,,.-.Y„-s?'- ;:tsc...! -�..,..�.a.. �.,,:._. .. ........ ..... ... .!,..>...._, ,.x,._....�. ....r.�.s4 ..,. . .. '�[.,,Ea.r:?i�a.x.........,.-.... ...,-<_ . SHP167 $116006) $1310 (28) $1790(42) $2170(42) a SHPa770/t85�� `�$11.30 {1.St .�$x1295`(28) . `� 2 � $1zao(2,8asj #:Yy F $ ss$(36� s:M SHP208 $130506) $1375 (28) $1850(42) $2185 (56) r SHL175� �. ..:m $1130 X16}.. i$1340:(28)� SPR200/220 $113006) $1340 (28) $1780(42) $2170 (42) _SWZ1,15C'120� SWZ155/165 $118006) $1295 (28) $1280(28) $1685(36) QUALITY HARDWARE FORTHE PV INDUSTRY POWER + 3 POWER-FAB Ballasted Roof Mounts Are a Unique Solar Solution: s • No roof penetrations necessary r-T; Tom. • Structure held in place by the weight of concrete blocks that sit in ballast trays `= EPDM rubber on bottom of rack surfaces to increase friction and protect roofing • All aluminum construction • Stainless steel hardware -= • Tilt angles up to 45--degrees • Top-clamping racking components t • Simple design saves labor p 9 �K Designed for areas with 90mph maximum wind speeds and Exposure C category F�.%• • Consult distributor for areas with heavy snow loads f c - ` BALLAST BLOCKS The ballast blocks are Stan- "° Bard concrete blocks called "cap blocks"and are supplied by the installer. r° =1 Nominal dimensions of"cap blocks"are 2.25"x8"x16." R-R They weigh 14.5 pounds each. - � rSv A� J l DIRECT POWER &WATER m FA B chosen by professionals... 1 ITV ARI N D A R 0 R I H L: FV N -;DUSTRY r ��- w UALITY ARDWARE a R THE NDUSTRY MANUFACTURED BY DIRECT POWER &WATER CORPORATION INSTALLATION OF THE FASTJACK® FLASHABLE ROOF STANCHION FASTJACK®flashable mount system includes a machined aluminum base with ate"BOLT integrated doll guide, 1'aluminum threaded post and stainless steel hardware, The FJ Series patented(pat#6,360,491)design is engineered to provide structural 3/8"WASHER attachment of modules when conventional roof flashings are required. FJ mounts are available in two sizes;the 4-114`FJ-425(for conventional metal flashings)and the 3'FJ-300 for Oatey(M style(low profile)neoprene flashings. The FJ design ® THREADED POST allows all flashings to install flat on the roof decking. FJ s superior strength while - using only one single lag bolt Included)results from having the bolt installed directly under the support post The system has been laboratory tested to 1,200 pounds 5/16'LAG BOLT and along with its integrated drill guide insures perfect connections every time. WASHER I DRILL GUIDE ° _ N ^° MACHINED BASE a ai i Il 1 I 5/16"LAG BOLT HOLE 3/16"DRILL GUIDE ROOF RAFTER 1"THREADED BASE REQUIRED TOOLS: FJ-300 SERIES FJ 425 SERIES 116"DRILL BIT AND POWER DRILL /2°SOCKET FASTJACKT"INSTALLED PARTS DIAGRAM "PIPE PLIERS DRILLING THE PILOT HOLE BOLTING INTO THE RAFTER INSTALLING THE POST SUPPORT Place the mount base of the over the Place the 5116"lag bolt thru the washer and Screw the threaded post Into the base and location of the rafter. Align the 3116"(drill AF base. Insert the lag bolt into the pilot hole tighten with a pipe pliers. Install the flashing guide)over the rafter center. While holding made in the roof. Drive the lag bolt into the over the post and attach the module support the base—insert the bit through the guide ratter using a 1 12'socketand impact wrench. using the 318"bolt and washer(included). and drill down approx 1"into the roof. ROOF FLASHING 0066 TIGHTEN POST 1/2" SUPPORT INTO BASE DRILL / A Page 9 COPYRIGHT PROFESSIONAL SOLAR PRODUCTS 2002 All irdormation contained in the manual is property of Professional Solar Products (PSP). 77LE TRACO is a registered trademark for PSP and is covered under U.S.patent 115,746,029. FASTJACK®is a registered trademark for PSP and is covered under U.S.patent 96,360,491_ ( – �4 MIT — t t Bulk packaging means easier stocking abilities,less packaging waste and quicker,more convenient ! i6 installation.Everything in the photo below is shipped in a recloseable box for storage of extra pods. ' Y w The Fast Tack0 is available in four convenient sizes. ' All sizes are packaged in quantities of 18 per box: L c 9 114�1�i�� 18 - 1"Hound Posts(3",41/2",6"or 7-i/2"tall} i ttt t u t 't tti trt is t t 18 Threaded bases • r -* x pis _ 18 = 3/8"x 3/4"SS Hex Solis i 18 - 3/8"SS Flat washers - 5/16"x3"S Cag6os 18 5 It t!t tic rtt ttf iit tct i�t'►ir t rr . 18 5/16 55 Flat Washers i .G�� .,...a-..._. .. fir...,. _ ..n...._ fG.r:.:._ Easy Installation: .;�°-4•t�,.,Y F ' -u'^. '?fair ,f£'�4� - �' .x 'js'-F � "�a ;'.�`f� �,q''�'r'� s..�,a"1-' ;' " ,k� �"N$-'`:1� rs !•- at "' d r � r^ -.."'i�'!�ys -�E• t fi�i 1R,; � `� r l��d � °�� ,tdz+;� rtts'f3 F X e± '!''t. ,� - '`,� ?? a L k'�fz `� ZYyG '� `"� +'J y.,•y�n ,dGS�s t.� 'gr`�`,`r zr.�A.�'� +�� k-..M �l •� ". 3.,.tir^T�'�� t T x.;��-+i ;>3+i"' .2;"1 s � F ''�+' U' ��C� sk !£7 +- a e.a r3r xt y- 'i w55,,,w�� •� �q" f�'p'"�k 1r1 ,.. M-r'.f�u�c 21@ 3 -r',�irtz�f *.},+s �'-L^"��E.r =' 115..: ) ..r .� i N "� 1 l c+.a'. }� '�'.• � .�"�� c.z.,• +z-"' !.s-t sx H �� 's, ai<�3'7rt.:ir �e,ie �Y 3 b." a �,,� -V,..��At„ - . ay+.,. u u '�'�},,,S^r�,C�t t •"'S. 1��.•- - •§' s''f ts�� ft'3z�s ,_si� ^a�xt �'i�.4"X�- trt""i��^ � a a,`�• :-i j �i . .:t� ifs,*f.i 3. �",� �,z"� .a b ."1 "tt'+ }' � � dV 'Yi'� !^• $ ::�h .�.�rdr .� .�.� ��Fit�Ei�y,.J�„.,,..Y � - -. .+i p-3i'lai 'rrl'w.L..f` ,,,!' YSyr�•+✓ � i _ h �- �N ice}'- �A J".'. N x .i'+� i' ,X$ '. 'TS- uTY_.,i••y��Ra�_� -I_• a v t "�... ?'fn?+a .'.. _. .-�- .. .�--,r.-n��.°.....,._. ...!?..?N•.....r.!... ..._ ... .. ,,........:.°,f...... 'e ..r}.,++,T�Y-rx.. ..✓4C�^r.-e'��.7�..�''.'. i •i�:s�, f,>,r r r .;�t -<•.r y.{f - �y� '�11';1,,„ �" .:r� .' 3 : �i � ��3..�tac� �•�„a,•,-map t}°t, ' �z �� N`�� ice,��.c'la n :.y +>k'.::... - .,-r' �.�•.<rw.s»r,Y' �rC- t•- `�"�Yk�r:�� ,.a:,," ht"�a"'��uJ's'�.'.. i-ir .t.9�,,.zw,ry'!i'S: �fCJ_-?•�" :� �; '�`� 1'j��' ^�. ,tk'**r � _ ''arn.i-� .�,"� .�t•"t� � ��"';t"!" ... ;,;J �s i a)3��,t a ,�. "-�. rn \: �,F�-� t.: ,-•'"�'#tk i M .i - 3t r ti .� '-l.�i t ; 3 a s . �� .max-�• �_,� ,. e-�� 4 . a. .a tN ?��w � '�r� �� Fr G''i• aa,,,ic-s'r- rk tiF ; `".z .� 7 -+Y�'�� .} y^rc k.a- �� ,��{,.- +" ac-,'a. ...i '�� '- "�' •may -i '� �A't'-�r•��`wg'�sF^ fF�-4,t-.` �ss ads' ��3 Y t7 'f' ,'C'�"C...f� --t. 'x "'�.� 4 e:.s�;ff �t �.' �tA�">xT.' ' wy �"�'�; ,Nr.,�+2^y xn�-.^` "` -G =(r .�f '+-i?.t u u�.��Fd �:...: �L.rv.....,.., �` ' L�.:n��fi:?.ft.. H G .•^�R,xj4(.°�t N-Y._.. ��L-c.,. ,:1$.�srit'-'•',.:rn�`�. ... n"tx�."%' ..t,: -i f,...;.t',-��kyw... Flashing Template rt e Available fix Oaley (Pictured}and standard 'P'i' i yT+',!t.•'+.�R"S �. A� �"-� t�,..,,� l:ahiftgs.Mar°=cutting in a perisd flashing easy and Kit includes Fast Jack pmt!bread°r m �� w:rth knob t�to '4 ��}X�� •-`\. w+} �'�F �!�s'4{q"+.Y�,.�A3✓} _ - 0 Nale"iMil SAU YmdUln,roe li^-rth 700. FASTJAGK taymd3.indd 2 4r20M 3:3223 PM I t 1 � y�a i r-J�zr^r'.1."�-..�.+'x"f�'.{< ^.«,.I.�,°^r--'.�2-t^3�r.?s F tiy L T`°—G`+,z t�•��„<rr...c''-.T.,'1�+[^.It`!r'`<f:r.A;t`skyrx"F_-''.''ffJ t^st4`S.•-`.a�5J.�, `t..'��...--^f+r'Ll�r+rasr+c',C?-r k'--`'3F�."£3`.e C d.m^''->„G•1r 7^'+"."SY"-u�'�":"'.:?^?SEl^"S�ir'5..i."a�'ra.P-��'-"t..rr.c4`eC.�✓'f ti^+l t u,, �r.�..a.r f'r'r- -t.'t�a.,,''r te!.V omt'=J 'q r!y-=r- "4• .-ft,+c ..:-,.. ;t g^ b-F " 2 -•z d, �- �I..,, t;`4ti r•x��'".t:�,��fr'z — '�^ dJ' S'� a '7,�•"2ti �J- Ts>:.'�- .7Y r--a ��'�.emu..=t- -u�-..aar ��.-r� - Y'-sue u. ..'.�7.tc:; i., ^,: -.�� ct I, c' •'- '.'��: +,szT,��^�.c.�='z�n'.��tS?L.�c '6i".:�:r..e%..�-m..,�..:r~--»_...=:=.�'N�n.il-+^:%��:.a.��.xfr%,1 �-x:,: -r • a i it k � Y�� •'' � l t f l' 1 1 f 11 1' 1 :+1 1 1 1 I I {r�. 1 z rJ �F , �� s t ,y 2 :'�. — 4 + + ■ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ! 1 I1 I I t 1 rc i S„ -.. 1 I , 1 11 f , 1 1:' 111 , 1 •, 1 , , 1' ' 11 I f � �; �ct� :. �s "'�'' I� ! • i � f thy. • 1 {4 r t 1 1 1 11 I �1 yO \ i •l It 1 1 11 f 1 �� r • '• . { x r�: �� L4 i(�1� I • •f f 'r'J y" �er�'Qedtbcse'ynps 1�Q:fyQ f , f 1, 1 / 1 1 ,,•,1 Ly•. deck ka prayerit}he base '' from tnaQ�ng V±�fia msialhng_-�F,; �-� h 1,•l USED'fOR M4l1IITINOf-- • - • • • • • •Wall• - • • . i • r" y4. -�• �110�0Y0��UlC�O�UkFQJ}BI5�'r � -3; t 1:'. •: F$� •,SiotThetmali'anels �' - � • Commununhat Egv�pmol IN ` ,• V3�lunl4y a�yih�ng needing � , 1 1 , t • ; • , - ,�� . r 5fruclprgl nitdchment io o`roa�� ' _a�4.51 Qxntird�CA 93033''Nom, ; Y� zvnrr, irasolrxr coirF,> _ a' ��-@ Prar�iioce lsi�rriusfrb,Inc.#'ar��.-. � ��n � �� ,,.` �"e:b•"""""i�s., �"`n",L�r�'"r�" :�"'�i�:r`^rte sa.'=.�1�- ��`�r�3�'�`a`�=T��°,�'rr=.;,��„�Cr�� ;�tR,i•" ,e zits-1.... 1 ! 'r=.. 3 '�"z `'t ,_.... �'�'' 'xcI �.�.f'.�T^yC&+-t �1 4v--a� Sw�l �-�UF.rrr• cr":. f �'�`�L�S'"ri�,i ,1 L=-�« ..2..x , :. off �>Hi,�+.T.t a=1�"H,'�.r i� �?_� .-.<,_•-..�..i.r.F_:i..;' �.3'�._I,-�.�.e.....n�''.`,r�.'-J..s:"�f�r��:L"i° �,.a=,.�,,tL�S:>�'.. a"�!�L'�i%-r�.��'r �.Y.q'�[+:�'"''ps"�.T...+:��ES�-7:�'"'-r_'*•5:'v��s�+.,e-�,+�a�.�v.��iw��x.'�,....'�.'. ' OTHER POWER-FAB PRODUCTS INCLUDE: r It � � •ik sa POWER BOX"°ENCLOSURES BALLASTED ROOF TOP-OF-POLE MOUNTS MOUNTS' Since 1993, Direct Power and Water has built a reputation for rugged, .� ,- high quality PV mounting structures. ,v Our Power Tube CRS is the highest r quality, most easily installed racking MM system on the market today. Every 1r � £' PowerTube CRS component has been f---� ` designed for maximum strength,and <.,.;� _ 's �"�•� = _ - ease of installation. There is no other - •" OWER RAILTN' product line available with greater ROOF-GROUND MOUNTS value and reliability. grgl a• ;+,� �; •'tea-= ;, � ri's `�..L �—it s�a � t' a .�. r � �°jcki� y'"O'•r -..ti.''k's� Lk r -.... Y i s o a SUNSTRUT`rm LARGE GROUND MOUNTS P MMR QUALITY HARDWARE FOR THE PV INDUSTRY DIRECT POWER &WATER CORPORATION 4000 VASSAR DR NE ALBUQUERQUE NM 87107 (800)260-3792•(505) 889-3585 9' info @power-fab.com - www.power-fab.com POWERTUBE CRS7"BALLAST SYSTEM POWERTUBE CRSm PV MODULE MOUNTING • Power Tube CRS ballast system offers the Power Tube CRS eliminates the potential for advantages of non-penetrating mounting error and ensures the PV modules are arranged without sacrificing stability;and wind: into evenly spaced columns and rows ata precise resistance.. tilt angle. The primary components are the combined - PV Modules are secured to the gridwork and weight's of the Ballast Trays,.the.PowerTube. held in position with brackets attached to the CRS.:gridwork,and the PV modules Power Tube grid. The brackets are fabricated Each North-South Power Tube�'".rail has a strip' of 5052-H32 aluminum sheet and attach with of.EPDM rubber.extrusion installedon`the 3/8"Track-Batts. bottom surface..These durable,UV tes.stant Power Tube CRS top mounting PV module 'pa,ds pro#ect the roof coa#ing and increase the clamps provide strength and simplicity. Module coefficientoffriction clamps are made from 72-Gauge Type 304 Ballast Pans hold standard concrete blocks stainless steel. called"rap.blocks" Each block is 2:3'x 8" Module clamps use heavy duty 5/16" bolts. x.16"and.weighs 14.5. lbs. Ballast Trays.are screwed into the threaded nutsert in the base attached along the length of.the North and plate of each nzodu.te mounting bracket: South sides;and are typically located along. Clamp mounting bolts are accessed fromabove. every other row of modules. There are no loose nuts involvedsince the bolts •. The total we ghtofthe complete mounted PV. thread directly into the Brackets: system averaged overthe area covered by the grid-base,is less than 5 lbs/sgft. BallastTrays have EPDM rubber pads adhered to the bottom surface. POWER TUBE CRS1N GRID-BASE ASSEMBLY POWER TUBE CRS'" RAIL DESIGN • PowerTabe CRS grid-base assembly is simple, Power Tube CRS rails can be designed to fit precise,and hassle-free. various roof configurations and are easy to • Custom rail lengths and the Track-Bolt system install. eliminate any on-site drilling or cutting for Hollow cross section towers weight without quick installation. sacrificing strength. • Power Tube CRS grid-base is composed of Rail sections are fabricated to custom lengths long North-South rails spaced to match the specifically for your installation. length of the PV modules using the smaller Unique sliding Track-Bolt channel mounting East-West sections and East-West formed system allows components to be placed aluminum channels. exactly along the length of the rail without • Channels fabricated from 5052-H32 aluminum the need for mounting holes. are used in the interior of the gridwork to secure rows of weighted BallastTrays. • Jigs are provided to precisely locate PV mom module brackets. QUALITY HARDWARE FOR THE PV INDUSTRY ' �► ��, POWER TUBE CRSTM WAS CREATED WITH. SEVERAL OBJECTIVES IN MIND: • — ^ 'N • Minimize installation time&tool - x requirements. • Eliminate roof penetrations.The PV array is secured by its own weight and concrete ballast blocks in rows of J � ? Ballast Trays. • The S or 10 degree tilt angle maximizes the roof surface area available for PV modules and increases power output compared to a flat system. POWER TUBE CRSTR INCORPORATES A • The low pitch angle provides airflow NUMBER OF ADVANCED FEATURES: and promotes cooling. • Meet seismic Zane 4 requirements. Strong,lightweight 6061 T6 structural grade aluminum construction • Non-penetratating roof mounting safe for surfaces such as roof membranes Custom-fabricated for each 1 installation.No cutting or drilling r required f f Top mounting PV module clamps Track-Bolt system speeds installation t< _ and secures at twice the strength of standard hex bolts Pre-sets or 10 degree module tilt ensures precise installation y Heavy duty stainless steel hardware Power Tube ASCE Standard 7-48 wind&Seismic Ratings TRH:ANGLE WIND EXPOSURE. SEISMIC s, SPEED CATEGORY: ZO.fE rz 4 5° 125 MPH C 00 MPH 0 Ww Arm t yYRay"� jYZe'� { t ..._ _ -• 4„ai.'Ys�ara.: i !F: - T_T--»..+�nwoyry.�„"-+.�.��'^.....' a .} .�.�....� DIRECT POWER &WASTER POWER QUALITY HARDWARE FOR THE PV INDUSTRY Power TM COMMERCIAL RACKING SYSTEM ^r �.T m.hy�+.i:.i x,. l 4. �tl..-.�?c.,.^ s'� �,-z r< �y.:�.a�•c-� s is A�i,:<-'" .r. } �-P#,,�r 3r .,<:•c.;-t.,.:i3'��-t^'�'. ss ,... i i� _';: "' ,mi'r-"•O.3£�2"w�k-`u 1;=�.',„h�„��`,�+""`'r"�'i�� .F'' i - Y - _F:`CSYGiidMaF� ..Wr .'S�'N, n } WAY r. it j;�_ - ,.. .-�...�:J,e+F"�t. �,.rL:u -,.vtsrr�-'"'.�•*u"':�.r- .a: a - AIgO" + 7 f ...favored by experienced installers since 1993. W. zz { 1y� WN❑ W —z O _ _ 0 3 0 0 tQn -(NJtp N �C" N t?7 N Q D ,Nr p <<D Ln < O Ln <D -P 0 3 O D C 0 Ln co 0- 0 n0 � � nOy � A� to , 3 Q 3 D n rt"' Dew < >-w < D[n O 0 03 to O (D O rn O rr Q O 3 0 D fD D fD ti o N N !D 0 Q. o to 00 En D o`` Q. 0. �3 v n3 D 3 0 y :3 O O CD o.0 p UI 0 C rr O 3 to 3 7 to N LD w W o < O O a--% Ln fl"T1 D N N K y @� � < 0QD do ds a o 3 A a a A O O _0 (D 0 n 35 MM N 0 0 3 U) D Q. M m N p tD O -o � nm p D o ca D J Ut O O 4 W N E 0 O O U 7 O C-) to > n 3 tD O3 0 � m O 0 -i 00 CA < � Q ° \- O o� m N o Cn o n� .-r N D N CL O D � F 0 3 � Q C � C (D Q th � 0 tD O 0 m � m a a W $ D n;13. U) D 0 � t❑ 3 QJ/ 4/ 4a� 3 i f O on D a iD CD m r0-r D ❑ tv�? 3 _ 3 D cD m gr o D N Oa Ln CCD ❑ v I �j oo D Ln Q D X O * C-) - -) �p (AND En -'Z �� . ° ON -IS.G ,J -f,L4 3 0 .p(A O 4 U O ,V m n W (, OD G n�o << O << O Ln N p 0 Z3 o Z) U1 C3- N N n D� N Q o 0- j `C h O `< W� CA A D (n "O -s p DcoN < DcoN < O 0 3 N o co`° co m �0 o r«° 0 3 D o n DN � o m 0 o o ®o- m p0_ 'm CL o a p fy O n o o N 0 p N Q.0 .r N m O O 0_p O N CD 1+ .� N .► C rr 0 3 Nzr (D N N O < D O O�U) =r vm 0CDD d d CD 0 ° � o a o 4 � � oCD a a > s 3 rt 3 = g CD m o N n O Q N Z•° m In ON �0 0 0 t° nlj l� Q O m 3 , W C a. o l oa CD O �D N CT C (D � N z O 0 : 3 0 0. KM c 0 CD cn (D 0_ CD 0OIn CDC � m Q. ��+8o N O n L 4 a: 3 0 d 3 -o 0 QJ >G o Q D =5 m CD fi y1 ° Z. CCD N 3 Q n F� o m �r F- ro (!)� N O O (D d . ❑ En o LD Do D Q -o WNQ En �Z n Vlco �(A3 � �w3 s 3 p y W�p ��p f?7(rl Fro NO O «r0 «r0 n U7 C) (D Q UQ7 EL N -c+ 0 `� DAN D? N p DO 3 v, o m� to < a v 0 rQa- 0- 3 A y p A y Q A N D m' ®p ®p CO 0 N Q. o a � N N o D 3 n C1 W O p O N a Q .�r 3 " D O O N (o 3 ..0 D p 0�`(n a-1 < c c Asa D 0 (DD d d � �, O CL O Q' f7 p 0 o o a a 3 ry E (n O 0 a a > a ro O ro O fi rt 7 � =r ? n (D O n A Q C p � '+ N f Q f_p a (o -' D�(p CD D O ((DD N�Ny co CD j O U) O Q Q 00 n 4 � (p � o F n (n > I � � M o 1 In < � CO o g � (D ro E 3 O m na CT C ro D Cl n� 0 D � N _. Of S O d Q 7 3 (AD Q G � Q ro ro Q (D U1 44 3 � � + o d b EO a u X � �m A u°x O + o v 3 o U gh D r m� ro_ D 0 r- o to Z EA:3 wo�' a 'UX° CD o 3 -Q ::9E� > N 1 O En N o ro o Q 0 - -% _ D-� DLl '_..i V� � O CJ� ho O --� (p _ Q P !" Z ' o p < n 50 a W[q O Ot [ONO �! DDO Ut W%ppD 0 WMO in WTO 0 n m p to O <!�p O < EA �9< O «c «d0 «C: n DD F a - D 7 C 0 7 C O : C 0 D c D 5 c 0 3 C mnoo ooMW * Doug nook C nogg nowg + p O O UI' r► CTI" rr U1' Ul 3 m [T N U) 7 W ? D W U.P .D W� _u W 4 O GIB � D In 'v O D < O nCOM < DMe < DODIM < DOm < nCOCD < n00M < O O o y[p rn 10-, N n—.o in D m ° m3 ADNp nDyQ O ='Wp DDwp t) wp D Np N o nQ y ®o �_ ®o' m ®o_ @ ®D_ m ®o @o r3o •c En 3 En 3 W 3 V►3 M 3 _ cn 3 D \N ° d O d O [� t0 � N3 �o n o y0 O D N O N to 3 �o0In D N N -••M p 'D -lDO p M } O_n _0C(n _O-n ' o 0 0 o C N:0 D 00 Cb Orr O Q Do O a C 0 0 G N > O s a a > p j Q 31 a a a :3 O \w2 nn 0 0 007 0 m o _ao o n o 1 R iO n- rn ry p �O rp �p ro to ID CD D O N J O — O 7 Q Cl) W co (cn n � O 4. C n N N b a �� ° J O �� ng ��; D l t a D��o o jI 7 oD< < N D p p O n 0 CD �? 0 O O to n C [D o o C) � n� D 3 � D D N [p1f p O Vl E p a, N ,3 0 o � a + CD O N F CL S Q co (D 4 lD y n 9 ° a L b 0 F � 4:1, D °8 o n1 m "� r-D to * O -%(D ooc( `0 3 -o r� � r =V1 ' m — v O CD Q o � o Q D(/f0 cth t,s J ,ANC, O C 0 p m c Do o 0 c-i rr O 1 D JD ¥M\ ® -2 o �5R (a °� k"0q k � q - . CD 0 <<,-o «/e (D - � �§ k � 00 k0 (D a ƒ R - ] o - ] In o »� 2.ƒ �* w# &4 -V q Ul ] ■ 2 �§ -�% o E ] 0 �� \ CD ® Z3 � . _ 9 . ■ § co �, - (D \3 ` � U)3 `ED 0 ® > 0 w In . %< \ n 0 0 § «CD k , � =r �% % ° 0 Ln o� c/ % ƒ kk > _ /� � CD :3 / � � /0 ƒ � CO R § e@ � m , / E o 5' % § o �O ' �qm o t » G�z U $ d q �° m ° o f/ � 2 Rato > || 0 CD :2. oa T.0- oo % � . (b 2 � o g 2 2 3 R B § 2 U m _\ > � 0 O 0 § ® o e 9R n 6 %zi ] m CD ° ƒ CD _ ƒ m 0 | CL S , b > C) � n U al'■ ] @ O CD a \ » &)n§ + ® |� C Um$ r z ' � > � ■ �m # «r- (D . ¥ £ � q 0- � \ n G� o� q 70 \®, 0 (! o Lo 2 \ Rm\ 2 Z: 2 � '0 tUJv tCA t b0v M 7 o < ] m2@ wo° a @oa (A 00$ V, oƒ,° ƒ\�a ƒƒ�C3 KU �m � o noi « pow « 0o $ « 7 C _ ] o ] o ] n CL � f� &#� & ��$ ��» # � § cnA QED . �d\ < �8� < k � � E ] >�2 />ƒ2 ��/2 a� / E 23 q3 23 ` � o o n o aR \ � kk kM co � a o � � w 2 / kR z � 0—� g7 % / � § > _ ) c_ \ nq R � G ZI § » 97 / k k2 � � cl (D E ��ne \ 0 kd k�� @ U 00 E ° � ] q�R > || >2 � 3 R \ . ƒO Q. �-u / CL c ] o § g c m m D ® D o of �/ n / q o / � / o / CL C R C: ■ 6 | ! | 0 CL Tj . . 7 & " D ) t \ U 22 2 ±CD |>1 0 s 1 o o° m z | 3 oƒ 2 w�� } m ' @ \ § / ■ \r !� 2 ƒ � o \ � q0m � 4 Q En �� r� r �Q � �k »0 > \ � X22 § - I § § � �o C) to �� . � .CA M\q2ƒ 0 ƒ] / �\ to"0 %U] / %"2Ep ED/] - mR x, in ©<,d ?<6d to N) <<cn CD U � � o � ƒf¥ o � E o � E CD 00 not « nom « @02 « oo $ « , .� f � ] o ] o J o ] o n* CL o 7- g. 5 2 e- 5& g. ¥Q » & 0 u# Q# Q4 u# > o n >&§ < »OD < »cam « »&■ « 23 w uo, Foy -om -o\ 2 � o m ] n > n >� � aE- n > m-0 CD WO _ o . _ n Wo ° G0' J @0 00 ¢ 26 (D CL � �� © �� - ® �g © / n (b ° & � L7 k ) ] / UOL ] . . 21 CO k / 2 0 % 0 to g m N eED � E o \ / k C ° 0 a' § _ 0 0 E� :3 » J En ° n n i 3 / J 001 \ / § k Z) :1 2 � 0- CL CD cro \ � q� �- 0- -I 0� >7e - � k »o b Rq � �Q 2 $ S � a 3� R �a c m to d tn > / / . / 0 . a ± o � J 2 m CL A | | ! �§ > i_A � j S ' ± | . $� c \ o . | > \ ¥ (D �� }� 0 . m } 2 X00 0 ' 0 D(n o m V V)(D f ° 2 t R m � 2 j c � q LO \ : i� M 1 i N � N C i ru I`CA Illii r*) o a a M a o 3 N � Q v D Ln D X 'per D N IA'J A �I Q 2 44 O m m o �O ;� o oo ou fi D j j �b]}r � _ b cncncncntnmm a� (IN mm I� ul cn cn cri cn m i m (IN (A f 1 F s1 a w- ro- •-b aya�3ap i OMwA'�gP Y Y gb P p b. pp b QyCIi 2.N +3Cj P- Y • h�h�S � Agwss O � b b P O i s i '`•, o I T o T P N N ! J w � tit v iL y y a m h O s n ,O1 7 W W w L) w w U) CL CL G 1 -A -P -N 4A -P -A ? tv m 7CsH i , z j�.p 9 i✓f j O cu � o � O 1 r-0 0 " o cn 0 _Ln o �m = S N W IT W V)D Z W W cl-::=0 3 p m W W ED p V) Ln W W p Q gi- 3' P W 3 .+ 3 m p N m d+A A Q N ,+)3 m 0 R 3 Q C ,+3 ' 3-137 ,D (D z UI O� N td p o5 U1 N C3 C N Ul QS'S V)Q rrDD 5 p Ul m N rDfocn m N v,(D U1 m N S ul r m o 5-.+ tD Z .-� a n r o •3 v �x rrDD t." a m Q F A-T o w >I G g a g 1i O D � z P. o D .0 C) V) FD Zj WC om0D t.i w w ►-� w F- Y {w F— H` 1 V W f/1--1 i N N!-'z R} N l 3m3mm O•UI.FO OPWN fU R)0 LA 493 c3 D n) t�� n, -1 L) tr � Ptu L4 IV IV 'A A-t!P L4 fe ul S P N to 1p` �y3th PO rnp CL45 Wn CL IU 1V SL3 :5 D OO T p mNm 3 W v M n S VI N 10 ID ra n QP 3'SQ N N Oh m pc+vro�c 3 m i rns� tiN " zo CA Q O e+ 'G N 7 H3 wI*N N 0 p 0 cFohyO N N lD C to S h CA -P !n N N N rD D w Cn .-P- m Q- ED m o O w cn 4N. *, a CL 3 3 4 8 O o w Ul -A O 0 CL c o �p x a Ln W m w CJ� z y w n � Z Co D m O ta $ o = ► -''(n m O O Q O oQ 00 �rn N A 1 m u_ uuuu � R) O O � N rD O rD 3 Q O CO C (O Q Ln rD w n 0 o x �°$ •° z i my � D z n a � O o :E o >ltl h U) m <� o ° ° o - Q .,Ln 0 --1 CA I o `� B PV Bid Specs Reis.A.doc 6.0 Schedule Installation schedule should be coordinated with the lead contractor. 7.0 Attachments: Building A-1 Rev B Roof Layout Building A-2 Rev B Roof Layout Building A-3 Rev E Roof Layout Building A4 Rev E Roof Layout Building B Rev D Roof Layout Building C Rev D Roof Layout Professional Solar Products Fast Jack Installation Guide Direct Power and Water Power Tube Commercial Racking System Guide Building Al and A2 Solar Array Single Line Drawing Building A3 Solar Array For Common Meter Single Line Drawing Building A3 Solar Array For Apartment Meter Single Line Drawing Building A4 Solar Array Single Line Drawing Building B and C 3.5kW Common Meter Solar Array Single Line Drawing Building B 2.45kWSolar Array For Apartment 1 Meter Single Line Drawing Building B 3.5kW Solar Array For Apartment 2 Meter Single Line Drawing 8 of 8 PVBid Specs Reis.A.doc • Ensuring compliance with all local, State,Federal safety regulations(including OSHA), building codes, electrical codes, ordinances, regulations and permits; • Developing a final project acceptance test plan, and performance prediction; • Certifying that 100%of materials are delivered to the site-, • Installing complete system in accordance with the final design; • Managing construction activities and ensuring that the site is cleaned up; • Producing as-built drawings; • Providing an operations and maintenance manual for the PV system. Task 5.4: PV System Acceptance Once the installation is complete the system shall receive any necessary local and utility inspections and approvals. To be accepted,the system should run at or above rated capacity under test conditions of 1000 watts/square meter solar irradiance, 25 degrees Celsius ambient temperature,wind speed no greater than 1 meter/ second, and maximum power. Should the test conditions not be available, generally accepted practices for converting the value of output power at actual conditions to reference conditions shall be used. In addition, the system shall be run at least one month at 95% availability with maximum 2 incidents requiring attention(remotely or on-site)before the system is accepted. Community Builders reserves the right to have one of its representatives inspect and approve the PV system installation to validate proper installation. Task 5.4 Deliverable: Certified acceptance test results(including results of system code inspection) Task 5.5: Maintenance and Warranty Subtask 5.5.1: Maintenance training The Installer shall educate building maintenance staf_F management, and municipality personnel on system operations, equipment monitoring, and protection. Subtask 5.5.2: Warranty The PV system shall be covered by a 5-year full warranty to the ovmcr of the PV system. The warrant,, shall cover all components of the generating system against breakdown or degradation in electrical output of more than ten percent from their original rated AC electrical output established at system acceptance. PET tito`ules s6=11 t_ --,crud by _ minimum 20-vear performance warranty, meaning that the ou put tti! 748 PVBid Specs Rev.A.doc 5.0 Scope of Work Task 5.1: Rebate Money Subtask 5.1.1: Rebate Applications The Installer shall prepare the required documents for submittal to the Massachusetts Technology Collaborative's Small Renewables Initiative program for the rebate monies. The rebate application should include the$2 per watt base rebate plus adders of- $1.25 for being in an economic target area. $2.50 for being part of a housing project where greater than 50% of the housing is for low income residents. $0.25 for being part of an Energy Star rated green building project. Task 5.2: Interconnection and Permits Subtask 5.2.1: Utility Interconnect The Installer shall establish the appropriate National Grid utility interconnect agreement(s). The Installer shall have the interconnection designed and constructed in accordance with the requirements of the Interconnection Agreement and shall invite the National Grid representatives to inspect the interconnection prior to final system start up in accordance with the Interconnection Agreement. Subtask 5.2.2: Permitting The Installer shall identify all permits required for installing PV on the selected buildings. The Installer shall coordinate with the lead contractor to prepare and submit the necessary permit applications and to obtain all required permits prior to commencement of construction. The Installer shall coordinate with local building officials for final inspection of relevant permits. Task 5.3: Procure and Install PV Systems Subtask 5.3.1: Procure PV system components The Installer shall procure all materials, equipment and components for the PV system and DAS identified in the final design and deliver those items to the construction site. The Installer shall develop a construction schedule to be submitted for approval by the lead contractor prior to the commencement of the PV installation. Subtask 5.3.2: Install PV system The Installer shall install the PV system and DAS. The solar array owners shall retain ownership of any green power attributes or renewable energy credits generated by the PV system. The Installer to comply with the following minimum installation codes and requirements: 6 of 8 PIJBid SpecsRev� A_doc 4.3 Power Conditioning Equipment a. Each of the solar arrays shall power an SMA America SunnyBoy inverter. Inverter shall be sized to match the array size according to the table in section 1. Other inverters that are UL listed and accepted by the local utility for grid interconnection will be considered. b. Each inverter shall have mounted to it, an SMA America DC disconnect appropriate for each model of inverter. c. Inverters shall include a local status display, preferably LCD-type showing performance parameters such as instantaneous power and total energy production. d. AC and DC grounding, protective and disconnecting equipment shall be employed consistent with the National Electrical Code, manufacturers' recommendations and utility requirements. e. Each inverter shall have a Delta Lightning arrestor LA602DC installed at the inverter. f. If the array feeds into a service panel, a Square D SDSAI 175 surge arrestor should be used. g. Inverters will be located in the electrical room of each building. h. Output voltage of all inverters shall be 240VAC. i. Output of inverters shall feed to a kilowatt hour meter, detailed in section 4.5. j. AC output of the kWh meter should tie directly to the common loads service panel via a two pole breaker. For the solar arrays feeding individual apartments,the kWh AC output should feed to the load side of the apartment's meter socket pan. 4.5 System Data Acquisition and Display (DAS) a. Each solar array shall include a cyclometer register kilowatt-hour meter, and have a numerical display, similar to a GE I-70 meter, typically referred to as an"easy read meter"). The kilowatt hour meter shall read total energy output. The meter must have an accuracy of 5%. 4.6 General It is the installer's responsibility to verify all site information and to provide a complete, safe, code- compliant and functional PV system- 5 of 8 PV Bid Specs Rev. A.doc For the sloped roofs: a. An aluminum rail mounting system shall secure the array parallel to the roof slope, with the PV module elevated at least 2 inches above the roof for ventilation cooling of the module. b. Galvanized or stainless steel fasteners shall be used wherever exposed to the weather,to reduce long-term corrosion. c. Roof attachment system shall exceed the minimum structural requirements, including wind and snow loads. d. The module mounting shall consist of 3"or 4.25"Professional Solar Products' Fast Jack roof stanchions. These stanchions should be applied according to the Professional Solar Products Fast Jack Installation Guide, and flashed with Oatey flashing boots. Any roof penetrations shall be properly sealed to prevent water leakage. e. Because this installation will have high public visibility, the aesthetics of the installation are particularly important. PV modules shall be installed in a neat, regular pattern with even spacing between modules and uniform elevation above the roof. Wiring, conduit,junction boxes and other roof-mounted components shall be hidden and/or neatly arranged. Modules shall be arranged to fit the allocated array space on the roof, according the attached document of each building's solar array layout. If an alternate module is used with different dimensions, a shading loss estimate must be shown as well. For the flat roofs, building A-1 and A-2: f. The Direct Power and Water Power Tube Commercial Racking System, or equivalent shall be used to ballast mount the solar electric array to buildings A I and A-2. The modules shall be tilted at a 10 degree tilt angle. g. The modules shall be arranged such that there is a four foot walk way around two contiguous sides of the array on each section of the building. Install array on building A-1 according to enclosed diagram Titled Building A 1 Rev B Roof Layout. h. Galvanized or stainless steel fasteners shall be used wherever exposed to the weather,to reduce long-term corrosion- i. Roof attachment system shall exceed the minimum structural requirements, including wind and snow loads. j. Wiring, conduit,junction boxes and other roof-mounted components shall be neatly arranged. If an alternate module or mounting rack is used with different dimensions, a shading loss estimate must be shown as well. k. When wiring leaves the array, it should penetrate through the roof deck and run through EMT conduit until reaching the mechanical room. 1. Any roof penetrations shall be properly sealed to prevent water leakage. 4 of 8 PV Bid Specs Reis.A.doc 4.0 PV System Specifications Each solar array shall be sized according to the chart in section 1. A single line drawing of each system is provided in the attachments. Specific product manufacturers and models are identified in order to present a description of a viable PV system. As stated in the relevant sections, alternative competitive products that meet the specifications will be considered, however must be approved by Community Builders prior to installation. Installations must comply with all applicable laws, regulations, codes, licensing and permit requirements, including but not limited to,the Massachusetts State Building Code,the National Electric Code, Massachusetts's Standard Interconnection Requirements and all applicable local ordinances and codes. Equipment and installation shall meet applicable building codes and utility interconnection requirements, and shall be UL listed, IEEE compliant and FCC approved as applicable. 4.1 PV Modules and Array a. The PV arrays shall consist of Solar World SW 175 monocrystaline P type solar modules. (Other framed,flat plate, crystalline, UL listed modides tivill be considered.) b. Each PV module shall be warrantied by its manufacturer for at least 80% of its rated power for 20years from the date of system acceptance. c. Each PV module shall be warranted by its manufacturer to be within 3% of its STC rating. d. Each array to be comprised of x modules wired in series to form a single string, and y strings, according to the following chart: Building System Size #of Modules #of Stings per Sting Al 6.3kW 9 4 A2 6.3kW 9 4 A3 5.25kW 10 3 A3 3.15kW 9 2 A4* 9.8kW 10/8 4/2 B 3.5kW 10 2 B 2.45kW 7 2 B 3.5 kW 10 2 C 3.5kW 10 2 * Four strings of 10 modules feed the SB700OUS inverter, and two stings of 8 modules feed the SB3000US inverter. 4.2 PV Array Mounting 3 of 8 PVBid Specs Rev. A.doc 3.0 Minimum Installer Qualifications The successful installation company shall meet all of the requirements of the Massachusetts Small Renewables Initiative and be certified as a PV installer under the North American Board of Certified Energy Practitioners (NABCEP) or equivalent process. The successful installer shall enter into an agreement which includes: installation location; listing of applicable incentives; installation and payment schedule;warranty provisions; a description of the system being purchased and an outline of system specifications including expected ac output, and expected monthly and annual energy production of the PV system; the make and model of major system components and terms of System Acceptance per Task 5.4 in the statement of work below. All systems and system components shall comply with all applicable laws, regulations, codes, licensing and permit requirements, including but not limited to,the Massachusetts State Building Code,the National Electric Code,Massachusetts Standard Interconnection Requirements and all applicable local ordinances and codes. PV modules and inverters shall be UL Listed (or equivalent). Community Builders shall own any green power attributes or renewable energy credits generated by the PV system. The successful installer will carry(1)a minimum of$2,000,000 general liability insurance coverage, and(2) commercial automobile liability insurance in respect of motor vehicles owned, licensed or hired by the Contractor and the Subcontractors with minimum limits of$500,000 in respect of claims arising out of personal injury, or sickness or death of any one person, $1,000,000 in respect of claims arising out of personal injury, sickness or death in any one accident or disaster, and $500,000 in respect of claims arising out of property damage in any once accident or disaster. 2of8 PV Bid Specs Rev.A.doc 1.0 Introduction Community Builders seeks a qualified photovoltaic(PV) systems contractor to provide, install, commission, and warranty nine turnkey, solar electric(PV) systems at the Village of Hospital Ill. The PV systems are to be installed on six of the new buildings being built;the new buildings are categorized as building A--1, A-2, A-3, A-4,B, and C. Each building will have one or more solar electric systems installed, according to the following table. The goal of the project is to provide solar electric power for the common electric load for the new low income housing, as well as for a few of the residences. Through their leadership, Community Builders, wishes to encourage the growth in the use of renewable energy.and the corresponding reduction in the need for more polluting sources of electric power generation. Solar Electric Arrays (9 total): Building System Size* Inverter Module Qty Feed In Meter Al 6.3kW SB6000US 36 Common A2 6.3kW SB600OUS 36 Common A3 525kW SB6000US 30 Common A3 3.15kW SB300OUS 18 Single Unit A4 9.8kW SB70DOUS& 56 Common SB300OUS B 3.5kW SB400OUS 20 Common B 2.45kW SB300OUS 14 Single Unit B 3.5 kW SB4000US 20 Single Unit C 3.5kW SB4000US 20 Common * System Size Denoted by STC DC output rating. 2.0 Site Description Address: Electric Utility: Mass Electric The new buildings are outlined within the construction bid specifications. The solar electric modules that comprise each solar array shall be arranged according to the attached roof layout drawings. Components of each power conditioning system(PCS)will be located in the electrical room of each building. Electrical metallic tubing will house the wiring from the solar modules on the roof to the power conditioning equipment in the electrical room, penetrating the roof: and running inside the building walls. The PV system will be interconnected to the utility grid through the electric meter or service panel in the electrical room, for the solar arrays that supply an individual residence,the interconnection will occur at the service meter socket. A single line drawing for each solar array is attached. 1 of 8 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November 15,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Addendum I I — Unit Bid Prices 3. Unit Price Schedule Unit of Amount Add Description of Work Measure or Deduct Additional Earth Excavation to 8' depth CY $ (Including replacement material if required) Bituminous Concrete Paving—Wearing course Ton $ Bituminous Concrete Paving—Binder course Ton $ Gravel base for Bituminous Concrete paving CY $ Common Fill Material, Ordinary Borrow CY $ Furnish and install Catch Basin, including frame, EA $ grate,hood,excavation, bedding,and backfill Furnish and install 12"ADS N-12 Storm Drain including LF $ excavation, bedding and backfill. Furnish and install 12" RCP Storm Drain including excavation LF $ bedding,filter fabric and backfill. Furnish and install 4-foot diameter Manhole, including frame and EA $ cover,excavation , bedding,and backfill up to 10 foot depth Ledge (Rock) Excavation,above or below the 100 CY CY $ carried in the Base Bid Concrete encasement of electric conduit above or below the LF $ 100 linear feet carried in the Base Bid Furnish& Install 4-inch conduits with pull cords in trench LF $ excavated for Electric,Telephone,and Communications (between buildings)above or below the amount delineated on the project plans carried in the Base Bid Furnish&Install 3-inch conduits with pull cords in trench LF $ excavated for Cable above or below the amount delineated on the project plans&carried in the Base Bid Trench,Backfill, Sand Bedding for utilities,above or LF $ below the amount delineated on the project plans &carried in the Base Bid Note:Unit prices shall include all costs for materials, labor,set-up, disposal, overhead,profit,bond, insurance, equipment,supervision and all other associated for a complete installation, including, but not limited to:supply and installation of all specified materials,removal and disposal of existing materials, backhlling with required material, and all appurtenances necessary for a complete installation. All prices are for items furnished, installed and accepted. Village Hill Units Prices Page 2 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November 15,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Addendum I I — Unit Bid Prices FORM FOR BID Unit Prices for Change Orders I. Provisions Included The conditions of the Contract and other Sections of Division I, General Requirements,apply to the work under this Section. 2. Unit Prices The Unit Prices for items of work set forth by the Contractor in the Schedule of Unit Prices attached to this Section shall be used to determine adjustments to the Contract Sum when changes in the work involving said items are made in accordance with the Contract Documents. a. The conditions of the contract and other Sections of Division I,General Requirements, apply to the work under this Section. b. All materials, methods of installation,and definitions of terms set forth under the various Unit Price items in the Schedule of Unit Prices shall be indicated in the Contract Documents. C. Prior to commencing removal of materials or placement of materials set forth in the Schedule of Unit Prices as Unit Price items,the Contractor shall notify the Architect in sufficient time to permit proper measurements to be taken on behalf of the Owner. Only quantities which have been approved in writing by the Architect will be considered in the determination of adjustments to the Contract Sum on Unit Price basis. d. Performance of work which is not required under the Contract Documents or which is not authorized by Change Order,whether or not such items set forth hereunder as a Unit Price item,shall not be considered cause for any extra payment under the Contract. The Contractor will be held fully responsible for such unauthorized work, including the performance of all corrective measures required by the Architect. e. Unless specified otherwise,all unit prices shall include all materials, labor,equipment, and supervision for a complete installation, including, but not limited to:supply and installation of all specified materials, removal and disposal of existing materials, backfilling with required material,and all appurtenances necessary for a complete installation. Village Hill Units Prices Page I q )� � 2§! |i2 )r ml K� A 2 % \ 31 § It � ■ � +!| � ® | � ■ � � | � � ■ — � $ �B§ § ■. 2& ` §§ ■ �� | � ■ � § ■ B§ |! |§ §| ■�; � ■| ■� § ' R � D I E T Z VILLAGE AT HOSPITAL HILL PHASE mom zm SHEET TITLE cow: Becuidm■e o@2007 @m,&e__a» p All Rights C O r+M�wr ovmw s� ��—!a mss&r htcb @m E SKE-O2 INCORPORATED (413)733-6798 MARK m9 DESCRIPTION t Consulting Engineering Services, Inc . — + t Addendum Addendum Number: 2 Addendum Date: November 14,2007 Written To: Marc Sternick Project Name: Village at Hospital Hill-Phase II CES Project Number: 27071.00 Written By: Scott Sullivan,P.E. The work shall be carried out in accordance with the following supplemental instructions and in accordance with the Contract Documents. Division 16-Electrical 1. Clarification: On the electrical power riser diagram, the typical symbol "100A/IP" indicates 100A, single phase, 2 pole (240/120V). 2. Revise dwelling unit panelboards from 65kAIC to 10kAIC rated load centers. 3. In specification Section 16050 add the following acceptable wire type for concealed wiring within walls and ceilings. a. NONMETALLIC SHEATHED CABLE (NMB) i. Manufacturers: 1. American Wire and Cable 2. Triangle Wire and Cable 3. Southwire Company ii. Description: NFPA 70, Type NMC. iii. Conductor: Copper. iv. Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts. V. 4. Revise power riser diagrams as indicated on the attached sketches. Attachments:S-1 -Deleted,see heading Addendum 03 SKE-2 FINISH GRADE-SURFACE VARIES, SEE PLANS 141 11TFTITIII IIII IIII ` n I I II I I— 12° MIN. AT PAVED AREAS � ` � IIII-�� III�I-11 ` YELLOW HIGH VOLTAGE TAPE MARKER TO RUN CONTINUOUS 111 I� —111 } III II— WITH ELECTRIC LINE/CONDUIT o _ COMPACTED GRAVEL BORROW UNDER PAVEMENT, COMPACTED `' EXCAVATED (NATIVE) MATERIAL UNDER NON-PAVED AREAS II HAND TAMPED BACKFILL v \j I * MIN. COVERAGE REQUIREMENTS: Q SEWER 4'-0" MIN. .__ -„ N - - - - -- °- WATER 5-0" MIN. =III II Z J UNDERGROUND SERVICES �- & GAS 2'-6" MIN. LO ° w a 0 o w NOTE: ENTIRE PIPE LENGTH MUST D/2 ` ` BE FIRMLY SUPPORTED. Q' HAND TAMPED BEDDING VIII- < (HAUNCHING) co IIh D + 2'-D" FIRM SUBGRADE 3'-0" MIN. NOT TO SCALE D I E T Z PROJECT NO: 20621 SHEET TITLE VILLAGE AT HOSPITAL HILL - PHASE 11 CAD FILE: TYPICAL ©coPyr�nt zooz UTILITY By Diea Co.Archi,em Inc TRENCH NORTHAMTON, MASSACHUSETTS All Righa Reserved. C O 17 HAMPDEN ST DRAWING REFERENCE: SPRINGFIELD, MA 11/12/07 ADDENDUM #1 L502 AD 1.02-1 Architects 01103 INCORPORATED (413) 733-6798 1AARK DATE SC I ION NORTHERN UTILITIES SERVICE SLEEVES * PLAN VIEW SERVICE SLEEVE (FU'I'M USE) PROPERTY LINE -- -- -- -•-- PAVEMENT LINE PROPERTY LINE ZAS MAIN(E3{ISTINO) YELLOW MARK NO TAPE APPROX. I FOOT DEEP FINISHED CIRADE * SECTION VIEW • T:-L7 'POP OF MAIN C3AS MAIN , MIN mim DEPTH 36" SERVICE SLEEVE NO •SLEEVES MUST HAVE 36" hPNIMUM COVER AT FINISH GRADE.. •SL& FES WILL BE PLAST Ie AND SHALL BE M!IIUHUM 1114"DIAMETEIL •ENDS SHOULD BE CAPPED OR TAPED TO PREVENT SOIL AND DEBRIS FROM GETTING IN. •SLEEVE TERMINATIONS MUST BE MARKED WPITi STAKES AND LABELED. •SLEEVES SHOULD BE INSTALLED 5 FEET OFF WATER AND SEWER STUBS. i _ �rsrns � orb 4l MUE MAND INI?�Yd SP1�X34Dtllt� '[RFaiE�PI ING A_ D BA I1I1TC'P�C)C l i i; .c e x c• L Pik I 'A WOOL +ORS' ' lC . w l i7�1CGR11CIF- . • dtA�t,I�GE 3°N w� w� hcx�t e�uao�ott p5 F rnstallation of Natural Gas Servic i MOMMURAMAM aria . haba Oaft *4 or*MW ONOOttim va not OM v ry an the Aga arj i Pwoodwa See Pip"I a vb=a bty of sad 4" 4eep IA Uta&boom bebm Ufft tba, pipe la:tb tepramwWww my 4ow ax o(d=fib astaid* kuW of and provkW it h c4m Ord freme,aftsty 4*Ibap . hiscl to Wit: pb ft%*c gar tt I* *do pha6c pip& %np 6ct*=' ' zt I=d=+41*my fmo dw p 0 ptwe a ninfimm of 4' of sand ever **pipe, rw , of System Makua= or System `w& or a rfib tVt catad"my slow use of IM uwbetW bstead ofd, pramMed k k den ind five afay objects*a my impiap*a the c� p6m wad m the utmh eat same dn 4' ,nw4mmble upo„ir wU& to fig ft rest of t cka fil wAaK aft At,spa wbem sit and N bSc is a m for use h r+�a raced by 9AW or IoW agenckL Remove d ex tea spoi is tic Avooptw . °"' propedy c0awad the troxh to kam the sot procedure 10AI for a desc6p6oa of sukbk nuterish for pips beddbg vW firW bv l- MUTAMOMMMIUMMUIM OMUIMAND A&MM"PAOCOVM Trench Padding. #in and + -,hmptAure for 1 Gas M SACMIL OR 34- } TAn • a LL -_CLEW MOMLL MATMIAL a . Tin Depth of 42 inch=, 'finch P nS(4 inches sand on bottom.6 rocks sand on top) Waming Tape(t foot below find �� A4 apc � l P7-�eefl'-tta i b t9 s� '.,w w..L'#,tps a3 o� � Y E 1, ,H iJ i®,s •Ik,w . {'!%,+� o�Ax 1't.# + i •eKri:' zw A � 6!*-l'�le 1134.. AF ..Ae` # m! r* 'i ,f'.iaix' !� '7 J fb�, i�R 1-A r.i s! a 4 a-R e�+ 9 a�a-a... •s .- f� ay - p,. a:fxa. #.� `tYt 6..a xae&ai ^. #} R':#a r C.w b'=t.«F +a.M pt � i. Y� e.. 4ta"i3s �wA ki to A9<. +s rd3@ i ,� ®"3. :.fir. t 1 ►4 F.. it I f.. rF N' k ! t Bf � �'++4 IiA•a^89 e4... i !i w {I'asb ki x a4kk � .f q�a+aa„ F.r A #€! FA'. 4- .rC i»d )BF1F1k- w61 aag- .'i r{tlt •.� �.!`� kt t er.ii �i s0.saw a x!c"�,m<B i �R�1 R: 1 t'.., 8i' aP.}p ;:; ; < w`a tS` s e-x�r �dix lea� le;ei4 R,a aig Nt. N:[♦ is k s z,9#, 1 3Y BPwa 71 1 7,l,' Rk . ��fs I,l. (�. B.t:.AF 13a+ it �k '1 # 1 i. P •:9 R k..,! tF=I6 it r.z�eF i' • E3 7771--1 d !f 1t5... i= !'.ab� 'a.r #: - t^lb pp s iY aw k..a€*s •�.a%aagqlbM t .. wt a 6F,!'f 4 t Jet-+s i b' e1L#.ft 4:a✓<i w$;'w x.e F$F.19 Y'w ` x aN.M{' $iC #.1 � s�f,a 8. p''.#r�i. 3 4 P d= x a�i t m �. 3- #a sk 9n,i n4a. id3al.ke•. Y- .8�•ee®N.sa's #a f� ;"�x¢�_3 tl1�+ P9+ir :3- '9' 4 L° �� dtMr fi yy 'm1 F N:lilt 1 ��° a a.�zr P t r° �+�� €�� .r � ► rr�: .� a •+re a...e + Bay State Gas / Northern Utilities Excavation for Natural Mains and S &Uuirements 1. ON SCHEDULED DAY OF MAIN INSTALI..ATION,THE TRENCH MUST BE 42"FOR 2"PIPE,44"FOR 4"PIPE AND 46'FOR 6"PIPE.SAND BED THE BOTTOM OF THE MUENCH WITH 4"OF SAND. 2. PLEASE CALL OUR RESOURCE CO-ORDINATOR I TO 2 WEEKS BEFORE TRENCH IS OPENED TO ARRANGE SCHEDULING AND TO SCHEDULE A PRE-INSPECTION MEEITNO WITH THE 'CONSTRUCTION SUPERVISOR.PLEASE CALL 1-NO-552 3047 E3C'�5332. 3. IN ORDER FOR NORTHERN UIIIdTIES TO GAS UP THE MAIN,WE REQUIRE MT11RE TRENCH TO BE COMPMELY BACKFTLLBD WITH MII4M M 6"OF SAND OVER TOP OF MAIN AND WARNING TAPE It BELOW GRADE.. 4. ENCLOSED IS A COPY OF OUR TRENCH STANDARDS THAT YOU ARE REQUIRED TO FOLLOW.IF YOU OR YOUR CONTRACTOR HAS ANY QUESTIONS DONT HESITATE TO CALL, I-500-552-3047 EXT.5332 OR 5334. 5. BUILDER DIG,BACKFILL AND SAND: BUILDER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DIGGING THE TRENCH TO OUR STANDARDS.PADDING THE TRENCH W[TH 4"OF SAND ON THE BOTTOM OF THE TRENCH{, INSTALLING MINIMUM OF 6"OF SAND OVER THE PIPE AND BACKFILLING THE TRENCH.THE BUILDER WILL HAVE SAND AND A BACKHOE AVAILABLE THE DAY OF THE INSTALLATION. ENTIRE TRENCH MUST BE BACKFILLED BEFORE MAIN CAN BE GASSED UP. i VARIES - --- it N �R a. c PW. TEE WYE COUPLING (SI& VWAMRI ` (5 zE v ---- 2 x PLC V , FOR CLEA TMNATE WOK PAVDAENT AREAS CORIRACTIDR 70 SUPPLY THE TOP OASTANDARD G4?E 00 TO PROMIX ACCESS AND m n4E PIPE. REDUCE CLEANOUT PI SIZE FRW Ir M 4" WITIM 7HE CAT BOX CL v w �NCEDM (SIZE VARIES) VAR ES) X MIN. SLOPE AW figo PYCL WE WYE r, -WWC.SEWM SE RAM ! NOT TO SCALE Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November 12, 2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Addendum I I The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. PVC conduit shall be provided for cable TV services. This conduit shall extend from the point of connection at the service stubs installed as part of the Roadway Project to a point of connection at the buildings as shown. A pull string suitable for use by each appropriate utility shall be furnished and installed in each conduit by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for determining the specific type of pull string required by each individual utility company. Configuration of conduits within the common trench shall be coordinated with all Utility Companies,collectively. The Contractor shall provide excavation and backfill and furnish and install embedment sand for conduit used for communications cables between individual buildings,as specified in Division 16. The Contractor shall furnish and install the required warning tape. Electric Notes. Conduits, conductors, transformer pads, and all other appurtenances for electric primaries and secondaries shall be furnished and installed as specified in Division 16. The Contractor shall provide trenching and backfilling of the common trench and furnishing and installing sand for embedding of conduit. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all work with the appropriate utility companies. The trenching limits include all required by the utility companies within the limits of layout for the individual services and primaries. Utility Record Drawings: The Contractor shall be responsible for providing detailed and accurate record drawings of all utilities. Utilities are schematically shown on the Construction Documents and are not necessarily shown in final locations. Therefore, final locations of all concealed elements of the utilities; including but not limited to bends, tees, sweeps, and couplings, shall be accurately measured with `swing tie' measurements clearly depicted on the Record Drawings. The Record Drawings shall clearly show the individual utilities and the final cross section of the conduit arrangements. The swing tie measurements shall be from permanent structures that can be used for future location of the concealed components. 8 of 8 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase 11 November 12, 2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Addendum I I The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees. AD 1.02.20 Specification Section 02200,EXCAVATION, FILLING AND GRADING Add Section: 3.17 UNIT PRICES FOR CONCRETE ENCASEMENT OF ELECTRIC CONDUIT The contractor shall carry an allowance of 100 linear feet of concrete encasement of utility conduit in the base Lump Sum bid. The contract amount shall be increased if more than 100 linear feet of concrete encasement is required to be furnished and installed, and the contract amount shall be decreased if less than 100 linear feet of concrete encasement is required to be furnished and installed. The actual price per linear foot shall be as listed in the bidder's bid form. The concrete encasement shall be installed per Utility Company(s) requirements. AD 1.02.21 Specification Section 02200, EXCAVATION, FILLING AND GRADING Section 3.16 UNIT PRICES FOR ROCK EXCAVATION For the purposes of this specification "Ledge"shall be defined as rock, stone,parts of stone, brick or cement concrete pavement, parts of cemented stone walls or masonry structures, or similar material measuring one (1) cubic yard or more that require mechanical means such as hoe ramming to be broken and excavated. Subsection B. Delete"Notify Architect in writing before blasting proceeds" Replace with"Do not use explosives." AD 1.02.22 Drawing L-300,Site Utility Plan Add the following notes: Gas Notes.• It is the intent of this document that the Gas Co. will furnish and install gas pipe from their stubs installed as part of the Roadway Project to a point of connection at the buildings as shown on the Site Utility Plan, and the Contractor shall provide trenching and backfilling of trenches, including sand bedding for the services lines. The Contractor shall furnish and install the required warning tape. All construction shall be in accordance with the "Excavation for Natural Gas Mains and Services" document as prepared by Bay State Gas/ Northern Utilities (6 pages), included with this Addendum. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating with the Gas Company for scheduling and supply of gas pipe. Telephone and Cable Notes. It is the intent of this document that the Telephone Company and Cable TV company will furnish and install the required cable. Electric, telephone and cable TV are expected to be installed in the same trench. The Contractor shall provide trenching, backfilling of the common trench, furnishing and installing conduit (including all fittings, sweeps, couplings and required appurtenances for a complete installation), furnishing and installing sand for embedding of conduit The Contractor shall furnish and install the required warning tape. One (1) 4-inch schedule 40 PVC conduit shall be provided for telephone services. One (1) 3-inch schedule 40 7 of 8 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November 12, 2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Addendum I I The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. Add Section: 3.13 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS Remove waste material, including unsatisfactory soil,trash,and debris,and legally dispose of it off Owner's property. AD 1.02.17 Specification Section 02200,EXCAVATION, FILLING AND GRADING Add Section: 3.13 APPROVAL OF SUBGRADE 1. Notify Architect when excavations have reached required subgrade. 2. If Architect determines that unsatisfactory soil is present, continue excavation and replace with compacted backfill or lean concrete as directed. a. Additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work. 4. Proof roll subgrade with heavy pneumatic-tired equipment to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. Do not proof roll wet or saturated subgrades. 5. Reconstruct subgrades damaged by freezing temperatures, frost, rain, accumulated water, or construction activities,as directed by Architect. AD 1.02.18 Specification Section 02200, EXCAVATION, FILLING AND GRADING Add Section: 3.14 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending bottom elevation of concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom,without altering top elevation. Lean concrete fill may be used when approved by Architect. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction or utility pipe as directed by Architect. AD 1.02.19 Specification Section 02200,EXCAVATION, FILLING AND GRADING Add Section: 3.15 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS Stockpile borrow materials and satisfactory excavated soil materials. Stockpile soil materials without intermixing. Place,grade,and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. 6 of 8 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November 12,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Addendum I I The Berkshire Design Group,Inc. AD 1.02.1 1 Specification Section 02200,EXCAVATION, FILLING AND GRADING Add to PART 2: 2.08 ACCESSORIES Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility; colored as follows: Detectable Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali-resistant polyethylene film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, minimum 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of utility, with metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection,detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 30 inches deep;colored as follows: Red: Electric. Yellow: Gas,oil, steam,and dangerous materials. Orange: Telephone and other communications. Blue: Water systems. Green: Sewer systems. AD 1.02.12 Specification Section 02200,EXCAVATION, FILLING AND GRADING 3.03 EXCAVATION Section L. Delete all references to the use of explosives Add "Do not use explosives." AD 1.02.13 Specification Section 02200, EXCAVATION, FILLING AND GRADING 3.08 BACKFILL Add"All Structural Fill shall be placed in 8"maximum loose lifts. All other areas shall be placed in 12" maximum loose lifts" AD 1.02.14 Specification Section 02200, EXCAVATION, FILLING AND GRADING 3.09 COMPACTION Delete section of table specifying that Under Slab% Maximum Dry Density= 98 Replace with"Under Slab% Maximum Dry Density= 95" AD 1.02.15 Specification Section 02200,EXCAVATION, FILLING AND GRADING 3.10 COMPACTION METHODS Delete this section and replace with"It is the Contractors responsibility to achieve the specified degree of compaction by whatever method that is necessary." AD 1.02.16 Specification Section 02200, EXCAVATION, FILLING AND GRADING 5 of 8 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November 12,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Addendum I I The Berkshire Design Group,Inc. Additional clarifying information regarding existing trees and trees to remove/remain has been added. L-100 Layout Plan Added Note clarifying limit of work along street-side areas. Added 12"striped aisle to Lot 21 Reserved Spaces. Added one walkway from apartment entrance at B. Added Note that walkway/step to SE entrance of A I will be coordinated to meet grades of proposed Village Hill sidewalk reconstruction (by others) L-200 Grading&Drainage Plan Corrected spot grade NE corner Tot Lot Re-routed roof drain collection systems at B and A4 (to not enter Musante Drive). Two additional Drainage Basins (DB#2 I-1, DB#23-5) have been added. DMH#23-1 is shown in a revised location with consequent revision of connecting pipe quantities. Removed TBM note. Added notation on walkway cross-slopes. Revised grading(lowered) and drainage at northern sides of A4,AI,A2 including additional area Drains AD#23-2,AD#23-3 and revised location of AD#25-1 and consequent revisions in pipe layout. Additional Area Drain AD#21-5 and 22LF 8" PVC pipe. Additional spot elevations have been added/revised for clarification including at building corners and driveways to Lots 21 and 25. Note:The Contractor should utilize the November 12,2007 plan revisions for all rim and invert information. L-300 Site Utility Plan Added Key Revised alignment of gas services to A 1,A3 to avoid steps (schematic only). L-400 Planting Plan Revisions to planting quantities and type throughout;current quantities and species are listed in the Plant Schedules. 4 of 8 MW Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November 12,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Addendum I I The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. S. When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills have not achieved degree of compaction specified, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil to depth required; recompact and retest until specified compaction is obtained. AD 1.02.08 Specification Section 02200,EXCAVATION, FILLING AND GRADING 1.14 DEFINITIONS Section F. Replace"dand"with"sand" AD 1.02.09 Specification Section 02200,EXCAVATION, FILLING AND GRADING 2.03 GRANUAL FILL Delete: Sieve Size Percent Finer by Weight 2/3 of the loose lift thickness 100 No. 10 30-95 No.40 10-70 No. 200 *0- 15 (*0-8 where used behind walls) Replace with: Sieve Size Percent Finer by Weight 2 inch 100 No. 10 30-95 No.40 10-70 No. 200 0-8 Add"Granular fill shall be well a graded mixture." AD 1.02.10 Specification Section 02200,EXCAVATION, FILLING AND GRADING 2.07 ENGINEERED FILL Add"Engineered fill shall be a well graded mixture." AD 1.02.1 1 Changes to Plans Replace previously issued Drawings L-001 through L-400 (6 pages total),with those attached to this addendum having a revision dated Of November 12,2007. Changes on the plans are summarized below: L-001 Overall Site Plan Reflects changes presented in other drawings for consistency only(plantings,drainage structures) L-002 Existing Conditions Plan 3 of 8 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November 12, 2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Addendum I I The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. AD 1.02.04 Specification Section 02730,SANITARTY SEWER SERVICES 1.06 SUBIMITTALS C. Record Drawings Add the following: "During the course of installation, carefully shown in red line on a print of the utility plan all changes made to the water system during installation.All concealed elements of the sanitary sewer services shall be accurately measured with `swing tie' measurements clearly depicted on the Record Drawings. The measurements shall be from permanent structures that can be used for future location of the concealed components." AD 1.02.06 Drawing L-100, Layout Plan CLARIFICATION Ornamental fence indicated at Buildings A I and A2/A4 shall continuously extend from the building corner along the porch westerly and easterly, respectively,then northerly 2'and then into the landscape as indicated. AD 1.02.07 Specification Section 02200,EXCAVATION, FILLING AND GRADING 1.1 1 QUALITY ASSURANCE Delete Section A.and replace with the following: I. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent geotechnical engineering testing agency to perform field quality-control testing. 2. Allow testing agency to inspect and test subgrades and each fill or backfill layer. Proceed with subsequent earthwork only after test results for previously completed work comply with requirements. 3. Footing Subgrade: At footing subgrades, at least one test of each soil stratum will be performed to verify design bearing capacities. Subsequent verification and approval of other footing subgrades may be based on a visual comparison of subgrade with tested subgrade when approved by Architect. 4. Testing agency will test compaction of soils in place according to ASTM D 1556, ASTM D 2167, ASTM D 2922, and ASTM D 2937, as applicable. Tests will be performed at the following locations and frequencies: a. Paved and Building Slab Areas: At subgrade and at each compacted fill and backfill layer, at least one test for every 2000 sq.ft. or less of paved area or building slab, but in no case fewer than three tests. b. Foundation Wall Backfill: At each compacted backfill layer, at least one test for each 100 feet or less of wall length, but no fewer than two tests. C. Trench Backfill: At each compacted initial and final backfill layer,at least one test for each 150 feet or less of trench length, but no fewer than two tests. 2 of 8 Addendum 2 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II, Northampton, MA By:The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. November 15,2007 AD 1.02.01 Specification Section 02300,STORM DRAINAGE 1.05 A. Qualifications of Installers Add to the first(I't) paragraph: "The Contractor shall be responsible for hiring a Massachusetts licensed plumber if required to complete any portion of the work described in this Section." AD 1.02.02 Specification Section 02300,STORM DRAINAGE Replace all occurrences of'Engineer'with 'Architect' except in Section 3.04(2)(C). AD 1.02.03 Specification Section 02666,WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM Replace all occurrences of'Engineer'with 'Architect' AD 1.02.04 Specification Section 02666,WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 1.05 SUBIMITTALS B. Record Drawings Add to Item I.: "All concealed elements of the water system; including but not limited to bends, corporation connections, and couplings, shall be accurately measured with 'swing tie' measurements clearly depicted on the Record Drawings. The measurements shall be from permanent structures that can be used for future location of the concealed components" AD 1.02.05 Specification Section 02666,WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 3.04 TESTING Section D. Hydrostatic and Leakage Tests Add to Item 8.: Delete the sentence"If the average leakage during the period exceeds specified the rate of gallons per hour,the section shall be considered as having failed the leakage test"and replace with"If the average leakage during the period exceeds the allowable rate as defined by the AWWA Allowable Leakage Equation: L = SD 133,200 where; L=allowable leakage,in gallons per hour S=the length of pipe tested, in feet D=the diameter of the pipe, in inches P=the average test pressure, in psi, the section shall be considered as having failed the leakage test." OWEILLY, TALBOT& OKUN ASSOCIATES, INC. ENVIRONMENTAL AND GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS. LOG OF BORING VH-8 Pape 1 OF 1 PROJECT Villaus Hill ApartmeriLs-Villace Hill Road LOCATION Northampton,MA PROJECT NO. 0410.2101 DRILLING CONTRACTOR I FOREMAN Rob DATE STARTED DATE FINISHED Seaboard Environmental Drilling HELPER Bob 10/23107 101=7 DRILLING EQUIPMENT COMPLETION DEPTH 27' GROUND SURFACE ELEV. B•53 Unick Mounted Ra I DATUM 217' TYPE BfT Hollow stem auw SIZE&TYPE OF CORE BARREL No,of samples collected 6 UNUST. CASING Rod A 1 518`O.D. TIME FIRST COMPL HR. CASING HAMM. WEIGHT DROP WATER LEVEL FT. 20' 1 — — SAMPLER 2"0.0.Split swon Rod A 1 518'O.D. BORING Approximate center of proposed building B SAMPLER Safely WEIGHT DROP LOCATION HAMMER 140 30'wire line ENGINEERIGEOLOGIST Lindsey Maratha SAMPLES SAMPLES DEPTH PENETR. REC. TYPE1 DESCRIPTION SOIL REMARKS FT. RESIST. IN. NO. DESCRIPTION BUG IN. 4151617 14124 S-1 Top 6':Loose,brown,slily,TOPSOIL,dry 6'TOPSOIL 0-2' Bottom B':Loose,brown,Gne to medium SAND,little silt,trace(+)gravel,dry FILL (brick,concrete debris)(FILL) 5 5. 7/10/171117 12124 S-2 Medium dense,light brown,fine SAND,trace(+)silt,dry FINE SAND 5-7' 10 17x2323116 14124 S-3 Dense,light brown,fine to medium SAND,little coarse sand,trace(+)fine 10.12' gravel,dry 15 LX- 12/17/27/24 1224 S4 Dense,light brown,fine SAND,trace(+)silt,moist 15-17' 20 1525/2428 1224 S-5 Dense,light brown,fine to medium SAND,trace(+)silt,wet 20-22' X- 25 10116115/17 1224 S-6 Dense,light brown,fine SAND,little sill,wet X. 25-27' End of exploration at 27' Remarks: O'REILLY, TALBOT& OKUN ASSOCIATES, INC. ENVIRONMENTAL AND GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS LOG OF BORING VH-7 Page 1 OF 1 PROJECT Villa e'HIII A rtments.\Allage Hill Road LOCATION Northam lon MA PROJECT NO. 041021-01 DRILLWG CONTRACTOR FOREMAN Rob DATE STARTED DATE FINISHED $paboard ETZonmenfal Drillin HELPER Bob 10/24107 10/24/07 DRILLING EQUIPMENT COMPLETION DEPTH 27' GROUND SURFACE ELEV. B-53 ruck Mouthed Rig) DATUM 217' TYPE BIT Hollow stem auger SIZE&TYPE OF CORE BARREL No.of samples collected 6 UNDIST. CASING Rod A 1 SW O.D. TIME FIRST COMPL. HR, CASING HAMM. WEIGHT DROP WATER LEVEL(FT.) 20' SAMPLER 2'O.D.S Rod A 1 5/B'O.D. BORING Approximate center of proposed building C SAMPLER Safety WEIGHT DROP LOCATION HAMMER 140 30' 're line ENGINEER/GEOLOGIST Lindsey Mantha SAMPLES SAMPLES DEPTH PENETR. REC. TYPEI DESCRIPTION SOIL REMARKS FT. RESIST, IN. NO, DESCRIPTION W6 IN. 2/31513 12!24 5-1 Top 6%Loose.brown,silly,TOPSOIL,dry 6"TOPSOIL 0-2' Bottom 5"'.Loose,brown,fine to medium SAND,little silt,trace(+)gravel,dry FILL (brick debris)(FILL) 5 5' 51615/6 1224 S-2 Medium dense,light brown,fine SAND,trace(+)sill,dry FINE SAND to 10/11/1417 14124 S-3 Medium dense,light brown,fine SAND,trace(+)sill,dry 10.12' X- 15 9/12111/11 1624 SA Medium dense,light brown,fine SAND,trace(+)silt,moist X�— 15-17' 20 9111/15114 16124 S-5 Medium dense,light brown,fine SAND,little sill,wet 20-22' 25 6/11/17120 1424 S-6 Medium dense,light brown,fine SAND,lillle sill,wet 25-27' End of exploration at 27' Remarks: r LOG OF BORING VH-6 Page 2 OF 2 PROJECT NO. 0410.2101 SAMPLES SAMPLES DEPTH PENETR. REC. TYPE/ DESCRIPTION SOIL REMARKS FT. RESIST, IN. NO. DESCRIPTION BL161N. SILT 30 30' 319/10/8 20/24 S-7 Top 6':Very stilf,pray,SILT,little clay,trace(+)fine sand,wet GLACIAL TILL 3032' Bottom 14':Very stiff,reddish-brown,SILT.some tine to coarse sand, little gravel,wet(GLACIAL TILL) End of exploration at 32' 35 40 45 50 55 Remarks: O'REILLY, TALBOT& OKUN ASSOCIATES, INC. ENVIRONMENTAL AND GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS LOG OF BORING VH-6 Page 1 OF 2 PROJECT Village Hill A arknents Villa Hip Road LOCATION Northampton,MA PROJECT NO. 041421.01 DRILUt4G CONTRACTOR FOREMAN Rob DATE STARTED DATE FINISHED Seaboard Environmental DriBtn HELPER Bob 1024/07 1024107 DRILLING EQUIPMENT COMPLETION DEPTH 32' GROUND SURFACE ELEV. B-53 ruck Mounted R DATUM 217' TYPE Brr Hollow stem auger SIZE&TYPE OF CORE BARREL No.Osamples collected 7 UNDIST. CASING I Rod A 15/8"O.O. TIME FIRST COMPL, HR. CASING HAMM. WEIGHT IDROP WATER LEVEL FT. 20' SAMPLER 2'O.D.SDIII socion Rod A 15/8'O.D. BORING Northeast side of proposed building A3 SAMPLER Safety WEIGHT DROP LOCATION HAMMER 140 30"wire line ENGINEER/GEOLOGIST Lindsey Martha SAMPLES SAMPLES DEPTH PENE'TR. REC. TYPE/ DESCRIPTION SOIL REMARKS FT. RESIST. IN. NO. DESCRIPTION Bus IN. 27150 for 3' 824 S-1 Very dense,brown,fine to medium SAND,little coarse sand,trace(+)fine gravel. FILL 0-2' trace(+)silt,dry(concrete,brick debris)(FILL) 5 5' 8111/10/9 824 5-2 Medium dense,light brown.fine SAND,trace(+)coarse sand,trace(+)silt,dry FINE SAND 10 9/13114/17 12114 S-3 Medium dense,light brown,fine SAND,trace(+)sill,dry 10-12' 15 9/13/17118 14/24 S-4 Medium dense,light brawn,fine SAND,trace(+)silt,moist 15.17' X- 20 911311420 1224 S-5 Medium dense,light brown,fine to medium SAND,little silt,trace(+)coarse X-- 20-22' sand,wet 25 25' 2/31313 18/24 S•6 Soft.gray,SILT.little clay,trace(+)fine sand,wet ILT 25-27' Remarks: LOG OF BORING VH•5 Page 2 OF 2 PROJECT NO. 0410-21-01 SAMPLES SAMPLES DEPTH PENETR- REC. TYPE/ DESCRIPTION SOIL REMARKS Ff. RESIST. IN. NO. DESCRIPTION BUS IN. SILT 30 1/2/W 20124 S-7 Top 10":Soft,reddlsh-brown,SILT,some fine sand,trace(-)day,wet(varved) 30-32' Bottom 10":Soft,gray,SILT,little sand,trace(+)day,wet(varved) L>< (V2'to V thick layers) 35 2!2/3/3 1624 S-8 Soft,gray,SILT,trace(+)fine sand,trace(+)clay,wet 35-37' 40 40' 4/1011218 20124 S-9 Medium dense,reddish-brown.SILT,some fine to coarse sand,trace{+)gravel, GLACIAL TILL 40-42' wet(GLACIAL TILL) End of exploration at 42' 45 50 55 Remarks: O'REILLY, TALBOT& OKUN ASSOCIATES, INC. ENVIRONMENTAL AND GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS LOG OF BORING VH-5 Page 1 OF 2 PROJECT Village Hill Apartments,Village Hill Road LOCATION Northam ton MA PROJECT NO. 0410-21.01 DRILLING CONTRACTOR FOREMAN Rob DATE STARTED DATE FINISHED Seaboard Environmental Drilling HELPER Bob 10723/07 10/23/07 DRILLING EQUIPMENT COMPLETION DEPTH 42' GROUNDSURFACE ELEV. B-53 ruck Mounted RI DATUM 215 TYPE BIT Hollow stem auger SIZE&TYPE OF CORE BARREL No.of sam Ies collected 9 UNDIST. CASING Rod A 1 5l9'O.Q. TIME FIRST COMPL. HR, CASING HAMM, WEIGHT JOROP WATER LEVEL FT. 20' — — SAMPLER 2'O.D.S ' s000n Rod A 1 518"O.D. BORING Southwest side of proposed building A3 SAMPLER Safety WEIGHT DROP LOCATION HAMMER 140 30'wire Knell ENGINEER/GEOLOGIST Lindsev Mantha SAMPLES SAMPLES DEPTH PENETR. REC. TYPE/ DESCRIPTION SOIL REMARKS FT. RESIST. IN. NO. DESCRIPTION BUS IN. 26/50 for 5' 824 5.1 Very dense,blackish brown,One to medium SAND,little coarse sand, FILL 0-2' little gravel,trace(+)silt,dry(concrete debris)(FILL) 5 4141514 524 S-2 Loose,tight brown,fine SAND,trace(+)sill,dry FINE SAND 5-7' 10 9/9/10114 1024 S-3 Medium dense,light brown,One SAND,trace(+)silt,dry 10-1r 15 6114/14/14 10124 S-4 Medium dense,right brown,fine SAND,trace(+)silt,moist 15-17' 20 6/12/12/11 1624 S-5 Medium dense.light brown,fine SAND,trace(+)silt,wet 20.22' 25 25' 51516/6 1624 S-6 Stiff.grayish-brown.SILT,some fine sand,trace I.)clay,wet (varved) SILT 25.27' (112"to 1"thick layers) Remarks: LOG OF BORING VH-4 Page 2 OF 2 PROJECT NO. 0410-21-01 SAMPLES SAMPLES DEPTH PENETIL REC. TYPE/ DESCRIPTION SOIL REMARKS FT. RESIST. IN. NO, DESCRIPTION SLI61N. SILT 30 22/214 16124 S-7 Soft,gray,SILT,little fine sand,trace(4]clay,wet 30-32' 35 221314 24124 S-8 Soft,grey,SILT,little the sand,trace(4)day,wet 3537' 4D 411' 30/50 for 2' 8124 3-9 hard,reddish-brown.SILT,some fine to coarse sand.trace(4)gravel,wet GLAC)AL TILL 40-42' (GLACIAL TILL) IjI End of exploration at 47 45 5D 55 Remarks: OWEILLY, TALBOT& OKUN ASSOCIATES, INC. ENVIRONMENTAL AND GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS LOG OF BORING VH-4 Page 1 OF 2 PROJECT Villme HillA rtments,Village HAI Road LOCATION Northampton,MA 1PROJECTNO. 9410.21-01 DRILLING CONTRACTOR FOREMAN Rob DATE STARTED DATE FINISHED Seaboard Environmental Drilling Bob 10123/07 10124/07 DRILLING EQUIPMENT COMPLETION DEPTH 47 GROUND SURFACE ELEV. 853 Ruck Mounted DATUM 2117 TYPE BIT Hollow stem a er SIZE&TYPE OF CORE BARREL No.of sam es collected 9 UNDIST. CASING Rod A 1 518"O.D. TIME FIRST COMPL HR. CASING HAMM, WEIGHT DROP WATER LEVEL FT. 20' . — — SAMPLER 2'O.D.S lit s Rod A 1 518"O.D. BORING Approximaite center of proposed building A4 SAMPLER Safety WEIGHT DROP LOCATION HAMMER 140 30'wke line ENGINEER/GEOLOGIST Lindse Manlha SAMPLES SAMPLES DEPTH PENETR. REC, TYPE/ DESCRIPTION SOIL REMARKS FT. RESIST. IN. NO. DESCRIPTION BUS IN. 7126/16/12 16124 S-1 Dense,black and brown,fine to coarse SAND,little gravel,trace sill,dry FILL 0-Y (brick,coal debris)(FILL) 5 5, 6/9110/17 12124 S•2 Mecum dense,light brown,fine SAND,trace(+)sill,moist FINE TO MEDIUM 5,7' SAND t0 10/918110 24/24 S-3 Medium dense,right brown,fine to medium SAND,some sill,moist 10-12' 15 15 10113/11112 16/24 S-4 Medium dense,light brown,SILT and SAND,moist SILT&SAND rx1517' 2D 20' 31517!1 24124 S-5 Stiff,grayish-brown,SILT,little sand,trace(-)clay,wet(varved)I'/B"thick layers) SILT �x20-22' 25 213/314 18/24 S-6 Soft,grayish-brown,SILT,little fine sand,trace(+1 clay.wet 25-27' Remarks: O'REILLY, TALBOT& OKUN ASSOCIATES, INC. ENVIRONMENTAL AND GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS LOG OF BORING VH-3 Page 1 OF 1 PROJECT Villa a HIN A artments VIPs a HAI Road LOCATION Northampton,MA PROJECT NO. 0410-21-Ol DRILLING CONTRACTOR FOREMAN Rob DATE STARTED DATE FINISHED Seaboard Environmental Drill HELPER Bob 10/23107 10MI07 DRILLING EQUIPMENT COMPLETION DEPTH 27' GROUND SURFACE ELEV. B-53 tuck Mounted Po DATUM 220' TYPE BIT Hollow stem auger SIZE&TYPE OF CORE BARREL No.of samples collected 6 UNDIST. CASING Rod A 15/8-O.D. TIME I FIRST COMPL. HR CASING HAMM. WEIGHT DROP WATER LEVEL FT. 20' SAMPLER 2"O.D.Split s Rod A 1 Stir O.D. BORING' West end of proposed building Ai SAMPLER Safely WEIGHT DROP LOCATION HAMMER 140 30"wire One ENGINEER/GEOLOGIST Lindsey Mantha SAMPLES SAMPLES DEPTH PENETR. REC. TYPEI DESCRIPTION SOIL REMARKS FT. RESIST. IN. NO. DESCRIPTION BU6IN. 22/18114114 12(24 S-1 Dense,bladdsh-brown,fine to coarse SAND,little fine gravel,trace(+)silt,dry FILL X_ 0.2' (brick,coal debris)(FILL) 5 S• 7WI13 12124 S-2 Medium dense,light brown,fine SAND,trace(+)medium sand,trace(+)silt, FINE SAND 5-7' moist 10 10, 5(N10/13 1624 S-3 Very stiff,light brown,SILT,little fine to medium sand,trace(-)day,MOW S LT 10-12' 15 415/5!6 2424 S-4 Stiff,brown,SILT,little fine to coarse sand,trace(+)fine gravel,moist 15-17' ,�x 20 20' 38/50 for 5' 2024 S-5 Hard,reddish-brown,SILT,some fine to coarse sand,little fine gravel,wet GLACIAL TILL 20-22' (GLACIAL TILL) 25 22/431 S-6 Hard,reddish-brown,SILT,some fine to coarse sand,little fine gravel,wet 5D for 5• 18124 25.27' (GLACIAL TILL) End of exploration al 27' Remarks: OREILLY, TALBOT& OKUN ASSOCIATES, INC. ENVIRONMENTAL AND GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING'CONSULTANTS LOG OF BORING VH•2 Page i OF 1 PROJECT Village 40 Apartments,Village Hill Road LOCATION Northampton,MA PROJECT NO. 0410.21-01 DRILLING CONTRACTOR FOREMAN Rob DATE STARTED DATE FINISHED Seaboard Environmental Drilling HELPER Bob 1023/07 1023107 DRILLING EQUIPMENT COMPLETION DEPTH 27' GROUND SURFACE ELEV. 13•53 ruck Mounted Rlcrj DATUM 218' TYPE BIT Hollow stem auW SIZE&TYPE OF CORE BARREL No.of samples collected 6 UNDIST. CASING Rod A 1 518'O.D. TIME FIRST COMPL. HR. CASING HAMM. WEIGHT DROP WATER LEVEL FT. 20 — SAMPLER 2"O.D.Split spoon Rod A 1 WW O.D. IBORING East end of proposed buflding Al SAMPLER Safety WEIGHT DROP. LOCATION HAMMER 140 30'wire line EMGINEER/GEOLOGIST Lindsay Manlha SAMPLES SAMPLES DEPTH PENETR. REC.I TYPEI DESCRIPTION SOIL REMARKS FT. RESIST. IN. NO. DESCRIPTION BL/S IN. 18/38726140 1424 S-1 Very dense,blackish-brown,One to coarse SAND,little gravel,trace(+)silt,dry FILL �x 0-2' (brick,coal,concrete debris)(FILL) 5 5, 476!6110 102 FI 4 S-2 Medium dense,light brown,fine to coarse SAND,Irate(+)sitt,moist NE TO COARSE r�7• SAND 10 10, 8fl6116/16 18124 S-3 Very stiff,light brown,SILT,little fine to medium sand,trace(-)clay,moist SILT 10-12' 15 20415 2024 S-4 Medium,grayish-brown,SILT,trace(+)fine sand,trace(+)clay,moist rx 15.17' 20 4/6/9113 18/24 S-5 Stiff,reddish-brown,SILT,some We to coarse sand,trace(+)gravel,wet IE—x 20-22' 25 25 221361 22124 S-6 Hard,reddish-brown.SILT,some fine to coarse sand,little gravel.wet GLAC�ALTILL X_ 50 for 5' 25-27' (GLACIAL TILL) End of exploration at 2T' Remarks: OREILLY, TALBOT& OKUN ASSOCIATES, INC. ENVIRONMENTAL AND GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS LOG OF BORING YN-1 Page 1 OF 1 PROJECT Villape Hill Apartments.Villa Hill Road LOCATION Northampton,MA PROJECT NO. 0410-21-01 DRILLING CONTRACTOR FOREMAN Rob DATE STARTED DATE FINISHED Seaboard Environmental DdNI HELPER Bob 10!23107 10123/07 DRILLING EQUIPMENT COMPLETION DEPTH 20' GROUND SURFACE ELEV. B•53 ruck Mounted RI DATUM no, TYPE BIT Hollow stem auger SIZE&TYPE OF CORE BARREL No.of samples collected 4 UNDIST. CASING Rod A 1 516"O.D. TIME FIRST COMPL. I HR. CASING HAMM, WEIGHT DROP WATER LEVEL(FT.) — SAMPLER 2"O.D.Split s n Rod A 1 516"O.D. BORING Approximate center of proposed building A2 SAMPLER Safety WEIGHT DROP LOCATION HAMMER 140 3(r wire line ENGINEER/GEOLOGIST Lindsey Manlha SAMPLES SAMPLES DEPTH PENETR. REC, TYPE! DESCRIPTION SOIL REMARKS FT. RESIST. IN. NO. DESCRIPTION BLt61N. 5161516 12124 S-1 Medium dense,brown,fine to medium SAND,little coarse sand,trace(+)Silt, FILL D-2' trace(+)gravel,dry(brick debris)(FILL) 1 5 5' 26126/26126 12/24 S-2 Very dense,brown,fine to medium SAND,trace(+)coarse sand,trace(+)silt. FINE TO MEDIUM 5-7' trace(-)gravel,dry SAND 10 50 for 3- 0124 S-3 Very dense,brown,fine to medium SAND,little coarse sand,trace(+)silt, 2 10-17 trace(+)fine gravel,dry 15 50 for 5 5124 S-4 Very dense,brown,fine to medium SAND,little coarse sand,idle gravel, 15-17' trace(+)silt,moist 20 Auger refusal at 20' 25 Remarks: 1.Encountered refusal at 4 1/2',moved soil boring approximately 5'southwest. 2.No recovery in spoon,obtained sample from soil cuttings. a LIMITATIONS 1. The observations presented in this report were made under the conditions described herein. The conclusions presented in this report were based solely upon the services described in the report and not on scientific tasks or procedures beyond the scope of the project or the time and budgetary constraints imposed by the client.The work described in this report was carried out in accordance Witli the Statement of Terms and Conditions attached to our proposal. 2. The analysis and recommendations submitted ul this report are based in part upon the data obtained from widely spaced subsurface explorations. The nature and extent of variations between these explorations may not become evident until construction. If-variations then appear evident,it may be necessary to reevaluate the recommendations of this report. 3. The generalized soil profile described in the text is intended to convey trends in subsurface conditions. The boundaries between strata are approximate and idealized and have been developed by interpretations of widely spaced explorations and samples; actual soil transitions are probably more erratic. For specific information, refer to the boring logs. 4. In the event that any changes in the nature, design or location of the proposed structures are planned, the conclusions and recommendations contained in this report shall not be considered valid unless the changes are reviewed and conclusions of this report modified or verified in writing by O'Reilly, Talbot & Okun Associates Inc. It is recommended that we be retained to provide a general review of final plans and specifications. 5. Our report was prepared for the exclusive benefit of our client. Reliance upon the report and its conclusions is not made to third parties or future property owners. CW EICE H%;OACAO JP410-21-01 10-11-OI VM VIII Apt. ob 0[ a >O 1 O z z o o \ G� ow (n/ rq� 17 101 tw z Nl y Fq T� 4.m ; . o A -owl \ v W \ 0 \ oay d AZ -(-�--}-Z' y 1 - � 0 m c o J / 0 14' . �1A '\ , R WD L- o VILLAGE HILL APARTMENTS A NORTHAMPTON, M.o.SSACHUSETTS DESIGNED BY: Aw DRAWN BY: CDA _ SCALE IN FEET p 1" = 50' CHECKED BY: WT -DATE: OCTOBER. 2007 �� NI' SITE' PLAN - 0' 25' 50 100' . 0 .`5 �iJ'+J •/ _, IE, yvt ` {. }I.lII ,xr, ,_ ` ,•� Mt AVA ON FIN Awl iW I k l 21,all Ss l It �. - T � 'J+ � ,,i°.t ��1. r � �� i i ,�.■�J. ..1��, � �d' y i_,`t ' ! ^i c f (�,t >. -i'1\, I� �1•i►r^�. �'ff � ��J^• � �r- If / 111�— _ 1 ' \ gap'1f 1 i 1I1 I II I11 1 NGINEERI T O'Reilly, Talbot & Okun [ A S S O C I A T E S ] 1 beneath structures. To avoid point loads, any cobbles or boulders larger than 4 inch diameter encountered at the subgrade for footings and slabs on grade should be removed and replaced with compacted sand and gravel fill. Compaction should achieve at least 95% of the Modified Proctor dry density as defined in ASTM D1557, Method C. Two fill types are recommended, Sand and Gravel for use beneath footings and floorslabs and Granular Fill for use as miscellaneous fill. Grain size distribution requirements are presented in Table 2. IV able 2 Grain Size Distribution Requirements Size Sand and Gravel Granular Fill Percent Finer by ,Wei ht 4 inch 100 100 3/4 inch --- --- 1/2 inch 50-85 --- 3/8 inch -- --- No.4 40-75 --- N o. 10 --- 30-90 No.40 10-35 10-70 No. 100 --- --- No. 200 0-8 0-15 The granular Site soils excavated from the cut areas may be suitable for use as fill. If on Site soils are to be used as fill, we recommend that testing be performed on excavated materials to confirm that fill requirements are met. Fill placed beneath footings, floorslabs and pavements should be densified to at least 95% of the Modified Proctor dry density as defined in AS'114 D1557, Method C. Fill should be placed in lifts of no more than 12-inches and compacted with at least four passes with a vibrating drum roller (minimum of 6,000 pound weight). To facilitate compaction, the moisture content should be maintained at or near the optimum moisture content. If you have any questions,please do not hesitate to contact the undersigned. Sincerely yours, U'. e y,Talbot & Okun Associates III _ shl icki wicz �Jhlichacl �. lbot,l'. E. I' ect Engineer Principal :attachments: Site Locus, Site Plan, Limitations, Boring Lofts l•;\1u4191`.4ht I)iciz :Vchitcu:\'I Vill_\ec I IilI \11:11 t111,1110C ro itch Itch It.J,c Geotechnical Reconunendations T Village Hill Apartments O'Reilly, Talbot & Okun Northampton,Massachusetts [ A S S O L 1 A T E 5 1 If winter construction occurs, footings should not be placed on frozen soils. Footing excavations should be free of loose or disturbed materials. Any debris, boulders or cobbles larger than 4 inches diameter should be removed from within one foot of the bottom of the footings and replaced with sand and gravel fill. If loose materials are present in the excavations, they shall be recompacted to form a firm dense bearing surface. Earthquake Considerations Earthquake loadings must be considered under requirements in Section 1612 and 1805 of the Sixth Edition (February 19971' Massachusetts Building Code. Section 1612.4.2 covers lateral forces imposed on structures from earthquake shaking and Section 1805.3 relates to the liquefaction potential of the underlying soils. The soils present beneath building A2, C and B would be considered Class S2 soils under Table 1612.4.1. Therefore,an "S" factor of 1.2 should be used to compute lateral forces. The soils present beneath buildings Al, A3 and A4 would be considered Class S3 soils under Table 1612.4.1. Therefore, an "S" factor of 1.5 should be used to compute lateral forces for these buildings. The liquefaction potential of the soils encountered at the site was considered. Based upon density and fines content, the native soils would not be considered susceptible to liquefaction. Concrete Slabs We recommend that concrete floor slabs bear on at least 12 inches of compacted sand and gravel, to provide uniform support and a capillary moisture break. The subgrade should also be free of large boulders. The sand and gravel fill beneath the concrete slabs should meet the grain size distribution characteristics for sand and gravel outlined in Tablc 2. The subgrade within the footprint of the proposed building should be stripped of topsoil and dcnsified to treat any loose area present. fill supporting slabs should be placed in accordance with the recotntnendations for gradation and compaction provided below. Farthwork Recommendations We anticipate that earthwork for this project will include cuts and fills to establish proposed Site grades and excavations for footings. Maximum cuts and fills will be on the order of 2 to 3 feet. Any vegetation, organic soils or debris should be stripped from beneath the proposed structures. -\s was discussed above, up to 6 inches of topsoil was observed nn some of the borings. Ho�ve�er, larger amounts of topsoil mat, exist in areas of the Site. rill, delyris, topsoil or organic soils stripped from the esca%ation should not be reused as fill Pa},c 4 TGeotechnical Recommendations O'Reilly, & Oleun � —� Village Hill Apartments yr Northampton,l\lassachusetts [ A S S 0 C 1 A T E S l presence of 20 to 25 feet of medium dense or stiff soils above the top of the soft layers, it is unlikely that the soft soils would impact building performance Glacial till was encountered in five of the eight borings (VH-2 through VH-6) at depths between 20 and 40 feet below ground surface. In each of the borings, the glacial till extended to the maximum depth explored (between 27 and 42 feet below ground surface). Glacial till is a very dense, heterogeneous mixture of silt, clay, sand and gravel, and is generally present immediately above bedrock throughout New England. Groundwater was observed in boring VH-2 through VH-8 at 20 feet below ground surface,which corresponds to elevations between 56 and 84 feet. Groundwater was not encountered in boring VH-1. Groundwater is not expected to be encountered during construction nor will impact the building. GEOTECIINICAL ISSUES The significant geotechnical issues for the proposed construction addressed in this report are foundation beating capacity and settlement, earthquake considerations, pavement design,the placement of fill beneath building pads and groundwater control. DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS The following recoru nendations are provided for the assumed construction described above. Foundations The proposed buildings can be founded on normal spread footing foundations bearing on the mediulrl dense sand deposits encountered in the borings or compacted sand and gravel fill. We recommend that the surface fill layer be removed from beneath the buildings and the underlying native soils should be densifled prior to footing constriction. Provided these recommendations are followed, a maximum allowable bearing pressure of 4,000 pounds per square foot can be used for design. If wet, silt, soils are present locally within footing excavations, they should be removed and replaced with compacted sand and gravel. We recommend that exterior footings be embedded a nvnimum of 48 inches below the lowest adjacent grade for frost protection. Strip footings beneath the bearing walls should be at least 18 inches wide. isolated column footings should be at least 24 inches wide. All other applicable requirements of the 1\1assachusetts State Building Code should be followed. We anticipate that settlements of footings and slabs bearing on medium dense native soil or compacted fill should be small and largely elastic 111 nature. We anticipate that maximum settlements under static loads should be 1/2 inch or less and should occur relatively- quickly after load application (during construction). Pagc :� (.Teotechnical ltecommendat ions T Village Hill Apartments O'Reilly, Talbot & Okun Northampton,Massachusetts t A S S 0 C 1 A T E S ] 1 Mobile B-53 truck mounted drill rig using hollow stem augers. The borings were observed by an OTO geotechnical engineer. Boring VH-1 was performed until drilling refusal at 20 feet below ground surface. Borings VH-2, VH-3, VH-7 and VH-8 were performed to a depth of 27 feet below ground surface. Borings VH-4 through VH-6 were performed to a depth of between 32 and 42 feet below ground surface. Boring locations are shown on Figure 2. Boring logs are attached_ Table 1 Boring Location Distribution Building Boring(s) Building Al VH-2,VH-3 Building A2 VH-1 Building A3 VH-5,VH-6 Building A4 VH-4 Building B VH-8 Building C VH-7 Soil samples were collected using a 2-inch diameter split spoon sampler driven 24- inches with a 140 pound hammer falling 30 inches (Standard Penetration Test or SPT). The number of blows required to drive the sampler each 6 inches was recorded. The standard penetration resistance is the number of blows required to drive the sampler the middle 12 inches. Soil properties such as relative density are related to the SPT blow count. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS Subsurface conditions were generally consistent between borings and with depth and are favorable for the proposed construction. Between zero and six inches of topsoil was encountered at the ground surface. In each of the borings, apprommately five feet of medium dense granular fill with trace amounts of debris (brick, coal, concrete) was encountered at the ground surface. In borings VII-2 and VH-3, the surficial fill layer was underlain by five feet of medium dense sand. The sand was intutn underlain by medium to very stiff, silt -,zith varying amounts of sand. In borings VFI-1 and VH-4 through VH-8, the surficial fill layer was underlain by a medium dense to dense, fine sand with varying amounts of medium sand and silt. In borings VH-1, VH-I and VH-8, this sand laver extended to the bottom of the boring (between 20 to 27 feet below ground surface). In borings VI-1-4 and VH-5, silt with little fine sand was encountered at a depth of between 20 to 25 feet. The silt was found to be soft (n value of 4) at depths between 30 and 40 feet below ground surface. In boring VH-6, five feet of firm to soft clay and silt was encountered between a depth of 25 and 30 feet. However, given the relatively light construction and the Page 2 Environmentat SafetyHeatth Geotec°hnlc.�al T O'Reilly, Talbot & Okun ~ --l' 293 Bridge Street [ A S 5 0 C I A T E S j Suite 500 Springfield,MA 01103 Tel 413 788 6222 J0410-21-01 Fax 413 788 8830 November 6,2007 vmmoto-env.com Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. 17 Hampden Street Springfield, Massachusetts 01103 Attn: Marc Sternick Re: Geotechnical Recommendations Village at Hospital Hill Northampton, Massachusetts Dear Mr. Sternick: We are pleased to provide this report providing geotechnical recommendations for the proposed Village Hill Apartments to be located off Prince Street (Route 66) in Northampton, Massachusetts. Our services consisted of the observation of the borings, review of the logs and of the collected samples,engineering analyses, and preparation of this report.This report is subject to the attached limitations. BACKGROUND INFORMATION The ptoject Site consists of areas located to the east and west of Village Hill Road in Northampton, Massachusetts. This Site is mostly undeveloped and consists of wooded areas or grassy fields. The Site was formerly part of the Northampton State Hospital Campus. Site topography slopes gently downward from the northeast (maximum elevation of 224 feet) to the south/southwest (minimum elevation of 216 feet). The proposed construction will consist of six apartment buildings (Al, A2, A3, A4, B and C). Each apartment building will have a footprint of approximately 3,500 square feet. Buildings Al through A4 will be three-story, wood framed structures with 8 apartment units in each. Buildings B and C will be two-story, wood framed structures. Each building will be slab-on-grade. The locations of the proposed constriction are shown on Figure 2. Based upon slab elevations provided to us, minimal cuts and fills will be needed to form the building pads. in general, it appears that cuts and fills of between 2 and 3 feet will be required. These estimations arc based on information provided to OTO at the time of the investigations and are subject to change during final design. SOIL BORINGS Eight soil borings designated (VH-1 through VI-I-8) were performed by Seaboard Drilling of Chicopee, Massachusetts on October 23 and 24, 2007. The distribution of the boring locations is presented in fable 1. The borings were performed using a VI QUALIFICATIONS&VALUE ENGINEERING SUGGESTIONS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 IV UNIT PRICES $/CY Excavate concrete,stone foundations or ledge materials that are greater than 114 CY in size that 1 the engineer allows for use in on-site common fill areas. (Stone or concrete less than 114 CY will be considered ordinary soil excavation) 2 Provide and install Bank or Crushed Gravel per specification section 02220 and the State of MA Highway specifications. 3 Compacted soil fill using onsite source. 4 Excavate,haul off and dispose of excess soils(non contaminated). 5 Trench Rock Excavation for rock greater than 1/4 cuyd and mechancal means and/or hoe ram required to break rock for excavation. 6 Mass Rock Excavation for rock greater than 114 cuyd and mechancal means and/or hoe ram required to break rock for excavation. V ALTERNATES TO SCHEDULE-PLEASE SPECIFIY IF ADD OR DEDUCT ADD DEDUCT IF THE CONSTRUCTION DURATION IS REDUCED BY TWO MONTHS,WITH THE INITIAL TWO BUILDINGS COMPLETED IN 8 MONTHS 1 AND THE REMAINING BUILDINGS IN 10 MONTHS. IF THE CONSTRUCTION DURATION IS EXTENDED BY TWO MONTHS,WITH THE INITIAL TWO BUILDINGS COMPLETED IN 12 MONTHS 2 AND THE REMAINING BUILDINGS BY 14 MONTHS. VI WHERE THE SCOPE HAS INCREASED OR DECREASED FROM THE INITIAL BID DOCUMENTS,PLEASE PROVIDE A LIST OF THE SPECIFIC ITEMS WITH RELATED COST INCLUDING OVERHEAD AND PROFIT-PLEASE SPECIFIY IF ADD OR DEDUCT ADD DEDUCT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Storage Trailer Rental Field Office Maintenance&Repair Field Office Security System Field Office Equipment- Multi-Function Machine Computer Furniture Mailing Machine&Scale Misc.Portable Equipment PC/Document Control System PC/Scheduling System Digital Imaging Camera&Supplies Portable Radios&Base Station Telephone System Maintenance on Equipment Field Office Expense Project Vehicle Bid Set Reproduction Construction Signage First Aid Supplies Progress Photos,Digital Camera Reference Manuals&Publications Safety Program Small Tools&Supplies Stationary,Paper&Supplies Telephone Service&Long Distance TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION Temporary Toilets&Water Construction Fencing&Gates Building Perimeter Protection Safety Compliance(Marl&Labor) Ladders,Ramps&Stairs Temporary Building Enclosures Dust Partitions TEMPORARY SERVICES&SECURITY Temporary Heating System Temporary Heating Fuel Consumption Winter Conditions Temporary Electrical-Consumption Temporary Fire Protection/Water Watchmen/Security Services Rubbish Removal&Dumpster Interim Clean-Up Trash Chutes&Hoppers Temporary Roads-Install&Maintain Temporary Barricades Traffic Control/Details Mud/Dust Control CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT Temporary Elevator Service Personnel&Material Hoisting Hoisting,Rigging&Cranes GENERAL COST ITEMS Builder's Risk Insurance Excess Liability Insurance Legal Surveys Field Engineering Services Pest Control Testing Services Final Clean-Up&Wash Glass GENERAL CONDITIONS TOTAL 0 III ALTERNATES TO SCOPE OF WORK 1 Alternate No.8—Fiberglass Windows in Lieu of Vinyl Windows ADD 2 Alternate No.9—Icynene Foam Insulation in Lieu of Cellulose Insulation at Roof of Flat Roofs ADD 3 Alternate No.10—Icynene Foam Insulation in Lieu of Cellulose Insulation at Gable Roofs ADD 4 Alternate No.12—IT Wiring ADD ADDENDUM#1 BID FORM VILLAGE AT HOSPITAL HILL OWNER: VILLAGE AT HOSPITAL HILL LLC ARCHITECT: DIETZ&COMPANY ARCHITECTS DATE: 1-Nov-07 CONTRACTOR: ADDRESS: CITY: STATE: ZIP: UNITS PRICES 1 DV TRADE LINE ITEM BREAKDOWN Amount 107. 3 Concrete 108. 4 Masonry 109. 5 Metals 110. 6 Rough Carpentry 111. 6 Finish Carpentry 112. 7 Waterproofing 113. 7 Insulation 114. 7 Roofing 115. 7 Sheet Metal and Flashing 116. 7 Exterior Siding 117. 8 Doors 118. 8 Windows 119. 8 Glass 120. 9 Lath&Plaster 121. 9 Drywall 122. 9 Tile Work 123. 9 Acoustical 124. 9 Wood Flooring 125. 9 Resilient Flooring 126 9 Carpel 127. 9 Paint&Decorating 128. 10 Specialties 129. 11 Special Equipment 130. 11 Cabinets 131. 11 Appliances 132. 12 Blinds&Shades 133. 13 Modular/Manufactured 134. 13 Special Construction 135. 14 Elevator 136. 15 Plumbing&Hot Water 137. 15 Heat&Ventilation 138. 15 Air Conditioning 139 15 Fire Protection 140. 16 Electrical 141. 142. 143. Subtotal Structural 0 144. 2 Earth Work 145. 2 Site Utilities 146. 2 Roads&Walks 147. 2 Site Improvement 148. 2 Lawns&Planting 149 2 Geotechnical Conditions 150 2 Environmental Remediation 151 2 PERMIT FEE 152. 2 Unusual Site Conditions 153. Subtotal Site Work D 154. Total Improvements 0 155. 1 General Conditions 0 156. Subtotal 0 157. 1 Builders Overhead 0.00% 0 158. 1 Builders Profit 000% 0 159. TOTAL 0 GC Bond Premium 0.00% 0 Building Permit 0 160 TOTAL 0 By Its Name&Title Signed Dated 11 GENERAL CONDITIONS BREAKDOWN Personnel Project Manager Project Superintendent Travel expense to/from Site Site Staff Travel Field Office Set-up and Removal of Field Office Field Office Rental Field Office Utilities EXHIBIT C BID FORM (Excel File Provided Separately) EXHIBIT D CONTRACTOR IDENTIFICATION FORM (Excel File Provided Separately) EXHIBIT E DRAWINGS & PROJECT MANUAL, DATED November 1, 2007 (Provided by Owner) EXHIBIT F PHASE I ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT PREPARED BY Tighe & Bond Dated September 13, 2007 (Provided by Owner) EXHIBIT G SOILS REPORT PREPARED BY O'REILLY, TALBOT & OKUN, DATED NOVEMBER 6, 2007 (Provided by Owner) Request for Proposals Page 6 Construction Services November 9,2007 Village At Hospital Hill-Phase 11 4.3 Requests for Information: Questions should be addressed in writing by email to: Marc Sternick, Deitz & Co. Architects Project Manager mares dietzarch.com Please copy your questions to Stephen Fish, TCB Construction Manager Northeast sfish(aD-tcbinc.org Request for Proposals Page 5 Construction Services November 9,2007 Village At Hospital Hill-Phase 11 flow requirements, assumptions for access to the work, assumptions for staging the work, Supplementary Conditions, proposed modifications to drawings and specifications. 5. Bidder's List of Proposed Major Subcontractors. In addition to the original print copy of your proposal, we request that the bid form be submitted electronically. Please do not delete any lines from the electronic forms, additional information may be provided by adding lines to the bottom of the form. Send to Stephen Fish, sfish(cDtcbinc.org. Bids submitted in response to the invitation must remain in effect for 180 days from the date of submission. The bid and all documents submitted in connection with the bid shall become the property of the Owner. The Owner shall not be obligated to pay nor shall the Owner bear any expense incurred by any of the bidders in responding to the invitation. One copy of the bid documents (bid booklet, plans and specifications), at no charge to the bidder, will be sent directly from the architect. The bidders are required to make their own arrangements for any reproductions needed. The bidders will pay the actual reproduction costs to the printer for the bid documents received. The successful bidder(s) shall be required to furnish dual or triple obligee Performance and labor and Materials Payment Bonds, each in an amount equal to the Construction Contract price prepared on AIA Form A311, issued by surety company acceptable to the Owner. The Bonds shall be security of the full and complete performance of the Construction Contract and of the relevant sections of the General Conditions as modified by the Supplemental General Conditions. A letter of credit shall not be accepted in place of the Bonds. 4.2 Evaluation of Proposals: The opening of the proposals will be private and the Owner reserves the right to waive any formalities. The proposals will be evaluated based upon qualifications, experiences, current workload, assignments of key personnel, references and cost proposal. Selected firms will be invited to an interview and may be asked to address issues not adequately explained in their proposal or additional information the Owner might need to make the final decision. The Owner reserves the right to modify the Contract Documents and rebid the project, if necessary, to meet Owner's budgetary requirements. The selection of a bidder's proposal shall not create any rights on the bidder's part, including without limitation, rights of enforcement, equity or reimbursement, until the Construction Contract and all related Contract Documents are executed by the Contractor and Owner and the Owner has given the Contractor notice to proceed. Request for Proposals Page 4 Construction Services November 9,2007 Village At Hospital Hill-Phase 11 NOW 4. IDENTIFICATION OF PARTIES Owner: Village at Hospital Hill II, LLC c/o The Community Builders, Inc. 322 Main Street Springfield, MA 01105 Tom Kegelman, Project Manager Architect: Deitz & Co. Architects 17 Hampden Street Springfield, MA 01103 Marc Sternick, Project Manager 5. PROJECT DESCRIPTION AND LOCATION Village At Hospital Hill - Phase II is a 40 unit new construction townhouse development located in Northampton, MA. Comprised of 6 two and three-story wood-frame,wood-exterior constructed building,the development includes 19 one-bedroom units, 19 two-bedroom units, and 2 three- bedroom units. 4. QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS 4.1 Proposal Requirements: Complete the forms attached with this RFP: EXHIBIT C— Bid Form / General Conditions / List of Value Engineering EXHIBIT D - Contractor Identification Form (Both these exhibits are included in the same Excel File being sent to you electronically with this RFP) Provide the following additional documentation: 1. Letter accepting the terms and conditions of the contract form attached to this Request for Proposal. 2. Letter from Surety on Bonding capacity for 100% Performance and Payment Bond. Each bidder must demonstrate sufficient assets to provide the required Bonds and to carry out the Contractors obligation under the Contract Documents in its response to the invitation. Bidders should provide a letter from a surety company which indicates the surety's willingness to provide Bond for the bidder for the project and state the amount of unencumbered bonding available from the surety to the bidder for the project. 3. Demonstrate understanding the project by submitting: a) Outline schedule of 50-60 lines in Bar Chart Form. b) Proposed Starting Date for the First Phase of Multifamily Buildings. c) Proposed Date of Substantial Completion for the First Phase of Multifamily Buildings. 4. Bid Qualifications: Submit bid qualifications and reasons for qualifications with the Bid Form provided separately. Include impact of bid qualifications on time, cost or quality. Bid line items must include sales tax. Bid qualifications may include: Cash Request for Proposals Page 3 Construction Services November 9,2007 Village At Hospital Hill-Phase 11 1. OVERVIEW The Community Builders, Inc. (TCB), on behalf of the Ownership of the Village At Hospital Hill - Phase II in Northampton, MA is seeking proposals from a select list of pre-qualified general contracting firms to undertake the new construction of Village At Hospital Hill - Phase II. The construction is funded by several sources: State Housing Finance Agency and Investor Equity from the sale of federal and/or state low-income housing tax credits. The work will be done over a twelve month period. The project will not have Prevailing Wage or Davis Bacon Wage requirements and will have WBE / MBE requirements. The Owner is a privately held company and sales taxes do apply on this project. 2. SCOPE OR WORK The scope of work requires the new construction of a 40 unit townhouse development. The scope will also include moderate site improvement work, site lighting and landscaping. TCB is the Owner's Construction Manager and the construction services contract will be with the Owners. We have selected your firm to bid the final round. Bids will be opened privately and the results will be released at the sole discretion of the Owner. Bids may not be withdrawn for 30 calendar days after receipt of bids. 3. SCHEDULE The work will be performed over a twelve month period. 100%Final Construction Documents Distributed November 1,2007 Site Walk and Pre-Bid Conference with Architect None Scheduled 100%Final Construction Documents Bid Due November 20,2007, end of business by email to Stephen Fish hard copy original to Tom Kegelman by November 21,2007. Announcements of Bid Results November 23, 2007 Contract signed December 15,2007 Start of Work April 1,2008 Planned duration of construction 10 Months to complete first two buildings(16 units), 12 Months to complete last four buildings(remaining 24 units). 12 Month total Contract. It is anticipated that the successful proposer(s) will be invited to discuss in detail their qualifications, approach to the project schedule and the specific project requirements, as well as any Value Engineering ideas they may be able to offer. Request for Proposals Page 2 Construction Services November 9,2007 Village At Hospital Hill-Phase 11 FRONT END SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL CONSTRUCTION SERVICES New Construction Project Village At Hospital Hill - Phase II — Northampton, MA The Community Builders, Inc. 95 Berkeley Street Boston, MA 02116 November 9, 2007 1. OVERVIEW 2. SCOPE OF WORK 3. SCHEDULE— 12 MONTH OVERALL 4. IDENTIFICATION OF PARTIES 5. PROJECT DESCRIPTION & LOCATION 6. QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS 7. EXHIBITS EXHIBIT A— AIA 101 CONTRACT FORM EXHIBIT B — AIA 201 GENERAL CONDITIONS EXHIBIT C — BID FORM EXHIBIT D— CONTRACTOR IDENTIFICATION FORM EXHIBIT E — DRAWINGS & PROJECT MANUAL EXHIBIT F — PHASE I ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT PREPARED BY Tighe & Bond, Dated September 13, 2007 EXHIBIT G— SOILS REPORT PREPARED BY O'REILLY, TALBOT & OKUN, DATED NOVEMBER 6, 2007 FOR MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS AND HIRING REQUIREMENTS —SEE CONTRACT FORM 1 of 6 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II February 12,2008 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. REVISIONS TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS 1.1 Sheets A-I I 0-A I &A-I I 0-A3.Add sprinkler modifications and rated door and wall in each common stair hall of all A Buildings as indicated on attached SKA-08. 1.2 Electrical Drawings: Change location of Owner's panel in all A Buildings from 3`d floor Electric Room to first floor corridor. Attachments: The following documents are to be considered part of this Addendum: SKA-08 CES BULLETIN#2 DATED 1/30/2008 END OF ADDENDUM NO.AI ADDENDUM NO.AI Page 9 of 9 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II February 12, 2008 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. AD4.02-1 AREA DRAIN&DRAIN BASIN DETAIL 4.2 VHH LOTTING PLAN L-100 LAYOUT PLAN L-300 SITE UTILITY PLAN ADDENDUM 05 REVISIONS TO THE ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS 1.I . —Earlier alternates not accepted,see CES Bulletin 001 under this heading. 1.2 Section 16000 Electrical: REPLACE items listed under Division 16 Electrical in CES Addendum#1 dated I 1/12/2007(included as an attachment to Dietz&Co Addendum#I dated I 1/12/07)with the attached CES Bulletin#1 dated 1/28/2008. Provide I I total locations for wireless hubs. REVISIONS TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS NONE. Attachments: The following documents are to be considered part of this Addendum: CES BULLETIN#I DATED 1/28/2008 ADDENDUM AI —NEW ITEMS REVISIONS TO THE ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS 1.1 Section 01000,General Requirements; Item I.I O.C;Clarification:The contractor shall be required to use the services of a registered surveyor for the layout and grading at critical points and elevations, including building floors,elevations and utilities wherever coordination is important to meet with grades, utility lines or structures either provided or proposed.The registered surveyor shall coordinate with the registered surveyor of the adjacent subdivision roadway to ensure utilization of the same benchmarks and other critical points. 1.2 Allowances: Omit Ledge Removal allowance. 1.3 Section 06100, Rough Carpentry; Change exterior stud wall spacing from 16"on center to 24"on center. 1.4 Section 08000: Door Schedule—In each Common Hall of all `A' Buildings,add Door 002E to door schedule. Match properties to door 002A. 1.5 Section 09910, Painting; Delete field painting of pre-finished cement board siding. 1.6 Section 01600; Lighting Package; Include fixtures as provided by Contractor in$60,000 fixture package as modified in lighting submittal package dated February 5,2008 with the following exceptions: A. Provide C/CE Exterior Fixtures as originally specified. (Eclipse Lighting). B. Provide SLB,SLC&SLD Site Lighting Fixtures as modified by Williams Construction Proposal using Lithonia Poles and Liteway heads. 1.7 Section 16400; Electrical Service& Distribution;Change circuit breakers to 15 amps where acceptable by Electrical Engineer with Romex wiring rated for 15 amp circuits. Change all feeders and SER from copper to aluminum. All electrical work shall meet Massachusetts Electrical Code. 1.8 Provide the following as Add-Back Alternates for inclusion in the project within 90 days (or 60 days where noted)of the Notice To Proceed for the costs previously provided to the Owner in email dated February 5, 2008: A. Provide Tot Lot as originally drawn and specified. B. Provide standing seam roofing where shown on the Drawings and as specified. (Hold price for 60 days). C. Provide EnergyStar rated washers and dryers to all units not currently noted to receive them (all non- barrier-free units). Provide Whirlpool Model:WFW8400TW washer and Whirlpool Model:WED8300SW dryer at each unit. ADDENDUM NO.A I Page 8 of 9 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase 11 February 12, 2008 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 6. L:200: Extend 12" RCP drain pipe from DMH#23-1 to revised location of'Stub by Others' near lot line;approx. 7 LF additional pipe at I%slope. See L-300 for revised stub location. 7. L:200:Add to drawing at driveway to Lot 21,"Note: Pitch driveway to south; not to drain into street" 8. L-300 Clarification:Approximate locations of stubs by others are highlighted,attached. 9. L-300: Revise Lot 23 water line routing from street and within the site,attached. 10. L-300: Clarification:Telephone and cable lines(T-C) are shown separate from electric,where appropriate,attached. Reference Information I. Add Sketch AD4.02-1 illustrating Area Drain and Drain Basin detail,as specified. 2. Add Sheet 4.2'Lotting Plan' revised 9/10/07,depicting lot descriptions and easements. 3. Site Key on drawing L-300 is applicable to all site drawings. Division 15—Fire Protection/MEP Changes to the Contract Documents: I. Delete all sprinkler heads and associated piping from all bathrooms as well as closets against party walls in all units. 2. Drawing M201, Equipment Schedule, Item "EF";change to the following: Provide the following fan and simple wall switch in lieu of fan&'timer/control previously specified: Panasonic WhisperGreen SmartFlow Fan (FV-08VKS1)from Energy Federation, Inc.800-379-4121. Division 16—Electrical Changes and Clarifications to the Contract Documents: 1. CLARIFICATION:Transformer pad shall be provided and requirements shall be coordinated with Utility Co. 2. DELETE:detail I/E-201 3. In addition to the arc fault protection indicated on the drawings, PROVIDE 120-volt,single phase, 15-and 20-ampere branch circuits supplying outlets installed in dwelling unit family rooms, dining rooms, living rooms,closets, hallways or similar with a listed arc-fault circuit interrupter,combination-type, installed to provide protection of the branch circuit. 4. CHANGE 120V, I SA and 20A receptacles in areas specified in 2008 NEC Section 210.52 to tamper resistant receptacles. 5. CLARIFICATION: Roadway contractor(separate contract) shall provide manholes indicated on drawing MEP-101 and transformer primary conduit stubs up to property line. 6. CHANGE Site lighting flAure !amps from I 00VV to 7OW as felle A. CID »I D a t#DMS60 70MM SHA4 VC b CI C » 1 Preduet#DMS60 7OMH SHAM 44S C. cl D » 1 D a t#DOSB 1 35MH See Item 1.6 under heading"Addendum Al — New Items". 7. In Buildings A 1,A2,A3 and A4, RELOCATE the owner's electrical panel board from the third floor electrical room to the main entrance corridor adjacent to the fire alarm control panel. Panel board shall be flush mounted and lockable. 8. The additional items indicated for the hearing impaired unit on drawing E-120-A3,shown as applying to both A3 and A4 buildings,applies to building A3 only as follows: A.The additional fire alarm strobes located in the living room, bathroom,laundry room and bedroom shall be provided in Building A3 only. Delete these items in Building A4. Provide credit B. Provide a telephone TTY connection for the hearing impaired unit in building 3. 9. All CFL bulbs will be made available to Electrical Contractor at no charge. Delete supply of bulbs from Contract. Installation of CFL bulbs,supplied by Owner will remain in scope. See Division 15,Item 2,this Addendum for changes to bathroom fans and controls. Attachments: The following documents are to be considered part of this Addendum: SKA-07 ADDENDUM NO.AI Page 7 of 9 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II February 12, 2008 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 1.5 ... -Alternates deleted,item moved to Division 15,this Addendum. 1.6 Section 04800, Masonry; Execution:Add the following: "Provide caulked joint with backer rod where top of brick meets a dissimilar material. 1.7 Section 06200, Exterior Finish Carpentry;Siding; Clarification: Follow all James Hardi Building Products' recommendations for installation of cement board siding,trim and flashings at and around siding and trim. Provide cap flashed,5/4" mounting blocks at all exterior wall-mounted equipment,fixtures and hose bibs. Where %," Cement Board is noted, use largest available sheets of Cement Board to avoid exposed vertical joints wherever possible. Provide caulk at all exposed vertical joints. 1.8 Section 07840; Firestopping;Specification calls out that the General Contractor owns all firestopping. All MEP Sections call out that each of those trades owns firestopping at their own penetrations. Ensure that all firestopping and issue credit for any double coverage. 1.9 Section 08552;Vinyl Windows;Window Schedule (see Addendum#1): Change all window dimensions to be 2.66" (one brick course)taller than noted. All head heights should be increased by that amount. 1.1OSection 08552;Vinyl Windows; Item 2.0 1, Delete references to providing interior,exterior grills and spacers. Provide only internal muntin bars,located in between panes of glass. -Provide internal grid(between glass)to match configurations shown. REVISIONS TO THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS 1.1 G-004; Detail 133; Floor Type I: Clarification: note for %" gwb should read 5/8", as it is everywhere else throughout the Documents. 1.2 Structural Drawings: Delete references on all Structural Drawings to exterior walls being 16"oc,at all typical locations. Provide framing at 24"oc at all typical locations. 1.3 Structural Drawings; Clarification: Splice all top plates of bearing walls over studs. Do not splice both top plates over same stud. Do not over cut double sills under floor joists where floor joists above land between studs. 1.4 A-120-A3&A-130-A3—Floor Plans should be noted "Second Floor"and"Third Floor",consecutively. 1.5 All Roof Plans: Reduce width of Ice&Water Shield at roof edges from 36"to 18". Provide 18" Ice&Water Shield at all roof to sidewall transitions with a minimum of 9" up wall and 9" along roof. 1.6 A202-AI; Sheet Keynote I: Delete Ice & water Shield from under membrane roofing except at sidewall transitions. 1.7 A-201-A3; Reference at Entry Canopy: Clarification: Change Reference from D41A532 to A51A502. 1.8 A-402:Clarification:7/8" metal furring channels shown are to be used at all ceilings. 1.9 A-404 to A406; All Wall Sections; Delete one layer of 5/8" gwb from each side of all walls above the attic floor. Only one hour rating is required between fire partitions in attic, so I layer of 5/8" on each side of the stud walls is sufficient. Maintain one-hour ratings of walls that extend up through attics. 1.10 A-501; Detail A6, Window Awning Detail: Change two I x2 PT wood supports shown under plywood to three I"tube steel. 1.11 A-501; Detail B9,Sign Band at Brick:Change detail to that shown on SK.A-07,attached. 1.12 A-502; Detail A5:Clarification: Change Reference from BI/A-532 to A8/A-502. Division 02—Site Work Changes and Clarifications to the Contract Documents: L-002: Rename Sheet"Existing Conditions and Site Preparation Plan" I. L-100: Delete Lot 21 driveway apron (from street pavement to Musante Drive right-of-way line) from Project,same will be constructed by others.(Clarification: 22' driveway from parking area to Musante Drive right-of-way line remains in project contract.) Plan attached. 2. L-100:Clarification: DMH in Lot 21 driveway is by others. 3. L-100:Clarification: Limit of work line excludes tree protection. 4. L-100: Clarification: Concrete curb is indicated as hatched (previously shown as shaded), attached. 5. L:200:Extend 12" RCP drain pipe from DMH#21-2 through easement area to'DMH by Road Project',including cored connection to'DMH by Road Project';approx.28 LF additional pipe at I%min.slope. This work shall comply with Northampton DPW specifications. ADDENDUM NO.AI Page 6 of 9 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase 11 February 12, 2008 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 1.3 On all Building Elevations: Sheet A-202-AI,A-202-A3,A-202-B&A-202-C,one through-wall air conditioner and sleeve is already called out in each one- and two-bedroom apartment. Two through-wall air conditioners and sleeves are already called out in each three-bedroom apartment. Add one more through- wall air conditioner and sleeve to each two-bedroom apartment. The additional air conditioners will be located on the rear elevation of the Master Bedroom (on the third floor on all A Buildings). Unit 138, in the C Building (barrier-free unit) will receive its additional air conditioner in the Living Room wall on the first floor. Provide a dedicated electrical outlet to be located under each a/c unit. 1.4 Provide work to accommodate all revisions shown on SK-E01,attached. 1.5 Current plans L-002, L-100 and L-200 are attached and include the following changes/additions: 2 L-002,Add tree protection(fencing&detail),also shown on L-100. Additional existing tree information has been added. 3 L-100: Continue bituminous curbing along both sides of Lot 25 access drive to right-of-way line. 4 L-100: Revise parking island layout adjacent to trash enclosure on Lot 23,to extend south into the driving lane. 5 L-200:Add infiltration trenches. 6 L-400: Locate Tree#U approx.45'west of location shown,along the property line. 7 L-501:Add the following note to detail 8/1-501 "Curb ramps shall have detectable warning strips per ADA Accessibility Guidelines specification." Attachments: The following documents are to be considered part of this Addendum: REVISED SHEET A 20 1 A 1 R �—rc—cv r c Itz REVISED SHEET SKA-06 MEP ADDENDUM#3 -CES REVISED SHEET SKE-01 REVISED SHEETS L-002 and L-200 R C\/1CCrl SHEETS 1 100 _Deleted ,��.-,�� ,oo ,see heading Addendum ADDENDUM 04 REVISIONS TO THE ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS 1.1 Section 01000;General Requirements; Item 1.02.D: Replace the paragraph after"The Work Consists of the Following:"with the following: "Project Summary: New construction:40 townhouse units in 6 buildings, including 2 accessible units,all site work as shown. Building A1,A2,A3 and A4: Eight units each,three story, wood frame,on slab-on-grade building. Four flats, consisting of four I-bedroom units. Above these will be four 2-bedroom townhouse units. Building B: Five unit,wood frame on slab-on-grade building. This building contains one 2-bedroom townhouse unit,one 3-bedroom townhouse unit,one I-bedroom accessible and two I-bedroom flats,stacked one-over-one. Building C:Three unit,wood frame,on slab-on-grade building. This building contains one and 3-bedroom townhouse units,one 2-bedroom townhouse unit and one 2-bedroom accessible unit. 1.2 Section 01000;General Requirements; Item 1.02.E, Particular Project Requirements: Clarification: Contractor shall contact EnergyStar Representative to coordinate Inspections at necessary intervals of construction. Contractor shall provide all air sealing necessary to meet EnergyStar standards and recommendations. Provide air sealing at all attic penetrations. 1.3 Seetien 0 1030,Alternates,add the fellewingi PFeY*de deduet Alteicnate for-deleting stair te third fleer Meehanka' Reem in all A Buildings. PFeYide fleeF fr-afning te Eentinue fleer and floor finishes frem wall te wall� Prey*de one heUF rated,lerd(ing aeEess hatch with pull down aluminum stair. Provide headers as-�� Fneet Building Gede. Aecess door to be Super Simplex Disappearing Stairway, 1 hr fire rating(min),with pull- dewn pele manufaetured by Precisien LaddeFs, LLG or-appFeyed equal. Telephe 4!23 _99-96; 2265. See plan en SK.A 07 att....hed. —Deleted,Alternate not accepted. 1.4 Section 01030,Alternates,add the following: Provide deduct Alternate for deleting the following appliances from the project: ; refrigerators;stoves;air eendit+eners. Provide a separate line item for each. ADDENDUM NO.A I Page 5 of 9 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II February 12, 2008 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. REVISIONS TO THE DRAWINGS 1.1 Delete Sheets L-001, L-002, L-100, L-200, L-300, L-400. Replace with revised Sheets attached to this Addendum. Also see Detail on SK Sheet AD 1.02-1,attached. 1.2 Sheet A-201-A2, Exterior Elevations, West Elevation, center of building, 2nd floor, small awning window is listed as a'B'window. Change`B' label to`H'. Window shall be listed as an awning window. 1.3 Include all Solar Drawings and Specifications Titled PV Bid Spec—Rev.A,attached to this Addendum. Attachments: The following documents are to be considered part of this Addendum: REVISED SHEETS L-001, L-400 REVISED SLEETS 1 00-2, 1 100, 1 200, I inn - Deleted,see heading"Addendum 03"&"Addendum 04". SK Sheet AD 1.02-1 SITE ADDENDUM ITEMS—BERKSHIRE DESIGN GROUP—INCLUDING ATTACHMENTS ADDENDUM#2—UNIT BID PRICES SOLAR DRAWINGS&SPECIFICATIONS TITLED PV BID SPEC—REV.A MEP ADDENDUM#2-CES SK E L-Deleted,see heading"Addendum 03" SK-E2 ADDENDUM 03 REVISIONS TO THE SPECIFICATIONS 1.1 Section 0 1030,Alternates,add the fellewingm Previde additienal eest fer pFeyiding additienal brick Yeneer as shewn en attached drawing A 201 A! R2. All details at the exterier wall now shown with masenry shall match 1.2 Add Alternate price fer EneFgy StaF rated washers and cipters te all units net currently neted te receiYe theffi. -Provide only as Add-Back Alternate. See Item 1.7.D. under heading"Addendum AI —New Items". 1.3 Section 02800 3.03 A,add the following: At the Contractor's option, new trees of the same species,type,or otherwise as approved by the Landscape Architect,and a minimum of 3-3.5" caliper shall be planted in lieu of relocating trees. 1.4 Solar Panels (PV) Package: Add the following: The last 3 pages of cut sheets provided in Addenda#2 are for a different mounting system,the"Ballasted Roof Mounts",these are for tilt angles up to 45 deg,and require much more ballasting. This ballasting is not required for this project. The correct ballasting to use is the"CRS racking system",this typically has a loading of 51bs/ft2. For this specific project,ballasting shall be provided as follows: The flat roof buildings have two sections to the solar array,9 and 27 modules: 9 module array with CRS racking system, 10 deg tilt,Solar World 175, 3 horizontal x 3 rows: 4.22lb/ft2 166" N-S spacing, 194 E-W spacing:provide 29-14.51b blocks. 3 x 9 row: 3.69lb/ft2. 457in north south 194"a-w, provide 56 - 14.5 lb blocks. 17"inter row spacing N-S. Roof slope to be 3 deg or less N-S,5 deg E-W is acceptable. REVISIONS TO THE DRAWINGS I Dplere Sheet A 201 A! R 1 if the Alternate fer addot*enal masonry is accepted and use enly Sheet A 201 A I R-2. if Alternate fer additienal masenFy is net accepted,use only Sheet A 201 Al R 1. 1.2 Delete Detail E I on Drawing A-401. Replace with Drawing SKA-06,attached. ADDENDUM NO.A I Page 4 of 9 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II February 12,2008 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. SOILS REPORT—PROVIDED BY OWNER UNDER SEPARATE COVER From: ADDENDUM 02 REVISIONS TO THE SPECIFICATIONS 1.1 Delete Unit Prices from Bid Form attached to Addendum#1. Replace with Unit Prices Form attached to this Addenda. 1.2 Structural Roof Plans—All Buildings: Make the following changes: Buildings A I &A2 1.At reef framing, 2x 1 2's sheuld be spaeed at 12"en centeF(rather than at 16" en center)where selar panels with ballast are being plaeed on rafters (eyer appreximately 16'wide width fer-three bays ef building). —Deleted,provide structure as shown on Drawings. 2. Solar panel support posts must be located over framing members and be sufficiently ballusted or anchored through the roof to the rafters to prevent units from sliding. 3.The cantilevered double 2x 12 hips at the low roof should have Simpson HDSA hold down anchors installed from the end of the rafter which should be bolted through the wall sill and to a double 2x6 stud in the bearing wall below. Buildings A3,A4, B&C I. Roof trusses shall be designed for a 500 pound point load at 4'from the ridge line in addition to loads from the drawing load tables where solar panels are being installed. 1.3 Delete Site Addendum ltems Berkshire Design Greup atmehed te Addendum#l. Rephw-e-wk4-Site Addendurn items Berkshire Design Greup Addendum 11 attached te this Addendum7 —Deleted,see attachments to this Addendum. 1.4 See attached Addendum 2 (Site)—Attachments for information related to site utilities. 1.5 Section 08552,Vinyl Windows,Section 2.0 1,add the following: Provide Northwind III window model.—Or Architect-approved equal. 1.6 Section 08552,Vinyl Windows, Section 3.03,add the following: Remove bottom nail fin from window to allow for metal sill pan. 1.7 Section 08552,Vinyl Windows,Section 2, Products,add the following: Provide frosted glass at all bathroom windows. 1.8 0 n eenfiguratiens shewn. Preyide spacer bars between panes te FnatEh muntins. —See Item 1.10,under heading"Addendum#4". 1.9 Section 08552,Vinyl Windows,Section 2, Products,add the following:All windows shall be supplied with full screens. 1.10 Solar Panels (PV) Package: Add the following: I. Avoid contact between components and fasteners of different metals that will result in galvanic action (corrosion). 2. Systems,products and components other than those specified will be considered only if they meet or exceed all specifications and warranties of the noted systems, products and components. 3. Coordinate all solar work with General Contractor. 4. All roofing and flashing work associated with the installation of solar systems is to be provided by Roofing Sub-Contractor. 5. Provide ballast as recommended by rack system manufacturer. 6. Installation of solar systems and components must not void roof warranty. 7. On roofs of Buildings A I &A2,provide walk mats in front of and along side of all panels. 8. All wiring shall be encased in conduit. 9. Installer shall pay any permits,application fees and all forms&administration necessary for receiving rebates associated with this work. 1.11 Seetien 01030,Alternates Revised issued inAddendum#!; rey*se ltem D. ITWIRING asWlews: Inc' all in -base bod as neted bn GES Addendum#I,Seeden 16009. lnElude only additional cable in Alternate. —Deleted,alternate not accepted. ADDENDUM NO.AI Page 3 of 9 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase 11 November 12,2007 Dietz FY Company Architects,Inc. HW-5 Electrical Room Doors: Each to Receive: 3 EA BUTTS TA2314-1 OA 4 1/2 X 4 NRP STOCK I EA STOREROOM CL3957 CORBIN-RUSSWIN I EA DOOR STOP STOCK I EA THRESHOLD ALUMINUM BEVELED STOCK(see details) HW-6 Exterior Unit Entry Door: Each set to Receive: 3 EA BUTTS TA2314-I OA 4 1/2 X 4 NRP STOCK US32D I EA MORTISE LOCKSET ML2067 US32D CORBIN-RUSSWIN I EA DOOR STOP STOCK I EA WEATHERSTRIP PACKAGE STOCK I EA CLOSER 1370-3077-146-334 LCN I EA THRESHOLD ALUMINUM BEVELED STOCK(see details) I EA AUTOMATIC DOOR BOTTOM HD-I D DK. BROWN 36" DORBIN HW-6A Interior Unit Entry Door: Each set to Receive: 3 EA BUTTS TA2314-I OA 4 1/2 X 4 N RP STOCK I EA MORTISE LOCKSET ML2067 CORBIN-RUSSWIN I EA DOOR STOP STOCK I EA WEATHERSTRIP PACKAGE STOCK I EA CLOSER 1370-3077-146-334 LCN I EA THRESHOLD ALUMINUM BEVELED STOCK(see details) H W-7 Closet: Each set to Receive: 3 EA BUTTS BY PRE-HUNG MFR STOCK I EA PASSAGE SET CL 3910 CORBIN-RUSSWIN I EA DOOR STOP STOCK HW-8 Bedroom/Bathroom Doors: Each set to Receive: 3 EA BUTTS BY PRE-HUNG MFR STOCK I EA PRIVACY SET CL 3920 CORBIN-RUSSWIN I EA DOOR STOP STOCK HW-9 Bi-fold): Each set to Receive: I EA TRACK DOOR SYSTEM WITH GUIDES, PULLS MAGIGLIDE BUTTS AT EACH HINGED JOINT Continuous piano hinge and top/bottom pivot hinge by Mfr. END OF SECTION DOOR HARDWARE 08710-2 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November 12,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 08710-DOOR HARDWARE 1.1 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE A. Note: Manufacturer listed as"STOCK"shall be any product that meets all the requirements set forth in this Specification that has a proven track record and will not conflict with other requirements or the operation of other doors or hardware. B. FINISHES: Unless otherwise noted, hardware finishes shall be US26D satin chrome plated or US32D satin stainless steel. C. Provide 3 silencers at all metal door frames unless weatherstrip package is listed. D. At all common entrances to Buildings Al, A2, A3 & A4 (16 total): Jambs shall be wired to receive electric strike release. Installation by door manufacturer or General Contractor. Electrical connections by Electrical Sub-Contractor. See Specifications Section 16100 for electrical information. SCHEDULE HW-I Common Entry doors: Each to Receive: 3 EA BUTTS TA2314-I OA 4 1/2 X 4 NRP STOCK US32D I EA EXIT LATCH LOCKSET CL3557 US32D CORBIN-RUSSWIN I EA CLOSER/HOLD-OPEN 4020-18-72MC-3077-3049 LCN I EA AUTOMATIC DOOR BOTTOM HD-I D DK. BROWN 36" DORBIN I EA WEATHERSTRIP PACKAGE STOCK I EA THRESHOLD ALUMINUM BEVELED STOCK(see details) HW-2 Storage Room Doors: Each to Receive: 3 EA BUTTS BY PRE-HUNG MFR STOCK I EA STOREROOM CL3957 CORBIN-RUSSWIN I EA DOOR STOP STOCK HW-3 Corridor Separation Doors: Each to Receive: 3 EA BUTTS TA2314-IOA 4 1/2 X 4 NRP STOCK I EA PASSAGE SET CL3910 CORBIN-RUSSWIN I EA DOOR STOP STOCK HW-4 Valve Room Doors: Each to Receive: 3 EA BUTTS TA2314-I OA 4 1/2 X 4 NRP STOCK I EA STOREROOM CL3957 US32D CORBIN-RUSSWIN I EA CLOSER/HOLD-OPEN 4020-18-72MC-3077-3049 LCN I EA DOOR STOP STOCK I EA THRESHOLD ALUMINUM BEVELED STOCK DOOR HARDWARE 08710- 1 c E = c E E c = = e e Z %\ z z z z z z z z z , o § § 2) , ~ § % m / § § § \ CO p q ■ ¥ r 2 0 m > 2 Q \ z 0 0 z \ _ 0 ] « 0 I 0 z / / q 2 \ 2 ■ r 0 0 2 e / m § \ ¥ . ( V / / i f $ \ $ / / ou % g < m ( } \ \ / $ ? / / / \ 0 \ \ « > 2 � j -u -u 2 -0 � : & � 'D n cn\ � \ \ \ \ \\ \ / § \ / / / k k g g 9 = g co\ 0 0 \ m m z \ ) f 3 \ I f _ \ m / f } / / ( � \ \ { � \ � NNW ƒ ƒ \ « § \ \ \ f � e u> � �: C) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o Z �p 0 0 0 0 0 C) 0 0 o C tin (D OD V Cn Cn -rl W N C p N Q 3 rt O z o O ° o D D D D G D D D D C N 0 m 3 N N Z 19 m m N ° = ? m 0 co � o °� t �z � zz �I -1 p * y tv m v. o• o u p N —4 p lu T o T -0 v D N LD. p � o QQQ �i -4 � � -1 --1 � -4 0 r' a = CD 3 p Ln CD m oo m o0 0o ao 00 0o m a o m m m m m m m m CL 0o W W w LID W w w 0 v 0 O v CD o < C C C C C C C C N co co !A W W co W W CND a m m m m m m m m ;u < n < r r z- 2 O O O O O O O O it II II A _ O O O O O O O O II D Z o Z Z Z Z Z Z Z z O� p o c� G) G) ci G) G) G) CL - :3. to 0 m m m m m m m m a H o 0 0 0 o v o o p D D D D D D D D rn a Z Z z z Z z z Z p_ v v v v v v cn cn cn u, Fn m m m m m m N D D D D D D D D � rl ri -rl � r1 � ` y nO if IT If II n CD `�° oa iK rn co N': \ ) � a { � [ ( � m \ % w N 0i ® \ 00 § § I * oq z z \ z ) cl 2 0 2 oI + / 2 k ) § ° ) o / e r \ # � 2 ƒ $ ( S e Z 0 0 o r 2 \ 2 O LA \ \ \ \ d � 0 0 o r ) \ � � / \ \ ( / \ \ \ - \ \ \ o / j \ \ ± \ / t \ E u > \ k \ � � > m m 0 n W D 3 O oEs n Oq OEM. a A P. A A A N N N CA N O Oj cO r N v m N m (� 3 vl N N N O O O O O n X X x x X X X X c (A N N N O 60_ W & W = Z X X X O A A A m Oo 00 00 Z oft► 41 A D n m n m 0) 0 m 00 m m 00 Q D D D D A A D m m CD 6) 2 y fD o 0 0 rn H :p W N ,O . DA n rn D D rn -n OD D D v D H D D D D D D D D D D D 3 ti ' y D W " � 3 a oQ s o Cl) H o C y nQ < fD S C N a u° a m D D D c/( CD ODo 0) w a) 0) rn 0D0 o OD (3) °� M r D D D D c7 m D D D c k C) o Olf cflo CD s 3 ca v D O n rm fD y0 D m a ° 5' c rn a_ m D `D o m m (A �' S 0 a N 1 _ C ry � O O n d H � H 0 N b � O y o rD D o In � ` o 0 o a a CL rn o � S DQ 0 CL 3 -mm IN III I N Q N ! / ) m o o m » \ \ k § k Im o t ) cu > cu > co 0 § ) $ § i i $ \ \ / \ \ r o k ) k 2 2 2 } \ \ \ $ ) \ \ f f f f f 5 ( � ) N q g D. w g a W w w w R o ( f § \ \ § 3 k § \ f \ \ E o g , ! ( q R @ R 2 C2 R q q R R 2 I o , k ° ) / / j ? o 2 \ \ \ 9 R 7 f \ f f f ƒ } § ( I e e = I = _ -n -n -n -n -n 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o G G v ) E } o c = w w w w w m o fb: :c k in( ; _ _ _ to = w w = _ _ _ _ et I ` a K } ; } 2 $ ± ± ± ± 2 e o 0 0 o I v I } � > � � � � � m / - S $ $ $ ± $ 2 3 Cl) 2 3 3# - � ƒ 2 } eo - \ 2 ± $ ± ± $ % 2 4 ± % / a a a a a = m � m / ( ) m = I \ } \ / / / E § ) b c § $ { ( + � ( fp W W W W W W W W W W W N N N N N N QD V V a) 0) W Ut A A a D m D oo D co D co D oo D oo D oo D Cl) D - 0 W W W W W W W W w w w w w w r p C C C C C C C C C C C O O z z z z z z z z z z z c c c c c c@ o M m m m m m m m m m m z z z z z z z z z z z m m m m m m —+ --I --i —I -4 -i -1 —1 —4 —I z z z z z z w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w w p 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 O K Z S s H rn rn rn rn rn rn rn rn rn a) rn a; a) am rn rn rn 2 p 02 do ao 60 C0 00 cq oo do 00 00 ow o0 0o do 00 00 p _ _ _ _ _ _ - S -+ v W W w W W W W co W W W W W W W W W S O i A e �p H N -n -n -n G7 G7 G) G7 G7 Z V V V co m v Cl) w w w w w m p m o _ _ _ _ _ = z = _ m z _ = 3 -n m3 2. m rn rn rn rn rn M rn m rn m m rn rn m m rn m H = m o v v v o v v d v v 0 v 0 0 0 v 0 p � < in in in in in in m m 3 0 P N c 'Ti 'Tt TI Tt 'll '17 -n -n -n TI -n 0 v 0 0 W W W W W W W W W W W W W W w W W Z < w _ _(� US (� (� (5 Q y Q D D D D D D D D D D D * H p to w w w w w w w w w w 49 in in 5 in in in in 3 0 C, C) cO co CD C) T o 0 0 0 0 0 0 co o Z Z Z Z Z Z OQ O o = o Z n b £ R S A a C v a § § j;�2 (! m > G o o =a _ =a m» w a & co/ =y / w/ CF) 0)y /cn ,3 O o m > 03 > m > _ > Cl) > _ > m > _ 0 ; o / $ 4 % ± $ ± % 4 % ± 4 ± \ t \ ± 0 o ; \ \ \ \ \ \ / \ \ \ \ \ g m | z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z Z.7- m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m m / z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z z ) \ . ¥ 4 « « * « 4 4 ¥ « 4 * 4 4 4 * 4 � a 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 a a a 6 6 a o g R R R q q R q q R R = g 2 02 q q I o 0 } - w i. % 3 /, -_ /_ 2 a -$ /z / \ /= /w �$ ? � t � "I a a i ) -n £ U) o } E ! C.0 w a 41 e N) 41 w � w m o � § ! ! I I = = I I I = I I I = I = = I = 2 - { ( k ° m = _ _ = m « _ _ = m = _ _ I ) a ! } ; 9 a 9 9 a 9 9 7 \ 7 7 2 \ a k § ( S § 3 2 2 E J 2 3 S E S E 2 w § w # ® g ; 7 [ 9 9 s y 9 7 7 7 7 7 \ \ \ i § { 2 ° (A o - ƒ § 6 § 8 k B } l § o = § 7 0 o c o 0 0 0 0 0 0 \ 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 oa o ) 2 \ � } � CL E of 8 G § 8 2 0 2 G | c o _ 0) 0 41 � Cl) Cl) � PO = w o� > > > > I / ± > > > > > > > > o o > > > > r o m \ \ \ \ \ \ \ § \ \ \ / \ § > \ \ k ƒ Q Q Q § Q \ m \ m 0 < i \ , m m m m m m m m m = a m > ® ) § § § 0 0 r 0 § 0 m m u x _ � I m m I > o # o a 4 « « 4 4 a 4 « \ I / 2 0 cb w / / � R w W \ R w w w W R w w w W g g o 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 a a E o g , q q q e g q q R q R R q q R @ - I o = W 5 r 0 : rt / / / / w w / w w \ / / se w / / m v $ w . \ \ ® ƒ « � } ƒ ƒ $ § ƒ § § § § 0 j - o � 4� 41 41 4� a 41 w w w w w 41 w w m o k E � = m = _ _ = m = _ cn a a a « 41 to Ila ( I | r a ; § ! ; 2 ° t § 4 ° ± ° ± 4 \ \ ± E ± E S I 7 y \ § § § g y 9 a E q § S w \ 3 \ 2 \ 3 ± \ ± \ 4 w 4 w w # e zt\ 9 § 0 § \ 9 9 9 9 y 9 n 7 9 / / k k / k k § / ® O - \ ± ± $ ƒ k 7 g O . 3 - e at { . , ,, , , § , ±§ § § A & % k } } ) ! 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 6 2 } ° ƒ ± ! $ 9 ( w : � � : 8 8 q 8 J 8 8 8 8 G 2 ° 8 / ° 8 @ 2 O 2 0 = a a -N � � a � ( / « 2 a . , o | m > m > o n m > m > o o = > 5 ) k ! » > > > > > > > > > > > > > > > \ S | \ f § 3 § 1 f r o o = o \ m % \ < \ \ % \ § 2 m m e e m o z z q / z G j / z 0 m m m o m 3 m 0 m m § \ # o = 0 0 < w ww R w w W w w w Cl) R W G N R W 6 § a 6 \ § q q 6 6 q q 6 + | . . , , , , , , _ . A R 2 g q R q g q q R 2 = g q q I a j \ _ . 5 � o | w / / \ w % \ 2 \ / w w $ \ a w w . . ! m ( � o H ¥ Q w a o e ¥ o w ¥ o a w o a , o e e o r m e r r r o « R ) k , w 03 w e � 4� Cl) ( o ■ o ( < % I } - � ( (D ] Fm ): � » CO a a e w co ( I & CL ; (D & 2 E ± E E > E S > E 0 > S E > S I a 7 ( ; � � a Cl) 9 y 9 a Cl) 2 a a 9 � w ] ± S E ± 2 w ± E E & E 2 ± E E } ( \ a 9 a 9 9 3 a 3 3 y 3 9 9 3 9 n i ] z , 3 / k / k / - k / / - - - / - / — § } / ) \ / $ $ / / $ / / $ k / ± / / $ / § m 7 4 41. a a F § ƒ a 9 a 9 9 a 2 a a 2 a . m \ ` ) ' & % ' & & ' & & ' & % ' & & ' t ■ 00 (D£_ __ <_ __z 5 2 2 2 2 2 2 w \ k K K K k o { / } E ¢ nl ice ) $ � ; y fi O O O 0 O O O 0 3 p Z y g W W N N N N Al O b cn ;:o '0 (n N a s .°i O Co D O n oo D W D n o rn o M CD ° O 0_ j- � G rN•. � � w � O D D D D D D D O e° 0 n° o o Z � O1 ��11 1 O D D 7 (D cn o O N 0 ti m m m O m A on y ° o- -t, 0 0 v o n - o N CD j O O n CD m o W O 0= O O O O p' (D w' o ° o � a V S- 0 CD rD o yo+ ^ c a O0 OD C0 OD oo OD OD OD 0 O y e7 Z 1 CL T 3 w Cl) w w w w w w ^ O ('D X ? •p P A ? A A A o (D h < Dq 0• D -�► G7 -�j � G7 � � G7 � O � f•3n r r r r r p z -o fl p n o W •� N N A W N •� m p O O G ,ny O Z ro o y CD [�D 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 -n D Q CD W oa a k 4 CL � iii N• O O qy K ` a j Y c S z ° Oq D3o 0 eD a O D O O D O O = p C4- w D -n O r w w w w w m t) Z in lu in in in a 3 y m o a On n °. a P H C `DQ Q n+ � d 2 cn in nn in Lnn Lnn in n Z ° p s ° o p' o iE rb " D D D v► p � � ?. -n n N' ro O o ccn CA cAn Cnn (An a 1 p C :3 o CD 0 CL Q o Z Z Z Z Z Oho a d o y A fl oro O Z Z Z Z N •� -1 •� O ro o y p ,Z7 _ (D rn rn ro R H O a s 0 °— O 3 0 0 ro 0 ..N �p hO zm p0 ADD > D QX Zt' 0 --4 ON Ott On CC7 AZ r0 r- Z 00 0C) N v� im "z .rm vn vc �. �.r Z a z� < < n 0 v► o r'' �� ro o E � m m E -4 I M rmn r r0 A tT1 0 (TI C--4 -ICS -4 N M a nVl Cf�1-� Cl D C� m00 c x zmu0D C'm v y -pi W-,M r z -n M �c 0 �ro CT w vm o o 71 M 0 1 m Q = c r M tA z 0 D 1 E T Z CADFI LEE` VILLAGE AT HOSPITAL HILL - PHASE II - 27071 SHEET TITLE CAD FILE- Mechanical Schedules, p`ornwK 2007 Details and Legends 8y Mtt b Co.Arcbitem Mc —O NORTHAMPT Ag lughts Reserved C 0 17 HAMPDEN Sr DRAWING REFERENCE: Architects w03GHELD,MA d 11/12/07 Addenduml SKM-02 INCORPORATED (413)733-6798 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION M-201 -4° OX zr- � - Om 81 oc� az 000 00 00 .� stn �Z �- pC C -4 r I—+ z r > \ < A ,i0 7 z sn o- m tm I SV �Ij a TJ CA M D m� M —° PM' (A r- D ;U� O MC--4 n W _rn z A ° rnm mm zvan m r m D O �K 0U ) M C y� A r fail rCA'A � C B C D 1�CD !C<<rt O < XI Jn r p I o D o = � Z . >1 z M r z 0 U D 1 E T Z VILLAGE AT HOSPITAL HILL - PHASE II PROJECT FU-E:- 27071 SHEET TITLE �D FILE: Mechanical Schedules, O`°` "200' Details and Legends 4 014=b co.Architects,m� 8 NORTHAMPTON.M CHWM— Ag agMs Reserved C O I7 HAMPDEN ST DRAWING REFERENCE: SPRINGFIELD,MA a I I/I2/07 Addendum I S KM 0 f Architects oI1o3 M-201 • INCORPORATED (913)733.6798 MARK DATE DESCRIPTION 2. In each apartment provide a flush mounted junction box adjacent to the apartment panelboard. Run CATV and telephone wiring from the buildings'demark in the electrical room to each apartment junction box. Provide wiring from this box out to the apartment devices as indicate on the drawings. Provide punch down blocks for telephone wiring and associated devices required for a complete operating telephone and CATV wiring systems from utility to device locations. a. As aft Aternate!v •a an additienal 2p CA-T5 , le from t he teleeorn b i bog a future use.n •a fts part of a eaffipasite am (2 2pirif GAT5 and , RG6) _Deleted, see items 1 &2 in CES Bulletin under heading Addendum 05. Attachments: SKM-01, SKM-02 2 t Consulting Engineering Services , Inc . "'" Ct+]E—S I Addendum Addendum Number: 1 Addendum Date: November 12,2007 Written To: Marc Sternick Project Name: Village at Hospital Hill-Phase I1 CES Project Number: 27071.00 Written By: Michael Walsh The work shall be carried out in accordance with the following supplemental instructions and in accordance with the Contract Documents. Division 15-Mechanical 1. In building B unit 133 provide Elmdor AT Series Acoustical Tile Access Door in the bedroom wall. Access door shall be a minimum of 18"x 18"and provide service access to valves and piping located in Mech. Closet above IWH-l. Coordinate final location with architect. 2. Pipe boilers in single story units in accordance with Detail I-SINGLE STORY UNIT BOILER PIPING DIAGRAM. Detail I is shown on attached SKM-01. 3. Pipe boilers in two story units in accordance with Detail 2-TWO STORY UNIT BOILER PIPING DIAGRAM. Detail 2 is shown on attached SKM-02. Division 16—Electrical "Conduits underground with pull lines as follows- ft, b, From telecom baekbeard loeated in eleetfieal room in Building A3 to teleee c. t + a baekboar- i-n t + ' t Building G —Deleted,see heading Addendum 05 Building Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II February 12, 2008 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. of roof sheathing and cap securely with fitted cap and adhesive. Carefully document locations on as-built drawings for possible future use to vent under-slab radon through roof. 1.12 Section 05500: Metal Fabrications—Add the following: provide ASTM A316 threaded stainless steel rods and connectors where shown on Drawings at small flat roofed entry roofs at Buildings AI &A2. 1.13 Section 06100: Rough Carpentry—Section 1.2,Summary,add the following: All floors of wood construction shall be 3/8"APA rated underlayment on %"plywood sub-floor. 1.14 Section 06100: Rough Carpentry—Section 2.13,Construction panels, Item G,change %z"nominal thickness to 3/8". 1.15 Section 06200:Section 2.07, Building Wraps and Accessories,add the following: Provide 15#Building Felt over Building Wrap at all exterior walls. REVISIONS TO THE DRAWINGS 1.1 All Architectural Plan sheets: Refer to Sheet A-I 10-AI for General Notes. 1.2 Sheet A-110-A 1,Sheet Keynote#4;Add the following:Wall Type 2 on sheet G-004. 1.3 Sheet A-I I 0-A 1, General Sheet Note#15;Change 2'-1"to"2'-0" minimum clear depth. 1.4 Sheet A-110-A 1, add General Sheet Note#29;"All rated partition walls run up through attic to underside of roof sheathing. Provide one, [-Hour rated 24"x48" access doors in each rated attic partition wall separating spaces in attic. Use rated access doors to ensure that all attic areas can be accessed from the attic access doors noted on plans." 1.5 Sheet A-110-B,Change door number at front entrance to Unit 133 from 1336 to 133A. 1.6 Sheet A-170-A I (Buildings A I & A2) and Sheet A-170-A3 (Buildings A3 & A4), General Sheet Notes, add the following: Provide one Bilco Type S Roof hatch, cover and frame to be 14 gauge paint bond galvanized steel. Provide steel ladder with optional Bilco ladder up safety post to hatch from top of common stair at third floor(4 locations,total). 1.7 Sheet A-201-A 1, Delete this sheet. Replace with Sheet A-201-A I r. This revised sheet includes correct elevation marks and corrected detail references. 1.8 Sheet A-301-A3, Change Elevation Marker at top of third floor plate to read:"T.O. Plate= 26'-3"". 1.9 Sheet A-401 through Sheet A-520:Add Building Wrap under 15#Building Felt at all exterior walls. 1.10 Sheet A-403, Detail A6, rim joist should show 3-2x I Os with 2" rigid insulation,typical at rim/band joists. 1.11 Sheet A440, stair sections were cut from Buildings AI, A2, A3 &A4. Typical unit stairs for all buildings are shown at A5/A-440. 1.12 Sheet A-441, the stair sections were taken from the following Units numbers: Detail E5/A-441 was taken from Unit 136 in Building B & Unit 140 in Building C. Detail EI/A-441 was taken from Unit 135 & 137 in Building B&Unit 139 in Building C. Detail A5/A-441 was taken from Unit 137 (rear stair) in Building B. 1.13 All Lighting Plans: Delete General Note #4 & change to read as follows: Obtain approval from Architect as to exact location of lighting fixtures. H HE rte, c c 53020 2C 13�nr _For changes to Lighting Package,see Item 1.6 under vcocc vv vsvzc v=oc. Heading"Addendum A I —New Items". Attachments: The following documents are to be considered part of this Addendum: FRONT END SPECIFICATIONS BID FORM S=C�IBp4 0 1030 ALTERNATES REV, —Deleted,alternates not accepted. CES—MEP-ADDENDUM#1 CITE DEENDUM IT€MS BERKSHIRE DESIGN GROUP—Deleted,see items under heading"Addendum 02". DOOR SCHEDULE WINDOW SCHEDULE FINISH SCHEDULE HARDWARE SCHEDULE SK-A 1,SK-A2,SK-A3,SK-A4,SK-A5,SK-M01,SK-M02 REVISED SHEET A-20 I-A I-R I ADDENDUM NO.A I Page 2 of 9 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II February 12,2008 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 3VrT-!ts ADDENDUM NO.A I O I ✓ February 12,2008 -3 C7- & Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II TA ! / New Construction o units in six buildings 'NO Northampton, assac use Project#20621 ff{ r Q. ' �i v =� 73� Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 17 Hampden Street Springfield, MA 01 103 'I 413-733-6798 GENERAL This Addendum consolidates all items in prior Addenda and shall replace Addendum 01, 02, 03, 04 05. Any changes or additions noted in this Addendum are noted as such. This Addendum shall supplement, amend and become part of the Contract Documents. All work called for shall comply with requirements specified for similar work unless otherwise described. The following addendum modifies only those specific items described herein. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in writing to Owner and Architect. Contractor is cautioned to base their price only on the written construction drawings, project manual, and this Addendum. Verbal responses made by the Architect, Consultant, Owner are not binding, unless confirmed in writing by addendum item. There are a total of nine (9) pages in this Addendum,in addition to the attachments. From: ADDENDUM 01 REVISIONS TO THE SPECIFICATIONS 1.1 Front End Specifications for General Construction Services,dated 11/09/07(6 pages). This Document adds updated information but does not eliminate any previous Documents. 1.2 Bid Form: Please use this document to provide your Bid and costs for Alternates and Unit Costs. 1.3 Section 01030: List of Alternates -See attached List of Alternates. Please discard the previous document of this name to ensure that your information is up-to-date. 1.4 Section 01500:Section 1.3, delete Item C in its entirety. 1.5 Section 01500: Section 3.4, Item C,add the following: Provide and conform to Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan as required by authorities having jurisdiction. 1.6 Section 07411: Section 2.02,add the following: I.Snow guards: Provide Polycarbonate pad style snow guards at all metal roofs. Alpine Snowguards #30CL or approved equal. Adhere to metal roofs with DuraSil adhesive. Follow all manufacturer's recommendations for installation. —Provide only as part of Add-Back Alternate. See Item 1.7.C. under heading"Addendum AI —New Items". 1.7 Section 08000: Door Schedule—See attached Door Schedule. 1.8 Section 08500:Widow Schedule—See attached Window Schedule. 1.9 Section 08700: Hardware Schedule—See attached Hardware Schedule. I.1 OSection 09000: Room Finish Schedule—See attached Room Finish Schedule. 1.1 1 Section 02200&All Foundation and Slab Plan Drawings: Radon Mitigation: Provide 4" perforated PVC pipe in stone at perimeter at all floor slabs under occupied space.Tie pipe to 4"verticals through concrete footings in one location at each bearing wall in order to vent each separate under-slab area. Bring vertical up to underside ADDENDUM NO. AI Page I of 9 4w Knowledge for Creating and Sustaining do the Suia Environment PROPOSAL WORKSHEET SUMMARY Project: Change Order Request Number: To: From: Date: 0A Re: Proposal Request Number. A!E Project Number. w Complete and attuch Proposal%Vorksheet Detail for each element of Work. Enter Worksheet Information below. ADDITIONS wiw ❑ Sheet Description ra-tet'ial Labor Subtotal 1 >Aw 2 3 4 5 6 7 t>w Subtotal DEDUCTIONS ..r ❑ Sheet I Description Material Labor Subtata� 1 3 4 ■w 5 6 7 �w Subtotal Subcontractors Net: wfn Subcontractor's OH&P: Subcontractor's Bond: Subcontractor's Total: w Contractor's OH&P: Conlructor's Bond: lusurance: Tax: WORKSHEET TOTAL 5 0 Copyright 1994,Construction Specifications Institute, Page 2 of_ July 1994 CSI Fo r99 Canal Center Plnul,Suite 300,Alexandria,VA 22314 ml 13.bD �w w 4 on 0 ° W `� Ati a W o 0 y y O a a 5 o w 0 U 5 ti � y Q O � F a Z � L z L Ci QL�i z Q C 0 w Q, U w` Q �¢ w L F+ L w d o' ci a- v s s S o e � H A p cQ c W u c c q c G 'u ai a Q En -� U o •y y�j O L; .n O a o 2'� E w o En w a W R., z Z J U o 7J u Ca 0 z U z g F. :s LL H W w C _ o � rt o y q~ w D r� rr, 7 U V -- EIN rn 7� A o� am Knowledge for Creating and Suslaining the Buill Environment CHANGE ORDER REQUEST (PROPOSAL) ! Project: Change Order Request Number: From(Contractor): To: Dale: AIE Project Number: Re: Contract For This Change Order Request(C.O.R.)contains an itemized quotation for changes in the Contract Sum or Contract Time in response to proposed modifications to the Contract Documents based on Proposal Request No. !111 Description of Proposed Change: alas Attached supporting information from: ❑Subcontractor ❑Supplier ❑ ❑ Reason for Change: r Does Proposed Change involve a change in Contract Sum? ❑No ❑Yes [Increase] [Decrease] $ M Does Proposed Change involve a change in Contract Time? ❑No ❑Yes [Increase] [Decrease] days. r Attached pages: ❑Proposal Worksheet Summary: ❑Proposal Worksheet Detail(s): Signed by: Date: Copies: ❑Owner ❑Consultants ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑Fite r rim 0 Copyright 1994,Construction Specifications Institute, Page I of_ July 1994 99 Curial Center Kim,Suite 300,Alesundria,VA 22314 CSI Form 13.6A W SUBSTITUTION REQUEST (Continued) The Undersigned certifies: • Proposed substitution has been fully investigated and determined to be equal or superior in all respects to specified product. Same warranty will be furnished for proposed substitution as for specified product. • Same maintenance service and source of replacement parts,as applicable,is available. • Proposed substitution will have no adverse effect on other trades and will not affect or delay progress schedule. • Cost data as stated above is complete. Claims for additional costs related to accepted substitution which may subsequently became apparent are to be waived. • Proposed substitution does not affect dimensions and functional clearances. • Payment will be made for changes to building design,including AIE design,detailing,and construction costs caused by the substitution. • Coordination,installation,and changes in the Work as necessary for accepted substitution will be complete in all respects. e.• Submitted by: Signed by: Firm: Address: a� Telephone: Attachments: ..e A Ps REVIEW AND ACTION No Q Substitution approved-Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 0I330. ❑Substitution approved as noted-Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 01330. E]Substitution rejected-Use specified materials. Substitution Request received too late-Use specified materials. Signed by: Date: �w Additional Comments: ❑Contractor ❑Subcontractor E)Supplier ❑Manufacturer ❑AIE �e JIM .w sa Copyright 1996,Construction Specification Institute. Page of September 1996 601 Madison Street,Alexandria,VA 22314-1791 CS1 Form 13.1 A w M on 40 4w 4r �w ww 40 OM go 40 4" no X0 Advancement * °,bC� SUBSTITUTION REQUEST After the Bidding Phase Project Substitution Request Number: Prom: so To: Date: A/E Project Number: .. Re: Contract For no Specification Title: Description: Section: Page: Article/Paragraph- No Proposed Substitution: Manufacturer: Address: Phone: am Trade Name: Model No.: Installer. Address: Phone: am History: ❑New product ❑ 2-5 years old ❑5-10 yrs old ❑More than 10 years old Differences between proposed substitution and specified product ❑Poiw-by-point comparative data attached-REQt71RED BY A/E Reason for not providing specified item: Similar Installation: Project: Architect: Address: Owner. Date Installed: Proposed substitution affects other parts of Work: ❑No ❑Yes;explain Savings to Owner for accepting substitution a■* Proposed substitution changes Contract Tune: ❑No ❑Yes [Add] [Deduct] days. Supporting Data Attached: ❑Drawings ❑Product Data ❑Samples ❑Tests []Reports ❑ w� Copyright 19%.Construction Specification Institute, Page of September 1996 601 Madison Street,Alexandria,VA 22314-1791 CSI Form 13.1A aaw 404 wo O 40 w 40 w ON W! CW imp r I ,w go za o o ❑ HLILJL]u UUUUULI MIR, MIR 4 .2 ax CL W, fie) am Advancement ..e of constuuctiol Technotagy SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL Project: Daft: A/E Project Number, TRANSMITTAL To(Contractor): Date: Submittal No. .s AFrom(Subcontractor): By: ❑Resubmission Qty. Reference 1 Title/Description t Spec.Section Title and Paragraph Number Manufacturer Drawinll Detail Reference +.A ❑Submitted for review and approval ©Substitution involved-Substitution request attached Resubmitted for review and approval Q If substitution involved,submission inchxdes point-by-point w, ❑Complies with contract requirements comparative data or preliminary details ❑Will be available to meet construction schedule ❑Items included in submission will be ordered ❑A/E review time included in construction schedule immediately upon receipt of approval Other remarks on above submission: ❑One copy retained by sender TRANSMITTAL To(A/E): Attn: Date Rec'd by Contractor: wrn B From(Contractor): Ply: Date Tnnmmfd by Contractor: ❑Approved ❑Revise/Resubmit w ❑Approved as noted ❑Rejected/Resubmit Other remarks on above submission: Q One copy retained by sender TRANSMITTAL To(Contractor): Attn: Date Reed by A/E: C From(A/E): ❑other By: Date Tmsmt'd by A/E: ❑Approved ❑Provide file copy with corrections identified ❑Approved as noted ❑Sepia copies only returned ❑Not subject to review ❑No action required ❑Paint-by-point comparative data required ❑Revise/Resubmit to complete approval process []Rejected/Resubmit aew ❑Approved as noted/Resubmit ❑Submission Incomplete/Resubmit Other remarks on above submission: ❑One copy retained by sender TRANSMITTAL To(Subcontractor): Attn: Date Recd by Contractor: DFrom(Contractor): By: Date Tmsnifd by Contractor. XM Copies: ❑owner ❑Consultants ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑One copy retained by sender Copyright 1946,Construction Specifications Institute, Page of September 1996 so 105 Madison Street,Alexandria,VA 22314-1791 CS1 Form 12.1A ws in go Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS ON A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Furnish Products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for purpose specified and indicated. C. Conform to requirements of cable television utility company. 1.8 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Furnish service and maintenance of television system for one year from Date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL A. Cable System Components: 1. Coaxial Cable: RG6 2. Line Taps: Signal power splitters and isolation taps. 3. Outlets: Flush type, wall plates with female type connectors. on 4. Coaxial Cable Connectors: Type F, 75 ohms. PART 3 EXECUTION 4W 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and due approved submittals. Install materials in proper relation with adjacent construction and with uniform appearance for exposed work. Coordinate with work of other sections. Comply with applicable regulations and code requirements. Provide proper clearances for servicing. 1. Maintain indicated fire ratings of walls, partitions, ceilings and floors at penetrations. Seal with firestopping to maintain fire rating. 2. Clearly label and tag all components. 3. Restore damaged finishes. Clean and protect work from damage. 4. Instruct Owner's personnel in proper operation of systems. B. Connect cable television service in accordance with cable Utility instructions. C. Provide proper grounding of television system components and wiring. END OF SECTION Television Distribution System 16781 -2 so Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November 1,2007 Dietz Company Architects,Inc. am SECTION 16781 so TELEVISION DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL am 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Television service entrance. ., B. Television distribution equipment. C. Cable and accessories. " 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16050-Conduit. B. Section 16050-Boxes. C. Section 16050-Grounding and Bonding. 1.3 REFERENCES .R A. NFPA 70- National Electrical Code. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Service entrance from local cable utility. B. Premises wiring for broadband distribution of television signal, including individual outlets. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Indicate electrical characteristics and connection requirements. Show installation details, cable routing, and system configuration. B. Product Data: Provide showing electrical characteristics and connection requirements for w each component. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of ws use stipulated by Product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, installation, and starting of Product. 1.6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Section 16010 B. Record actual locations of outlets, devices, and cable routing. Television Distribution System 16781 - I M Village at Hospital Hill,Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 2.3 INITIATING DEVICES A. Manual Station: Semi-Flush mounted, coded type, double action manual station with break-glass rod. Provide manufacturer's standard backbox. B. Spot Heat Detector: Combination rate-of-rise and fixed temperature C. Ceiling Mounted Smoke Detector: NFPA 72E, photoelectric type with adjustable 40 sensitivity, plug-in base and auxiliary relay contact, and visual indication of detector actuation. 2.4 SIGNALING APPLIANCES 00 A. Alarm Lights: NFPA 72G, strobe lamp and flasher with red lettered "FIRE"on white lens. w B. Alarm Horn: NFPA 72G, surface flush type fire alarm horn. Provide integral strobe lamp and flasher with red lettered"FIRE" on white lens. C. Remote Annunciator: Supervised remote annunciator including audible and visual w indication of fire alarm by zone, and audible and visual indication of system trouble. Factory mounted in [flush][surface]wall-mounted enclosure. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install 16 AWG minimum size conductors for fire alarm detection and signal circuit conductors in conduit. B. Mount end-of-line device in control panel. C. Connect conduit and wire to sprinkler flow switches, sprinkler valve tamper switches 40 D. Automatic Detector Installation: Conform to NFPA 72E. 3.2 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Include services of [certified] technician to supervise installation, adjustments, final connections, and system testing. 3.3 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS A. Demonstrate normal and abnormal modes of operation, and required responses to each. END OF SECTION 00 Fire Alarm Systems 16721 -4 io Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. .� E. Indicating Appliance Circuits: Supervised signal module, sufficient for signal devices connected to system; occurrence of single ground or open condition places circuit in trouble mode but does not disable that circuit from signaling an alarm. F. Remote Station Signal Transmitter: Electrically supervised digital alarm communicator .�. transmitter, capable of transmitting alarm and trouble signals over telephone lines to central station receiver. G. Auxiliary Relays: Sufficient SPDT auxiliary relay contacts for each detection zone to provide accessory functions specified. H. TROUBLE ACKNOWLEDGE, DRILL, and ALARM SILENCE switch. w� I. Trouble Sequence of Operation: System or circuit trouble places system in trouble mode, which causes the following system operations: 1. Visual and audible trouble alarm indicated by zone at fire alarm control panel. 2. Visual and audible trouble alarm indicated at remote annunciator panel. .w 3. Trouble signal transmitted to municipal connection. 4. Manual acknowledge function at fire alarm control panel silences audible trouble alarm;visual alarm is displayed until initiating failure or circuit trouble is cleared. J. Alarm Sequence of Operation: Actuation of initiating device places circuit in alarm mode, which causes the following system operations: 1. Sound and display local fire alarm signaling devices with signal. 2. Transmit zone-coded signal to municipal connection. 3. Indicate location of alarm zone on fire alarm control panel and on remote annunciator panel. 4. Transmit signal by zone to building smoke removal system. 5. Transmit signals to building elevator control panel to initiate return to main floor or alternate floor. 6. Transmit signal to building mechanical systems to initiate shutdown of fans and damper operation. K. Alarm Reset: System remains in alarm mode until manually reset with key-accessible a� reset function; system resets only if initiating circuits are out of alarm mode. L. Lamp Test: Manual lamp test function causes alarm indication at each zone at fire alarm control panel and at annunciator panel. "" M. Drill Sequence of Operation: Manual drill function causes alarm mode operation as described above. Fire Alarm Systems 16721 - 3 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70 and NFPA 101. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products ow specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience, and with service facilities within 100 miles of Project. ON C. Supplier Qualifications: Authorized distributor of specified manufacturer with minimum three years documented experience. D. Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.7 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Provide service and maintenance of fire alarm equipment for one year from Date of Substantial Completion. 1.8 EXTRA PRODUCTS A. Furnish ten manual station break-glass rods. B. Furnish six keys of each type. C. Furnish six of each type of automatic smoke detector without base. In PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Simplex Time Recorder Company 4a B. EST/Gamewell C. Notifier w. D. Substitutions: Not permitted. 2.2 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL A. Control Panel: Modular construction with flush wall-mounted enclosure. B. Power supply: Adequate to serve control panel modules, remote detectors, remote annunciators and alarm signaling devices. Include battery-operated emergency power supply with capacity for operating system in standby mode for 60 hours followed by alarm mode for 10 minutes. C. System Supervision: Component or power supply failure places system in trouble mode. D. Initiating Device Circuits: Supervised zone module with alarm and trouble indication; occurrence of single ground or open condition places circuit in trouble mode but does not disable that circuit from initiating an alarm. Fire Alarm Systems 16721 -2 i am Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz Company Architects,Inc. am SECTION 16721 go FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL w 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Fire alarm control panels. .■ B. Manual fire alarm stations. C. Automatic smoke and heat detectors. D. Fire alarm signaling appliances. E. Auxiliary fire alarm equipment. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS MW A. Section 15325 -Sprinkler Systems. B. Section 16050-Building Wire and Cable. 1.3 REFERENCES A. NFPA 70- National Electrical Code. B. NFPA 72- Installation, Maintenance, and Use of Protective Signaling Systems. C. NFPA 72E-Automatic Fire Detectors. D. NFPA 72G -Notification Appliances for Protective Signaling Systems. E. NFPA 72H -Guide for Test Procedures for Protective Signaling Systems. F. NFPA 101 -Life Safety Code. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Fire Alarm System: NFPA 72, manual and automatic local fire alarm system with .� connections to municipal system via a digital autodialer 1.5 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW w A. Product Data: Provide electrical characteristics and connection requirements. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate annunciator layout and system wiring diagram showing each device and wiring connection required. Fire Alarm Systems 16721 - 1 w� Village at Hospital Hill,Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals. Install materials in proper relation with adjacent construction and with uniform appearance for exposed work. Coordinate with work of other sections. Comply with applicable regulations and code requirements. Provide proper clearances ON for servicing. B. Maintain indicated fire ratings of walls, partitions, ceilings and floors at penetrations. Seal with firestopping to maintain fire rating. 40 C. Clearly label and tag all components. D. Test and balance all systems for proper operation. E. Restore damaged finishes. Clean and protect work from damage. F. Instruct Owner's personnel in proper operation of systems. END OF SECTION �e OW 00 o 40 PA TELEPHONE AND INTERCOMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT 16720-2 M, Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 16720 TELEPHONE AND INTERCOMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL ,.w 1.1 SUMMARY A. Provide telephone and intercommunication equipment as follows: 4W 1. Interior telephone distribution system, connected to existing site system. 1.2 SUBMITTALS „m A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material and product used. wr B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings indicating material characteristics, details of construction, connections, and relationship with adjacent construction. ,u C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit manufacturers operation and maintenance data, including operating instructions, list of spare parts and maintenance schedule. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Compliance: FCC regulations. g* PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Telephone System Components: 1. Telephone wiring, cabling, and jacks: Cat 5e or higher. 2. Ancillary equipment: .e, TELEPHONE AND INTERCOMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT 16720-1 e�w Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 3.5 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Division 1 -Contract Closeout: Protecting installed work. B. Relamp luminaires that have failed lamps at Substantial Completion. 3.6 SCHEDULES on A. See lighting fixture schedule on drawings. END OF SECTION +�w lM! Interior And Exterior Luminaires 16500-6 MW Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. we D. Install surface mounted luminaires and exit signs plumb and adjust to align with building lines and with each other. Secure to prevent movement. , E. Install recessed luminaires to permit removal from below. F. Install recessed luminaires using accessories and firestopping materials to meet regulatory requirements for fire rating. G. Install clips to secure recessed grid-supported luminaires in place. H. Install accessories furnished with each luminaire. I. Make wiring connections to branch circuit using building wire with insulation suitable for temperature conditions within luminaire. J. Bond products and metal accessories to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. .. K. Provide concrete bases for lighting poles at locations indicated, in accordance with Division 1. L. Install poles plumb. [ M. Bond luminaires, metal accessories and metal poles to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. Provide supplementary grounding electrode at each pole. N. Install specified lamps in each emergency lighting unit, and luminaire. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Operate each luminaire after installation and connection. Inspect for proper connection and operation. 3.3 ADJUSTING rW A. Division 1 and Section 16050: Adjusting installed work. B. Aim and adjust luminaires as directed .M C. Position exit sign directional arrows as indicated. 3.4 CLEANING A. Division 1 -Contract Closeout: Cleaning installed work. B. Clean electrical parts to remove conductive and deleterious materials. C. Remove dirt and debris from enclosures. D. Clean photometric control surfaces as recommended by manufacturer. E. Clean finishes and touch up damage. Interior And Exterior Luminaires 16500-5 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. B. Description: Emergency battery power supply suitable for installation in ballast M, compartment of fluorescent luminaire. C. Lamp Ratings: One F32 lamp providing 1100 lumens, minimum on D. Battery: Sealed lead calcium type, rated for 10 year life. E. Include TEST switch and AC ON indicator light, installed to be operable and visible from on the outside of an assembled luminaire. 2.8 LAMPS ■"' A. Incandescent Lamp Manufacturers: 1. General Electric 2. Osram Sylvania Inc. 3. Philips Lighting Company �w B. Fluorescent Lamp Manufacturers: 1. General Electric 2. Osram Sylvania Inc. 3. Philips Lighting Company C. High Intensity Discharge (HID) Lamp Manufacturers: 1. General Electric 2. Osram Sylvania Inc. 3. Philips Lighting Company 2.9 POLES A. Manufacturers: B. See lighting fixture schedule on drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install suspended luminaires and exit signs using pendants supported from swivel hangers. Provide pendant length required to suspend luminaire at indicated height. B. Support luminaires independent of ceiling framing PER Connecticut State Building Code. C. Locate recessed ceiling luminaires as indicated on reflected ceiling plan. 40 Interior And Exterior Luminaires 16500-4 to an Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz Company Architects, Inc. 40 2.2 EXTERIOR LUMINAIRES OR A. Manufacturers: B. See lighting fixture schedule on drawings. 2.3 EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS A. Manufacturers: B. See lighting fixture schedule on drawings. 2.4 EXIT SIGNS A. Manufacturers: B. See lighting fixture schedule on drawings. 2.5 FLUORESCENT BALLASTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Advance 2. Magnetek 3. Motorola MW B. Product Description: Electronic ballast less than 10% THD, suitable for lamps specified, with voltage to match luminaire voltage. 2.6 HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE (HID)BALLASTS A. Manufacturers: 1. Advance 2. Magnetek ..� 3. Motorola B. Product Description: ANSI C82.4, metal halide or high pressure sodium lamp ballast, suitable for lamp specified, with voltage to match luminaire voltage. 2.7 FLUORESCENT LAMP EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY A. Manufacturers: 1. Bodine 2. Iota 3. Lightolier Interior And Exterior Luminaires 16500-3 MW Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. ON B. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. Indicate application conditions and me limitations of use stipulated by Product testing agency specified under Regulatory Requirements. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of Product. on 1.6 SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT A. Division 1 and Section 16010: Submittals for project closeout. an B. Submit manufacturer's operation and maintenance instructions for each product. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS w A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience. 40 1.8 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. so B. Conform to requirements of NFPA 101. C. Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Section 16050-Material and Equipment: Transport, handle, store, and protect products. 1.10 COORDINATION A. Division 1 -Coordination. B. Furnish bolt templates and pole mounting accessories to installer of pole foundations. 1.11 EXTRA PRODUCTS A. Section 16010-Contract Closeout. B. Furnish one of each plastic lens type for each apartment. C. Furnish one replacement lamps for each lamp type for each apartment. D. Furnish two of each ballast type for each apartment building. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 INTERIOR LUMINAIRES A. Manufacturers: B. See lighting fixture schedule on drawings. Interior And Exterior Luminaires 16500-2 AM Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz Company Architects,Inc. No SECTION 16500 ,w INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR LUMINAIRES PART 1 GENERAL no 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Interior luminaires and accessories. AM B. Emergency lighting units. C. Exit signs. am D. Ballasts. .W E. Fluorescent lamp emergency power supply. F. Exterior luminaires and accessories. g■ G. Poles. H. Lamps. 00 I. Luminaire accessories. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS j" A. Division 3-Cast-in-Place Concrete: Foundations for poles. 1.3 REFERENCES w A. ANSI C82.1 - Ballasts for Fluorescent Lamps- Specifications. ok B. NEMA WD 6-Wiring Devices-Dimensional Requirements. C. IES RP-20- Lighting for Parking Facilities. .■ D. NFPA 70- National Electrical Code. E. NFPA 101 -Life Safety Code. was 1.4 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW A. Division 1 and Section 16010: Procedures for submittals. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions and components for each luminaire that is not a standard product of the manufacturer. C. Product Data: Provide dimensions, ratings, and performance data. 1.5 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION A. Division 1 and Section 16010: Submittals for information. Interior And Exterior Luminaires 16500- 1 po Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. G. Use flexible conduit, under the provisions of Section 16111, 2 feet (600 mm) minimum 40 length, for connections to transformer case. Make conduit connections to side panel of enclosure. H. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 16050. P* I. Tighten joints using a torque wrench, to manufacturer's specified values. ON J. Install panelboards in accordance with NEMA PB 1.1 and the NECA "Standard of Installation." K. Install panelboards plumb. Install recessed panelboards flush with wall finishes. Or L. Provide filler plates for unused spaces in panelboards. aw M. Provide typed circuit directory for each branch circuit panelboard. Revise directory to reflect circuiting changes required to balance phase loads. N. Provide engraved plastic nameplates under the provisions of Section 16195. 00 O. Provide spare conduits out of each recessed panelboard to an accessible location above ceiling or below floor. Minimum spare conduits: 5 empty 1 inch (DN27). Identify each as to SPARE. P. Ground and bond panelboard enclosure according to Section 16050. ON Q. Install panelboards in accordance with NECA"Standard of Installation." 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL to A. Measure output voltage of branch circuit panelboard. B. Inspect installation to assure units are properly grounded. 3.5 CLEANING A. Touch up scratched or marred surfaces to match original finish. END OF SECTION Service and Distribution 16400- 10 as Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. so 2. Cover Mounted Pilot Devices: NEMA ICS 5, standard duty type. on 3. Pushbuttons: Covered type. 4. Indicating Lights: LED type. Wo 5. Selector Switches: Rotary type. 6. Relays: NEMA ICS 2 4W E. Disconnects 1. Combination Contactors: Combine contactors with thermal magnetic circuit breaker disconnect in common enclosure. 2. Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers: NEMA AB 1, with integral thermal and ,■, instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole. PART 3 EXECUTION as 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that service equipment is ready to be connected and energized. ow B. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Make arrangements with Utility Company to obtain permanent electric service to the Project. " B. Coordinate location of Utility Company's facilities to ensure proper access is available. C. Provide concrete housekeeping pads. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install service entrance conduits and conductors from Utility Company's pad-mounted transformer to building service entrance equipment. Connect service lateral conductors to service entrance conductors. B. Provide cast-in-place concrete pad for Utility Company transformer, under the provisions of Section 03300. C. Install in accordance with IEEE C57.94. D. Install in accordance with IEEE C37.20.1. E. Make electrical connections between equipment sections using connectors furnished by manufacturer. F. Set transformers plumb and level. Service and Distribution 16400-9 ON ON Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. B. Nonfusible Switch Assemblies 1. Description: NEMA KS 1, Type HD enclosed load interrupter knife switch. Handle lockable in OFF position. 40 C. Enclosures 1. Fabrication: NEMA KS 1. a. Interior Dry Locations: Type 1. 2.4 ENCLOSED CONTACTORS A. Manufacturers 1. Square D 2. General Electric 3. Cutler Hammer 4. Seimens 5. Substitutions: Per Section 16010. B. General Purpose Contactors 1. Description: NEMA ICS 2,AC general purpose magnetic contactor. 2. Coil operating voltage: 120 volts, 60 Hertz. 3. Poles:As required to match circuit configuration and control function. 4. Enclosure: NEMA ICS 6, as required to meet conditions of installation. C. Lighting Contactors 1. Description: NEMA ICS 2, magnetic lighting contactor. 2. Configuration: Electrically held. 3. Coil operating voltage: 120volts, 60 Hertz. 4. Poles: As required to match circuit configuration and control function. 5. Contact Rating: Match branch circuit overcurrent protection, considering derating for continuous loads. 6. Enclosure: NEMA ICS 6, as required to meet conditions of installation. D. Accessories 1. Auxiliary Contacts: NEMA ICS 2, 2 each field convertible contacts in addition to seal-in contact. Service and Distribution 16400-8 so Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. so (ii) Boxes shall have removable end walls with knockouts located on one end. Boxes shall have welded interior O mounting studs. Interior mounting brackets are not required. (iii) Box width shall be 20"wide. 2) Type 1 Trim Fronts (i) Trim front steel shall meet strength and rigidity requirements per UL 50 standards. Shall have ANSI 49 gray enamel electrodeposited over cleaned phosphatized steel. WM (ii) Trim fronts shall be hinged 1-piece with door. Mounting shall be as indicated on associated schedules. an (iii) Front shall have cylindrical tumbler type lock with catch and spring loaded stainless steel door pull. All lock assemblies shall be keyed alike. Two (2) keys shall be provided with each lock. A clear plastic directory card holder shall be mounted on the inside of door. 3. Field quality control a. Inspect complete installation for physical damage, proper alignment, anchorage, and grounding. b. Measure steady state load currents at each panelboard feeder; rearrange circuits in the panelboard to balance the phase loads within 20% of each other. Maintain proper phasing for multi-wire branch circuits C. Check tightness of bolted connections, and circuit breaker connections *� using calibrated torque wrench or torque screwdriver per manufacturer's written specifications. 2.3 DISCONNECT SWITCHES �a A. Manufacturers w 1. Square D 2. General Electric 3. Cutler Hammer 4. Seimens 5. Substitutions: Per Section 16010. Service and Distribution 16400-7 ..w Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 6) The breakers shall be UL listed for use with the following accessories: Shunt Trip, Under Voltage Trip, Ground Fault Shunt Trip, Auxiliary Switch, Alarm Switch, Mechanical Lug Kits, and Compression Lug Kits. C. Branch Circuit Breakers 1) Breakers shall be UL listed with amperage ratings, interrupting 4" ratings, and number of poles as indicated on the panel schedules. 2) Molded case branch circuit breakers shall have Plug-on type bus 40 connectors. 3) Circuit breakers shall have an overcenter toggle mechanism which will provide quick-make, quick-break contact action. Circuit breakers shall have thermal and magnetic trip elements in each pole. Two and three pole circuit breakers shall have an internal common trip crossbar to provide simultaneous tripping. 4) Breakers marked "Remote Controlled" on the panel schedules shall be of the latching type. Circuit breaker contacts shall open when the breaker is in the "OFF" or "TRIPPED" position regardless of the remote signal. 5) There shall be two forms of visible trip indication. The breaker + + handle shall reside in a 'TRIPPED" position between "ON" and "OFF". In addition, there shall be a VISI-TRIP indicator appearing in the clear window of the circuit breaker housing. 6) The exposed faceplates of all branch circuit breakers shall be flush with one another. 7) Lugs shall be UL listed to accept solid or stranded copper conductors only. Lugs shall be suitable for 75°C rated wire, sized according to the 75°C temperature rating per NEC Table 310-16. 8) Breakers shall be UL listed for use with the following factory installed accessories: Shunt Trip, Auxiliary Switch, Alarm Switch. ON 9) Where indicated on the panel schedule, provide panel mounted power supply to provide 24 volts DC switching power for remote controlled circuit breakers. d. Enclosures 1) Type 1 Boxes 0) Shall be galvanized steel constructed in accordance with UL 50 requirements. Galvanized steel will not be acceptable. No Service and Distribution 16400-6 4" 00 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. an 3) Split solid neutral shall be plated and located in the mains compartment up to 225 amperes so all incoming neutral cable an may be of the same length. (Optional 200% rated solid neutral shall be plated copper for non-linear load applications subject to harmonics. 200% rated solid neutral shall be self-certified by manufacturer). 4) Interior trim shall be of dead-front construction to shield user from energized parts. Dead-front trim shall have performed w twistouts covering unused mounting space. 5) Metal nameplates shall be secured to dead-front with rivets or screws. Sticker or foil nameplates are not permitted. Interior wiring diagram, neutral wiring diagram, UL listed label and short circuit current rating shall be displayed on the interior. 6) Interiors shall be field convertible for top or bottom incoming feed. Main and sub-feed circuit breakers shall be vertically mounted. Main lug interiors up to 400 amperes shall be field convertible to main breaker. Interior leveling provisions shall be provided for flush mounted applications. b. Main Circuit Breaker 1) Molded case circuit breakers shall have an overcenter, tripfree, toggle mechanism which will provide quick-make, quickbreak contact action. Circuit breakers shall have a permanent trip unit with thermal and magnetic trip elements in each pole. Each thermal element shall be factory calibrated to operate in a 40°C ambient environment. Thermal elements shall be ambient compensating above 40°C. 2) Two and three pole circuit breakers shall have an internal common trip crossbar to provide simultaneous tripping. Circuit AW breakers frame sizes above 100 amperes shall have a single magnetic trip adjustment located on the front of the breaker which allows the user to simultaneously select the desired trip level of all poles. Circuit breakers shall have a push-to-trip button for maintenance and testing purposes. 3) Breaker handle and faceplate shall indicate rated ampacity. W* Standard construction circuit breakers shall be UL listed for reverse connection without restrictive line or load markings. oft 4) Circuit breaker escutcheon shall have International 1/0 markings, in addition to standard ON/OFF markings. Circuit breaker handle accessories shall provide provisions for locking handle in the"ON"or"OFF"position. .■ 5) Lugs shall be UL listed to accept solid or stranded [copper and aluminum conductors], [copper conductors only]. Lugs shall be suitable for 75°C rated wire, sized according to the 75°C ' temperature rating per NEC Table 310-16. Lug body shall be bolted in place, snap-in designs are not acceptable. me Service and Distribution 16400- 5 w OR go Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. C. Metering Transformer Cabinet 1. Manufacturers: a. Anchor ass b. Superior C. Millbank d. Approved manufacturer by utility company e. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 16010. 2. Include provisions for padlocking and sealing. D. Transformer Pad 1. Manufacturers: a. Per utility company requirements. 2.2 PANELBOARDS A. Branch Circuit Panelboards (Load Centers) !! ! 1. Manufacturers: a. Square D b. General Electric C. Cutler Hammer d. Substitutions: Not permitted. 2. Continuous main current ratings as indicated on associated schedules, not to exceed 600 amperes maximum. Minimum Short Circuit Current Rating: as indicated on panelboard schedule, in RMS symmetrical amperes. ,> a. Interior 1) Provide one (1) continuous bus bar per phase. Each bus bar shall have sequentially phased branch circuit connectors suitable for plug-on or bolt-on branch circuit breakers. The bussing shall be fully rated. Panelboard bus current ratings shall be determined by heat-rise tests conducted in accordance with UL 67. Bussing rated 100-400 amperes shall be Copper,. 2) All current carrying parts shall be insulated from ground and phase-to-phase by Noryl high dielectric strength thermoplastic or equivalent. Service and Distribution 16400-4 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. wr 1.12 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA so, A. Submit under provisions of Section 16010. 1.13 SEQUENCING A. Sequence work to avoid interferences with building finishes and installation of other products. 1.14 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install until building is closed in and suitable temperature conditions are controlled. B. Maintain suitable temperature and humidity conditions during and after installation of busway. C. Sustain temperature between 32 degrees F (0 degrees C) and 104 degrees F during and after installation. D. Sustain relative humidity between 0 percent and 95 percent (noncondensing) during and after installation. E. Conform to NEMA PB 2 service conditions during and after installation of switchboards. F. Conform to NEMA ICS 2 service conditions during and after installation of motor control centers. 1.15 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish under provisions of Section 16010. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 UTILITY SERVICE ENTRANCE A. Utility Meters 1. Meters will be furnished by Utility Company. B. Utility Meter Base w 1. Manufacturers: a. Anchor b. Superior C. Millbank d. Approved manufacturer by utility company e. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 16010. "'•' Service and Distribution 16400-3 Aft Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&'Company Architects, Inc. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this 4W section with minimum ten years documented experience, and with service facilities within 100 miles of Project. ON C. Supplier Qualifications: Authorized distributor of specified manufacturer with minimum five years documented experience. D. Testing Agency: Company member of International Electrical Testing Association and so specializing in testing products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience. 1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Conform to local codes and ordinances. 1.8 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. B. Verify field measurements. 1.9 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or heavy plastic cover to protect units from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic. 4Ar B. Handle in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Lift only with lugs provided for the purpose. Handle carefully to avoid damage to transformer internal components, enclosure, and finish. C. Accept equipment on site. Inspect for damage. D. Protect dry type equipment from moisture by using appropriate heaters as instructed by 00 the manufacturer. E. Lift only with lugs provided for the purpose. Handle carefully to avoid damage to ON components, enclosure, and finish. 1.10 MAINTENANCE SERVICE 00 A. Provide service and maintenance of equipment for one year from Date of Substantial Completion. 1.11 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS 04 A. Provide maintenance materials under provisions of Section 16010. Service and Distribution 16400-2 Am Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz Company Architects, Inc. am SECTION 16400 ON SERVICE AND DISTRIBUTION PART 1 GENERAL 04 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Utility Service Entrance AM B. Panelboards C. Disconnect Switches an D. Enclosed Contactors Am 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16050-Conduit. Am B. Section 16050-Grounding and Bonding. C. Section 16050- Electrical Identification. no 1.3 REFERENCES A. NEMA PB1 - Panelboards. so B. NFPA 70- National Electrical Code. C. NETA ATS - Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution No Equipment(International Electrical Testing Association). D. ANSI C57.13- Instrument Transformers. MW E. NECA Standard of Installation (published by the National Electrical Contractors Association). 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 16010. eat B. Submit Utility Company prepared drawings. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. C. Perform Work in accordance with Utility Company written requirements. arr Service and Distribution 16400- 1 aw fir► Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 2. Verify that final backfill and compaction has been completed before driving rod electrodes. B. INSTALLATION 1. Section 16010: Manufacturer's instructions. 2. Install rod electrodes at locations indicated. Install additional rod electrodes as required to achieve specified resistance to ground. 3. Provide grounding well pipe with cover at each rod location. Install well pipe top flush with finished grade. 4. Provide grounding electrode conductor and connect to the reinforcing steel within the foundation footing (minimum size reinforcing steel shall be #4 rebar). Bond the reinforcing steel together for a minimum of 20 feet of continuous reinforcing steel. The grounding electrode conductor shall exit the concrete within a rigid steel conduit at the service entrance location, for bonding of the service. This grounding electrode conductor shall be installed by the licensed electrician and aww shall be inspected by the local authority having jurisdiction prior to the concrete pour. 5. Provide bonding to meet Regulatory Requirements. 6. Bond together metal siding not attached to grounded structure; bond to ground. 7. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Provide separate, insulated conductor within each feeder and branch circuit raceway. Terminate each end on suitable lug, bus, or bushing. 8. Interface with site grounding system installed under Division 2. 9. Interface with lightning protection system installed under Section 16670. 3.7 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION A. Section 16010-Quality Control: Manufacturer's instructions. B. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates and labels. +w C. Install nameplates and labels parallel to equipment lines. D. Secure nameplate to equipment front using screws or adhesive. E. Secure nameplate to inside surface of door on panelboard that is recessed in finished locations. �r F. Identify conduit using identification methods previously listed in this Section. G. Identify underground conduits using one underground warning tape per trench at 3 inches (75 mm)below finished grade. END OF SECTION Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050- 26 so Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. sm D. INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS 1. Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under this Section to obtain mounting heights specified and indicated on drawings. 2. Install wall switch 48 inches (1.2 m)above finished floor. 3. Install convenience receptacle 18 inches (450 mm)above finished floor. 4. Install convenience receptacle 6 inches (150 mm) above counter or backsplash of counter. 5. Install dimmer 48 inches (1.2 m)above finished floor. 6. Install telephone jack 18 inches (450 mm)above finished floor. rAw 7. Install telephone jack for side-reach wall telephone to position top of telephone at 54 inches (1.4 m)above finished floor. 8. Install telephone jack for forward-reach wall telephone to position top of telephone at 48 inches (1.2 m)above finished floor. E. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1. Section 16050: Field inspection,testing, adjusting, and balancing. 2. Inspect each wiring device for defects. 3. Operate each wall switch with circuit energized and verify proper operation. 4. Verify that each receptacle device is energized. ww 5. Test each receptacle device for proper polarity. 6. Test each GFCI receptacle device for proper operation. 7. Verify that each telephone jack is properly connected and circuit is operational. F. ADJUSTING 1. Section 16050: Adjusting installed work. 2. Adjust devices and wall plates to be flush and level. 3. Clean exposed surfaces to remove splatters and restore finish. 3.6 GROUNDING AND BONDING INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. EXAMINATION 1. Section 16010 - Coordination and Meetings: Verification of existing conditions prior to beginning work. Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050- 25 .w Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. 22. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4. 23. Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.3. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF WIRING DEVICES A. EXAMINATION 1. Section 16010 - Coordination and Meetings: Verification of existing conditions prior to beginning work. 2. Verify that outlet boxes are installed at proper height. 3. Verify that wall openings are neatly cut and will be completely covered by wall plates. 4. Verify that branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for connection to wiring devices. B. PREPARATION 1. Provide extension rings to bring outlet boxes flush with finished surface. No 2. Clean debris from outlet boxes. C. INSTALLATION 1. Install in accordance with NECA"Standard of Installation." 2. Install devices plumb and level. 3. Install switches with OFF position down. 40 4. Install wall dimmers to achieve full rating specified and indicated after derating for ganging as instructed by manufacturer. 5. Do not share neutral conductor on load side of dimmers. 6. Install vertically mounted receptacles with grounding pole on top. Install horizontally mounted receptacles with neutral pole on top. 7. Connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. 8. Install decorative plates on switch, receptacle, and blank outlets in finished areas. 9. Connect wiring devices by wrapping conductor around screw terminal. 10. Use jumbo size plates for outlets installed in masonry walls. 11. Install galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and junction boxes in unfinished areas, above accessible ceilings, and on surface mounted outlets. Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050-24 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. No 3.4 WIRE AND CABLE INSTALLATION 40 1. Route wire and cable as required to meet Project Conditions. 2. Install cable in accordance with the NECA"Standard of Installation." d& 3. Use solid conductor for feeders and branch circuits 10 AWG and smaller. 4. Use stranded conductors for control circuits. ,, 5. Use conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits. 6. Use conductor not smaller than 16 AWG for control circuits. 7. Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 120volt branch circuits longer than 75 feet(23M). 8. Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere, 277volt branch circuits longer than 200 feet(61 M). 9. Pull all conductors into raceway at same time. 10. Use suitable wire pulling lubricant for building wire 4 AWG and larger. 11. Protect exposed cable from damage. 12. Support cables above accessible ceiling, using spring metal clips or metal cable ties to support cables from structure. Do not rest cable on ceiling panels. 13. Use suitable cable fittings and connectors. .� 14. Neatly train and lace wiring inside boxes, equipment, and panelboards. 15. Clean conductor surfaces before installing lugs and connectors. ► 16. Make splices, taps, and terminations to carry full ampacity of conductors with no perceptible temperature rise. �. 17. Use suitable reducing connectors or mechanical connector adapters for connecting aluminum conductors to copper conductors. 18. Use split bolt connectors for copper conductor splices and taps, 6 AWG and larger. Tape uninsulated conductors and connector with electrical tape to 150 percent of insulation rating of conductor. 19. Use solderless pressure connectors with insulating covers for copper conductor splices and taps, 8 AWG and smaller. 20. Use insulated spring wire connectors with plastic caps for copper conductor splices and taps, 10 AWG and smaller. 21. Identify and color code wire and cable under provisions of this Section. Identify each conductor with its circuit number or other designation indicated. Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050- 23 Village at Hospital Hill,Rental II November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. 16. Secure flush mounting box to interior wall and partition studs. Accurately position M, to allow for surface finish thickness. 17. Use stamped steel bridges to fasten flush mounting outlet box between studs. 0" 18. Install flush mounting box without damaging wall insulation or reducing its effectiveness. 40 19. Use adjustable steel channel fasteners for hung ceiling outlet box. 20. Do not fasten boxes to ceiling support wires. 40 21. Support boxes independently of conduit. 22. Use gang box where more than one device is mounted together. Do not use go sectional box. 23. Use gang box with plaster ring for single device outlets. a* 24. Use cast outlet box in exterior locations exposed to the weather and wet locations. 25. Use cast floor boxes for installations in slab on grade; formed steel boxes are acceptable for other installations. 26. Set floor boxes level. 27. Large Pull Boxes: Use hinged enclosure in interior dry locations, surface-mounted cast metal box in other locations. w C. INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS 1. Coordinate installation of outlet box for equipment connected under this Section. D. ADJUSTING so 1. Section 16050 -Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing: Adjusting installed work. 2. Adjust floor box flush with finish flooring material. 3. Adjust flush-mounting outlets to make front flush with finished wall material. 4. Install knockout closures in unused box openings. 40 E. CLEANING 1. Section 16010 - Contract Closeout: Cleaning installed work. Pa 2. Clean interior of boxes to remove dust, debris,and other material. 3. Clean exposed surfaces and restore finish. am 40 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050-22 ow Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. see 3.3 INSTALLATION OF BOXES so A. EXAMINATION 1. Verify locations of floor boxes and outlets in offices, and work areas prior to rough-in. an B. INSTALLATION Ak 1. Install boxes in accordance with NECA"Standard of Installation." 2. Install in locations as shown on Drawings, and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment connections and compliance with regulatory requirements. ow 3. Set wall mounted boxes at elevations to accommodate mounting specified in section for outlet device. No 4. Electrical boxes are shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. Adjust box location up to 10 feet(3 m) if required to accommodate intended purpose. o"" 5. Orient boxes to accommodate wiring devices oriented as specified in this Section. .. 6. Maintain headroom and present neat mechanical appearance. 7. Install pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings and in unfinished as areas only. 8. Inaccessible Ceiling Areas: Install outlet and junction boxes no more than 6 an inches (150 mm) from ceiling access panel or from removable recessed luminaire. 9. Install boxes to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, AM using materials and methods specified in Division 7. 10. Coordinate mounting heights and locations of outlets mounted above counters, am benches, and backsplashes. 11. Locate outlet boxes to allow luminaires positioned as shown on reflected ceiling plan. to. 12. Align adjacent wall mounted outlet boxes for switches, thermostats, and similar devices. ow 13. Use flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. 14. Locate flush mounting box in masonry wall to require cutting of masonry unit .m corner only. Coordinate masonry cutting to achieve neat opening. 15. Do not install flush mounting box back-to-back in walls; provide minimum 6 inches (150 mm) separation. Provide minimum 24 inches (600 mm) separation am in acoustic rated walls. .. Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050-21 so Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. so U. Avoid moisture traps; provide junction box with drain fitting at low points in conduit "M system. V. Provide suitable fittings to accommodate expansion and deflection where conduit crosses seismic, control and expansion joints. go W. Provide suitable pull string in each empty conduit except sleeves and nipples. air X. Use suitable caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and moisture. Y. Ground and bond conduit under provisions of this Section and NFPA 70. Z. Identify conduit under provisions of this section. AA. Install conduit to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using no materials and methods under the provisions of Division 7. BB. Route rigid conduit through roof openings for piping and ductwork or through suitable roof jack with pitch pocket. Flexible conduit is not permitted to be used until roof penetration am has been made. Coordinate location with roofing installation specified under Division 7. 3.2 WIRE AND CABLE INSTALLATION A. Section 16010 - Coordination and Meetings: Verification of existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that interior of building has been protected from weather. C. Verify that mechanical work likely to damage wire and cable has been completed. D. Verify that raceway installation is complete and supported. E. Completely and thoroughly swab raceway before installing wire. F. WIRING METHODS w 1. Concealed Dry Interior Locations: Use metal clad cable. 2. Exposed Dry Interior Locations: Use only building wire in conduit 3. Above Accessible Ceilings: Use metal clad cable. 4. Wet or Damp Interior Locations: Use only building wire in conduit. 5. Exterior Locations: Use only building wire in conduit. 6. Underground Installations: Use only building wire in conduit. 7. Use wiring methods indicated. taw 40 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050-20 MAI im Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz FY Company Architects, Inc. am 3. Location: Along length of each underground conduit. so PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUIT INSTALLATION dW A. Install conduit in accordance with NECA"Standard of Installation." B. Install nonmetallic conduit in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. MW C. Arrange supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation. D. Support conduit using coated steel or malleable iron straps, lay-in adjustable hangers, man clevis hangers, and split hangers. E. Group related conduits; support using conduit rack. Construct rack using steel channel; OR provide space on each for 25 percent additional conduits. F. Fasten conduit supports to building structure and surfaces under provisions of this Section. .. G. Do not support conduit with wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove wire used for temporary supports H. Do not attach conduit to ceiling support wires. I. Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present neat appearance. +* J. Route conduit parallel and perpendicular to walls. K. Route conduit installed above accessible ceilings parallel and perpendicular to walls. �. L. Route conduit in and under slab from point-to-point. M. Do not cross conduits in slab. N. Maintain adequate clearance between conduit and piping. O. Maintain 12 inch (300 mm) clearance between conduit and surfaces with temperatures exceeding 104 degrees F (40 degrees C). P. Cut conduit square using saw or pipecutter; de-burr cut ends. Q. Bring conduit to shoulder of fittings; fasten securely. R. Join nonmetallic conduit using cement as recommended by manufacturer. Wipe nonmetallic conduit dry and clean before joining. Apply full even coat of cement to entire area inserted in fitting. Allow joint to cure for 20 minutes, minimum. S. Use conduit hubs to fasten conduit to cast boxes. T. Install no more than equivalent of three 90 degree bends between boxes. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as around beams. Use factory elbows for bends in metal conduit larger than 2 inch (50 mm) size. w Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050- 19 w Village at Hospital Hill,Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 4. Legend: a. Power and Lighting Circuits: Branch circuit or feeder number indicated. b. Control Circuits: Control wire number indicated on schematic and interconnection diagrams provided with shop drawings. C. CONDUIT MARKERS Oft 1. Manufacturers: a. Brady USA b. Seton Identification Products C. Carlton Industries d. Ideal Industries ► 2. Description: Split sleeve,wraparound type. 3. Location: Furnish markers for each conduit longer than 6 feet(2 m). 4. Spacing: 20 feet(6 m) on center. 5. Color: a. 208 Volt System: Blue b. Fire Alarm System: Red C. Telephone System: Orange so 6. Legend: a. 208 Volt System: 208Y/120V b. Fire Alarm System: Fire Alarm C. Telephone System: Telephone D. UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE 1. Manufacturers: a. Brady USA b. Seton Identification Products C. Carlton Industries 2. Description: 4-inch (100-mm) wide metallic detection type colored red with suitable warning legend describing buried electrical lines. Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050- 18 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. E. WIRE 1. Material: Stranded copper. 2. Foundation Electrodes: 2/0 AWG. 3. Grounding Electrode Conductor: Size to meet NFPA 70 requirements. F. GROUNDING WELL COMPONENTS 1. Well Pipe: 8 inch NPS (DN200) by 24 inch (600 mm) long [clay tile] [concrete] pipe with belled end. 2. Well Cover: Cast iron with legend "GROUND"embossed on cover. 2.10 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION A. NAMEPLATES AND LABELS 1. Nameplates: Engraved three-layer laminated plastic, white letters on black background. 2. Locations: a. At each electrical distribution and control equipment enclosure. b. Communication cabinets. 3. Letter Size: a. 1/8-inch (3-mm) letters for identifying individual equipment and loads. b. 1/4-inch (6-mm) letters for identifying grouped equipment and loads. 4. Labels: Embossed adhesive tape, with 3/16-inch (5-mm) black letters on white background. Use only for identification of individual wall switches and receptacles, control device stations, and data receptacles. B. WIRE MARKERS 1. Manufacturers: a. Brady USA b. Seton Identification Products C. Carlton Industries d. Ideal Industries 2. Description: Cloth tape, or tubing type wire markers. 3. Locations: Each conductor at panelboard gutters, pull boxes, outlet and junction boxes, and each load connection. Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050- 17 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November 1,2007 Dietz Company Architects,Inc. 2.9 GROUNDING AND BONDING A. GROUNDING SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1. Metal underground water pipe, existing or new. 2. Concrete-encased electrode. 3. Ground ring 4. Metal underground gas piping system, existing or new. 5. Rod electrode. B. ROD ELECTRODES 1. Manufacturers: a. Erico Incorporated b. Burndy Corporation C. Ilsco 2. Material: Copper. 3. Diameter: 3/4 inch (19 mm). 4. Length: 10 feet(3000 mm). C. MECHANICAL CONNECTORS 1. Manufacturers: a. Erico Incorporated b. Burndy Corporation C. Ilsco 2. Material: Bronze. D. EXOTHERMIC CONNECTIONS 1. Manufacturers: a. Erico Cadweld b. Burndy Electrical C. Harger Lightning Protection Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050- 16 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 2. Hubbell 3. G. E.Wiring Devices 4. Bryant B. WALL SWITCHES 1. Description: NEMA WD 1, Heavy-Duty, AC only general-use snap switch. 2. Body and Handle: White plastic with toggle handle. 3. Ratings: !*�+ a. Voltage: 120-277 volts, AC. b. Current: 20 amperes. C. WALL DIMMERS 1. Description: NEMA WD 1, Type I semiconductor dimmer for incandescent or fluorescent lamps as required by the Contract Documents. 2. Body and Handle: Plastic with linear slide to match color of wall switches and M. receptacles. 3. Voltage: 120 volts. ++ + 4. Power Rating: Match load shown on drawings; 1200 watts minimum. D. RECEPTACLES 1. Description: NEMA WD 1, Heavy-duty general use receptacle. 2. Device Body: White plastic. 3. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, type as specified and indicated. 4. Convenience Receptacle: Type 5-20. 5. GFCI Receptacle: Convenience receptacle with integral ground fault circuit interrupter to meet regulatory requirements. E. WALL PLATES .rr 1. Decorative Cover Plate: White smooth plastic. 2. Weatherproof Cover Plate: Gasketed cast metal with hinged gasketed device cover. Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050- 15 n Village at Hospital Hill,Rental II November I,2007 Dietz Company Architects,Inc. 3. Compression Connectors: a. Ilsco b. Panduit Corporation C. Burndy Corporation 2.7 BOXES A. OUTLET BOXES 1. Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel. a. Luminaire and Equipment Supporting Boxes: Rated for weight of equipment supported; include 1/2 inch (13 mm) male fixture studs where required. b. Concrete Ceiling Boxes: Concrete type. 2. Cast Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, aluminum. Provide gasketed cover by box manufacturer. Provide threaded hubs where required. 3. Wall Plates for Finished Areas: As specified in this Section. B. PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES 1. Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel. 2. Hinged Enclosures: As specified in this Section. 3. Surface Mounted Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, Type 4; flat-flanged, surface mounted junction box: a. Material: Cast aluminum. b. Cover: Furnish with ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover screws. 4. In-Ground Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, Type 6, outside flanged, recessed cover box for flush mounting: a. Material: Cast aluminum. b. Cover: Nonskid cover with neoprene gasket and stainless steel cover screws. C. Cover Legend: "ELECTRIC'. 2.8 WIRING DEVICES A. MANUFACTURERS: 1. Leviton Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050- 14 .■ Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz Company Architects,Inc. no C. METAL CLAD CABLE (MC) off 1. Manufacturers: a. AFC Cable Systems Owl b. General Cable Company C. Southwire Company WA 2. Description: NFPA 70,Type MC. 3. Conductor: Copper. #A* 4. Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts. �wR 5. Insulation Temperature Rating: 90 degrees C. 6. Insulation Material: Thermoplastic. 7. Armor Material:Aluminum. 8. Armor Design: Interlocked metal tape. 9. Jacket:Where required by NFPA 70. D. Video Cable *�! 1. Transmission Media (RG6): Single conductor coaxial type with polyethylene core; twisted pair, direct burial, aerial, plenum and video types. Include jacks, wiring and connections in bid. E. Telephone Wiring 1. Provide CAT 5 minimum from telephone backboard to jacks as indicated on plans. Include jacks, wiring and connections in bid. F. WIRING CONNECTORS 1. Split Bolt Connectors: a. Anacom Northern Wire and Cable b. Burndy Corporation C. Erico Incorporated 2. Spring Wire Connectors: a. Ideal Industries b. Panduit Corporation C. Ilsco Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050- 13 4W in Village at Hospital Hill,Rental II November I,2007 Dietz Company Architects,Inc. F. NONMETALLIC CONDUIT 1. Manufacturers: a. Carlon b. Certain Teed Corporation C. Heyco Products, Inc. 2. Description: NEMA TC 2; Schedule 40 PVC. ' 3. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: NEMA TC 3. All 2.6 WIRE AND CABLE A. BUILDING WIRE 1. Manufacturers: a. American Wire and Cable b. Triangle Wire and Cable C. Southwire Company 2. Description: Single conductor insulated wire. 3. Conductor: Copper. 4. Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts. 5. Insulation: NFPA 70, Type THHN/THWN. B. SERVICE ENTRANCE CABLE (SE) 1. Manufacturers: oft a. American Wire and Cable ,fit b. Triangle Wire and Cable C. Southwire Company 2. Description: NFPA 70, Type SE. 3. Conductor: Copper. 4. Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts. 5. Insulation: Type XHHW. Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050- 12 tl Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. b. Western Tube and Conduit .0 C. Wheatland Tube Company 2. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1. 3. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; material to match conduit. C. FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT p 1. Manufacturers: a. AFC Cable Systems b. Anamet Electrical C. Bay State Wire and Cable 2. Description: Interlocked steel construction. 3. Fittings: ANSI/NEMA FB 1. D. LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT 1. Manufacturers: a. Anamet Electrical " b. Bay State Wire and Cable C. Eastern Flexible Conduit Technologies 2. Description: Interlocked steel construction with PVC jacket. 3. Fittings: ANSI/NEMA FB 1. E. ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) 1. Manufacturers: a. Allied Tube and Conduit b. Western Tube and Conduit C. Wheatland Tube Company 2. Description: ANSI C80.3; galvanized tubing. 3. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; steel; compression or set-screw type. Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050- 11 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. C. NECA Standards for installation. D. NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association E. UL Underwriters Laboratory F. FM Factory Mutual 4" 2.4 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Section 16010 Requirements for submittals and substitutions. *'* 2.5 CONDUIT A. CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS 1. Minimum Size: 3/4 inch (21 mm) unless otherwise specified. 2. Underground Installations: a. More than Five Feet (1.5 Meters) from Foundation Wall: Use thickwall nonmetallic conduit. b. Within Five Feet (1.5 Meters) from Foundation Wall: Use rigid steel conduit. *a C. In or Under Slab on Grade: Use rigid steel conduit or thickwall nonmetallic conduit. on d. Minimum Size: 1 inch (50 mm). 3. Outdoor Locations, Above Grade: Use rigid steel conduit only. 4% 4. In Slabs Above Grade: a. Use rigid steel conduit only. b. Maximum Size Conduit in Slab: 2 inch. 5. Wet and Damp Locations: Use rigid steel conduit or thickwall nonmetallic conduit. 6. Dry Locations: a. Concealed: Use electrical metallic tubing. b. Exposed: Use electrical metallic tubing. B. METAL CONDUIT 1. Manufacturers: a. Allied Tube and Conduit taw Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050- 10 .m Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. objectionable noises or vibrations are produced and transmitted to occupied portions of the building by parts of the electrical work, the Contractor shall make such changes or additions as necessary without extra cost to the Owner. 1.20 LUBRICATION A. All equipment installed under this Contract having moving parts and requiring lubrication shall be properly lubricated according to manufacturers recommendations prior to testing and operation. Any such equipment, discovered to have been operated before ,,,,,. lubrication by the Contractor, is subject to rejection and replacement at no additional cost to the Owner. Units furnished with sealed bearings are exempted. B. The Contractor shall furnish and install, as appropriate on all equipment requiring lubrication, Zerk pressure gun grease fittings or sight gravity-feed oilers equipped with shutoff and needle valve adjustment. Units furnished with sealed bearings and lifetime lubrication are exempted. All fittings and oilers are to be fully accessible for lubrication , with equipment which does not require special adapters. Where fittings would be otherwise in accessible,furnish and install extended grease lines. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Conduit B. Wire and Cable C. Boxes D. Wiring Devices .� E. Grounding and Bonding F. Electrical Identification 2.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 2 Excavation and Backfilling B. Division 3 Concrete dM C. Division 7 Firestopping and Roofing Penetrations D. Division 8 Access Doors E. Division 9 Painting F. Division 15-Mechanical 2.3 REFERENCES A. Section 16010: Requirements for references and standards. " B. NFPA 70 The National Electrical Code. Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050- 9 ..R Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. !IA D. On a clean set of prints, the electrical Contractor shall mark in red pencil the location of 40 each required access door, including its size and fire rating (if any), and shall submit the print to the Architect for review before access doors are purchased or installed. E. Upon completion of the Project, the Contractor shall physically demonstrate that all '00 equipment and devices installed have been located and/or provided with adequate access panels for repair, maintenance and/or operation. Any equipment not so furnished shall be relocated or provided with additional access panels by the installing Contractor at M no additional cost to the Owner. F. Permanent ladders for access to equipment when shown on Plans shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor. 1.15 ESCUTCHEONS A. The Contractor shall provide stainless steel escutcheons on conduits wherever they pass through floors, ceilings, walls or partitions in visible locations. 1.16 PAINTING A. All finish painting in completed areas shall be performed under Division 9 of the Specifications. B. All materials shipped to the job site under this Division, such as panelboards, light fixtures, etc., shall have standard manufacturers finish, unless otherwise specified. 1.17 CONDUIT EXPANSION A. All conduit connections shall be installed to allow for freedom of movement of the conduit during expansion and contraction without springing. Expansion joints with proper anchors and guides shall be provided by the Contractor where necessary and/or where shown on the Drawings. Anchors and guides shall be subject to the review of the Engineer. Pay particular attention to plastic conduit with high coefficients of expansion. B. Consideration of required seismic lateral restraints shall be given when anchoring conduit and making provision for expansion. 1.18 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS A. Unless otherwise specified, all power wiring shall be furnished and installed under this division. B. All power wiring shall be furnished and installed complete from power source to motor or equipment junction box including power wiring through the starters. All starters not factory mounted on equipment shall be installed under this division. 1.19 QUIET OPERATION A. Equipment and material used in the various systems described herein shall not produce a sound level greater than 5 decibels above the normal ambient sound level in the area served. The sound level shall be observed on the A weighting network of a sound level or sound survey meter. The ASHRAE Guide and Data Book provides a means to determine sound level of mechanical equipment when the total of background plus equipment sound levels exceeds the minimum acceptable equipment sound level. If ow Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050-8 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 3. Korfund Dynamics Corp. 4. Consolidated Kinetics Corp. 5. Vibration Eliminator Co. 6. Amber-Booth 1.13 SLEEVES, INSERTS AND ANCHOR BOLTS A. The Contractor shall provide, set in place and be held responsible for the location of all sleeves, inserts and anchor bolts required for the work. In the event that failure to do so requires cutting and patching of finished work, it shall be done at the Contractors expense. B. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish cast-in-place sleeves, inserts and anchors in sufficient time to be installed during initial concrete pours. Where job schedules make this impossible, coordinate and obtain acceptance from the Structural Engineer for alternate installation methods. C. All pipes and conduits passing through floors, walls or partitions shall be provided with sleeves having an inside diameter one (1 ) inch larger than the outside diameter of the pipe, conduit or insulation enclosing the pipe. �.. D. Penetrations through fire-rated walls, ceilings and floors (except slab on grade) in which piping or conduits pass shall be filled solidly with acceptable fire-stopping material. w E. When ducts, piping or conduit penetrate the floor of a mechanical room located above an occupied space, such penetrations shall be made completely watertight, such that a liquid leak shall not pass through the penetration. 1.14 ACCESSIBILITY AND ACCESS PANELS A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the sufficiency of the size of shafts and chases, *� the adequate thickness of partitions, and the adequate clearance in double partitions and hung ceilings for the proper installation-of the work. B. Locate all equipment which must be serviced, operated or maintained in fully accessible positions. Equipment shall include, but not be limited to: motors, controllers, coils, junction boxes, switchgear, etc. Access doors shall be furnished if required for better accessibility. Minor deviations from the Drawings may be made to allow better accessibility, but changes of magnitude or which involve extra cost shall not be made without the acceptance of the Engineer. C. Access doors in walls, ceilings, floors, etc., shall be furnished by the appropriate Subcontractor and installed by the Contractor. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate and provide information regarding the sizes and quantities of access doors required for his work. The Contractor shall arrange his work in such a manner as to minimize the quantity of access doors required, such as grouping junction boxes in the same area. Where possible, locate junction boxes in already accessible areas, such as lay-in ceilings, etc. Minimum access door size is 6 X 6 . Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050-7 Village at Hospital Hill,Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&'Company Architects, Inc. 1.10 TEMPORARY OPENINGS A. The Contractor shall ascertain from an examination of the Drawings whether any special temporary openings in the building will be required for the admission of apparatus provided under this Division and shall notify the Owner or the Construction Manager accordingly. In the event of failure of the Contractor to give sufficient notice in time to arrange for these openings during construction, the Contractor shall assume all costs of providing such openings thereafter. 1.11 IDENTIFICATION A. All basic materials such as conduit, wiring, devices, etc., shall have clearly printed on the ' material the manufacturers name, the material grade, gauge, thickness, type or any other pertinent data to identify and/or specify the required methods of attachment, welding, etc. Unmarked material will not be accepted. B. All component parts of each item of equipment or device shall bear the manufacturers nameplate giving name of manufacturer, description, size, type, serial and model number, electrical characteristics, etc., in order to facilitate maintenance or replacement. 04 The nameplate of a Subcontractor or distributor will not be acceptable. C. All material and equipment for the electrical systems shall bear the label of or be listed by 0" UL, or other accredited authoritative agencies or testing organizations approved by the authority having jurisdiction. D. Each piece of apparatus under this Division shall be provided with suitable laminated ► plastic tags as specified in this section. 1.12 VIBRATION CONTROL A. All electrical equipment shall be mounted on or suspended from acceptable and specified vibration control equipment. B. Floor-mounted equipment shall be erected on reinforced, concrete housekeeping pads. Housekeeping pads shall be anchored to floor slab or they shall be part of the original floor pour. Where vibration isolating equipment is used, these pads shall be extended to support the isolation system. See Drawings for sizes and heights. C. All vibration isolation systems shall be guaranteed to have the static deflections as specified and indicated on the Drawings. The vibration isolation system shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers instructions. D. All vibration isolation systems exposed to a corrosive environment shall be weatherproofed in the following manner: All steel parts shall be hot-dipped galvanized; all bolts shall be cadmium-plated; all springs shall be cadmium- plated and neoprene- coated. PA E. All vibration isolation equipment including mountings, hangers, structural steel bases, welded concrete pouring forms and flexible pipe connectors shall be furnished by a single manufacturer of vibration isolation equipment. Acceptable manufacturers: 1. Mason Industries, Inc. 2. Vibration Mountings&Controls, Inc. Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050- 6 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. demonstrated by firestopping manufacturer based on testing and field experience. + • 2. Accessories: Provide components for each firestopping system that are needed to install fill Use only components specified by the firestopping manufacturer for the designated fire-resistance-rated systems. Accessories include but are not limited to the following items: a. Permanent forming/damming/backing materials including the following: ..a 1) Semirefractory fiber(mineral wool) insulation. Ceramic fiber. 2) Sealants used in combination with other forming/damming materials to prevent leakage of fill materials in liquid state. 3) Fire-rated formboard. b. Temporary forming materials. C. Substrate primers. d. Collars. +w e. Steel sleeves. 3. Applications: Provide firestopping systems composed of materials specified in this Section that comply with system performance and other requirements. E. Fill materials for through-penetration firestop systems: 1. Intumescent, Latex Sealant: Single-component, intumescent, latex formulation. 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: +w� a. Intumescent Latex Sealant: 1) Metacaulk 950, The RectorSeal Corporation. .sr 2) Fire Barrier CP 25WB Caulk, 3M Fire Protection Products. 3) AC-20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Sealant, Pecora Corp. 4) FIRECODE Compound, United States Gypsum Co. 5) FS-One, Hilti, Inc. F. Mixing: 1. For those products requiring mixing prior to application, comply with firestopping manufacturer's directions for accurate proportioning of materials, water (if required), type of mixing equipment, selection of mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures needed to produce firestopping products of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for application indicated. Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050-5 ,.. Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. B. System Performance Requirements: 1. General: Provide firestopping systems that are produced and installed to resist the spread of fire, according to requirements indicated, and the passage of smoke and other gases. ASTM E 814 (Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of " Through-penetration Fire Stops) products listed below shall be used at openings in fires resistive wall and floors that are evaluated in accordance with ASTM E119 Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Material. 2. F-Rated Through-Penetration Firestop Systems: Provide through-penetration firestop systems with F ratings indicated, as determined per ASTM E 814, but not less than that equaling or exceeding the fire-resistance rating of the constructions penetrated. 3. T-Rated Through-Penetration Firestop Systems: Provide through-penetration firestop systems with T ratings, in addition to F ratings, as determined per ASTM E 814, where indicated and where systems protect penetrating items exposed to contact with adjacent materials in occupiable floor areas. T-rated assemblies are required where the following conditions exist: a. Where firestop systems protect penetrations located outside of wall cavities. b. Where firestop systems protect penetrations located outside fire-resistive shaft enclosures. C. Where firestop systems protect penetrations located in construction containing doors required to have a temperature-rise rating. d. Where firestop systems protect penetrating items larger than a 4 inch diameter nominal conduit or 16 sq. in. in overall cross-sectional area. 4. For firestopping exposed to view, traffic, moisture, and physical damage, provide products that do not deteriorate when exposed to these conditions. Oft 5. For firestopping exposed to view, provide products with flame-spread values of less than 25 and smoke-developed values of less than 450, as determined per ASTM E 84. C. Project Conditions: 1. Environmental Conditions: Do not install firestopping when ambient or substrate temperatures are outside limits permitted by firestopping manufacturers or when substrates are wet due to rain,frost, condensation, or other causes. 2. Ventilation: Ventilate firestopping per firestopping manufacturers' instructions by natural means or, where this is inadequate,forced air circulation. D. Firestopping General: 1. Compatibility: Provide firestopping composed of components that are compatible with each other, the substrates forming openings, and the items, if any, penetrating the firestopping under conditions of service and application, as Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050-4 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. B. Exercise extreme caution when core drilling or cutting openings in floor slabs to avoid cutting or damaging structural members. No structural members shall be cut without the written acceptance of the Structural Engineer and all such cutting shall be done in a manner directed by him. C. Upon written instructions from the Architect, uncover and restore Work to provide for Architect/Engineer observation of concealed Work. 1.6 SCAFFOLDING, RIGGING AND HOISTING .� A. The Contractor shall furnish all scaffolding, rigging, hoisting and services necessary for erection and delivery into the premises any equipment and apparatus furnished under this Division. Remove same from premises when no longer required. 1.7 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING A. Excavation and backfilling shall be carried out under Division 2 of the Specifications, unless otherwise indicated in individual trade Sections. B. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate sizes, depths, fill and bedding requirements with the Division 2 Contractor and any other excavation work required under this Division. 1.8 WATERPROOFING A. Where any work pierces waterproofing, including waterproof concrete and floors in wet areas, the method of installation shall be reviewed by the Engineer before work is done. .. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary sleeves, caulking and flashing required to make openings absolutely watertight. 1.9 FIRESTOPPING A. Firestopping shall be provided for the following: 1. Penetrations through fire-resistance-rated floor and roof construction including both empty openings and openings containing cables, conduits, and other penetrating items. 2. Penetrations through fire-resistance-rated walls and partitions including both empty openings and openings containing cables, conduits, and other penetrating items. 3. Penetrations through smoke barriers, smoke partitions and construction enclosing compartmentalized areas involving both empty openings and openings containing penetrating items. 4. Penetrations at tops of fire-resistance rated walls and partitions of the following construction types: .A a. Concrete unit masonry walls and partitions. b. Gypsum board assembly walls and partitions. Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050- 3 "o Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. 00 C. Location of all existing systems and equipment shown on floor plans is based on the best No available information. The Contractor shall verify all dimensions and locations of existing systems and equipment in the field and adjust as necessary. D. Certain items of existing equipment may be indicated for removal or relocation. Items ww noted for removal shall be disconnected and turned over to the Owner or disposed of by the Contractor if the Owner so requests. If instructed to dispose of items, the Contractor shall remove the items from the premises and dispose of them in a safe, legal and responsible manner and location. Items noted for relocation are intended for reuse in another location as designated on the Drawings. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to remove the material from its present location, store the material in a safe place and reinstall the material in its new location. Questions regarding the suitability of 40 the material or equipment shall be brought to the attention of the Owner and Engineer in writing. E. Wherever a particular piece of equipment, device or material is specifically indicated on the Drawings by model number, type, series or other means, that specification shall take precedence over equipment or materials specified herein. For example: If a particular switch is specified on the Drawings, its specification takes precedence over switch z specified herein. 1.4 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT QUALIFICATIONS go A. All materials and apparatus required for the work, except as otherwise specifically indicated, shall be new, of first-class quality, and shall be furnished, delivered, erected, connected and finished in every detail and be so selected and arranged as to fit properly into the building spaces. Where no specific type or quality of material is given, a first- class standard article as accepted by industry standards shall be furnished. B. Provide materials and equipment that are products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such products which are of equal quality, design and workmanship. Products shall have been in satisfactory commercial or industrial use for 2 years prior to bid opening. The 2-year period shall include applications of equipment and materials under similar circumstances and of similar size as required for this project. The product shall have been on sale on the commercial market through advertisements, manufacturers' catalogs, or brochures during the 2-year period. Where two or more items of the same class of equipment are required, these items shall be products of a single manufacturer. C. Alternative Qualifications: Products having less than a 2-year field service record will be acceptable if a certified record of satisfactory field operation for not less than 6000 hours, exclusive of the manufacturers'factory or laboratory tests, is furnished. D. Manufacturer's Nameplate: Each item of equipment shall have a nameplate bearing the manufacturer's name, address, model number, and serial number securely affixed in a conspicuous place; the nameplate of the distributing agent will not be acceptable. 1.5 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and patching shall be performed under Division 1. The Contractor shall furnish sketches showing the location and sizes of all openings, chases, etc., required for the installation of work. aim Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050-2 «0 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. Oft SECTION 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS ffs PART 1 GENERAL .n 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary , Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. This section applies to certain sections of Division 15, "Mechanical," and this section applies to all sections of Division 16, "Electrical' of this project specification unless specified otherwise in the individual sections. C. The Drawings of other trades (Architectural, Landscape, Civil, Mechanical, Plumbing, and Fire Protection) shall be examined for coordination and familiarity of work with other Contractors. Any duplication or omission of provisions in this project should be brought to the attention of the Owner prior to Bidding. 1.2 DESCRIPTION A. The General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions are a part of this ,► Division and are to be considered a part of this Contract. B. Where items of the General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions are repeated in other Sections of the Specifications, it is merely intended to qualify or to call +N particular attention to them. It is not intended that any other parts of the General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions shall be assumed to be omitted if not repeated therein. This Section applies equally and specifically to all Contractors supplying labor and/or equipment and/or materials as required under each Section of this Division. Where conflicts exist between the drawings and the specifications or between this section of the specifications and other sections, the more stringent or higher cost option shall apply. .w C. It is the intent of this Section of the Specifications to establish a standard of quality and performance characteristics for basic materials and installation methods used in building electrical systems. " 1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Ak A. This contract is for all labor, materials and equipment required for installation. The system shall be complete and finished in all respects, tested and ready for operation. Work shall include calibration of equipment with factory settings. All materials, equipment and apparatus shall be new and of first class quality. "'® B. Any apparatus, appliance, material or work not shown on Drawings but mentioned in the Specifications, or vice versa, or any incidental accessories or minor details not shown but me necessary to make the work complete and perfect in all respects and ready for operation, even if not specifically mentioned, shall be provided by the Contractor without additional expense to the Owner. ,w .�. Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 16050- 1 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. CADD File Release Form DELIVERY OF CADD FILES FOR: Project Name In accepting and utilizing any drawings or other data on any form of electronic media generated and provided by the Design Professional, the Client covenants and agrees that all such drawings and data are instruments of service of the Design Professional, who shall be deemed the author of the drawings and data, and shall retain all common law, statutory law and other rights, including copyrights. The Client further agrees not to use these drawings and data, in whole or in part, for any purpose or project other than the project which is the subject of this Agreement. The Client agrees to waive all claims against the Design Professional resulting in any way from any unauthorized changes or reuse of the drawings and data for any other project by anyone other than the Design Professional. In addition, the Client agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to indemnify and hold the Design Professional harmless from any damage, liability or cost, including reasonable attorneys fees and costs of defense, arising from any changes made by anyone other than the Design Professional or from any reuse of the drawings and data without the prior written consent of the Design Professional. Under no circumstances shall transfer of the drawings and other instruments of service on electronic media for use by the Client be deemed a sale by the Design Professional, and the Design Professional makes no warranties, either express or implied, of merchantability and fitness for any particular purpose. Client s Signature Date Company-Title Architects Signature Date --------- -------------- ----- Firm-Title Owner s Signature Date --------------- Company-Title General Conditions for Electrical Trades 16010-22 ON Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 1.28 PROJECT CLOSE-OUT A. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements,final certifications and similar documents. B. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items. C. Complete start-up testing of systems, and instruction of the Owner's operating and maintenance personnel. Discontinue or change over and remove temporary facilities from the site, along with construction tools, mock-ups, and similar elements. D. Complete final clean up requirements, including touch-up painting. Touch-up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes. E. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Engineer will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The Engineer will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion following inspection, or advise the Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued. 4^ 1. The Engineer will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the Work has been substantially completed. 2. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance. END OF SECTION w.. General Conditions for Electrical Trades 16010-21 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. G. Submit written warranties to the Engineer prior to the date certified for Substantial Completion. If the Engineer's Certificate of Substantial Completion designates a commencement date for warranties other than the date of Substantial Completion for the Work, or a designated portion of the Work,submit written warranties upon request of the Engineer. H. When a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or used by the Owner, by separate agreement with the Contractor during the construction period, submit properly executed warranties to the Engineer within fifteen days of completion of that designated portion of the Work. I. When a special warranty is required to be executed by the Contractor, or the Contractor and a subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer, prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution by the required parties. Submit a draft to the Owner through the Engineer for approval prior to final execution. 1. Refer to individual Sections of Divisions 2 through 16 for specific content requirements, and particular requirements for submittal of special warranties. J. Form of Submittal: At Final Completion compile two copies of each required warranty and bond properly executed by the Contractor, or by the Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, or manufacturer. Organize the warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual. K. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, commercial quality, durable 3-ring vinyl covered loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized !I to receive 8-1/2" by 11" paper. 1. Provide heavy paper dividers with celluloid covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark the tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product, and the name, address and telephone number of the installer. I► 2. Identify each binder on the front and the spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES AND BONDS,"the Project title or name, and the name of the Contractor. go 3. When operating and maintenance manuals are required for warranted construction, provide additional copies of each required warranty, as necessary, for inclusion in each required manual. 1.27 GUARANTEES A. The Contractor shall guarantee all material and workmanship under these Specifications and the Contract for a period of one (1)year from the date of final acceptance by Owner. During this guarantee period, all defects developing through faulty equipment, materials or workmanship shall be corrected or replaced immediately by this Contractor without expense to the Owner. Such repairs or replacements shall be made to the Engineers satisfaction. B. Contractor shall provide name, address, and phone number of all contractors and subcontractors and associated equipment they provided ON u General Conditions for Electrical Trades 16010-20 i Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. so 1.25 WARRANTIES AND BONDS A. The following general administrative and procedural requirements for warranties and bonds required by the Contract Documents, including manufacturers standard warranties on products and special warranties are to be included: 1. General close-out requirements included in Section "Project Close-out." 2. Specific requirements for warranties for the Work and products and installation that are specified to be warranted, are included in the individual Sections of Divisions 2 through 16. 3. Certifications and other commitments and agreements for continuing services to Owner are specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. B. Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the Work that incorporates the products, nor does it relieve suppliers, manufacturers, and subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with the Contractor. C. Separate Prime Contracts: Each prime Contractor is responsible for warranties related to its own Contract. 1.26 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS A. Related Damages and Losses: When correcting warranted Work that has failed, remove and replace other Work that has been damaged as a result of such failure or that must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted Work. B. Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has failed and been corrected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation. C. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has failed, replace or rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of Contract Documents.The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective Work regardless of whether the Owner has benefited from use of the Work "�' through a portion of its anticipated useful service life. D. Owner's Recourse: Written warranties made to the Owner are in addition to implied A,, warranties, and shall not limit the duties, obligations, right and remedies otherwise available under the law, nor shall warranty periods be interpreted as limitations on time in which the Owner can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies. E. Rejection of Warranties: The Owner reserves the right to reject warranties and to limit selections to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. F. The Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept Work for the Project where a special warranty, certification, or similar commitment is required on such Work or part of the Work, until evidence is presented that entities required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so. General Conditions for Electrical Trades 16010- 19 I;i Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. the awarding of the Contract. In such instances, deviations may be made pending acceptance by the Engineer or the Owner s representative. D. Where any specific material, process or method of construction or manufactured article is specified by reference to the catalog number of a manufacturer,the Specifications are to be used as a guide and are not intended to take precedence over the basic duty and performance specified or noted on the Drawings. In all cases, the Electrical Contractor shall verify the duty specified with the specific characteristics of the equipment offered for review. Equipment characteristics are to be used as mandatory requirements where the Contractor proposes to use an acceptable equivalent. E. If material or equipment is installed before it is reviewed and/or approved, the Contractor shall be liable for its removal and replacement at no extra charge to the Owner if, in the opinion of the Engineer,the material or equipment does not meet the intent of, or standard of quality implied by,the Drawings and Specifications. F. Failure on the part of the Engineer to reject shop drawings or to reject work in progress shall not be interpreted as acceptance of work not in conformance with the Drawings and/or Specifications. Work not in conformance with the Drawings and/or Specifications OR shall be corrected whenever it is discovered. 1.24 RECORD DRAWINGS A. General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes; protect from deterioration and loss in a secure, fire-resistive location; provide access to record documents for the Engineer's reference during normal working hours. B. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white-prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation 00 where the installation varies substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark whichever drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately;where Shop Drawings are used, record a cross-reference at the corresponding location on the Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. 1. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil; use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the Work. 2. Mark new information that is important to the Owner, but was not shown on Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings. 3. Note related Change Order numbers where applicable. 4. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets, bind with durable paper cover sheets, and print suitable titles, dates and other identification on the cover of each set. 4% 5. Final record documents shall be prepared in the latest AutoCad version and floppy disks or CD ROM of all drawings and a clean set of reproducible mylar sepias shall be turned over to the Owner at the completion of the work. OR General Conditions for Electrical Trades 16010- 18 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental If November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. w B. Manual shall include the following: 1. Description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations, performance curves, engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial numbers of replacement parts. 2. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in, and routine and normal operating instructions; regulation, control, stopping, shutdown, and emergency instructions; and summer and winter operating instructions. 3. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, air, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting 9� Y� P Y� 9 9 1 9 instructions. 4. Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules. w 5. Emergency instructions. 6. Spare parts list. +�+. 7. Copies of warranties. 8. Wiring diagrams. 9. Recommended "turn around"cycles. 10. Inspection procedures. 11. Shop Drawings and Product Data. iwe 12. Equipment start-up reports. C. Include in the manual, a tabulated equipment schedule for all equipment. Schedule shall include pertinent data such as: make, model number, serial number, voltage, normal operating current, belt size,filter quantities and sizes, bearing number, etc. Schedule shall include maintenance to be done and frequency. D. Maintenance and instruction manuals shall be submitted to the Owner at the same time as the seven (7) day notice is given prior to the instruction period. 1.23 ACCEPTANCES A. The equipment, materials, workmanship, design and arrangement of all work installed under the Electrical Sections shall be subject to the review of the Engineer. B. Within 30 days after the awarding of a Contract, the Electrical Contractor shall submit to the Engineer,for review, a list of manufacturers of equipment proposed for the work w under the Electrical Sections. The intent to use the exact makes specified does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of submitting such a list. C. If extensive or unacceptable delivery time is expected on a particular item of equipment specified, the Contractor shall notify the Owner and Engineer, in writing, within 30 days of General Conditions for Electrical Trades 16010 - 17 s. Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. surfaces to their original reflective condition. Leave concrete floors broom clean. Vacuum carpeted surfaces and panelboard interiors. 4. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication and other substances. Clean light fixtures and lamps. F. Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning. Do not bum waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove and dispose of ALL waste materials, packaging material, skids etc.from the site and dispose of in a lawful manner in accordance with municipal, state and federal regulations. G. Where extra materials of value remaining after completion of associated Work have become the Owner's property, arrange for disposition of these materials as directed. eA� 1.21 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE A. Upon completion of all work and tests, the Contractor shall furnish the necessary skilled labor and helpers for operating his system and equipment for a period specified under each applicable Section of this Division. During this period, he shall fully instruct the Owner or the Owners representative in the operation, adjustment and maintenance of all equipment furnished. The Contractor shall give at least seven (7)days notice to the Owner and the Engineer in advance of this period. B. The Contractor shall include the maintenance schedule for the principal items of equipment furnished under this Division. C. The Contractor shall physically demonstrate procedures for all routine maintenance of all 00 equipment furnished under each respective Section to assure accessibility to all devices. D. An authorized manufacturers representative shall attest in writing that the equipment has been properly installed prior to startup of any major equipment. The following equipment W will require this inspection: emergency generator, fire alarm system, nurse call system, paging systems, etc. These letters will be bound into the operating and maintenance books. E. Refer to individual trade Sections for any other particular requirements related to operating instructions. F. Demonstration shall be recorded on VHS audio/video tape with two(2)tapes turned over to the Owner. 1.22 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 40 A. Prepare operating and maintenance manuals in accordance with the requirements of Division 1 and as follows. The Contractor shall prepare six (6)copies of a complete maintenance and operating instructions manual, bound in booklet form. Organize operating and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind properly indexed data in individual heavy-duty, 3-ring,vinyl-covered binders, with pocket folders for folded sheet information. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder. General Conditions for Electrical Trades 16010 - 16 > low Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. at Work under each Section shall also include exercising special care in handling and protecting equipment and fixtures, and shall include the cost of replacing any of the ,o equipment and fixtures which are missing or damaged. D. Equipment and material stored on the job site shall be protected from the weather, vehicles, dirt and/or damage by workmen or machinery. Insure that all electrical or absorbent equipment or material is protected from moisture during storage. 1.19 ADJUSTING AND TESTING , A. After all the equipment and accessories to be furnished are in place, they shall be put in final adjustment and subjected to such operating tests so as to assure the Engineer that they are in proper adjustment and in satisfactory, permanent operating condition. B. Where requested by the Engineer, a factory-trained service representative shall inspect the installation and assist in the initial startup and adjustment to the equipment. The period of these services shall be for such time as necessary to secure proper installation and adjustments. After the equipment is placed in permanent operation, the service representative shall supervise the initial operation of the equipment and instruct the personnel responsible for operation and maintenance of the equipment. The service representative shall notify the Contractor in writing, that the equipment was installed according to manufacturers recommendations and is operating as intended by the manufacturer. 1.20 CLEANING A. The Contractor shall thoroughly clean all equipment of all foreign substances, oils, dust, ` dirt, etc., inside and out before final acceptance by the Engineer. B. If any part of a system should be stopped or damaged by any foreign matter after being placed in operation, the system shall be disconnected, cleaned and reconnected wherever necessary to locate and/or remove obstructions. Any work damaged in the course of removing obstructions shall be repaired or replaced when the system is reconnected at no additional cost to the Owner. C. During the course of construction, all conduits shall be capped in an acceptable manner to insure adequate protection against the entrance of foreign matter. D. Upon completion of all work under the Contract, the Contractor shall remove from the premises all rubbish, debris and excess materials left over from his work. i E. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for Certification of Substantial Completion. 1. Remove labels that are not permanent labels. 2. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compound and other substances that are noticeable vision- . , obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. 3. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dust-free condition,free of stains,films and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective General Conditions for Electrical Trades 16010- 15 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. a. Except where overhead service must be used, install electric power service underground. b. Power Distribution System: Install wiring overhead, and rise vertically where least exposed to damage. Where permitted,wiring circuits not exceeding 125 Volts, AC 20 ampere rating, and lighting circuits may be nonmetallic sheathed cable where overhead and exposed for surveillance. 3. Temporary Telephones: Provide temporary telephone service for all personnel engaged in construction activities,throughout the construction period. F. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities and conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations, and minimize the possibility that air,waterways and subsoil might be contaminated or polluted,or that other undesirable effects might result. Avoid use of tools and equipment which produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noise making tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms near the site. Art G. Termination and Removal: Unless the Engineer requires that it be maintained longer, remove each temporary facility when the need has ended, or when replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with the temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of the Contractor.The Owner reserves the right to take possession of Project identification signs. 1.17 PROJECT PHASING A. Work under each Section shall include all necessary temporary connections, equipment, conduit, wiring, fire alarm equipment and testing, lighting and emergency lighting, fire stopping, connection of necessary mechanical equipment, labor, and material as necessary to accommodate the phasing of Construction as developed by the General Contractor or Construction Manager and approved by the Owner. All existing systems that pass-thru an area of the building shall remain operational during all phases of construction. No extra compensation shall be granted the Contractor for work required to maintain existing systems operational or to accommodate the construction phasing of the project. 1.18 PROTECTION OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Work under each Section shall include protecting the work and material of all other Sections from damage by work or workmen and shall include making good all damage so thus caused. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for work and equipment until the facility has been accepted by the Owner. Protect work against theft, injury or damage and carefully store material and equipment received on site which is not immediately installed. Close open ends of work with temporary covers or plugs during construction to prevent entry of foreign material. C. Work under each Section includes receiving, unloading, uncrating, storing, protecting, setting in place and completely connecting equipment supplied under each Section. General Conditions for Electrical Trades 16010- 14 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. with the recommendations of the manufacturer. This includes the performance of such tests as the manufacturer recommends. E. All labor for installation of electrical systems shall be performed by experienced, skilled tradesmen under the supervision of a licensed journeyman foreman. All work shall be of a quality consistent with good trade practice and shall be installed in a neat,workmanlike manner. The Engineer reserves the right to reject any work which, in his opinion, has been installed in a substandard, dangerous or unserviceable manner. The Contractor shall replace said work in a satisfactory manner at no extra cost to the Owner. 1.15 SHUTDOWNS A. When installation of a new system requires the temporary shutdown of an existing ' operating system, the connection of the new system shall be performed at such time as designated by the Owner. � r B. The Engineer and the Owner shall be notified in writing of the estimated duration of the shutdown period at least ten (10)days in advance of the date the work is to be performed. C. Work shall be arranged for continuous performance whenever possible. The Contractor shall provide all necessary labor, including overtime if required, to assure that existing operating services will be shut down only during the time actually required to make , necessary connections. 1.16 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. General: Provide new materials and equipment; if acceptable to the Engineer, undamaged previously used materials in serviceable condition may be used. Provide materials suitable for the use intended. B. Conditions of Use: Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in appearance. Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Take necessary fire prevention measures. Do not overload facilities, or permit them to interfere with progress. Do not allow hazardous *a+ dangerous or unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop or persist on the site. C. First Aid Supplies: Comply with governing regulations. D. Fire Extinguishers: Provide hand-carried, portable UL-rated, class"A"fire extinguishers for temporary offices and similar spaces. In other locations provide hand-carried, portable, UL-rated, class"ABC' dry chemical extinguishers, or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA recommended classes for the exposures. E. Provide temporary lighting in all areas, throughout construction activities. 1. Use Charges: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to the Owner or Engineer, and will not be accepted as a basis of claims for a Change Order. 2. Temporary Electric Power Service: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics during construction period. Include meters, transformers, overload protected disconnects, automatic ground-fault interrupters, and main distribution switch gear. ryM General Conditions for Electrical Trades 16010- 13 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. C. Prepare floor plans, elevations, and details to indicate penetrations in floors, walls, and ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations. D. Prepare reflected ceiling plans to coordinate and integrate installations, air outlets and inlets, light fixtures, communication systems components, sprinklers, and other ceiling- mounted items. 1.13 COORDINATION WITH OTHER DIVISIONS A. All work shall be carried out in conjunction with other trades and full cooperation shall be given in order that all work may proceed with a minimum of delay and interference. Particular emphasis is placed on timely installation of major apparatus and furnishing other Contractors, especially the Contractor or Construction Manager, with information as to openings, chases,sleeves, bases, inserts, equipment locations, panels, etc., required by other trades. B. The Contractors are required to examine all of the Project Drawings and mutually arrange work so as to avoid interference with the work of other trades. In general, ductwork, heating, condenser, chilled water piping, sprinkler piping and drainage lines take ► precedence over water, gas and electrical conduits. The Engineer shall make final decisions regarding the arrangement of work which cannot be agreed upon by the Contractors. C. Where the work of the Contractor will be installed in close proximity to or will interfere with work of other trades, the Contractors will cooperate in working out space conditions to make a satisfactory adjustment. D. If the work under a Section is installed before coordinating with other Divisions or Sections or so as to cause interference with work of other Sections, the necessary changes to correct the condition shall be made by the Contractor causing the interference without extra charge to the Owner. E. If so directed in other Sections,the Contractor indicated shall prepare composite working drawings and sections clearly showing how the work is to be installed in relation to the work of other trades, at no extra charge to the Owner. 1.14 WORKMANSHIP A. Service Support: The equipment items shall be supported by service organizations which are reasonably convenient to the equipment installation in order to render satisfactory service to the equipment on a regular and emergency basis during the warranty period of the contract. B. Modification of References: In each of the publications referred to herein, consider the advisory provisions to be mandatory, as though the word, "shall'had been substituted for "should"wherever it appears. C. The Contractor shall furnish the services of an experienced superintendent who shall be constantly in charge of the installation of the work together with all skilled workmen, journeymen, electricians, helpers and laborers required to unload, transfer, erect, connect, adjust, start, operate and test each system. D. Unless otherwise specifically indicated on the Drawings or Specifications, all equipment and materials shall be installed with the acceptance of the Engineer and in accordance { General Conditions for Electrical Trades 16010- 12 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. �a H. Acceptance rendered on shop drawings shall not be considered as a guarantee of measurements or building conditions. Where drawings are reviewed, review does not mean that drawings have been checked in detail; said approval does not in any way relieve the Contractor from his responsibility or necessity of furnishing material or performing work as required by the Contract Drawings and Specifications. Verify available space prior to submitting shop drawings. I. Acceptance of shop drawings shall not apply to quantity nor relieve Contractor of his responsibility to comply with intent of Drawings and Specifications. J. Acceptance of shop drawings is final and no further changes will be allowed without the written consent of the Engineer. K. Shop drawing submittal sheets which may show items that are not being furnished shall have those items crossed off to clearly indicate which items will be furnished. ■e L. Bidders shall not rely on any verbal clarification of the Drawings and/or Specifications. Any questions shall be referred to the Engineer in writing at least five(5)working days prior to Bidding to allow for issuance of an Addendum. M. Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating action taken in connection with construction. 1.12 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Prepare coordination drawings in accordance with Division 1 Section "PROJECT COORDINATION,"to a scale of 1/4"=V-0"or larger; detailing major elements, components, and systems of electrical equipment and materials in relationship with other systems, installations, and building components. Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing and coordination of installations are of importance to the efficient flow of the Work, including(but not necessarily limited to) the following: 1. Indicate the proposed locations of light fixtures, panelboards, conduits, cabinets, etc. Include the following: 2. Clearances for installing and maintaining insulation. 3. Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment, including NEC requirements and space for equipment disassembly required for periodic maintenance. 4. Equipment connections and support details. 5. Exterior wall and foundation penetrations. 6. Fire-rated wall and floor penetrations. 7. Sizes and locations of required concrete pads and bases. B. Indicate scheduling, sequencing, movement, and positioning of large equipment into the building during construction. General Conditions for Electrical Trades 16010 - 11 Village at Hospital Hill,Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. F. Except for submittals for record, information or similar purposes,where action and return is required or requested,the Engineer will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return promptly. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility. G. Action Stamp: The Engineer will stamp each submittal with a uniform, self-explanatory action stamp. The stamp will be appropriately marked, to indicate the action taken. 1.11 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit newly prepared information, drawn to accurate scale. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as the basis of Shop Drawings. Standard information prepared without specific reference to the Project is not considered Shop Drawings. B. The Contractor shall submit for review detailed shop drawings of all equipment and material specified in each section and coordinated ductwork layouts. No material or equipment may be delivered to the job site or installed until the Contractor has received shop drawings for the particular material or equipment which have been properly reviewed. Shop drawings shall be submitted within 60 days after award of Contract before any material or equipment is purchased. The Contractor shall submit for review copies of all shop drawings to be incorporated in the Electrical Contract. Refer to the General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions for the quantity of copies required for submission. Where quantities are not specified, provide seven(7) copies for review. C. Provide shop drawings for all devices specified under equipment specifications for all systems including fire alarm, switchgear, clock, lighting, etc., or where called for elsewhere in the Specifications. Shop drawings shall include manufacturers names, catalog numbers, cuts, diagrams, dimensions, identification of products and materials included, compliance with specified standards, notation of coordination requirements, notation of dimensions established by field measurement and other such descriptive data as may be required to identify and accept the equipment. A complete list in each category (example: all fixtures)of all shop drawings, catalog cuts, material lists, etc., shall be submitted to the Engineer at one time. No consideration will be given to a partial shop drawing submittal. D. Submittals shall be marked with the trade involved, i.e., Electrical, HVAC, Plumbing, Fire Protection, etc.when the submittal could involve more than one trade. E. Where multiple quantities or types of equipment are being submitted, provide a cover sheet(with a list of contents)on the submittal identifying the equipment or material being submitted. F. Failure to submit shop drawings in ample time for review shall not entitle the Contractor to an extension of Contract time. No claim for extension by reason of such default will be W allowed, nor shall the Contractor be entitled to purchase,furnish and/or install equipment which has not been reviewed by the Engineer. G. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary templates, patterns, etc.,for installation work and for the purpose of making adjoining work conform; furnish setting plans and shop details to other trades as required. General Conditions for Electrical Trades 16010- 10 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. C. Processing: Allow sufficient review time so that installation will not be delayed as a result of the time required to process submittals, including time for resubmitals. 1. Allow two weeks for initial review. Allow additional time if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. The Engineer will promptly advise the Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. If an intermediate submittal is necessary, process the same as the initial submittal. 3. Allow two weeks for reprocessing each submittal. 4. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals to the Engineer sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit processing. D. Submittal Preparation: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. Indicate the name of the entity that prepared each submittal on the label or title block. 1. Include the following information on the label for processing and recording action taken. a. Project name. b. Date. C. Name and address of Engineer. d. Name and address of Contractor. �. e. Name and address of subcontractor. f. Name and address of supplier. g. Name of manufacturer. h. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. i. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. E. Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal from Contractor to Engineer using a transmittal form. Submittals received from sources other than the Contractor will be returned without action. On the transmittal, record relevant information and requests for data. On the form, or separate sheet, record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitations. Include Contractor's certification that information complies with Contract Document requirements. ** General Conditions for Electrical Trades 16010-9 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 6) Cost information, including a proposal of the net change, if any in the Contract Sum. 7) Certification by the Contractor that the substitution proposed is equal-to or better in every significant respect to that required by the Contract Documents, and that it will perform adequately in the application indicated. Include the Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time, that may subsequently become necessary because of the failure of the substitution to perform adequately. 2. Engineer's Action: Within one week of receipt of the request for substitution,the Engineer will notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection of the proposed substitution. If a decision on use of a proposed substitute cannot be made or obtained within the time allocated, use the product specified by name. Acceptance of a product substitution will be in the form of an Addendum. 3. Other Conditions: The Contractor's substitution request will be received and considered by the Engineer when one or more of the following conditions are ► satisfied, as determined by the Engineer; otherwise requests will be returned without action except to record noncompliance with these requirements. a. The request is directly related to an"or equal"clause or similar language in the Contract Documents. b. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time. The request will not be considered if the product or method cannot be provided as a result of failure to pursue the Work promptly or coordinate activities properly. C. A substantial advantage is offered the Owner, in terms of cost,time, energy conservation or other considerations of merit, after deducting offsetting responsibilities the Owner may be required to bear. Additional responsibilities for the Owner may include additional compensation to the Engineer for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by the Owner or separate Contractors, and similar considerations. 1.10 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Provide Submittals in accordance with the requirements of Division 1 and as indicated in the following. B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related elements of the Work so processing will not be delayed by the need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. The Engineer reserves the right to withhold action General Conditions for Electrical Trades 16010-8 am Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 1. The equivalent shall have the same construction features such as, but not limited to: a. Material thickness, gauge, weight, density, etc. b. Welded, riveted, bolted, etc., construction C. Finish, undercoating, corrosion protection 2. The equivalent shall perform with the same or better operating efficiency. 3. The equivalent shall be locally represented by the manufacturer for service, parts and technical information. owl 4. The equivalent shall bear the same labels of performance certification as is applicable to the specified item, such as UL or NEMA labels. .. H. Equipment, material or devices submitted for review as a substitution shall meet the following requirements: 1. Substitution Request Submittal: Requests for substitution will be considered if received in writing 14 days before the bid date. Requests received later than 14 days before the bid date may be considered or rejected at the discretion of the „ Engineer. a. Submit three (3)copies of each request for substitution for consideration. b. Identify the product, or the fabrication or installation method to be replaced in each request. Include related Specification Section and Drawing numbers. Provide complete documentation showing compliance with the requirements for substitutions, and the following information, as appropriate: 1) Product Data, including Drawings and descriptions of products, fabrication and installation procedures. 2) Samples, where applicable or requested. 3) A detailed comparison of significant qualities of the proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include elements such as size, weight, durability, ..� performance and visual effect. 4) Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by the Owner and separate Contractors, that will become necessary to accommodate the proposed substitution. 5) A statement indicating the substitution's effect on the Contractor's Construction Schedule compared to the schedule without approval of the substitution. Indicate the effect of the proposed substitution on overall Contract Time. General Conditions for Electrical Trades 16010- 7 MW Village at Hospital Hill,Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. 1.8 PERMITS AND FEES A. The Contractor shall give all necessary notices, obtain all permits; and pay all Government and State sales taxes and fees where applicable, and other costs, including utility connections or extensions in connection with the work,file all necessary Drawings, ! prepare all documents and obtain all necessary approvals of all Governmental and State departments having jurisdiction, obtain all required certificates of inspection for his work, and deliver a copy to the Owner and Engineer before request for acceptance and final payment for the work. B. Include utility fees in bid. 1.9 EQUIPMENT SUBSTITUTIONS A. In these Specifications and on the accompanying Drawings, one or more makes of materials,apparatus or appliances may have been specified for use in this installation. This has been done for convenience in fixing the standard of workmanship,finish and design required for installation. The details of workmanship,finish and design, and the guaranteed performance of any material, apparatus or appliance which the Contractor 11" desires to deviate for those mentioned herein shall also conform to these standards. B. Where no specific make of material, apparatus or appliance is mentioned, any first-class product made by a reputable manufacturer may be submitted for the Engineers review. C. Where two or more names are given as equivalents,the Contractor must use the specified item or one of the named equivalents. Where one name only is used and is PIN followed by the words or approved equal , the Contractor must use the item named or he may apply for a substitution. Where one name only is used, the Contractor must use that item named. D. Where the Contractor proposes to deviate (substitute or provide an equivalent)from the equipment or materials as hereinafter specified, he shall do so by making a request in writing. The Contractor shall state in his request whether it is a substitution or an equivalent to that specified and the amount of credit or extra cost involved. A copy of said request shall be included in the Electrical Base Bid with manufacturers equipment cuts. The Base Bid shall be based on using the materials and equipment as specified with no exceptions. E. Where the Contractor proposes to use an item of equipment other than specified or detailed on the Drawings which requires any redesign of the structure, partitions, FIR foundations, piping,wiring or any other part of the mechanical, electrical or architectural layout, all such redesign and all new drawings and detailing required therefore shall be prepared by the Designers of Record at the expense of the Contractor and at no additional cost to the Owner. F. Where such accepted deviation or substitution requires a different quantity and arrangement of piping,ductwork,valves, pumps, insulation,wiring, conduit and equipment from that specified or indicated on the Drawings, the Contractor shall,with the acceptance by the Engineer, furnish and install any such additional equipment required by the system at no additional cost to the Owner, including any costs added to other trades due to the substitution. G. Equipment, material or devices submitted for review as an equivalent shall meet the following requirements: General Conditions for Electrical Trades 16010-6 ;w Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz Company Architects, Inc. The International Building Code The BOCA Mechanical Code The BOCA Plumbing Code The BOCA National Code Supplement The National Electrical Code 2002 with MA Ammendments w NFPA 101 Life Safety C. The following Standards shall be used where referenced by the following abbreviations: AIA American Institute of Architects ANSI American National Standards Institute ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASTM American Society of Testing and Materials EPA Environmental Protection Agency wu FM Factory Mutual FSSC Federal Specification IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers NBS National Bureau of Standards NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NSC National Safety Council OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration UL Underwriters Laboratories a, D. All materials furnished and all work installed shall comply with the rules and recommendations of the NFPA, the requirements of the local utility companies, the recommendations of the fire insurance rating organization having jurisdiction and the requirements of all Governmental departments having jurisdiction. E. The Contractor shall include in the work, without extra cost to the Owner, any labor, „ materials, services, apparatus and Drawings in order to comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations,whether shown on Drawings and/or specified or not. General Conditions for Electrical Trades 16010-5 a Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. C. The Owner may, without extra charge, make reasonable modifications in the layout as needed to prevent conflict with work of other trades and/or for proper execution of the work. D. Where variances occur between the Drawings and Specifications or within either of the !1 Documents,the item or arrangement of better quality, shall be included in the Contract price. The Owner and Engineer shall decide on the item and the manner in which the work shall be installed. 1.6 SURVEYS AND MEASUREMENTS A. Before submitting his Bid, the Contractors shall visit the site and become thoroughly familiar with all existing conditions under which his work will be installed. This Contract includes all modifications of existing systems required for the installation of new equipment. This Contract includes all necessary offsets, transitions and modifications WA required to install all new equipment in existing spaces. All new and existing equipment and systems shall be fully operational under this Contract before the job is considered complete. The Contractors shall be held responsible for any assumptions he makes, any omissions or errors he makes as a result of his failure to become fully familiar with the existing conditions at the site and the Contract Documents. B. The Contractor shall base all measurements, both horizontal and vertical,from 00 established bench marks. All work shall agree with these established lines and levels. Verify all measurements at the site and check the correctness of same as related to the work. C. Should the Contractor discover any discrepancies between actual measurements and those indicated which prevent following good practice or which interfere with the intent of the Drawings and Specifications,the Engineer will be notified and work will not proceed until instructions from the Engineer are received. 1.7 CODES AND STANDARDS r A. Reference Standard Compliance 1. Where equipment or materials are specified to conform to industry and technical society reference standards of the organizations such as American National Standards Institute (ANSI), American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM), National Electrical Manufacturers Association(NEMA), and Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL), submit proof of such compliance. The label or listing by the specified organization will be acceptable evidence of compliance. 2. Independent Testing Organization Certificate: In lieu of the label or listing, indicated above submit a certificate from an independent testing organization, competent to perform testing, and approved by the engineer. The certificate shall state that the item has been tested in accordance with the specified organization's test methods and that the item complies with the specified organization's reference standard. B. The Following Codes and Standards listed below apply to all electrical work. Wherever Codes and/or Standards are mentioned in these Specifications, the latest applicable edition or revision shall be followed: Massachusetts State Building Code General Conditions for Electrical Trades 16010-4 Im Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. ow F. Words approved equal mean any product which in the opinion of the Engineer is equal in quality, arrangement, appearance, and performance to the product specified. G. Word wiring shall mean cable assembly, raceway, conductors, fittings and any other necessary accessories to make a complete wiring system.Word product shall mean any item of equipment, material,fixture, apparatus, appliance or accessory installed under this Division. H. Substitutions: Requests for changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction required by Contract Documents proposed by the Contractor after award of the Contract are considered requests for"substitutions." I. Indicated: The term "indicated" refers to graphic representations, notes, or schedules on the Drawings, other paragraphs or schedules in the Specifications, and similar requirements in the Contract Documents. Where terms such as"shown,""noted," "scheduled,"and "specified"are used, it is to help the reader locate the reference; no limitation on location is intended. J. Directed: Terms such as"directed,""requested,""authorized,""selected,""approved," "required,"and"permitted"mean "directed by the Engineer,""requested by the Engineer,"and similar phrases. K. Approve: The term"approved,"where used in conjunction with the Engineer's action on the Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, is limited to the Engineer's duties and responsibilities as stated in General and Supplementary Conditions. L. Regulation: The term "Regulations"includes laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. M. Remove: The term remove means to disconnect from its present position, remove from the premises and to dispose of in a legal manner. N. Standard Product Warranties are preprinted written warranties published by individual w manufacturers for particular products and are specifically endorsed by the manufacturer to the Owner. O. Special Warranties are written warranties required by or incorporated in the Contract Documents, either to extend time limits provided by standard warranties or to provide greater rights for the Owner. 1.5 DRAWINGS on A. Drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the general arrangement of systems and work included in the Contract. Consult the Architectural Drawings and Details for exact " location of fixtures and equipment;where same are not definitely located, obtain this information from the Architect. (Do not scale the drawings) B. Work under each Section shall closely follow Drawings in layout of work; check Drawings .e. of other Divisions to verify spaces in which work will be installed. Maintain maximum headroom; where space conditions appear inadequate, Owner and Engineer shall be notified before proceeding with installations. General Conditions for Electrical Trades 16010-3 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. C. Minor details not usually shown or specified but necessary for proper installation and operation shall be included in the work as though they were hereinafter shown or specified. D. Work under each Section shall include giving written notice to the Owner and Engineer of any materials or apparatus believed inadequate or unsuitable; in violation of laws, ordinances, rules or regulations of authorities having jurisdiction; and any necessary items of work omitted. In the absence of such written notice, it is mutually agreed that work under each Section has included the cost of all required items for the accepted, satisfactory functioning of the entire system without extra compensation. E. Location of all existing systems and equipment shown on floor plans is based on the best available information. The Contractor shall verify all dimensions and locations of existing systems and equipment in the field and adjust as necessary. F. Certain items of existing equipment may be indicated for removal or relocation. Items noted for removal shall be disconnected and turned over to the Owner or disposed of by the Contractor if the Owner so requests. If instructed to dispose of items,the Contractor shall remove the items from the premises and dispose of them in a safe, legal and *K responsible manner and location. Items noted for relocation are intended for reuse in another location as designated on the Drawings. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to remove the material from its present location, store the material in a safe place and reinstall the material in its new location. Questions regarding the suitability of the material or equipment shall be brought to the attention of the Owner and Engineer in writing. G. Wherever a particular piece of equipment, device or material is specifically indicated on the Drawings by model number,type, series or other means, that specification shall take precedence over equipment or materials specified herein. For example: If a particular switch is specified on the Drawings, its specification takes precedence over switch specified herein. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Word Subcontractor means specifically the subcontractor working under this Division. Other Contractors are specifically designated Plumbing Subcontractor , General Contractor and so on. Note: Take care to ascertain limits of responsibility for connecting equipment which requires connections by two or more trades. B. Word install shall mean set in place complete with all mounting facilities and connections as necessary ready for normal use or service. C. Words furnish or supply shall mean purchase, deliver to, and off-load at the job site, all ready to be installed including where appropriate all necessary interim storage and protection. D. Word provide shall mean furnish (or supply) and install as necessary. E. Word finished refers to all rooms and areas scheduled to be painted in Room Finish Schedule on the drawings. All rooms and areas not covered in Schedule, including underground tunnels and areas above ceilings shall be considered not finished, unless otherwise noted. General Conditions for Electrical Trades 16010-2 no Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. a SECTION 16010 GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR ELECTRICAL TRADES +.e PART 1 GENERAL w. 1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. This section applies to certain sections of Division 15, "Mechanical,"and this section applies to all sections of Division 16, "Electrical'of this project specification unless specified otherwise in the individual sections. C. The Drawings of other trades (Architectural, Landscape, Civil, Mechanical, Fire Protection and Plumbing)shall be examined for coordination and familiarity of work with other Contractors. Any duplication or omission of provisions in this project should be brought to the attention of the Owners prior to Bidding. 1.2 DESCRIPTION A. The General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions are a part of this Division and are to be considered a part of this Contract. B. Where items of the General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions are repeated in other Sections of the Specifications, it is merely intended to qualify or to call particular attention to them. It is not intended that any other parts of the General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions shall be assumed to be omitted if not repeated therein. This Section applies equally and specifically to all Contractors supplying labor and/or equipment and/or materials as required under each Section of this Division. Where conflicts exist between the drawings and the specifications or between this section of the specifications and other sections, the more stringent or higher cost option shall apply. C. It is the intent of this Section of the Specifications to establish a standard of quality and performance characteristics for basic materials and installation methods used in building electrical systems. go 1.3 INTENT A. This contract is for all labor, materials and equipment required for installation. The system am shall be complete and finished in all respects, tested and ready for operation. Work shall include calibration of equipment with factory settings. All materials, equipment and apparatus shall be new and of first class quality. B. Any apparatus, appliance, material or work not shown on drawings but mentioned in the specifications, or vice versa, or any incidental accessories necessary to make the work complete and perfect in all respects and ready for operation as determined by good trade practice even if not particularly specified, shall be furnished, delivered and installed under their respective Divisions without any additional expense to the Owner. General Conditions for Electrical Trades 16010- 1 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz Company Architects, Inc. RM j. Percent carbon monoxide(CO) IN k. Percent carbon dioxide (CO2) 1. Percent oxygen (02) M. Percent excess air n. Flue gas temperature at outlet o. Ambient temperature P. Net stack temperature q. Percent stack loss r. Percent combustion efficiency S. Heat output 7. Exhaust/Supply Fan Data: a. Location b. Airflow, specified and actual C. External static pressure, specified and actual d. Inlet pressure e. Discharge pressure f. Fan RPM END OF SECTION on •e. Testing,Adjusting and Balancing 15990-6 Nw Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz Company Architects, Inc. w 4. Instrument List: a. Instrument. b. Manufacturer. C. Model number. d. Serial number. e. Range. f. Calibration date. 5. Pump Data: a. Impeller .w b. Service C. Design flow rate, pressure drop, BHP d. Actual flow rate, pressure drop, BHP w e. Discharge pressure f. Suction pressure g. Total operating head pressure h. Shut off, discharge and suction pressures w i. Shut off, total head pressure 6. Combustion Test: a. Manufacturer b. Model number C. Firing rate d. Overfire draft e. Gas meter timing dial size f. Gas meter time per revolution g. Gas pressure at meter outlet h. Gas flow rate i. Heat input Testing,Adjusting and Balancing 15990-5 go Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 3. Fans 3.8 REPORT FORMS A. Forms shall include the following: 1. Title Page: a. Name of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency. b. Address of Testing,Adjusting, and Balancing Agency. go C. Telephone number of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agency. d. Project name. PW e. Project location. f. Project Architect. 40 g. Project Engineer. oo h. Project Contractor. i. Project altitude. j. Report date. 2. All Equipment shall Include: a. Manufacturer. b. Model/Size. C. Identification/Number. d. Serial number. e■ 3. Summary Comments: a. Design versus final performance. b. Notable characteristics of system. C. Description of systems operation sequence. d. Summary of outdoor and exhaust flows to indicate amount of building pressurization. e. Nomenclature used throughout report. f. Test conditions. Testing,Adjusting and Balancing 15990-4 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. wie C. Service and balance valves are open. B. Submit field reports. Report defects and deficiencies noted during performance of services which prevent system balance. C. Beginning of work means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide instruments required for testing and adjusting operations. Make instruments available to Owner to facilitate spot checks during testing. B. Provide additional balancing devices as required. 3.3 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Hydronic Systems: Adjust to within plus or minus 10 percent of design. .. 3.4 ADJUSTING ..R A. Ensure recorded data represents actual measured or observed conditions. B. Permanently mark settings of balancing devices allowing settings to be restored. Set and lock memory stops. C. After adjustment, take measurements to verify balance has not been disrupted or that such disruption has been rectified. w. D. Leave systems in proper working order, replacing belt guards, closing access doors, closing doors to electrical switch boxes, and restoring thermostats to specified settings. 3.5 SEQUENCING A. All systems providing both heating and cooling shall be balanced in both modes of operation. B. For all systems provide initial balancing to tolerances indicated in this section. After initial balancing readjust systems as directed by engineer and owner as necessary to achieve ..R uniform space temperatures free from objectionable drafts and noises. 3.6 WATER SYSTEM PROCEDURE .. A. Adjust water systems to provide required or design quantities. B. Where available pump capacity is less than total flow requirements or individual system parts,full flow in one part may be simulated by temporary restriction of flow to other parts. 3.7 SCHEDULES A. Equipment Requiring Testing,Adjusting, and Balancing including but not limited to: 1. Pumps w 2. Boilers Testing,Adjusting and Balancing 15990- 3 no PW Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz 6'Company Architects, Inc. 1.5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE w� A. Perform total system balance in accordance with one of the following standards 1. ASHRAE 111 - Practices for Measurement, Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Building Heating,Ventilation,Air-conditioning, and Refrigeration Systems 2. NEBB Procedural Standards for Testing, Balancing and Adjusting of Environmental Systems. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. e 1.7 PRE-BALANCING CONFERENCE A. Convene one week prior to commencing work of this section, under provisions of Division 1. 1.8 SEQUENCING A. Sequence work under the provisions of Division 1. B. Sequence work to commence after completion of systems and schedule completion of work before Substantial Completion of Project. 1.9 SCHEDULING A. Schedule work under the provisions of Division 1. PART 2 PRODUCTS so Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that systems are complete and operable before commencing work. Ensure the following conditions: 1. Systems are started and operating in a safe and normal condition. 2. Control systems are installed complete and operable. Pill 3. Proper thermal overload protection is in place for electrical equipment. 4. Piping Systems: a. Hydronic systems are flushed,filled, tested and vented. b. Pumps are rotating correctly. Testing,Adjusting and Balancing 15990-2 w" Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz Company Architects, Inc. w" SECTION 15990 TESTING,ADJUSTING,AND BALANCING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Testing, adjustment, and balancing of air systems. B. Testing and adjustment of hydronic systems. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS w A. Division 1 -Quality Control. 1.3 REFERENCES 4" A. AABC -National Standards for Total System Balance. B. ADC -Test Code for Grilles, Registers, and Diffusers. C. ASHRAE 111 - Practices for Measurement, Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Building Heating, Ventilation,Air-conditioning, and Refrigeration Systems. D. ICB, International Certification Board for TABB, Testing Adjusting And Balancing Bureau, E. NEBB - Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems. F. SMACNA -HVAC Systems Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing. ' 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1. B. Field Reports: Submit under provisions of Division 1. C. Field Reports: Indicate deficiencies in systems that would prevent proper testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems and equipment to achieve specified performance. D. Prior to commencing work, submit report forms or outlines indicating adjusting, balancing, and equipment data required. E. Submit draft copies of report for review prior to final acceptance of Project. Provide final copies for Owner and for inclusion in operating and maintenance manuals. F. Provide type written reports in soft cover, letter size, 3-ring binder manuals, complete with index page and indexing tabs, with cover identification at front and side. Report shall reference the contract drawings for location of equipment and devices. Where reference to the contract drawings is not satisfactory, include a set of reduced drawings or sketches with equipment and devices identified to correspond with data sheets. Testing,Adjusting and Balancing 15990- 1 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. F. Indicate each control panel required, with internal and external piping and wiring clearly indicated. Provide detail of panel face, including controls, instruments, and labeling. Include verbal description of sequence of operation. G. Maintenance Data: Include copy of shop drawings in each maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements of Division 1. H. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations, setpoints and settings of controls, including changes to sequences made after submission of shop drawings. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION ww 3.1 GENERAL A. Provide all controls, low voltage control wiring and accessories necessary to accomplish 00 the sequence of operation as indicated below. Power wiring and interlock wiring shall be provided in accordance with Division 16 wiring requirements. on 3.2 EXHAUST FANS A. EF-1 shall be controlled locally to start when the respective room's light switch is turned "on". B. EF-2 shall be controlled from a local thermostat. Upon a rise in space temperature above setpoint of 90 degrees F, the exhaust fans shall be activated and shall run continuously at a constant volume until the space temperature falls below the thermostat set point. 3.3 ELECTRICAL ROOMS WITH INVERTERS FOR PHOTOVOLTAICS w. A. On room temperatures above 90 degrees F start exhaust fan. END OF SECTION w op Sequence of Operation 15985 -2 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. w SECTION 15985 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION .■ PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES am A. Sequence of operation for mechanical systems and components: 1. Radiation. 2. Exhaust fans. ■0 3. Electrical rooms 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS am A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. .w B. The Following Division 15 Specifications Sections apply to the work of this section 1. Section 15975 -Direct Digital Control Equipment. up 2. Section 15980 Instruments and Control Elements C. The requirements of Division 16- Electrical apply to work of this section. Im 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ow A. This Section defines the manner and method by which controls function. Requirements for each type of control system operation are specified. Equipment, devices, and system components required for control systems are specified in other Sections. Ift 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with Division 1 and Section 15010. B. Submit diagrams indicating mechanical system controlled and control system components. Label equipment and control devices using the nomenclature on the drawings. Control devices shall be labeled with settings, adjustable range of control and limits. Include written description of control sequence. C. Include flow diagrams for each control system, graphically depicting control logic. .eb D. Include draft copies of graphic displays indicating mechanical system components, control system components, and controlled function status and value. E. Include wiring schematics of each control panel clearly showing extent of internal and external wiring. Provide detail of panel face including controls, instruments, gauges and labels. Indicate factory and field wiring. .. w Sequence of Operation 15985 - 1 so Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. 4M 2.3 INSTALLATION w A. Install in accordance with manufacturers instructions. B. Check and verify location of thermostats and other exposed control sensors with plans and room details before installation. Locate 48 inches (1 200 mm) above floor. Align with lighting switches. C. Mount outdoor reset thermostats and outdoor sensors indoors, with sensing elements outdoors with sun shield. D. Provide separable sockets for liquids and flanges for air bulb elements. E. Provide space temperature sensors in aspirating boxes in front entrances gymnasiums. F. Provide valves with position indicators and with pilot positioners where sequenced with other controls. G. Mount control panels adjacent to associated equipment on vibration free walls or free standing angle iron supports. One cabinet may accommodate more than one system in same equipment room. Provide engraved plastic nameplates for instruments and controls inside cabinet and engraved plastic nameplates on cabinet face. H. Provide conduit and electrical wiring in accordance with Division 16. Electrical material and installation shall be in accordance with appropriate requirements of Division 16. END OF SECTION Instruments and Control Elements 15980-4 4A Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. B. Provide service and maintenance of control system for one year from Date of Substantial Completion. C. Provide complete service of controls systems, including call backs. Make minimum of 4 complete normal inspections of approximately 8 hours duration each in addition to normal service calls to inspect, calibrate, and adjust controls, and submit written reports. 1.11 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Division 1 and Section 15050-Contract Closeout and Operation and Maintenance Data. B. Provide two of each type of thermostat and exposed sensor. am PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 THERMOSTATS .A A. Programmable Electronic Thermostats: 5 + 2 Programmable, Heating and Cooling Capable, battery backup. «0 B. MANUFACTURERS 1. Honeywell am 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Robert Shaw wu b. White Rogers C. Division 1 and Section 15010 - Materials and Equipment: Product options and substitutions. Substitutions: Permitted. 2.2 EXAMINATION A. Division 1 - Coordination and Meetings: Verification of existing conditions before starting work. B. Verify that systems are ready to receive work. C. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing conditions. D. Sequence work to ensure installation of components is complementary to installation of similar components in other systems. E. Coordinate installation of system components with installation of mechanical systems equipment such as air handling units and air terminal units. wad F. Ensure installation components is complementary to installation of similar components. G. Coordinate installation of system components with installation of mechanical systems equipment such as air handling units and air terminal units. Instruments and Control Elements 15980- 3 Village at Hospital Hill,Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. indicating size, flow, and pressure drop for each valve. For automatic dampers indicate arrangement,velocities, and static pressure drops for each system. D. Samples: Submit two of each type of room thermostat and each exposed control component. 1.5 SUBMITTALS AT PROJECT CLOSEOUT M A. Division 1, Section 15010 and Section 15050 - Contract Closeout, Operation and Maintenance Data,Warranties and Bonds and procedures for submittals. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of control components, including 00 panels, thermostats, and sensors. Accurately record actual location of control components, including panels, thermostats, and sensors. w C. Revise shop drawings to reflect actual installation and operating sequences. D. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include inspection period, cleaning methods, recommended cleaning materials, and calibration tolerances. so E. Warranty: Submit manufacturers warranty and ensure forms have been filled out in Owners name and registered with manufacturer. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum ten years documented experience. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum ten years documented experience approved by manufacturer. 1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., testing firm acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.8 PREINSTALLATION MEETING A. Division 1 -Coordination and Meetings: Preinstallation meeting. B. Convene two weeks before starting work of this section. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Division 1 -Contract Closeout and Warranties and Bonds. B. Correct defective Work within a five year period after Substantial Completion. 1.10 MAINTENANCE SERVICE 00 A. Division 1 -Contract Closeout. NO Instruments and Control Elements 15980-2 so Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November 1,2007 Dietz Company Architects, Inc. so SECTION 15980 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROL ELEMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Thermostats. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 15246-Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints. B. Section 15510 - Hydronic Piping and Specialties: Installation of control valves, flow switches, temperature sensor sockets, gage taps. C. Section 15890-Ductwork and Ductwork Accessories: Installation of automatic dampers. D. Section 15975- Digital Control Equipment. E. Section 15985-Sequence of Operation. F. Division 16 Electrical. *"R 1.3 REFERENCES tee, A. AMCA 500-Test Methods for Louvers, Dampers and Shutters. B. ASME B16.22-Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. C. ASTM B32 -Solder Metal. D. ASTM B280 - Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field .a,w Service. E. ASTM D1693- Environmental Stress- Cracking of Ethylene Plastics. F. NEMA DC 3- Low-Voltage Room Thermostats. G. NFPA 70- National Electrical Code. ws H. NFPA 90A- Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems. 1.4 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW ,. A. Division 1 and Section 15010-Submittals: Procedures for submittals. B. Product Data: Provide description and engineering data for each control system component. Include sizing as requested. Provide data for each system component and software module. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate complete operating data, system drawings, wiring diagrams, and written detailed operational description of sequences. Submit schedule of valves Instruments and Control Elements 15980- 1 w �w pit ON Pw ON Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. .w D. Construction Standards Schedule: Air System Construction Standard «.r Supply return, relief, exhaust and outside air SMACNA-HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible X" to END OF SECTION go 4w AM w go go Im im .w Ductwork and Ductwork Accessories 15890-9 on Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. on 2. Before final inspection, clean exposed surfaces with water and a mild soap or ON detergent not harmful to the to the material finishes. Thoroughly rinse surfaces and dry. 3. Restore louvers and accessory components damaged during installation and on construction so no evidence remains of corrective work. If results of restoration are unsuccessful, as determined by the Architect, remove damaged materials and replace with new materials. 4. Touch up minor abrasions in finishes with a compatible air-dried coating that matches the color and gloss of the factory applied coating. 3.3 CLEANING A. Provide cleaning under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. B. Clean duct system and force air at high velocity through duct to remove accumulated dust. To obtain sufficient air, clean half the system at a time. Protect equipment which may be harmed by excessive dirt with temporary filters, or bypass during cleaning. 3.4 SCHEDULES A. Ductwork Material Schedule: Air System Material Supply, Return, and General Exhaust Galvanized Steel WA Toilet Exhaust Galvanized Steel B. Ductwork Pressure Class Schedule Air System Pressure Class General and Toilet Exhaust 1/2 inch(125 Pa) C. Ductwork Seal Class Schedule: Pressure Class Seal Class 2 inch(125 Pa)and less C 3 inch(750 Pa) B 4 inch(1000 Pa)and up A Ductwork and Ductwork Accessories 15890-8 40 4" Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. J. During construction provide temporary closures of metal or taped polyethylene on open ductwork to prevent construction dust from entering ductwork system. K. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, NFPA 90A, and SMACNA publications and guidelines. L. Provide backdraft dampers on exhaust fans where damper is not provided as an accessory to the fan and where shown on the drawings. M. Provide duct test holes where indicated and required for testing and balancing purposes. N. Paint ductwork visible behind air outlets and inlets matte black. Refer to Division 9 - Finishes. O. Air inlets and outlets installed in suspended ceilings where the size of the air inlet or outlet is less than the grid (ie. less than 24 x 24 ) shall be provided with borders for flush mounting. Support air inlets and outlets independent of the ceiling structure. 3.2 INSTALLATION -LOUVERS A. Examine openings to receive the work. Do not proceed until any unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Verify dimensions of supporting structure at the site by accurate field measurements so that the work will be accurately designed, fabricated and fitted to the structure. C. Erection Tolerances: 1. Maximum variation from plane or location shown on the approved shop drawings: 1/8" per 12 feet of length, but not exceeding 1/2" in any total building length or portion thereof(noncumulative). 2. Maximum offset from true alignment between two members abutting end to end, edge-toedge in line or separated by less than 3": 1/16" (shop or field joints). This limiting condition shall prevail under both load and no load conditions. D. Cut and trim component parts during erection only with the approval of the manufacturer or fabricator, and in accordance with his recommendations. Restore finish completely. .� Remove and replace members where cutting and trimming has impaired the strength or appearance of the assembly. E. Do not erect warped, bowed, deformed or otherwise damaged or defaced members. r Remove and replace any members damaged in the erection process as directed. F. Set units level, plumb and true to line,with uniform joints. G. Adjusting and Cleaning 1. Immediately clean exposed surfaces of the louvers to remove fingerprints and dirt accumulation during the installation process. Do not let soiling remain until the final cleaning. ma WN Ductwork and Ductwork Accessories 15890- 7 Oft so Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. B. Construction: Galvanized steel with reinforcing, galvanized steel butterfly dampers with spring return and weather proof construction. C. Performance: Minimum velocity to open dampers shall be 1700 fpm (8.5 m/sec). 2.4 WALL CAPS A. Manufacturers: 1. Greenheck Model WCSP. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products include: a. Loren Cook. b. Penn Ventilator. B. Hooded wall cap of steel construction with built in bird screen and backdraft damper. Sizes as listed on the drawings. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install manufactured ductwork and duct accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install and seal ductwork and duct accessories in accordance with SMACNA publication as scheduled below. C. Duct sizes are inside clear dimensions. D. Provide openings in ductwork where required to accommodate control devices. Provide pilot tube openings where required for testing of systems, complete with metal can with spring device or screw to ensure against air leakage. Where openings are provided in insulated ductwork, install insulation material inside a metal ring. E. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal operating and maintenance activities. F. Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded rod supports. G. Locate ducts, except as otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally, parallel and perpendicular to building lines;avoid diagonal runs. Install duct systems in shortest route that does not obstruct usable space or block access for servicing building and its equipment. H. Conceal ducts from view in finished and occupied spaces by locating in mechanical shafts, hollow wall construction, or above suspended ceilings. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions, except as specifically shown. I. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling and lighting layouts and similar finish work. no Ductwork and Ductwork Accessories 15890-6 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November 1,2007 Dietz 6'Company Architects, Inc. ..e 1. Manufacturers: a. United McGill. b. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products include: 1) SEMCO Type SS (85). 2. ASTM A527 galvanized steel sheet, spiral lock seam construction, with G60 zinc coating in conformance with ASTM A90. 3. Elbows shall have a radius of not less than 1-1/2 times width of duct on centerline. C. Fasteners: Rivets, bolts, or sheet metal screws. D. Sealant: Non-hardening, water resistant, fire resistive, compatible with mating materials; liquid used alone or with tape, or heavy mastic. E. Hanger Rod: ASTM A36; steel; threaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuously threaded. 2.2 METAL DUCTWORK FABRICATION .s. A. Fabricate and support in accordance with standards scheduled at Part 3 - EXECUTION. Provide duct material, gages, reinforcing and sealing for static pressures classifications listed in Part 3- EXECUTION. .. B. Construct T's, bends, and elbows with radius of not less than 1-1/2 times width of duct on centerline. Where not possible and where rectangular elbows are used, provide double bladed air foil turning vanes. �* C. Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence wherever possible; maximum 30 degrees divergence upstream of equipment and 45 degrees convergence downstream. D. Fabricate continuously welded round and oval duct fittings two gages heavier than duct gages indicated in SMACNA Standard. Joints shall be minimum 4 inch (100 mm) cemented slip joint, brazed or electric welded. Prime coat welded joints. E. Provide standard 45 degree lateral wye takeoffs unless otherwise indicated where 90 degree conical tee connections may be used. 2.3 STACK CAPS A. Manufacturers: 1. Greenheck. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products include: a. Hartzell. 40 b. Barry Blower. ,w Ductwork and Ductwork Accessories 15890-5 ON Village at Hospital Hill,Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. �w 1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install duct sealants when temperatures are less than those recommended by sealant manufacturers. B. Maintain temperatures during and after installation of duct sealants. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. B. Delivery: At the time of delivery all materials shall be visually inspected for damage. Any damaged boxes, crates, louver sections, etc. shall be noted on the receiving ticket and immediately reported to the shipping company and the material manufacturer. C. Storage: 1. Material may be stored flat, on end or on its side unless other wise indicated. 2. Material may be stored either indoors or outdoors. 3. If stored outdoors the material must be raised sufficiently off the ground to prevent it being flooded. 4. If stored out doors the material must be covered with a weather proof flame on resistant sheeting or tarpaulin. D. Handling: 1. Material shall be handled in accordance with sound material handling practices and in such a way as to minimize racking. 2. Louver sections may be hoisted by attaching straps to the jambs and lifting the section while it is in a vertical position. 3. Louver sections should only be lifted and carried by the jambs. Heads, sills and +m blades are not to be used for lifting or hoisting louver sections. E. Protect dampers from damage to operating linkages and blades. W, 1.11 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. OR PART 2 PRODUCTS OR 2.1 MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel Ducts and Fittings: ASTM A525 and ASTM A527 galvanized steel sheet, lock-forming quality, having G60 zinc coating in conformance with ASTM A90. WM B. Round and Flat Oval Galvanized Steel Ducts and Fittings: w Ductwork and Ductwork Accessories 15890-4 40 as Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. me HH. UL 33- Heat Responsive Links for Fire-Protection Service. II. UL 555- Fire Dampers and Ceiling Dampers. an JJ. UL 555S - Leakage Rated Dampers for Use in Smoke Control Systems. No 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. No variation of duct configuration or sizes permitted except by written permission. Size /ew round ducts installed in place of rectangular ducts in accordance with ASHRAE table of equivalent rectangular and round ducts. 1.5 SUBMITTALS as A. Submit under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. B. Sheet Metal Shop Drawings: Provide drawings at minimum '/ = 10 scale indicating am product fittings, gages, sizes, welded, and configuration prior to start of work. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, required clearances and construction details for dampers and louvers D. Review outlets and inlets as to size, finish, and type of mounting prior to submission. Submit schedule of outlets and inlets showing type, size, location, application, and noise level. 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters' Laboratories Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. ews 1.7 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. B. Record actual locations of ducts and duct fittings, dampers, access doors, diffusers and grilles and test holes. Record changes in fitting location and type. Show additional fittings used. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE .er A. Perform Work in accordance with SMACNA publication as scheduled in Part 3 - Execution. B. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. C. Installer: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 3 w. years documented experience. D. Test and rate air outlet and inlet performance in accordance with ADC Equipment Test Code 1062 and ASHRAE 70. .w ens Ductwork and Ductwork Accessories 15890- 3 w OR Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. J. ASTM A 167 - Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip. K. ASTM A 36-Structural Steel. 4W L. ASTM A 366-Steel,Sheet, Carbon, Cold Rolled, Commercial Quality. M. ASTM A 480 - General Requirements for Flat-Rolled Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel gr Plate, Sheet,and Strip. N. ASTM A 525 - General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc- Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process. O. ASTM A 527- Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by Hot-Dip Process, Lock Forming Quality. P. ASTM A 569 - Steel, Carbon (0.15 Maximum, Percent), Hot-Rolled Sheet and Strip, Commercial Quality. so Q. ASTM A 90-Weight of Coating on Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Iron or Steel Articles. R. ASTM B209-Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. S. ASTM 8211 T. ASTM 8221 U. ASTM E90-90 V. AWS D9.1 -Welding of Sheet Metal. W. NFPA 70- National Electrical Code. X. NFPA 90A- Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems. Y. NFPA 90B- Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems. Z. NFPA 91 - Installation of Blower and Exhaust Systems for Dust, Stock and Vapor Removal or Conveying. AA. NFPA 96 - Installation of Equipment for the Removal of Smoke and Grease-Laden Vapors from Commercial Cooking Equipment. BB. SMACNA- Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards. CC. SMACNA -HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual. DD. SMACNA - HVAC Duct Construction Standards- Metal and Flexible. EE. SMACNA - Rectangular or Round Industrial Duct Construction Standards. FF. SMACNA -Thermoplastic Duct (PVC) Construction Manual. GG. UL 181 - Factory-Made Air Ducts and Connectors. Ductwork and Ductwork Accessories 15890-2 wa Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz Company Architects, Inc. an SECTION 15890 DUCTWORK AND DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES aw PART 1 GENERAL aw 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Metal ductwork. B. Duct cleaning. C. Stack caps. ae D. Wall caps. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 9 Finishes: Painting B. Section 15010 General Conditions for Mechanical Trades. C. Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. D. Section 15246 Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints. E. Section 15260 -Mechanical Insulation. F. Section 15990 -Testing, Adjusting and Balancing. 1.3 REFERENCES A. AAMA 2605-98 Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels ,w B. AAMA 605.2 Voluntary Specification for High Performance Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels. am C. AAMA 800 Voluntary Specifications and Test Methods for Sealants D. AAMA TIR Metal Curtain Wall Fasteners w„ E. ADC 1062- Certification, Rating and Test Manual. F. AMCA 500-Test Method for Louvers, Dampers and Shutters. 40 G. AMCA 501 -Application Manual for Louvers H. ARI 650-Air Outlets and Inlets. a I. ASHRAE 70 - Method of Testing for Rating the Air Flow Performance of Outlets and Inlets. O an Ductwork and Ductwork Accessories 15890- 1 ..w ,�w Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. 44 panels. The outlet duct collar shall include a reinforced aluminum damper with ON continuous aluminum hinge rod and nylon bushings. To accommodate different ceiling thickness, an adjustable prepunched mounting bracket shall be provided. 2. A powder painted white steel grille shall be provided as standard. 10 E. Wheel: go 1. Wheel shall be centrifugal forward curved type, constructed of galvanized steel. Wheel shall be balanced in accordance with AMCA Standard 204-96, Balance Quality and Vibration Levels for Fans. *0 F. Motor: 1. Motor shall be open drip proof type with permanently lubricated bearings, built-in thermal overload protection and disconnect plug. Motor shall be furnished at the specified voltage. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install fans in accordance with manufacturers installation instructions B. Do not operate fans until ductwork is clean, filters are in place, and bearings are lubricated. C. Hung Fans: 1. Install fans with resilient mountings and flexible electrical leads. Refer to Section 15246. 2. Install flexible connections specified in Section 15890 between fan and ductwork. Ensure metal bands of connectors are parallel with minimum one inch (25 mm) flex between ductwork and fan while running. 3. Install fan restraining snubbers; refer to Section 15246. Adjust snubbers to on prevent tension in flexible connectors when fan is operating. D. Axial Fans 1. Provide access to adjustable blade axial fan wheels for varying blade angle setting. Adjust blades for varying range of volume and pressure. END OF SECTION No Fans 15860-4 ■w Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&'Company Architects, Inc. r 1.10 FIELD MEASUREMENTS w. A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.11 WARRANTY w+ A. Division 1 and Section 15010: Product warranties and product bonds. 1.12 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Division 1 and Section 15010: Maintenance service. 1.13 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Division 1 and Section 15010: Spare parts and maintenance products. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 DIRECT-DRIVE CABINET FANS A. Description: 1. Fan shall be ceiling direct driven, centrifugal exhaust fan. B. Manufacturers: 1. Broan .� 2. Panasonic 3. Loren Cook Co. 4. Greenheck Corp. 5. ACME Fan ` 6. Penn Barry 7. Substitutions: Division 1 and Section 15010. C. Certifications: 1. Fan shall be manufactured at an ISO 9001 certified facility. Fan shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories (UL 705) and UL listed for Canada (cUL 705). Fan shall bear the AMCA certified ratings seal for sound and air performance. D. Construction: 1. The fan housing shall be minimum 20 gauge galvanized steel and acoustically insulated. Blower and motor assembly shall be mounted to a minimum 14 gauge reinforcing channel and shall be easily removable from the housing. Motor shall be mounted on vibration isolators. Unit shall be supplied with integral wiring box and disconnect receptacle shall be standard. Discharge position shall be convertible from right angle to straight through by moving interchangeable Fans 15860-3 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate size and configuration of fan assembly, mountings, weights, ductwork and accessory connections. C. Product Data: Submit data on all fans and accessories including fan curves with specified operating point clearly plotted, power, RPM, sound power levels for both fan inlet and outlet at rated capacity, and electrical characteristics and connection requirements. D. Test Reports: Indicate performance data for adjustable axial fan blades for at least five blade settings, including maximum. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit fan manufacturers instructions. F. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc., as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. B. Kitchen Range Hood Exhaust Fans: Comply with requirements of NFPA 96. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Division 1 and Section 15010: Closeout procedures. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit instructions for lubrication, motor and drive OR replacement, spare parts list, and wiring diagrams. C. Warranty: Submit manufacturer warranty and ensure forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years experience. 1.8 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Division 1 and Section 15010: Product storage and handling requirements. B. Protect motors, shafts, and bearings from weather and construction dust. ffs 1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS -on A. Division 1 and Section 15010: Product Requirements. B. Do not operate fans for any purpose until ductwork is clean, filters in place, bearings lubricated, and fan has been test run under observation. 15860-2 Fans !AR an Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz Company Architects, Inc. wa SECTION 15860 so FANS PART 1 GENERAL on 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Section includes the following 00 1. Direct drive cabinet exhaust fans 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS no A. Section 15246-Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraint B. Section 15890 Ductwork and Accessories C. Section 15980- Instruments and Controls Elements. .w D. Division 16: Electrical characteristics and wiring connections. 1.3 REFERENCES .ft A. ABMA STD 9 (American Boiler Manufacturers Association) - Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings. No B. ABMA STD 11 (American Boiler Manufacturers Association) - Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings. C. AMCA 99(Air Movement and Control Association)_-Standards Handbook. OR D. AMCA 210 (Air Movement and Control Association) - Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating. am E. AMCA 300 (Air Movement and Control Association) - Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans. w F. AMCA 301 (Air Movement and Control Association)- Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data. .o G. NEMA MG1 (National Electrical Manufacturers Association)- Motors and Generators. H. UL 705 (Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.)-Power Ventilators. .m I. Division 1: Requirements for references and standards. J. NFPA 70- National Electrical Code. 04 K. SMACNA -HVAC Duct Construction Standards-Metal and Flexible. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Division 1 and Section 15010: Submittal procedures. Fans 15860- 1 w. ON 40 OR err no Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. so PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION no A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. I. B. Locate finned tube radiation on outside walls. Center elements under windows. C. Protect units with protective covers during balance of construction. no 3.2 CLEANING A. Clean work under provisions of Division 1 and section 15010. ■e B. After construction is completed, including painting, clean exposed surfaces of units. Vacuum clean coils and inside of cabinets. ww C. Touch-up marred or scratched surfaces of factory-finished cabinets, using finish materials furnished by manufacturer. 40 END OF SECTION No ..w Wo .w Terminal Heat Transfer Unit 15835-3 w go Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. 00 B. Include manufacturers descriptive literature, operating instructions, installation on instructions, maintenance and repair data, and parts listings. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS 1+ A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this Section with minimum three years documented experience. so 1.8 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to ANSI/NFPA 70 code for internal wiring of factory wired equipment. pa 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to site under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. B. Store and protect products under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. C. Protect units from physical damage by storing in protected areas and leaving factory uw covers in place. PART 2 PRODUCTS ' 2.1 HOT WATER FINNED TUBE RADIATION A. Manufacturers: 1. Argo Industries, Slope Trim type. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products include: a. Vulcan. so b. Slant/Fin. B. Heating Elements: 3/4 (32 mm) copper tube with 2 11/16 square aluminum finned elements mechanically bonded to sheath, 55 fins per foot. oft C. Enclosure: Minimum 18 gage (1.3 mm) steel, minimum 7 7/8 (460 mm) high with removable front panel, end panels, end caps, corners, and joiner pieces and factory an applied baked finish. Provide full length adjustable damper. D. Accessories: Mounting channel for wall mounting, cradle type pipe hangers allowing longitudinal movement. E. Capacity: 510 btu per foot at average water temperature of 170 degrees F, water flow of 1 gallon per minute and 65 degrees F entering air temperature. Lengths as shown on the 40 drawings. 00 Terminal Heat Transfer Unit 15835-2 40 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz Company Architects, Inc. 00 SECTION 15835 TERMINAL HEAT TRANSFER UNITS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Finned tube radiation. ..s 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 15170 - Motors. B. Section 15510-Hydronic Piping and Specialties C. Division 16- Electrical. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ANSI/NFPA 70- National Electrical Code. 1.4 SUBMITTALS .aA A. Submit shop drawings under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. B. Submit shop drawings indicating cross section of cabinet, enclosure, grille, bracing and reinforcing, and typical elevation. C. Submit product data under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. D. Submit product data indicating typical catalog of information including arrangements. E. Submit schedules of equipment and enclosures typically indicating length and number of pieces of element and enclosure, corner pieces, end caps, cap strips, access doors, actual heat output provided. F. Indicate mechanical and electrical service locations and requirements, specifically indicating deviations from indicated products. G. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. 1.5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit record documents under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. B. Accurately record actual locations of equipment and access doors in enclosures and cabinets. 1.6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA .M► A. Submit operation and maintenance data under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. am Terminal Heat Transfer Unit 15835- 1 am ow Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I, 2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. so d. Venting Supplements and Instructions. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install in accordance with NFPA 54. NFPA 31. NFPA 58. C. Provide piping connections and accessories as indicated;refer to Section 15515. D. Provide for connection to electrical service. Division 16. 3.2 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Prepare and start systems under provisions of Division 1. B. Instruct operating personnel in operation and maintenance of units. END OF SECTION *�w .w� Hot Water Boilers 15556-5 4 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I, 2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. maximum of 13 W.C. If inlet gas pressure exceeds 13 W.C.,a 100% to lock-up type gas pressure regulator of adequate size must be installed in gas supply piping and adjusted to prevent pressure in excess of 13 W.C. No C. The burner shall be premix combustion type,made with stainless steel and a woven metal fiber outer covering providing a wide range of modulating firing rates. d. The boiler shall be equipped with a variable speed blower system, capable of modulating the boiler firing rate. e. The boiler shall be equipped with a device capable of controlling the air/fuel ratio through a 5 to 1 turndown ratio. f. The control system shall have an electronic display for boiler set-up, boiler status, and boiler diagnostics. F. Venting and Combustion Air 1. Boiler(s)must be capable of using outside air piped directly to boiler for combustion. Inlet and termination of these pipes must be connected to either, through the roof or sidewall terminations as recommended by the manufacture. 2. The boiler shall be direct vent using Schedule 40 PVC,ABS or CPVC. G. Boiler Trim 1. All electrical components to be high quality manufacture and bear UL label. 2. Water boiler(s)controls furnished: a. High limit temperature control(190 degrees F maximum allowable boiler water temperature). Pa b. Combination pressure-temperature gauge. Gauge dial clearly marked and easy to read. C. ASME certified pressure relief valve,set to relieve at 30 PSIG. d. Flue gas, outlet water temperature, and return water temperature sensors. e. Low water protection. f. (2)007 Taco circulator. H. Boiler Manuals 1. The boiler(s)shall be provided with complete instruction manuals,including: a. Boiler Installation Manual. b. User s Manual. C. Gas Conversion Supplement. Hot Water Boilers 15556-4 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I, 2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. no D. General Requirements 1. Furnish and install packaged, modulating, sealed combustion,power-vented, high W efficiency gas-fired boiler(s)with cast aluminum heat exchangers that use outside air for combustion. Quantity shall be as indicated on plans. so 2. Boiler shall be Weil-McLain Ultra-80,packaged boiler(s)capable of burning natural gas. 3. Boiler(s)shall have I=B=R Hydronics Institute gross output at 100%fire rate 62 ima MBH per boiler. 4. Boiler(s)shall be 92.8%minimum DOE efficient as required by National Energy No Conservation Act or ASHRAE 90.1. 5. Boiler shall be capable of full modulation firing with a turn down of up to 5 to 1 6. Boiler(s)shall be manufactured by ISO 9001 registered company to conform to Section IV of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. a. Individual cast aluminum mono block to be fire tested and hydrostatically pressure tested at factory in accordance with ASME requirements. cwe b. Maximum allowable working pressure 30 PSIG water as listed on the rating label. 7. Regulatory Requirements a. Boiler(s)shall meet or exceed the SCAQD(South Coast Air Quality District of California)Low Nox emission requirement of 40NG/J. b. Boiler(s)and controls to comply with applicable regulations. ws C. Boiler(s)shall meet U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and Department of Energy guidelines for Energy Star energy efficiency. E. Boiler Construction 1. Boiler(s)heat exchanger: Cast aluminum mono block heat exchanger. 2. Boiler(s)main components: w a. The combustion chamber will be sealed and located at the top of the mono block casting which will be of counterflow design, to assure that sediment and any lime that might form will fall to the bottom, away from the crown sheet area. b. Boiler(s)shall be supplied with a gas valve designed with negative pressure regulation(fan suction pulls gas through valve rather than gas pressure pushing gas through valve). This enables the boiler to operate in a safe condition at a derated output, even if the inlet gas pressure should drop to as low as 4 inches W.C. The inlet(natural)(propane)gas pressure to the boiler gas valve should be a minimum of 4 W.C. and a Hot Water Boilers 15556-3 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I, 2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. G. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instructions, cleaning procedures,replacement parts list,and maintenance and repair data. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE so A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum ten years documented experience. W 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable code NFPA 70 code for internal wiring of factory wired equipment. B. Conform to ASME SEC 4 and SEC 8D and AGA Z21.13 UL 726 for boiler construction. C. Units: AGA certified. UL labeled. D. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.,as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.7 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND PROTECTION A. Division 1 -Material and Equipment: Transport,handle, store, and protect products. B. Protect units before, during, and after installation from damage to casing by leaving factory shipping packaging in place until immediately prior to final acceptance. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Divisionl -Contract Closeout,Warranties and Bonds. so PART 2 PRODUCTS 04 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Weil McLain. on B. Viessmann C. Lochinvar ON 2.2 HOT WATER BOILERS AND ACCESSORIES A. Provide Well Mclain Ultra series,natural gas fired,hot water boiler or equivalent by 40 Lochinvar orViessmann B. Provide piping, circulator pumps,zone valves and associated equipment. C. Provide An integral digital boiler control system,which includes the following 1. Supply water temperature reset control t Hot Water Boilers 15556-2 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I, 2007 Dietz Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 15556 HOT WATER BOILERS .e PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Hot Water Boilers and accessories 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 15510-Hydronic Piping and Specialties. w� B. Division 16 - Equipment Wiring Systems: Electrical characteristics and wiring connections. 1.3 REFERENCES A. AGA-Directory of Certified Appliances and Accessories. B. ASME SEC 4 - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Codes - Rules for Construction of Heating Boilers. C. ASME SEC 8D - Boilers and Pressure Vessel Codes - Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels. .w D. HI (Hydronics Institute) - Testing and Rating Standard for Cast Iron and Steel Heating Boilers. E. NEMA 250-Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1000 Volts Maximum). F. NFPA 70-National Electrical Code. G. UL-Gas and Oil Equipment Directory. so 1.4 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW am A. Division 1 and Section 15010 -Submittals: Procedures for submittals. B. Product Data: Provide data indicating general layout, dimensions, and size and location of water, gas, and vent connections, and electrical characteristics and connection requirements. C. Division 1 and Section 15010-Submittals: Submittals for information. *� D. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. E. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Indicate condition of equipment after start-up including control settings and performance chart of control system. F. Division 1 and Section 15050 - Contract Closeout, Operation and Maintenance Data: Submittals for project closeout. Hot Water Boilers 15556- 1 ow Ow up Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. E. Pump bearing bracket shall have oil lubricated bronze journal and thrust bearings. Bracket shaft shall be alloy steel having ground and hardened thrust bearing faces. A flexible coupling to dampen starting torque and torsional vibrations shall be employed. F. Motor shall meet NEMA specifications and shall be the size, voltage and enclosure called for on the plans. ,. G. Each pump shall be factory tested. It shall then be thoroughly cleaned and painted with at least one coat of high-grade machinery enamel prior to shipment. The paint shall be free of ozone depleting substances. PART 3 EXECUTION Mea 3.1 PREPARATION A. Coordinate that electric power is available and of the correct characteristics. B. Coordinate completion of bases and rails as required. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Provide access space around pumps for service. Provide no less than minimum as recommended by manufacturer. C. Decrease from line size with reducers. Support piping to pump such that no weight is carried on pump casings. D. Provide air cock and drain connection on horizontal pump casings. E. Provide drains for bases and seals, piped to and discharging into floor drains. F. Check, align, and certify alignment of base mounted pumps prior to start-up. G. Install base mounted pumps on concrete inertia pad and housekeeping base as w� specified. Refer to Division 3 Concrete and Section 15246- General Seismic Restraint Requirements. wM H. Lubricate pumps before start-up. 3.3 SCHEDULES Refer to drawings for pump sizes, capacities and operating characteristics. END OF SECTION HVAC Pumps 15540-3 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 1.6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15050. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include installation instructions, assembly views, lubrication instructions, and replacement parts list. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS » A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacture, assembly, and field performance of pumps with minimum ten documented years experience. ! B. Alignment: Base mounted pumps shall be aligned by qualified millwright. 1.8 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS on A. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by UL as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. am 1.9 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish under provisions of Division 1. B. Provide one set of mechanical seals for each pump. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Bell &Gossett. B. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. 1. Peerless. 2. Armstrong. 3. Taco 2.2 IN-LINE PUMPS A. Furnish and install pumps of size and capacity as scheduled on the drawings. Pumps shall be in-line type for installation in vertical or horizontal piping. Pump must be capable of being serviced without disturbing pipe connections go B. Pump body shall be of class 30 cast iron, rated 175psi working pressure, with gauge ports at nozzles, and with vent and drain ports. PIN C. Impeller shall be non-ferrous material, enclosed type, dynamically balanced, keyed to the shaft and secured by a locking capscrew or nut. D. The liquid cavity shall be sealed off at the motor shaft by an internally-flushed mechanical seal with ceramic seal seat, and seal ring, suitable for continuous operation at 225 deg. F. A non-ferrous shaft sleeve shall completely cover the wetted area under the seal. HVAC Pumps 15540 -2 no Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz Company Architects,Inc. ow SECTION 15540 HVAC PUMPS we PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Inline pumps. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 3- Concrete. r�r B. Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. C. Section 15246-Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints. .■ D. Section 15260 Mechanical Insulation. �.r E. Section 15510-Hydronic Piping and Specialties F. Division 16 - Equipment Wiring Systems: Electrical characteristics and wiring ... connections. 1.3 REFERENCES A. UL 778- Motor Operated Water Pumps. B. NFPA 70- National Electrical Code. ass 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Ensure pumps operate at specified system fluid temperatures without vapor binding and w cavitation, are non-overloading in parallel or individual operation, and operate within 25 percent of midpoint of published maximum efficiency curve. B. Motors shall be premium efficiency. Refer to Section 15050, BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS for further requirements. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. B. Product Data: Provide certified pump curves showing performance characteristics with pump and system operating point plotted. Include NPSH curve when applicable. Include electrical characteristics and connection requirements. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate hanging and support requirements and recommendations. D. Millwright's Certificate: Certify that base mounted pumps have been aligned. *" Mr HVAC Pumps 15540- 1 on Aw po w am go No Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 3.5 SCHEDULES A. Pipe Material and Testing Schedule. OR SYSTEM TEST PRESS. MATERIAL No psig(kpa) Heating Hot Water 100(690) PEX-AL-PEX. Boiler Pressure Relief 100(690) Carbon Steel; Schedule 40. END OF SECTION ■r. eea� wse Hydronic Piping and Specialties 15510- 17 go Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. piping during the test period. The systems should be filled with water thru a low connection point, care being taken that air is completely vented so that there are no air pockets remain. The pressure shall be applied gradually and held at the specified value for the time required to visually check each weld, connection, joint, flange, etc., but not less than a minimum of two hours. Test readings may be taken at the lowest point of the line or system of lines providing static head is added to the minimum hydrostatic test pressure. Care shall be taken to insure that at no point a dangerous over-pressure is experienced. on E. The hydrostatic test shall be considered satisfactory if no visible leakage, cracks or other signs of distress are discovered on the piping or at any joints. There is no requirement for minimum pressure drop during the test period; however, the cause of any pressure a loss other than that due to temperature change or similar reasons shall be justified to the satisfaction of the Owner s representative. F. Minor leaks in screwed or flanged joints may be repaired without retesting subject to the approval of the Owner. G. After completion of the hydrostatic testing, the system shall be completely drained at all No low points. All test blinds, temporary supports, test equipment, etc., shall then be removed, and any valves, orifice plates, short sections of piping, miscellaneous in-line equipment or instruments that were left ready for service. New gaskets shall be used 4W when re-installing flanged items. H. If there is any danger of contamination or freezing, blow out the piping system with dry, oil-free air as necessary. I. At completion of tests Contractor shall submit a typewritten log of test data for Owner s permanent file including: 1. Data of test. 2. Section tested-attach sketch. 3. Equipment used. 4. Personnel involved. 5. Owner or Owner s witness in attendance. 6. Results. After repair any failed test shall be repeated until all requirements of this Section are met. WA Hydronic Piping and Specialties 15510- 16 wAftl no Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. ON T. For automatic air vents in ceiling spaces or other concealed locations, provide vent tubing to nearest drain. U. All strainer blow-down connections shall be provided with a 1/4 drain valve with hose connection and brass cap. V. Coil Condensate Drains: Provide pipe trap at all cooling coil drain pans. Pipe to nearest drain at'/ per foot pitch. W. Pumps: +� 1. Provide pump suction fitting on suction side of base mounted centrifugal pumps where indicated. Remove temporary strainers after cleaning systems. o 2. Support pump fittings with floor mounted pipe and flange supports. X. Pipe relief valve outlet to nearest floor drain. Y. Where one line vents several relief valves, make cross sectional area equal to sum of individual vent areas. Z. Mechanical T bolted branch outlets are acceptable for branch connections 3.3 CLEANING AND FLUSHING A. Upon completion of all work, all piping systems shall be flushed with water liquid alkaline solution with emulsifying agents and detergents, to remove dirt, grease, grit, chips and .� foreign matter. Flushing solution shall be disposed of off-site. B. Solution for flushing shall be used in sufficient quantity to produce a velocity of at least 2.5 feet per second. Flushing shall continue until discharge solution shows no discoloration or evidence of foreign materials. C. During flushing operation, all valves shall be operated several times, bypasses opened, ., pumps operated and equipment flushed. D. Upon completion of flushing operations, all strainers, filters and blowdowns shall be removed and cleaned of accumulated waste. '■" 3.4 TESTING A. All piping systems installed under this Contract shall be pressure tested with clean, clear water to insure tightness. B. Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing all plugs, piping, valves, hoses, and pumps necessary for required tests and for proper disposal of the water upon completion of the tests. All lines shall be thoroughly cleaned before testing. C. Items which are not to be subjected to the hydrostatic test shall be either removed or blanked off. Short sections of piping which must be removed to permit the installation of blinds or blanks must be tested separately. rye D. The test pump hook-up for hydrostatic test shall be such that the pressure may be applied gradually under perfect control. A valve shall be provided for blocking in the ■w Hydronic Piping and Specialties 15510- 15 ow Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. ON M. Where more than one piping system material is specified, ensure system components 00 are compatible and joined to ensure the integrity of the system is not jeopardized. Provide necessary joining fittings. Ensure flanges, union, and couplings for servicing are consistently provided. 1. All grooved joint couplings, fittings, valves, and specialties shall be the products of a single manufacturer. Grooving tools shall be of the same manufacturer as the grooved components. N. Use unions,flanges, and couplings downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus connections. Do not use direct welded or threaded connections to valves, equipment or other apparatus. a O. Grooved joints shall be installed in accordance with the latest Victaulic installation instructions. Grooved ends shall be clean and free from indentations, projections, and roll marks in the area from pipe end to groove. 2. Gaskets shall be verified as suitable for the intended service prior to installation. Gaskets shall be molded and produced by the coupling manufacturer. 3. The grooved coupling manufacturers factory trained representative (direct employee) shall provide on-site training for contractors field personnel in the use of grooving tools, application of groove, and installation of grooved joint products. The manufacturers representative (direct employee) shall periodically visit the jobsite and review installation. Contractor shall remove and replace any joints deemed improperly installed. 4. AGS fittings and valves shall be installed with AGS couplings only. Mixing AGS products with standard grooved end items will result in installation difficulties and could result in joint separation or leakage. a. AGS couplings shall be installed to full metal-to-metal bolt pad contact at the required torque. b. Groove pipe for AGS series couplings using an approved Victaulic Ow grooving tool equipped with AGS roll sets. P. Push-to-Connect Fitting Installation: Prepare copper tube and install in strict accordance with NVent installation instructions. Pipe ends shall be cleaned, free from indentations, projections, burrs and foreign matter. Use a tube preparation tool as supplied by NVent to clean and make installation mark. Push copper tube into fittings to installation depth mark, per NVent installation instructions. Keep fittings free of dirt and oil; use only on !1N, water and water-glycol systems. Q. Use non-conducting dielectric connections whenever joining dissimilar metals. R. Use gate, ball or butterfly valves for shut-off and to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers. 4!114 S. Provide manual air vents at all system high points. Hydronic Piping and Specialties 15510- 14 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. b. Barber Coleman. B. Valve body shall bronze construction with pressure rating of 125 psig at 240 degrees F. Seat, seat disc, stem, and stem seal shall be removable as a one piece assembly. Packless seal shall be a bellows constructed of beryllium copper. C. Acuator shall be 24 volt open/close type with manual override lever. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel or groove plain end ferrous pipe. B. Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly. C. Prepare piping connections toequipment with grooved J oint couplings,flanges, or unions. D. Keep open ends of pipe free from scale and dirt. Protect open ends with temporary plugs or caps. E. After completion,fill, and clean systems. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install in accordance with ASME 831.9. C. Route piping in orderly manner, parallel to building structure, and maintain gradient. D. Install piping to conserve building space, and not interfere with use of space. E. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. 4* F. Sleeve pipe passing through partitions, walls and floors. G. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. H. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. Refer to Section 15260. I. Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed. w J. Slope piping and arrange systems to drain at low points. Use eccentric reducers to maintain top of pipe level. Provide 3/ drain valves with hose and connections at all low points, bases of vertical risers, main shut-off valves and at equipment. K. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welds. L. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. Hydronic Piping and Specialties 15510- 13 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental 11 November 1,2007 Dietz&'Company Architects, Inc. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products include: ar a. Taco. b. Armstrong. 00 B. Brass body, EPDM seat, brass stem and springs, automatic, direct pressure actuated, capacities ASME certified and labeled. 2.17 THERMOMETERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Trerice BX91 Series. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products include: a. Ernst Gage Co. ON b. Davis Instrument Mfg. Co. B. Construction: 9 aluminum case, adjustable angle, separable brass [steel] [stainless 40 steel] socket. C. Scale Ranges: As shown on the drawings. 2.18 PRESSURE GAUGES A. Manufacturers: 1. Trerice No. 600 Series. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products include: a. Ernst Gage Co. b. Davis Instrument Mfg. Co. B. Construction: 3-1/2 (9 cm) round flangeless aluminum case, bottom outlet, clear glass window, accuracy within 1% over middle half and 1-1/2% over the balance. C. Accessories: Gauge cocks, brass pressure snubbers. D. Scale Ranges: As shown on the drawings. 40 2.19 ELECTRIC ZONE CONTROL VALVE A. Manufacturers: 1. Taco 570 Series. go 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products include: a. Armstrong. Hydronic Piping and Specialties 15510- 12 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. with ASME SEC 8-D for 125 psig (860 kPa) operating pressure. Pressure drop shall be less the 1.0 psig (7 kPa) and air removal shall be minimum 91% for flows shown on the drawings. Equipment size shall match the pipe size as shown on the drawings. 2.14 STRAINERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Spirax Sarco Models listed below. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent product include: a. Armstrong. �.. b. Yarway. B. Size 2 inch (50 mm)and Under: Screwed cast iron body for 300 psig (2000 kPa)working .� pressure, Y pattern with 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) stainless steel perforated screen. Spirax Sarco Model IT. C. Size 2-1/2 inch (65 mm) and Larger: Flanged iron body for 150 psig (1050 kPa) working pressure, basket pattern with 3/64 inch screen for 3 , 1/8 inch screen for 4 and larger; stainless steel perforated screen. Spirax Sarco Model F-125. w►, 2.15 FLEXIBLE PUMP CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: Mason Industries or approved equal. B. Construction: Flexible spherical expansion joints shall employ peroxide cured EPDM in the covers, liners and Kevlar tire cord frictioning. Solid steel rings shall be used within the raised face rubber flanged ends to prevent pullout.. C. Rating: Connectors shall be rated at 250 psig up to 170°F with a uniform drop in allowable pressure to 215 prig at 250°F. Higher rated connectors may be used to accommodate service conditions. Expansion joints shall be factory tested to 150% of rated pressure for 12 minutes before shipment. Safety factors to burst and flange pullout shall be a minimum of 3/1. w�. D. Submittals: Shall include two test reports by independent consultants showing minimum reductions of 20 dB in vibration accelerations and 10 dB in sound pressure levels at typical blade passage frequencies. E. Pumps with connections 1-1/2 and less: Mason Industries Safeflex Model SFU, single sphere, with threaded one piece bolted flange assemblies and cable retention. .e. F. Pumps with connections over 1-1/2 : Mason Industries Safeflex Model SFDEJ or Safeflex Model SFDCR, twin sphere, reinforced with a ductile iron external ring between spheres. Flanges shall be split ductile iron or steel with hooked or similar interlocks. 2.16 RELIEF VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Bell &Gossett Safety Relief Valve. Hydronic Piping and Specialties 15510- 11 ON Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 2. Amtrol. 40 3. Taco. ON B. Construction: Welded steel, tested and stamped in accordance with ASME SEC 8-D; supplied with National Board Form U-1, rated for working pressure of 125 psig (860 kPa), with flexible butyl diaphragm sealed into tank and steel support stand. NX C. Accessories: Air-charging fitting, tank drain; precharge to 12 psig (80 kPa) or as scheduled on the drawings. D. Automatic Cold Water Fill Assembly: Pressure reducing valve, air purger, manual air vent, automatic fill valve. E. Size and capacity shall be as shown on drawings. 2.12 AIR VENTS A. Manual Type: 1. Taco Model 417 combination manual/automatic vent or approved equal. 2. Nickel plated brass body with hydroscopic fiber discs, screwed fitting and slotted/threaded venting. B. Automatic Type: 1. Manufacturers: a. Bell &Gossett Model 87. b. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products include: 1) Amtrol. 2) Taco. 2. Brass body, solid non-metallic float, stainless steel valve and valve seat; suitable for system operating temperature and pressure; with_isolating valve. 2.13 AIR SEPARATORS A. Manufacturers: 4" 1. Bell &Gossett Rolairtrol. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products include: a. Armstrong. b. Taco. B. Cast iron for sizes 2-1/2 inch (60 mm) and smaller, steel for sizes 3 inch (80 mm) and larger; perforated stainless steel air collection tube, tested and stamped in accordance Hydronic Piping and Specialties 15510- 10 > Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 2.9 SWING CHECK VALVES A. Up To and Including 2 Inches (50 mm): w. 1. Manufacturers. ow a. NIBCO Figure T-413 or S-413. b. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products include: Im 1) Watts. 2) Stockham. No 2. Bronze body, bronze trim, bronze rotating swing disc, Buna-N seat disc, Class 125, threaded or solder ends. B. Over 2 Inches (50 mm): 1. Manufacturers: a. NIBCO Figure F-918. b. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products include: 1) Watts. w., 2) Stockham. 2. Iron body, bronze trim, cast bronze rotating swing disc, bolted bonnet, non- asbestos gaskets, renewable disc and seat, Class 125, flanged ends. " 2.10 SPRING LOADED CHECK VALVES w A. Manufacturers: 1. NIBCO Figure 920-W. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products include: a. Watts. b. Stockham. B. Iron body, bronze trim, aluminum bronze disc, Buna-N seat, split plate, hinged with stainless steel spring, resilient seal bonded to body, Class 125, wafer style. Pressure drop shall not exceed 1 psig at design flow. 2.11 DIAPHRAGM-TYPE EXPANSION TANKS A. Manufacturers: 1. Bell &Gossett. Hydronic Piping and Specialties 15510-9 ,w Village at Hospital Hill, Rental 11 November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. eM B. Over 2 Inches (50 mm): 1. Manufacturers: a. NIBCO Figure F-718-B. b. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products include: 1) Watts. 2) Stockham. 2. Iron body, bronze trim, bolted bonnet, rising stem, non-asbestos packing, handwheel, outside screw and yoke, rotating plug-type disc with renewable seat ring and disc, Class 125,flanged ends. 2.7 BALL VALVES A. Up To and Including 2 Inches (50 mm): a� 1. Manufacturers: a. NIBCO Model 585-70-66. 1) Bronze two piece body, blowout-proof stem, stainless steel ball, teflon seats and packing, lever handle, solder or threaded ends. Provide with full port thru 1 and conventional port in sizes over 1 . b. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products include: 1) Watts. 2) Jamesbury. 2.8 BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Keystone Figure AR1. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products include: a. Centerline. b. Norriseal. B. Body: Cast iron with resilient replaceable EPDM seat, wafer or lug ends, extended neck with 316 stainless steel stem. C. Disc: Aluminum bronze. D. Operator: Notched plate lever handle. Hydronic Piping and Specialties 15510-8 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. B. Dielectric Connections: Waterway fitting, union, or flange with water impervious isolation barrier; Victaulic Style 47, Watts 3000 Series or approved equal. .s 2.5 GATE VALVES A. Up To and Including 2 Inches (50 mm): • 1. Manufacturers: a. NIBCO Figure T-113 or S-113. b. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products include: 1) Watts. 2) Stockham. w 2. Bronze body, bronze trim, screwed bonnet, non-rising stem, non-asbestos packing, handwheel, inside screw, solid wedge disc, Class 125, threaded or solder ends. B. Over 2 Inches (50 mm): 1. Manufacturers: a. NIBCO Figure F-619. b. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products include: 1) Watts. w.i 2) Stockham. 2. Iron body, bronze trim, bolted bonnet, non-asbestos packing, non-rising stem, handwheel, solid wedge disc with bronze seat rings, Class 125, flanged ends. 2.6 GLOBE VALVES A. Up To and Including 2 Inches (50 mm): 1. Manufacturers: a. NIBCO Figure T-211 or S-11. b. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products include: 1) Watts. 2) Stockham. 2. Bronze body, bronze trim, screwed bonnet, non-asbestos packing, rising stem, handwheel, inside screw, renewable composition disc and bronze seat, Class 125, threaded or solder ends. Hydronic Piping and Specialties 15510-7 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. d. Sizes 14 through 24 shall be provided with Victaulic wedge shaped AGS grooved ends. C. Flanges: Class 150 socket or welding neck type with raised face and spiral serrated finish conforming to ASTM A105 as manufactured by Tube Turns or Grinnell. Gaskets shall be red rubber wire reinforced. Bolts shall be unfinished square head machine bolts conforming to ASTM A307. D. Joints: Threaded with Teflon pipe thread tape,welded per AWS D1.1 or flanged. E. Mechanical Couplings: 1. Sizes through 12 : Victaulic Style 77 flexible and Style 07 offsetting, angle-bolt pad type rigid couplings with EPDM gasket for service to+230 degrees F. 2. Sizes 14 through 24 : Victaulic AGS Style W77 flexible and AGS Style W07 rigid coupling with wide EPDM gasket for service to+230 degrees F. 3. Mechanical couplings shall be acceptable on piping systems as scheduled in �w Part 3 of this section of the specifications. 2.3 HYDRONIC HEATING SYSTEM MATERIALS PEX-AL-PEX A. Tubing. 1. Material: Crosslinked polyethylene (PEX) manufactured by PEX-b or PEX-c method. 2. Material Standard: Manufactured in accordance with ASTM F1281 and tested for compliance by an independent third-party agency. Io 3. Pressure Ratings: Standard Grade hydrostatic design and pressure ratings as issued by the Plastics Pipe Institute (PPI), a division of the Society of the Plastics Industry (SPI). 4. Tubing does not allow the diffusion of oxygen molecules through the tubing wall. !* 5. Nominal Inside Diameter: Provide tubing with nominal inside diameter in accordance with ASTM F1281 as indicated. a. 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) b. 5/8 inch (15.88 mm) C. 3/4 inch (19.05 mm) d. 1 inch (25.4 mm) 2.4 UNIONS AND DIELECTRIC CONNECTIONS A. Unions for Pipe 2 Inches(50 mm)and Under: 1. Ferrous Piping: 150 psig (1034 kPa) malleable iron, threaded. Hydronic Piping and Specialties 15510-6 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. oft C. Joints: Solder, lead free, ASTM B32, 95/5 tin-antimony, or tin and silver, with melting range 430 to 535 degrees F (220 to 280 degrees C). Braze, AWS A5.8 BCuP silver/phosphorus/copper alloy with melting range 1190 - 1480 degrees F (640 - 805 degrees C). D. In lieu of soldered joints 2 and under, permanent push-to-connect couplings and fittings "w as manufactured by Nvent PermaLynx, may be used to connect 2 and smaller copper tube. Fittings shall be ASME 816.22 wrought copper alloy or ASME 816.18 cast copper alloy with push-to-connect ends designed for direct insertion of copper tube. Push-to- so connect ends shall be complete with EPDM engineered seal and 301 stainless steel internal components. EPDM engineered seal shall be suitable for water operating temperatures of-30°F to+230°F. 04 E. In lieu of soldered joints 2 and larger The Copper Connection System as manufactured by Victaulic may be used through 8 . ASTM B-88, Type L, hard drawn roll grooved to manufactures specifications. Mechanical Couplings 2"-8" (DN50-DN200) for copper im tubing consisting of ductile iron cast housings, complete with a synthetic rubber gasket of a FlushSeal®, pressure-responsive design, with plated nuts and bolts to secure unit together. Couplings shall be manufactured to connect copper tubing sized tube and fittings. (Flaring of tube and fitting ends to IPS dimensions is not allowed.) Victaulic Style "" 606. Fittings shall be wrought copper, conforming to ASTM B-75 alloy C12200 or ASTM B-152 alloy C11000 and ANSI B16.22, or bronze sand castings per ASTM B-584-87 copper alloy CDA 836 (85-5-5-5) per ANSI 1316.18. No 2.2 CARBON STEEL PIPING A. Pipe: Welded or seamless carbon steel conforming to ASTM A53. Provide piping with am threaded ends up to 2 (50 mm) and beveled ends in sizes over 2 (50 mm). At the contractors option, piping fitted with mechanical couplings shall be roll grooved and shall be acceptable on piping systems as scheduled in Part 3 of this section of the specifications. Pipe schedule for roll grooved shall be the same as scheduled for general carbon steel pipe. Grooved pipe may have square cut ends or beveled ends. B. Fittings: w 1. Sizes 2 and Under: Malleable iron, screwed, 150 lb. conforming to ASME B16.3 as manufactured by Grinnell or Stockham. 2. Sizes Over 2 : Standard weight butt weld carbon steel conforming to ASTM 234 as manufactured by Tube Turns or Grinnell. Elbows shall be long radius type. Tees and fittings shall be prefabricated except Weldolet type fittings may be used .. where branch line is less than % the size of the main. Reducers shall be eccentric. 3. Fittings for grooved piping systems shall be as manufactured by Victaulic or "41 approved equal and shall be acceptable on piping systems as scheduled in Part 3 of this section of the specifications: a. Ductile iron conforming to A536. b. Carbon steel conforming to ASTM A234. C. Factory fabricated from carbon steel pipe conforming to ASTM A53. Hydronic Piping and Specialties 15510- 5 Village at Hospital Hill,Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. B. Record actual locations of valves and hydronic devices. 1.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. B. Maintenance Data: Include installation instructions, spare parts lists, exploded assembly views. C. Include start up and shut down instructions, assembly drawings, and spare parts lists. 1.8 QUALIFICATIONS +ar A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum three years documented experience. W C. Welders: Certify in accordance with ASME SEC 9 and AWS D1.1. 1.9 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Division 1 an Section 15010. B. Accept valves on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. Inspect for damage. C. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves. +. D. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. e�w E. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the work, and isolating parts of completed system. 1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. B. Provide two repacking kits for each size and valve type. C. Provide two sets of replacement gaskets under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. D. Provide one set of wrenches for disassembly of plate and frame type heat exchangers. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 COPPER TUBING A. Tubing: ASTM B88,Type L, hard drawn. B. Fittings: ASME 1316.22, solder wrought copper. - Hydronic Piping and Specialties 15510-4 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. aee V. ASTM F441 - Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40 and 80. W. ASTM F845-Plastic Insert Fittings for Polybutylene (PB)Tubing. X. AWWA C606 Grooved and Shouldered Joints. w• Y. AWS A5.8-Brazing Filler Metal. Z. AWS D1.1 -Structural Welding Code. '® 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. B. Product Data: Include data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, valves, and accessories. Provide manufacturers catalogue information. Indicate valve data and ratings. .. C. Welders Certificate: Include welders certification of compliance with ASME SEC 9 and Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate hanging and support methods, joining ... procedures. D. Product Data: Provide product data for manufactured products and assemblies required for this project. Include component sizes, rough-in requirements, service sizes, and A. finishes. Include product description, model and dimensions. E. Submit inspection certificates for pressure vessels. F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate hanging and support methods, joining procedures, pipe grooving dimensions. w� G. Submit shop drawings and product data for heat exchangers and assemblies required for this project. H. Indicate dimensions, locations, and size of tappings and performance data. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under provisions. I. Submit design data in sufficient detail to verify that heat exchangers meet or exceed specified requirements. J. Submit test reports for heat exchanger tube bundle pressure tests. ..� 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to ASME B31.9 code for installation of piping system. ! B. Welding Materials and Procedures: Conform to ASME SEC 9. C. Provide copies of welder s certificates for all persons working on the project. 1.6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. Hydronic Piping and Specialties I SS 10-3 �w Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. C. Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. D. Section 15260 - Mechanical Insulation. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASME - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Codes, SEC 9 - Qualification Standard for Welding and Brazing Procedures, Welders, Brazers, and Welding and Brazing Operators. B. ASME B16.3-Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings Class 50 and 300. C. ASME 816.18-Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. D. ASME 1316.22-Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. E. ASME B31.9-Building Services Piping. F. ASTM A47-Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings. G. ASTM A53-Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc Coated Welded and Seamless. H. ASTM A105 -Forgings, Carbon Steel,for Piping Components. I. ASTM A106-Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High Temperature Service. J. ASTM A234 - Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and w Elevated Temperatures. K. ASTM 307-Carbon Steel Externally and Internally Threaded Standard Fasteners. L. ASTM A312 Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipe. M. ASTM A536 Ductile Iron Castings. N. ASTM B32-Solder Metal. O. ASTM B88-Seamless Copper Water Tube. P. ASTM D1785 - Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120. Q. ASTM D2996- Filament Wound Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Pipe (FRP). R. ASTM D2466-Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. S. ASTM D2467 - Socket-Type Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. T. ASTM F438-Socket-Type Chlorinated Poly (vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. U. ASTM F439-Socket-Type Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. Hydronic Piping and Specialties 15510-2 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz Company Architects, Inc. no SECTION 15510 HYDRONIC PIPING AND SPECALTIES No PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pipe and pipe fittings for: 1. Heating water piping system. 2. Equipment drains and overflows. e 3. Pressure reliefs. B. Valves: 1. Gate valves. ■w 2. Globe and angle valves. 3. Ball valves. .w. 4. Butterfly valves. 5. Check valves. C. Expansion tanks. D. Air vents. •�+ E. Air separators. F. Strainers. G. Relief valves. H. Centrifugal separator. I. Thermometers. J. Pressure gauges. K. Electric zone control valve. L. Accessories and trim. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 9 Finishes: Painting. B. Section 15010-General Conditions For Mechanical Trades Hydronic Piping and Specialties 15510- 1 ■w Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. C. Boiler water temperature gauge d. Electronic low-water cutoff D. Warranty no 1. Heat exchanger will have a three-year warranty. All other heater parts will have a one-year warranty. Storage tank will have a 10-year warranty covering g manufacturing or material defects, and/or the production of rusty water. E. Finishing on 1. The water heater will be completely factory packaged, requiring only job site hookup to utilities and domestic water piping. go PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION w A. Install all equipment as per the manufacturers recommendations. B. Confirm proper electrical power characteristics, refer to Division 16. 3.2 WATER HEATER INSTALLATION A. Install water heaters in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and to NSF, UL requirements. B. Coordinate with plumbing work and related electrical work to achieve a complete operating system. END OF SECTION ew on f an V# aw Plumbing Equipment 15450-4 Village at Hospital Hill,Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. ..e 1.10 WARRANTY A. Provide standard warranty for all equipment under provisions of Division 1, Section 15010, and Section 15050. B. Water heater: Provide five year warranty under provisions of Division 1, Section 15010, and Section 15050. Scale build-up shall not void warranty PART 2 PRODUCTS wo 2.1 INDIRECT FIRED WATER HEATER A. Manufacturers: 1. Crown Boiler Co. 2. Bock 3. Amtrol 4. Lochinvar B. Tank and Tube Bundle 1. The water heater will have a maximum allowable working pressure of 150 psi. All tank connections will be nonferrous. 2. The heat exchanger will be a single-wall, stainless steel, u-tube bundle with appropriate nonferrous waterside tube sheet, baffles, and tie rods. Standard heat exchanger will be constructed to Section VIII of the ASME code and rated for 150 psi and 300°F service. " 3. The storage tank shall be encased in a 2 thick, high density polyurethane foam insulation to meet the energy efficiency requirements of the latest edition of the we ASHRAE 90.1 Standard. The tank is to be supplied with a drain valve and lifting lugs. Tank to be furnished with a factory installed heavy steel jacket with baked enamel finish. a.. C. Temperature and Safety Controls 1. As a minimum, the heater will be equipped with the following: a. Immersion upper and lower operating thermostat(s) b. Immersion temperature limiting device 00 C. ASME rated temperature and pressure relief valve(s) 2. The water heater will be equipped with the following optional temperature and .w safety equipment. a. Tank temperature gauge b. Manual-reset, temperature limiting device Plumbing Equipment 15450-3 we Village at Hospital Hill,Rental II November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 2. Indicate capacity, power requirements, and affected adjacent construction. 3. Provide electrical characteristics and connection requirements. D. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 1.5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1, Section 15010, and Section 15050. B. Indicate actual installed locations for equipment, pipe mounted devices, controls etc. �+* 1.6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions of Division 1, Section 15010, and Section 15050. + . B. Include operation, maintenance, and inspection data, replacement part numbers an availability, and service depot location and telephone number. ®w C. [Interceptors: Indicate frequency of treatment required.] D. [Dilution/Neutralization Tanks: Indicate frequency of treatment required.] 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with Common Wealth of Masswachusets Building Code. w B. Provide equipment with manufacturer's name, model number, and rating/capacity identified. C. Ensure products and installation of specified products are in conformance with recommendations and requirements of the following organizations: 1. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF). 2. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME). 3. National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors(NBBPVI). 4. Underwriters Laboratories(UL). 1.8 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Water heaters: Conform to appropriate standard of construction as itemized in each section of Part 2 of this specification. B. Conform to ASME Section VIIID for manufacture of pressure vessels. go 1.9 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Division 1, Section I'm 15010, and Section 15050. B. Provide temporary inlet and outlet caps. Maintain caps in place until installation. 15450-2 Plumbing Equipment Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November 1,2007 Dietz Company Architects, Inc. w. SECTION 15450 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Water heaters. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 15010 General Conditions for Mechanical Trades. w• B. Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. C. Section 15246-Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints D. Section 15410 Plumbing Piping. w E. Section 15440 Plumbing Fixtures and Specialties F. Section 15990 Testing,Adjusting and Balancing.. G. Division 16 Electrical. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASHRAE 90A- Energy Conservation in New Building Design. B. ASME Section VIIID-Pressure Vessels; Boiler and Pressure Vessel Codes. C. ANSI/NFPA 58-Storage and Handling of Liquified Petroleum Gases. D. ANSI/NFPA 70- National Electrical Code. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1, Section 15010, and Section 15050. B. Product Data: w� 1. Include equipment dimensions, size of tappings, drains, performance data and electrical characteristics. w� 2. Pumps: Submit certified pump curves showing pump performance characteristics with pump and system operating point plotted. Include NPSH curve when applicable. No C. Shop Drawings: 1. Include dimension drawings of equipment indicating components and connections Im to other equipment and piping. WM Plumbing Equipment 15450- 1 Ewa Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. B. Install each fixture with trap, easily removable for servicing and cleaning. C. Provide chrome plated rigid or flexible supplies to fixtures with angle handle stops, reducers, and escutcheons. D. Install fixtures and components level and plumb. E. Wall Mounted Fixtures: Install and secure fixtures in place with wall supports, wall carriers and bolts. F. Seal fixtures to wall and floor surfaces with sealant as specified in Division 7, color to match fixture. G. Floor Mounted Water Closets: Solidly attach to floor with lag screws. H. All accessible fixtures shall be installed compliant with ANSI A117.1 1986. I. Provide under sink pipe insulation on all ADA sinks and lays. + 3.4 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Millwork Shop Drawings: Confirm location and size of fixtures and openings before rough-in and installation. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Adjust work under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. B. Adjust stops or valves for intended water flow rate to fixtures without splashing, noise, or overflow. 3.6 CLEANING A. Clean work under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. B. At completion clean plumbing fixtures and equipment. ow 3.7 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect finished Work under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. B. Do not permit use of fixtures until after Substantial Completion. 3.8 FIXTURE HEIGHTS A. Install fixtures to heights above finished floor as scheduled on the drawings. END OF SECTION w Plumbing Fixtures 15440-8 OR ■o Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. OR 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Symmons rw b. Bradley C. Moen d. Delta .�. e. Powers 3. ANSI A112.18.1; concealed shower and over rim supply with diverter spout, thermostatic mixing valve, bent shower arm with flow control and adjustable spray, ball joint showerhead and escutcheon, lever operated pop-up waste and overflow. C. Shower Head 1. Manufacturer: American Standard Symmons Model as scheduled on the drawings. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. �w a. Symmons b. Bradley No C. Delta d. Moen am 3. ASME A112.18.1; chrome plated vandal-proof institutional head with integral wall bracket, built-in 2-1/2 gal/min flow control. 00 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION go A. Verify that chase sizes are adequate. B. Verify that walls and floor finishes are prepared and ready for installation of fixtures. C. Electric Power: Verify that it is available and of the correct characteristics. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Rough-in fixture piping connections in accordance with minimum sizes indicated in .� fixture rough-in schedule for particular fixtures. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Plumbing Fixtures 15440-7 w� Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. b. Moen G. Kohler 3. ANSI/ASME A112.19.3; double compartment 18 gage thick, Type 302 stainless steel, self-rimming with undercoating, 3-1/2 inch drain opening and ledge back drilled for trim. Typical for sink type S-1 4. ANSI/ASME A112.19.3; single compartment 18 gage thick, Type 302 stainless steel, self-rimming with undercoating, 3-1/2 inch drain opening and ledge back drilled for trim. Typical for sink type S-2 B. Trim 1. Manufacturer: Symmons Model as scheduled on the drawings. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Delta w b. Moen C. Elkay d. Speakman w 3. ASME Al 12.18.1; chrome plated brass supply with swing spout, water economy aerator, single lever handle, chrome plated 17 gage brass P-trap with clean-out plug and arm with escutcheon. 2.5 SHOWER WITH TUB SH-1 AND SH-2 A. Cabinet ! 1. Manufacturer: Lasco Model as scheduled on the drawings. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Aquarius b. Aquaglass G. Eljer d. Aqua Bath e. Comfort Designs on 3. ANSI/ASME A112.19.4; glass fiber reinforced gelcoat bathtub with slip resistant surface. No B. Trim 1. Manufacturer: American Standard Model as scheduled on the drawings. ow Plumbing Fixtures 15440- 6 .w Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. No 3. ANSI/ASME Al 12.6.1; cast iron and steel frame with tubular legs, lugs for floor and wall attachment, concealed arm supports, bearing plate and studs. Wa 2.3 LAVATORY L-2 A. Basin of 1. Manufacturer: Gerber Model as scheduled on the drawings. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. ,m a. American Standard ww b. Kohler C. Eljer 40 d. Crane 3. ANSI/ASME Al 12.19.2; vitreous china self-rimming oval counter top lavatory *■ with drillings on 4 inch centers, front overflow, seal of putty, caulking, or concealed vinyl gasket. B. Trim .o 1. Manufacturer: Symmons Model as scheduled on the drawings. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Delta b. Moen C. Speakman , d. Sloan e. Chicago f. Hydrotek 3. ASME Al 12.18.1; chrome plated supply fitting with straight stream aerator, pop- up waste, single lever handle, chrome plated 17 gage brass P-trap with clean-out plug and arm with escutcheon. 2.4 SINK S-1 AND S-2 A. Bowl 1. Manufacturer: Elkay Model as scheduled on the drawings. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Just w Plumbing Fixtures 15440-5 we Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 2.2 LAVATORY L-1 A. Basin 1. Manufacturer: Gerber Model as scheduled on the drawings. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. �r a. American Standard b. Kohler C. Eljer d. Crane 3. ANSI/ASME Al 12.19.2; vitreous china wall-hung lavatory with faucet ledge, drillings on 4 inch centers, rectangular basin with splash lip, back overflow. ADA compliant. B. Trim 1. Manufacturer: Symmons Model as scheduled on the drawings. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Delta b. Moen C. Speakman d. Sloan e. Chicago f. Hydrotek war 3. ASME Al 12.18.1; chrome plated supply fitting with straight stream aerator, pop- up waste, single lever handle, chrome plated 17 gage brass P-trap with clean-out plug and arm with escutcheon. C. Wall Mounted Carrier 1. Manufacturer: J R Smith Model s scheduled on the drawings. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Zurn b. Wade C. Josam ew Plumbing Fixtures 15440-4 !a�u Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. No 1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated. B. Millwork: Confirm that it is constructed with adequate provision for the installation of countertop lavatories and sinks. •• 1.10 WARRANTY A. Provide warranty under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. Am B. Electric water cooler compressor: Provide five year warranty. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 WATER CLOSET WC-1 A. Bowl 1. Manufacturer: Gerber Model as scheduled on the drawings. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Kohler b. American Standard C. Eljer d. Crane 3. ANSI/ASME Al 12.19.2; Low consumption, floor mounted, vitreous china, close- coupled, pressure assisted closet combination with elongated bowl, vitreous china closet tank with close coupled flush-o-meter tank with chrome trip lever and china bolt caps. B. Seat 1. Manufacturer: Bemis Model as scheduled on the drawings. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Olsonite b. Church C. American Standard d. Kohler '" 3. Solid white plastic, closed front, extended back, self-sustaining hinge, brass bolts,with cover. so OR Plumbing Fixtures 15440-3 go Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. on K. ANSI A117.1 2003 For buildings and facilities Providing Accessibility and usability for physically handicapped people. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Accessory: Devices that adds effectiveness, convenience or improved appearance to a fixture but is not essential to its operation. B. Equipment: Device used with plumbing fixtures or plumbing systems to perform a certain function for plumbing fixtures but that is not part of the fixture. C. Fixture: Installed receptor connected to the water distribution system, that receives and go makes available potable water and discharges the used liquid or liquid borne wastes directly or indirectly into the drainage system. on D. Support: Device normally concealed in building construction, for supporting and securing plumbing fixtures to walls and structural members. Supports for urinals, lavatories, and sinks are made in types suitable for fixture construction and the mounting required. an E. Trim: Hardware and miscellaneous parts, specific to a fixture and normally supplied with it required to complete fixture assembly and installation. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. uw, B. Product Data: Provide catalogue illustrations of fixtures, sizes, utility sizes, trim, and finishes. C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions. 1.6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 40 A. Submit under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. B. Maintenance Data: Include fixture trim exploded view and replacement parts lists. ow 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All items of similar class shall be the products of the same manufacturer. All valves, accessory items, etc. shall be from the same source. 1.8 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. B. Accept fixtures on site in factory packaging. Inspect for damage. C. Protect installed fixtures from damage by securing areas and by leaving factory packaging in place to protect fixtures and prevent use. Plumbing Fixtures 15440- 2 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I, 2007 Dietz Company Architects, Inc. ■s SECTION 15440 PLUMBING FIXTURES go PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Water closets. B. Lavatories. C. Sinks. D. Showers. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 7-Joint Sealers: Seal fixtures to walls and floors. B. Section 15010 General Conditions for Mechanical Trades. C. Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. D. Section 15410- Plumbing Piping. E. Section 15430- Plumbing Specialties. F. Section 15450- Plumbing Equipment. 1.3 REFERENCES * A. ANSI/ASME Al 12.6.1 -Supports for Off-the-Floor Plumbing Fixtures for Public Use. B. ASME Al 12.18.1 - Finished and Rough Brass Plumbing Fixture Fittings. a. C. ANSI/ASME Al 12.19.1 - Enameled Cast Iron Plumbing Fixtures. D. ANSI/ASME Al 12.19.2-Vitreous China Plumbing Fixtures. E. ANSI/ASME Al 12.19.3 - Stainless Steel Plumbing Fixtures (Designed for Residential Use). F. ANSI/ASME Al 12.19.4 Porcelain Enameled Formed Steel Plumbing Fixtures. G. ANSI/ASME Al 12.19.5 - Trim for Water Closet Bowls, Tanks, and Urinals (Dimensional Standards). H. IAPMO/ANSI Z124.1 - Plastic Bathtub Units. I. IAPMO/ANSI Z124.2- Plastic Shower Receptors and Shower Stalls. J. ANSI/ARI 1010 - Drinking Fountains and Self-Contained, Mechanically-Refrigerated Drinking-Water Coolers. Plumbing Fixtures 15440- 1 on on IIA go 40 so on On 40 e m monamommow- Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz Company Architects, Inc. 3. Stem thermometer on outlet. 4. Strainer stop checks on inlets. �.. 2.9 TRAP PRIMERS A. Manufacturers: PPP model as scheduled on the drawings. B. Other acceptable manufacturers offer equivalent products: 1. Josam 2. Wade 3. Watts 4. Zurn ""' C. ASSE 1018: Corrosion resistant brass, temperature range 40 to 450 degrees, % male inlet and % female outlet, pressure operating range 35 to 75 psig. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION w A. Coordinate cutting and forming of roof and floor construction to receive drains to required invert elevations. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturers instructions. .� B. Extend cleanouts to finished floor or wall surface. Lubricate threaded cleanout plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil. Ensure clearance at cleanout for rodding of drainage system. , C. Cleanouts shall be same size as the pipes served, up to 4 inches; 5 and 6 inch pipes shall have 4 inch cleanouts; 8 inch pipes shall have 6 inch cleanouts; 10 inch pipes and larger shall have 8 inch cleanouts. *■! D. Install water hammer arrestors with isolation valve in accessible locations. E. Trap primers shall be installed to serve all floor drains, provide distribution units as required for all drains. F. Trap primer connections shall be installed on cold water piping 1 % inch diameter or less. END OF SECTION w m Plumbing Specialties 15430-5 PQ Village at Hospital Hill,Rental 11 November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. on 2.6 RECESSED VALVE BOX A. Manufacturers: Symmons model as scheduled on the drawings. B. Other acceptable manufacturers offer equivalent products: 1. Acorn 2. Josam 3. Potter Roemer C. Washing Machine: Plastic preformed rough-in box with brass water control valve, socket for 2 inch waste, and cover. 2.7 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS A. Manufacturers: PPP model as scheduled on the drawings. B. Other acceptable manufacturers offer equivalent products: 1. Amtrol 2. J R Smith 3. Josam so 4. Wade C. ANSI A112.26.1; sized in accordance with PDI, precharged, suitable for operation in pa temperature range -100 to 300 degrees F (-73 to 149 degrees C)and maximum 250 psig (1700 kPa)working pressure. 2.8 THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVES A. Manufacturers: Symmons model as scheduled on the drawings. B. Other acceptable manufacturers offer equivalent products: 1. Armstrong-Rada e�w 2. Lawler 3. Leonard 4. Powers 5. Watts C. Accessories: 1. Check valves on inlets. 2. Volume control shut-off valve on outlet. Plumbing Specialties 15430-4 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. No PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS .w A. Specialties listed within this specification shall be the manufacturer and model as specified herein or as scheduled on the drawings. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products include: 1. Watts .� 2. Josam 3. J R Smith ..� 4. Wade 5. Zurn w� 6. Mifab 2.2 FLOOR DRAINS A. Floor Drains: ANSI Al 12.21.1, cast iron body, flashing collar, adjustable strainerhead. 2.3 CLEANOUTS A. Interior Finished Floor Cleanouts: Cast iron body with adjustable scoriated nickel bronze ■* top and vandal proof screws. B. Interior Finished Wall Cleanouts: Line type with cast iron body, round epoxy coated gasketed cover and round stainless steel access cover secured with machine screw. 2.4 WASHING MACHINE CONNECTION HOSE A. Watts B. Floodsafe Braided Stainless Steel Washing Machine Connectors, Model: FS-CWM-S- HH 2.5 HYDRANTS A. Manufacturers: Woodford model as scheduled on the drawings. B. Other acceptable manufacturers offer equivalent products: 1. Zurn 2. Nibco 3. Watts 4. Wade C. Wall Hydrant:ANSUASSE 1019; self-draining type. Plumbing Specialties 15430-3 ' Village at Hospital Hill,Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, weights, and placement of openings and holes. C. Product Data: Provide component sizes, rough-in requirements, service sizes, capacities and finishes. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate assembly and support requirements. 1.5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. B. Record actual locations of equipment, cleanouts, etc. 1.6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA go A. Submit under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15050. B. Maintenance Data: Include installation instructions, spare parts lists, exploded assembly w views. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Valves: Manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body. B. All items of similar class shall be the products of the same manufacturer. All valves, accessory items, etc. shall be from the same source. 1.8 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum five years documented experience. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING pe A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. B. Accept equipment on site in original factory packaging. Inspect for damage. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Provide warranty on piping and valves under provisions of Division 1 and Section 150 go Plumbing Specialties 15430- 2 we Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 15430 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES am PART 1 GENERAL no 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Floor drains. Mw B. Cleanouts. C. Washing Machine Connection Hose OF D. Hose bibs. E. Hydrants. F. Recessed valve boxes. G. Water hammer arrestors H. Thermostatic mixing valves. I. Trap primers. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS .� A. Section 15010 General Conditions for Mechanical Trades. B. Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. C. Section 15246 Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints. D. Section 15410- Plumbing Piping. E. Section 15440 - Plumbing Fixtures. wr F. Section 15450- Plumbing Equipment. G. Division 5 Structural w. H. Division 7- Roofing 1.3 REFERENCES am A. ANSUASSE 1019-Wall Hydrants, Frost Proof Automatic Draining Anti-Backflow Types. B. ANSI Al 12.21.1 - Floor Drains. am C. ANSI Al 12.26.1 -Water Hammer Arrestors. Am D. PDI WH-201 Water Hammer Arresters. Plumbing Specialties 15430- 1 wm 40 IN ift No 40 ww AS ow no Village at Hospital Hill, Rental 11 November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. F. If final disinfectant residual tests less than 25 mg/L, repeat treatment. G. Flush disinfectant from system until residual equal to that of incoming water or 1.0 mg/L. ,w H. Take samples no sooner than 24 hours after flushing, from 5 percent of outlets and from water entry, and analyze in accordance with AWWA C651. w" 3.9 SERVICE CONNECTIONS A. Provide new sanitary and storm sewer services. Before commencing work check invert 4W elevations required for sewer connections, confirm inverts and ensure that these can be properly connected with slope for drainage and cover to avoid freezing. 0M B. Provide new water service complete with isolation valve, strainer, water meter, by-pass valve and pressure reducing valve. 1. Provide sleeve in wall for service main and support at wall with reinforced me concrete bridge. Caulk enlarged sleeve and make watertight with pliable material. Anchor service main inside to concrete wall. 2. Provide 18 gage (1.20 mm) galvanized sheet metal sleeve around service main to 6 inch (150 mm) above floor and 6 feet (1800 mm) minimum below grade. Size for minimum of 2 inches (50 mm) of loose batt insulation stuffing. C. Provide new gas service complete with gas meter and regulators. Gas service distribution piping to have initial minimum pressure of 14 inch wg. Provide regulators on each line serving gravity type appliances, sized in accordance with equipment. END OF SECTION W +ran .M no oft MM Plumbing Piping 15410- 13 ON Village at Hospital Hill, Rental 11 November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. PX F. Building sewer shall be tested in accordance with The International Plumbing Code. The ON system shall be filled with water to a head of not less than 10 feet. The water level at the top of the test head of water shall not drop for at least 15 minutes. G. Water piping shall be tested in accordance with The International Plumbing Code. The system shall be proved tight under a water pressure of 150 PSIG. The system shall be filled with water through a low connection point, care being taken to completely vent air so that no air pockets remain. The pressure shall be applied gradually and than held for a minimum of two hours. Care shall be taken to insure that at no point a dangerous overpressure is experienced. The hydrostatic test shall be considered satisfactory if no visible leakage, cracks or other signs of distress are discovered. Pressure drop other than that due to temperature change or similar reasons shall not be allowed. The water used for the test shall be obtained from a potable source of supply. H. Gas piping shall be tested in accordance with NFPA 54. Test pressure shall be not less than 1 1/2 times the proposed maximum working pressure, but not less than 3 PSIG. Test duration shall be not less than one-half hour for each 500 cubic feet of pipe volume. The piping shall withstand the test pressure without showing any evidence of leakage or other defects. Test medium shall be air, nitrogen, or carbon dioxide. Oxygen shall never ee. be used. Fuel gas may be used in systems operating at pressures of 1/2 pound per square inch or less. I. At completion of tests Contractor shall submit a typewritten log of test data for Owner's permanent file including: 1. Data of test. 2. Section tested-attach sketch. 3. Equipment used. 4. Personnel involved. 40 5. Owner or Owner's witness in attendance. 6. Results. 1110 After repair any failed test shall be repeated until all requirements of this Section are met. 3.8 DISINFECTION OF DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM A. Prior to starting work, verify system is complete,flushed and clean. B. Ensure PH of water to be treated is between 7.4 and 7.6 by adding alkali (caustic soda or " soda ash)or acid (hydrochloric). C. Inject disinfectant,free chlorine in liquid, powder, tablet or gas form,throughout system to on obtain 50 to 80 mg/L residual. D. Bleed water from outlets to ensure distribution and test for disinfectant residual at minimum 15 percent of outlets. E. Maintain disinfectant in system for 24 hours. Plumbing Piping 15410- 12 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. an 3.6 CLEANING AND FLUSHING A. With the exception of gas piping,uUpon completion of all work, all piping systems shall be .■. flushed with water/liquid alkaline solution with emulsifying agents and detergents, to remove dirt, grease, grit, chips and foreign matter. B. Solutions for flushing shall be used in sufficient quantity to produce a velocity of at least 2.5 feet per second. Flushing shall continue until discharge solution shows no discoloration or evidence of foreign materials. w C. During flushing operation, all valves shall be operated several times, bypasses opened, pumps operated and equipment flushed. D. Upon completion of flushing operations, all strainers, filters and blowdowns shall be removed and cleaned of accumulated waste. 3.7 TESTING A. All new piping systems installed and parts of existing piping systems which have been altered, extended or repaired under this contract shall be tested as prescribed hereinafter. B. All new, altered, extended or replaced piping systems shall be left uncovered and unconcealed until tested and approved. Where such work has been covered or w. concealed before tested and approved, it shall be exposed for testing. C. Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing all plugs, piping, valves, hoses, pumps and .. equipment necessary for required tests and for proper disposal of the water upon completion of the tests. All systems shall be thoroughly cleaned before testing. D. The drainage and vent systems shall be tested in accordance with The International .. Plumbing Code. Rough piping shall be tested by water or air and proved water-tight. Either of the following methods shall be used. 1. Water test: Subject to not less than 10 foot head of water. Keep water in system for a minimum of 15 minutes before inspection starts. The system shall than be tight at all points. 2. Air test: Subject to not less than gauge pressure of 5 pounds per square inch. The air pressure shall be held without introduction of additional air for a minimum period of 15 minutes. E. Finished plumbing: After the plumbing fixtures have been set and their traps filled with water, their connections shall be tested and proved gas and water tight by one of the following methods. s 1. The final test for gas and water-tightness of the completed drainage and vent system shall be made by a smoke test. Pressure equivalent to a 1 inch water column shall be built and maintained for the period of the inspection. 2. Introduce air into the system equal to the pressure of a 1 inch water column by the use of a manometer or "U" tube inserted into a trap of a water closet. "" Pressure shall remain constant for the period of inspection without the introduction of additional air. Plumbing Piping 15410- 11 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. O. Establish elevations of buried piping outside the building to ensure not less than 3 0 of cover for drainage and 4 6 for domestic water. P. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding. Q. Provide support for utility meters in accordance with requirements of utility companies. 04 R. Prepare pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories not prefinished, ready for finish painting. Refer to Division 9. S. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Division 2. wee T. Install bell and spigot pipe with bell end upstream. 00 U. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. V. All balancing valves shall be set at 2 GPM unless otherwise noted. w W. Pipe vents from gas pressure reducing valves and other devices to outdoors and terminate with weather proof gooseneck. X. Install all T-Drill products in accordance with manufacturers written instructions. Y. Provide gas pressure regulators on all gas fired appliances and equipment. Contractor shall size regulator based on available gas pressure at service and operating gas rw„ pressure and flow of equipment. Z. Provide corrosion protection on all buried and above grade gas piping as required by NFPA 54. 3.4 APPLICATION on A. Install unions downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus connections. B. Install brass male adapters each side of valves in copper piped system. Sweat solder adapters to pipe. so C. Install isolation valves for shut-off and to isolate equipment, part of systems, or vertical risers. D. Provide spring loaded check valves on discharge of water pumps. E. Provide balance valves in water recirculating systems to properly balance flows. ON 3.5 ERECTION TOLERANCES ON A. Establish invert elevations, slopes for drainage at 1/4 to 1/8 inch per foot. Maintain gradients. B. Slope water piping and arrange to drain at low points. go go Plumbing Piping 15410- 10 00 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz 6'Company Architects, Inc. 3. Operator: Each plug valve shall be provided with a wrench with set screw. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify excavations under provisions of Divisions 1 and 2. B. Verify that excavations are to required grade, dry, and not over-excavated. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. . B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly. C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges, or unions. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Use fittings for all changes in direction and branch connections. C. Install exposed piping at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are not permitted unless expressly indicated. D. Conceal all pipe installations in walls, pipe chases, utility spaces, above ceilings, below .�. grade or floors, unless indicated to be exposed to view. E. Exterior Wall Penetrations: Seal pipe penetrations through exterior walls with sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Pipe sleeves smaller than 6 inches shall be galvanized steel pipe; pipe sleeves 6 inches and larger shall be galvanized steel sheet metal. ,w F. Fire Barrier Penetrations: Where pipes pass through fire rated walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors, maintain the fire rated integrity. G. Install piping with 1/32 inch per foot(1/4 percent)downward slope towards drain point. H. Provide non-conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals. I. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. J. Install piping to conserve building space and not interfere with use of space. K. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. L. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. M. Provide clearance for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. N. Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed. Coordinate size and location of access doors with Division 8. Plumbing Piping 15410-9 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 2.16 STRAINERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Watts series 77. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Nibco b. Stockham B. Size 2 inch (50 mm) and Under: Screwed brass or iron body for 175 psig (1200 kPa) working pressure, Y pattern with 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) stainless steel perforated screen. C. Size 2-1/2 inch (65 mm)to 4 inch (100 mm): Flanged cast iron body, Class 125 for 200 psig (1370 kPa) working pressure, Y pattern with 3/64 inch (1.2 mm) stainless steel perforated screen. 2.17 PLUG VALVES A. Up To and Including 2 Inches (50 mm): 1. Manufacturers: a. DeZurik Series 100 No b. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products include: 1) Tufline 2) Nibco 2. Bronze body, neoprene plug, non-lubricated, buna packing, threaded ends. 3. Operator: One plug valve wrench for every ten plug valves, minimum of one. B. Over 2 Inches (50 mm): 1. Manufacturers: a. Tufline Series 067 No b. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products include: 1) Tufline 2) Stockham 3) Powell 2. Carbon Steel body and plug, 2-way valve, PTFE sleeve, Class 150, flanged ends. Plumbing Piping 15410-8 �MII1 e� Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. on 2.13 WATER PRESSURE REDUCING VALVES A. Manufacturers: so 1. Watts Model 223. am 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Armstrong. b. Amtrol. B. Up to 2 Inches (50 mm): Bronze body, stainless steel and thermoplastic internal parts, fabric reinforced diaphragm, threaded ends, with strainer. C. Over 2 Inches (50 mm): Cast iron body, bronze fitted, elastomeric diaphragm and seat disc, flanged, with strainer, MSS-SP-80. 2.14 BALANCE VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Bell &Gossett CB Series. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Watts. b. Armstrong. C. Taco. B. Construction: Brass or bronze body with union on inlet, temperature and pressure test plug on inlet and outlet. C. Calibration: Control flow within 5 percent of selected rating, over operating pressure range of 10 times minimum pressure required for control. WJ 2.15 TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Watts Model 40, 140, N240, 340 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Armstrong. b. Amtrol. .. C. Bell & Gossett r. B. Bronze body, teflon seat, stainless steel stem and springs, automatic, direct pressure actuated, capacities ASME certified and labelled. Plumbing Piping 15410-7 OR Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. go 4. Victaulic or 5. Milwaukee 2.10 GATE VALVES A. Up To and Including 2 Inches (50 mm): 1. Nibco Figure T-113 or S-113. 2. Bronze body, bronze trim, screwed bonnet, non-rising stem, non-asbestos packing, handwheel, inside screw, solid wedge disc, Class 125, threaded or solder ends, MSS-SP-80. B. Over 2 Inches (50 mm): 1. Nibco Figure F-619. 2. Iron body, bronze trim, bolted bonnet, non-asbestos packing, non-rising stem, handwheel, solid wedge disc with bronze seat rings, Class 125, flanged ends, MSS-SP-70. Provide chain wheel operators for valves 6 inches and larger mounted over 8 feet above floor. 2.11 BALL VALVES A. Up To and Including 2 Inches (50 mm): 1. Nibco Model 585-70-66. a. Bronze two piece body, blowout-proof stem, stainless steel ball, teflon 40 seats and packing, lever handle, solder or threaded ends. Provide with full port thru 1" and conventional port in sizes over 1 inch, MSS-SP-110, Class 150. 2.12 SWING CHECK VALVES A. Up To and Including 2 Inches (50 mm): 1. Nibco Figure T-413 or S-413. a. Bronze body, bronze trim, bronze rotating swing disc, Buna-N seat disc, Class 125, threaded or solder ends. B. Over 2 Inches (50 mm): 1. Nibco Figure F-918 2. Iron body, bronze trim, cast bronze rotating swing disc, bolted bonnet, non- asbestos gaskets, renewable disc and seat, Class 125, flanged ends, MSS-SP- 80. 15410-6 Plumbing Piping Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. ew compliance with the manufacturers written instructions. 2.5 NATURAL GAS PIPING, BURIED A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Schedule 40, black steel, hot dipped, zinc coated, welded and seamless. , 1. Fittings: ASTM A234, forged steel welding type, with AWWA C105 polyethylene jacket or double layer, half-lapped 10 mil (0.25 mm) polyethylene tape. 2. Joints: ANSI 831.2,ANSI B31.9,ASME Sec 1, welded. 2.6 NATURAL GAS PIPING,ABOVE GRADE A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Schedule 40, black steel, hot dipped, zinc coated, welded and seamless. 1. Fittings: ASME 816.3, malleable iron screwed up to 3" size and ASTM A234, forged steel welding type for sizes over 3". 2. Joints: NFPA 54, threaded or welded to ANSI B31.2, ANSI 831.9 and ASME Sec 9. 2.7 CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING A. PVC Pipe: under 3"size may be ASTM D2665. 1. Fittings: PVC. 2. Joints:ASTM D2855, solvent weld with ASTM D2564 solvent cement. 2.8 UNIONS AND DIELECTRIC CONNECTIONS A. Unions for Pipe 2 Inches (50 mm)and Under: 1. Ferrous Piping: 150 psig (1034 kPa) malleable iron, threaded. 2. Copper Pipe: Bronze, soldered orjoints. B. Dielectric Connections: Union or flange with water impervious isolation barrier; Watts 3000 Series or approved equal. .. C. Victaulic Style 47 dielectric waterway fittings. 2.9 VALVES— MANUFACTURERS w A. Valves listed within this specification shall be the manufacturer and model as specified. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products include: 1. Nibco 2. Watts 40 3. Stockham am Plumbing Piping 15410-5 Village at Hospital Hill,Rental II November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. D. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until rw installation. E. Protect piping systems from entry of foreign materials by temporary covers, completing sections of the work, and isolating parts of completed system. 1.11 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not install underground piping when bedding is wet or frozen. 1.12 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. B. Provide one repacking kit for each size valve. eye► PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING, BURIED A. PVC Pipe: ASTM D2665. 1. Fittings: PVC. 2. Joints: ASTM D2855, solvent weld with ASTM D2564 solvent cement. * 3. Joints: ASTM F477, elastomeric gaskets. 4. Install per ASTM D2321. 2.2 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING,ABOVE GRADE A. PVC Pipe: under 3"size may be ASTM D2665. 1. Fittings: PVC. 2. Joints: ASTM D2855, solvent weld with ASTM D2564 solvent cement. 2.3 WATER PIPING, BURIED A. Cast Iron (Ductile Iron) Cement Lined Pipe:AWWA C151. 1. Fittings: AWWA C110, Ductile iron, standard thickness. 2. Joints: AWWA CIII, rubber basket with 3/4 inch (19 mm) diameter rods. 2.4 WATER PIPING,ABOVE GRADE A. Copper Tubing: ASTM 688, Type K hard drawn. 1. Fittings: ASME 616.18, cast bronze, or ASME B16.22, wrought copper and bronze or extruded tee connections conforming to ASTM F2014-00. 2. Joints: ASTM 1332, solder, Grade 95TA or extruded tee connections brazed in 15410-4 Plumbing Piping ! Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. B. Record actual locations of valves and equipment. 1.6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15050. .w B. Maintenance Data: Include installation instructions, spare parts lists, exploded assembly views and recommended maintenance intervals. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Valves: Manufacturer's name and pressure rating marked on valve body. B. All items of similar class shall be the products of the same manufacturer. All valves, accessory items, etc. shall be from the same source. C. All grooved joint couplings, fittings, valves, and specialties shall be the products of a single manufacturer. Grooving tools shall be of the same manufacturer as the grooved components. D. Welding Materials and Procedures: Conform to ASME Code and applicable state labor regulations. E. Welders Certification: In accordance with ASME Sec 9 and NCPWB Standard Procedure Specifications. F. Maintain one copy of each document on site. am 1.8 QUALIFICATIONS ON A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum five years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum five as years documented experience. 1.9 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 00 A. Perform Work in accordance with Common Wealth of Massachusetts Building Code. B. Conform to applicable codes for installation of backflow prevention devices. +�+ C. Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of installation of backflow prevention devices. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. B. Accept valves and equipment on site in shipping containers with labeling in place. .s6 Inspect for damage. C. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves. Plumbing Piping 15410- 3 00 ON Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. C. ASME Sec. 9-Welding and Brazing Qualifications. go D. ASME 816.18- Cast Bronze Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings. E. ASME B16.22-Wrought Copper and Bronze Solder-Joint Pressure Fittings F. ASTM A53-Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped Zinc Coated, Welded and Seamless. G. ASTM B32-Solder Metal. H. ASTM B88 -Seamless Copper Water Tube. I. ASTM D2466- Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. J. ASTM D2564-Solvent Cements for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. an K. ASTM D2665 - Specifications for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe Fittings. Aft L. ASTM D2855 - Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings. M. ASTM F2014-00 Standard Specification for Non-Reinforced Extruded Tee Connections. N. AWWA C110 - Ductile - Iron and Gray - Iron Fittings 3 in. through 48 in., for Water and Other Liquids. two O. AWWA CIII- Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron and Gray-Tron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. ps P. AWWA C151 - Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds or Sand-Lined Molds, for Water or Other Liquids. Q. AWWA C651 - Disinfecting Water Mains. R. NFPA 54- National Fuel Gas Code. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. B. Product Data: Provide data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, valves, and accessories. Provide manufacturers catalog information. Indicate valve data and ratings. C. Grooved joint couplings and fittings shall be shown on shop drawings and product submittals and shall be specifically identified with the applicable Victaulic style or series designation. D. Submit manufacturers installation instructions for pumps, valves and accessories. 1.5 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. Plumbing Piping 15410-2 00 am Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 15410 PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pipe and pipe fittings. B. Valves. C. Sanitary sewer and vent piping system. D. Domestic water piping system. E. Natural gas piping system. F. Condensate drain piping. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 2 Sitework. B. Division 3-Concrete. C. Division 8-Access Doors. D. Division 9-Painting. E. Section 15010 General Conditions for Mechanical Trades. F. Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. G. Section 15246-Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints. H. Section 15260-Mechanical Insulation. I. Section 15430-Plumbing Specialties. J. Section 15440-Plumbing Fixtures. .r K. Section 15450 -Plumbing Equipment. L. Section 15990 Testing,Adjusting and Balancing. ' M. Division 16- Electrical. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ANSI B31.2- Fuel Gas Piping. B. ANSI 831.9-Building Service Piping. Plumbing Piping 15410- 1 on ow an 40 �c we Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. so C. Upon satisfactory completion of all tests, the Contractor shall submit three copies of the Standard Contractors Material and Test Certificate to the Owner. Im 3.8 IDENTIFICATION A. Provide and apply signs to control, drain, test and alarm valves to identify their purpose and function. Provide and permanently attach hydraulic calculations data nameplate at the controlling valve for the sprinkler system. Provide lettering size and style from NFPA s suggested styles. • END OF SECTION a s w Fire Protection Systems 15300- 13 ON PW Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. B. Locate fire department connection with sufficient clearance from walls, obstructions,etc., ON to allow full swing of fire department wrench handle. Coordinate the exact location of the fire department connection with the local fire officials. Installation shall conform to the local fire officials requirements. 'O C. Center heads in two directions in ceiling tile and provide piping offsets as required. D. Sprinkler Bulb protector must remain in place until the sprinkler is completely installed. Remove the bulb protector by hand after installation and before the system is placed in service. (Do not use any tools to remove the bulb protector.) E. Do not install sprinklers that have been dropped, damaged, or show a visible loss of fluid. Never install sprinklers with cracked bulbs. F. Apply masking tape or paper cover to ensure concealed sprinkler head cover plates do an not receive field paint finish. G. Coordinate flow switches, tamper switches, and all other sprinkler devices with the fire alarm system. H. Provide wire guards on sprinklers as specified and as indicated on drawings. 3.6 SERVICE CONNECTION A. Provide new fire service complete with reduced pressure backflow preventer, and isolation valves with tamper switches. t�rw 1. Provide sleeve in wall for service main and support at wall with reinforced concrete bridge. Caulk enlarged sleeve and make watertight with pliable material. Anchor service main inside to concrete wall. 2. Provide 18 gage (1.20 mm) galvanized sheet metal sleeve around service main to 6 inch (150 mm) above floor and 6 feet (1800 mm) minimum below grade. Size for minimum of 2 inches (50 mm)of loose batt insulation stuffing. 3.7 TESTING A. Piping: The complete system shall be subject to a pressure test, and to such other tests as the authorities having jurisdiction may require. The pressure test shall be a hydrostatic pressure of 200 pounds per square inch for a period of two hours. The above ground piping and attached appurtenances shall show no pressure loss or leaks, refer to NFPA Standard 13 Hydrostatic tests. For buried piping refer to NFPA Standard 24 Testing Underground Systems. Before applying specified test pressure, all air must be expelled from the system. All defects of whatever type shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Owner and authorities having jurisdiction and at no additional cost to the Owner. Packing rings, special joint bolts, gaskets, and other material required for the proper installation of the pipe and fittings shall be provided. Testing shall be �w completed prior to permanent sealing of walls and partitions. B. Leaks in mechanical joints shall be repaired by dismantling the joint, reassembling it, and tightening the bolts in the correct order. Leaks in screw or grooved joint shall be repaired by dismantling the joint and reassembling it. Attempting to repair leaks in joints by over tightening the bolts or fittings shall not be permitted. Fire Protection Systems 15300- 12 111! Am Village at Hospital Hill,Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. w installed. The space required for insulation is dictated by the insulation R-value for the specific area as specified by the Architect. •o B. Place piping in concealed spaces above finished ceilings unless noted otherwise. C. Route piping in orderly manner, plumb and parallel to building structure. Maintain wo, gradient. D. Install piping to conserve building space, to not interfere with use of space and other work. E. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. F. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. Use Victaulic Style 77 or 75 couplings in accordance with Victaulic instructions for expansion and contraction of pipe. G. Pitch piping and arrange systems to drain at low points. Use eccentric reducers to maintain top of pipe level. H. Do not penetrate building structural members unless indicated. I. Provide sleeves when penetrating footings, floors and walls. Seal pipe and sleeve penetrations to achieve fire resistance equivalent to fire separation required. Refer to Section 15050. J. Die cut screw joints with full cut standard taper pipe threads with red lead and linseed oil or other non-toxic joint compound applied to male threads only. K. Provide surge restrainers on all end of branches and arm overs in excess of 12-inches 3.4 INSTALLATION—VALVES A. All valves shall be accessible for operation and servicing. Provide access panels where required. B. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. Remove protective coatings .w prior to installation. C. Provide gate valves for shut-off or isolating service. a� D. Provide drain valves at main shut-off valves, low points of piping and apparatus. E. Install buried shut-off valves in valve box. F. Provide dielectric fittings whenever joining two dissimilar metals 3.5 INSTALLATION—SPECIALTIES �+ A. Provide reduced pressure backflow preventer assembly at sprinkler system water source connection. Install a drain line from the air gap fitting and terminate at the exterior of the building. The backflow preventer shall be installed at a minimum height to allow ' installation of the air gap fitting, but shall not be installed at more than 5 0 above finished floor for maintenance. Fire Protection Systems 15300- 11 Village at Hospital Hill,Rental II November I, 2007 Dietz FY Company Architects, Inc. B. Fire department connection shall be 4 stortz, polished brass type connection. Provide with polished brass identification plate. C. The fire department connection shall be constructed of cast brass with brass clapper, brass swivel couplings and a brass hinge pin. The words AUTO SPKR and F.D. Conn shall be cast in raised letters on the body. D. Fire department connection threads shall match the local fire departments standard. E. Provide ball drip at low point after check valve. F. Provide a 90-degree elbow with drain connection at each fire department connection to allow for drainage in areas exposed to the building exterior to prevent freezing. Elbow shall be Victaulic#10-DR. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Coordinate work of this Section with other affected work. B. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel or groove plain end ferrous pipe. C. Remove scale and foreign material, from inside and outside, before assembly. D. Prepare piping connections to equipment with grooved joint couplings, flanges, or unions. 3.2 INSTALLATION -GENERAL A. Install equipment in accordance with manufacturers instructions. B. Install fire protection systems in accordance with NFPA 13 for sprinkler systems. C. Impairments to the existing water supplies shall be minimized. All work shall be complete before making the final connections to the existing water supplies. The Contractor shall notify the owners representative before impairing any fire protection equipment. D. The Contractor shall maintain a clean and orderly site during the installation of the sprinkler system. Materials shall not be stored in the halls or other public areas. E. Cutting, welding and other hot work shall not be permitted without permission from the 4W building owner. Contractor shall provide a fire watch for one hour after all welding. F. The required tests shall be witnessed by the Fire Marshall, authority having jurisdiction, Owner's insurance underwriter and Architect/Engineer. 3.3 INSTALLATION—PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe/insulation: All wet sprinkler piping must be plumbed on the heated side of the building insulation to prevent freezing. The fire protection contractor must install the wet sprinkler piping such that space is provided around all wet piping for insulation to be Fire Protection Systems 15300- 10 .. Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. so H. Sprinklers shall be in accordance with the following table. Sprinkler Type Sprinkler Finish Manufacturer/Model Number Residential Pendant Type Chrome plated brass with Victaulic Model VK436 Sprinklers chrome plated surface escutcheon Residential Concealed Brass finish with factory Victaulic Model VK425 Type Sprinklers painted white cover plate Residential Sidewall Type Chrome plated brass with Victaulic Model VK450 Sprinklers chrome plated, adjustable, semi-recessed escutcheon 2.10 SPECIALTIES A. Manufacturers: 1. Potter Co. •�! 2. Potter-Roemer. 3. Viking 4. System Sensor B. Water Flow Switch: Vane type switch for mounting horizontal or vertical, with two form C contacts; rated 10 amp at 120 volt. C. Valve Tamper Supervisory Switch: Two form C contacts; rated 10 amp at 120 volt. UL 4W listed and FM approved. Up to 2 Potter Model PCVS-1. Over 2" switch shall be Potter Model OSYSU-2. D. Pressure Switch: Y2 inch male pressure connection to alarm valve riser and actuated by any flow of water in excess of one sprinkler. Maximum pressure rating 175 psi, weather- proof with tamper resistant screws, rated 10 amps at 120 volt. E. Pressure Gage: Rated for 300 psi use, 3-1/2 in diameter. 2.11 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS A. Manufacturers 1. Potter Roemer a. Other acceptable manufacturers include: ow 1) Reliable. 2) Viking Corp. so 3) Victaulic. AW Fire Protection Systems 15300-9 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 2. Watts 3. Zurn 4. Febco B. Reduced Pressure Backf low Preventers: ANSUASSE 1013, AWWA C511; bronze body; two independently operating, spring loaded check valves; diaphragm type differential pressure relief valve located between check valves; assembled with two gate valves, strainer, test cocks and air gap fitting. Watts 909 or approved equal. e�w 2.9 SPRINKLERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Viking Corp. 2. Victaulic. 3. Tyco. B. All sprinklers shall be adjustable, solder link, residential, concealed pendant, automatic sprinklers with '/ inch orifice and 4.1 K-factor unless noted otherwise. Type of sprinkler head shall be as indicated on the plans and in accordance with the following. C. Sprinkler bodies shall be die-cast brass, with hex shaped wrench boss integrally cast into the sprinkler body to reduce the risk of damage during installation. D. Unless noted otherwise, ordinary temperature rated sprinkler heads shall be used throughout the building. E. Where sprinklers will be installed in close proximity to heat sources and special locations, as identified in NFPA 13R, temperature ratings shall be in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 13R. F. Spare Sprinklers: The Sprinkler Contractor shall furnish spare automatic sprinklers in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 13R for stock of extra sprinklers. The sprinklers shall be packed in a suitable container and shall be representative of, and in proportion to, the number of each type and temperature rating of the sprinklers installed. The Sprinkler Contractor shall furnish no less than two special sprinkler wrenches, or at least one wrench for each container or sprinkler box,whichever is greater. G. In areas where sprinkler heads are subject to physical damage, provide sprinkler guard assembly over head, finish to match sprinkler finish. This shall include but not limited to the following locations. 1. Heads under lower rakes of stairways 2. Heads in electrical rooms, boiler rooms and other mechanical rooms. 3. Heads installed 7-0 or less above finished floors. Fire Protection Systems 15300-8 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 2. UL listed and FMG approved, bronze two piece body, standard port, chrome plated brass ball, 316 stainless steel stem, teflon seats, brass stem nut, die-cast brass gear box with supervisory switches, threaded or grooved ends. 2.6 CHECK VALVES A. Up to and including 2 inches (50 mm): 1. Stockham, Model #B-319Y. 2. Class 125, Bronze swing disc, screwed ends. B. Horizontal Swing, Over 2 inches (50 mm): 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Victaulic Series 712. 2. 300 psi CWP, ductile iron body and coupled cap conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12; horizontal swing, with stainless steel disc, elastomer seat, and grooved ends. 3. Class 175, cast iron body and bolted cap conforming to ASTM A126, Class B; horizontal swing, with a bronze disc or cast iron disc with bronze disc ring, and flanged ends. 4. Valve shall be capable of being refitted while the valve remains in line. *�* C. Spring Actuated , Over 2 inches (50 mm): 1. Victaulic Series 717. r 2. 300 psi CWP, ductile iron body conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12; vertical or horizontal check; with stainless steel spring and shaft. •• a. 2-1/2 (65 mm) and 3 inches (75 mm): Aluminum bronze disc with disc mounted elastomer seal and PPS (Polyphenylene Sulfide) coated seat. .r b. 4 inches (100 mm) and Larger: Elastomer coated ductile iron disc with welded-in nickel seat. .s� 2.7 DRAIN VALVES A. Stockham Valves& Fittings, Model #S-214-FBR-TT. r B. Bronze compression stop with hose thread nipple and cap. C. Brass ball valve with cap and chain, 3/4 inch (19 mm) hose thread. 2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENT ERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Ames. Fire Protection Systems 15300- 7 Village at Hospital Hill,Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&'Company Architects, Inc. 2.2 ABOVE GROUND PIPING A. CPVC Pipe: ASTM F442, SDR 13.5. 1. Fittings: ASTM F438 schedule 40, or ASTM F439 schedule 80, CPVC. 2. Joints: ASTM F493, solvent weld. 2.3 VALVES—MANUFACTURERS ` A. Valves listed within this specification shall be the manufacturer and model as specified. me Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products include: 1. Kennedy Valve Mfg. Co. 2. The Fairbanks Co. 3. Stockham Valves and Fittings. on 4. Victaulic 5. Nibco. 2.4 GATE VALVES A. Up to and including 2 inches (50 mm): 1. Kennedy Valve Mfg. Co. 2. Bronze body, bronze trim, 175 pound cold water, non-shock working pressure, rising stem, handwheel, inside screw, solid wedge disc, threaded ends. B. Over 2 inches (50 mm): PW 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Victaulic Company Series 771. 2. UL listed and FMG approved, iron body, bronze trim, 175 pound cold water, non- shock working pressure. Valve shall have solid taper wedge; outside screw and yoke, rising stem; flanged bonnet with body and bonnet conforming to ASTM A126 Class B; replaceable bronze wedge facing rings; grooved or flanged ends; and a packing assembly consisting of a cast iron gland flange, brass gland, packing, bonnet and bronze bonnet bushing. Valve shall be capable of being repacked under pressure, with valve wide open. 2.5 BALL VALVES A. Up to and including 2 inches (50 mm): 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Victaulic Company Series 728. Fire Protection Systems 15300-6 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. H. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this Section with minimum five years experience. 1. Design sprinkler system under direct supervision of a Professional Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed in the State where the project is located J. All items of similar class shall be the products of the same manufacturer. All valves, accessory items, etc., shall be from the same source. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Division 1, Section 15010, and Section 15050. B. Deliver and store products in shipping containers, with labeling in place. .�s C. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves. D. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. E. All equipment, valves, gages and etc., shall be covered and protected during the execution of the work. All equipment and piping shall be protected from freezing. .� Labeling to remain in place. F. All unloading, hauling, and handling of materials shall be the responsibility of the Sprinkler Contractor. ■* G. The Sprinkler Contractor can obtain information on available storage space on site from the Owner when making examination of the site. 1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. B. Provide extra sprinklers under provisions of NFPA 13R C. Provide suitable wrenches for each head type. D. Provide metal storage cabinet adjacent to the sprinkler riser. +wr PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 BURIED PIPING A. Ductile Iron Pipe: ANSI/AWWA C151, cement lined. 1. Fittings: ANSI/AWWA C110, standard thickness. 2. Joints: ANSI/AWWA C111, rubber gasket. Fire Protection Systems 15300-5 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. G. Manufacturers Certificate: Certify that system has been tested and meets or exceeds +fir specified requirements and all code requirements. 1.6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. B. Record actual locations of sprinklers and deviations of piping from drawings. Indicate • drain and test locations. 1.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions of Division 1, Section 15010, and Section 15050. B. Maintenance Instructions: Include installation instructions, spare parts lists, procedures, and treatment programs. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Workmanship and Qualifications: All materials and equipment shall be installed in accordance with NFPA and all applicable local codes and ordinances. The Sprinkler Contractor shall be state licensed to install sprinkler systems. The Sprinkler Contractor shall make sure that all work and materials conform to the requirements set forth by this Specification. Fire protection equipment shall be installed to conform to NFPA as applicable, and devices used shall be listed and approved by Underwriters laboratories (UL) and/or Factory Mutual (FM). B. Codes and Standards: All work shall be equal or superior to that required by codes, regulations, ordinances, and laws imposed by the jurisdictional authorities, including those of the State of Connecticut, State Fire Marshall, local ordinances and OSHA. Nothing in the Specifications permit violations of such directives, and where conflict occurs, the directive shall govern, except where superior work is specified or indicated. C. In addition to complying with the above codes and regulations, comply with the requirements of the following: 1. NFPA Standard 13R. 2. State Building and Fire Codes. 3. Local Jurisdictional Authorities. D. Valves: Bear UL and/or FM label or marking. Provide manufacturers name and pressure rating marked on valve body. E. All items of similar class shall be the products of the same manufacturer. All valves, accessory items, etc., shall be from the same source. F. Maintain one copy of each applicable NFPA standard on site. G. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products W specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. Fire Protection Systems 15300-4 WW Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 1W B. System to provide coverage for entire building. .A C. Provide system to NFPA Standard occupancy requirements as noted on the drawings. D. Hydraulic data and water supply information shall be as noted on the drawings. E. Interface system with building fire alarm system. F. The sprinkler locations and piping arrangements indicated on the contract documents are diagrammatic. It is the responsibility of the contractor to fully coordinate sprinkler and piping locations with all other trades. G. All sprinklers installed in a light hazard classification occupancy shall be a listed quick response type. 1.5 SUBMITTALS w A. Submit under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. B. Where the terms authorities having jurisdiction is used, within this Specification, it is .. intended to include the Insurance Underwriter and all regulatory agencies having vested interest in this project. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Provide fire protections shop drawings drawn to a minimum scale of % =1 -0 . Indicate pipe materials used, joining methods, supports, floor and wall �+ penetration seals. Indicate installation, layout, weights, mounting and support details, and piping connections. 2. Provide hydraulic calculations, detailed pipe layout, hangers and supports, components and accessories. Indicate system controls. 3. All sprinkler drawings and calculations shall bear the seal of a Professional .. Engineer licensed in the State of Massachusetts. Seal and signature shall not be copied and shall be provided as an original drawing and each calculation. 4. Sprinklers shall be as indicated on drawings and submittals and shall be specifically identified with the applicable style or series designation as published in the appropriate agency listing or approval. Trade names or other abbreviated designations are not permitted. D. Product Data: Provide data on sprinklers, valves, and specialties, including manufacturers catalog information. Submit performance ratings, rough-in details, weights, support requirements, and piping connections. 14"" E. After successful review by the Engineer, submit sprinkler layout shop drawings, product data, hydraulic calculations to authority having jurisdiction, Fire Marshall, and Owner's insurance underwriter for approval. Submit proof of approval to Architect/Engineer. F. Grooved joint couplings and fittings shall be shown on shop drawings and product submittals and shall be specifically identified with the applicable Victaulic style or series designation. Fire Protection Systems 15300- 3 no RN Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. H. ANSI/ASSE 1013 Standard for Reduced Pressure Principal Backflow Preventer. I. ANSI/ASSE 1048 Standard for Double Check Detector Assembly Backflow Preventer. J. ANSI/ASTM A47-Malleable Iron Castings. K. ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10-03- Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings. L. ANSI/AWWA C111 Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe Fittings. M. ANSI/AWWA C151 - Ductile Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast. N. ANSI/AWWA C510 Standard for Double Check Valve Backflow Prevention Assembly. O. ANSI/AWWA C511 Standard for Reduced Pressure Principal Backflow Prevention Assembly. P. ASTM A47 Standard for Ferritic Malleable Iron Casting. Q. ASTM A126 Standard for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges and Pipe Fittings. R. ASTM A234 - Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures. S. ASTM A536 Standard for Ductile Iron Casting. T. ASTM F438 - Socket-Type Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. U. ASTM F439 - Socket-Type Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. V. ASTM F442-Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR). W. ASTM F493 - Solvent Cements for Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. X. AWS D10.9 - Specifications for Qualification of Welding Procedures and Welders for Piping and Tubing. Y. NFPA 13R Installation of Sprinkler Systems in Residential Occupancies up to and Including Four Stories in Height. Z. NFPA 24- Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances. AA. FM - Factory Mutual Approval Guide. BB. UL- Fire Resistance Directory. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Provide a wet pipe system hydraulically designed in accordance with NFPA 13R and all requirements of the local Authority Having Jurisdiction. Fire Protection Systems 15300 -2 '! Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 15300 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Pipe and fittings. + B. Valves. C. Backf low Preventers. ` D. Wet pipe sprinkler system. E. System specialties. F. Fire department connections. G. System design, installation, and certification. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 2 Sitework B. Division 9- Painting. C. Division 10 Fire Extinguishers, Cabinets, and Accessories. D. Section 15010 General Conditions for Mechanical Trades. E. Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. F. Section 15246-Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints. G. Division 16 Electrical. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ANSI/ASME 816.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 25, 125, 250, ■.► and 800. B. ANSI/ASME 816.3- Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings, Class 150 and 300. C. ANSI/ASME B16.4-Cast Iron Threaded Fittings, Class 125 and 250. D. ANSI/ASME 816.5- Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. r.e E. ANSI/ASME B16.9- Factory-made Wrought Steel Butt welding Fittings. F. ANSI/ASME 816.11 - Forged Steel Fittings, Socket-welding and Threaded. G. ANSI/ASME B16.25- Butt welding Ends. u.e Fire Protection Systems 15300- 1 OR I. Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November 1,2007 Dietz Company Architects,Inc. Wo 3.10 DUCTWORK INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Schedule of Ductwork in Concealed Spaces: DUCTWORK TYPE Supply Air Flexible Glass Fiber Return Air Flexible Glass Fiber Outside Air Flexible Glass Fiber Plenums Flexible Glass Fiber B. Schedule of Ductwork in Exposed Unconditioned Spaces: DUCTWORK TYPE Supply Air Rigid Glass Fiber Return Air Rigid Glass Fiber Outside Air Rigid Glass Fiber Plenums Rigid Glass Fiber C. Schedule of Miscellaneous Ductwork: DUCTWORK TYPE Ductwork shown lined on Drawings Glass Fiber Liner Transfer air ducts Glass Fiber Liner Exposed ductwork in conditioned spaces Insulation not required Exhaust air plenums Rigid Glass Fiber Combustion air ductwork/plenums Rigid Glass Fiber D. Definitions 1. Concealed spaces shall be defined as locations where ductwork is installed in soffits, ceiling plenums, shafts, etc. Exposed spaces shall be defined as locations where ductwork is installed directly accessible in a space, AM mechanical room, attic, basement, etc. END OF SECTION Mechanical Insulation 15260- 17 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. Chilled Water(40 F to 55 F) Canvas Jacket Low Pressure Steam (0-15 psig) Insulated piping, located within mechanical rooms, that is installed Medium Pressure Steam (16-59 less than 10 feet above finished psig) floor. High Pressure Steam (60 psig and over) Steam Condensate (Gravity and Pumped) Flash Tank Pump Housings Condensate Pump Receivers Aluminum Jacket Cold Water at Exterior of Building Insulated piping, located at the exterior of the building Condenser Water at Exterior of Building Refrigerant Piping (exposed in accessible locations) Stainless Steel Jacket Domestic Cold Water Insulated piping exposed within the kitchen spaces. e Domestic Hot Water Insulated fittings and valves Domestic Hot Water Recirculating exposed within kitchen spaces. Horizontal Storm Piping Above Grade Heating Supply and Return Condensate Drain (copper pipe only) ON Chilled Water(40 F to 55 F) Insulating Cement Medium Pressure Steam (16-59 Insulated piping, located within psig) mechanical rooms, that is installed less than 10 feet above finished High Pressure Steam (60 psig and floor. over) Flash Tank Condensate Pump Receivers Mechanical Insulation 15260- 16 MR Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz Company Architects, Inc. on 3.6 CELLULAR GLASS INSULATION SCHEDULE PIPING SYSTEMS PIPE SIZE THICKNESS Inch (mm) Inch (mm) 3.7 HYDROUS CALCIUM SILICATE INSULATION SCHEDULE PIPING SYSTEMS PIPE SIZE THICKNESS Inch (mm) Inch (mm) Engine Exhaust Piping and Silencer All 3 3.8 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR INSULATION SCHEDULE PIPING SYSTEMS PIPE SIZE THICKNESS Inch (mm) Inch (mm) Refrigerant Piping All 3/ Exterior Chilled Water Supply and Return All 1 '/ .M1 Oak 3.9 JACKETING SCHEDULE JACKETING TYPE PIPING SYSTEMS INSTALLATION LOCATIONS Polyvinyl Chloride Domestic Cold Water Insulated piping, located within (PVC) Plastic mechanical rooms, that is installed Domestic Hot Water less than 10 feet above finished floor. +.0 Domestic Hot Water Recirculating All insulated fittings and valves. Horizontal Storm Piping Above Grade Horizontal Storm Piping Above Grade Heating Supply and Return Condensate Drain (copper pipe only) Mechanical Insulation 15260- 15 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz Company Architects,Inc. Cold Water at Exterior of Building All 1 '/ Domestic Hot Water Recirculating All 1 Horizontal Storm Piping Above Grade Up to 6 1 Horizontal Storm Piping Above Grade 8 and Over 1 %2 Heating Supply and Return All 1 Low Pressure Steam (0-15 psig) Up to 2 2 Low Pressure Steam (0-15 psig) 2 '/2 to 4 21/2 Low Pressure Steam (0-15 psig) Over 4 3 Medium Pressure Steam (16-59 psig) Up to 1 2 Medium Pressure Steam (16-59 psig) 1 '/ to 4 2 '/2 Medium Pressure Steam (16-59 psig) Over 4 3 High Pressure Steam (60 psig and over) Up to 2 2 '/2 High Pressure Steam (60 psig and over) 2 %2 to 4 3 High Pressure Steam (60 psig and over) Over 4 3 Steam Condensate (Gravity and Pumped) All 2 Condensate Drain (copper pipe only) All 3/ Flash Tank All 3 Shell and Tube Heat Exchanger All 2 Chilled Water(40 F to 55 F) Up to 1 '/2 1 Chilled Water(40 F to 55 F) 2 and Over 1 Condenser Water at Exterior of Building All 2 Refrigerant All 1 Piping at Exterior of Building All See specification below on 3.5 MINERAL FIBER INSULATION SCHEDULE PIPING SYSTEMS PIPE SIZE THICKNESS r Inch(mm) Inch(mm) Domestic Cold Water All 1 Oil Mechanical Insulation 15260- 14 Village at Hospital Hill,Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 2. Seal seams with pressure sensitive tape. 3. Install without sags on underside of ductwork. Use mechanical fasteners where necessary to prevent sagging. Lift ductwork off trapeze hangers and insert spacers. M. 4. Seal vapor barrier penetrations by mechanical fasteners with vapor barrier adhesive. 5. Stop and point insulation around access doors and damper operators to allow operation without disturbing wrappings. K. Rigid Glass Fiber Duct Insulation Application: ** 1. Secure insulation with weld pins or stick clips at 12 inches (350 mm) on center. Locate at maximum 3 inches (76 mm)from each edge and corner of board. 2. Cover pins and clips with vapor sealing pressure sensitive patches or tape. 3. Apply 5 inch (130 mm) wide vapor sealing pressure sensitive tape to all joints !! and seams. L. Duct Liner Application: 1. Adhere insulation with adhesive for 90 percent coverage and adhere adhesive at all exposed edges and transverse joints. 2. Secure insulation with mechanical liner fasteners. Refer to SMACNA Standards for spacing. 3. Seal and smooth joints. do 4. Seal liner surface penetrations with adhesive. ow 5. Duct dimensions indicated are net inside dimensions required for air flow. Increase duct size to allow for insulation thickness. 3.3 TOLERANCE im A. Substituted insulation materials shall provide thermal resistance within 10 percent at normal conditions, as materials indicated. Im 3.4 GLASS FIBER INSULATION SCHEDULE PIPING SYSTEMS PIPE SIZE THICKNESS no Inch Inch Domestic Cold Water All 1 JW Domestic Hot Water Up to 2 1 Domestic Hot Water 2 Y2 to 8 1 '/ Mechanical Insulation 15260- 13 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that piping or ductwork has been tested before applying insulation materials. B. Verify that surfaces are clean and dry, with foreign material removed. s 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with manufacturers instructions. B. On exposed piping, locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations. C. Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, pipe hangers, and other pipe penetrations. D. Insulate entire system including air separators, heat exchangers, pump impellers, suction diffusers, tanks, accessories, fittings, valves, unions, flanges, strainers, flexible connections and expansion joints. Diaphragm type expansion tanks shall not be insulated. E. Inserts and Shields: 1. Application: Piping 2 inches (50 mm)diameter or larger. 2. Shields: Refer to Section 15050. 3. Insert location: Between support shield and piping and under the finish jacket. 4. Insert configuration: Minimum 6 inches (150 mm) long, of same thickness and contour as adjoining insulation; may be factory fabricated. 5. Insert material: ASTM C640 cork, hydrous calcium silicate insulation or other heavy density insulating material suitable for the planned temperature range. F. Finish insulation at supports, protrusions, and interruptions. G. All Insulated Piping at Exterior of Building: Insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe, and finish with glass mesh reinforced vapor barrier cement. Cover with aluminum jacket with seams located on bottom side of horizontal piping. H. All Insulated Ductwork at Exterior of Building: Insulate ductwork, flanges, fittings and transitions with glass fiber insulation and finish with glass mesh reinforced vapor barrier cement. Cover with aluminum jacket with seams located on bottom side of ductwork. I. For heat traced piping, insulate fittings, joints, and valves with insulation of like material c and finish as adjoining pipe. Size large enough to enclose pipe and heat tracer. Cover with aluminum jacket with seams located on bottom side of horizontal piping. J. Flexible Glass Fiber Duct Insulation Application: pa I. Secure insulation seams with staples, spaced at 6 inches(150 mm)on center. Mechanical Insulation 15260- 12 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. w. 3. Maximum Service Temperature: 450 degrees F (232 degrees C). 4. Maximum Moisture Adsorption: 1.0 percent by volume. 5. Density: 6.0 lb/cu ft(96 kg/cu m). war 6. Thickness: 1 '/2 inch (37 mm). 7. Ductwork Installed in Unconditioned Spaces (temperature differential is greater than 40 degrees F): Maximum K Valve 0.23, 2 inch thickness; minimum R valve of 8.6. C. Vapor Barrier Jacket: e� 1. Kraft paper with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film. 2. Moisture vapor permeability: ASTM E96; .02 perm inch. no 3. Secure with pressure sensitive tape. D. Vapor Barrier Tape: Kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film, with pressure sensitive rubber based adhesive. 2.11 GLASS FIBER DUCT LINER A. Manufacturers: 1. Johns/Manville Permacote Linacoustic. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products. a. Owens Corning. b. Certainteed. B. Insulation: ASTM C1071; flexible, noncombustible blanket. 1. R Valve: Minimum 6.0. 2. K value (SI K value): ASTM C518, 0.26 at 75 degrees F (0.038 at 24 degrees C). ..� 3. Maximum Service Temperature: 250 degrees F (121 degrees C). 4. Maximum Velocity on Coated Air Side: 5,000 ft/min(16.9 m/sec). 5. Thickness: 1 %2 inch (37 mm) C. Noise Reducing Coefficient: NRC shall not exceed 0.6. w D. Adhesive: Waterproof,fire retardant type. E. Liner Fasteners: Galvanized steel mechanical fasteners. Mechanical Insulation 15260- 11 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products: a. Owens Corning. b. Cerainteed. B. Insulation: ASTM C553; flexible, noncombustible blanket. 1. K value (Uncompressed): ASTM C518, 0.27 Maximum at 75 degrees F 2. Installed R Valve: Minimum 6.0 3. Maximum Service Temperature: 250 degrees F (121 degrees C). 4. Maximum Moisture Adsorption: 0.20 percent by volume. w 5. Density: Type 100; 1.0 lb/cu ft(16 kg/cu m). 6. Thickness: 2 inches (51 mm). 7. Ductwork Installed in Unconditioned Spaces (temperature differential is greater than 40 degrees F): Type 75; 3 inch thickness; minimum installed R valve of No 8.3. C. Vapor Barrier Jacket 1. Kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film. 2. Moisture vapor permeability: ASTM E96; 0.02 perm inch. 3. Secure with pressure sensitive tape. D. Vapor Barrier Tape: Kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film, with pressure sensitive rubber based adhesive. 2.10 GLASS FIBER DUCT INSULATION, RIGID A. Manufacturers: 1. Johns/Manville 800 Series, Spin-Glas. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products: a. Owens Corning. b. Certainteed. B. Insulation: ASTM C612; rigid, noncombustible blanket. 1. K value (SI K value): ASTM C518, 0.23 maximum at 75 degrees F (0.032 at 24 degrees C). �r 2. R Valve: Minimum 6.5. - Mechanical Insulation 15260- 10 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. C. Secure all seams and joints with Zeston PVC Z-Tape. B. Canvas Jacket: UL listed 1. Fabric: ASTM C921, 6 oz/sq yd (220 g/sq m), plain weave cotton treated with dilute fire retardant lagging adhesive compatible with insulation. *�+ C. Aluminum Jacket: ASTM B209. 1. Thickness: 0.020 inch (0.50 mm) sheet. ..s 2. Finish: Smooth. 3. Joining: Longitudinal slip joints and 2 inch (50 mm) laps with cut edge of slip lap turned under 1 inch (25.4 mm) to provide smooth edge. 4. Fittings: 0.02 inch (0.5 mm) thick with protective liner. wN 5. Metal Jacket Bands: 3/8 inch (10 mm) wide; 0.02 inch (0.5 mm) thick aluminum installed at 9 inches (230 mm)on center. D. Stainless Steel Jacket: Type 304 stainless steel. 1. Thickness: 0.016 inch (40 mm). 2. Finish: Smooth 3. Metal Jacket Bands: 3/8 inch (10 mm) wide; 0.016 inch (40 mm) thick stainless steel. E. Insulating Cement 1. Manufacturer: Rock Wool One Shot or approved equal. 2. Jacket: ASTM C449, mineral wool/inorganic dry mix, non-combustible. a. Maximum Service Temperature: 1200 degrees F (649 degrees C). b. K value (SI k value): 1.12 at 400 degrees F. C. Thickness: Same as adjoining piping. .. 3. Installation: a. One monolithic layer directly applied. ■*" b. Exterior finish shall be troweled for smooth paintable surface. 2.9 GLASS FIBER DUCT INSULATION, FLEXIBLE ` A. Manufacturers: 1. Johns/Manville Microlite. Mechanical Insulation 15260- 9 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental 11 November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. err 3. Flanges and valves: Oversized pipe insulation. 4. Tie Wire: 16 gage (1.5 mm) stainless steel with twisted ends on maximum 12 inch (300 mm) centers. 5. For finish see Division 9 Finishes. 2.7 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR PIPING AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION on A. Manufacturer: Armstrong Armaflex AP or approved equal. B. Insulation: ASTM C534; flexible, cellular elastomeric,tubular. on 1. K value (SI k value): ASTM C177 or C518; 0.27 at 75 degrees F (0.04 at 24 degrees C). 2. Minimum Service Temperature: -40 degrees F (40 degrees C). 3. Maximum Service Temperature: 220 degrees F (104 degrees C). �w 4. Maximum Moisture Absorption: ASTM D1056; 5 percent by volume. 5. Moisture Vapor Permeability: ASTM E96; 0.20 perm inches. C. Installation: ow 1. Slip insulation over piping or slit and snap over piping. 2. Apply Armstrong 520 adhesive to all seams and butt joints. 3. Fittings and Valves: Field fabricate per manufacturers instructions. 4. Finish with WB Armaflex finish for all exterior and exposed applications. 2.8 JACKETING A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic 1. Manufacturer: Johns/Manville, Zeston 2000 or approved equal. 2. Jacket: ASTM D1784, one piece molded type fitting covers and sheet material, off white color. a. Minimum Service Temperature: 0 degrees F (-18 degrees C). b. Maximum Service Temperature: 150 degrees F (66 degrees C). C. Thickness: 10 mil (.26 mm). 3. Installation: on a. Fittings and Valves: Factory precut inserts. b. Apply vapor retardant mastic to all seams and joints. Mechanical Insulation 15260-8 w Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 4. Caution: For high temperature applications, sufficient insulation thickness must be used to maintained outer surface temperatures below 240°F (115°C.) for ASJ and FSK facings. 2.5 CELLULAR GLASS PIPING AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION A. Manufacturer: Pittsburg Coming FOAMGLAS or approved equal. B. Insulation: ASTM C552. 1. K valve (SI k value): 0.33 at 75 degrees F (0.048 at 24 degrees C). 2. Maximum Water Vapor Permeability: 0.00 perm inch. *� 3. Minimum Service Temperature: 65 degrees F (18.3 degrees C). 4. Maximum Service Temperature: 400 degrees F (200 degrees C). .w C. Installation and Jacketing: 1. Secure insulation with firber reinforced taped at all seams and joints. 2. Apply heat sealable FOAMGLAS Pittwrap jacketing consisting of 125 mils thick bituminous resin reinforced with woven glass fabric, integral aluminum foil and .�. plastic film coating. 3. Fittings and valves: FOAMGLAS prefabricated and field fabricated products. w� 2.6 HYDROUS CALCIUM SILICATE PIPING AND EQUIPMENT INSULATION A. Manufacturers: 1. Johns/Manville Thermo-12. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products: a. Owens Corning. .r� b. Calsilite. B. Insulation: ASTM C533 rigid; molded, asbestos free. 1. K value (SI k value): ASTM C177 and C518; 0.40 at 300 degrees F (0.055 at 147 degrees C). 2. Maximum Service Temperature: 1200 degrees F (650 degrees C). 3. Density: 14 lb/cu ft(224 kg/cu m). �. C. Installation and Jacketing: 1. General: Install with tie wire and canvas jacket. 2. Fittings: Mitered segments with insulating cement. Mechanical Insulation 15260- 7 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 2.4 PREFORMED MINERAL WOOL PIPE INSULATION A. Manufacturer: 1. Rock Wool Manufacturing Company,Type Delta PC Insulation 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products: I a. Industrial insulation Group LLC b. Knauf. C. Roxul Inc. d. Engineer approved equal. B. General 1. Provide preformed half-cylinder pipe insulation manufactured from felted mineral ON wool bonded together with a high temperature binder 2. Insulation: ASTM C547 and ASTM C585 mineral wool, incombustible. C. Physical Properties 1. Density: 7 Ib./ft3(112 kg./m3) 2. K value (SI k value): ASTM C335, 0.23 at 75 degrees F (0.035 at 24 degrees C). 3. Minimum Service Temperature: -20 degrees F (-28.9 degrees C). 4. Maximum Service Temperature: 1200 degrees F (454 degrees C). 5. Maximum Moisture Absorption: Less than 1% percent by volume. 6. Water wicking resistant and Non-hygroscopic. 7. Does not promote growth of fungi or bacteria. 8. Surface Burning Characteristics: ASTM E 84 a. Flame Spread Index 25 or Less !"! b. Smoke Developed Index 50 or Less D. Jacketing: 1. Glass mat facing for 2" NPS and larger, 2. ASJ/SSL (All Service Jacket with Self-Sealing-Lap) for all pipe sizes: ASTM C 1136 3. F.S.K. (Foil-Scrim-Kraft) available upon request. Mechanical Insulation 15260-6 so Village at Hospital Hill,Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. 2.3 MINERAL WOOL PIPE INSULATION A. Manufacturer: ' 1. Rock Wool Manufacturing Company,Type Delta PC Insulation w 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products: a. Industrial insulation Group LLC ,. b. Knauf. C. Roxul Inc. d. Engineer approved equal. B. General 1. Provide precision cut V-groove pipe insulation manufactured from felted mineral wool bonded together with a high temperature binder. C. Insulation: ASTM C 547 and ASTM C mineral wool, incombustible. 1. K value (SI k value): ASTM C335, 0.23 at 75 degrees F (0.035 at 24 degrees C). 2. Minimum Service Temperature: -20 degrees F (-28.9 degrees C). �r 3. Maximum Service Temperature: 1200 degrees F (454 degrees C). 4. Maximum Moisture Absorption: Less than 1% percent by volume. 5. Water wicking resistant and Non-hygroscopic. w� 6. Does not promote growth of fungi or bacteria. 7. Surface Burning Characteristics: ASTM E 84 a. Flame Spread Index 25 or Less b. Smoke Developed Index 50 or Less D. Jacketing:ASTM C 1136 1. Glass mat facing for 2" NPS and larger, ° 2. ASJ/SSL (All Service Jacket with Self-Sealing-Lap)for all pipe sizes. 3. F.S.K. (Foil-Scrim-Kraft) are available upon request. .R 4. Caution: For high temperature applications, sufficient insulation thickness must be used to maintained outer surface temperatures below 240°F (115°C.) for ASJ and FSK facings. Mechanical Insulation 15260-5 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 3. Maximum Service Temperature: 850 degrees F (454 degrees C). 4. Maximum Moisture Absorption: 0.2 percent by volume. C. Vapor Barrier Jacket: 1. White kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to aluminized film. 2. Moisture Vapor Permeability: ASTM E96; 0.02 perm-inches. D. Installation: 1. Secure seams with pressure sensitive tape closure and butt joints with minimum 3 inch (76 mm)wide tape of same material as vapor barrier jacket. 2. For finish see Division 9 Finishes. 2.2 GLASS FIBER PIPING INSULATION ► A. Manufacturer: 1. Owens Corning. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products: a. Johns/Manville. em b. Certainteed Manson. C. Knauf. B. Insulation: ASTM C547 Vapor Wick, mineral fiber pre-formed pipe insulation,Type 1. uw 1. K value (SI k value): ASTM C335, 0.23 at 75 degrees F (0.034 at 25 degrees C). 2. Operating temperature range: 32 degrees F to 220 degrees F (0 degrees C to 104 degrees C). 3. Jacket Permeance: ASTM E96 desiccant method, < 0.15 perm. 4. Jacket Temperature Limitation: TADPI T803, 225 degrees F (107 degrees C). 5. Corrosion Resistance: ASTM C665. 6. Fungi Resistance: ASTM C1338. 7. Flame Spread 25 or less, smoke development rating 50 or less. C. Installation: on 1. Self-Sealing Lap Seal, positive closure. 2. For finish see Division 9 Finishes. e�w Mechanical Insulation 15260-4 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate procedures which ensure acceptable workmanship and installation standards will be achieved. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Materials: Flame spread/smoke developed rating of 25/50 or less in accordance with ASTM E84, NFPA 255, and UL 723. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS w. A. Applicator: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum three years experience. w.. 1.7 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND PROTECTION A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. B. Deliver materials to site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturers identification, including product density and thickness. ■o C. Store insulation in original wrapping and protect from weather and construction traffic. D. Protect insulation against dirt,water, chemical, and mechanical damage. no 1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain ambient temperatures and conditions required by manufacturers of adhesive, mastic, and insulation cements. B. Maintain temperature during and after installation for minimum period of 24 hours. .s PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GLASS FIBER PIPING INSULATION A. Manufacturer: 1. Johns/Manville Micro-Lok. 2. Other acceptable manufacturers offering equivalent products: a. Owens Corning. b. Certainteed Manson. C. Knauf. B. Insulation: ASTM C547 rigid molded, noncombustible. 1. K value (SI k value): ASTM C335, 0.25 at 75 degrees F (0.036 at 24 degrees C). 2. Minimum Service Temperature: -20 degrees F (-28.9 degrees C). Mechanical Insulation 15260-3 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. F. ASTM C518 - Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter Apparatus. G. ASTM C533- Calcium Silicate Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation. H. ASTM C534 - Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form. I. ASTM C547- Mineral Fiber Preformed Pipe Insulation. J. ASTM C552-Cellular Glass Block and Pipe Thermal Insulation. K. ASTM C585- Inner and Outer Diameters of Rigid Thermal Insulation for Nominal Sizes of Pipe and Tubing (NPS System). on L. ASTM C921 - Properties of Jacketing Materials for Thermal Insulation. M. ASTM D1056 - Flexible Cellular Materials-Sponge or Expanded Rubber. N. ASTM D1667 - Flexible Cellular Materials--Vinyl Chloride Polymers and Copolymers (Closed-Cell Foam). O. ASTM D1784- Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(CPVC) Compounds. P. ASTM D2842 -Water Absorption of Rigid Cellular Plastics. so Q. ASTM E84-Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. go R. ASTM E96-Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. S. ASTM E162 - Standard Test Method for Surface Flammability of Materials Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source. T. ASTM G21 - Standard Practice for Determining Resistance of Synthetic Polymeric Materials to Fungi. U. NAIMA (North American Insulation Manufacturers Association) - National Insulation Standards. V. NFPA 255-Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. W. SMACNA -HVAC Duct Construction Standards- Metal and Flexible. X. UL 723-Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 1.4 SUBMITTALS on A. Submit under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. B. Product Data: Provide product description, list of materials and thickness for each Im service, and locations. C. Samples: Submit two samples of any representative size illustrating each insulation type. - Mechanical Insulation 15260-2 am Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz Company Architects, Inc. so SECTION 15260 ■w MECHANICAL INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL no 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Piping insulation. .� B. Duct insulation. C. Equipment insulation. •� D. Jackets and accessories. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS .. A. Division 9 Finishes: Painting. B. Section 15010 General Conditions for Mechanical Trades. C. Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods. D. Section 15410-Plumbing Piping. E. Section 15484-Fuel Oil Storage, Piping and Transfer Systems. wee F. Section 15494-Specialty Piping Systems. G. Section 15510- Hydronic Piping and Specialties. H. Section 15520-Steam Piping and Specialties. I. Section 15535-Refrigerant Piping and Specialties. J. Section 15890 Ductwork and Accessories. K. Division 16- Electrical. 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM B209-Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. B. ASTM C177 - Steady-State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded Hot Plate Apparatus. C. ASTM C195- Mineral Fiber Thermal Insulating Cement. D. ASTM C335-Steady-State Heat Transfer Properties of Horizontal Pipe Insulation. E. ASTM C449- Mineral Fiber Hydraulic-Setting Thermal Insulating and Finishing Cement. Mechanical Insulation 15260- 1 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 8. For equipment where increased resiliency and decreased accelerations are required change specification 16 snubbers to specification 17 snubbers. END OF SECTION go go PM 0M 0 go P0 Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints 15246- 26 i am Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. 4W w Blower Minimum Deflection Guide Required Deflection for ■ Fan Speed Ground Required Required Required Required RPM Supported Deflection for Deflection for Deflection for Deflection for Slab or 20' Floor Span 30' Floor Span 40' Floor Span 50' Floor Span Basement 500 and up 0.35 0.75 1.5 2.5 3.5 375-499 0.35 1.5 2.5 3.5 3.5 +� 300-374 0.35 2.5 2.5 3.5 3.5 225-299 0.35 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 175-225 0.35 3.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 When blowers are 60 HP or larger, select deflection requirements for next larger span. A minimum of 2.5"should be used unless larger deflections are called for on the chart or these fans are located in the lowest sub-basement or on a slab on grade. Notes: 1. Minimum deflection called for in this specification are not 'nominal' but certifiable minimums. The 0.75", 1.5", 2.5", 3.5", and 4.5" minimums should be selected from manufacturers nominal 1", 2", 3", 4" and 5" series respectively. Air spring isolation specifications 8 & 9 may be substituted for steel springs above in highly sensitive noise free locations. 2. Vacuum, Condensate or Boiler Feed Pumps shall be mounted with their tanks on a common spec. 21 base with deflections as specified for base mounted pumps. 3. The base described in specification 20 is used under the drive side. Individual mountings as described in specification 6 are used under the Cooler and Condenser. w� 4. This type of compressor is highly unbalanced and sometimes requires inertia bases weighing 5 to 7 times equipment weight to reduce running motion. 5. Limit deflection f or utility sets 18"wheel diameter and smaller to 1 1/2". 6. FLOATING CONCRETE INERTIA BASES. Floating concrete inertia bases do not reduce vibration transmitted to the structure through the mountings. These bases will reduce vibratory motion, provide a very rigid machine base and minimize spring reactions to fan thrust. Engineers preferring steel bases rather than the concrete mentioned above in specification 5-21 should change the designation to 5-20. Concrete is preferred for all fans operating at static pressure +� above 4"and on roof tops. 7. LIGHT FLOOR CONSTRUCTION. When floors or roofs are lighter than 4" solid concrete a localized mass shall be introduce under the vibration mountings in the form of a sub-base. This sub-base should be 12" thick and 12" longer and wider than the mechanical equipment above it. When this mass is provided the 30' minimum static deflection requirements will suffice even in longer bays. The mass is also useful for unusually large bays over 50'. When floors are lighter .. than the 4" concrete or the location is in a particularly sensitive area and the mass described above cannot be introduced, select deflection requirements for the next larger span. Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints 15246- 25 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. DEFLECTION AND MOUNTING CRITERIA FOR SOLID CONCRETE FLOORS 4 OR THICKER (NOTE 7) Ground 20 Floor Supported Span 30 Floor Span 40 Floor Span 50 Floor Span Slab or Possible Floor Possible Floor Possible Floor Possible Floor Basement Defl. 0.67 Defl. 1.0 Defl. 1.33 Defl. 1.67 Min ! ' Static Defl (in) SPECIFICATION Engr (note Engineer Specifications and Minimum Static Deflection SELECTION GUIDE Spec 1) as tabulated below(note 1) Blowers Utilities Set Spec 7 for 0.75 and 1/5 deflection and Spec 5-20-16 for over Floor Mounted (note 1.5 deflection with deflection from Blower Minimum Deflection 4w 5) 2 0.35 Guide, but not to exceed 2.5 Spec 5-21-16 with deflection from Blower Minimum Deflection Guide. If roof will not handle concrete base load use Spec 6 for PW Roof Mounted 0.75 and 1.5 deflection and Spec 6-20 for over 1.5 deflection Suspended Unit Spec 10-12 with deflection from Blower Minimum Deflection (note 5) Guide, not to exceed 2.5 deflection an Centrifugal Blowers Spec 5-21-16 with deflection from Blower Minimum Deflection (note 6) 2-21 0.35 Guide Fan Heads Spec 7-28 if 0.75 or 1.5 deflection or Spec 5-20-16-28 for deflection over 1.5 to 4.5 from Blower Minimum Deflection Floor Mounted 2-28 0.35 Guide. Spec 10-12-28 with deflection from Blower Minimum Deflection Suspended Units Guide Tubular Centrifugal and Axial Fans Spec 10-12 with deflection from Blower Minimum Deflection on Guide, Suspended Units Spec 10-12-28 for over 4 static pressure Floor Mounted with Spec 7 for 0.75 to 1.5 deflection and Spec 5-20-16 for over 1/5 Motor on/in Fan deflection with deflection from Blower Minimum Deflection Guide, Casing 2 0.35 Spec 5-21-16 or 5-16-28 for over 4 static pressure Floor Mounted Arrangement 1 or any Separately Spec 5-21-16 with deflection from Blower Minimum Deflection Mounted Motor 2-21 0.35 Guide Cooling Towers& Condensing Units 2 0.35 Spec 6 with deflection from Blower Minimum Deflection Guide Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints 15246-24 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. ISOLATION, DEFLECTION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT CRITERIA FOR SOLID CONCRETE FLOORS 4 AND THICKER (NOTE 7) . Ground Supported 20 Floor Span 30 Floor Span 40 Floor Span 50 Floor Span Slab or Possible Floor Possible Floor Possible Floor Possible Floor �* Basement Defl. 0.67 Defl. 1.0 Defl. 1.33 Defl. 1.67 SPECIFICATION Isol. & Isol. & ISO[. & Isol. & Isol. & SELECTION Seismic ISO[. Seismic Isol. Seismic ISO[. Seismic Isol. Seismic Isol. GUIDE Spec. Defl. Spec. Defl. Spec. Defl. Spec. Defl. Spec. Defl. 7 % hp to 40 hp 401 rpm and Over 2 0.35 7 0.75 7 0.75 7 1.5 5-16-20 2.5 50 hp and Larger 401 rpm and Over 2 0.35 7 0.75 7 1.5 5-16-20 2.5 5-16-20 3.5 AIR COMPRESSOR Tank Mounted 5-16- 5-16- 5-16- 5-16- 5-16- Type 21-24 0.75 21-24 0.75 21-24 1.5 21-24 2.5 21-24 3.5 5-16- 5-16- 5-16- 5-16- 5-16- V-W Type 21-24 0.75 21-24 0.75 21-24 1.5 21-24 2.5 21-24 3.5 Horz, Vert, 1 or 2 Cylinders 275 rpm to 499 5-16- 5-16- 5-16- 5-16- 5-16- rpm 21-24 2.5 21-24 2.5 21-24 2.5 21-24 3.5 21-24 3.5 500 rpm to 800 5-16- 5-16- 5-16- 5-16- 5-16- rpm 21-24 1.5 21-24 1.5 21-24 2.5 21-24 3.5 21-24 3.5 ew w� . a x no Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints 15246- 23 om Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. ISOLATION, DEFLECTION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT CRITERIA FOR SOLID CONCRETE FLOORS 4 AND THICKER (NOTE 7) Ground Supported 20 Floor Span 30 Floor Span 40 Floor Span 50 Floor Span Slab or Possible Floor Possible Floor Possible Floor Possible Floor Basement Defl. 0.67 Defl. 1.0 Defl. 1.33 Defl. 1.67 SPECIFICATION IsOI. & Isol. & Isol. & Isol. & Isol. & SELECTION Seismic Isol. Seismic Isol. Seismic Isol. Seismic Isol. Seismic Isol. GUIDE Spec. Defl. Spec. Defl. Spec. Defl. Spec. Defl. Spec. Defl. 5-16- 5-16- 5-16- 5-16- "' Thru 5 hp 2-21-23 0.35 21-23 0.75 21-23 0.75 21-23 1.5 21-23 1.5 7 '/2 hp and 5-16- 5-16- 5-16- 5-16- 5-16- Larger 21-23 0.75 21-23 0.75 21-23 1.5 21-23 1.5 21-23 2.5 Base Mounted (note 2) 40 5-16- 5-16- 5-16- 5-16- 5-16- Thru 60 hp 21-23 0.75 21-23 0.75 21-23 1.5 21-23 1.5 21-23 2.5 5-16- 5-16- 5-16- 5-16- 5-16- 40 75 hp and Larger 21-23 0.75 21-23 1.5 21-23 2.5 21-23 2.5 21-23 3.5 FACTORY ASSEMBLED H & V UNITS Curb Mounted Roof Top Units 22 1.0 22 2.5 22 2.5 22 2.5 Suspended Units (for Fan Heads see Blowers Guide) Thru 5 hp 10-12 1.0 10-12 1.0 10-12 1.0 10-12 1.0 10-12 1.0 7 %2 hp and 40 Larger 275 rpm to 400 rpm 10-12 1.5 10-12 1.5 10-12 1.5 10-12 1.5 10-12 1.5 7 '/2 hp and an Larger 401 rpm and Over 10-12 1.0 10-12 1.0 10-12 1.0 10-12 1.5 10-12 2.5 Floor Mounted go Units (for Fan Heads see Blowers Guide) Thru 5 hp 2 0.35 7 0.75 7 0.75 7 0.25 7 0.75 7 %hp and Larger 275 rpm to 400 rpm 2 0.35 7 1.5 7 1.5 7 1.5 7 1.5 Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints 15246- 22 l am Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. ow ISOLATION, DEFLECTION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT CRITERIA FOR SOLID CONCRETE FLOORS 4 AND THICKER (NOTE 7) .� Ground Supported 20 Floor Span 30 Floor Span 40 Floor Span 50 Floor Span Slab or Possible Floor Possible Floor Possible Floor Possible Floor Basement Defl. 0.67 Defl. 1.0 Defl. 1.33 Defl. 1.67 SPECIFICATION Isol. & Isol. & Isol. & Isol. & Isol. & SELECTION Seismic Isol. Seismic Isol. Seismic Isol. Seismic Isol. Seismic Isol. GUIDE Spec. Defl. Spec. Defl. Spec. Defl. Spec. Defl. Spec. Defl. Centrifugal Chillers or Heat Pumps Cooler Condenser Mounted Hermetic Compressors 2-20-23 0.35 6-20-23 0.75 6-20-23 1.5 6-23 1.5 6-20-23 2.5 Cooler Condenser Alongside Hermetic Compressor 2-23 0.35 6-23 0.75 6-23 1.5 6-23 1.5 6-23 2.5 Open Type Compressor *" (note 3) 2-23 0.35 6-23 0.75 6-23 1.5 6-20-23 1.5 6-20-23 2.5 Refrig. Reciprocating w. Compressors 500 rpm to 750 rpm 6-23 0.75 6-23 1.5 6-23 1.5 6-20-23 2.5 6-20-23 3.5 751 rpm and Over 6-23 0.75 6-23 0.25 6-23 1.5 6-20-23 2.5 6-20-23 3.5 Reciprocating Chillers or Heat Pumps 500 rpm to 750 rpm 6-23 0.75 6-23 1.5 6-23 1.5 6-20-23 2.5 6-20-23 3.5 751 rpm and w� Over 6-23 0.75 6-23 0.75 6-20-23 1.5 6-20-23 2.5 6-20-23 3.5 PACKAGED STEAM GENERATIONS .w. (Boilers) 2-24 0.35 6-24 0.75 6-24 0.75 6-24 1.5 5,23,24 2.5 PUMPS Closed Coupled Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints 15246- 21 w. V* 40 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 3. Round duct less than 28" (.5M2)in diameter. 00 4. All duct suspended by hangers 12" (300mm) or less in length as measured from the top of the duct to the point of attachment to the structure. Hangers must be NP attached within 2" (50mm) of the top of the duct with a minimum of two#10 sheet metal screws. If the 12" (300mm) limit is exceeded by any hanger in the run, seismic bracing is required for the run. �w D. Electrical 1. All conduit less than 2 1/2" (64mm) diameter suspended by individual hanger rods. 2. All conduits suspended by individual hangers 12" (300mm) or less as measured from the top of the conduit to the bottom of the support where the hanger is a WP attached. However, if the 12" (300mm) limit is exceeded by any hanger in the run, seismic bracing is required for the run. The 12" (300mm) exemption applies for trapeze supported systems if the top of each item supported by the trapeze qualifies. 3.4 INSPECTION MW A. Examine systems under provisions of Division 1. B. On completion of installation of all vibration isolation devices herein specified, the local Wo representative shall inspect the completed system and report in writing any installation error, improperly elected isolation devices, or other faults in the system that could affect the performance of the system. Contractor shall submit a report to the Owner, including the manufacturers representatives' final report, indicating all isolation reported as properly installed or requiring correction, and include a report by the Contractor on steps taken to properly complete the isolation work. 3.5 SCHEDULES ISOLATION, DEFLECTION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT CRITERIA FOR SOLID CONCRETE FLOORS 4 AND THICKER (NOTE 7) Ground Supported 20 Floor Span 30 Floor Span 40 Floor Span 50 Floor Span 4. Slab or Possible Floor Possible Floor Possible Floor Possible Floor Basement Defl. 0.67 Defl. 1.0 Defl. 1.33 Defl. 1.67 SPECIFICATION IsOI. & ISO[. & Isol. & Isol. & Isol. & SELECTION Seismic Isol. Seismic Isol. Seismic ISO[. Seismic Isol. Seismic ISO[. GUIDE Spec. Defl. Spec. Defl. Spec. Defl. Spec. Defl. Spec. Defl. REFRIG. MACHINES Absorption Machines 2-23 0.35 6-23 0.75 6-23 0.75 6-23 1.5 6-23 1.5 Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints 15246- 20 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. a. Minimum operating clearance between concrete inertia and base and housekeeping pad or floor shall be 2". b. The equipment structural steel or concrete inertia base shall be placed in position and supported temporarily by blocks or shims, as appropriate, prior to the installation of the machine or isolators. C. The isolators shall be installed without raising the machine and frame assembly. d. After the entire installation is complete and under full operational load, the isolators shall be adjusted so that the load is transferred from the blocks to the isolators. When all isolators are properly adjusted, the blocks or shims shall be barely free and shall be removed. e. Install equipment with flexibility in wiring connection. w £ Verify that all installed isolator and mounting systems permit equipment motion in all directions. Adjust or provide additional resilient restraints to flexibly limit start-up equipment lateral motion to 1/4". w g. Prior to start-up, clean out all foreign matter between bases and equipment. Verify that there are no isolation short circuits in the base, isolators, or seismic restraints. 3.3 SEISMIC RESTRAINT EXCLUSIONS .o A. General: All mechanical and electrical components and systems that are considered exempt from the requirement for seismic restraint, in accordance with The International Building Code 2003, Section.1621 and all related State of Connecticut Supplements, shall not require seismic restraint. "" B. Piping am 1. Piping in boiler and mechanical rooms less than 1 1/4"(32mm) inside diameter. 2. All other piping less than 2 1/2" (64mm)inside diameter. .W 3. All piping suspended by individual hangers 12" (300mm) or less as measured from the top of the pipe to the bottom of the support where the hanger is attached. However, if the 12" (300mm) limit is exceeded by any hanger in the ... run, seismic bracing is required for the run. The 12" (300mm) exemption applies for trapeze supported systems if the top of each item supported by the trapeze qualifies. C. Ductwork 1. Rectangular and square and ducts that are less than 6 square feet in cross sectional area. 2. Oval ducts that are less than 6 square feet (.5m2) in cross sectional area based on nominal size. Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints 15246- 19 go W Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 6. Walls, including gypsum board non bearing partitions, which have ducts running through them may replace a typical transverse brace. Provide channel framing around ducts and solid blocking between the duct and frame. 7. Chimneys and stacks passing through floors are to be bolted at each floor level or secured above and below each floor with riser clamps and specification type 13 for seismic solid brace restraints. ON 8. Chimneys and stacks running horizontally to be braced every 30 with specification type 12 seismic cable restraints or specification type 13 for seismic solid brace restraints. an G. Seismic Restraint of Electrical Services I. All electrical conduit 2 1/2" (64mm) in diameter and larger shall be restrained with specification type 12 seismic cable restraints or specification type 13 for seismic solid brace restraints. 2. All electrical bus ducts, cable trays and ladder trays shall be restrained with specification type 12, seismic cable restraints or specification 13 seismic solid brace restraints. 3. Transverse restraints shall occur at 30' (9m)intervals or both ends if the electrical run is less than the specified interval. Transverse restraints shall be installed at each electrical services turn and at each end of the electric run. 4. Longitudinal restraints shall occur at 60' (9m) intervals with at least one restraint per electric run. Transverse restraints for one electric section may also act as a longitudinal restraint for a duct for an electric section connected perpendicular to "a it if the restraints are installed within 4' (1.2m) of the intersection of the electric run and if the restraints are sized for the larger electric run. 5. All rigid floor mounted equipment must have a resilient media between the equipment mounting hole and the anchor bolt. Anchor bolts shall be designed in accordance with section 1.9 seismic forces. Neoprene bushings shall be specification type 4 and anchor bolts shall be specification type 18 or 19. 6. Wall mounted panels shall be mounted with specification type 3 bushings. Floor mounted panels shall be mounted on specification type 4 bushings. Anchor bolts shall be specification type 18 or 19. 10 H. All fire protection piping shall be braced in accordance with NFPA 13 and 14. I. Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraint of Mechanical Equipment 1. All mechanical equipment shall be vibration isolated and seismically restrained as per the schedules in part 3.5 of this specification. ON 2. Equipment mounted on housekeeping pads: Pads shall be properly doweled or expansion shielded to deck to meet acceleration criteria. OR 3. Requirements for installation on concrete inertia bases shall be as follows: Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints 15246- 18 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. .w 9. Cast iron pipe of all types, glass pipe and any other pipes joined with a four band shield and clamp assembly in Zones 2B, 3 and 4 shall be braced as in sections 3.2.D.2 and 3. For Zones 0, 1 and 2A, 2 band clamps may be used with reduced spacings of 1/2 of those listed in sections 3.2.D.2 and 3. E. Vibration Isolation of Ductwork 1. All discharge runs for a distance of 50'(15m)from the connected equipment shall be isolated from the building structure by means of specification 10 hangers or specification 5 floor isolators. Spring deflection shall be a minimum of 0.75" (19mm). 2. All duct runs having air velocity of 1000 fpm (5 m/s) or more shall be isolated from the building structure by specification 11 hangers or specification 5 floor supports. Spring deflection shall be a minimum of 0.75" (19mm). 3. Flexible duct connections shall be provided at inlet and discharge ducts. Refer to Section 15910. F. Seismic Restraint of Ductwork .�. 1. Seismically restrain all duct work with specification 12 or 13 restraints as listed below: a. Restrain rectangular ducts with cross sectional area of 6 sq.ft. (.5 m2) or larger. b. Restrain round ducts with diameters of 28" (700mm)or larger. C. Restrain flat oval ducts the same as rectangular ducts of the same nominal size. 2. Transverse restraints shall occur at 30' (9mm) intervals or at both ends of the duct run if less than the specified interval. Transverse restraints shall be installed •• at each duct turn and at each end of a duct run. 3. Longitudinal restraints shall occur at 60' (18m)intervals with at least one restraint per duct run. Transverse restraints for one duct section may also act as a longitudinal restraint for a duct section connected perpendicular to it if the restraints are installed within 4' (1.2m) of the intersection of the ducts and if the restraints are sized for the larger duct. Duct joints shall conform to SMACNA duct construction standards. 4. The ductwork must be reinforced at the restraint locations. Reinforcement shall consist of an additional angle on top of the ductwork that is attached to the support hanger rods. Ductwork is to be attached to both upper angle and lower trapeze. 5. A group of ducts may be combined in a larger frame so that the combined weights and dimensions of the ducts are less than or equal to the maximum weight and dimensions of the duct for which bracing details are selected. r� Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints 15246- 17 M Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. practical. Where piping connects to mechanical equipment install specification 23 expansion joints or specification 24 stainless hoses if 23 is not suitable for the service. B. Riser isolation: Risers shall be suspended from specification 10 hangers or supported by specification 5 mountings, anchored with specification 25 anchors, and guided with M specification 26 sliding guides. Steel springs shall be a minimum of 0.75" (19mm)except in those expansion locations where additional deflection is required to limit load changes to + 25% of the initial load. Submittals must include riser diagrams and calculations ON showing anticipated expansion and contraction at each support point, initial and final loads on the building structure, spring deflection changes and seismic loads. Submittal data shall include certification that the riser system has been examined for excessive stresses and that none will exist in the proposed design. C. Building expansion joints: Install swing joints at piping crossing expansion joints and brace piping either side of the expansion joint. D. Seismic Restraint of Piping 1. Seismically restrain all piping listed as a, b or c below. Use specification 12 !! " cables if isolated. Specification 12 or 13 restraints may be used on unisolated piping. OM a. Fuel oil piping, gas piping, medical gas piping, and compressed air piping that is 1" (25mm) I.D. or larger. b. Piping located in boiler rooms, mechanical equipment rooms, and refrigeration equipment rooms that is 1 1/4" (32mm) I.D. and larger. C. All other piping 2 1/2" (64mm)diameter and larger. 2. Transverse piping restraints shall be at 40' (12m) maximum spacing for all pipe sizes, except where lesser spacing is required to limit anchorage loads. 3. Longitudinal restraints shall be at 80' (24m) maximum spacing for all pipe sizes, except where lesser spacing is required to limit anchorage loads. ww 4. Where thermal expansion is a consideration, guides and anchors may be used as transverse and longitudinal restraints provided they have a capacity equal to or greater than the restraint loads in addition to the loads induced by expansion or contraction. No 5. For fuel oil and all gas piping transverse restraints must be at 20' (6m) maximum and longitudinal restraints at 40'(12m) maximum spacing. 6. Transverse restraint for one pipe section may also act as a longitudinal restraint for a pipe section of the same size connected perpendicular to it if the restraint is installed within 24" (600m) of the elbow or TEE or combined stresses are within allowable limits at longer distances. 7. Hold down clamps must be used to attach pipe to all trapeze members before applying restraints in a manner similar to clevis supports. Ow 8. Branch lines may not be used to restrain main lines. Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints 15246- 16 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 1. Flanges of structural beams. w� 2. Upper truss cords in bar joist construction. 3. Cast in place inserts or wedge type drill-in concrete anchors. ww K. Specification 12 cable restraints shall be installed slightly slack to avoid short circuiting the isolated suspended equipment, piping or conduit. L. Specification 12 cable assemblies are installed taut on non-isolated systems. Specification 13 seismic solid braces may be used in place of cables on rigidly attached systems only. M. At locations where specification 12 or 13 restraints are located, the support rods must be braced when necessary to accept compressive loads with specification 14 braces. N. At all locations where specification 12 or 13 restraints are attached to pipe clevis's, the clevis cross bolt must be reinforced with specification type 15 braces. O. Drill-in concrete anchors for ceiling and wall installation shall be specification type 18, and ," specification type 19 female wedge type for floor mounted equipment. P. Vibration isolation manufacturer shall furnish integral structural steel bases as required. at Independent steel rails are not permitted on this project. Each fan and motor assembly shall be supported on a single structural steel frame. Q. Hand built elastomeric expansion joints may be used when pipe sizes exceed 24" or so specified movements exceed specification 23 capabilities. R. Where piping passes through walls, floors or ceilings the vibration isolation manufacturer shall provide specification 27 wall seals. Am S. Air handling equipment and centrifugal fans shall be protected against excessive displacement which results from high air thrust in relation to the equipment weight. so Horizontal thrust restraint shall be specification type 28(see selection guide). T. Locate isolation hangers as near to the overhead support structure as possible. 3.2 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT INSTALLATION A. Horizontal pipe isolation: The first three pipe hangers in the main lines near the w. mechanical equipment shall be as described in specification 11. Specification 11 hangers must also be used in all transverse braced isolated locations. Brace hanger rods with SRC clamps specification 14. Horizontal runs in all other locations throughout the building shall be isolated by hangers as described in specification 10. Floor supported piping shall rest on isolators as described in specification 6. Heat exchanger's and expansion tanks are considered part of the piping run. The first three isolators from the isolated equipment will have the same static deflection as specified for the mountings under the connected equipment. If piping is connected to equipment located in basements and hangs from ceilings under occupied spaces the first three hangers shall have 0.75" (19mm) deflection for pipe sizes up to and including 3" (75mm), 1 1/2" (38mm) deflection for pipe sizes up to and including 6" (150mm), and 2 1/2" (64mm) deflection thereafter. Hangers shall be located as close to the overhead structure as Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints 15246- 15 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 28. Specification 28-Horizontal Thrust Restraint a. The horizontal thrust restraint shall consist of a spring element in series with a neoprene molded cup as described in specification 5 with the same deflection as specified for the mountings or hangers. The spring PSI element shall be designed so it can be preset for thrust at the factory and adjusted in the field to allow for a maximum of 1/4" (6mm) movement at start and stop. The assembly shall be furnished with 1 rod and angle go brackets for attachment to both the equipment and the duct work or the equipment and the structure. Horizontal restraints shall be attached at the centerline of thrust and symmetrical on either side of the unit. 00 b. Horizontal thrust restraints shall be type WBI/WBD as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Vibration isolators and seismic restraint systems shall control excessive noise and vibration in the buildings due to the operation of machinery or equipment, and/or due to interconnected piping, ductwork, or conduit. PIP B. All vibration isolators and seismic restraint systems must be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturers written instructions and all certified submittal data. an C. Installation of vibration isolators and seismic restraints must not cause any change of position of equipment, piping or ductwork resulting in stresses or misalignment. D. No rigid connections between equipment and the building structure shall be made that degrades the noise and vibration control system herein specified. E. The contractor shall not install any equipment, piping, duct or conduit that makes rigid ! connections with the building unless isolation is not specified. 'Building" includes, but is not limited to, slabs, beams,columns, studs and walls. 4" F. Coordinate work with other trades to avoid rigid contact with the building. G. Any conflicts with other trades that will result in rigid contact with equipment or piping due to inadequate space or other unforeseen conditions should be brought to the architects/engineers attention prior to installation. Corrective work necessitated by conflicts after installation shall be at the responsible contractors expense. 0" H. Bring to the architects/engineers attention any discrepancies between the specifications and the field conditions or changes required due to specific equipment selection, prior to installation. Corrective work necessitated by discrepancies after installation shall be at the responsible contractors expense. I. Correct, at no additional cost, all installations that are deemed defective in workmanship and materials at the contractors expense. J. Overstressing of the building structure must not occur because of overhead support of equipment. Contractor must submit loads to the structural engineer of record for approval. Generally bracing may occur from: Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints 15246- 14 I ON Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. no Flanged Male Nipples 3x 14 10x26 1/2x9 1 1/2x 13 so 4x15 12x28 3/4x10 2x14 5x19 14x30 1x11 21/2x18 so 6x20 16x32 11/4x12 8x22 b. Hoses shall be installed on the equipment side of the shut-off valves horizontally and parallel to the equipment shafts wherever possible. w C. Hoses shall be type BSS as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 25. Specification 25-All-Directional Acoustical Pipe Anchor a. All-directional acoustical pipe anchor, consisting of two sizes of steel tubing separated by a minimum 1/2" (12mm) thick 60 durometer .. neoprene. Vertical restraint shall be provided by similar material arranged to prevent vertical travel in either direction. Allowable loads on the isolation material should not exceed 500 psi (.35 kg/mM2) and the design shall be balanced for equal resistance in any direction. b. All-directional anchors shall be type ADA as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 26. Specification 26 Pipe Guides a. Pipe guides shall consist of a telescopic arrangement of two sizes of steel tubing separated by a minimum 1/2" (12mm) thickness of 60 durometer neoprene. The height of the guides shall be preset with a shear pin to allow vertical motion due to pipe expansion or contraction. Shear pin shall be removable and reinsertable to allow for selection of pipe movement. Guides shall be capable of+ 1 5/8" (41mm) motion, or to meet location requirements. b. Pipe guides shall be type VSG as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 27. Specification 27-Split Wall Seals a. Split Wall Seals consist of two bolted pipe halves with minimum 3/4" (19mm) thick neoprene sponge bonded to the inner faces. The seal ' shall be tightened around the pipe to eliminate clearance between the inner sponge face and the piping. Concrete may be packed around the seal to make it integral with the floor, wall or ceiling if the seal is not already in place around the pipe prior to the construction of the building member. Seals shall project a minimum of I" (25mm) past either face of the wall. Where temperatures exceed 240° F (115 0C), 10# (4.5kg) density fiberglass may be used in lieu of the sponge. +� b. Seals shall be Type SWS as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints 15246- 13 W# Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. contain the rooftop unit. The unit must be solidly fastened to the top floating rail, and the lower Z section anchored to the roof structure. Curb shall have anchorage preapproval "R" from OSHPD in the state of California attesting to the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. b. Curb shall be type RSC as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 23. Specification 23 Expansion Joints a. Flexible spherical expansion joints shall employ peroxide cured EPDM in the covers, liners and Kevlar7 tire cord frictioning. Any substitutions must have equal or superior physical and chemical characteristics. Solid steel rings shall be used within the raised face rubber flanged ends to prevent pullout. Flexible cable bead wire is not acceptable. Sizes 2" (50mm) and larger shall have two spheres reinforced with a ductile iron external ring between spheres. Flanges shall be split ductile iron or steel with hooked or similar interlocks. Sizes 16" (400mm) to 24" (600mm) may be single sphere. Sizes 3/4" (19mm) to 1 2" (38mm) may have " threaded two piece bolted flange assemblies, one sphere and cable retention. Connectors shall be rated at 250 psi (1.72MPa) up to 170° F (77°C) with a uniform drop in allowable pressure to 215 psi (1.48MPa)at 250° F (121°C) in sizes through 14"(350mm). 16" (400mm) through 24" (600mm) single sphere minimum ratings are 180 psi (1.24MPa) at 170° F (77°C) and 150 psi (1.03 MPa) at 250° F (121 0C). Higher rated connectors may be used to accommodate service conditions. All expansion joints must be factory tested to 150% of rated pressure for 12 minutes before shipment. Safety factors to burst and flange pullout shall be a minimum of 3/1. Concentric reducers to the above ratings may be substituted for equal ended expansion joints. b. Expansion joints shall be installed in piping gaps equal to the length of the expansion joints under pressure. Control rods need only be used in unanchored piping locations where the manufacturer determines the installation exceeds the pressure requirement without control rods. If control rods are used, they must have 2" (12mm) thick Neoprene washer bushings large enough in diameter to take the thrust at 1000 psi (.7 kg/mm )maximum on the washer area. C. Submittals shall include two test reports by independent consultants showing minimum reductions of 20 DB in vibration accelerations and 10 DB in sound pressure levels at typical blade passage frequencies on this or a similar product by the same manufacturer. All expansion joints shall be installed on the equipment side of the shut off valves. d. Expansion joints shall be SAFEFLEX SFDEJ, SFEJ, SFDCR or SFU and Control Rods CR as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. , 24. Specification 24 Flexible Stainless Steel Hoses a. Flexible stainless steel hose shall have stainless steel braid and carbon on steel fittings. Sizes 3"(75mm)and larger shall be flanged. Smaller sizes shall have male nipples. Minimum lengths shall be as tabulated: Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints 15246- 12 g, Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. no b. Drill-in female wedge anchors shall be type SAB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. am 20. Specification 20 Equipment Bases a. Vibration isolation manufacturer shall furnish integral structural steel bases. Rectangular bases are preferred for all equipment. Centrifugal refrigeration machines and pump bases may be T or L shaped where space is a problem. Pump bases for split case pump shall include supports for suction and discharge elbows. All perimeter members shall be steel beams with a minimum depth equal to 1/10 of the longest dimension of the base. Base depth need not exceed 14" (350mm) provided that the deflection and misalignment is kept within acceptable limits as determined by the manufacturer. Height saving brackets shall be employed in all mounting locations to provide a base clearance of 1" (25mm). b. Bases shall be type WF as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 21. Specification 21 Inertia Foundations a. Vibration isolation manufacturer shall furnish rectangular steel concrete pouring forms for floating and inertia foundations. Bases for split case ..� pumps shall be large enough to provide for suction and discharge elbows. Bases shall be a minimum of 1/12 of the longest dimension of the base but not less than 6" (150mm). The base depth need not exceed 12" (300mm) unless specifically recommended by the base manufacturer !* for mass or rigidity. Forms shall include minimum concrete reinforcing consisting of 1/2" (12mm) bars welded in place on 6" (150mm) centers running both ways in a layer 1 1/2" (38mm) above the bottom. Forms shall be furnished with steel templates to hold the anchor bolts sleeves ... and anchors while concrete is being poured. Height saving brackets shall be employed in all mounting locations to maintain a 1" (25mm) clearance below the base. Wooden formed bases leaving a concrete • rather then a steel finish are not acceptable. b. Base shall be type BMK or K as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 22. Specification 22 Curbs a. Curb mounted rooftop equipment shall be mounted on spring isolation curbs. The lower member shall consist of a sheet metal Z section containing adjustable and removable steel springs that support the upper floating section. The upper frame must provide continuous support for the equipment and must be captive so as to resiliently resist wind and seismic forces. All directional neoprene snubber bushings shall be a minimum of 1/4" (6mm) thick. Steel springs shall be laterally stable and rest on 1/4" (6mm) thick neoprene acoustical pads. Hardware must be plated and the springs provided with a rust resistant finish. The curbs waterproofing shall consist of a continuous galvanized flexible counter flashing nailed over the lower curbs waterproofing and joined at the corners by EPDM bellows. All spring locations shall have access ports with removable waterproof covers. Lower curbs shall have provision for 2" (50mm) of insulation. The roof curbs shall be built to seismically Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints 15246- 11 rw 40 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. design in all directions before contact is made between the rigid and resilient surfaces. Snubber end caps shall be removable to allow inspection of internal clearances. Neoprene bushings shall be rotated to insure no short circuits exist before systems are activated. Snubbers shall have an Anchorage Preapproval "R" Number from OSHPD in the we State of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. *4 b. Snubber shall be Type Z-1225 as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 17. Specification 17-All-Directional Seismic Snubbers a. All directional seismic snubbers shall consist of interlocking steel members restrained by shock absorbent rubber materials compounded to bridge bearing specifications. Elastomeric materials shall be replaceable and a minimum of 3/4" (19mm) thick. Rated loadings shall not exceed 1000 psi (.7kg/mm2). Snubbers shall be manufactured with an air gap between hard and resilient material of not less than 1/8" (3mm) nor more that 1/4" (6mm). Snubbers shall be installed with factory set clearances. The capacity of the seismic snubber at 3/8" (9mm) deflection shall be equal or greater than the load assigned to the mounting grouping controlled by the snubber multiplied by the applicable "G" force. Submittals shall include the load deflection curves up to 1/2" (12mm) deflection in the x, y and z planes. Snubbers shall have an anchorage preapproval "R" number from OSHPD in the state of !ws California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. w. b. Snubbers shall be series Z-1011 as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 18. Specification 18 Stud Wedges me a. Stud wedge anchors shall be manufactured from full diameter wire, not from undersized wire that is "rolled up" to create the thread. The stud anchor shall also have a safety shoulder which fully supports the wedge ring under load. The stud anchors shall have an evaluation report number from the I.C.B.O Evaluation Service, Inc. verifying its allowable loads. b. Drill-in stud wedge anchors shall be type SAS as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 19. Specification 19 Female Wedge Anchors a. Female wedge anchors are preferred in floor locations so isolators or equipment can be slid into place after the anchors are installed. Anchors shall be manufactured from full diameter wire, and shall have a safety shoulder to fully support the wedge ring under load. Female wedge anchors shall have an evaluation report number from the I.C.B.O go Evaluation Service, Inc.verifying to its allowable loads. Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints 15246- 10 as Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. No to achieve a certified minimum modulus of elasticity. Cable end connections shall be steel assemblies that swivel to final installation ON angle and utilize two clamping bolts to provide proper cable engagement. Cables must not be allowed to bend across sharp edges. Cable assemblies shall have an Anchorage Preapproval "R" Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified load am ratings. b. Cable assemblies shall be Type SCB at the ceiling and at the clevis bolt, 4ft SCBH between the hanger rod nut and the clevis or SCBV if clamped to a beam all as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 13. Specification 13 Seismic Solid Braces *o a. Seismic solid braces shall consist of steel angles or channels to resist seismic loads with a minimum safety factor of 2 and arranged to provide .� all directional restraint. Seismic solid brace end connectors shall be steel assemblies that swivel to the final installation angle and utilize two through bolts to provide proper attachment. Seismic solid brace assembly shall have anchorage preapproval "R" number from OSHPD in the state of California verifying the maximum certified load ratings. b. Solid seismic brace assemblies shall be type SSB as manufactured by .� Mason Industries, Inc. 14. Specification 14 Rod Clamp Assemblies a. Steel angles, sized to prevent buckling, shall be clamped to pipe or equipment rods utilizing a minimum of three ductile iron clamps at each restraint location when required. Welding of support rods is not acceptable. Rod clamp assemblies shall have an Anchorage " Preapproval "R" Number from OSHPD in the State of California. b. Rod clamp assemblies shall be Type SRC as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 15. Specification 15 Clevis Hanger Cross Brace a. Pipe clevis cross bolt braces are required in all restraint locations. They shall be special purpose preformed channels deep enough to be held in place by bolts passing over the cross bolt. Clevis cross braces shall have an Anchorage Preapproval "R" Number from OSHPD in the State of California. b. Clevis cross brace shall be type CCB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 16. Specification 16-All-Directional Seismic Snubbers a. All-directional seismic snubbers shall consist of interlocking steel members restrained by a one-piece molded neoprene bushing of bridge bearing neoprene. Bushing shall be replaceable and a minimum of 1/4" (6mm) thick. Rated loadings shall not exceed 1000 psi (.7kg/mm2). A minimum air gap of 1/8" (3mm) shall be incorporated in the snubber Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints 15246-9 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental 11 November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. (3mm). Submittals shall include natural frequency, load and damping tests performed by an independent lab or acoustician. b. Air Springs shall be Type MT and leveling valves Type LV as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 9. Specification 9 Restrained Air Springs Ow a. Restrained air spring mountings shall have an MT air spring as described in Specification 8, within a rigid housing that includes vertical limit stops to prevent air spring extension when weight is removed. The housing shall serve as blocking during erection. A steel spacer shall be removed ON after adjustment. Installed and operating heights are equal. A minimum clearance of 1/2" (12mm) shall be maintained around restraining bolts and between the housing and the air spring so as not to interfere with the air spring action. Limit stops shall be out of contact during normal operation. Housing shall be designed to resist all seismic forces. b. Mountings shall be SLR-MT as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 10. Specification 10 Hangers go a. Hangers shall consist of rigid steel frames containing minimum 1 1/4" (32mm) thick neoprene elements at the top and a steel spring with general characteristics as in specification 5 seated in a steel washer reinforced neoprene cup on the bottom. The neoprene element and the cup shall have neoprene bushings projecting through the steel box. To maintain stability the boxes shall not be articulated as clevis hangers nor the neoprene element stacked on top of the spring. Spring diameters W and hanger box lower hole sizes shall be large enough to permit the hanger rod to swing through a 300 arc from side to side before contacting the rod bushing and short circuiting the spring. Submittals shall include a hanger drawing showing the 300 capability. 40 b. Hangers shall be type 30N as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 11. Specification 11 Hangers a. Hangers shall be as described in 10, but they shall be precompressed and locked at the rated deflection by means of a resilient seismic upstop to keep the piping or equipment at a fixed elevation during installation. The hangers shall be designed with a release mechanism to free the spring after the installation is complete and the hanger is subjected to its full load. Deflection shall be clearly indicated by means of a scale. Submittals shall include a drawing of the hanger showing the 300 capability. b. Hangers shall be type PC30N as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 12. Specification 12 -Seismic Cable Restraints a. Seismic Cable Restraints shall consist of galvanized steel aircraft cables sized to resist seismic loads with a minimum safety factor of two and arranged to provide all-directional restraint. Cables must be prestretched Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints 15246-8 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. Mw 5. Specification 5 Spring Isolators .w. a. Spring isolators shall be free standing and laterally stable without any housing and complete with a molded neoprene cup or 1/4" (6mm) neoprene acoustical friction pad between the baseplate and the support. All mountings shall have leveling bolts that must be rigidly bolted to the equipment. Spring diameters shall be no less than 0.8 of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. Springs shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50% of the rated deflection. Submittals shall include spring diameters, deflection, compressed spring height and solid spring height. b. Mountings shall be Type SLF as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 6. Specification 6 Restrained Spring Mountings a. Restrained spring mountings shall have an SLF mounting as described in Specification 5, within a rigid housing that includes vertical limit stops to prevent spring extension when weight is removed. The housing shall serve as blocking during erection. A steel spacer shall be removed after �* adjustment. Installed and operating heights are equal. A minimum clearance of 1/2" (12mm) shall be maintained around restraining bolts and between the housing and the spring so as not to interfere with the spring action. Limit stops shall be out of contact during normal operation. Since housings will be bolted or welded in position there must be an internal isolation pad. Housing shall be designed to resist all seismic forces. Mountings shall have Anchorage Preapproval "R" ■* Number from OSHPD in the state of California certifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. b. Mountings shall be SLR as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. OW 7. Specification 7 Spring Mountings ww a. Spring mountings as in specification 5 built into a ductile iron or steel housing to provide all directional seismic snubbing. The snubber shall be adjustable vertically and allow a maximum of 1/4" (6mm) travel in all OW directions before contacting the resilient snubbing collars. Mountings shall have an Anchorage Preapproval "R" number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. b. Mountings shall be SSLFH as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 8. Specification 8 Air Springs a. Air Springs shall be manufactured with upper and lower steel sections connected by a replaceable flexible nylon reinforced neoprene element. Air spring configuration shall be multiple bellows to achieve a maximum natural frequency of 3 Hz. Air Springs shall be designed for a burst pressure that is a minimum of three times the published maximum operating pressure. All air spring systems shall be connected to either the building control air or a supplementary air supply and equipped with three leveling valves to maintain leveling within plus or minus 1/8" Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints 15246- 7 Village at Hospital Hill,Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. 2.2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS A. Vibration Isolators and Seismic Restraint Specifications 1. Specification 1 - Neoprene Pad a. Two layers of 3/4" (19mm) thick neoprene pad consisting of 2" (50mm) square waffle modules separated horizontally by a 16 (1.5mm) gauge galvanized shim. Load distribution plates shall be used as required. b. Pads shall be Type Super "W" as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 2. Specification 2- Bridge-Bearing Neoprene Mountings a. Bridge-bearing neoprene mountings shall have a minimum static deflection of 0.2"(5mm)and all directional seismic capability. The mount shall consist of a ductile iron casting containing two separated and opposing molded neoprene elements. The elements shall prevent the ► central threaded sleeve and attachment bolt from contacting the casting during normal operation. The shock absorbing neoprene materials shall be compounded to bridge-bearing specifications. Mountings shall have an Anchorage Preapproval "R" Number from OSHPD in the State of California verifying the maximum certified horizontal and vertical load ratings. b. Mountings shall be Type BR as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 3. Specification 3 Bushing Assemblies a. Sheet metal panels shall be bolted to the walls or supporting structure by assemblies consisting of a neoprene bushing cushioned between 2 steel sleeves. The outer sleeve prevents the sheet metal from cutting into the ww neoprene. Enlarge panel holes as required. Neoprene elements pass over the bushing to cushion the back panel horizontally. A steel disc covers the inside neoprene element and the inner steel sleeve is elongated to act as a stop so tightening the anchor bolts does not interfere with panel isolation in 3 planes. Bushing assemblies can be applied to the ends of steel cross members where applicable. All neoprene shall be bridge bearing quality. OR b. Bushing assemblies shall be type PB as manufactured by Mason Industries, Inc. 0 4. Specification 4- Neoprene Bushing a. A one piece molded bridge bearing neoprene washer/bushing. The OR bushing shall surround the anchor bolt and have a flat washer face to avoid metal to metal contact. b. Neoprene bushings shall be type HG as manufactured by Mason 00 Industries, Inc. ON Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints 15246-6 im Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 1.8 RELATED WORK A. Housekeeping Pads 1. Housekeeping pad reinforcement and monolithic pad attachment to the structure details and design shall be prepared by the restraint vendor if not already indicated on the drawings. 2. Housekeeping pads shall be coordinated with restraint vendor and sized to provide a minimum edge distance of ten (10) bolt diameters all around the outermost anchor bolt to allow development of full drill-in wedge anchor ratings. If cast-in anchors are to be used, the housekeeping pads shall be sized to accommodate the ACI requirements for bolt coverage and embedment. B. Supplementary Support Steel 1. Contractor shall supply supplementary support steel for all equipment, piping, ductwork, etc. including roof mounted equipment, as required or specified. C. Attachments 1. Contractor shall supply restraint attachment plates cast into housekeeping pads, concrete inserts, double sided beam clamps, etc. in accordance with the requirements of the vibration vendor's calculations. 1.9 SEISMIC FORCE LEVELS A. Installations shall be designed to safely accept external forces determined in accordance with the International Building Code 2003, Section 1621 in any direction for all rigidly supported equipment without failure and permanent displacement of the equipment. Seismic restraints shall not short circuit vibration isolation systems or transmit objectionable vibration or noise. 1.10 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. B. Record actual locations and installation of vibration isolators and seismic restraints including attachment points. PART 2 PRODUCTS em 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Mason Industries Inc. models listed below. om B. Other approved manufacturers providing equivalent products include: so 1. Vibration Eliminator Co. 2. Amber/Booth Co. Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints 15246-5 ow Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 3. Seismic Certification and Analysis: a. Seismic restraint calculations must be provided for all connections of equipment to the structure. Calculations must be stamped by a registered professional engineer with at least five years of seismic design experience, licensed in the state of the job location. b. All restraining devices shall have a preapproval number from California OSHPD or some other recognized government agency showing maximum restraint ratings. Preapprovals based on independent testing are preferred to preapprovals based on calculations. Where preapproved devices are not available, submittals based on independent on testing are preferred. Calculations (including the combining of tensile and shear loadings) to support seismic restraint designs must be stamped by a registered professional engineer with at least five years of ON seismic design experience and licensed in the state of the job location. Testing and calculations must include both shear and tensile loads as well as one test or analysis at 45 degrees to the weakest mode. so C. Analysis must indicate calculated dead loads, static seismic loads and capacity of materials utilized for connections to equipment and structure. Analysis must detail anchoring methods, bolt diameter, embedment and/or welded length. All seismic restraint devices shall be designed to accept, without failure, the forces detailed in section 1.06 acting through the equipment center of gravity. Overturning moments may exceed forces at ground level. 1.7 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Contractor shall have the following responsibilities: 1. Determine vibration isolation and seismic restraint sizes and locations per specifications. 2. Provide and install isolation systems and seismic restraints as scheduled or specified. 3. Guarantee specified isolation system deflection. 4. Provide installation instructions, drawings and field supervision to assure proper pa installation and performance. 5. Provide installation instructions, drawings and trained field supervision to insure proper installation and performance. 6. Substitution of "Internally Isolated" mechanical equipment in lieu of the specified isolation of this section is acceptable. �w Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints 15246-4 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. D. Longitudinal Bracing: 1. Restraint(s) applied to limit motion parallel to the centerline of the pipe, duct or conduit. E. Failure 1. For the purposes of this project, failure is defined as the discontinuance of any attachment point between equipment or structure, vertical permanent deformation greater than 1/8" (3mm) and/or horizontal permanent deformation greater that 1/4" (6mm). 1.6 SUBMITTALS o A. Submit under provisions of Division 1 and Section 15010. B. The submittal material shall include copies of descriptive data for all products and so materials including but not limited to the following: 1. Descriptive Data: . � a. Catalog cuts or data sheets on vibration isolators and specific restraints detailing compliance with the specification. b. An itemized list showing the items to be isolated and/or seismically restrained, product type or model number to be used and loading and deflection data. .. 2. Shop Drawings: a. Submit fabrication details for equipment bases including dimensions, structural member sizes and support point locations. b. Provide Drawings showing methods of suspension and support guides for conduit, piping, ductwork and ceiling hung equipment. C. Where walls, floors, slabs or supplementary steel work are used for seismic restraint locations, details of acceptable attachment methods for ducts, conduit and pipe must be included and approved before the condition is accepted for installation. Restraint manufacturers'submittals must include spacing, static loads and seismic loads at all attachment .w and support points. d. Provide specific details of seismic restraints and anchors; include number, size and locations for each piece of equipment. e. Drawings showing methods for isolation of conduits, pipes and ductwork penetrating walls and floor slabs. £ Specific details of restraints including anchor bolts for mounting and maximum loading at each location, for each piece of equipment and/or pipe and duct locations. .. .R Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints 15246- 3 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz Company Architects,Inc. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS r A. Division 3-Cast-in-Place Concrete. B. Division 15-Mechanical. C. Division 16- Electrical. 1.3 REFERENCES A. State of Massachusetts Building Code. B. NFPA 13- Installation of Sprinkler Systems. C. SMACNA-Seismic Restraint Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems. 1.4 QUALIFICATIONS A. Qualifications: Only firms having five years experience designing and manufacturing seismic devices shall be capable of work in this specification. 1.5 DEFINITIONS w A. Life Safety Systems: 1. All systems involved with fire protection including sprinkler piping, fire pumps, * jockey pumps,fire pump control panels, service water supply piping,water tanks, fire dampers and smoke exhaust systems. 2. All systems involved with and/or connected to emergency power supply including all generators, transfer switches, transformers and all flow paths to fire protection and/or emergency lighting systems. 3. All medical and life support systems. 4. Fresh air relief systems on emergency control sequence including air handlers, conduit, duct, dampers, etc. B. Positive Attachment: 1. A positive attachment is defined as a cast-in anchor, a drill-in wedge anchor, a double sided beam clamp loaded perpendicular to a beam, or a welded or bolted connection to structure. Single sided "C type beam clamps for support rods of overhead piping, ductwork, fire protection, electrical conduit, bus duct, or cable trays, or any other equipment are not acceptable on this project as seismic anchor points. on C. Transverse Bracing: 1. Restraint(s) applied to limit motion perpendicular to the centerline of the pipe, duct or conduit. �r Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints 15246-2 .p Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 15246 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Intent 1. All mechanical equipment, piping and ductwork as noted on the equipment schedule or in the specification shall be mounted on vibration isolators to prevent the transmission of vibration and mechanically transmitted sound to the building structure. Vibration isolators shall be selected in accordance with the weight distribution so as to produce reasonably uniform deflections. 2. All isolators and isolation materials shall be of the same manufacturer and shall be certified by the manufacturer. 3. It is the intent of the seismic portion of this specification to keep all mechanical and electrical building system components in place during a seismic event. 4. All such systems must be installed in strict accordance with seismic codes, component manufacturer's recommendations and building construction standards. Whenever a conflict occurs between the manufacturer's recommendations or construction standards, the most stringent shall apply. 5. This specification is considered to be minimum requirements for seismic consideration and is not intended as a substitute for legislated, more stringent, national, state or local construction requirements (i.e. California Title 24, California OSHPD, Canadian Building Codes, or other requirements). .� 6. Any variance or non-compliance with these specification requirements shall be corrected by the contractor in an approved manner. B. The work of this section includes but is not limited to the following: 1. Vibration isolation elements. 2. Equipment isolation bases. 3. Piping flexible connections. 4. Seismic restraints for isolated and non-isolated mechanical and electrical items. w 5. Certification of seismic restraint designs and installation supervision. 6. Certification of seismic attachment of housekeeping pads. „ 7. All mechanical and electrical systems. Equipment buried underground is excluded but entry of services through the foundation wall is included. w Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints 15246- 1 wr rare �w wr Village at Hospital Hill,Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Contractor shall not assume acceptance of the building by the Owner until he receives written notification. B. The Contractor shall receive calls for problems experienced in the operation of the equipment provided under this Division and he shall take steps to immediately correct any deficiencies that may exist. C. The Contractor shall provide a check list and shall put a copy of it in the boiler or main mechanical room. The check list shall itemize each piece of equipment furnished under his Section. D. The Contractor shall certify on this check list that he has examined each piece of equipment and that, in his opinion, it is operating as intended by the manufacturer, it has been properly lubricated, and that all necessary current and preventative maintenance has been performed as recommended by the manufacturer and by good and accepted practice. .. E. The Contractor shall check all controls in the building to ascertain that they are functioning as designed. This shall include but not be limited to thermostats, aquastats, humidistats, freeze-stats and fire-stats, etc. This portion of the work shall be performed �* by the Contractor who installed the controls. F. During construction, the Contractor shall ensure that all filters are in place on all .R equipment. If the equipment is operated during construction, strict attention shall be paid to maintaining clean and effective filters. Filters shall be new and clean when the system testing and balancing takes place. The Contractor shall bear the cost of all filters and media during construction until final acceptance by the Owner. This requirement shall + apply equally to fluid filters and strainers. G. Where normal preventative maintenance for any piece of equipment requires special tools, the Contractor shall furnish the appropriate tools for that piece of equipment (i.e., special filter removal hooks,valve wrenches, etc.). END OF SECTION �wc .A. .ws Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050-25 ow Village at Hospital Hill,Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 3.4 SLEEVES A. Set sleeves in position in forms. Provide reinforcing around sleeves. B. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction. Provide for continuous insulation wrapping. C. Extend sleeves through floors 1 inch (25 mm) above finished floor level. Caulk sleeves. D. Where piping or ductwork penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between pipe or duct and adjacent work with fire stopping insulation and caulk airtight. Provide close fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration. E. Install chrome plated steel escutcheons at finished surfaces. 3.5 AIR ELIMINATION A. The Contractor shall be responsible for bleeding all air from closed water piping systems after the system has been filled, and thereafter rebleeding as often as required to completely eliminate air from the system. B. Where work on an existing piping system has allowed air to enter that system, the Contractor shall also bleed that system even if no piping work was done in the area where air has developed. C. Where air cannot be bled from any piping due to the absence of an air vent, the wA Contractor shall install a manual air vent in locations required to successfully bleed such air. D. Where the piping layout would require an air vent in an inaccessible location, the Contractor shall install an extended '/-inch copper bleed line and petcock to an accessible location, such as a closet, mechanical room, above lay-in ceiling, etc. 3.6 LUBRICATION A. All equipment installed under this Contract having moving parts and requiring lubrication shall be properly lubricated according to manufacturers recommendations prior to testing and operation. Any such equipment discovered to have been operated before lubrication by the Contractor is subject to rejection and replacement at no additional cost to the Owner. Units furnished with sealed bearings are exempted. B. The Contractor shall furnish and install, as appropriate on all equipment requiring lubrication, Zerk pressure gun grease fittings or sight gravity-feed oilers equipped with shutoff and needle valve adjustment. Units furnished with sealed bearings and lifetime lubrication are exempted. All fittings and oilers are to be fully accessible for lubrication with equipment which does not require special adapters. Where fittings would be otherwise in accessible,furnish and install extended grease lines. 3.7 MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall provide the necessary skilled labor to assure the proper operation and to provide the required current and preventative maintenance for the equipment and controls provided under this Division until final acceptance of the building by the Owner. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050-24 up Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz 6'Company Architects, Inc. we G. Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers. H. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. I. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe. J. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Refer to Division 9. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed. K. Schedules Pipe/Size Maximum Maximum Horizontal Vertical Spacin Spacing ABS pipe 4-0 10_0 b Aluminum pipe and tubing 10-0 15-0 •� Brass pipe 10-0 10-0 Brass tubing, 1-1/4 diameter and 6-0 10-0 smaller Brass tubing, 1-1/2 diameter and larger 10-0 10-0 Cast-iron pipe a 5-0 15-0 Copper or copper-alloy pipe 12-0 10-0 Copper or copper-alloy tubing, 1-1/4 6-0 10-0 diameter and smaller Copper or copper-alloy tubing, 1-1/2 10-0 10-0 diameter and larger CPVC pipe or tubing, 1 and smaller 3-0 10_0 b CPVC pipe or tubing, 1-1/4 and larger 4-0 10-0 b Steel pipe 12-0 15-0 Steel tubing 8-0 10-0 Lead pipe Continuous 4-0 PB pipe or tubing 2-8 4-0 PEX tubing 2-8 10-0 b PVC p ipe 1 4-0 10-0 b Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050- 23 rw so Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. B. Installing firestops at through-penetrations. 40 1. General: Comply with the "System Performance Requirements" article in Part 1 and the through-penetration firestop manufacturer's installation instructions and drawings pertaining to products and applications indicated. 2. Install forming/damming materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials during their application and in the position needed to produce the cross-sectional shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings of designated through-penetration firestop systems. After installing fill materials, remove combustible forming materials and other accessories not indicated as permanent components of firestop systems. 3. Install fill materials for through-penetration firestop systems by proven techniques to produce the following results: a. Completely fill voids and cavities formed by openings, forming materials, accessories, and penetrating items. b. Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and penetrating items. C. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing Work, finish to produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes. C. Cleaning: 1. Clean off excess fill materials and sealants adjacent to openings and joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of firestopping products and of products in which opening and joints occur. 2. Protect firestopping during and after curing period from contact with 00 contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated firestopping immediately and install new materials to produce firestopping complying with specified requirements. 3.3 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Support horizontal piping as scheduled. B. Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch (13 mm) space between finished covering and adjacent work. C. Place hangers within 12 inches(300 mm) of each horizontal elbow. D. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) minimum vertical adjustment. E. Support horizontal cast iron pipe adjacent to each hub. F. Support vertical piping at every floor. Support vertical cast iron pipe at each floor at hub. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050-22 Im Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 2.12 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS A. Unless otherwise specified, all power wiring shall be furnished and installed under Division 16. B. All power wiring shall be furnished and installed complete from power source to motor or equipment junction box including power wiring through the starters. C. When specified, all temperature control wiring, interlock wiring and equipment control wiring for the equipment furnished under this Division shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Division 16. PART 3 EXECUTION no 3.1 INSERTS ■ A. Provide inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. Coordinate locations of inserts with the architect. B. Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe over 4 inches (100 mm). C. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface. ..� D. Where inserts are not permitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide through-bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut recessed into and grouted flush with slab. so 3.2 FIRESTOPPING A. Preparation: am 1. Surface Cleaning: Clean out openings immediately prior to installing firestopping to comply with recommendations of firestopping manufacturer and the following am requirements: a. Remove all foreign materials from surfaces of opening and from penetrating items that could interfere with adhesion of firestopping. am b. Clean opening and penetrating items to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with firestopping. Remove loose sm particles remaining from cleaning operation. C. Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete. 2. Masking Tape: Use masking tape to prevent firestopping from contacting adjoining surfaces that will remain exposed upon completion of Work and that would otherwise be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods used to remove smears from firestopping materials. Remove tape as soon as it is possible to do so without disturbing firestopping's seal with substrates. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050- 21 ow Village at Hospital Hill,Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. CW Domestic cold water ark HW Domestic hot water HWR Domestic hot water recirculating SAN VENT Sanitary vent SAN Sanitary sewer RD Roof(storm) drainage OD Overflow(storm)drainage DPD Drainage pump discharge SPKLR or SPRINKLER Sprinkler piping only FIRE PROTECT. WATER Fire standpipe or combined sprinkler standpipe J. Whenever Owners standards differ from the above, observe and follow Owners standard labeling conversion. 2.10 PAINTING A. All finish painting in finished areas shall be performed under Division 9 of the Specifications. B. All materials shipped to the job site under this Division, such as grilles, registers and radiation covers, etc. shall have baked enamel finish of color as selected by the architect unless otherwise specified. C. The Sheet Metal Contractor shall paint the interior of all ducts wherever the interior of the duct can be seen through a register or louver. Paint shall be flat black, rust preventative type. D. All exterior piping, fittings and hangers shall be properly primed and finished with a minimum of two (2) coats of high grade exterior enamel of color as selected by the Architect. 2.11 PIPE EXPANSION A. All pipe connections shall be installed to allow for freedom of movement of the piping so during expansion and contraction without springing. Swing joints, expansion loops and expansion joints with proper anchors and guides shall be provided by the Contractor where necessary and/or where shown on the Drawings. Anchors and guides shall be subject to the review of the Engineer. Pay particular attention to plastic piping with high coefficients of expansion. B. Consideration of required seismic lateral restraints shall be given when anchoring piping and making provision for expansion. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050-20 MR Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. wA 5. Submit valve schedule for each piping system, typewritten and reproduced on 8- 1/2" x 11" bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system ,.., abbreviation (as shown on tag), location of valve (room or space), and variations for identification (if any). Mark valves which are intended for emergency shut-off and similar special uses, by special "flags", in margin of schedule. In addition to mounted copies, furnish extra copies for Maintenance Manuals as specified in Division 1. 6. Mount valve schedule frames and schedules in mechanical rooms where indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, where directed by Architect/Engineer. Where more than one major machine room is shown for project, install mounted valve schedule in each major machine room, and repeat only main valves which are to be operated in conjunction with operations of more than single machine room. H. Mechanical Equipment Identification: 1. Provide laminated plastic nameplates for each item of equipment and device including but not limited to air handling equipment, pumps, fans, boilers, tanks, temperature sensors, electrical panel, etc. Each nameplate inscription shall identify the function and, when applicable, the position. Nameplates shall be melamine plastic, 0.125-inch thick, black with white center core. Surface shall be matte finish. Corners shall be square. Accurately align lettering and engrave into 4, the core. Minimum size of nameplates shall be 1 by 2.5 inches. Lettering shall be a minimum of 0.25-inch high normal block style. Nameplates shall be punched for mechanical fastening except where adhesive mounting is necessary because of substrate. we 2. Install engraved plastic laminate sign or plastic equipment marker on or near each major item of mechanical equipment and each operational device. 3. Text of Signs: In addition to name of identified unit, provide lettering to distinguish between multiple units, inform operator of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper • operations. 4. Operational valves and similar minor equipment items located in non-occupied spaces (including machine rooms) may, at Installer's option, be identified by .� installation of plasticized tags in lieu of engraved plastic signs. I. Label color coding and sizes shall conform to ANSI A13.1 and OSHA. Use the following legend: HWS Heating hot water supply HWR Heating hot water return FOS Fuel oil supply FOR Fuel oil return LPG Liquefied petroleum gas NG Natural gas Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050- 19 go Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. b. Near each branch, excluding short take-offs for fixtures and terminal units; mark each pipe at branch, where there could be question of flow pattern. C. Near locations where pipes pass through walls or floors/ceilings, or enter non-accessible enclosures. d. At access doors, manholes and similar access points which permit view of concealed piping. e. Spaced intermediately at maximum spacing of 50' along each piping run, except reduce spacing to 25' in congested areas of piping and equipment. f. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings, except omit intermediately spaced markers. F. Underground Piping Identification: 1. Provide manufacturer's standard permanent, bright-colored, continuous-printed plastic tape, intended for direct-burial service; not less than 6"wide x 4 mils thick. Provide tape with printing which most accurately indicates type of service of buried pipe. Provide multi-ply tape consisting of solid aluminum foil core between 2-layers of plastic tape. 2. During back-filling/top-soiling of each exterior underground piping systems, install continuous underground-type plastic line marker, located directly over buried line at 6" to 8" below finished grade. Where multiple small lines are buried in common trench and do not exceed overall width of 16", install single line marker. 40 For tile fields and similar installations, mark only edge pipe lines of field. G. Valve Identification: 1. Provide 19-gage polished brass valve tags with stamp-engraved piping system abbreviation in 1/4" high letters and sequenced valve numbers 1/2" high, and with 5/32" hole for fastener. Provide 1-1/2" diameter tags, except as otherwise indicated. 2. Valve Tag Fasteners: Provide manufacturer's standard solid brass chain (wire link or beaded type), or solid brass S-hooks of the sizes required for proper attachment of tags to valves, and manufactured specifically for that purpose. 3. Access Panel Markers: Provide manufacturer's standard 1/16" thick engraved plastic laminate access panel markers, with abbreviations and numbers corresponding to concealed valve. Include 1/8"center hole to allow attachment. 4. Provide valve tag on every valve, cock and control device in each piping system; exclude check valves, valves within factory-fabricated equipment units, plumbing fixture faucets, convenience and lawn-watering hose bibs, and shut-off valves at plumbing fixtures, HVAC terminal devices and similar rough-in connections of end-use fixtures and units. List each tagged valve in valve schedule for each piping system. For each page of valve schedule, provide glazed display frame, with screws for removable mounting on masonry walls. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050- 18 low Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 2.8 ESCUTCHEONS A. The Contractor shall provide chrome plated escutcheons on pipes, conduit and ductwork wherever they pass through floors, ceilings, walls or partitions in finished locations. 2.9 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION A. Mechanical identification work shall comply with ANSI A13.1. Names, abbreviations and other designations used in mechanical identification work, shall correspond with designations shown on drawings specified or scheduled. B. Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require insulation, painting or other covering or finish, install identification after completion of covering and painting. Install identification prior to installation of acoustical ceilings and similar removable concealment. +.r C. Acceptable manufacturers for identification devises shall be Seton Identification Products, Craftmark Identification Systems and Safety Sign Co. D. Ductwork Identification: .w 1. Identify ductwork with duct markers; or provide stenciled signs and arrows, showing ductwork service and direction of flow, in black or white (whichever .. provides most contrast with ductwork color). 2. In each space where ductwork is exposed, or concealed only by removable ceiling system, locate signs near points where ductwork originates or continues into concealed enclosures (shaft, underground or similar concealment), and at 50'spacing along exposed runs. Locate identification at air handling equipment. 3. Provide duct markers or stenciled signs on each access door in ductwork and housings, indicating purpose of access (to what equipment) and other maintenance and operating instructions, and appropriate safety and procedural information. E. Piping System Identification: 1. Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed, wrap-around, color-coded, pipe markers, complying with ANSI A13.1. Install pipe markers of one of the following types on each system indicated to receive identification. Include arrows to show normal direction of flow: „w a. Plastic wrap-around pipe markers, semi-rigid snap-on or permanent adhesive pressure-sensitive vinyl type. Install on pipe insulation segment where required for hot non-insulated pipes. " 2. Locate pipe markers as follows wherever piping is exposed to view in occupied spaces, mechanical rooms, accessible maintenance spaces (shafts, tunnels, plenums)and exterior non-concealed locations: a. Near each valve, control device, major equipment items and points of origination and termination Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050- 17 r p 40 Village at Hospital Hill,Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. a. Intumescent Latex Sealant: 1) Metacaulk 950, The RectorSeal Corporation. 2) Fire Barrier CP 25WB Caulk, 3M Fire Protection Products. 3) AC-20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Sealant, Pecora Corp. 4) FIRECODE Compound, United States Gypsum Co. 5) FS-One, Hilti, Inc. F. Mixing: 1. For those products requiring mixing prior to application, comply with firestopping manufacturer's directions for accurate proportioning of materials, water (if required), type of mixing equipment, selection of mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures needed to produce firestopping products of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for ! ' application indicated. 2.7 ACCESSIBILITY AND ACCESS PANELS A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the sufficiency of the size of shafts and chases, the adequate thickness of partitions, and the adequate clearance in double partitions and hung ceilings for the proper installation of the Work. B. Locate all equipment which must be serviced, operated or maintained in fully accessible positions. Equipment shall include, but not be limited to: filters, motors, controllers, coils, valves, drain points, etc. Access doors shall be furnished if required for better accessibility. Minor deviations from the Drawings may be made to allow better accessibility, but changes of magnitude or which involve extra cost shall not be made without the acceptance of the Engineer. C. Access doors in walls, ceilings, floors, etc., shall be furnished by the appropriate Subcontractor and installed under Division 9. Access doors installed in fire or smoke rated assemblies shall contain the same rating. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate and provide information regarding the sizes and quantities of access doors required for his work. The Contractor shall arrange his work in such a manner as to minimize the quantity of access doors required, such as grouping shutoff valves in the ;! same area. Where possible, locate valves in already accessible areas, such as lay-in ceilings, etc. Minimum access door size shall be 6 X 6 unless otherwise noted. D. On a clean set of prints, the Plumbing, HVAC and Fire Protection Contractors shall mark in red pencil the location of each required access door, including its size and fire rating (if any), and shall submit the print to the Architect for review before access doors are purchased or installed. E. Upon completion of the Project, the Contractor shall physically demonstrate that all equipment and devices installed have been located and/or provided with adequate access panels for repair, maintenance and/or operation. Any equipment not so furnished shall be relocated or provided with additional access panels by the installing Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. po Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050- 16 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. .. 5. For firestopping exposed to view, provide products with flame-spread values of less than 25 and smoke-developed values of less than 50, as determined per AST M E 84. C. Project Conditions: 1. Environmental Conditions: Do not install firestopping when ambient or substrate temperatures are outside limits permitted by firestopping manufacturers or when substrates are wet due to rain,frost, condensation, or other causes. 2. Ventilation: Ventilate firestopping per firestopping manufacturers' instructions by natural means or, where this is inadequate,forced air circulation. D. Firestopping General: 1. Compatibility: Provide firestopping composed of components that are compatible with each other, the substrates forming openings, and the items, if any, penetrating the firestopping under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by firestopping manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 2. Accessories: Provide components for each firestopping system that are needed to install fill Use only components specified by the firestopping manufacturer for the designated fire-resistance-rated systems. Accessories include but are not limited to the following items: a. Permanent forming/damming/backing materials including the following: 1) Semirefractory fiber(mineral wool)insulation. 2) Ceramic fiber. 3) Sealants used in combination with other forming/damming materials to prevent leakage of fill materials in liquid state. 4) Fire-rated formboard. b. Temporary forming materials. �s C. Substrate primers. d. Collars. e. Steel sleeves. 3. Applications: Provide firestopping systems composed of materials specified in this Section that comply with system performance and other requirements. E. Fill materials for through-penetration firestop systems: 1. Intumescent, Latex Sealant: Single-component, intumescent, latex formulation. 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: Ak Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050- 15 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz FY Company Architects,Inc. 3. Penetrations through smoke barriers, smoke partitions and construction enclosing compartmentalized areas involving both empty openings and openings containing penetrating items. 4. Penetrations at tops of fire-resistance rated walls and partitions of the following construction types: a. Concrete unit masonry walls and partitions. b. Gypsum board assembly walls and partitions. I. rw B. System Performance Requirements: 1. General: Provide firestopping systems that are produced and installed to resist the spread of fire, according to requirements indicated, and the passage of smoke and other gases. ASTM E 814 (Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-penetration Fire Stops) products listed below shall be used at openings in fires resistive wall and floors that are evaluated in accordance with ASTM El 19 Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Material. 2. F-Rated Through-Penetration Firestop Systems: Provide through-penetration firestop systems with F ratings indicated, as determined per ASTM E 814, but not less than that equaling or exceeding the fire-resistance rating of the constructions penetrated. 3. T-Rated Through-Penetration Firestop Systems: Provide through-penetration firestop systems with T ratings, in addition to F ratings, as determined per ASTM E 814, where indicated and where systems protect penetrating items exposed to contact with adjacent materials in occupiable floor areas. T-rated assemblies are required where the following conditions exist: a. Where firestop systems protect penetrations located outside of wall *�* cavities. b. Where firestop systems protect penetrations located outside fire-resistive on shaft enclosures. C. Where firestop systems protect penetrations located in construction containing doors required to have a temperature-rise rating. d. Where firestop systems protect penetrating items larger than a 4 inch diameter nominal pipe or 16 sq. in. in overall cross-sectional area. 4. For firestopping exposed to view, traffic, moisture, and physical damage, provide products that do not deteriorate when exposed to these conditions. a. For piping penetrations for plumbing and wet-pipe sprinkler systems, provide moisture-resistant through-penetration firestop systems. b. For penetrations involving insulated piping, provide through-penetration firestop systems not requiring removal of insulation. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050- 14 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 2. Supports shall be adjustable, with stainless steel threaded rods, stainless steel hardware and aluminum struts. Provide neoprene/molded fiberglass pads for setting on built-up or EPDM roofs. For other roofs, provide pads compatible with roofing system and weight loading. 2.5 SLEEVES, INSERTS AND ANCHOR BOLTS ' A. The Contractor shall provide, set in place and be held responsible for the location of all sleeves, inserts and anchor bolts required for the work. In the event that failure to do so requires cutting and patching of finished Work, it shall be done at the Contractors expense. B. Inserts shall be malleable iron case with galvanized steel shell and expander plug for threaded connection with lateral adjustment, top lot for reinforcing rods, lugs for attaching to forms; size inserts to suit threaded hanger rod sizes. C. Sleeves shall be provided as follows: 1. Sleeves for Pipes Through Non-fire Rated Floors, Beams, Walls, and Footings: Steel pipe of minimum 18 gage (1.2 mm) thick galvanized steel or schedule 10 carbon steel pipe. 2. Sleeves for Pipes through Fire Rated and Fire Resistive Floors and Walls, and Fire Proofing: Prefabricated fire rated sleeves including seals. Schedule 40 carbon steel sleeve with firestop sealant as specified herein. 3. Sleeves for Round and Rectangular Ductwork: Galvanized steel. +w D. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish cast-in-place sleeves, inserts and anchors in sufficient time to be installed during initial concrete pours. Where job schedules make this impossible, coordinate and obtain acceptance from the Structural Engineer for alternate installation methods. E. Pipes and conduits passing through floors, walls or partitions shall be provided with �• sleeves having an inside diameter one (1 ) inch larger than the outside diameter of the pipe, conduit or insulation enclosing the pipe. F. Piping shall run with insulation continuous through sleeve. G. When ducts, piping or conduit penetrate the floor of a mechanical room located above an occupied space, such penetrations shall be made completely watertight, such that a .. liquid leak shall not pass through the penetration. 2.6 FIRESTOPPING A. Firestopping shall be provided for the following: 1. Penetrations through fire-resistance-rated floor and roof construction including both empty openings and openings containing cables, pipes, ducts, conduits, and other penetrating items. 2. Penetrations through fire-resistance-rated walls and partitions including both empty openings and openings containing cables, pipes, ducts, conduits, and other penetrating items. .�r Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050- 13 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 7. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 inches (100 mm) and Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp. 8. Wall Support for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 inches (150 mm) and Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp with adjustable steel yoke and cast iron roll. 9. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. 10. Floor Support for Cold Pipe: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. 11. Floor Support for Hot Pipe Sizes to 4 Inches (100 mm): Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple,floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. 12. Floor Support for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 inches (150 mm) and Over: Adjustable cast iron roll and stand, steel screws, and concrete pier or steel support. 13. Copper Pipe Support: Copper-plated, carbon steel ring. G. Accessories 1. Hanger Rods: Mild steel threaded both ends, threaded on one end, or continuous threaded. 2. Beam Clamps: Carbon steel, center I-beam clamp for providing even distribution on T flanges; Grinnell Figure 133 or 134. 3. Beam Camps for Piping 2 Diameter and Less: Malleable iron C-clamp with locknut; Grinnell Figure 86. Provide retaining clip for piping to be seismically braced. 4. Insulation Shields: Galvanized carbon steel; Grinnell Figure 167. 5. Pipe Saddles: Steel pipe saddles welded to pipe. 6. High density rigid insulation sections or suitable factory fabricated units in lieu of pipe saddles. H. Hanger Sizing Requirements 1. Pipe hangers installed on insulated pipe shall be sized to allow the insulation to pass through the hanger. I. Pipe Alignment Guides 1. Two piece welded steel with enamel paint, bolted,with spider to fit standard pipe, frame with four mounting holes, clearance for insulation, minimum 3 inch (75 ow mm) travel. J. Roof Pipe Support 1. Roof supports shall be MAPA Model MS or MB Series products or approved equal. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050- 12 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. w 2. Hangers for Cold Pipe Sizes 2 inches (50 mm) and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. .� 3. Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 2 to 4 inches (50 to 100 mm): Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. Am 4. Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 inches (150 mm) and Over: Adjustable steel yoke, cast iron roll, double hanger. 5. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods. 6. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 inches (150 mm) and Over: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods, cast iron roll. 7. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 inches(76 mm): Cast iron hook. , 8. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 inches (100 mm) and Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp. 00 9. Wall Support for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 inches (150 mm) and Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp with adjustable steel yoke and cast iron roll. 04 10. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. 11. Floor Support for Cold Pipe: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. o 12. Floor Support for Hot Pipe Sizes to 4 inches (100 mm): Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple,floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. r 13. Floor Support for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 inches (150 mm) and Over: Adjustable cast iron roll and stand, steel screws, and concrete pier or steel support. ■. 14. Copper Pipe Support: Copper-plated, Carbon-steel ring. F. Hydronic Piping: am 1. Hangers for Cold Pipe Sizes 3/4 inches (50 mm) and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. An 2. Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 2 to 4 inches (50 to 100 mm): Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. 3. Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 inches (150 mm) and Over: Adjustable steel yoke, cast iron roll, double hanger. 4. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger . , rods. 5. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 inches (150 mm) and Over: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods, cast iron roll. "1 6. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 inches (76 mm): Cast iron hooks. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050- 11 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 9. Supports for Sprinkler Standpipes: In conformance with NFPA 14. C. Fire Protection Piping: 1. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1 to 1-1/2 inch (13 to 38 mm): Carbon steel, adjustable swivel, split ring. 2. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 inches (50 mm) and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. 3. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods. 4. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 inches (75 mm): Cast iron hooks. p 5. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 inches (100 mm) and Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp. 6. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. 7. Floor Support: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. 8. Copper Pipe Support: Carbon-steel adjustable ring, copper plated. D. Plumbing Piping- DWV: 1. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1 to 1-1/2 inch (13 to 38 mm): Carbon steel, adjustable swivel, split ring. 2. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 inches (50 mm) and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. !! 3. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods. 4. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 inches (75 mm): Cast iron hook. 5. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 inches (100 mm) and Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp. 6. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. 40 7. Floor Support: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. 8. Copper Pipe Support: Copper-plated, carbon-steel adjustable, ring. E. Plumbing Piping-Water: 1. Hangers for Pipe Sizes %2 to 1-112 inch (13 to 38 mm): Carbon steel, adjustable PO swivel, split ring. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050- 10 M Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. B. In no case shall any air handling equipment or any other equipment having filters be run without a clean filter in place. This applies equally and especially to systems operated during construction for temporary heating or cooling or for testing. This also applies to high efficiency filters, where specified. In no case shall high efficiency filters be operated without suitable pre-filters in place. C. When HVAC systems are operated for space heating and/or cooling during construction the Contractor or Construction Manager shall bear the cost of furnishing filters for equipment being used. The HVAC Contractor shall maintain and install filters in equipment during construction. D. In hydronic systems, strainers shall be maintained during system operation and testing. If a coil or heat exchanger should plug or foul due to lack of filter or strainer maintenance then that equipment shall be cleaned and renewed or replaced at no cost to the Owner. E. When equipment and systems are officially turned over to the Owner, all equipment shall be clean and have clean, new filters installed. 2.4 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS u. A. Manufacturers: 1. Grinnell Corp. r 2. Carpenter& Paterson Inc. 3. Creative Systems Inc. so 4. Flex-Weld, Inc. 5. Glope Pipe Hanger Products Inc. on 6. Michigan Hanger Co. am 7. Superior Valve Co. B. Regulatory Requirements am 1. All piping supports shall conform to ASTM F708, MSS SP58, MSS SP69 and MSS SP89. 2. Plumbing piping (DWV) shall conform to ASME 1331.9. 3. Plumbing piping (Water)shall conform to ASME 1331.9. 4. Hydronic piping shall conform to ASME 1331.9. 5. Steam and steam condensate piping shall conform to ASME 1331.1. , 6. Compressed air and specialty piping shall conform to ASME 1331.1. 7. Refrigerant piping shall conform to ASME B31.5. '*^" 8. Supports for Sprinkler Piping: In conformance with NFPA 13. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050-9 Village at Hospital Hill,Rental II November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Premium Efficiency Motors TOTALLY ENCLOSED FAN-COOLED (TEFC) Speed (RPM) SIZE IZ 1200 1800 3600 NEMA Nominal Efficiency 30 93.6% 93.6% 93.0% 40 94.1% 94.1% 93.6% 50 94.1% 94.5% 94.1% 60 94.5% 95.0% 94.1% 75 95.0% 95.4% 94.5% 100 95.4% 95.4% 95.0% 125 95.4% 95.4% 95.4% 150 95.8% 95.8% 95.4% 200 95.8% 96.2% 1 95.8% 2.2 MOTOR STARTERS A. Motor starters shall be provided under Division 16, Electrical, unless integral to equipment as specified here-in or as noted otherwise. Motor starters furnished integral to equipment shall be provided as specified herein. All power wiring to and from the starters shall be provided under Division 16. Control wiring shall be provided as specified in the Controls Specifications or as required by the sequence of operations or as noted above. B. All electric motor starters shall conform to requirements of NEC, NEMA, UL, CSA and ANSI and shall be suitable for the required load, duty, voltage, phase, frequency, service and location. C. All magnetic starters shall have start-stop push buttons in the cover. When interlocking or automatic control is required, starters shall have hand-off-automatic selector switches in cover. Starters for automatic or remote control of 480 Volt motors shall have built-in on control transformers. Furnish remote start/stop switches where noted. Coordinate voltage and amperage requirements for interconnecting relays with controls contractor. D. Magnetic starters shall include overload and low voltage protection and two (2) sets of auxiliary normally open and normally closed contacts. All magnetic starters shall have integral 3-leg overload protection sized to the motors rated FLA. E. Starters shall be furnished mounted inside NEMA enclosures suitable for the environment in which they are to be located. F. Starters shall be of the same manufacturer and shall be equivalent to General Electric, Square D, Fumas, Cutler Hammer or Allen Bradley. 2.3 FILTERS AND STRAINERS 1M1 A. Any equipment which operates with filters or strainers shall have filters and strainers installed at all times. Refer to appropriate trade sections for specific requirements. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050-8 Village at Hospital Hill,Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. ow Premium Efficiency Motors OPEN DRIP-PROOF (ODP) Speed (RPM) SIZE 1200 1800 3600 HP NEMA Nominal Efficiency 7.5 91.7% 91.0% 89.5% 10 91.7% 91.7% 90.2% 15 92.4% 93.0% 91.0% w„ 20 92.4% 93.0% 92.4% 25 93.0% 93.6% 93.0% 30 93.6% 94.1% 93.0% 40 94.1% 94.1% 93.6% 50 94.1% 94.5% 93.6% 60 95.0% 95.0% 94.1% 75 95.0% 95.0% 94.5% 100 95.0% 95.4% 94.5% 125 95.4% 95.4% 95.0% .,. 150 95.8% 95.8% 95.4% 200 95.4% 95.8% 1 95.4% b. Totally enclosed fan-cooled motors Premium Efficiency Motors TOTALLY ENCLOSED FAN-COOLED (TEFC) Speed (RPM) '+* SIZE HP 1200 1800 3600 rw NEMA Nominal Efficiency 1 82.5% 85.5% 78.5% 1.5 87.5% 86.5% 85.5% 2 88.5% 86.5% 86.5% 3 89.5% 89.5% 88.5% 5 89.5% 89.5% 89.5% aee 7.5 91.7% 91.7% 91.0% 10 91.7% 91.7% 91.7% 15 92.4% 92.4% 91.7% r.. 20 92.4% 93.0% 92.4% 25 93.0% 93.6% 93.0% Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050- 7 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 8. Thermistor System (Motor Frame Sizes 254T and Larger): Three PTC thermistors embedded in motor windings and epoxy encapsulated solid state control relay with wiring to terminal box. 9. Bearings: Grease lubricated anti-friction ball bearings with housings equipped !!" with plugged provision for relubrication, rated for minimum AFBMA 9, L-10 life of 20,000 hours except where specifically noted otherwise. Calculate bearing load with NEMA minimum V-belt pulley with belt center line at end of NEMA standard shaft extension. Stamp bearing sizes on nameplate. 10. Sound Power Levels: Conform to NEMA MG 1. 11. Part Winding Start: Use part of winding to reduce locked rotor starting current to approximately 60 percent of full winding locked rotor current while providing approximately 50 percent of full winding locked rotor torque. 12. Weatherproof Epoxy Sealed Treated Motors: Epoxy seal windings using vacuum and pressure coat windings with rotor and starter surfaces protected with epoxy enamel; bearings double shielded with waterproof non-washing grease. 13. Nominal Efficiency: As scheduled at full load and rated voltage when tested in accordance with IEEE 112. 14. Nominal Power Factor: As scheduled at full load and rated voltage when tested in accordance with IEEE 112. G. Motor Efficiencies 1. Whenever the equipment schedules or other Specification calls for Energy Efficient Motors or High Efficiency Motors or Premium Efficiency Motors or implies such, the motors furnished shall have minimum efficiencies as tabulated below. All three phase motors are to be included in an energy rebate program and shall have minimum efficiencies as required by the local utility company s r current rebate program. The nominal efficiency shall be stamped on the nameplate in accordance with NEMA Standard MG. 10.37. a. Open drip-proof motors Premium Efficiency Motors OPEN DRIP-PROOF (ODP) Speed (RPM) SIZE 1200 1800 3600 NEMA Nominal Efficiency 1 82.5% 85.5% 80.0% 1.5 86.5% 86.5% 85.5% 2 87.5% 86.5% 86.5% !! 3 89.5% 89.5% 86.5% 5 89.5% 89.5% 89.5% Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050-6 llll W Village at Hospital Hill,Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. riw 5. Enclosed Motors: Class A (50 degrees C temperature rise) insulation, 1.0 Service Factor, prelubricated ball bearings. , D. Single Phase Power-Permanent-Split Capacitor Motors 1. Starting Torque: Exceeding one fourth of full load torque. 2. Starting Current: Up to six times full load current. 3. Open Drip-proof or Enclosed Air Over Enclosure: Class A (50 degrees C temperature rise) insulation, minimum 1.0 Service Factor, prelubricated sleeve or ball bearings, automatic reset overload protector. E. Single Phase Power- Capacitor Start Motors 1. Starting Torque: Three times full load torque. 2. Starting Current: Less than five times full load current. 3. Pull-up Torque: Up to 350 percent of full load torque. 4. Breakdown Torque: Approximately 250 percent of full load torque. 5. Motors: Capacitor in series with starting winding; provide capacitor- start/capacitor-run motors with two capacitors in parallel with run capacitor remaining in circuit at operating speeds. rw 6. Drip-proof Enclosure: Class A(50 degrees C temperature rise) insulation, NEMA Service Factor, prelubricated sleeve or ball bearings. 7. Enclosed Motors: Class A (50 degrees C temperature rise) insulation, 1.0 Service Factor, prelubricated ball bearings. F. Three Phase Power 1. Starting Torque: Between 1 and 1-1/2 times full load torque. 2. Starting Current: Six times full load current. 3. Power Output, Locked Rotor Torque, Breakdown or Pull Out Torque: NEMA Design B characteristics. 4. Design, Construction, Testing, and Performance: Conform to NEMA MG 1 for Design B motors. 5. Insulation System: NEMA Class B or better. 6. Testing Procedure: In accordance with IEEE 112. Load test motors to determine A free from electrical or mechanical defects in compliance with performance data. 7. Motor Frames: NEMA Standard T-Frames of steel, aluminum, or cast iron with end brackets of cast iron or aluminum with steel inserts. ` Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050-5 w Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. B. General Requirements 1. Motors Less Than 250 Watts,for Intermittent Service: Equipment manufacturer's standard and need not conform to these specifications. 2. Electrical Service: a. Refer to schedules on drawings and respective equipment specification W sections. b. Motors less than % HP: 120 Volts, single phase, 60 Hz except where specifically noted otherwise. C. Motors % HP and larger: Three phase, 60 Hz except where specifically noted otherwise. d. NEMA MG 1, Design B, energy squirrel cage induction motor, with windings as required to accomplish starting methods and number of speeds indicated. 3. Explosion-Proof Motors: UL approved and labelled for hazard classification, with over temperature protection. 4. Inverter Duty Rated Motors: Totally enclosed blower cooled (TEBC)with Class H insulation, two normally closed thermal protectors, 1800 rpm for belt drive application. Blower motor shall be 230/460 volt, three phase. Efficiencies and power factors shall be itemized below at TEFC schedule. 5. Multiple Speed Motors: Through tapped windings. 6. Visible Nameplate: Indicating motor horsepower, voltage, phase, cycles, RPM, full load amps, locked rotor amps, frame size, manufacturer's name and model number, service factor, power factor, efficiency. ! 7. Wiring Terminations: a. Provide terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes and materials indicated. Enclose terminal lugs in terminal box sized to NFPA 70, threaded for conduit. b. For fractional horsepower motors where connection is made directly, provide threaded conduit connection in end frame. C. Single Phase Power-Split Phase Motors 1. Starting Torque: Less than 150 percent of full load torque. 2. Starting Current: Up to seven times full load current. 3. Breakdown Torque: Approximately 200 percent of full load torque. 4. Drip-proof Enclosure: Class A(50 degrees C temperature rise)insulation, NEMA Service Factor, prelubricated sleeve or ball bearings. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050-4 am Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. before work is done. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary sleeves, caulking and flashing required to make openings absolutely watertight. .� 1.9 TEMPORARY OPENINGS A. The Contractor shall ascertain from an examination of the Drawings whether any special temporary openings in the building will be required for the admission of apparatus provided under this Division and shall notify the Owner or the Construction Manager accordingly. In the event of failure of the Contractor to give sufficient notice in time to .. arrange for these openings during construction, the Contractor shall assume all costs of providing such openings thereafter. 1.10 QUIET OPERATION A. Equipment and material used in the various systems described herein shall not produce a sound level greater than 5 decibels above the normal ambient sound level in the area served. The sound level shall be observed on the A weighting network of a sound level ' or sound survey meter. The ASHRAE Guide and Data Book provides a means to determine sound level of mechanical equipment when the total of background plus equipment sound levels exceeds the minimum acceptable equipment sound level. If objectionable noises or vibrations are produced and transmitted to occupied portions of the building by apparatus, piping, ducts or other parts of the mechanical work, the Contractor shall make such changes or additions as necessary without extra cost to the Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MOTORS A. General Construction 1. All electric motors furnished as a component part of the equipment furnished under this Division shall conform to the requirements of NEMA Standard MG-1, UL and ANSI. They shall be suitable for the required load, duty voltage, phase, .� frequency, service and location. Acceptable manufacturers shall be Baldor Electric, General Electric, Marathon Electric and Reliance Electric. 2. All motors shall be NEMA Decision Type B unless otherwise indicated and have a service factor in accordance with NEMA Standard MG- 1 Table 12-2. 3. All motors shall have Class B insulation systems with temperature rise characteristics in accordance with NEMA MG-1-12-42 for small motors and NEMA MG-1-12-43 for medium motors. Temperature rise shall not exceed 80°C at continuous operation at full rated load based on an ambient temperature of 40°C. .� 4. Motors shall have nameplates bearing manufacturers name, serial number, horsepower, speed, design type, service factor and all electrical characteristics. 5. All motor leads shall be permanently identified. 6. Each motor shall be selected for quiet operation in accordance with NEMA Standards. MW Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050-3 ■. �r Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz 6'Company Architects, Inc. into the building spaces. Where no specific type or quality of material is given, a first- class standard article as accepted by industry standards shall be furnished. B. Provide materials and equipment that are products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such products which are of equal quality, design and workmanship. Products shall have been in satisfactory commercial or industrial use for a minimum 2 years prior to bid opening. The 2-year period shall include applications of equipment and materials under similar circumstances and of similar size as required for this project. The product shall have been on sale on the commercial market through advertisements, manufacturers' catalogs, or brochures during the 2-year period. Where two or more items of the same class of equipment are required, these items shall be products of a single manufacturer. C. Alternative Qualifications: Products having less than a 2-year field service record will be acceptable if a certified record of satisfactory field operation for not less than 6000 hours, exclusive of the manufacturers'factory or laboratory tests, is furnished. D. Manufacturer's Nameplate: Each item of equipment shall have a nameplate bearing the manufacturer's name, address, model number, and serial number securely affixed in a 0 conspicuous place; the nameplate of the distributing agent will not be acceptable. 1.5 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and patching shall be performed under Division 1. The Contractor shall furnish sketches showing the location and sizes of all openings, chases, etc., required for the installation of work. B. Exercise extreme caution when core drilling or cutting openings in floor slabs to avoid cutting or damaging structural members. No structural members shall be cut without the written acceptance of the Structural Engineer and all such cutting shall be done in a manner directed by him. C. Upon written instructions from the Architect, uncover and restore Work to provide for Architect/Engineer observation of concealed Work. 1.6 SCAFFOLDING, RIGGING, HOISTING A. The Contractor shall furnish all scaffolding, rigging, hoisting and services necessary for erection and delivery into the premises any equipment and apparatus furnished under this Division. Remove same from premises when no longer required. 40 1.7 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING A. Excavation and backfilling shall be provided under Division 2 of the Specifications, unless ps otherwise indicated in individual trade Sections. B. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate sizes, depths, fill and bedding requirements with the Division 2 Contractor and any other excavation work required under this Division. 1.8 WATERPROOFING A. Where any work pierces waterproofing, including waterproof concrete, roofs, exterior wall and floors in wet areas, the method of installation shall be reviewed by the Engineer Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050-2 Village at Hospital Hill,Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. on SECTION 15050 as BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 GENERAL .. 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Drawings and General Provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary so Conditions, Division 1 Specification Sections, Section 15010 - General Conditions for Mechanical Trades apply to the work specified in this Section. B. The Drawings of other trades including Architectural, Structural, Landscape, Civil and Electrical shall be examined for coordination and familiarity of work with other Contractors. Any duplication or omission of provisions in this project should be brought to the attention of the Owners prior to Bidding. .� 1.2 DESCRIPTION A. It is the intent of this Section of the Specifications to establish a standard of quality and performance characteristics for basic materials and installation methods used in building mechanical systems. 1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. This contract is for all labor, materials and equipment required for installation. The system shall be complete and finished in all respects, tested and ready for operation. Work shall include calibration of equipment with factory settings. All materials, equipment and apparatus shall be new and of first class quality. B. Any apparatus, appliance, material or work not shown on Drawings but mentioned in the .. Specifications, or vice versa, or any incidental accessories or minor details not shown but necessary to make the work complete and perfect in all respects and ready for operation, even if not specifically mentioned, shall be provided by the Contractor without additional expense to the Owner. C. Protect the structure, furnishings, finishes, and adjacent materials not indicated or scheduled to be removed. D. Provide and maintain temporary partitions or dust barriers adequate to prevent the spread of dust and dirt to adjacent areas. E. Wherever a particular piece of equipment, device or material is specifically indicated on the Drawings by model number, type, series or other means, that specification shall take precedence over equipment or materials specified herein. For example: If a particular fan is specified on the Drawings, it s specification takes precedence over fan specified herein. 1.4 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT QUALIFICATIONS A. All materials and apparatus required for the work, except as otherwise specifically indicated, shall be new, of first-class quality, and shall be furnished, delivered, erected, connected and finished in every detail and be so selected and arranged as to fit properly Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050- 1 po 00 40 so Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. CADD File Release Form DELIVERY OF CADD FILES FOR: Project Name In accepting and utilizing any drawings or other data on any form of electronic media generated and provided by the Design Professional, the Client covenants and agrees that all such drawings and data are instruments of service of the Design Professional, who shall be deemed the author of the drawings and data, and shall retain all common law, statutory law and other rights, including copyrights. The Client further agrees not to use these drawings and data, in whole or in part, for any purpose or project other than the project which is the subject of this Agreement. The Client agrees to waive all claims against the Design Professional resulting in any way from any unauthorized changes or reuse of the drawings and data for any other project by anyone other than the Design Professional. In addition, the Client agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to indemnify and hold the Design .� Professional harmless from any damage, liability or cost, including reasonable attorneys fees and costs of defense, arising from any changes made by anyone other than the Design Professional or from any reuse of the drawings and data without the prior written consent of the Design Professional. +*� Under no circumstances shall transfer of the drawings and other instruments of service on electronic media for use by the Client be deemed a sale by the Design Professional, and the Design Professional makes no warranties, either express or implied, of merchantability and fitness for any particular purpose. Client s Signature Date Company-Title Architects Signature Date ----------- ------------------ Firm -Title ..g ----------------------------------- --------------- Owner s Signature Date --------------------------------- Company-Title �s General Conditions for Mechanical Trades 15010- 1 w. Village at Hospital Hill, Rental 11 November I,2007 Dietz FY Company Architects, Inc. 1.27 GUARANTEES A. The Contractor shall guarantee all material and workmanship under these Specifications and the Contract for a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance by Owner. During this guarantee period, all defects developing through faulty equipment, materials " or workmanship shall be corrected or replaced immediately by this Contractor without expense to the Owner. Such repairs or replacements shall be made to the Engineer's satisfaction. B. Contractor shall provide name, address, and phone number of all contractors and subcontractors and associated equipment they provided. 1.28 PROJECT CLOSE-OUT A. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications and similar documents in accordance with Division 1. B. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items. C. Complete start-up testing of systems, and instruction of the Owner's operating and maintenance personnel. Discontinue or change over and remove temporary facilities from the site, along with construction tools, mock-ups, and similar elements. D. Complete final clean up requirements, including touch-up painting. Touch-up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes. !! E. Field Observation Procedures: On receipt of a request for an Engineers Field Observation, the Engineer will advise the Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. The Engineer will advise the Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued. 1. The Engineer will repeat the Field Observation when requested and assured that the Work has been substantially completed. 2. Results of the completed list of unfulfilled items will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance. go END OF SECTION General Conditions for Mechanical Trades 15010- 21 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental 11 November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. D. Owner's Recourse: Written warranties made to the Owner are in addition to implied warranties, and shall not limit the duties, obligations, right and remedies otherwise available under the law, nor shall warranty periods be interpreted as limitations on time in which the Owner can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies. E. Rejection of Warranties: The Owner reserves the right to reject warranties and to limit selections to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. F. The Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept Work for the Project where a special warranty, certification, or similar commitment is required on such Work or part of the Work, until evidence is presented that entities required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so. G. Submit written warranties to the Engineer prior to the date certified for Substantial Completion. If the Engineer's Certificate of Substantial Completion designates a �. commencement date for warranties other than the date of Substantial Completion for the Work, or a designated portion of the Work, submit written warranties upon request of the Engineer. H. When a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or used by the Owner, by separate agreement with the Contractor during the construction period, submit properly executed warranties to the Engineer within fifteen days of completion of that designated portion of the Work. I. When a special warranty is required to be executed by the Contractor, or the Contractor and a subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer, prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution by the required parties. Submit a draft to the Owner through the Engineer for approval prior to final execution. 1. Refer to individual Sections of Divisions-2 through -16 for specific content requirements, and particular requirements for submittal of special warranties. J. Form of Submittal: At Final Completion compile two copies of each required warranty • and bond properly executed by the Contractor, or by the Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, or manufacturer. Organize the warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual. K. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, commercial quality, durable 3-ring vinyl covered loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2" by 11"paper. 1. Provide heavy paper dividers with celluloid covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark the tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product, and the name, address and telephone number of the installer. 2. Identify each binder on the front and the spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES AND BONDS," the Project title or name, and the name of the Contractor. 3. When operating and maintenance manuals are required for warranted construction, provide additional copies of each required warranty, as necessary, for inclusion in each required manual. General Conditions for Mechanical Trades 15010-20 M Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. we C. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil; use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the Work. D. Mark new information that is important to the Owner, but was not shown on Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings. E. Note related Change Order numbers where applicable. F. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets, bind with durable paper cover sheets, and print suitable titles, dates and other identification on the cover of each set. G. Final record documents shall be prepared in the latest AutoCad version and floppy disks or CD Rom of all drawings and a clean set of reproducible mylar sepias shall be turned over to the Owner at the completion of the work. an 1.25 WARRANTIES AND BONDS A. The following general administrative and procedural requirements for warranties and bonds required by the Contract Documents, including manufacturers standard warranties "a on products and special warranties are to be included: 1. General close-out requirements included in Division 1. 2. Specific requirements for warranties for the Work and products and installation that are specified to be warranted, are included in the individual Sections of Divisions-2 through -16. po 3. Certifications and other commitments and agreements for continuing services to Owner are specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. B. Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the Work that incorporates the products, nor does it relieve suppliers, manufacturers, and subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with the Contractor. C. Separate Prime Contracts: Each prime Contractor is responsible for warranties related to its own Contract. 1.26 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS * A. Related Damages and Losses: When correcting warranted Work that has failed, remove and replace other Work that has been damaged as a result of such failure or that must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted Work. B. Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has failed and been corrected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation. C. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has failed, replace or rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective Work regardless of whether the Owner has benefited from use of the Work through a portion of its anticipated useful service life. General Conditions for Mechanical Trades 15010- 19 am Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. .r. D. Where any specific material, process or method of construction or manufactured article is specified by reference to the catalog number of a manufacturer, the Specifications are to be used as a guide and are not intended to take precedence over the basic duty and performance specified or noted on the Drawings. In all cases,the Mechanical Contractor shall verify the duty specified with the specific characteristics of the equipment offered for review. Equipment characteristics are to be used as mandatory requirements where the Contractor proposes to use an acceptable equivalent. E. If material or equipment is installed before it is reviewed and/or approved, the Contractor shall be liable for its removal and replacement at no extra charge to the Owner if, in the opinion of the Engineer, the material or equipment does not meet the intent of, or standard of quality implied by,the Drawings and Specifications. F. Failure on the part of the Engineer to reject shop drawings or to reject work in progress shall not be interpreted as acceptance of work not in conformance with the Drawings and/or Specifications. Work not in conformance with the Drawings and/or Specifications shall be corrected whenever it is discovered. 1.24 RECORD DRAWINGS A. General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes; protect from deterioration and loss in a secure, fire-resistive location; provide access to record documents for the Engineer's reference during normal working hours. .. B. Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white-prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark the set to show the actual installation where the installation varies substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark whichever drawing is most +� capable of showing conditions fully and accurately. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. Items to be indicated include but are not limited to: 1. Dimensional change 2. Revision to drawing detail 3. Location and depth of underground utility 4. Revision to pipe routing 5. Revision to electrical circuitry 6. Actual equipment location 7. Duct size and routing 8. Location of concealed internal utility 9. Changes made by Change Order .� 10. Details not on original Contract Drawing 11. Information on concealed elements which would be difficult to identify or measure later General Conditions for Mechanical Trades 15010- 18 Village at Hospital Hill,Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 2. Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in, and routine and normal operating instructions; regulation, control, stopping, shutdown, and emergency instructions; and summer and winter operating instructions. 3. Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions. 4. Servicing and operating instructions including lubrication charts and schedules. 5. Emergency and safety instructions. 6. Spare parts list. 7. Copies of warranties. 8. Wiring diagrams. 9. Recommended "turn around" cycles. 10. Inspection procedures. 11. Approved Shop Drawings and Product Data. 12. Equipment Start-up Reports. 13. Temperature control diagrams and written sequences of operations. 14. Balance reports. C. Include in the manual, a tabulated equipment schedule for all equipment. Schedule shall include pertinent data such as: make, model number, serial number, voltage, normal operating current, belt size, filter quantities and sizes, bearing number, etc. Schedule shall include maintenance to be done and frequency. D. Maintenance and instruction manuals shall be submitted to the Owner at the same time as the seven (7)day notice is given prior to the instruction period. 1.23 ACCEPTANCES A. The equipment, materials, workmanship, design and arrangement of all work installed under the Mechanical Sections shall be subject to the review of the Engineer. B. Within 30 days after the awarding of a Contract, the Mechanical Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, for review, a list of manufacturers of equipment proposed for the work under the Mechanical Sections. The intent to use the exact manufacturers and models go specified does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of submitting such a list. C. If extensive or unacceptable delivery time is expected on a particular item of equipment specified, the Contractor shall notify the Owner and Engineer, in writing, within 30 days of award of the Contract. In such instances, equipment substitutions may be made pending acceptance by the Engineer or the Owners representative. General Conditions for Mechanical Trades 15010- 17 so Village at Hospital Hill, Rental 11 November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. no 4. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication and other substances. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. on Clean light fixtures and lamps. F. Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the so Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove and dispose of ALL waste materials, packaging material, skids etc. from the site and dispose of in a lawful manner in accordance with municipal, state and federal regulations. G. Where extra materials of value remaining after completion of associated Work have become the Owner's property, arrange for disposition of these materials as directed. 1.21 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE A. Upon completion of all work and tests, the Contractor shall furnish the necessary skilled .. labor and helpers for operating his system and equipment for a period specified under each applicable Section of this Division. During this period, he shall fully instruct the Owner or the Owner s representative in the operation, adjustment and maintenance of all !�* equipment furnished. The Contractor shall give at least seven (7) days notice to the Owner and the Engineer in advance of this period. B. The Contractor shall include the maintenance schedule for the principal items of equipment furnished under this Division. C. The Contractor shall physically demonstrate procedures for all routine maintenance of all +*• equipment furnished under each respective Section to assure accessibility to all devices. D. An authorized manufacturers representative shall attest in writing that the equipment has .. been properly installed prior to startup of any major equipment. The following equipment will require this inspection: pumps; air conditioning equipment, controls, air handling equipment, compressors, boilers etc. These letters shall be bound into the operating and maintenance books. E. Refer to individual trade Sections for any other particular requirements related to operating instructions. go 1.22 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Prepare operating and maintenance manuals in accordance with the requirements of ow Division 1 and as follows. The Contractor shall prepare six (6) copies of a complete maintenance and operating instructions manual, bound in booklet form. Organize operating and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size. Bind properly indexed data in individual heavy-duty 3-ring vinyl-covered binders, with pocket folders for folded sheet information and designation partitions with identification tabs. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder. B. Manual shall include the following: 1. Description of function, normal operating characteristics and limitations, performance curves, engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial numbers of replacement parts. General Conditions for Mechanical Trades 15010- 16 �s Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. ON D. Equipment and material stored on the job site shall be protected from the weather, OR vehicles, dirt and/or damage by workmen or machinery. Insure that all electrical or absorbent equipment or material is protected from moisture during storage. OR 1.19 ADJUSTING AND TESTING A. After all the equipment and accessories to be furnished are in place, they shall be put in final adjustment and subjected to such operating tests so as to assure the Engineer that they are in proper adjustment and in satisfactory, permanent operating condition. B. Where requested by the Engineer, a factory-trained service representative shall inspect the installation and assist in the initial startup and adjustment to the equipment. The so period of these services shall be for such time as necessary to secure proper installation and adjustments. After the equipment is placed in permanent operation, the service representative shall supervise the initial operation of the equipment and instruct �w personnel responsible for operation and maintenance of the equipment. The service representative shall notify the Contractor in writing, that the equipment was installed according to manufacturers recommendations and is operating as intended by the manufacturer. 1.20 CLEANING A. The Contractor shall thoroughly clean and flush all piping, ducts and equipment of all foreign substances, oils, burrs, solder, flux, etc., inside and out before being placed in operation. B. If any part of a system should be stopped or damaged by any foreign matter after being placed in operation, the system shall be disconnected, cleaned and reconnected wherever necessary to locate and/or remove obstructions. Any work damaged in the course of removing obstructions shall be repaired or replaced when the system is reconnected at no additional cost to the Owner. C. During the course of construction, all ducts and pipes shall be capped in an acceptable manner to insure adequate protection against the entrance of foreign matter. D. Upon completion of all work under the Contract, the Contractor shall remove from the premises all rubbish, debris and excess materials left over from his work. Any oil or grease stains on floor areas caused by the Contractor shall be removed and floor areas left clean. E. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for Certification of Substantial Completion. "M 1. Remove labels that are not permanent labels. 2. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compound and other substances that are noticeable vision- no obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. 3. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dust-free condition, free of stains, films and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original reflective condition. Leave concrete floors broom clean. Vacuum carpeted surfaces. General Conditions for Mechanical Trades 15010- 15 �w Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. G. Temporary Heat-Cool-Dehumidification: Provide temporary services required by construction activities, for curing or drying of completed installations or protection of installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select safe equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate temporary services to produce the ambient condition required and minimize consumption of energy. The buildings permanent HVAC systems shall not be used for these purposes. H. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities and conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations, and minimize the possibility that air, waterways and subsoil might be contaminated or polluted, or that other undesirable effects might result. Avoid use of tools and equipment which produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noise making tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms near the site. I. Termination and Removal: Unless the Engineer requires that it be maintained longer, .w remove each temporary facility when the need has ended, or when replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with the temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of the Contractor. The Owner reserves the right to take possession of Project identification signs. 1.17 PROJECT PHASING A. Work under each Section shall include all necessary temporary connections, equipment, piping, heating, temperature control work, fire stopping,water heaters, labor, and material as necessary to accommodate the phasing of Construction as developed by the General Contractor or Construction Manager and approved by the Owner. All existing systems that pass-thru an area of the building shall remain operational during all phases of construction. No extra compensation shall be granted the Contractor for work required to maintain existing systems operational or to accommodate the construction phasing of the project. 1.18 PROTECTION OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Work under each Section shall include protecting the work and material of all other Sections from damage by work or workmen and shall include making good all damage thus caused. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for work and equipment until the facility has been accepted by the Owner. Protect work against theft, injury or damage and carefully store material and equipment received on site which is not immediately installed. Close open ends of work with temporary covers or plugs during construction to prevent entry of foreign material. C. Work under each Section includes receiving, unloading, uncrating, storing, protecting, setting in place and completely connecting equipment supplied under each Section. Work under each Section shall also include exercising special care in handling and protecting equipment and fixtures, and shall include the cost of replacing any of the equipment and fixtures which are missing or damaged. General Conditions for Mechanical Trades 15010- 14 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 1 with the recommendations of the manufacturer. This includes the performance of such tests as the manufacturer recommends. E. All labor for installation of mechanical systems shall be performed by experienced, skilled tradesmen under the supervision of a licensed journeyman foreman. All work shall be of on a quality consistent with good trade practice and shall be installed in a neat, workmanlike manner. The Engineer reserves the right to reject any work which, in his opinion, has been installed in a substandard, dangerous or unserviceable manner. The Contractor shall replace said work in a satisfactory manner at no extra cost to the Owner. 1.15 SHUTDOWNS A. When installation of a new system requires the temporary shutdown of an existing operating system, the connection of the new system shall be performed at such time as designated by the Owner. B. The Engineer and the Owner shall be notified in writing of the estimated duration of the shutdown period at least ten (10) days in advance of the date the work is to be performed. em C. Work shall be arranged for continuous performance whenever possible. The Contractor shall provide all necessary labor, including overtime if required, to assure that existing operating services will be shut down only during the time actually required to make necessary connections. 1.16 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. General: Provide new materials and equipment; if acceptable to the Engineer, undamaged previously used materials in serviceable condition may be used. Provide materials suitable for the use intended. B. Conditions of Use: Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in appearance. Operate in a safe and efficient manner. Take necessary fire prevention measures. Do not overload facilities, or permit them to interfere with progress. Do not allow hazardous dangerous or unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop or persist on the site. C. First Aid Supplies: Comply with governing regulations. D. Fire Extinguishers: Provide hand-carried, portable UL-rated, class "A" fire extinguishers for temporary offices and similar spaces. In other locations provide hand-carried, portable, UL-rated, class "ABC" dry chemical extinguishers, or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA recommended classes for the exposures. E. Utilities: Engage the appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect to existing service. Where the company provides only part of the service, provide the remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment; comply with the company's recommendations. 1. Use Charges: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to the Owner or Engineer, and will not be accepted as a basis of claims for a Change Order. F. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping of sizes and pressures adequate for construction until permanent water service is in use. General Conditions for Mechanical Trades 15010- 13 Am Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. w. F. Work shall not be performed until coordination drawings have been approved by the architect and engineer. .. G. Electronic copies of the MEP floor plans are available to use as a basis for preparing coordination drawings and can be provided by the Engineer. The cost for these floor plans is a lump sum fee of $ 500.00. If the Contractor elects to obtain the Engineers '° electronic files a CADD File Release Form must be submitted with payment. This form must be signed by the Contractor, Owner, and Architect. Upon receipt of a signed copy of the CADD File Release Form, and payment, the Engineer will provide copies of the electronic files for the Contractors use. A copy of the CADD File Release Form is appended to the end of this specification section 1.13 COORDINATION WITH OTHER DIVISIONS A. All work shall be carried out in conjunction with other trades and full cooperation shall be given in order that all work may proceed with a minimum of delay and interference. e� Particular emphasis is placed on timely installation of major apparatus and furnishing other Contractors, especially the Contractor or Construction Manager, with information as to openings, chases, sleeves, bases, inserts, equipment locations, panels, etc., required by other trades. B. The Contractors are required to examine all of the Project Drawings and mutually arrange work so as to avoid interference with the work of other trades. In general, ductwork, HVAC piping, sprinkler piping and drainage lines take precedence over water, gas and electrical conduits. The Engineer shall make final decisions regarding the arrangement of work which cannot be agreed upon by the Contractors. a. C. Where the work of the Contractor will be installed in close proximity to or will interfere with work of other trades, the Contractors will cooperate in working out space conditions to make a satisfactory adjustment. D. If the work under a Section is installed before coordinating with other Divisions or Sections or so as to cause interference with work of other Sections, the necessary changes to correct the condition shall be made by the Contractor causing the interference without extra charge to the Owner. 1.14 WORKMANSHIP A. Service Support: The equipment items shall be supported by service organizations which are reasonably convenient to the equipment installation in order to render satisfactory service to the equipment on a regular and emergency basis during the warranty period of the contract. B. Modification of References: In each of the publications referred to herein, consider the advisory provisions to be mandatory, as though the word, "shall'had been substituted for "should"wherever it appears. C. The Contractor shall furnish the services of an experienced superintendent who shall be .,., constantly in charge of the installation of the work together with all skilled workmen, fitters, metal workers, welders, helpers and laborers required to unload, transfer, erect, connect, adjust, start, operate and test each system. 40 D. Unless otherwise specifically indicated on the Drawings or Specifications, all equipment and materials shall be installed with the acceptance of the Engineer and in accordance ow General Conditions for Mechanical Trades 15010- 12 .e Village at Hospital Hill, Rental 11 November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. H. After shop drawings have been reviewed, with no exceptions taken, no further changes will be allowed without the written consent of the Engineer. I. Shop drawing submittal sheets which may show items that are not being furnished shall have those items crossed off to clearly indicate which items will be furnished. J. Bidders shall not rely on any verbal clarification of the Drawings and/or Specifications. Any questions shall be referred to the Engineer in writing at least five (5) working days prior to Bidding to allow for issuance of an Addendum. K. Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating action taken in connection with construction. L. Prepare sheetmetal and sprinkler shop drawings drawn in the latest AutoCAD version to a minimum scale of 1/4 = 1 - 0 . Final approved drawings shall be turned over to the Owner on floppy disk or CD Rom. 1.12 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Prepare coordination drawings drawn in the latest AutoCAD version in accordance with Division 1 to a minimum scale of 1/4"=V-0" detailing major elements, components, and systems of mechanical equipment and materials in relationship with other systems, 40 installations, and building components. Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing and coordination of installations are of importance to the efficient flow of the Work, including (but not necessarily limited to) the following: g 1. The Contractor shall indicate the proposed locations of piping, conduit, ductwork, equipment, and materials. Include the following: ow a. Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment, including tube removal, filter removal, and space for equipment disassembly required for periodic maintenance. b. Equipment connections and support details. C. Exterior wall and foundation penetrations. d. Fire-rated wall and floor penetrations. on e. Sizes and locations of required concrete pads and bases. B. Indicate scheduling, sequencing, movement, and positioning of large equipment into the building during construction. C. Prepare floor plans, elevations, and details to indicate penetrations in floors, walls, and ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations. D. Prepare reflected ceiling plans to coordinate and integrate installations, air outlets and inlets, light fixtures, communication systems components, sprinklers, and other ceiling- mounted items. E. The Contractor and each subcontractor shall sign and date each coordination drawing prior to submission. General Conditions for Mechanical Trades 15010- 11 ox Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&'Company Architects, Inc. .■e F. Except for submittals for record, information or similar purposes, the Engineer will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return promptly. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility. G. Action Stamp: The Engineer will stamp each submittal with a uniform, self-explanatory action stamp. The stamp will be appropriately marked, to indicate the action taken. 1.11 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit neatly prepared information, drawn to accurate scale. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise indicate deviations from the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as the basis of Shop Drawings. Standard information prepared without specific reference to the Project is not considered Shop Drawings. B. The Contractor shall submit for review detailed shop drawings of all equipment and material specified in each section and coordinated ductwork layouts. No material or equipment may be delivered to the job site or installed until the Contractor has received shop drawings for the particular material or equipment which have been properly reviewed. Shop drawings shall be submitted within 60 days after award of Contract before any material or equipment is purchased. The Contractor shall submit for review copies of all shop drawings to be incorporated in the Mechanical Contract. Refer to Division 1 for the quantity of copies required for submission. Where quantities are not 4W specified, provide seven (7) copies for review. C. Provide shop drawings for all devices specified under equipment specifications for all systems. Shop drawings shall include manufacturers names, catalog numbers, cuts, diagrams, dimensions, identification of products and materials included, compliance with specified standards, notation of coordination requirements, notation of dimensions established by field measurement and other such descriptive data as may be required to identify and accept the equipment. A complete list in each category (example: all fixtures), of all shop drawings, catalog cuts, material lists, etc., shall be submitted to the Engineer at one time. No consideration will be given to a partial shop drawing submittal. D. When a submittal could involve more than one trade, e.g., valves, piping, etc., the submitted shall be separated by traded involved, ie. HVAC, plumbing,fire protection, etc. E. Where multiple quantities or types of equipment are being submitted, provide a cover sheet (with a list of contents) on the submittal identifying the equipment or material being submitted. F. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary templates, patterns, etc., for installation work and for the purpose of making adjoining work conform; furnish setting plans and shop details to other trades as required. G. No Exception Taken rendered on shop drawings shall not be considered as a guarantee of measurements or building conditions. Where drawings are reviewed, review does not mean that drawings have been checked in detail; said approval does not in any way . relieve the Contractor from his responsibility or necessity of furnishing material or performing work as required by the Contract Drawings and Specifications. Verify available space prior to submitting shop drawings. Review of shop drawings shall not apply to quantity of material. General Conditions for Mechanical Trades 15010- 10 .w. Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. concurrently for coordination. The Engineer reserves the right to withhold action w on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. C. Processing: Allow sufficient review time so that installation will not be delayed as a result of the time required to process submittals, including time for resubmittals. 1. Allow two weeks for initial review. Allow additional time if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. The Engineer will promptly advise the Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. ®" 2. If an intermediate submittal is necessary, process the same as the initial submittal. 3. Allow two weeks for reprocessing each submittal. 4. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals to the Engineer sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit processing. D. Submittal Preparation: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. Indicate the name of the entity that prepared each submittal on the label or title block. Submittals shall be arranged in order of specification sections. 1. Include the following information on the label for processing and recording action taken. a. Project name. b. Date. C. Name and address of Engineer. d. Name and address of Contractor. an e. Name and address of subcontractor. f. Name and address of supplier. g. Name of manufacturer. h. Number, title and paragraph of appropriate Specification Section. i. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. E. Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal from Contractor to Engineer using a transmittal form. Submittals received from sources other than the Contractor will be returned without action. On the transmittal, record relevant information and requests for data. On the form, or separate sheet, record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitations. Include Contractor's certification that information complies with Contract Document requirements. P9 General Conditions for Mechanical Trades 15010-9 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. 5) A statement indicating the substitution's effect on the Contractor's Construction Schedule compared to the schedule .. without approval of the substitution. Indicate the effect of the proposed substitution on overall Contract Time. 6) Cost information, including a proposal of the net change, if any in the Contract Sum. 7) Certification by the Contractor that the substitution proposed is equal-to or better in every significant respect to that required by the Contract Documents, and that it will perform adequately in the application indicated. Include the Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time, that may subsequently become necessary because of the failure of the substitution to perform adequately. w� 2. Engineer's Action: Within one week of receipt of the request for substitution, the Engineer will notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection of the proposed substitution. If a decision on use of a proposed substitute cannot be made or obtained within the time allocated, use the product specified by name. Acceptance of a product substitution will be in the form of an Addendum. 3. Other Conditions: The Contractor's substitution request will be received and considered by the Engineer when one or more of the following conditions are satisfied, as determined by the Engineer; otherwise requests will be returned without action except to record noncompliance with these requirements. a. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time. The request will not be considered if the product or method cannot be provided as a result of failure to pursue the Work promptly or coordinate activities properly. b. A substantial advantage is offered to the Owner, in terms of cost, time, energy conservation or other considerations of merit, after deducting w. offsetting responsibilities the Owner may be required to bear. Additional responsibilities for the Owner may include additional compensation to the Engineer for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by the Owner or separate Contractors, and similar . considerations. 1.10 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ., A. Provide Submittals in accordance with the requirements of Division 1 and as indicated in the following. AM B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. am 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals and related activities that require sequential activity. .o 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related elements of the Work so processing will not be delayed by the need to review submittals General Conditions for Mechanical Trades 15010-8 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz FY Company Architects, Inc. 4. The equivalent shall bear the same labels of performance certification as is on applicable to the specified item, such as AMCA or ARI labels. E. Where the Contractor proposes to deviate from the equipment or materials as hereinafter specified, he shall do so by making a request in writing. The Contractor shall state in his request the amount of credit or extra cost involved. A copy of said request shall be included in the Mechanical Base Bid with manufacturers equipment cuts. The Base Bid shall be based on using the materials and equipment as specified with no exceptions. F. Where the Contractor proposes to use an item of equipment other than specified or detailed on the Drawings which requires any redesign of the structure, partitions, foundations, piping, wiring or any other part of the mechanical, electrical or architectural OR layout, all such redesign and all new drawings and detailing required therefore shall be prepared by the Designers of Record at the expense of the Contractor and at no additional cost to the Owner. G. Where such accepted substitution requires a different quantity and arrangement of piping, ductwork, valves, pumps, insulation, wiring, conduit and equipment from that specified or indicated on the Drawings, the Contractor shall, with the acceptance by the Engineer, furnish and install any such additional equipment required by the system at no additional cost to the Owner, including any costs added to other trades due to the substitution. H. Equipment, material or devices submitted for review as a substitution shall meet the following requirements: 1. Substitution Request Submittal: Requests for substitution will be considered if received in writing 14 days before the bid date. Requests received later than 14 days before the bid date may be considered or rejected at the discretion of the Engineer. a. Submit three (3)copies of each request for substitution for consideration. b. Identify the product, or the fabrication or installation method to be replaced in each request. Include related Specification Section and Drawing numbers. Provide complete documentation showing on compliance with the requirements for substitutions, and the following information, as appropriate: 1) Product Data, including Drawings and descriptions of products, OR fabrication and installation procedures. 2) Samples, where applicable or requested. 3) A detailed comparison of significant qualities of the proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include elements such as size, weight, durability, In performance and visual effect. 4) Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by the Owner and separate Contractors, that will become necessary to accommodate the proposed substitution. General Conditions for Mechanical Trades 15010-7 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental 11 November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. D. All materials furnished and all work installed shall comply with the rules and recommendations of the NFPA, the requirements of the local utility companies, the ...s recommendations of the fire insurance rating organization having jurisdiction and the requirements of all Governmental departments having jurisdiction. E. The Contractor shall include in the work, without extra cost to the Owner, any labor, materials, services, apparatus and Drawings in order to comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations,whether shown on Drawings and/or specified or not. 1.8 PERMITS AND FEES A. The Contractor shall give all necessary notices, obtain all permits; and pay all Government and State sales taxes and fees where applicable, and other costs, including utility connections or extensions in connection with the work, file all necessary Drawings, prepare all documents and obtain all necessary approvals of all Governmental and State departments having jurisdiction, obtain all required certificates of inspection for his work, „w and deliver a copy to the Owner and Engineer before request for acceptance and final payment for the work. 1.9 EQUIPMENT SUBSTITUTIONS A. In these Specifications and on the accompanying Drawings, one or more makes of materials, apparatus or appliances may have been specified for use in this installation. This has been done for convenience in fixing the standard of workmanship, finish and design required for installation. The details of workmanship, finish and design, and the guaranteed performance of any material, apparatus or appliance which the Contractor desires to deviate from those mentioned herein shall also conform to these standards. B. Where no specific make of material, apparatus or appliance is mentioned any first-class product made by a reputable manufacturer may be submitted for the Engineers review. C. Where two or more names are given as equivalents, the Contractor must use the specified item or one of the named equivalents. Where one name only is used and is followed by the words or approved equal ,the Contractor must use the item named or he may apply for a substitution. Where one name only is used, the Contractor must use that item named. D. Equipment, material or devices submitted for review as an equivalent shall meet the following requirements: 1. The equivalent shall have the same construction features such as, but not limited to: a. Material thickness, gauge, weight, density, etc. AM b. Welded, riveted, bolted, etc., construction. C. Finish, undercoating, corrosion protection. 2. The equivalent shall perform with the same or better operating efficiency. 3. The equivalent shall be locally represented by the manufacturer for service, parts and technical information. General Conditions for Mechanical Trades 15010-6 w A Village at Hospital Hill, Rental 11 November I,2007 Dietz FY Company Architects, Inc. AWS American Welding Society 4M AWWA American Water Works Association CGA Compressed Gas Association CSA Canadian Standards Association CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturing Association an EPA Environmental Protection Agency FM Factory Mutual go FSSC Federal Specification HIS Hydraulic Institute Standards P0 IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers NO IRI Industrial Risk Insurers ISO Insurance Services Office on MCAA Mechanical Contractors Association of America NBS National Bureau of Standards so NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NOFI National Oil Fuel Institute NSC National Safety Council NSF National Sanitation Foundation OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration PDI Plumbing and Drainage Institute SBI Steel Boiler Industry (Division of Hydronics Institute) SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association STI Steel Tank Institute UL Underwriters Laboratories General Conditions for Mechanical Trades 15010-5 Am Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Ow organization's test methods and that the item complies with the specified organization's reference standard. a„ B. The Following Codes and Standards listed below apply to all mechanical work. Wherever Codes and/or Standards are mentioned in these Specifications, the latest applicable edition or revision shall be followed: am Massachusetts State Building Code The International Building Code The International Mechanical Code The International Plumbing Code The International Energy Conservation Code w� The National Electrical Code NFPA 101 Life Safety ASHRAE 90.1 and International Energy Conservation Code C. The following Standards shall be used where referenced by the following abbreviations: AABC Associated Air Balance Council ACGIH American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists ADC Air Diffusion Council AGA American Gas Association AIA American Institute of Architects AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association ANSI American National Standards Institute API American Petroleum Institute wr ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASPE American Society of Plumbing Engineers ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineers ASTM American Society of Testing and Materials General Conditions for Mechanical Trades 15010-4 0 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. O. Substitutions: Requests for changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction proposed by the Contractor are considered requests for"substitutions." P. Wiring shall mean cable assembly, raceway, conductors, fittings and any other necessary accessories to make a complete wiring system. 1.5 DRAWINGS A. Drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the general arrangement of systems and work included in the Contract. Consult the Architectural Drawings and Details for exact location of fixtures and equipment; where same are not definitely located, obtain this information from the Architect. (Do not scale the drawings) B. Work under each Section shall closely follow Drawings in layout of work; check Drawings of other Divisions to verify spaces in which work will be installed. Maintain maximum 40 headroom; where space conditions appear inadequate, Owner and Engineer shall be notified before proceeding with installations. C. The Owner may, without extra charge, make reasonable modifications in the layout as needed to prevent conflict with work of other trades and/or for proper execution of the work. D. Where variances occur between the Drawings and Specifications or within either of the Documents, the item or arrangement of better quality, shall be included in the Contract price. The Owner and Engineer shall decide on the item and the manner in which the work shall be installed. 1.6 SURVEYS AND MEASUREMENTS A. The Contractor shall base all measurements, both horizontal and vertical, from established bench marks. All work shall agree with these established lines and levels. Verify all measurements at the site and check the correctness of same as related to the work. w B. Should the Contractor discover any discrepancies between actual measurements and those indicated which prevent following good practice or which interfere with the intent of the Drawings and Specifications, the Engineer will be notified and work will not proceed until instructions from the Engineer are received. 1.7 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Reference Standard Compliance 1. Where equipment or materials are specified to conform to industry and technical society reference standards of the organizations such as American National Standards Institute (ANSI), American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA), and Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL), submit proof of such compliance. The label or listing by the specified organization will be acceptable evidence of compliance. 2. Independent Testing Organization Certificate: In lieu of the label or listing indicated above, submit a certificate from an independent testing organization, competent to perform testing, and approved by the Engineer. The certificate shall state that the item has been tested in accordance with the specified ! General Conditions for Mechanical Trades 15010-3 Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 1.4 DEFINITIONS ow A. Approve: The term "approved,"where used in conjunction with the Engineer's action on the Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, is limited to the Engineer's duties and responsibilities as stated in General and Supplementary Conditions. B. Approved equal mean any product which in the opinion of the Engineer is equal in quality, arrangement, appearance, and performance to the product specified. w. C. Directed: Terms such as "directed," "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted" mean "directed by the Engineer," "requested by the Engineer,"and similar phrases. D. Finished refers to all rooms and areas to be specified to receive architectural treatment as indicated on the drawings. All rooms and areas not covered, including underground tunnels and areas above ceilings shall be considered not finished, unless otherwise noted. E. Furnish or supply shall mean purchase, deliver to, and off-load at the job site, ready to be installed including where appropriate all necessary interim storage and protection. F. Indicated: The term "indicated" refers to graphic representations, notes, or schedules on the Drawings, other paragraphs or schedules in the Specifications, and similar requirements in the Contract Documents. Where terms such as "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" are used, it is to help the reader locate the reference; no limitation on location is intended. G. Install shall mean set in place complete with all mounting facilities and connections as necessary ready for normal use or service. H. Product shall mean any item of equipment, material, fixture, apparatus, appliance or accessory installed under this Division. I. Provide shall mean furnish (or supply) and install as necessary. * J. Regulation: The term "Regulations" includes laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions, and w agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. K. Remove: The term remove means to disconnect from its present position, remove from the premises and to dispose of in a legal manner. L. Special Warranties: The term Special Warranties are written warranties required by or incorporated in the Contract Documents, either to extend time limits provided by standard warranties or to provide greater rights for the Owner. M. Standard Product Warranties: The term Standard Product Warranties are preprinted written warranties published by individual manufacturers for particular products and are ..� specifically endorsed by the manufacturer to the Owner. N. Subcontractor means specifically the subcontractor working under this Division. Other Contractors are specifically designated Plumbing Subcontractor , General Contractor and so on. Note: Take care to ascertain limits of responsibility for connecting equipment which requires connections by two or more trades. General Conditions for Mechanical Trades 15010-2 w. Village at Hospital Hill, Rental II November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. SECTION 15010 on GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR MECHANICAL TRADES on PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS ON A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. This section applies to certain sections of Division 16, "Electrical," and this section ON applies to all sections of Division 15, "Mechanical' of this project specification unless specified otherwise in the individual sections. 1.2 DESCRIPTION A. The General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions are a part of this Division and are to be considered a part of this Contract. B. Where items of the General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions are repeated in other Sections of the Specifications, it is merely intended to qualify or to call particular attention to them. It is not intended that any other parts of the General Conditions and Supplementary General Conditions shall be assumed to be omitted if not repeated therein. This Section applies equally and specifically to all Contractors supplying labor and/or equipment and/or materials as required under each Section of this Division. Where conflicts exist between the drawings and the specifications or between this section of the specifications and other sections, the more stringent or higher cost option shall apply. 1.3 INTENT A. It is the intent of the Specifications and Drawings to call for finished work, tested and ready for operation. B. Any apparatus, appliance, material or work not shown on drawings but mentioned in the specifications, or vice versa, or any incidental accessories necessary to make the work complete and perfect in all respects and ready for operation as determined by good trade practice even if not particularly specified, shall be furnished, delivered and installed under their respective Divisions without any additional expense to the Owner. C. Minor details not usually shown or specified but necessary for proper installation and operation shall be included in the work as though they were hereinafter shown or specified. D. Work under each Section shall include giving written notice to the Owner and Engineer of any materials or apparatus believed inadequate or unsuitable; in violation of laws, aw ordinances, rules or regulations of authorities having jurisdiction; and any necessary items of work omitted. In the absence of such written notice, it is mutually agreed that work under each Section includes the cost of all required items for the accepted, satisfactory functioning of the entire system without extra compensation. General Conditions for Mechanical Trades 15010- 1 Aft Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 am restore damaged or soiled areas. .w END OF SECTION .�r .w KITCHEN CASEWORK 12357- 6 ee�r No Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 AN industry available choices. 2. Horizontal and Vertical Surfaces (Except Postformed Surfaces): General Purpose Standard Grade,GP-50 (0.050 in. nominal thickness). 3. Postformed Surfaces: Postforming Type, PF-42(0.042 in. nominal thickness). " 4. Balance Sheet: Backer Type, BK-20(0.020 in. nominal thickness). 5. Construction: Provide balancing sheets for work. Fabricate work for use in wet environments. All surfaces of core shall be covered with laminate. Provide loose o splashes with six sides covered with laminate. All exposed surfaces shall be covered with "face"laminate. B. Cultured Marble: Provide as specified above and complying with the following: 1. Color/Texture/Pattern: Provide colors, textures and patterns selected by Architect from industry available choices. 2. Fabrication: Fabricate tops in one piece with shop-applied backsplashes and edges, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with material manufacturer's recommendations for adhesives,sealers,fabrication, and finishing. 3. Cultured marble vanity tops shall be minimum 3/4 in. thick, vanity fronts shall be minimum ON 1/4 in. thick. 4. Vanity Tops and Bowls: Provide Swanstone 16-3/4 in by 13-1/2 in. by 5 in. bowls by The Swan Corporation. Provide colors and patterns as selected by the Architect. C. Preparation for Related Work: Prepare countertops for all related appliances and plumbing work. Cut holes to fit templates of appliances and fixtures. Trim openings so that all core materials are covered with laminate. D. Fabricate countertops with fewest possible seams. Conceal fasteners. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install casework with no variations in flushness of adjoining surfaces using concealed shims. Where casework abuts other finished work, scribe and cut for accurate fit. Provide filler strips, scribe strips, and moldings in finish to match casework face. B. Install casework without distortion so that doors and drawers fit openings properly and are aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. Complete the installation of hardware and accessories as indicated. C. Install casework and countertop level and plumb to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 8 feet. D. Fasten unit of casework to adjacent unit and into structural support members of wall construction with#10 sheet metal or wood screws with washer head or washer. pa 3.02 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and lubricate to provide unencumbered operation. B. Clean casework on exposed and semi-exposed surfaces. Touch up factory-applied finishes to t! KITCHEN CASEWORK 12357- 5 so Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 00 fully supported by and secured in rabbets in end panels,front frame, and back rail. 4W H. Wall-Hung Unit Back Panels: 1/8-inch-thick hardboard or 3/16-inch-thick hardwood plywood fastened to rear edge of ends and to top and bottom rails. ON I. Base Unit Back Panels: 1/8-inch-thick hardboard with thermoset decorative panels on interior surfaces fastened to rear edge of end panels and to top and bottom rails. am J. Front Frame Drawer Rails: 1-by-1-1/4-inch solid wood mortised and fastened into face frame. K. Toe Boards: 5/8-inch-thick particleboard attached between end panels and extended from bottom panel to floor. L. Corner Blocks: Solid wood, glued and fastened in each top corner to maintain casework squareness and rigidity. M. Drawers: Fabricate with exposed fronts fastened to subfront with mounting screws from interior of body. Fabricate with subfront and back rabbeted into sides and secured with glue and mechanical fasteners as follows: •"' 1. Subfronts, Sides, and Backs: 3/8-inch-thick particleboard. 2. Bottoms: Not less than 1/4-inch-thick particleboard. .w 3. Drawer Suspension: Provide for a minimum capacity of 50 lb, with twin-track, side- mounted, full-extension drawer-glide suspension with nylon rollers. Provide self-closing feature and positive stop. N. Shelves: 5/8-inch-thick particleboard core plywood or 1/2-inch-thick particleboard with thermoset decorative panels on top, bottom, and exposed(front)edge. O. Filler Strips and Scribe Strips: Provide as indicated on the Drawings and as necessary to close gaps and provide terminations of cabinets to intersecting surfaces. Scribe strips and closure panels to be grain matched and finished to match cabinet face or end panels +w. 2.04 WOOD FACE CASEWORK, FINISHES A. Factory Finishing: To the greatest extent possible, finish casework at factory. Defer only final ■w touch-up until after installation. B. Finish: As selected by the Architect. .s 2.05 CASEWORK HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES A. General: Manufacturer's standard units complying with ANSI A156.9, of type, material, size, �.. and finish as selected from manufacturer's standard choices. Provide the following: 1. Drawer and Cabinet Pulls: Imos Line, LLC #316. 2.06 COUNTERTOPS A. Plastic Laminate: Provide as specified above and complying with the following: 1. Color/Texture/Pattern: Provide colors, textures and patterns selected by Architect from KITCHEN CASEWORK 12357-4 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 casework can be installed in compliance with the original design and referenced standards. C. Field Measurements: Verify countertop size and shape prior to fabrication by field measurements taken after base units are installed. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Kitchen and Bathe Cabinets: Provide Breath Easy Cabinetry by Greenway Cabinetry, Ltd. 2.02 CABINET MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Sizes, dimensions, and thicknesses given are minimum dimensions. B. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, mat-formed particleboard, Grade 1-M-2 with minimum density of 40 pcf, internal bond of 60 psi, and minimum screw-holding capacity of 225 lb on faces and 200 lb on edges. �w C. Hardwood Plywood: ANSI/HPMA HP hardwood and decorative plywood, Good Grade (1) or better. go D. Particleboard Core Plywood: ANSI/HPMA HP hardwood and decorative plywood, Good Grade (1) or better. "" E. Solid Wood: Clear, dry, sound, and free of defects selected from First Grade lumber as defined by NHLA. F. Hardboard: ANSI A135.4, Class 1,tempered. 2.03 WOOD FACE CASEWORK A. Solid Wood and Face Veneer Species: Bamboo, as approved by the Architect. B. Face Style: Raised panel,flush overlay. No C. Door and Drawer Fronts: Solid wood stiles and rails, 3/4 inch thick for doors and 3/4 inch thick for drawer fronts,with 1/4-inch-thick plywood for center panels. D. Back, Top, and Bottom Rails: 3/4-by-3-inch solid wood, interlocking with end panels and rabbeted to receive top and bottom panels. Back rails secured under pressure with glue and with mechanical fasteners. E. Exposed Cabinet Ends: 1/2-inch-thick particleboard with face veneer to match door and drawer fronts on exterior and interior surfaces. Connect to stile with pressure-glued tongue-and-plow joint and concealed mechanical fasteners. F. Concealed Cabinet Ends: 1/2-inch-thick particleboard with face veneer on interior surfaces. Connect to stile with pressure-glued tongue-and-plow joint and concealed mechanical fasteners. G. Cabinet Tops and Bottoms: 1/2-inch-thick particleboard or 3/8-inch-thick hardwood plywood, KITCHEN CASEWORK 12357-3 om Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. w� B. Product data for each casework type specified. C. Product data for each hardware type specified. D. Shop drawings for casework showing location and size, accessories, materials, finishes, and filler panels. Include fully dimensioned plans, elevations, and anchorage details to countertop and walls. E. Shop drawings for countertops showing sizes, shapes, edge and backsplash profiles, cutouts for plumbing fixtures, and methods of joining. F. Samples for initial selection purposes of manufacturer's color charts in the form of unit sections showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type of material indicated or exposed to view. �* G. Samples for verification purposes in full-size units of each type of material indicated; in sets for each color, texture, and pattern specified, showing the full range of variations expected in these characteristics. 1. 12-inch-square samples of wood with a transparent finish for each species. 2. 12-inch-square samples of veneered plywood with a transparent finish. 3. 12-inch-square samples of plastic laminate for casework finish. 4. One unit of each type of exposed hardware. .w. H. Product certificates signed by the manufacturer certifying that materials furnished comply with specified requirements. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE .w A. KCMA Certification: Provide kitchen casework with Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association (KCMA) "Certified Cabinet" seal affixed in a semiexposed location of each unit, showing compliance with above standard. B. Single-Source Responsibility: Obtain kitchen casework from one source of a single manufacturer. ,N„ 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver casework as factory-assembled units, packaged individually. AM 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS an A. Environmental Conditions: Comply with casework manufacturer's written requirements for temperature and humidity conditions during storage and installation. Do not install casework until these conditions have been attained and stabilized. ow B. Field Measurements: Verify casework dimensions by field measurements. Verify kitchen n. KITCHEN CASEWORK 12357- 2 aw Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 SECTION 12357 KITCHEN CASEWORK PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 go General Requirements, apply to the work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK #p A. This Section includes wood and plastic-laminate-faced cabinets and post-formed euro-edge countertops, including but not limited to the following: 1. Kitchen base and wall cabinetry. 2. Bathroom vanities. 3. Countertops. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect work of this Section. Other Specification Sections that relate directly to work of this Section include, but are not limited to: 1. Section 01420, Mock-Ups; Requirements for mock-ups. 2. Section 06402, Interior Architectural Woodwork; Plastic laminate panels. 3. Section 11452, Appliances. 4. Division 15, Mechanical"Plumbing Fixtures": sink units mounted in countertops. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Exposed Surfaces: Surfaces visible when drawers and opaque doors are closed; behind clear glass doors; bottoms of casework 43 inches or more above finished floor. B. Semi-Exposed Surfaces: Surfaces which become visible when opaque doors are open or drawers are extended; bottoms of casework are more than 30 inches and less than 42 inches above finished floor. C. Concealed Surfaces: Surfaces considered concealed when surfaces not visible after installation; bottoms of casework less than 30 inches above finished floor; tops of casework over 78 inches above finished floor and not visible from an upper level; stretchers, blocking, and components concealed by drawers. D. Reveal Overlay: Door and drawer faces partially cover cabinet frame. E. Flush Overlay: Door and drawer faces cover cabinet frame with space between faces sufficient for operating clearance. F. Flush: Door and drawer faces flush with cabinet face. KITCHEN CASEWORK 12357- 1 t Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 B. Through-Wall Air-Conditioner Sleeves: Steel wall sleeve with architectural aluminum exterior grille and trim kit;Carrier#26SLEEVE with 26ALUMPEACH grille and 26TRIMKIT. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. B. Built-In Equipment: Securely anchor units to supporting cabinetry or countertops with #" concealed fasteners. Verify that clearances are adequate for proper functioning and rough openings are completely concealed. C. Freestanding Equipment: Place units in final locations after finishes have been completed in each area. Verify that clearances are adequate for proper appliance operation. D. Utilities: Refer to Divisions 15 and 16 for plumbing and electrical requirements. No 3.02 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Testing: Test each item of equipment to verify proper operation. Make necessary adjustments. END OF SECTION go ON APPLIANCES 11452- 3 11A1 go Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 costs) and efficiency information as required by Federal Trade Commission. 2. UL Standards: Provide appliances with UL labels. B. Uniformity: Provide products of same manufacturer for each type of appliance required. 1.06 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver products to project site in manufacturer's undamaged protective containers, after spaces to receive them have been fully enclosed. 1.07 QUALITY CONTROL AND GUARANTEE A. Appliances shall be guaranteed against defect in workmanship and material for one year from date of installation. This guarantee shall cover replacements of such defective materials, at Contractor's expense, including transportation and labor, but it shall not cover any cost 4W whatsoever for replacement of parts of work made necessary by carelessness or misuse of equipment. After one year equipment shall be warranteed in accordance with standard warranties as are offered by each manufacturer. M B. Equipment supplied under this Contract shall be fabricated in accordance with the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) requirements. .m C. Color and Finish: It is the intent of this contract that the appliances shall harmonize in color and finish. Colors and finishes shall be selected by the Architect. The Contractor shall submit, for approval, any color or finish he proposes to use. At PART PRODUCTS 2.01 APPLIANCES .. A. Manufacturers: Frigidaire Co., GE Appliances, KitchenAid Inc., Whirlpool Corp., Maytag Co., as applicable or approved equal. No B. Refrigerator at Barrier Free: Whirlpool ED2GHEXN. C. Refrigerator at Three Bedroom: Whirlpool GR2FHMXP. am D. Refrigerator at One Bedroom and Two Bedroom: Whirlpool GR9FHMXP. E. Cooktop at Barrier Free: Whirlpool RCS3014R. .w F. Range Hood: Whirlpool RH2030XJ. G. Range: Whirlpool RG263LXT. In" H. Wall Oven at Barrier Free: Whirlpool RBS245PR. rw I. Disposal: Insinkerator Badger 5XP. 2.02 AIR CONDITIONERS .m A. Through-Wall Room Air-Conditioner: Carrier 10,000 BTU#52FC0101 E. 00 APPLIANCES 11452- 2 .W W Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 SECTION 11452 APPLIANCES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section consists of appliances complete, as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect work of this Section. Other Specification Sections that relate directly to work of this Section include, but are not limited to: 1. Section 12357, Kitchen Casework;Casework and cabinet tops. 2. Division 15, Mechanical and Division 16, Electrical; Plumbing, and electrical work, both material and labor, required to connect these appliances will be furnished by other contractors and shall include rough-in to points indicated on mechanical and electrical drawings, and final connecting from rough-in point to each appliance requiring such connections and the supplying of all necessary materials and labor for this work. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit complete shop drawings of each appliance to Architect for approval, showing all pertinent details of construction and installation, including details of methods of anchorage and attachment to supporting materials, dimensions, roughing-in requirements, and any other information required for complete installation. B. Product Data: Submit complete manufacturer's product data to Architect for approval, consisting of complete product description and specifications, complete installation instructions, and other pertinent technical data required for complete product and product use information. C. Warranty: Submit to the Owner the standard manufacturer's warranties for each appliance. D. Do not order materials or begin fabrication until Architect's approval of submittals has been obtained. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Certification Labels: Provide appliances which comply with standards and bear certification labels as follows: 1. Energy Ratings: Provide energy guide labels with energy cost analysis (annual operating APPLIANCES 11452- 1 on t Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 OR 1. Toilet Paper Dispenser: Danze Sonora D442231 BN 2. Shower Rod: Bradley#8970. 3. Robe Hook: Danze Sonora D442171 BN. 4. Towel Bars: Danze Sonora D442411 BN, 18 in. and Danze D442421, 24 in. 5. Grab Bars: Bradley#8810. 6. Underlavatory Guards: Truebro IPS Corporations Lav Guard2. 7. Medicine Cabinets at Barrier Free Units: Bosco Inc. 8. Medicine Cabinets: Broan City Collection Traditional Cherry finish END OF SECTION rw �R TOILET ACCESSORIES 10810-3 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 B. Stainless Steel: AISI type 302/304,with NAAMM no. 4 satin finish, 22 gage minimum. C. Galvanized Sheet Steel: ASTM A527, G60. D. Chromium Plating: Nickel and chromium electro-deposited on base metal of steel or brass, ASTM B456,type SC2. E. Fasteners: Where exposed, provide fasteners finished to match accessory. Where concealed provide galvanized fasteners and mounting kits of type to suit accessory and wall condition. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate accessories to be truly straight, plumb, level and square with uniform, tight joints and smooth and rounded edges. B. Provide units to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated on approved shop drawings. .� C. Provide anchorage arrangement which is fully concealed when unit is closed. wwm D. Provide continuous stainless steel piano hinges for all accessories that open. E. Do not apply, stamp or engrave any trademark, trade name or manufacturer's name on .. exposed surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION IM 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, except where more restrictive requirements are specified in this section. Beginning work means Installer accepts substrates and conditions. B. Securely install at heights and locations indicated or if not indicated, at heights and locations as field directed by Architect. Where toilet room is indicated to be handicapped accessible, install toilet accessories at locations and heights required by authorities having jurisdiction for handicapped accessibility as approved by Architect. 3.02 ADJUSTING, CLEANING, PROTECTION A. Adjust operating parts to work easily, smoothly, and correctly. ., B. Repair minor damage to eliminate all evidence of repair. Clean exposed surfaces using non- abrasive materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of product being cleaned. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully cleaned or repaired. C. Provide temporary protection to ensure work being without damage or deterioration at time of final acceptance. Remove protections and reclean as necessary immediately before final acceptance. 3.03 SCHEDULE rep A. Provide the following, as approved by the Architect: TOILET ACCESSORIES 10810- 2 OR am Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 SECTION 10810 TOILET ACCESSORIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this section includes, but is not limited to, providing residential quality toilet accessories. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect work of this Section. Other Specification Sections that relate directly to work of this Section include, but are not limited to: 1. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry; rough blocking. 2. Section 09260, Gypsum Board Assemblies; concealed blocking. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, installation instructions, use limitations, and recommendations for each material used. B. Setting Drawings: Provide drawings for installation of all accessories. Provide plans, elevations, and details of anchorages, connections and installation aids. Provide installation templates for work installed by others. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source: Provide toilet accessories which are the products of one manufacturer. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver products in unopened factory labeled packages. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturers' instructions and recommendations. Protect from damage. B. Sequence deliveries to avoid delays, but minimize on-site storage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS It A. Manufacturers: As indicated on the Schedule. TOILET ACCESSORIES 10810- 1 am Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 "' PART 2 PRODUCTS am. 2.01 POSTAL SPECIALTIES A. Manufacturers: American Device Manufacturing, Auth-Florence, Bommer Industries, Cutler 00 Manufacturing,or approved equal. B. Exterior Pedestal Mount Cluster Box Units: Provide #1565 High Security Commercial Cluster Am Box#18923. 1. Loading: Front loading type. 2. Materials:Aluminum,satin anodized finish, and stainless steel. so 3. Configuration: Individual tenant boxes, with one parcel compartment and one mail drop slot per cluster. 4. Size and Quantity:Two 8-door units and two 8-door units for total of 40 tenants. s, 5. Locks: Cam locks. B. Finish of postal specialties shall be special finish (D) Anodized Duranodic, as approved by the Architect. w PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION JM11i A. Installation of postal specialties shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and USPS requirements. END OF SECTION w. w POSTAL SPECIALTIES 10550- 2 .�a Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 4" SECTION 10550 POSTAL SPECIALTIES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Furnish and install postal specialties as indicated on Drawings and as specified herein including the following: 1. Exterior pedestal-mount mailboxes. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect work of this Section. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit complete shop drawings of all work of this Section to Architect for approval, showing all pertinent details of construction and installation, including details of methods of anchorage and attachment to supporting materials. B. Product Data: Submit complete manufacturer's product data of all work of this Section to Architect for approval, consisting of complete product description and specifications, catalog cuts, and other descriptive data required for complete product and product use information. 1. Provide manufacturer's certification that units conform to United States Postal Service (USPS) regulations and have been approved by the Postmaster General. C. Samples: Submit sample of aluminum finish to Architect for approval. ! D. Do not order materials or begin fabrication work until Architect's approval of submittals has been obtained. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Provide products of manufacturers which are USPS approved. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for preparation of substrate, installation of anchors, and application of mail box units. B. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: Comply with USPS requirements for construction and installation of units serviced by USPS carriers. POSTAL SPECIALTIES 10550- 1 40 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabricate work to be truly straight, plumb, level and square with smooth flat surfaces and sharp corners, except where indicated otherwise. B. Precisely form work to sizes,shapes, and profiles indicated on approved shop drawings. C. Fabricate metal work with uniform, invisible joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. The Installer shall examine substrates, supports, and conditions under which this work is to be op performed and notify Contractor, in writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work means Installer accepts substrates and conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, except where more restrictive requirements are specified in this section. B. Install work plumb, level, in true plane and alignment. Provide signs and graphics where shown or scheduled using mounting methods indicated. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. The following allowable installed tolerances are allowable variations from locations and dimensions indicated by the Contract Document and shall not be added to allowable tolerances indicated for other work. 40 1. Allowable Variation from True Plumb, Level and Line:± 1/8" in 10'-0" 2. Allowable Variation from True Plane of Adjacent Surfaces:± 1/16" 3.04 ADJUSTING, CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Adjust work to present the best possible appearance. Touch-up damaged finishes and repair damage to eliminate evidence of repair. Clean exposed surfaces using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of material or product being cleaned. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully repaired or cleaned. B. Provide temporary protection to ensure work being without damage or deterioration at time of final acceptance. Remove protections and reclean as necessary immediately before final acceptance. 3.05 SIGNAGE AND GRAPHICS SCHEDULE A. Schedule to be determined by Owner. END OF SECTION SIGNAGE AND GRAPHICS 10400- 3 tlt>I� .. Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 am 1.05 INTENT am A. A major intent of the work of this section is to provide colorfast, durable building identification devices as scheduled and as required by codes. Provide all signs and graphics required by authorities having jurisdiction even if not otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE ww A. Source: For each type of material required for the work of this section, provide primary materials which are the products of one manufacturer. Provide secondary materials which are acceptable to the manufacturers of the primary materials. air B. ADA Requirements: Comply with Commonwealth of Massachusetts requirements and Americans with Disabilities Act requirements, including Type 2 Braille. .w 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials and products in unopened factory labeled packages. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Protect from damage. B. Sequence deliveries to avoid delays, but minimize on-site storage. ..� 1.08 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Delay installation of work of this section until near time of Substantial Completion. �+ PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Provide products of one of the following manufacturers if they meet or exceed the requirements of these specifications, or approved equal: ,.. 1. Andco Industries 2. Cornelius 3. Gemini, Inc. 4. Lynn Sign Company 5. Mohawk Engraving Company 6. The Supersine Company ,1■ 2.02 MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. Brass Numbers and Letters: Provide Group #1 letters and numbers by housenumberconnection.com. 1. Interior Unit Numbers: 4 in. by 1/8 in. thick 2. Exterior Unit Numbers: 4 in. by 1/4 in.thick. 3. Exterior Building Address: 6 in. by 1/4 in. thick. SIGNAGE AND GRAPHICS 10400- 2 40 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 SECTION 10400 SIGNAGE AND GRAPHICS PART 1 -GENERAL s 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this section includes, but is not limited to,the following: 1. Interior and exterior apartment numbers. 2. Interior dimensional letters as scheduled at the end of this Section. 3. Exterior building numbers. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect work of this Section. Other Specification Sections that relate directly to work of this Section include, but are not limited to: 1. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry;blocking. 2. Section 09910, Painting; painting materials and specifications. 3. Section 10523, Fire Extinguishers and Cabinets;"fire extinguisher"signs. 4. Division 16- Electrical;"Exit"signs;wiring for external sign illumination 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, installation instructions, use limitations and recommendations for each material used. Provide certifications stating that materials comply with requirements. Manufacturers shall have at least five years experience in the manufacture of sign systems specified. B. Shop Drawings: Provide large scale shop drawings for fabrication, installation and erection of all parts of the work. Provide large scale layouts of sign wording, spacing, type size and style. Provide plans, elevations, and details of anchorages, connections and accessory items. Provide installation templates for work installed by others. Provide full size spacing templates for individual letters and numbers. C. Initial Selection Samples: Submit samples showing complete range of colors, textures, and finishes available for each material used. D. Verification Samples: Submit representative samples of each material that is to be exposed in the finished work, showing the full range of color and finish variations expected. Provide samples having minimum area of 144 square inches or full-size units. SIGNAGE AND GRAPHICS 10400- 1 1MR an Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 a 10. Interior Architectural Woodwork, Finish Carpentry, and Wood Doors for Latex Semi-Gloss Paint Finish (softwoods, paint grade hardwoods, MDO, and hardwood veneers): One Coat 1. Moore Ecospec Interior Latex Primer Sealer (231) 2. Duron Genesis Latex Primer 3. S-W HarmonyLatex Primer 4. PPG Pure Performance Latex Primer ,,, Two Coats 1. Moore Pristine Ecospec Interior Latex Semi-Gloss(224) 2. Duron Genesis Latex Semi-Gloss 3. S-W HarmonyLatex Semi-Gloss 4. PPG Pure Performance Latex Semi-Gloss 11. Interior Architectural Woodwork, Finish Carpentry and Millwork for Satin Transparent w. Finish (all hardwoods and hardwood veneers, except paint grade and factory-finished items): Sand 120 grit sandpaper. Sand 220 grit sandpaper. Two Coats 1. Bona Kemi USA, Bona Tech Mega Waterbase Polyurethane 2. Target Coatings, Oxford Hybrid Satin Varnish 3. American Formulating & Manuf., Polyureseal BP * Sand Between 220 grit sandpaper. Urethane Coats 12. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Paint all exposed items throughout the project except factory finished items with factory-applied baked enamel finishes which occur in �•► mechanical rooms or areas, and excepting chrome or nickel plating, stainless steel, and aluminum other than mill finished. Paint all exposed ductwork and inner portion of all ductwork:Same as specified for other interior metals, hereinabove. ,.. END OF SECTION w PAINTING 09910- 8 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 OR Coat 1: Tnemec Series 594 Omnithane(shop applied) at 3.0 mils DFT Coat 2: Tnemec Series N69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II at 3.0 mils DFT Coat 3: Tnemec Series 1080 Endura-Shield WB at 3.0 mils DFT 5. Exterior Non-Ferrous Metal: (Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP1followed by SSPC-SP3 or 7) Coat 1: Tnemec Series N69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II at 3.0 mils DFT Coat 2: Tnemec Series 1080 Endura-Shield WB at 3.0 mils DFT 6. Exterior Galvanized Metal: (Surface Preparation: SSPC-SP7 Brush-off Blast) Coat 1: Tnemec Series N69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II at 2.5-3.0 mils DFT Coat 2: Tnemec Series 1075 Endura-Shield at 2.5-3.0 mils DFT INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE 7. Interior Gypsum Wallboard for Eggshell Finish: One Coat 1. Moore Ecospec Interior Latex Primer Sealer(231) 2. Duron Genesis Latex Primer 3. S-W Harmony Latex Wall Primer 4. PPG Pure Performance Latex Primer Two Coats 1. Moore Pristine Ecospec Interior Latex Eggshell (223) 2. Duron Genesis Latex Eggshell 3. S-W Harmony Latex Eggshell 4. PPG Pure Performance Latex Eggshell 8. Interior Gypsum Wallboard Ceilings for Flat Finish: One Coat 1. Moore Ecospec Interior Latex Primer Sealer (231) 2. Duron Genesis Latex Primer ! 3. S-W Harmony Latex Wall Primer 4. PPG Pure Performance Latex Primer Two Coats 1. Moore Pristine Ecospec Interior Latex Flat(219) 2. Duron Genesis Latex Flat 3. S-W HarmonyLatex Flat 4. PPG Pure Performance Latex Eggshell 9. Interior Gypsum Wallboard and Plaster for Latex Semi-Gloss Finish at Kitchens and Bathrooms: One Coat 1. Moore Ecospec Interior Latex Primer Sealer(231) 2. Duron Genesis Latex Primer 3. S-W Harmony Latex Wall Primer 4. PPG Pure Performance Latex Primer Two Coats 1. Moore Pristine Ecospec Interior Latex Semi-Gloss(224) 2. Duron Genesis Latex Semi-Gloss 3. S-W Harmony Latex Semi-Gloss 4. PPG Pure Performance Latex Semi-Gloss PAINTING 09910- 7 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 ' H. Finish Appearance: Provide uniform final finishes, free of runs, sags, wrinkles, streaks, shiners, brush/roller marks,color variations and other imperfections. I. Mock-Up Matching: Provide final finishes which exactly match approved mock-ups. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: The Owner reserves the right to employ an independent testing agency to conduct material evaluation and application tests. The Contractor shall cooperate fully and, when requested, permit samples of materials to be taken from containers as the materials are applied to building surfaces. .we B. Cost of Testing: If tests indicate that materials or work does not comply with requirements, the Contractor shall pay for tests performed, all retesting, and shall remove and replace non- complying work. ..r 3.04 TOUCH-UP, CLEANING, AND PROTECTION A. Touch-up damaged coatings and finishes to eliminate evidence of repair. B. Clean finished surfaces and remove all finish splatters from adjacent work. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully cleaned. C. Provide signs and temporary protection to ensure work being without damage or deterioration at time of final acceptance. Remove protections and reclean as necessary immediately before final acceptance. ► 3.05 PAINT SCHEDULE A. Number of coats scheduled is minimum. Refer to Paragraph 3.02D, hereinbefore. B. The following finish systems refer to products of Tnemec Co. and Benjamin Moore, unless indicated otherwise. Provide these systems or comparable systems from specified manufacturers. EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE .w 1. Exterior Fiber-Cement Board: Provide the following or equal as approved by fiber- cement board manufacturer. Factory primed Two Coats: ICI Dulux Ultra-Hide Durus Flat 2210 2. Exterior Trim: Provide the following or equal as approved by PVC trim manufacturer " Two Coats: ICI Dulux Ultra-Hide Durus Semi-Gloss 2416 3. Exterior Masonry and Concrete: Coat 1: Series 156 Enviro-Crete at 8-10 mils DFT(Dry Film Thickness) Coat 2: . Same as Coat 1 4. Exterior Ferrous Metal: (Surface Preparation:SSPC-SP6) Aft PAINTING 09910- 6 MW fo Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 #w appearance. Seal and backprime all interior and exterior woodwork immediately after delivery to site and before installation. 1. Ferrous Metal: Prepare shop primed metal surfaces by solvent wiping, sanding and touching- up shop prime coats. Prepare bare metal surfaces in accordance with Steel Structures Painting Council SP-6. Remove welding flux and splatter, burrs, and all other surface defects and foreign substances. Clean surfaces by washing with water followed by phosphate rinsing. Apply prime coats immediately after completion of cleaning. J. Galvanized Metal: Aggressively clean new galvanized surfaces with grease cutting solvent, such as undiluted vinegar, to remove fabricating oils. Touch-up abraded surfaces immediately "' with zinc-rich paint or rust-inhibiting paint acceptable to the Architect. K. Aluminum: Solvent clean surfaces equal to SSPC SP-1. Do not use red lead primers on aluminum surfaces. L. Doors: Finish tops, bottoms, and edges of doors the same as door faces. M. Drywall: Clean surfaces free from dust and foreign substances. Joint treatment materials shall be thoroughly dry. Paint metal corner beads and trim with metal primer before application of water based finish coatings 3.02 APPLICATION A. Manufacturer's Recommendations: Strictly comply with manufacturers' instructions and recommendations, except where more restrictive requirements are specified in this section. B. Material Preparation: Mix and prepare materials in strict compliance with manufacturer's recommendations. Do not thin materials without Architect's approval. Keep foreign substances out of finishing materials. C. Primers: Provide primers as recommended by finish system manufacturer for substrates encountered. Tint all primers and undercoats to the approximate shade of the finish coat, making each coat slightly darker and closer to the finished shade. Use deep base primers for deeptone, bright, and accent colors. Prime surfaces immediately after surface preparation to prevent contamination of substrate. D. Application: Apply paint and finish systems as scheduled using brushes, rollers, or painter's mitts. Spray application of paint and finish systems is not acceptable for field work, except for t variegated paint systems. Apply finish materials at coverage rates and dry film thicknesses recommended by their manufacturers. Provide additional coats as needed to eliminate all show through and bleed through areas. E. Extent: Finish all surfaces behind removable items. Finish inside of ducts and grilles with flat black paint when these surfaces are visible. Finish surfaces of access doors, panels and covers that are visible when opened with same finish and color as face panels. If�r F. Sanding: Sand before application and between coats as recommended by finish system manufacturer. G. Recoat Time: Allow manufacturer's recommended waiting period between successive coats. PAINTING 09910- 5 �r Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 placed on number of colors that may be required; however the following maximum number of colors may be used in any one room, area,or surface: 1. Interior: Four colors. 2.03 FILLERS, SOLVENTS, AND MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Turpentine: Pure gum spirits of turpentine conforming to Fed Spec.TT-T-801. B. Drier:Conform to Fed. Spec.TT-D-65. C. Tinting Materials: Best quality,ground in pure boiled linseed oil, limeproof, and non-fading. * PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION AND PREPARATION .� A. Inspection: The Applicator shall examine substrates and conditions under which this work is to be performed and notify Contractor, in writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper *� completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work means Applicator accepts substrates and conditions. B. Responsibility: The Applicator shall be solely responsible for the finishing work and shall prepare substrates as needed to obtain the highest quality finished surfaces. C. Manufacturer's Recommendations: Strictly comply with manufacturers' instructions and +�* recommendations, except where more restrictive requirements are specified in this section. D. Cleaning: Do not finish over dirt, rust, grease, moisture and other conditions detrimental to formation of a durable finish film. Clean surfaces to remove dirt, oil, grease, mildew, asphalt, concrete splatters, and all other foreign substances. E. Removal and Protection: Remove finished hardware, fixtures, accessories, and similar items or provide adequate protection to ensure that these surfaces are not finished or splattered. Replace these items when finishing work is completed. F. Shop Primers: Remove incompatible primers and reprime or provide barrier coats in compliance with finish manufacturer's instructions. Metal to receive spray fireproofing shall not be primed and as noted on drawings. G. Masonry and Concrete: Prepare materials by removing laitance, efflorescence, form release agents, and surface glaze by cleaning and washing as recommended by finish manufacturer and approved by Architect. Brush surfaces to remove loose particles. Allow a minimum of 60 to 90 days curing time before finishing poured and precast concrete. Allow a minimum of 30 to 60 days curing time before finishing concrete masonry. Determine substrate alkalinity and moisture content and, if necessary, take appropriate remedial actions as recommended by manufacturers of primary finish materials. H. Wood: Prepare wood surfaces by sanding smooth, sealing knots, setting nails and fasteners, and filling holes, cracks, and imperfections with putty acceptable to finish manufacturer. For transparent finished work, use putty and filler color matched to wood to minimize its PAINTING 09910- 4 40 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. ' Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 B. Coordinate this work with work specified in other sections. Furnish information on finish materials to be used in the field to ensure that correct prime coats are used in the shop. 1.10 MAINTENANCE STOCK A. Provide packaged,wrapped and labeled maintenance stock equal to 5%of each type and color of paint. 40 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Latex and Alkyd Based Paints: Provide products of one of the following manufacturers that meet or exceed specified requirements: 1. Benjamin Moore and Co. (Moore). 2. ICI Dulux Paint Centers(ICI). 3. PPG High Performance Coatings(PPG) 4. The Sherwin Williams Company(S-W). B. High Performance Paint Coatings: Provide products of one of the following manufacturers that meet or exceed specified requirements: 1. DuPont. 2. Tnemec Company, Inc. (Tnemec). ? ' 3. Porter International(Porter). 4. Sherwin Williams(S-W) C. Materials used shall be best grade products of their respective kinds. The Painting Schedule is based on products the above named manufacturers. These are specified to establish a standard of quality and kind of material desired. Provide these products, or equals as approved by Architect. D. Note: If substitutes are proposed, submit complete schedule showing materials specified and equivalent materials proposed as substitutes. Provide complete manufacturer's product data on proposed materials. Substitutes must be approved by Architect before commitment for materials is made. E. Assume full responsibility for proper performance of materials, for method of application, and for compatibility of materials applied over shop coats or other coats previously applied, including but limited to primers, sealers, preservative treatments, etc. Notwithstanding specific schedules in this Section, select primers which have been verified to be appropriate for each of » the substrates and finishes encountered. F. Provide miscellaneous painting materials such as linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, and thinner of the highest quality. ON 2.02 COLORS A. Provide colors in accordance with schedule provided by Architect. Tint and match colors to the satisfaction of Architect. Provide facilities for comparison and adjustment of colors. No limit is PAINTING 09910- 3 .. Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 am 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE an A. Source: For each type of material required for the work of this section, provide primary materials which are the products of one manufacturer. Provide thinners and other secondary materials which are acceptable to the manufacturers of the primary materials. 00, B. Mock-ups: Before beginning primary work of this section, provide 100 square feet mock-ups of each color and paint system at locations acceptable to Architect and obtain Architect's no acceptance of visual qualities. Protect and maintain acceptable mock-ups throughout the work of this section to serve as criteria for acceptance of this work. 1.06 TESTS ON A. Testing Agency: The Owner may employ an independent testing agency to perform tests, evaluations and certifications. Cooperate and permit samples of materials to be taken as they so are used. The Contractor shall pay all costs of tests which show failure to comply with Contract Documents. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING im A. Deliver materials and products in unopened factory labeled packages. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturers' instructions and recommendations. Protect from freezing no and damage. B. Avoid the possibility of fire by removing flammable materials, solvents and spirits from the project site or by storing materials in UL approved fire-resistive cabinets. Keep work area free so from flammable waste and soiled rags. C. Sequence deliveries to avoid delays, but minimize on-site storage. .w 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather, Temperature, and Humidity: Perform work only when existing and forecasted 004 conditions are within the limits established by manufacturers of the materials and products used. 1. Indoor Temperature: Maintain minimum interior temperature of 65°F during application and drying of paints and until occupancy of the building. B. Substrates: Proceed with work only when substrate construction and penetrating work is complete. C. Ventilation: Comply with manufacturer's requirements and recommendations. D. Lighting: Since lighting conditions can change the appearance of the work, work only when permanent lighting system is operational and in use. 1.09 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Conference: Convene a pre-installation conference to establish procedures to maintain optimum working conditions and to coordinate this work with related and adjacent work. PAINTING ow 09910-2 NO Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 SECTION 09910 PAINTING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General Conditions, Modifications, and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this section. B. Carefully examine all of the Contract Documents for requirements which affect the work of this section. The exact scope of work of this section cannot be determined without a thorough review of all specification sections and other Contract Documents. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this section includes, but is not limited to, painting and finishing of all exposed surfaces, both interior and exterior, except the following: 1. Factory finished items, except as noted. 2. Finished metal surfaces of stainless steel, copper,brass,and bronze. 3. Finished metal surfaces that are color anodized or plated. 4. Surfaces in concealed areas such as crawl spaces, above ceilings and the like. 5. Moving parts, code required labels,and equipment data plates. 6. Mechanical and electrical items not in public spaces. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, paint analysis, application instructions, use + ! limitations and recommendations for each material used. Provide certifications stating that materials comply with requirements and that paint products used are the highest quality produced by the manufacturer. B. Initial Selection Samples: Submit color swatches showing complete range of colors and finishes available for each paint and finish system. 00 C. Verification Samples: Before painting mock-ups, submit representative samples of each material that is to be exposed in the finished work, showing the full range of color and finish variations expected. Provide samples having minimum area of 144 square inches. 1.04 INTENT A. A major intent of the work of this section is to finish all work in the project that is exposed to view and not located in concealed areas,crawl spaces and the like. PAINTING 09910- 1 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 3.03 CARPET INSTALLATION A. Manufacturer's Instructions: Strictly comply with carpet manufacturers' instructions and recommendations, except where more restrictive requirements are specified in this section. Provide edge guards at all exposed edges s. B. Glue-Down Installation: Comply with CRI 104, Section 9, "Direct Glue-Down Installation." Fit carpet to spaces before applying adhesive. Apply adhesive uniformly to achieve 100% coverage and roll entire area in both directions to remove air pockets. Roll entire area a second time to ensure elimination of air pockets. Provide securely glued and taped seams. 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Repairing: Repair minor damage to eliminate all evidence of repair. Remove and replace work which cannot be satisfactorily repaired. �w B. Cleaning: Vacuum carpet with commercial quality machine with face beater element. Clean carpet using materials and methods recommended by carpet manufacturer. Remove adhesive from face of carpet immediately using white rags and a solvent acceptable to the carpet manufacturer. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully cleaned. C. Protection: Provide temporary protection to ensure work being without damage or deterioration at time of final acceptance. Remove protections and reclean as necessary immediately before final acceptance. END OF SECTION Im we w am ow .W .�r SHEET CARPET 09684- 4 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 CARPET A. Carpet: Philadelphia, Shaw Industries, "Collaborator" with 'StaLok' integral cushion backed carpet. Colors as selected by the Architect. 2.02 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. Adhesive: Provide Parabond Quick-Release M277, water-resistant, non toxic, non-staining water based latex type recommended by carpet manufacturer and which complies with flammability requirements for installed carpet. "Contract Grade" multi-purpose adhesives are not permitted. B. Edge Guard: Heavy-duty extruded vinyl with size and profile approved by Architect. Provide color selected by Architect from colors available within the industry. C. Leveling Compound: Provide latex based leveling, patching and filling compound that is recommended by carpet manufacturer and is compatible with adhesives used where applicable. w PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. The Installer shall examine substrates and conditions under which this work is to be performed and notify Contractor, in writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper completion of the work. 04 Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work means Installer accepts substrates and conditions. B. Verify underlayment surface is free of irregularities and substances that may interfere with on adhesive bond or show through surface. C. Environmental Conditions: Carefully check environmental conditions. Ambient temperatures shall be above 65oF and relative humidity shall be between 35% and 65% for 72 hours before starting installation,during installation and for 72 hours after installation is complete. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Manufacturer's Instructions: Strictly comply with carpet and cushion manufacturers' instructions and recommendations, except where more restrictive requirements are specified in this section. B. Subfloor Preparation: Repair minor holes, cracks and depressions using leveling compound. Sand ridges and high spots level. Clean subfloor surfaces and vacuum immediately before installation. If concrete subfloors are excessively dusty or powdery, spray apply sealer to concrete surfaces to prevent dusting problems through carpet. C. Precondition carpet in installation areas for at least 24 hours before installation. SHEET CARPET 09684- 3 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 section and which is acceptable to the carpet manufacturers. B. Source: For each type of carpet required for the work of this section, provide products of one manufacturer. Provide secondary materials which are acceptable to the carpet manufacturers. C. Reference Standard: Comply with general recommendations and information contained in Carpet Specifier's Handbook published by the Carpet and Rug Institute. 1.06 TESTS A. Burning Characteristics: Provide materials whose surface burning characteristics, when tested in compliance with ASTM E84, Class A. B. Pill Test: Carpet must pass test for flammability, ASTM D2859. C. Floor Radiant Panel Test: Provide carpet with minimum average radiant flux ratings not less than 0.45 watts/cm2 (class 1)when tested according to ASTM E648. D. Smoke Density Test: Carpet must pass ASTM E662 test with and without flame. E. Lightfastness: Provide fade resistant carpet with rating of not less than 3 international grey scale shade changes after 80 xenon arc standard fading hours; AATCC 16E. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials and products in unopened mill labeled packages with mill register numbers and tags attached. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Protect from damage. .M B. Sequence deliveries to avoid delays, but minimize on-site storage. 1.08 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Conference: Convene a pre-installation conference to establish procedures to maintain optimum working conditions and to coordinate this work with related and adjacent work. B. Sequence: Perform work of this section only when other work which could damage carpet is .A completed. Heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems shall be completely operational and properly functioning before, during and after the carpet work. u 1.09 WARRANTY A. Installation Warranty: Installer shall warrant this work for a period of two years. Warranty shall include requirement to make necessary replacements and/or repairs due to defective material and/or unsatisfactory workmanship which becomes apparent within 24 months after initial installation. 1.10 EXTRA MATERIAL A. Provide packaged, wrapped and labeled maintenance stock equal to 5% of the actual quantity of each type of carpet installed. Provide wrapped and labeled usable pieces of scraps. Discard smaller pieces as waste. aw SHEET CARPET 09684- 2 Im Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 SECTION 09684 SHEET CARPET PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this section includes, but is not limited to,the following: 1. Carpet for glued-down installation. 2. Floor preparation. 3. Resilient edge strips. B. Work of this section is affected by alternates. Refer to Section 01030, Alternates for requirements. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect work of this Section. Other Specification Sections that relate directly to work of this Section include,but are not limited to: 1. Section 09650, Resilient Flooring and Base 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, installation and maintenance instructions, use limitations and recommendations for each carpet and pad product used. Provide certifications stating that materials comply with requirements. B. Shop Drawings: Provide large scale shop drawings for layout of all parts of the work. Provide plans indicating carpet directions and details of seaming and accessory items. Show locations of change of dye lot, if any. C. Verification Samples: Submit representative samples of each material that is to be exposed in the finished work, showing the full range of color and finish variations expected. Provide labeled carpet samples having minimum size of 18"x 27"and 6"long samples of edge strips. 1. Submit 12" long piece of each type of transition strip and edge guard. D. Test Reports: Submit certified reports for tests required. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer: A firm which has at least five years experience in work of the type required by this SHEET CARPET 09684- 1 on Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 so G. Install sheet floor coverings on covers for telephone and electrical ducts, and similar items in ,,o finished floor areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern with pieces of flooring installed on covers. Tightly adhere edges to perimeter of floor around covers and to covers. H. Adhere sheet floor coverings to flooring substrates to comply with floor covering manufacturer's ao written instructions, including those for trowel notching, adhesive mixing, and adhesive open and working times. 1. Produce completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections. 2. Form integral flash cove base by flashing floor covering up vertical surfaces. Support floor covering at horizontal and vertical junction with cove strip. Butt floor covering at top of base against cap strip. I. Hand roll sheet floor coverings in both directions from center out to embed floor coverings in adhesive and eliminate trapped air. At walls, door casings, and other locations where access by roller is impractical, press floor coverings firmly in place with flat-bladed instrument. 3.06 CLEANING AND PROTECTION *�+ A. Repair minor damage to eliminate all evidence of repair. Clean exposed surfaces using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of material or product being cleaned. Wa Remove excess adhesives immediately. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully repaired or cleaned. B. Prohibit traffic over newly installed flooring for at least 48 hours. Provide temporary protection ■* to ensure work being without damage or deterioration at time of final acceptance. Remove protections and reclean as necessary immediately before final acceptance. C. Polish and buff floors and base in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations immediately before final acceptance. END OF SECTION ,.. w iw RESILIENT FLOORING AND BASE 09650- 6 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 C. Extent: Extend work into closets, toe spaces and similar areas. Provide flooring on covers and other items within floor areas. Cut flooring neatly around fixtures and obstructions. Terminate flooring at the centerline of doors when adjacent finish is dissimilar to avoid seeing dissimilar material when door is closed. D. Edges: Provide securely bonded resilient edge strips where indicated and wherever edge of floor would otherwise be exposed. E. Tile Flooring: Lay tile flooring from room centerlines with grain in same direction. Avoid use of less than 1/2 tile pieces. Adhere with full coverage of adhesive observing the manufacturer's recommended trowel notching spreading rates and open times. Roll floor with 150 pound roller to ensure good contact and bond. 3.04 RESILIENT BASE A. Base: Adhere base to walls, columns, casework, and all other permanent surfaces and fixtures. Install base in rolls to minimize seams. Tightly bond base to walls without any gaps between wall and base and with 100% coverage of adhesive. Hand roll base to ensure full contact and adhesion. Field form sharp external corners and keep seams and joints as far from external corners as possible. Cut and cope base at internal corners; do not round internal corner with base. 1. Fill top edge of base with sealant where base runs along an irregular wall surface such as masonry. Sealant color shall closely match base color. 3.05 SHEET INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with sheet floor covering manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. Unroll sheet floor coverings and allow them to stabilize before cutting and fitting, if recommended in writing by manufacturer. C. Lay out sheet floor coverings to comply with the following requirements: 1. Maintain uniformity of sheet floor covering direction. 2. Arrange for a minimum number of seams and place them in inconspicuous and low-traffic areas, and not less than 6 inches away from parallel joints in flooring substrates. 3. Match edges of sheet floor coverings for color shading and pattern at seams according to manufacturer's written recommendations. 4. Avoid cross seams. D. Scribe, cut, and fit sheet floor coverings to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces and permanent fixtures, including built-in furniture, cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, door frames, thresholds, and nosings. w E. Extend sheet floor coverings into toe spaces, door reveals,closets, and similar openings. F. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use chalk or other nonpermanent, nonstaining marking device. RESILIENT FLOORING AND BASE 09650- 5 f Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 E. Size: Lengths and depths to fit each stair tread in one piece. F. Risers: Smooth, flat, toeless, height and length to cover risers; produced by same manufacturer as treads and recommended by manufacturer for installation with treads. 1. Thickness: 0.125 inch. G. Colors and Patterns: As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Flooring Adhesive: Water resistant low VOC types, as recommended by flooring manufacturer for substrate. PART 3 - EXECUTION 00 3.01 INSPECTION A. The Installer shall examine substrates and conditions under which this work is to be performed and notify Contractor, in writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Beginning work means Installer accepts substrates and conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Manufacturer's Recommendations: Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, except where more restrictive requirements are specified in this section. B. Clean: Vacuum clean subfloors immediately before installation. �w C. Level: Check subfloor/underlayment tolerances and fill holes, depressions and cracks with leveling compound. Do not scrape, grind, or sand down existing tiles containing asbestos. D. Bond Test: Perform bond and moisture tests on concrete subfloors to determine if surfaces are .� sufficiently cured and dry to receive flooring within the limits specified by flooring manufacturer. 1. Randomly adhere 3 ft. x 3 ft. panels of specified flooring materials spaced about 50 ft. apart throughout areas to receive resilient flooring. Install test panels with adhesives to be used in the actual installation. 2. If panels are securely bonded after 72 hours, installation work may proceed. 3. If panels are not securely bonded, reclean substrates and repeat test until adequate bond is achieved. E. Primers: Apply primer prior to application of adhesive if recommended by manufacturer for porous or powdery subfloors. 3.03 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE INSTALLATION A. Manufacturer's Recommendations: Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, except where more restrictive requirements are specified in this section. B. Color Control: Maintain uniformity of color and pattern; use flooring from same manufactured " lots. RESILIENT FLOORING AND BASE 09650- 4 a. Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 2.02 SHEET VINYL FLOORING A. Manufacturer/Product: Provide felt backed vinyl sheet flooring complying with ASTM F 1303, Class A backing, Grade 1, Type I, equal to Commission Plus by Armstrong World Industries, Inc. B. Sheet Color/Pattern Selections:As selected by the Architect. 2.03 WALL BASE A. Vinyl Wall Base: Provide vinyl wall base by Johnsonite or approved equal conforming to ASTM F 1861, Group 1, Type TV,and as follows: 1. Height: 4 in. typical. 2. Thickness: 1/8 in. gage. 3. Style: Top-set cove at resilient flooring Style B(Cove), straight at carpet Style A(Straight). Provide formed corners. 4. Finish: Matte. 5. Roll Lengths: 100 ft. rolls, continuous runs with no pieces less than 10 ft. in any run over 100 ft. 6. Adhesive: Parabond adhesive and cement. 7. Colors: As selected by Architect. 2.04 STAIR TREADS AND RISERS A. Resilient Stair Treads: 1. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following: f� a. Burke Mercer Flooring Products; Division of Burke Industries, Inc. b. Endura Rubber Flooring;Division of Burke Industries, Inc. C. Estrie Products International; American Biltrite (Canada) Ltd. d. Flexco, Inc. "r e. Johnsonite. f. Mondo Rubber International, Inc. g. Musson, R. C. Rubber Co. h. Nora Rubber Flooring; Freudenberg Building Systems, Inc. i. R.C.A. Rubber Company(The). j. Roppe Corporation, USA. k. VPI, LLC; Floor Products Division. B. Resilient Stair Treads Standard: ASTM F 2169. 1. Material Requirement: Type TV (vinyl, thermoplastic), ALTERNATE - Type TS (rubber, vulcanized thermoset) 2. Surface Design: b. Class 2, Pattern: As selected by the Architect. 3. Manufacturing Method: Group 2,tread with contrasting color for the visually impaired. C. Nosing Style: Round. D. Thickness: 1/4 inch (6 mm) and tapered to back edge. RESILIENT FLOORING AND BASE 09650- 3 I Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials and products in unopened factory labeled packages. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Protect from damage. B. Sequence deliveries to avoid delays, but minimize on-site storage. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS, SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Conference: Convene a pre-installation conference to establish procedures to maintain optimum working conditions and to coordinate this work with related and adjacent work. B. Environment: Perform work only when temperature and humidity conditions are within the limits established by manufacturers of the materials and products used. Provide continuous exhaust M through vent windows during cement/adhesive application. C. Substrates: Proceed with work only when substrate construction and penetrating work is complete. To the greatest extent possible, perform work of this section after other finishing operations such as painting have been completed. D. Subfloors: Ensure that concrete subfloors are properly cured and sufficiently dry by making bond and moisture tests as recommended by flooring manufacturer. Coordinate work of this section with work of Section 03300, Cast-In-Place Concrete, to ensure that concrete curing compounds used do not interfere with adhesion of resilient flooring. 1.08 MAINTENANCE STOCK A. Provide packaged, wrapped and labeled maintenance stock equal to 5% of base and 5% of each type of flooring. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 VINYL COMPOSITION FLOORING A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2. Azrock Commercial Flooring, a brand of Domco Tarkett Inc. B. Vinyl Composition Tile: Refer to the Finish Schedule for locations. r.r 1. Vinyl Composition Tile: 1/8 in. thick, 12 in. by 12 in. tile, Premium Excelon by Armstrong World Industries, meeting or exceeding ASTM F 1066, Comp. 1, Class 2 - Through Pattern. C. Vinyl Edging: 1 in. wide, length as required, tapered, maximum thickness same as flooring, solid vinyl, as selected from manufacturer's standard plain colors, as produced by manufacturer of floor tile used, or other manufacturer whose products meet all the Architect's requirements and are approved by Architect for use on the Project. RESILIENT FLOORING AND BASE 09650- 2 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING AND BASE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK !I A. The work of this section includes, but is not limited to,the following: 1. Vinyl composition tile flooring. 2. Sheet vinyl flooring. 3. Resilient wall base. 4. Rubber tile, stair treads, and risers. 5. Resilient reducer strips and trim pieces. 6. Subfloor preparation. B. Work of this section is affected by alternates. Refer to Section 01030, Alternates for requirements. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect Work of this Section. Other Specification Sections that directly relate to Work of this Section include, but are not limited to: 1. Section 09684, Sheet Carpet. 1.04 SUBMITTALS aAl A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, installation instructions, use limitations and recommendations for each material and product used. Provide certifications stating that materials comply with requirements and applicable fire ratings. B. Verification Samples: Submit representative samples of each material that is to be exposed in the finished work, showing the full range of color and finish variations expected. Provide flooring samples having minimum area of 144 square inches. Provide 6 inch lengths of base and trim pieces. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source: For each type of flooring product required for the work of this section, provide primary materials and products which are the products of one manufacturer. Provide secondary materials such as adhesives which are acceptable to the manufacturers of the primary materials. RESILIENT FLOORING AND BASE 09650- 1 alt Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 5. Construction: Five ply. 6. Width: 5 in. 7. Length: Manufacturer's standard random. 8. Edge: Square. 9. Finish: Manufacturer's standard,color as selected by the Architect. B. Cork Expansion Strip: Composition cork expansion strip FS HH-C-576,Type I-B, Class 2. C. Wood Base: Provided under Section 06402, Interior Architectural Woodwork. D. Vapor Barrier: 6 mil polyethylene sheet. 2.03 ACCESSORY MATERIALS r A. Adhesive shall be Bruce Everbond LP or approved equal polyvinyl acetate adhesive or special mastic of type recommended by flooring manufacturer, complying with flammability and environmental control restrictions. B. Concealed fasteners shall be manufacturer's standard corrosion resistant fasteners. Exposed fasteners shall match existing. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine substrates on that wood flooring will be installed and conditions under which work will be performed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Wherever application of wood flooring to concrete substrate is indicated, test for dryness before proceeding with installation. Test with 3%solution of phenolphthalein in grain alcohol. Sprinkle a few drops on concrete at several locations. If drops turn red, do not proceed. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with flooring manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. B. Expansion Space: Provide expansion space at walls and other obstructions and terminations of flooring, not less than 1/2" unless otherwise indicated on drawings. Unless fully concealed by trim, fill expansion space with flush cork expansion strip. Nail shoe molding or other trim to baseboard, rather than to flooring. 3.04 PROTECTION �+ A. Installer shall advise the Contractor of procedures required for protection of hardwood flooring during remainder of construction period, so that flooring and finish will be without damage or deterioration at time of acceptance. END OF SECTION WOOD STRIP FLOORING 09640- 3 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase 11 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 locations acceptable to Architect and obtain Architect's acceptance of visual qualities. Protect , and maintain acceptable mock-ups throughout the work of this Section to serve as criteria for acceptance of this work. Acceptable mock-ups may be included as part of the finished work. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect wood flooring from excessive moisture during shipment, storage, and handling. Deliver in unopened bundles and store in a dry place, with adequate air circulation. Do not deliver materials to building until "wet work" such as concrete, masonry, and plaster have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium. 1.07 JOB CONDITIONS ■* A. Do not proceed, deliver, or install wood flooring until after the spaces to receive flooring have been enclosed and are dry and maintained at approximately the same humidity and temperature conditions as planned for occupancy. B. Condition wood flooring materials by placing in the rooms or spaces to be floored, seven days in advance of the start of installation. Open packages of wood flooring which are sealed (if any) to permit natural adjustment of moisture content. C. Temperature Range: Maintain ambient temperatures in range of 650F to 750F prior to, during, and after the installation of wood flooring. D. Humidity Range: Maintain relative humidity between 35%and 55%. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Submit two copies of manufacturer's standard 25 year warranty for hardwood • flooring and associated work, agreeing to repair or replace flooring that shrinks, warps, cracks, or otherwise deteriorates excessively, or which buckles, delaminates, or breaks its anchorage or bond with the substrate, or fails otherwise to perform as required or as represented by the manufacturer, due to failures of materials and workmanship and not due to unusual exposure to moisture or other abusive forces and elements not anticipated for the application. 1.09 EXTRA STOCK/REPLACEMENT MATERIAL A. After completion of wood flooring work, deliver to project site not less than 5% of quantity of each type wood flooring installed on the project. Provide in manufacturer's original, unopened cartons or bundles. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Engineered-Wood, Strip Flooring: HPVA EF, except bonding agent contains no urea formaldehyde. Provide products complying with the following: ins. 1. Manufacturers: Provide Accolade by Pergo 2. Species: As selected by the Architect. 7.. 3. Grade: Select 4. Thickness: 3/8 in. WOOD STRIP FLOORING 09640- 2 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 +W SECTION 09640 WOOD STRIP FLOORING PART1 GENERAL f 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Furnish and install pre-engineered wood strip flooring where indicated on Drawings and as specified. B. Work of this section is affected by alternates. Refer to Section 01030, Alternates for requirements. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect work of this Section. Other Specification Sections that directly relate to work of this Section include, but are not limited to: 1. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry; Plywood underlayment. 2. Section 06402, Interior Architectural Woodwork;Wood base. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's printed product data, specifications, standard details, installation instructions, use limitations and recommendations for each material used. Provide certifications that materials and systems comply with specified requirements. ,0 B. Initial Selection Samples: Submit samples showing complete range of colors, textures, and finishes available for each material used. C. Verification Samples: Submit representative samples of each material that is to be exposed in the completed work. Show full color ranges and finish variations expected. Provide samples having minimum size of 144 sq. in. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Specialized wood flooring firm, with at least five years successful experience in installation and field finishing of the types specified, and acceptable to the wood tai flooring manufacturer. B. Manufacturer: Obtain flooring from a single manufacturer or source, to ensure match of quality, color,pattern, and texture. C. Mock-ups: Before beginning primary work of this Section, provide 10 ft. x 10 ft. mock-ups at 4 WOOD STRIP FLOORING 09640- 1 RM Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 a. 1. Joint Width: As indicated. E. Control Joints: Provide control joints where tile meets restraining surfaces (walls, curbs, columns, pipes, etc.); directly over control or expansion joints in subsurfaces; and not farther than 24 ft. each way, located as indicated on the Drawings or as directed by Architect. Control joints are not required where tile dimension perpendicular to joint is 12 ft. or less. Work shall conform to TCA Method EJ171. .. 1. Form control joints neat, straight, and uniform in width. Cut tile neatly and to accurate radius at exposed junction with pipes, etc. Control joints shall be full width of control joint in subsurfaces, and full width or normal tile joint at other locations, and full thickness of tile and setting bed. 2. Keep open joints free of grout and debris. Upon completion of tile work, install noncontaminating temporary joint filler to maintain joints in clean condition until installation of joint backing and sealant under Section 07900,Joint Sealants. 3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Repair minor damage to eliminate all evidence of repair. Remove and replace work which cannot be satisfactorily repaired. Leave work free of broken,chipped and loose tile. B. Clean exposed surfaces using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of tile being cleaned. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully cleaned. Do not use acid cleaners unless specifically permitted by the manufacturer and only after completely curing tile and grout. Protect adjacent surfaces from contact with acid cleaners and thoroughly flush with clean water. C. Protect work from foot traffic for at least 7 days after grouting. D. Provide temporary protection to ensure work being without damage or deterioration at time of final acceptance. Remove protections and reclean as necessary immediately before final acceptance. END OF SECTION fw` e� TILE 09300- 4 ,wu Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 2.02 SETTING MATERIALS A. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar (Thinset): Provide latex-Portland cement mortar, conforming to ANSI A118.4,with anti-microbial additive, as follows: 1. Available Product, Floors: Laticrete 254 Platinum Multipurpose Thin-Set Mortar. B. Joint Grout: Provide latex-Portland cement tile grout, conforming to ANSI A118.7, with anti- microbial additive, as follows: 1. Available Product: Laticrete PermaColor or Tri-Poly. 2. Colors: A selection of at least fourteen standard colors plus black,white, and natural must be available for Architect's selection. C. Water: Clean, potable,from public mains. Free of excessive amounts of salts, acids, alkalis,or other deleterious materials. D. Grout Sealer: Manufacturer's standard silicone product for sealing grout joints that does not change color or appearance of grout. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. The Installer shall examine substrates and conditions under which this work is to be performed and notify Contractor, in writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work means Installer accepts substrates and conditions. B. Level floor with underlayment products and primer as recommended by manufacturer. Level and true to within 1/4 inch in 10 feet and not more than 1/16 inch in 12 feet,for tinset applications. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install and grout tile in accordance with the provisions of the standard specification and published details hereinbefore listed, generally as follows, in accordance with ANSI A108 "Installation of Ceramic Tile"and TCNA"Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation": 1. Floor Tile Over Concrete Slabs, Interior Thinset: Latex Portland Cement Mortar, TCA Method F113,with Latex Portland Cement Grout. B. Room temperatures where ceramic material are installed shall be maintained at temperatures of not less than 40 degrees F for a period of at least 48 hours prior to commencement of tile work,during the tile work, and from that time until completion of Project. C. Where possible, lay out work so that no tiles less than half size occur. Maintain plumb and true finish surfaces. Maintain joints straight, true, level, plumb. All joints shall be straight and continuous in both directions. D. Make tile cuts straight and true. Discard improperly cut tile. Maintain consistent joint width, including joints between adjoining sheets and joints at cut tile. Maintain true and proper planes, levels, and slopes. Remove and replace all tile work which does not comply with specification requirements. TILE 09300- 3 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 ` as criteria for acceptance of this work. Approved mock-ups shall be incorporated into the finished work. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials and products in unopened factory labeled packages. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturers' instructions and recommendations. Protect from damage. Sequence deliveries to avoid delays, but minimize on-site storage. ,% 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environment: Perform work only when conditions are within the limits established by No manufacturers of the materials and products used. Maintain manufacturer's recommended curing/setting temperatures for at least 7 days after installation. B. Substrates: Proceed with work only hen substrate construction and Wd Y penetrating work is complete. C. Ventilation: Comply with manufacturer's requirements and recommendations. no 1.08 MAINTENANCE STOCK A. Provide packaged, wrapped aR p g pped and labeled maintenance stock equal to 5/o of each type and color of tile. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 TILE MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. Tile, General Requirements: 1. Quality, Grade and Certificate: Tile shall comply with the requirements of ANSI A137.1. Tile shall be of Standard grade, and all containers shall be grade-sealed in accordance F with minimum grade specifications described in above standard specification. If requested by Architect, furnish, in addition to grade seal, master grade certificate stating grade, kind of tile, identification marks for the packages and the name and location of job, signed by the manufacturer and issued before shipment of the is made. Deliver containers to site with seals unbroken. 2. Colors of materials shall be as selected by Architect from the full range of manufacturer's available colors and blends. No limitation is set on numbers of colors or blends that may be used on the work. B. Paver Tile: 6 in. by 6 in. by 1/2 in. thick tile as selected by the Architect. Provide field and border patterns as indicated on the Drawings. *+ C. Include special shapes, including cove bases, bullnose edges, corners, etc., required to complete the work according to best trade practice for each job condition, whether or not such special shapes are specifically indicated or specified. TILE 09300- 2 ow 46 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 64 SECTION 09300 TILE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section includes, but is not limited to: 1. Floor tile 2. Preparation of floors surfaces for tile work. B. Refer to the Finish Schedule on the Drawings for additional requirements and coding system to used on the Drawings. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect work of this Section. Other Specification Sections that relate directly to work of this Section include,but are not limited to: 1. Section 03300, Cast-In-Place Concrete. 2. Section 07900, Joint Sealers. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, installation instructions, use limitations and recommendations for each material used. Provide certifications stating that materials comply with requirements. B. Verification Samples: Submit representative samples of each material that is to be exposed in the finished work, showing the full range of color and finish variations expected. Provide I samples having minimum area of 144 square inches mounted on hardboard and grouted. Provide full size trim samples and 6 inch lengths of stone thresholds. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source: For each type of tile required for the work of this section, provide products of one manufacturer. Provide secondary materials which are acceptable to the manufacturers of the primary materials. B. Mock-up: Before beginning primary work of this section, provide 6' x 6' mock-ups of each type of the work at location acceptable to Architect and obtain Architect's acceptance of visual qualities. Protect and maintain acceptable mock up throughout the work of this section to serve TILE 09300- 1 am Village at Hospital Hill, Phase If Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 No C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim having flanges not intended .� for tape. D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below, according to ASTM C 840,for locations indicated: 1. Level 1: Embed tape at joints in ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated, unless a higher level of finish is required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies and sound-rated assemblies. 2. Level 2: Embed tape and apply separate first coat of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges where panels are substrate for tile and where indicated. 3. Level 3: Embed tape and apply separate first and fill coats of joint compound to tape, wb fasteners, and trim flanges where indicated. 4. Level 4: Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coats of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges at panel surfaces that will be exposed to view, unless otherwise indicated. 5. Level 5: Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coats of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges, and apply skim coat of joint compound over entire surface at panel surfaces that will be exposed to view, unless otherwise indicated. „0 3.04 TOLERANCES A. The following allowable installed tolerances are allowable variations from locations and dimensions indicated by the Contract Documents and shall not be added to allowable tolerances indicated for other work. 1. Allowable Variation from True Plumb, Level, & Line:± 1/8"in 20'-0". B. After finishing joints and screw heads shall be flush and not visible. Surfaces shall appear truly flush, smooth, seamless and uniform. Planes shall be truly flat. Corners shall be crisp and at true angles. Where gypsum drywall work butts dissimilar materials, joints shall be tight and shall be accurately scribed to adjacent construction without gaps. 3.05 REPAIR ' A. Repair minor damage to eliminate all evidence of repair. Remove and replace work which cannot be satisfactorily repaired. Clean up all joint compound splatters. or END OF SECTION GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260- 6 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 Finishing of Gypsum Board. Refer to partition schedule and details on the Drawings. Unless indicated otherwise, between offices one layer of gypsum board shall extend to structure above F on each side of metal stud. Unless indicated otherwise, between offices and corridors, one layer of gypsum board shall extend to structure above. 1. Locate joints between boards as far from center of walls and ceilings as possible. 2. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of walls and in multiple layer work. on 3. Install gypsum boards with face side out and with joints over framing members. 4. Do not butt dissimilar board edges. 5. Provide one-piece boards around door and window frames. 6. Cover both faces of stud partitions. 7. Attach boards to metal framing with self-tapping, bugle head screws. 8. Space fasteners as recommended by gypsum board manufacturer. 9. Install drywall ceilings prior to gypsum board walls,to the greatest extent possible. 10. Do not use water-resistant gypsum board on ceilings. 11. In multiple layer walls, provide backing board or multiple layers of face board. 12. Form control joints by preparing space between edges to receive metal control joint trim. 13. Provide materials to maintain acoustical and fire rating of walls at built-in items such as fire-extinguisher cabinets. C. Metal Trim: Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of metal trims and accessories. Meet installation tolerance requirements. 1. Provide corner bead trim at all external corners. Provide joint reinforcing tape at all internal corners. IJNI 2. Provide control joints where shown and at less than 30' o.c. at locations approved by Architect. 3. Provide edge trim wherever edge of gypsum board is exposed, revealed, or sealant filled, or as noted on Drawings. D. Acoustical Insulation Work: Provide sound attenuation insulation where indicated and where required to obtain STC ratings indicated. Use clips or wires to hold insulation in place. Stuff flutes in metal deck with acoustical insulation, except stuff flutes with firesafing insulation for fire-rated partitions. E. Acoustical Sealing Work: Provide continuous bead of concealed acoustical sealant at both faces of top and bottom runner tracks, wall perimeters, openings, expansion and control joints. Close off all sound flanking paths and openings, including those above ceilings. 3.03 JOINT FINISHING A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. 1. Extend joint finishing to floor behind wall base to provide a smooth flat surface for installation of wall base. 2. For water-resistant board applications, use special water-resistant joint compound to seal joints,cover fastener heads,fill surface defects and seal cut edges. B. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged surface areas. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260- 5 W Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 """ E. Accessory for Curved Edges: Cornerbead formed of metal, plastic, or metal combined with plastic,with either notched or flexible flanges that are bendable to curvature radius. 2.04 JOINT MATERIALS .r A. General: Comply with ASTM C475. B. Tape: Provide perforated, cross-fiber paper or fiberglass reinforcing. F" C. Joint Compound: Provide ready mixed vinyl compound, unless indicated otherwise. 2.05 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS1° A. Concealed Acoustical Sealant: Non-drying, non-hardening, non-bleeding, non-staining sealant complying with ASTM C919. Provide one of the following: 1. Pecora BA-98. 2. Tremco Acoustical Sealant. 3. USG Acoustical Sealant. B. Sound Attenuation Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I. At acoustical partitions, provide Thermafiber sound attenuating fire blanket or approved equal with 2.5 lbs/cu.ft density meeting �.. fire characteristics of Thermafiber. Provide clips or wires to hold insulation in place as applicable. C. Laminating Adhesive: Use joint compound or adhesive that is recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for laminating gypsum boards. D. Screws: Comply with ASTM C646 and C514. Type S, bugle head, for attaching gypsum �.. panels to steel framing. Provide other types as recommended by gypsum board manufacturer. Provide cadmium plated fasteners for all fasteners in wet or humid areas. E. Anchors: Provide screws, bolts, powder actuated fasteners, inserts and other fasteners that are customarily used in standard construction practices and which are proven capable of supporting at least 3 times design load. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. The Installer/Erector shall examine substrates, supports, and conditions under which this work is to be performed and notify Contractor, in writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. nW Beginning work means Installer accepts substrates and conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General Requirements: Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, except where more restrictive requirements are specified in this section. B. Gypsum Board Installation: Install gypsum board in strict compliance with ASTM C 840 and Gypsum Association publication 216, Recommended Specifications for the Application and GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260- 4 O Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 B. Framing Tolerances: Proceed with work only when framing work is complete and within installation tolerances specified in ASTM C754 and this specification section. C. Ventilation: Comply with manufacturer's requirements and recommendations and Gypsum Association publication 216. Avoid too rapid drying in hot weather. on D. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations,whichever are more stringent. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Gypsum Board and Related Products: Provide products of one of the following manufacturers if they meet or exceed the requirements of these specifications: 1. G-P Gypsum, Georgia-Pacific Corp. 2. National Gypsum Co. 3. USG. 2.02 GYPSUM BOARD A. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C36. !w 1. Types: Fire-resistant type X. Refer to Wall Partition Schedule on the Drawings. 2. Edges: Tapered. 3. Thicknesses: 5/8",and as indicated. B. Water Resistant Gypsum Backer Board: Provide water resistant type gypsum board conforming to ASTM C630 as indicated. 2.03 METAL TRIMS AND ACCESSORIES A. Provide the following USG trim and accessory types or Architect approved equals from a specified manufacturer: 1. Corner Bead and Edge Trim: Paper faced metal USG No. B1 XW EL. 2. Control Joint, Typical: USG No.093. ! B. Interior Work: Galvanized steel trim units of types specified. Pr C. Reveals: Factory-primed extruded aluminum reveal by Pittcon or approved equal, sizes as indicated on the Drawings. D. Control Joints: Provide control joints complying with ASTM C 1047 and requirements indicated ! !" below: 1. Material: Steel sheet coated with aluminum or rolled zinc. 2. Type: One-piece control joint formed with V-shaped slot and removable strip covering slot opening. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260- 3 > .s. Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE �* A. Source: For each type of material required for the work of this section, provide primary materials which are the products of one manufacturer. Provide secondary materials which are acceptable to the manufacturers of the primary materials. B. Engineering and Structural Performance: Provide the services of a Professional Engineer, who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated, to design and certify that the work of this section meets or exceeds the performance requirements specified in this section. 1. Limit deflection to L/240 for non-rigid finishes, U360 for rigid finishes applied over drywall. Lateral load is 5 p.s.f. C. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For gypsum board assemblies with fire-resistance ratings, ,■„ provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E119 by a qualified independent testing agency, acceptable to the Architect and authorities having jurisdiction. .A 1. Partition Head Conditions: Comply with design designation from UL's Fire Resistance Directory. D. Sound Transmission Characteristics: For gypsum board assemblies with STC ratings, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by a qualified independent testing agency, acceptable to the Architect and authorities having jurisdiction. E. Mockups: Before finishing gypsum board assemblies, install mockups of at least 100 sq. ft. in surface area to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution. 1. Install mockups for each type of application. 2. Simulate finished lighting conditions for review of mockups. 3. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. F. Drywall Recycling: All new paper-faced gypsum wallboard scrap (cuts from construction - not demolition waste) generated at the Project shall be recycled by Gypsum Recycling America, LLC. Keep scrap dry. Contact Gypsum Recycling America at 1-866-9GYPSUM or jw@gypsumrecycling.us to coordinate recycling efforts. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials and products in unopened factory labeled packages. Store and handle in .. strict compliance with manufacturers' instructions and recommendations. Protect from damage. Adequately support stored gypsum panels to avoid sagging. Sequence deliveries to avoid delays, but minimize on-site storage. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather: Perform work only when existing and forecasted weather conditions are within the limits established by manufacturers of the materials and products used. Comply with requirements of Gypsum Association publication 220. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260- 2 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 ON SECTION 09260 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this section includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Gypsum boards for wall,ceiling and soffit applications. 2. Gypsum board finishes. 3. Sound attenuation insulation. 4. Concealed acoustical sealants. 5. Miscellaneous metal framing and blocking. 6. Installation of access panels. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect work of this Section. Other Specification Sections that relate directly to work of this Section include, but are not limited to: 1. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry; Blocking and wood studs. 2. Section 07840, Firestopping; Firesafing insulation and sealant. 3. Section 07900,Joint Sealers; Exposed acoustical sealant. 4. Section 08310, Access Panels; Built into gypsum construction. 5. Section 09910, Painting; Finishing of work of this section. 6. Division 15 - Mechanical and Division 16- Electrical;Coordination of mechanical, electrical and plumbing requirements. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, installation instructions, use limitations and recommendations for each material used. Provide certifications stating that materials comply with requirements. B. Fire-Rated Partitions: Provide drawings indicating head conditions for fire-rated partitions, indicate design designation from UL's Fire Resistance Directory. C. Calculations: Provide professionally prepared calculations and certification of the performance of this work. Show how design load requirements and other performance requirements have been satisfied. GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260- 1 ww Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA P November 1, 2007 SECTION 09000—FINISH SCHEDULE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 APPLICABILITY: This Section applies to all work of the Contract. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provision of the Contract, including General " and Supplementary Conditions, other Division 1 Specification Sections, and Technical Specification Sections for each material apply to this Section. 1.3 SUMMARY: Finish Schedule on following pages. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 9 FINISH SCHEDULE 09000-1 am Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 �' work to leave operating parts in perfect operating condition, jointing to adjacent material tight, surfaces without blemishes or stains, work properly executed and complete, and defects and damaged work replaced or corrected. B. Provide services of hardware supplier's representative to inspect hardware six months after Final Acceptance of Project. Readjust and restore hardware. 3.05 HARDWARE SETS A. The Hardware sets listed indicate the items of hardware required for one opening, single door or pair of doors. This information is furnished for use as a guide only. It is the hardware supplier's responsibility to furnish the proper quantities, functions, weights, and sizes as required by the specifications and as recommended by the manufacturer's catalogue information. wu 1. Refer to Drawings for sets. END OF SECTION weir wA .w FINISH HARDWARE 08710- 6 P0 ON Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 *0 C. Weatherstripping: Provide neoprene concealed gasket-type weatherstripping at exterior doors. Weatherstripped doors are required to provide a continuous seal at the entire perimeter of door with no cracks. on D. Soundstripping: Provide soundstripping as detailed and scheduled. 2.10 MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE A. Silencers: For steel frames, provide gray resilient silencers to suit frame type. Provide three silencers for single doors,and two silencers for doors hinged in pairs. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine doors, frames and conditions under which the work of this Section will be performed. Notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Commencing work means Installer accepts substrates and conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturers' instructions and recommendations, except where more restrictive requirements are specified in this Section. B. Install hardware on doors and frames at locations conforming to ANSI and NAHM standards, and DHI mounting heights, except where specifically indicated otherwise or required by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Set hardware plumb, level, and in exact alignment and location. Conceal and countersink fasteners wherever possible. D. Set exterior thresholds in bed of sealant provided under Section 07900,Joint Sealers. 3.03 ADJUSTING, CLEANING, AND PROTECTION OR A. Adjust hardware items to work smoothly, easily, and correctly. B. Clean exposed surfaces using non-abrasive materials and methods recommended by OR manufacturer of hardware being cleaned. Remove and replace work which cannot be successfully cleaned, as judged solely by the Architect. an C. Provide temporary protection to ensure work being without damage or deterioration at time of final acceptance. Remove protections and reclean as necessary immediately prior to final acceptance. 1. Cover knobs, levers, pulls, and push plates with heavy cloth to protect against damage until Final Acceptance of the Project. 3.04 COMPLETION AND CONTINUED MAINTENANCE A. Before completion of work of this Section, inspect work with Architect and adjust and correct po FINISH HARDWARE 08710- 5 ow Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 "� 1. Ives .■ 2. Glynn-Johnson 3. Rixson/Firemark B. Flush-Bolt for Rated Doors: Ives 358 or 458. C. Flush-Bolt for Non-Rated Doors: Ives 258. D. Strikes: Provide dust-proof strikes for foot bolts and standard strikes for head bolts. 2.07 CLOSERS A. Provide LCN 4030/4130 Series for low frequency interior doors. B. Provide LCN 4010/4110 Series for toilet room doors. C. Provide closers with hold-open features where required. Provide closers with built-in door stop function at an adjustable angle where indicated. Provide closers which will open 180 degrees where required. Provide concealed closers where required per Hardware Schedule. *'"! D. Mount closers on the least public side of doors to the greatest extent possible. Provide closers with parallel arms wherever closers are on the stop side of doors which swing out into corridors and public spaces. Where parallel arms are used, provide closers which are one size larger than manufacturer's recommendation. E. Follow manufacturer's recommendations for size of closer based upon size and weight of door, exposure, and frequency of use. 2.08 STOPS A. Provide products of one of the following manufacturers that meet or exceed the requirements specified: 1. Ives 2. Brookline 3. Glynn-Johnson B. Provide wall stops Ives 406, 407 or 408 to suit wall condition. Where indicated or where wall stop is not practical, provide floor stops 436 or 438 to suit floor conditions and clearances. Provide carpet risers where required. w 2.09 WEATHERSTRIPPING, SOUNDSTRIPPING, AND THRESHOLDS A. Provide products of one of the following manufacturers that meet or exceed the requirements specified: 1. Reese .w 2. Pemko 3. Zero B. Thresholds for General Applications: As detailed FINISH HARDWARE 08710-4 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA p November 1, 2007 Provide 6 pin cylinders and keyway to Owner's requirements. Cylinders shall be Schlage Type E 6-pin as acceptable to the Owner. 1. Arrow. 2. Schlage 3. Best B. Throws: Provide 1/2 in. minimum. Comply with UL requirements for fire-rated hardware. C. Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard box strike with extended curved lip. Finish strikes and lips to match lock or latch. Provide custom strikes where required. 1. Provide electric strikes for designated entry doors. D. Metals: Provide cylinders and keys from brass matching type and finish of metal for hardware. 2.04 KEY CONTROL SYSTEM an A. Provide key control system consisting of labels, tags, card index, and metal wall mounted cabinet. Set up control system, label and identify each key, type index cards, and deliver to Owner complete and ready for use. 2.05 HINGES AND BUTTS A. Provide products of one of the following manufacturers that meet or exceed the requirements of RX these specifications: 1. Hager 2. Lawrence 3. McKinney 4. Stanley B. Provide hinges template produced, full mortise, five knuckle-type, four-ball bearing type, except as otherwise scheduled. C. Hinge Height: 4-1/2 in. D. Hinge Width: Consultant shall determine proper hinge width based upon door thickness and trim conditions. Provide minimum 4-1/2 in. wide hinges. l E. Hinge Quantity: Provide three hinges for doors up to 7 ft.-6 in. high, and one additional hinge for each additional 2 ft.-6 in. of height. Provide one additional hinge for doors over 3 ft.-6 in. wide. F. Pins: Provide flat button pins matching hinges in finish and material. Provide non-removable pins on outswinging exterior and corridor doors. Provide non-rising pins for all other hinges. 0 2.06 BOLTS AND COORDINATORS A. Provide products of one of the following manufacturers that meet or exceed the requirements specified: FINISH HARDWARE 08710- 3 an Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 am an B. Consultant: Provide the services of a certified hardware consultant, acceptable to the Architect, to prepare hardware and keying schedules and to certify that the work of this Section meets or exceeds requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. on C. Comply with American With Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG) and applicable local requirements. go 1.06 TESTS A. Fire-Resistance Ratings: When fire-resistance ratings are indicated or required by authorities having jurisdiction, provide hardware items identical to those which have been tested and labeled for fire-rated use by independent testing agencies acceptable to Architect. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Packaging: Package and label each hardware item separately with all screws, bolts and accessories required for a complete and proper installation. Coordinate the labeling of packages with hardware set numbers. B. Store hardware items in locked spaces. Replace all hardware items lost or damaged. Provide copies of supplier receipts for hardware items delivered to the Project. .A PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FINISH HARDWARE- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 4' A. Provide the specified hardware item, or an equal product from one of the other named manufacturers which meet or exceed the standard as judged by the Architect. 4W B. Provide the proper hardware which permits the swing and hand of each door as indicated on the Drawings. C. Manufacturer's names or trademarks displayed in a visible location will not be permitted on any piece of hardware. D. Base Metal: Provide plated brass or bronze with the exception of stainless steel and aluminum items. E. Fasteners: Provide concealed fasteners to the greatest extent possible. Do not use through- bolts unless otherwise acceptable to the Architect. 2.02 HARDWARE FINISHES wr A. Provide brushed chrome finish on all hardware. B. Closer Covers: Provide plated metal closer covers matching lock and latch finishes. 4 2.03 LOCKSETS AND LATCHSETS A. Mortise Locksets and Latchsets: Except where scheduled otherwise, provide latchsets and no locks with lever and rose as selected by Architect by one of the manufacturers listed below. dw FINISH HARDWARE 08710- 2 ON Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA P November 1,2007 SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS as A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 40 A. This section specifies finish hardware for interior and exterior doors to provide correct functions for intended use. Provide related items and services, as indicated on Drawings and as specified. Furnish hardware schedules and templates as required for fabrication of doors and frames under other Sections. Provide hardware that complies with applicable codes and requirements of authorities that have jurisdiction. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect work of this Section. Other Specification Sections that relate directly to work of this Section include, but are not limited to: 1. Section 08110, Steel Doors and Frames 2. Section 08210, Wood Doors 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Hardware Schedule: Provide six copies of final hardware and keying schedule prepared by a DHI certified hardware consultant or distributor. Format schedule vertically. List each door opening using same designations indicated on Drawings. B. Installation Templates: Provide installation templates for work installed or prepared for installation by others. C. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, catalog cuts, descriptive data, UL listings, and other pertinent technical data for each hardware item used. Submit certifications of fire- ratings for hardware items located in rated assemblies. D. Samples: Submit samples of each finish to be exposed. Show full range of color and finish variations expected. 1. Submit actual finished items of hardware when directed by Architect. Acceptable items may be used in the completed work. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source: For each type of hardware required for the work of this Section, provide products of a single manufacturer. FINISH HARDWARE 08710- 1 No Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 END OF SECTION �r VINYL WINDOWS 08552- 5 am Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 am 3.01 DELIVERY ws A. Deliver aluminum-clad wood windows to Project site in accordance with instructions of the Contractor. Windows shall be properly protected during shipment to prevent damage of all types. Windows shall be tailgate unloaded at site by the Contractor and stored in interior areas 00 fully protected from moisture and damage. 3.02 INSPECTION so A. The Installer/Erector shall examine substrates, supports, and conditions detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning of installation will be construed as installer accepting substrates and conditions. 3.03 INSTALLATION .w A. General Installation Requirements: Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, except where more restrictive requirements are specified in this section. B. Installation: Install windows units plumb, level, in alignment and plane without warp or rack. Anchor securely in place. C. Sealants: Install sills and subframes in a thick bed of sealant. Comply with applicable requirements of Section 07900,JOINT SEALERS. D. Flashing: Coordinate with flashing installation to ensure weathertight construction and assembly. Thoroughly seal all penetrations through flashings with thick bed of sealant. Comply with applicable requirements of Section 07600, FLASHING AND SHEET METAL. 3.04 TOLERANCES A. The following allowable installed tolerances are allowable variations from locations and dimensions indicated by the Contract Documents. Do not add these tolerances to any allowable tolerances indicated for other work. 1. Allowable Variation from True Plumb: ±1/8 in. in 20 ft.-0 in. .w 2. Allowable Variation from True Line: ±1/8 in. in 20 ft.-0 in. 3. Allowable Variation from True Level: ±1/8 in. in 20 ft.-0 in. 3.05 ADJUSTING, CLEANING,TOUCH-UP, AND PROTECTION A. Adjust hardware, operating parts and other similar items to work easily, smoothly, and correctly. B. Clean exposed surfaces using manufacturer recommended materials and methods. Remove .w and replace work which cannot be successfully cleaned. C. Touch-up damaged coatings and finishes. Eliminate all visible evidence of repair. + D. Provide temporary protection at all times during the course of the work, and immediately after completion to ensure the work of this Section is not damaged or deteriorated in any way at time of final acceptance. Remove temporary protections and reclean as necessary immediately prior to final acceptance. VINYL WINDOWS 08552- 4 MW Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 ON C. Vinyl: Polyvinyl chloride fabrications complying with requirements of AAMA/NWWDA I.S.2. D. Anchors, Clips, and Accessories: Fabricate anchors, clips, and window accessories of RM aluminum, non-magnetic stainless steel, or hot-dip zinc coated steel complying with ASTM A 123. E. Fasteners: Comply with ANSI/NWWDA I.S.2. Provide zinc-coated or non-ferrous nails or + screws for window fabrication and installation. Provide brass screws for hardware and accessory installation. F. Glass and Glazing Materials: Provide manufacturer's standard insulating glass consisting of one lite of low-E glass and one lite of clear float glass, 5/8 in. thick, argon filled, conforming to ASTM C 1036,Type I, Quality q3.Glaze windows in the shop to the greatest extent possible. G. Window Weatherstripping: For projected, and top hinged windows, provide manufacturer's standard compressible stripping of molded EPDM or neoprene. For sliding windows, provide woven pile weatherstripping of wool, polypropylene,or nylon. H. Window Hardware: Provide manufacturer's standard hardware fabricated from stainless steel, bronze, or other corrosion-resistant metal, of strength to perform intended function for size of window indicated and as follows: 1. Double-Hung Windows: Provide manufacturer's standard track with fully concealed block and tackle type balances, of size and capacity to hold sash stationary at any open position. Provide heavy-duty cam action sweep lock and keeper on the meeting rail with manufacturer's standard baked enamel finish, color champagne. Concealed spiral-type balances are not permitted. I. Sealant: Comply with requirements of Section 07900,Joint Sealers. J. Screens: Provide manufacturer's standard 18 x 16 fiberglass mesh set in aluminum frame. Provide half screens for one sash only. K. Finish: Manufacturer's standard integral color. Color to be as approved by the Architect. ow L. Opening Limit Device at Operable Windows: Provide manufacturer's standard limit device with tamperproof screws to prevent the equivalent of a four inch diameter ball from passing through the opening. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate windows to be truly straight, plumb, level and square, within tolerances permitted by 40 reference standards. B. Fabricate work to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated on Contract Documents and approved shop drawings. C. Fabricate work with uniform, tight hairline joints,free from sharp edges. PART 3 EXECUTION VINYL WINDOWS 08552- 3 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 w C. Design Requirements:Comply with structural performance, air infiltration,and water penetration requirements indicated in AAMA GS-001 for type, grade, and performance class of window units required. 1. Optional Performance Class Requirements: Where the required design pressure exceeds the minimum for the specified window grade, comply with requirements of AAMA GS-001, Section 3, "Optional Performance Classes"for higher than minimum performance class. 2. Heights of window units above grade at the window centerline are indicated or can be determined from the Drawings. Consult with the Architect for clarification needed to confirm required loading and test pressures. 3. Design wind velocity at the project site is as required by Massachusetts State Building Code. " 4. Vinyl windows shall have been tested and labeled for structural performance, air infiltration, and water penetration and results shall comply with the requirements of AAMA/NWWDA 101/I.S.2 for minimum DP-30 rating. D. Certification: Written guarantee that window is constructed in accordance with the laboratory tested window and free of defects in material and workmanship for a period of three years after installation. ma E. Indications of section sizes and reinforcement on the Drawings are for design intent only. Require manufacturer to provide proper structural design and anchorage. F. Mock-Up: Mock-up of exterior wall including vinyl windows is required. Comply with requirements of Section 01420, Mock-Ups. w 1.06 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Windows shall be properly packaged by manufacturer and fully protected during shipment, unloading, and storage. B. Windows shall not be delivered to the job site until the building has thoroughly dried out. Windows shall be stored flat, above floors, in dry area(s) until installation. Windows shall be stored in buildings that maintain a humidity range of between 30 and 60 percent. 1.07 MAINTENANCE STOCK A. Provide packaged,wrapped and labeled maintenance stock equal to 5%of windows. PART 2 PRODUCTS �* 2.01 VINYL WINDOWS A. Windows: Provide Trust Guard vinyl windows manufactured by Chelsea Building Products Inc., or equal as approved by the Architect. 1. Provide double-hung windows with traditional sash profile with applied exterior muntin bars. B. Comply with the requirements of AAMA/NWWDA I.S.2. Provide interior and exterior grilles and spacer between upper lite of insulating unit. VINYL WINDOWS 08552- 2 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 SECTION 08552 VINYL WINDOWS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK on A. The work of this section includes, but is not limited to,the following: 1. Double-hung units. 2. Factory glazing of windows. 3. Screens. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect work of this Section. Other Specification Sections that directly relate to work of this Section include,but are not limited to: 1. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry; Blocking. 2. Section 07210, Insulation; Insulation at window perimeter. 3. Section 07600, Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim; Building tape at window perimeters. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit complete manufacturer's product data to Architect for approval, consisting of complete product description and specifications, complete installation instructions, and other pertinent technical data required for complete product and product use information. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings including wall elevations at 1/4 in. scale unit elevations at 3/4 in. scale, and half-size section details of every typical composite member, including glazing and screens. C. Do not order materials or begin fabrication until Architect's approval of submittals has been obtained. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source: For each material type required for the work of this section, provide primary materials !A which are the product of one manufacturer. Provide secondary or accessory materials which are acceptable to the manufacturers of the primary materials. B. Installer:A firm with a minimum of five years experience in type of work required by this section and which is acceptable to the manufacturers of the primary materials. VINYL WINDOWS 08552- 1 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 SECTION 08500—WINDOW SCHEDULES As PART 1 GENERAL s" 1.1 APPLICABILITY: This Section applies to all work of the Contract. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provision of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, other Division 1 Specification Sections, and Technical Specification Sections for each material apply to this Section. 1.3 SUMMARY: Window Schedules on following pages. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION w WINDOW SCHEDULES 08500-1 V* Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 3.05 PROTECTION A. Initiate and maintain protection and other precautions required through the remainder of the construction period to ensure that, except for normal weathering, the storm door will be free of damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION us f ON ALUMINUM SCREEN AND STORM DOORS 08396-5 Ilia no Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 1. Organic Coating: Thermosetting, modified-acrylic enamel primer/topcoat system complying with AAMA 603.8, except with minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils (0.038 mm), medium gloss. 2. Color: Selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Inspect openings before beginning installation. Verify that the opening sizes for storm doors are correct and conform to the following: 1. Wood Frame Walls: Dry, clean, sound, well-nailed, free of voids, and without offsets at joints. Ensure that nail heads are driven flush with all surfaces in the opening and within 3 inches of the opening. 2. Metal Surfaces: Dry, clean, free of grease, oil, dirt, rust, corrosion, or welding slag. No sharp edges or offsets at joints. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's specifications and recommendations, and ASTM E 737 for installation of storm doors. B. Hang storm doors, including jamb and head frames, plumb, level, and without distortion, securely fastened to and aligned with main doors. Fasten storm doors in a manner that allows for expansion and contraction without damage to the door frame, pullout of fasteners, or effect on storm door operation. C. Separate aluminum and other corrodible surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials by complying with requirements specified under paragraph "Dissimilar Materials" in the Appendix to ANSI/AAMA 101. D. Provide watertight and air-tight joints between existing construction and the jamb and head + frames of storm doors with sealants or gaskets as standard with the manufacturer. Apply sealant to comply with the sealant manufacturer's recommendations, including preparation of joint faces and priming,where required. 3.03 ADJUSTING A. Adjust inserts, screen, and hardware to provide smooth operation, positive latching, and continuous contact of perimeter weather stripping with frames. 3.04 CLEANING A. Clean metal and glass surfaces of storm doors promptly after installation, exercising care to avoid damage to finishes of new and existing surfaces. Remove excess glazing and sealant compounds,dirt,or other substances. Lubricate hardware and other moving parts. .w ALUMINUM SCREEN AND STORM DOORS 08396-4 00 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 2. Screen Fabric: Manufacturer's standard screen inserts. 3. Screen Frames: Manufacturer's standard formed or extruded aluminum frames and removable vinyl fabric-retainer spline. Comply with requirements of ANSI/SMA 1004. F. Hardware: Equip doors with the following hardware items standard with the manufacturer. 1. Latch: Equip each door with a spring-operated latch with the bolt operated by a turn knob, thumb piece, or lever handle, and lockable from the inside only. 2. Lock: Equip each door with a spring-operated lock with the bolt operated by a turn knob, thumb piece, or lever handle; lockable from the inside without a key and from the outside with a key. 3. Closers: Equip each door with an adjustable tubular q p � pneumatic or hydraulic closer, complying with the requirements of ANSI/BHMA A 156.4 for Type C09363 or C09343 respectively. 4. Stop: Equip each door with a chain-type door stop, complying with the requirements of ANSI/BHMA A 156.16 for Type L02222. 5. Hinges: Equip each door with not less than 3 concealed hinges using oil-impregnated bearing surfaces. G. Narrow Joint Seam Sealers: Acrylic terpolymer, solvent-based, one-part, thermo-plastic sealant compound, with plus or minus 7-1/2 percent movement, complying with FS TT-S- Or 00230, Class B, Type 11, and AAMA 803.3, recommended by the manufacturer for general use as an exposed building construction sealant. H. Exterior Perimeter Sealing Compound: Silicone, rubber-based, one-part low-modulus, elastomeric sealant complying with ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use M, G, A, and as applicable to joint substrate, O; and AAMA 808.3, recommended by the sealant manufacturer for porous and nonporous joint faces; in color matching frame finish or as selected by the Architect from the manufacturer's standard colors. 2.03 FABRICATION A. General: Factory fabricate door members, including jamb and head frame, sills, door stiles, and rails, and insert frames from solid or hollow extrusions of sizes, shapes, and wall thicknesses indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as standard with the manufacturer. 1. Wall Thickness: Not less than 0.045 inch (1.14 mm) thick for door stiles and rails, except increase thickness to not less than 0.050 inch (1.27 mm) at hinges and mullions. Not less than 0.040 inch (1.02 mm) thick for glass insert frames. Not less than 0.045 inch (1.14 ! " mm)thick for screen insert frames. 2.04 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. General: Comply with Aluminum Association "Designation System for Aluminum Finishes: finish designations and application recommendations. For components assembled or welded in the factory, apply the finish after fabrication is complete. B. Baked-Enamel Finish: AA-C12C42R1x (Chemical Finish: cleaned with inhibited chemicals; Chemical Finish: acid chromate-fluoride-phosphate conversion coating; Organic Coating: as specified below). Apply baked enamel complying with paint manufacturer's specifications for cleaning,conversion coating, and painting. ALUMINUM SCREEN AND STORM DOORS 08396-3 4M Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 PART 2- PRODUCTS ow 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Care Free Aluminum Products, Inc. Oft 2. Columbia Glass and Window Company. 3. Harvey Industries. 4. Larson Manufacturing Company. 5. Republic Aluminum, Inc. 6. Season-All Industries, Inc. B. Basis-of-Design: Provide doors equal to Life-Core Series Model 371-36 by Larson. no 2.02 MATERIALS A. Aluminum Members: Alloy and temper recommended by the manufacturer for strength, so corrosion resistance, and application of required finish; comply with ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M) for aluminum sheet or plate and ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221 M), alloy 6063-T5, or equivalent, for aluminum extrusions. B. Reinforcing, Fasteners, and Hardware: Where metals other than aluminum are standard with the manufacturer for concealed reinforcing, fasteners, and hardware, use stainless steel or other noncorrosive materials that are compatible with aluminum. If steel is used for reinforcing members, provide steel electroplated with a zinc coating that complies with ASTM B 633, or another comparable coating. For exposed fasteners, match color and finish of the metal or hardware being fastened. C. Weather Stripping: Manufacturer's standard weather stripping material that is compatible with aluminum, resistant to weathering,and effectively reduces air leakage. Am 1. Pile Weather Stripping: Complying with AAMA 701. D. Glazing: Complying with ANSI Z97.1 and with the Consumer Products Safety Commission's .� requirements in CPSC 16 CFR, Part 1201. 1. Tempered Glass: Complying with ASTM C 1048, Kind FT (fully tempered), Condition A, Type I, Class 1, Quality q3. 2. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard channel-type gaskets compatible with aluminum and resistant to weathering. 3. Glazing Compounds: Manufacturer's standard back-bedding compounds or tapes, or .w both, used either singly or in a combination conforming to AAMA 800 and selected according to AAMA 850. E. Insect Screen: Screen inserts with screen fabric secured to the aluminum frame with a ** removable spline requiring at least 40 Ibf-inches (4.52-Nm) of force to unseat screening when tested according to SMA/SMT 31. .w 1. Aluminum Screening: Aluminum wire fabric, 18-by-16 or 18-by-18 mesh, with a 0.011- inch-diameter wire that complies with FS RR-W-365, Type VII. ALUMINUM SCREEN AND STORM DOORS 08396-2 PS Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 OR SECTION 08396 ALUMINUM SCREEN AND STORM DOORS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this section includes, but is not limited to,the following: 1. Exterior combination aluminum screen and storm doors. am 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect work of this Section. Other Specification Sections that relate directly to work of this Section include, but are not limited to: 1. Section 07900, Joint Sealers. 2. Section 08110, Steel Doors and Frames. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design Requirements: Provide storm doors that comply with ANSI/AAMA 1102.7 "Voluntary Specifications for Aluminum Storm Doors," except where more stringent requirements are indicated. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product data for each type of screen and storm door specified, including details of construction relative to materials, glazing, screens, weather stripping, dimensions of individual components, hardware, operations,test performance, profiles, and finishes. B. Shop drawings showing fabrication and installation of screen and storm doors. Include plans, elevations, sections, details of components, glass and frame thickness, screens, hardware, operating details, and attachments to other units of Work. C. Samples: 12-inch-long section of a typical frame member, plus a corner sample at least 6 inches long in specified finish and with specified screen. Where finish involves normal color and texture variations, include sample sets composed of 2 or more units showing the full range of variations expected. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparing shop drawings and fabricating screen and storm doors. ALUMINUM SCREEN AND STORM DOORS 08396- 1 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA P November 1, 2007 e0 4. Where installed at fire-rated walls or ceilings access panels shall be of fire-resistive construction and shall bear the U.L. 2-hr. label. 5. Where installed in surfaces finished with ceramic tile or glazed coatings, access panels shall be ASTM A 666,Type 304 stainless steel with No. 4 finish. 6. Locks/Latches: Provide at least two screwdriver operated cam latches for each door to hold door in flush, smooth plane when closed. On fire-rated assemblies, provide manufacturer's standard self-latching, fire-rated devices. In public areas, such as toilet rooms, provide keyed cylinder locks with all doors keyed the same. Provide two keys for each locked access door. 2.03 ATTIC ACCESS HATCH A. Manufacturer: Battic Door Energy Conservation Products, Mansfield, MA 02048. B. Product: Model 22 x 30 Attic Access Door System. 2.04 FINISHES A. Factory Primed: Provide minimum 2.0 mil dry film thickness of rust-inhibiting primer which is compatible with finish paint specified in Painting Section. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, except where more restrictive requirements are specified in this section. Beginning work means Installer accepts substrates and conditions. B. Coordinate installation with related and adjacent work. Set frames accurately into position and securely fasten truly plumb and level and in proper alignment with adjacent finishes. Set doors so that frames are in full contact with surrounding construction on entire perimeter. ON 3.02 ADJUSTING, CLEANING, & PROTECTION A. Adjust operating parts to work easily, smoothly, and correctly. B. Touch-up damaged coatings and finishes to eliminate evidence of repair. C. Repair minor damage to eliminate all evidence of repair. Remove and replace work which cannot be satisfactorily repaired. D. Clean exposed surfaces using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of material or product being cleaned. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully cleaned. END OF SECTION 7 ACCESS DOORS 08310- 3 ON Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 "" aft 1.07 TESTS A. Fire-Resistance: Where fire-resistance ratings are indicated or required by authorities having jurisdiction, provide access doors which are identical to assemblies whose fire-resistance rating has been tested by independent agencies acceptable to the Architect and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide UL labeled assemblies. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials and products in unopened factory labeled packages. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Protect from damage. Sequence deliveries to avoid delays, but minimize on-site storage. 1.09 COORDINATION A. Conference: Convene a pre-installation conference to establish procedures to coordinate this work with related and adjacent work. B. Coordination: Furnish inserts and anchors which must be built into other work. Work closely with installers of finish materials, so that access doors are aligned and installed flush with adjacent finishes. a.� 1. Exact location of access doors shall be approved by Architect prior to installation of work requiring access. aw PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS so A. Provide products of one of the following manufacturers if they meet or exceed the requirements of these specifications: .w 1. Karp Associates, Inc. 2. Meadowcraft, Inc. 3. Milcor/Inryco Im 4. Nystrom, Inc. 2.02 MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS ao A. Provide each access door assembly manufactured as a complete unit, ready for installation with all necessary parts. B. Provide access doors that are full welded with welds ground flush and smooth and fabricated so from sheet steel as follows: 1. Frames: Minimum 16 gage galvanized steel, with no exposed frame. aw 2. Flush Doors: Minimum 14 gage galvanized sheet steel with concealed continuous piano hinge set to open 175 degrees or concealed spring hinges on fire-rated doors. 3. Recessed Doors: Minimum 14 gage galvanized sheet steel designed with a 5/8" depth pan to receive a layer of drywall for a concealed appearance and concealed continuous Am piano hinge set to open 175 degrees or concealed spring hinges on fire-rated doors. ACCESS DOORS 08310- 2 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 SECTION 08310 40 ACCESS DOORS PART 1 -GENERAL NO 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK NP A. The work of this section includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Access doors in walls and ceilings to provide access to chases, valves, controls and equipment. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect work of this Section. Other Specification Sections that relate directly to work of this Section include,but are not limited to: 1. Section 07900, Joint Sealers. 2. Section 09260, Gypsum Board Assemblies. 3. Section 09300,Tile. 4. Section 09910, Painting. 5. Division 15- HVAC and Plumbing. 6. Division 16— Electrical. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, installation instructions, use limitations and recommendations for each material used. Provide certifications stating that materials comply with requirements. 1.05 INTENT A. A major intent of the work of this section is to provide access to every chase, valve, control and item of equipment that would otherwise be inaccessible, and to eliminate requirements for accessibility to the drywall areas of new ceiling work. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source: For each type of material required for the work of this section, provide primary materials which are the products of one manufacturer. Provide secondary materials which are acceptable to the manufacturers of the primary materials. B. Sizes: Provide access doors of appropriate size for their intended use. Use manufacturer's standard sizes wherever possible. l ACCESS DOORS 08310- 1 40 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 00 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. The Installer shall examine frames and conditions under which this work is to be installed and notify Contractor, in writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work means Installer accepts substrates and conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, except where more restrictive requirements are specified in this section. ws B. Condition doors to prevailing conditions before installing. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, except where more restrictive requirements are specified in this section. aF B. Prefit and premachine doors to the extent not done at factory. Restore factory finishes before installing. C. For non-rated doors, provide 1/8" clearances at head, jambs and meeting stiles (of pairs of doors). Provide 1/2" clearance at bottom and as required to clear flooring, except at thresholds provide 1/4"clearance. Coordinate with gasketing requirements. D. For fire-rated doors, provide clearances complying with NFPA 80. 3.04 ADJUSTING, CLEANING, PROTECTION A. Adjust doors to work easily, smoothly, and correctly. B. Touch-up damaged coatings and finishes to eliminate evidence of repair. C. Repair minor damage to eliminate all evidence of repair. Remove and replace work which cannot be satisfactorily repaired. D. Clean exposed surfaces using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of material or product being cleaned. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully cleaned. E. Provide temporary protection to ensure work being without damage or deterioration at time of final acceptance. Remove protections and reclean as necessary immediately before final acceptance. END OF SECTION WOOD DOORS 08210- 5 wee Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 00 Brackets (#1002*) are heavy-duty of 14-gauge cold-rolled steel and shall have wrap- •ft around feature to eliminate unnecessary stress on all screws. All door weight shall be carried at the floor pivot assembly. 2. Door Panels: shall be fabricated of 3/4" thick MDF board, 451b. density per cubic foot, having factory pre-finished surfaces (Note: do not paint piano hinges.) Panels shall no comply with commercial standards ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2. Panel widths shall be 21 inches wide maximum and 9 inches wide minimum. All panel edges shall be plasticized. 3. Hardware: bi-folding sections shall be supplied with the necessary hardware for complete .w installation and operation of the doors, excepting fasteners that affix top tracks (#1030*) to the closet heads or ceilings and floor pivot assemblies to the floor,which shall be provided by the installing contractor. 4. Bulk Hardware: Hardware not mounted at the factory shall be shipped loose and in bulk .s containers for assembly and/or mounting at the jobsite. Pivot Door and Guide Door Pins (#1029-1*) to be 3" removable compensating pins, hardened steel. Standard pulls to be 4"c/c white nylon "U" shaped, ADA compliant. Door aligners (#1016*,) door stops (#1019*) .. and track stops (#1021*,) vinyl bumpers (#1013*) and floor pivot assemblies are to be assembled and/or field mounted. Floor plates (#1003-1*) shall be heavy-duty of 14-gauge cold-rolled steel. 5. Top Tracks: Top tracks (#1030*) shall be 13/16"x 1-1/4" 6063-T6 high-strength extruded aluminum manufactured to receive proprietary factory hardware; Top tracks to be produced slightly wider than closet openings for fitting at the jobsite. Camlock assemblies and Delrin guides (#1010*) shall be factory mounted where practical. 2.03 FIRE DEPARTMENT KNOX BOX KEY (VAULT)CABINET A. Provide recessed mounted, fire department Knox Box Key (Vault) Cabinet at building entrance; `"MP location shall be acceptable to local Fire Department. B. Knox box shall be equal to Model 3200 Knox-Box, Recessed Mounted Type, manufactured by The Knox Company, Irvine, CA 92614. 1. Finish: Weather resistant TGIC polyester powder coat, color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. 2. Locking: Provide lock and keys acceptable to local Fire Department. 2.04 PREFITTING AND PREMACHINING A. At factory, prefit doors to frames and premachine doors for hardware listed on final schedules. B. Comply with tolerance requirements of AWI for non-rated doors and NFPA for fire-rated doors. C. Bevel non-rated doors 1/8" in 2" at lock and hinge stiles. Bevel rated doors 1/8" in 2" at lock edge only. 2.05 FINISHES A. Exterior Doors for Transparent Finish: Factory finish as standard with manufacturer. *�! B. Interior Doors for Painted Finish: Factory-primed for field finish as specified in Section 09910, PAINTING. a. WOOD DOORS 08210- 4 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 0-4 1.10 WARRANTY A. Provide written warranty signed by manufacturer agreeing to repair or replace work which exhibits defects in materials or workmanship for the following periods from date of Substantial Completion. "Defects" is defined to include, but is not limited to, warping, bowin 9, cupping, twisting, telegraphing of core construction, exceeding tolerance limitations of WDMA and AWI, abnormal aging or deterioration, and failure to perform as required. Will 1. Interior Doors: Life of Installation. 2. Bi-Fold Doors: 5 years. on B. Include requirement for refinishing and reinstalling doors repaired or replaced under warranty. Manufacturer or fabricator shall not defer action on any claim; claims shall be satisfied immediately. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following manufacturers or approved equal: 1. Therma-Tru Doors. 2. CraftMaster. 3. Magiglide Inc. 4. Landquist&Sibm Ubc, 2.02 PRODUCTS A. Common Area Front Entry Doors — Hung in Steel Frames: Provide door #CC46 with CC2140SL Provincial glass with brushed nickel option by Therma-Tru. 0% B. Common Area Rear Entry Doors — Hung in Steel Frames: Provide door #S2100 by Therma- Tru. C. Private Unit Entry Doors — Hung in Steel Frames: Provide door #S2150 with fixed grilles by Therma-Tru. D. Interior Unit Entry Doors — Hung in Steel Slip Frames: Provide door # SE978HD by Therma- Tru. E. Interior Passage Doors — Hung in Wood Frames: Provide CraftMaster Smooth Surface Doors, Carrar,two-panel;factory primed finish. F. Interior Bifold Doors: Provide Magiglide bifold, 3/4 in. thick;by Landquist. t 1. Bi-Folding Sections: Each bi-folding section shall consist of two (2) solid-core particle board flat panels joined together by an imbedded steel piano-hinge (mill-finish) inserted in factory routed grooves and secured with tempered steel pins applied from the backside. Doors shall be routed on the face with 1/2" wide x 1/4" deep rounded channel for a two panel look. Three (3) 14-gauge cold rolled steel pivot brackets (#1002*) and one (1) spring assembly (#1005*) shall be factory mounted on each bi-folding section. Pivot WOOD DOORS 08210- 3 ' me Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 '®" 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE no A. Source: For each type of door required for the work of this section, provide products of one manufacturer to ensure uniformity in quality of appearance and construction. MW B. Quality Hallmark: Provide doors bearing WDMA Hallmark certifying compliance with ANSI/WDMA I. S.1-A-97 Architectural Wood Flush Doors and ANSI/WDMA I. S. 6-A-01 Wood Stile and Rail Doors. ... C. Architectural Woodwork Institute: Provide doors complying with applicable requirements of AWI Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards, Section 1300, for grade, core construction and finish. 1.06 TESTS wA A. Fire-Resistance: Where fire-resistance ratings are indicated or required by authorities having jurisdiction, provide doors which are identical to doors whose fire-resistance rating has been tested in compliance with ASTM E152 by independent agencies acceptable to the Architect and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Provide doors that are labeled and listed by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. When acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, provide 1-3/4"thick solid core doors without fire-rating labels for"C-Labeled"doors. .r 1.07 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver doors in manufacturer's standard package. Store and handle in strict compliance with rw manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Comply with the requirements of on-site care recommendations of WDMA Care and Finishing of Wood Doors. Protect from damage. B. Sequence deliveries to avoid delays, but minimize on-site storage. 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather: Unwrap and install doors only when existing and forecasted weather conditions are within the limits established by manufacturers. B. Proceed with work only when wet-work and other potentially damaging construction work is �+ complete. C. Ventilation: Comply with manufacturer's requirements and recommendations. .r� 1.09 ON-SITE CONFERENCE A. Conference: Convene a pre-installation conference to establish procedures to maintain w. optimum working conditions and to coordinate this work with related and adjacent work. w WOOD DOORS 08210- 2 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 SECTION 08210 40 WOOD DOORS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS on A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK > A. The work of this section includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Exterior wood doors. 2. Interior wood doors. 3. Prefitting and premachining of wood doors. 4. Factory finishing of wood doors. 5. Fire department Knox box. 1.03 RELATED WORK " A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect work of this Section. Other Specification Sections that relate directly to work of this Section include, but are not limited to: r 1. Section 06402, Interior Architectural Woodwork;Wood frames. 2. Section 08110, Steel Doors and Frames; Metal frames. 3. Section 08710, Finish Hardware 4. Section 09910, Painting; Field finishing of wood doors. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, specifications, installation instructions, use limitations and recommendations for each door type used. Provide certifications stating that doors comply with requirements. B. Shop Drawings: Provide large scale shop drawings for fabrication and installation of all doors. Provide schedules, sizes, elevations, and details of construction, hardware blocking, information on prefitting and premachining work, and accessory items. so C. Finishing Specifications: Provide detailed specifications for all factory applied coatings and finishes. D. Verification Samples: Submit representative samples of each door and finish that is to be exposed in the finished work, showing the full range of color and finish variations expected. Provide samples having minimum area of 144 square inches. E. Test Reports: Submit certified reports for fire-tests. 40 WOOD DOORS 08210- 1 1 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 this section. Comply with referenced standards. B. Frames: Where possible, place frames prior to walls and ceilings. Accurately plumb, level, align, square and brace. Anchor frames securely at least three points near hinge locations on both jambs and at both sides into floor. C. Doors: Install hinges supplied under Finish Hardware section and hang doors accurately into frame openings with uniform tight clearances around jambs and head. Doors shall swing freely without binding or scraping and shall remain motionless at any location when released unless affected by installation of closer. 3.03 TOLERANCES A. Fire-Rated Doors: Install fire-rated doors and frames with clearances specified in NFPA P" Standard 80. B. Non-Rated Doors: Install non-rated doors in frames with clearances and tolerances specified in SDI-100. 3.04 ADJUSTING,TOUCH-UP AND REPAIR A. After installation of doors and hardware, adjust clearances and operating parts to work easily, smoothly, and correctly. Doors shall not rub frame, scratch primer, nor bind. B. Touch-up damaged shop coatings and repair minor damage to eliminate all evidence of repair. ' Remove and replace work which cannot be satisfactorily repaired. END OF SECTION STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110- 5 t Village at Hospital Hill, Phase 11 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 1. Door Frames: Fabricate frames from cold rolled steel sheets, except galvanized steel at exterior frames. B. Steel Gages: Provide frames and components fabricated from the following sheet steel gages: 1. Plaster guards and mortar boxes: 26 gage. 2. Interior frames 5'wide and smaller: 16 gage . 3. Interior frames over 5'wide: 14 gage. 4. Interior frames for paired doors with hold open devices: 14 gage. 5. Exterior frames: 14 gage. 6. Floor anchors: 14 gage. 7. Strike reinforcement: 14 gage. 8. Closer reinforcement: 12 gage. 9. Head channel reinforcement for frames over 4'wide: 12 gage. �.► 10. Hinge reinforcement: 10 gage. C. Anchors: Provide at least three anchors for each jamb; T type for masonry, Z type for metal studs. Provide floor anchors at both side. Provide UL approved anchors for fire-rated assemblies. D. Frame Construction: Fabricate frames with mitered and fully welded corners and seams. Grind and dress welds and seams to be flush and invisible after priming. E. Silencers: Prepare single door frames to receive 3 resilient silencers. Prepare double door frames to receive 2 resilient silencers. F. Stops: Extend stops to bottom of frame [subfloor]and cut at 900. 2.06 FINISHES A. Factory Primed: On all surfaces, including galvanized, provide minimum 1.0 mil dry film thickness of baked rust-inhibiting primer which is compatible with finish paint specified in Painting specification section. Prepare surfaces in strict compliance with SDI standards and instructions and recommendations of primer manufacturer. B. Bituminous Coating: After priming, provide 1/16" thick coating of asphalt emulsion on concealed surfaces inside doors frames for all frames installed in an exterior wall or in contact with concrete or with masonry mortar. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. The Installer shall examine supports and conditions under which this work is to be performed and notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Beginning work means Installer accepts substrates and conditions. .s 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Manufacturer's Instructions and Recommendations: Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, except where more restrictive requirements are specified in STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110- 4 op Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 according to ASTM A 153. G. Primer: Thermosetting primer which is compatible with finish system specified in Painting section. 2.03 FABRICATION s A. General Requirements: Fabricate work to be truly rigid, straight, plumb, level and square. Provide work matching sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated on approved shop drawings. B. Exterior Doors and Frames: Fabricate exterior doors and frames from galvanized sheet steel with closed tops and bottoms and no places to catch or hold water. C. Concealed Components: Fabricate concealed components in doors and frames from either hot or cold rolled steel. D. Hardware Preparation: Fabricate doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed finish hardware as indicated on approved final hardware schedules. Comply with applicable provisions of ANSI A115 series specifications for hardware preparation. 1. Coordinate with Division 16, Electrical for door sensors and other security devices. E. Hardware Locations: Locate hardware as indicated on final hardware shop drawings or, if not shown, as indicated in Recommended Locations for Builder's Hardware, published by Door and Hardware Institute. 2.04 STEEL DOORS A. Types and Styles: Provide flush steel doors of types and styles indicated on drawings and schedules. 1. Door Faces: Fabricate exposed door faces only from stretcher leveled cold rolled steel. a. Front Entry Doors: Provide as indicated on the Drawings. b. Back Entry Doors: Provide doors equal to Reliabilt 234944,glazed,with mini-blinds and grilles as indicated. 2. Core Construction: Manufacturer's standard kraft-paper honeycomb, polystyrene, polyurethane, mineral-board, or vertical steel-stiffener core that produces doors complying with ANSI A250.8. a. Fire Door Core: As required to provide fire-protection and temperature-rise ratings indicated. b. Thermal-Rated (Insulated) Doors: Where indicated, provide doors fabricated with thermal-resistance value (R-value)of not less than 4.0 deg F x h x sq.ft./Btu when tested according to ASTM C 1363. B. Exterior Doors: SDI-100, Level 3, Physical Performance Level A (extra heavy duty), 16 gage minimum galvanized steel face sheets, seamless, Model 2, maximum apparent U factor of 0.24 btu/hr/ft2/°F when tested in compliance with ASTM C236. 2.05 STEEL FRAMES A. Provide frames for doors, transoms, sidelights, borrow lights and other openings as scheduled. Use concealed fastenings wherever possible. STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110- 3 Oft Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. oft Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames. Install doors in strict wR compliance with SDI-105, Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames, and Door Hardware Institute, The Installation of Commercial Steel Doors and Steel Frames, Insulated Steel Doors in Wood Frames and Builder's Hardware. so C. Fire-Rated Door Frame Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire- protection ratings indicated. A, 1. Test Pressure: Test at atmospheric(neutral) pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL 10B. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING w A. Storage and Handling: Strictly comply with Steel Door Institute recommendations. Protect from all possible damage. am B. Delivery Sequence: Avoid project delays, but minimize on-site storage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 40 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS WX A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following manufacturers or approved equal: 1. Amweld Building Products "f 2. Ceco Door Products, ASSA ABLOY 3. Curries Co. ASSA ABLOY 4. Galaxy Metal Products. ,,o 5. Philipp Mfg.Co. 6. Reliabilt Doors&Windows. 7. Steelcraft,div. of IR Security Technologies 8. Windsor Republic Doors No 2.02 MATERIALS No A. Hot-Rolled Steel: ASTM A 1011, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of scale, pitting, or surface defects; pickled and oiled. B. Cold-Rolled Steel: ASTM A 1008, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; suitable for exposed �* applications. C. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B;with minimum A40 w zinc-iron-alloy(galvannealed)coating designation. D. Electrolytic Zinc-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 591, Commercial Steel (CS), Class B coating; mill phosphatized. ..d E. Anchors and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units fabricated from not less than 18 gage galvanized sheet steel or 18 gage hot-dip galvanized steel complying with ASTM Al 53,class B. F. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Provide items to be built into exterior walls, hot-dip galvanized STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110- 2 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 SECTION 08110 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this section includes, but is not limited to,the following: 1. Exterior flush metal doors. 2. Interior and exterior metal frames. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect work of this Section. Other Specification Sections that relate directly to work of this Section include,but are not limited to: ` 1. Section 06402, Interior Architectural Woodwork: Wood trim at steel frames. 2. Section 07900, Joint Sealers. 3. Section 08210,Wood Doors. 4. Section 08310, Access Doors. 5. Section 08396, Aluminum Screen and Storm Doors. 6. Section 08710, Finish Hardware; templates and schedules for hardware. 7. Section 09910, Painting; field finishing of steel doors and frames. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data and Certifications: Submit manufacturer's product data, installation instructions, use limitations and recommendations for each door and frame product used. Provide manufacturers' certifications stating that products and assemblies comply with specification requirements. B. Shop Drawings: Provide large scale shop drawings for fabrication and installation of all parts of the work. Provide large scale plans, elevations, and details of anchors, anchor spacing, reinforcement, connections, hardware preparation, and accessory items. Provide schedule of doors and frames using the same references used on Contract Documents. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE 40 A. Source: Provide products of one manufacturer for each type of door and frame required for the work of this section. Provide secondary materials and products which are acceptable to the door and frame manufacturers. B. Reference Standards: Provide doors and frames that comply with Steel Door Institute SDI-100, STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110- 1 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 SECTION 08100—DOOR SCHEDULES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 APPLICABILITY: This Section applies to all work of the Contract. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS: Drawings and general provision of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, other Division 1 Specification Sections, and Technical Specification Sections for each material apply to this Section. 1.3 SUMMARY: Door Schedules on following pages. PART 2 PRODUCTS 4W Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION ow 00 op xx DOOR SCHEDULES 8100-1 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 10 6. Above all joint fillers. C. Interior Sealing: Without limitation, the work of this section includes sealing the following whether or not shown in detail drawings: 1. Perimeters of all door frames,window frames, metal frames, and wood frames. 2. All joints between metal and gypsum drywall surfaces. Via► 3. Joints between stonework and dissimilar materials. 4. Top of wall base along irregular walls(other than carpet or rubber base). 5. Between acoustical ceiling edge angle and irregular walls. 6. Acoustical sealer at tops and bottoms of walls as indicated. 7. Joints at ceramic the control joints. 8. At perimeter of toilet fixtures,tubs and showers; backsplash. 3.04 CURING A. Cure sealers in strict compliance with manufacturers' instructions and recommendations to obtain highest quality surface and maximum adhesion. Make every effort to minimize accelerated aging effects and increase in modulus of elasticity. 3.05 REPAIR & CLEANING A. Remove and replace work which is damaged or deteriorated in any respect. B. Clean adjacent surfaces using materials and methods recommended by sealer manufacturer. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully cleaned. END OF SECTION �r !I JOINT SEALERS 07900- 7 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 3.02 PREPARATION & INSTALLATION A. Manufacturer's Instructions and Recommendations: Strictly comply with manufacturers' instructions and recommendations, except where more restrictive requirements are specified in this section. Prime all porous surfaces using primer recommended by manufacturer. B. Preparation: Clean joint surfaces immediately before installation of sealers, primers, tapes and fillers. Remove all substances which could interfere with bond. Etch or roughen joint surfaces to improve bond. Tape or mask adjoining surfaces to prevent spillage and migration problems. Provide backer rods for all liquid sealers except where specifically recommended against by sealer manufacturers. Prevent three sided adhesion by use of bond breaker tapes or backer .. rods. C. Sealing: Force sealer into joints to provide uniform, dense, continuous ribbons free from gaps and air pockets. Install sealers so that compressed sealers do not protrude from joints. Dry ... tool sealers to form a smooth dense surface with joint surfaces adhering equally on opposite sides. At horizontal joints form a slight cove to prevent trapping water. Except in hot weather, make sealer surface slightly concave. 1. Sealer Depth and Joint Size: Refer to Drawings for joint sizes. Provide width to depth ratio as follows 1/4"wide:1/4"deep; 1/2"wide:1/2"deep; 1/2"-1"wide: 1/2 x width. D. Acoustical Sealing: Seal tightly and completely around all penetrations into (such as outlet boxes) or through walls and floors, at the entire perimeter of walls, and between dissimilar materials. 1. At penetrations through drywall construction, provide a thin sheet metal sleeve approximately 3/4" larger on each side than the penetration. Fit and seal the sleeve tightly to the surrounding drywall on both sides of the wall. Pack the 3/4" space between the sleeve and the penetrating object solidly with fibrous acoustical insulation. Provide resilient, non-hardening acoustical sealer to seal both sides of wall between penetration and sleeve. 2. At penetrations through solid walls and where opening is irregular and greater than 1" larger on each side than the penetration, wrap penetrating object with 1" thick fibrous material and solidly grout space between fibrous material and opening with grout. Pack all voids with fibrous filler and seal both sides with resilient, non-hardening acoustical sealer. we. 3. Where fire-stopping sealer is used at penetrations through fire-rated assemblies, additional acoustical sealing is not required. 3.03 EXTENT OF SEALER WORK A. General Extent: Seal all joints as noted and all interior and exterior joints, seams, and intersections between dissimilar materials. Provide elastomeric sealer installation with backer rod in all interior and exterior control joints. B. Exterior Sealing: Without limitation, the work of this section includes sealing the following: 1. Metal to metal joints;window sealers. 2. Metal to concrete joints. 3. Concrete to concrete at cold joints. 4. All joints and cracks in paving and walks. 5. Masonry control and isolation joints. JOINT SEALERS 07900- 6 w Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 t 2.06 ACRYLIC LATEX SEALER A. Provide permanently flexible, paintable latex rubber modified acrylic emulsion sealer,complying with ASTM C834. Provide one of the following products if they meet or exceed the requirements of these specifications: 1. Pecora AC-20 +! ► 2. Sonneborne Sonolac 3. Tremco TremFlex 834 on B. Extent: Provide acrylic latex sealer for use for exposed acoustical sealer, access doors before painting, and for all interior joints except where silicone rubber sealer is indicated. C. At interior joints greater than 1/2 in. in width or subjected to periodic building movement, so substitute exterior type sealer specified above. D. Where surrounding wall surfaces are to be left unpainted, substitute exterior type sealer as am specified above. 2.07 JOINT FILLERS ,on A. Provide non-extruding, resilient asphalt impregnated fiberboard complying with ASTM D1751, FS HH-F-341 type I, or AASHTO M213. 2.08 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Provide as recommended by sealer manufacturer for surfaces to be adhered to. ON B. Bond Breaker Tape: Provide polyethylene or other plastic tape as recommended by sealer manufacturer to prevent three-sided adhesion. C. Backer Rod: Provide compressible rod of durable nonabsorptive material as recommended by sealer manufacturer for compatibility with sealer. Provide products of one of the following manufacturers: 1. Backer Rod Manufacturing and Supply Co. 2. Dow Chemical Co. 3. W. R. Meadows, Inc. 4. Williams Products, Inc. 5. Woodmont Products, Inc. PART 3 - EXECUTION so 3.01 INSPECTION A. The Installer shall examine substrates and conditions under which this work is to be performed ! " and notify Contractor, in writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning of sealer work means Installer's acceptance of joint surfaces and conditions. JOINT SEALERS 07900- 5 .R Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 ' lbs./inch when tested according to ASTM D 624. Provide one of the following products if they meet or exceed the requirements of these specifications: 1. Pecora Urepan NR-200 2. Tremco THC 900/901 3. Sika 1 A, SL B. Where joint surfaces contain bituminous materials, provide modified sealers which are .,.� compatible with bituminous materials encountered. C. Extent: Provide self-leveling polyurethane sealer for all paving and floor joints not indicated to be sealed with another type of sealer. 2.04 SILICONE SEALER (EXTERIOR) A. Provide one-part, medium-modulus, high performance, neutral cure silicone sealant, Colors as selected by the Architect. Provide one of the following: 1. Spectrem 2 by Tremco Inc. 2. 795 by Dow Corning. 3. 864 by Pecora. B. Extent: Provide non-sag silicone sealer for all metal panel to metal panel joints, metal panel to precast joints, metal panel to metal window joints, masonry to metal panel joints, masonry to masonry joints, masonry to precast joints, precast-to-precast joints, precast to metal window joints, and other joints not indicated to be sealed with another type of sealer. 1. Double-Sealer Joints: Unless otherwise indicated, provide double-sealed joints at precast- to-precast joints, precast-to-metal joints, and other joints as indicated. Weep from behind outer bead of sealer at regular intervals as approved by Architect. C. Colors: Provide custom colors as selected by the Architect; a maximum of five colors will be used. 2.05 SILICONE SEALER (INTERIOR) A. Provide one part, mold and mildew resistant, sanitary interior type silicone rubber based elastomeric sealer, complying with ASTM C 920 Type S, Class 25, Grade NS. Provide one of the following products if they meet or exceed the requirements of these specifications: 1. Dow 786 2. General Electric 1702 3. Pecora 863 4. Tremco Proglaze 5. Tremco Tremsil 200. B. Extent: Provide silicone rubber sealer for all interior joints around toilet room fixtures and control joints in ceramic tile work not on walking surfaces. «�o JOINT SEALERS 07900- 4 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 mid-range of the joint's intended movement. Obtain Architect's written permission to seal joints when ambient temperatures are below 50°F or above 85°F. D. Conference: Convene a pre-installation conference to establish procedures to maintain optimum working conditions and to coordinate this work with related and adjacent work. 1. Advise other trades to ensure that no other work adversely affects sealer bonding surfaces. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Provide written warranty signed by manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace work which exhibits defects in materials or workmanship. "Defects" is defined to include, but is not limited to, leakage of water, abnormal aging or deterioration, and failure to perform as required. Include requirement for removal and replacement of covering and connected adjacent work. 1. Warranty Period: 5 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Before installation check each sealer for compatibility with adjacent materials and surfaces and with indicated exposures. Select sealers which are recommended by the manufacturer for each application indicated. Where exposed to pedestrian or vehicular traffic, provide sealers which are non-tracking and are strong enough to withstand the traffic without damage. B. Colors: Provide colors as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard and special colors. 2.02 NON-SAG POLYURETHANE SEALER 40 A. Provide multi-part, non-sag, polyurethane based elastomeric sealer, complying with ASTM C 920 Type M, Grade NS, Class 25, having Shore A hardness of 20 to 30, cured modulus of elasticity at 100% elongation of not more than 75 psi, and tear resistance of not less than 50 lb./in.when tested according to ASTM D 624. B. Provide one of the following products that meet or exceed specified requirements: 1. Tremco Dymeric. 2. Sika Sikaflex 2c NS. 3. Sonneborn Sonolastic NP 2. C. Extent: Provide non-sag polyurethane sealer at exterior joints in vertical surfaces, and other joints not indicated to be sealed with another type of sealer. 2.03 SELF-LEVELING POLYURETHANE SEALER A. Provide two or more part, self-leveling, polyurethane based elastomeric sealer, complying with ASTM C920 Type M, Grade P, Class 25, having Shore A hardness of not less than 55 when tested according to ASTM D2240, cured modulus of elasticity at 100% elongation of not more than 150 psi when tested according to ASTM D412, and tear resistance of not less than 50 JOINT SEALERS 07900- 3 wool Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 "" be capable of accommodating the full range of manufacturing tolerances, field erection Am tolerances, thermal movements, seismic movements, building structure movements [floor sag, beam sag, and column settlement], building deflections, and all other movements. Design sealer joints to accommodate the worst possible combination of effects and to prevent internal sealer stress failure,deterioration, and failure of weather seals. ""° 1. Exterior Work: A major intent of the exterior work of this section is to keep the building dry and permanently establish and maintain airtight and watertight continuous seals within the manufacturers' published limits of normal wear and aging. 2. Interior Work: Interior work is intended to seal and fill all cracks, voids and gaps in the work, usually, but not always, located between dissimilar materials. In interior areas subject to water use and leakage, sealers are intended to control water and prevent leakage. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source: For each type of sealer and filler material required for the work of this section, provide primary materials which are the products of one manufacturer. Provide secondary materials which are acceptable to the manufacturers of the primary materials. B. Mock-Ups: Before beginning primary work of this section, provide 10 linear feet mock-ups of each type of sealing and filler work at locations acceptable to Architect and obtain Architect's ow acceptance of visual qualities. Protect and maintain acceptable mock-ups throughout the work of this section to serve as criteria for acceptance of this work. Acceptable mock-ups may be incorporated into the finished work. Ift C. Exterior Wall Mock-Up: Mock-up of exterior wall including joint sealers is required. Comply with requirements of Section 01420, Mock-Ups. 1.07 TESTS A. Construction Sealer Adhesion Tests: Periodically test sealers in place for adhesion using methods recommended by sealer manufacturer. Promptly replace all sealer which does not �* adhere or which fails to cure properly. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING .w A. Deliver materials and products in unopened factory labeled packages. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturers' instructions and recommendations. Protect from damage. Sequence deliveries to avoid delays, but minimize on-site storage. ++ 1.09 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather: Perform work only when existing and forecasted weather conditions are within the limits established by manufacturers of the materials and products used. B. Substrates: Proceed with work only when substrate construction and penetrating work is «. complete. C. Temperature: Comply with manufacturer's requirements and recommendations. Understand that joints to be sealed should not be near their fully closed nor fully open extremes, but in the JOINT SEALERS 07900- 2 OR Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 4W SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this section includes, but is not limited to, the preparation of joints, sealing and filling of joints and curing and protection of completed work. B. Provide joint sealers as scheduled in this section and as indicated on the drawings. Before beginning work, obtain Architect's clarification if the extent of each type of sealer and filler is uncertain. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect work of this Section. Other Specification Sections that relate directly to work of this Section include,but are not limited to: 1. Section 01420, Mock-Ups; Requirements for mock-ups. 2. Section 07840, Firestopping; fire resistant sealers and caulks. 3. Section 09260, Gypsum Board Assemblies; concealed acoustical sealants at runner tracks. 4. Division 15- Plumbing. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, installation and curing instructions, use limitations and recommendations for each material used. Provide certifications stating that materials comply with requirements and are compatible with adjacent materials selected for use including flashings. B. Initial Selection Samples: Submit samples showing complete range of colors and finishes available for each material used. C. Verification Samples: Submit representative samples of each material that is to be exposed in the finished work, showing the full range of color and finish variations expected. Provide actual samples having minimum length of 4 inches. 1.05 INTENT A. Performance and Design Requirements for Sealers: Provide sealers to maintain long term [20 year minimum]air tight and water tight seals. No cohesive or adhesive failures, nor cracking or bubbling of sealer surfaces are permitted. Provide sealers certified by sealer manufacturer to 40 JOINT SEALERS 07900- 1 go Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 "�" 3.05 PROTECTION we A. Provide temporary protection to ensure work being without damage or deterioration at time of final acceptance. Remove protections and rework as necessary immediately before final s,.ne acceptance. END OF SECTION ,., am MW sw No WA A& FIRESTOPPING 07840- 6 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase 11 Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 1. Barrier Sheet Material;3M. 2.11 MIXING A. For those products requiring mixing prior to application, comply with firestopping manufacturer's directions for accurate proportioning of materials, water (if required), type of mixing equipment, alb► selection of mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures needed to produce firestopping products of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for application indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. The Installer shall examine substrates, supports, and conditions under which this work is to be performed and notify Contractor, in writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work means Installer accepts substrates and conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Review extent and types of required firestopping with governing authorities before beginning work. Obtain approval of thicknesses and installation methods, including non-typical locations. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Strictly comply with manufacturers' instructions and recommendations, except where more restrictive requirements are specified in this section. B. Provide firestopping material and thickness as required to provide indicated ratings. Where not otherwise indicated,comply with UL standard designs. In multiple layer work, offset joints by at least 6". Anchor firestopping using manufacturers' recommended system and in compliance with UL standard designs. 00 C. Install firestopping without gaps and voids of any kind. Do not used damaged materials. Remove and replace nonfitting or disturbed work. D. All sleeves installed to accommodate future work are to be sealed with properly supported safing insulation. Oversized boxouts, sleeves, and cores are to be filled with grout full depth of concrete with reinforcing, and other support as necessary to secure grout. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Coordinate installation of firestopping work with other work to minimize cutting and removal of installed fireproofing. As work of other trades is completed, review firestopping work and repair IM or replace work which has been damaged or removed. FIRESTOPPING 07840- 5 so Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 MR B. Provide one of the following products, or Architect approved equal, that meet or exceed MR specified requirements: 1. Novasit K-10; Bio Fireshield me 2. FlameSafe Mortar Seal;W. R. Grace and Co. 3. CMP Firestop Compound; Nelson Firestop. 4. STI SpecSeal Mortar. oft 2.06 FIRESTOP COLLARS A. Provide premanufactured fire protective pipe sleeves equal to one of the following products, or an Architect approved equal,that meet or exceed specified requirements: 1. Bio-Fireshield Firestop Collars. 2. STI SpecSeal Firestop Collars. 3. Hilti CP 642 Firestop Collar. 2.07 FIRESTOP BAGS/PILLOWS .�. A. Pillows/Bags: Re-usable, heat-expanding pillows/bags composed of glass-fiber cloth cases filled with a combination of mineral-fiber, water-insoluble expansion agents and fire-retardant .w additives. B. Provide one of the following products, or Architect approved equal, that meet or exceed specified requirements: 1. Firestop Pillows; Bio Fireshield. 2. FlameSafe Bagss;W. R. Grace and Co. too 3. PLW Firestop Pillow;Nelson Firestop. 4. STI SpecSeal Pillows. 2.08 WRAP STRIPS aft A. Single-component, elastomeric sheet with aluminum foil on one side. Provide one of the following products, or Architect approved equal, that meet or exceed specified requirements: we 1. SpecSeal Wrap Strip; STI. 2. Fire Barrier FS195 Wrap Strip;3M. 3. CS2420 Intumescent Wrap, Hilti Construction Chemicals, Inc. ,,o 2.09 DUCT WRAPS A. A foil-encapsulated, non-combustible, inorganic, flexible fireproofing wrap used in combination with silicone sealant for use at duct assemblies. Provide the following products: 1. FireMaster Duct Wrap and Fire Barrier 2000+ Silicone Sealant;3M. , 2.10 COMPOSITE BOARDS A. Provide one of the following products, or Architect approved equal, that meet or exceed specified requirements: ON FIRESTOPPING 07840-4 ww Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 e0 1. Permanent forming/damming/backing materials including the following: a. Semirefractory fiber (mineral wool) insulation. b. Ceramic fiber. C. Sealants used in combination with other forming/damming materials to prevent so leakage of fill materials in liquid state. d. Fire-rated formboard. e. Joint fillers for joint sealants. OR 2. Temporary forming materials. 3. Substrate primers. 4. Collars. 5. Steel sleeves. C. Applications: Provide firestopping systems composed of materials specified in this Section that comply with system performance and other requirements. am 2.02 FIRE-SAFING BOARD INSULATION A. Provide material tested, listed and labeled by UL and listed by UL in designs similar to " applications indicated. Provide semi-rigid, non-asbestos mineral fiber board, rated noncombustible when tested according to ASTM E 136: 1. k-Value:0.25 at 75°F. 2. Thickness: 4 in., unless otherwise indicated, and not less than thickness necessary to obtain required fire-rating. 3. Density: Nominal 4 pcf. 4. Product: U. S. Gypsum Co., Thermafiber Safing Insulation; Partek Insulation, Inc. Paroc Safing Insulation; Fibrex, Inc. FBX Safing Insulation;or approved equal. 2.03 MINERAL WOOL A. Provide loose mineral wool, rated noncombustible when tested in accordance with ASTM E 136,free of asbestos and glass fiber, and suitable for in-place density of 6 pcf to 12 pcf. 2.04 CAULK AND PUTTY A. Provide one of the following products, or Architect approved equal, that meet or exceed specified requirements: 1. Bio Therm; Bio Fireshield. so 2. Fire-Barrier Series;3M Fire Protection Products. 3. FlameSafe;W. R. Grace and Co. 4. Flame Stop V Putty and Caulking; Flame Stop, Inc. 5. Fyre Putty;Standard Oil Engineered Materials Company. 6. Silicone Firestop Foam 2001, and Sealant 2000;Dow Corning Corp. 7. CLK Adhesive Firestop;Nelson Firestop. 8. STI SpecSeal S100. 2.05 FIRESTOP MORTAR A. Prepackaged dry mix composed of a blend of inorganic binders, fillers, and lightweight aggregate formulated for mixing with water at Project site to form a nonshrinking, homogenous mortar. FIRESTOPPING 07840- 3 Mw; Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 B. Installer: Engage an experienced installer with three years documented experience acceptable to firestopping manufacturer. C. Asbestos-Free Products: Provide firestopping products containing no detectable asbestos as determined by method specified in 40CFR Part 763, Subpart F, Appendix A, Section 1, "Polarized Light Microscopy." 1.06 TESTS A. Fire-Resistance: Provide materials and construction which are identical to assemblies whose fire-resistance rating has been tested in compliance with ASTM E119, UL 263, ANSI A2.1, or NFPA 251 by independent agencies acceptable to the Architect and authorities having jurisdiction. w B. Burning Characteristics: Provide materials whose surface burning characteristics, when tested in compliance with ASTM E84 are as follows: 1. Flame Spread: Not more than 25. 2. Smoke Developed: Not more than 25. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials and products in unopened factory labeled packages. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturers' instructions and recommendations. Protect from damage. B. Sequence deliveries to avoid delays, but minimize on-site storage. 1.08 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Conference: Convene a pre-installation conference to establish procedures to maintain optimum working conditions and to coordinate this work with related and adjacent work. B. Perform work of this section and other sections in proper sequence so that this work will not be damaged and will be installed prior to installation of enclosing or concealing work. W PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FIRESTOPPING, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide firestopping composed of components that are compatible with each other, the substrates forming openings, and the items, if any, penetrating the firestopping under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by firestopping manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Accessories: Provide components for each firestopping system that are needed to install fill materials and to comply with "System Performance Requirements" article in Part 1. Use only components specified by the firestopping manufacturer and approved by the qualified testing and inspecting agency for the designated fire-resistance-rated systems. Accessories include but are not limited to the following items: FIRESTOPPING 07840- 2 i� Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 1A�M SECTION 07840 No FIRESTOPPING PART1 GENERAL ow 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements,apply to the work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide firestopping systems to prevent the passage of flame and the products of combustion through concealed spaces and openings as required by code including, but is not limited to, the following: 1 1. Between edge of roof and each floor at wall construction. 2. Between stories, unless within a fire-rated shaft. 3. Above wall or partitions indicated to extend to underside of structure above. 4. Concealed furring spaces behind finished surfaces. 5. Locations at pipes, conduits, ducts and other construction which passes through fire-rated assemblies. 6. Openings related to mechanical and electrical panels, and all other systems that penetrate or interrupt fire-rated assemblies. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect work of this Section. Other Specification Sections that relate directly to work of this Section include,but are not limited to: 1. Section 07900,Joint Sealers. 1.04 SUBMITTALS r: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, installation instructions, use limitations and recommendations for each material used. Provide certifications stating that materials comply ! ' with requirements. B. Test Reports: Submit manufacturers' certified test reports and general certification that 00 products meet requirements. C. Mock-Up: Prior to installation of firestopping, provide a mock-up of each type of firestopping system proposed for use for approval. Accepted mock-ups may be incorporated in the work. 0 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE 10 A. Source: For each type of material required for the work of this section, provide primary materials which are the products of one manufacturer. Provide secondary materials which are acceptable to the manufacturers of the primary materials. FIRESTOPPING 07840- 1 fff Ok Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 sealant along top edge of flashing membrane and along seams and cuts as necessary and as recommended by manufacturer. 1. Fasten membrane and install in horizontal strips with 3 feet wide by 10inch long pieces, starting at the bottom of the wall. Fasten top edge 16 to 24 inches on center. Subsequent strips of membrane shall lap over the fasteners about 2 inches. Corners shall be reinforced with 18 inch wide membrane strips before applying the membrane. G. Provide flashing at every obstruction to the downward flow of water. Design and install flashing to control and divert water to the exterior. Form at least 4" high end pans above lintels and similar conditions to extend the entire length of the lintel where possible. Flashing shall extend ;W 4" minimum beyond end of lintel before it is panned (dammed). 3.03 TOLERANCES A. For exposed work, the following allowable installed tolerances are allowable variations from locations and dimensions indicated by the Contract Document and shall not be added to allowable tolerances indicated for other work. 1. Allowable Variation from True Plumb, Level, and Line: +/- 1/8" in 20'-0" 2. Allowable Variation from True Plane of Adjacent Surfaces:+/- 1/16" 3.04 ADJUSTING, CLEANING, PROTECTION A. Adjust work to conform to specified tolerances and appear uniform,straight and correct. B. Touch-up damaged coatings and finishes to eliminate evidence of repair. C. Repair minor damage to eliminate all evidence of repair. Remove and replace work which cannot be satisfactorily repaired. D. Clean exposed surfaces using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of +! material or product being cleaned. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully cleaned. END OF SECTION FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600- 5 1 as Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 No Coping System", manufactured by W.P. Hickman Co.; "Perma-Tite Coping System", am manufactured by Metal-Era Roof Edge Systems . 1. Coping size shall be as required to fit wall thickness. 2. Minimum thickness shall be 0.050 in. Aft 3. Coping shall be furnished in 10 ft. lengths, minimum. 4. System shall carry FM 1-90 approval. 5. Provide factory-fabricated corners and end caps. , 2.05 PASSIVE ATTIC VENT A. Passive Attic Vent: Provide Flat Roof Cap, Model#612 by Broan-NuTone LLC. not PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION OW A. The Installer shall examine substrates, supports, and conditions under which this work is to be performed and notify Contractor, in writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work means Installer accepts substrates and conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install flashing in continuous uninterrupted manner to accomplish 'intent' complete with all transitions, laps, splices, folds, seams necessary to ensure the diversion of water to the exterior. Work in close coordination with installation of exterior masonry, roofing, window, joint sealer louver. 1. Apply materials within manufacturer's requirements for temperature and weather conditions. 2. Do not apply to wet or frozen substrates. 3. Do not allow contamination with dust or dirt. 4. Seal completely at edges, perimeter and penetrations. B. Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations and standard details and recommendations of SMACNA, except where more restrictive requirements are specified in this section. Locked and sealant locked joints as indicated on the Drawings. C. Securely anchor work, but allow for thermal movement and building movement. Use concealed " fasteners to the greatest extent possible. Install work to be permanently weatherproof and watertight. Provide continuous cleats at all edge conditions. D. Bed metal flashing work in thick coating of roofing cement for watertight performance. Do not permit roofing cement to run or drip out from under sheet metal work under any conditions. E. Provide reglets where indicated and where required. Coordinate installation with related and adjacent work. F. Provide through-wall flashing at masonry walls. Overlap adjacent pieces of flashing minimum 2" and roll all overlaps with steel hand roller. Trim bottom edge of flashing minimum of 1/2" back from exposed face of the building. Staple vertical and horizontal joints. Apply a bead of FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600- 4 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 E. Reglets: Metal units of type and profile indicated or required which are compatible with flashings used. F. Solder: ASTM B 32, as required. G. Accessories: Provide all clips, cleats, straps, anchors and similar items necessary to properly complete the work. Provide accessories that are compatible with sheet metal materials used and which are of sufficient size and gage to perform as intended. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Shop fabricate work to the greatest extent possible. Fabricate work to be truly straight, plumb, level and square, and to provide the best possible watertight, weatherproof performance with expansion provisions in running work. B. Provide work to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated on approved shop drawings. Comply with referenced standards. Minimize oil-canning, buckling,tool marks and other defects. C. Make work with uniform,watertight joints. Make seams as inconspicuous as possible. D. Isolate dissimilar materials with isolation coating or other permanent separation acceptable to the Architect. E. Gutters: Fabricate to K-style (Ogee) cross section indicated, complete with end pieces, outlet tubes, and other accessories as required. Fabricate in minimum 96 in. long sections. Furnish flat-stock gutter spacers and gutter brackets fabricated from same metal as gutters, of size recommended by SMACNA but not less than twice the gutter thickness. Fabricate expansion joints,expansion-joint covers, and gutter accessories from same metal as gutters. F. Downspouts: Fabricate to square cross section indicated, complete with mitered elbows. Furnish with metal hangers and anchors, from same material as downspouts. G. Scuppers: Fabricate scuppers of dimensions required with closure flange trim to exterior, 4 in. wide wall flanges to interior, and base extending 4 in. beyond cant or tapered strip into field of roof. Fasten gravel guard angles to base of scupper. H. Drip Edge at Roof: Drip edge shall be preformed aluminum drip edge. 2.04 COPING SYSTEMS A. Provide materials and fascia and coping systems by one of the following manufacturers, that meet or exceed the requirements specified. 1. MM Systems Corporation 2. W. P. Hickman Co. 3. Metal-Era Roof Edge Systems B. Coping System: Prefabricated aluminum coping system shall be prefabricated units consisting of formed hot-dip galvanized sheet steel support consisting of coping chairs with 20 gage galvanized steel perforated cleats and formed aluminum snap-on coping with matching splice plates, "Snap-Lok Coping System", manufactured by MM Systems Corporation; "Permasnap FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600- 3 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 B. Mock-Up: Mock-up of exterior wall including flashing and sheet metal is required. Comply with requirements of Section 01420, Mock-Ups. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and handle materials and products in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations and industry standards. Protect from damage. �r B. Sequence deliveries to avoid delays, but minimize on-site storage. 1.07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Conference: Convene a pre-installation conference to establish procedures to maintain optimum working conditions and to coordinate this work with related and adjacent work. .r� B. Perform work of this section in coordination with other sections to provide the highest quality work which best fulfills the intent requirements of this work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL A. Membrane Flashing: W. R. Grace Perm-A-Barrier, CCW 705 TWF by Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing, or ExoAir TWF by Tremco. Primer is required, type as recommended by manufacturer. Use for jamb flashing, cavity wall flashing and as indicated. 00 B. Sheet Aluminum: ASTM B 209, alloy 3003-H14, 0.060 inch thickness minimum. Use for copings and brake metal. 1. Painted Finish: AAMA 2605, PPG Duranar, Kawneer Permadize or Valspar Fluoropon, im minimum 70%Kynar resin, 2-coat minimum,color and gloss as selected by the Architect. C. Concealed Metal Flashing: Concealed metal flashing shall be brake formed aluminum, am conforming to ASTM B 209, alloy 3003 temper H14, AA-C22A41 clear anodized finish;0.032 in. thick(20 gage) except as otherwise indicated. D. Copper-Laminated Flashing: 7-oz./sq. ft. copper sheet bonded with asphalt between 2 layers of in glass-fiber cloth. Use only where flashing is fully concealed in masonry. Provide flashing compatible with air and vapor barrier membrane as manufactured by York Manufacturing, Inc. 00 E. Building Tape at Window Perimeters: Provide BT25XL Window & Door Sealing Tape by Protecto Warp Co. Provide primer as recommended by manufacturer. 2.02 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS 41* A. Fasteners: Match material being fastened for both type of material and finish. B. Isolation Coating: SSPC paint 12. C. Slip Sheet: 5 lb. rosin building paper. D. Plastic Underlayment: 6 mil carbonated polyethylene film, FS L-P-512. FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600- 2 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 SECTION 07600 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL PART1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section includes, but is not limited to: 1. Metal and membrane flashings. 2. Metal copings. 3. Gutters and downspouts. 4. Scuppers. 5. Passive attic vents. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect work of this Section. Other Specification Sections that relate directly to work of this Section include,but are not limited to: 1. Section 01420, Mock-Ups; Requirements for mock-ups. 2. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry. 3. Section 07530, Single Ply Membrane Roofing;roof membrane flashings. 4. Section 07900,Joint Sealers. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, installation instructions, use limitations and recommendations for each product used. B. Shop Drawings: Provide large scale shop drawings for fabrication, installation and erection of all parts of the work. Provide large scale plans, elevations, and details of profiles, joints, seams, anchorages, connections and accessory items. Include statement that materials are physically compatible. C. Verification Samples: Submit representative samples of each material that is to be used in the work, showing the full range of color and finish variations expected. Provide samples having minimum area of 144 square inches. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with applicable requirements, recommendations and details of SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600- 1 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 B. Provide elastomeric roofing system consisting of adhered single-ply 0.060 in. thick "Sure-Seal EPDM Sheet Membrane", ultraviolet and ozone resistant, or Architect approved equal and mechanically-attached insulation over roof deck. Provide system conforming to UL Class A. C. Protection Board: Provide glass-mat, water-resistant gypsum board, ASTM C 1177, of type and thickness indicated below: 1. Type and Thickness: Type X, 1/2 inch. 2. Provide"Dens-Deck"primed manufactured by Georgia-Pacific Corp. ON 3. Fasteners: As recommended by manufacturer. D. Walkway Protection: Provide manufacturer's recommended walkway pads at roof mounted equipment and as indicated on the Drawings. 2.03 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Miscellaneous Materials: Provide bonding adhesive, splicing cement, lap sealant , water cutoff mastic, night sealer, pourable sealer, prefabricated elastomeric accessories (pipe seals, inside and outside corners, etc.), and nailing strips and fasteners as recommended by membrane manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. The Installer shall examine substrates, supports, and conditions under which this work is to be performed and notify Contractor, in writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work means Installer accepts substrates and conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION MR A. Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, except where more restrictive requirements are specified in this section. Mw B. Clean substrates of all dirt, dust, debris, projections and other substances detrimental to roof system work. C. Provide cants, flashings, accessories items as recommended by roofing manufacturer. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, except where more restrictive requirements are specified in this section. Begin installation only in presence of manufacturer's authorized representative. Coordinate installation of roof with flashing and ! sheet metal work, roof accessories and all other adjacent and related work. B. Repair minor damage to eliminate all evidence of repair. Remove and replace work which cannot be satisfactorily repaired. END OF SECTION SINGLE-PLY MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM 07530- 3 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 manufacturers of the primary materials. w� C. Manufacturer's Representative: Make arrangements and pay for all costs to have manufacturer's authorized representative on the roof at the beginning of roofing work to advise installers of proper procedures and quality control techniques. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials and products in unopened factory labeled packages. Store and handle in an strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Protect from damage. B. Sequence deliveries to avoid delays, but minimize on-site storage. so 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather: Perform work only when existing and forecasted weather conditions are within the ow limits established by manufacturers of the materials and products used. B. Substrates: Proceed with work only when substrate construction and penetrating work is *�* complete. 1.08 CONFERENCE A. Convene a pre-installation conference to establish procedures to maintain optimum working conditions and to coordinate this work with related and adjacent work. 1.09 WARRANTY A. Provide written warranty signed by manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace work which exhibits defects in materials or workmanship for a period of 10 years from date of Substantial " Completion. "Defects" is defined to include, but is not limited to, leakage of water, abnormal aging or deterioration, and failure to perform as required. B. Include requirement for removal and replacement of connected adjacent work. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Provide materials and roofing systems from one of the following manufacturers that meet or exceed the requirements specified: 1. Carlisle SynTec Systems, Division of Carlisle Corporation, Carlisle, PA 17013. 2. Firestone Building Products Company, Carmel, IN 46032-5607. 2.02 FULLY-ADHERED SINGLE-PLY ROOFING SYSTEM A. Provide Sure-Seal Universal Roofing System, Design A, adhered membrane roof system, manufactured by Carlisle SynTec Systems, Division of Carlisle Corporation, Carlisle, PA 17013, or Architect approved equal by Firestone. Materials and installation shall conform to manufacturer's standard specifications, and work of this Section shall be executed by roofing installer licensed by manufacturer. SINGLE-PLY MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM 07530- 2 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 SECTION 07530 SINGLE-PLY MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM PART1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section includes, but is not limited to: 1. Fully adhered membrane roofing system and cover board. 2. Walkway pads at rooftop units and perimeter. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect work of this Section. Other Specification Sections that relate directly to work of this Section include, but are not limited to: 1. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry;Wood blockings, nailers, etc. 2. Section 07210, Insulation; Roof insulation. 3. Section 07600, Flashing And Sheet Metal. 4. Section 15400, Plumbing; Roof drains, installed, connected. 5. Section 15500, Mechanical; Roof penetrations and installation of roof-mounted equipment. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, material specifications, installation instructions, use limitations and recommendations for each material used. Provide certifications stating that materials comply with requirements including but not limited to: 1. Fire performance. 2. Wind uplift performance. 3. Warranty requirements and exclusions. B. Shop Drawings: Provide large scale shop drawings for layout, installation and erection of all parts of the work. Provide plans and details of anchorages,connections and accessory items. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE SO A. Installer: A firm which has at least three years experience in work of the type required by this section and which is licensed and trained by the manufacturers of the primary materials. 0a B. Source: For each type of material required for the work of this section, provide primary materials which are the products of one manufacturer who has at least five years experience in manufacturing EPDM roofing. Provide secondary materials which are acceptable to the SINGLE-PLY MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM 07530- 1 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 cap, decorative accessories and other items as recommended by manufacturer for building configuration; match type of siding. B. Fasteners: Noncorrosive aluminum siding nails, in sufficient length to penetrate a minimum of 1 ON inch into substrate. Provide prefinished fasteners in color to match siding where face nailing is unavoidable. '00 2.03 COLORS AND TEXTURES A. Where manufacturer's standard products are indicated, provide siding and accessories complying with the following requirements: 1. Provide Architect's selections from manufacturer's full range of colors and textures for siding and accessories of type indicated. Color to match adjacent construction. Accessories may be required to match siding or to be of a different color or texture as selected by Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 2.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for substrates, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of siding. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 2.02 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application. B. Coordinate installation with flashings and other adjoining construction to ensure proper sequencing. 2.03 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with siding manufacturer's written installation instructions applicable to 40 products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. Center nails in _ elongated nailing slots without binding siding to allow for thermal movement. Overlap joints to shed water away from direction of prevailing wind. B. Install vinyl siding and accessories according to ASTM D 4756. 1. Install siding in continuous lengths without seams. 2.04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace damaged, improperly installed, or otherwise defective siding materials go with new materials complying with specified requirements. B. Clean finished surfaces according to siding manufacturer's written instructions and maintain in a clean condition during construction. END OF SECTION SIDING - 07460-3 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 construction with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Source Limitations for Siding and Accessories: Obtain each color, texture, pattern, and type of siding and related accessories from one source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying the Work. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's unopened packages or bundles with labels intact. B. Store materials in a dry, well-ventilated, weathertight place. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for storage, handling, and protection. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS d.w A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with siding installation only if existing and forecasted weather conditions permit siding to be installed according to manufacturer's written instructions and if substrate is completely dry. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Submit a written warranty, executed by siding manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace siding that fails in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, cracking, deforming, fading, or otherwise deteriorating beyond normal weathering. Fading is defined as loss of color, after cleaning with product + " recommended by manufacturer,of more than 4 color-difference units as measured according to ASTM D 2244. A 1. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. 1.09 EXTRA MATERIALS .. A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents. 1. Furnish full lengths of siding in a quantity equal to 2 percent of amount installed. ow PART 2 - PRODUCTS Alk, 2.01 VINYL SIDING A. Products: Provide vinyl siding and accessories complying with ASTM D 3679, "American A. Legend" as manufactured by Wolverine, or approved equal, meeting the following requirements: 1. Horizontal Pattern: Double 4-inch exposure. aw 2. Texture: Brushed.. 2.02 ACCESSORIES to A. Siding Trim and Accessories: Provide starter strips, edge trim, window head flashing, corner SIDING 07460-2 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 SECTION 07460 SIDING (ALTERNATE) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide vinyl siding,soffit, and trim work as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Work of this section is affected by alternates. Refer to Section 01030, Alternates for requirements. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect work of this Section. Other W. Specification Sections that directly relate to work of this Section include,but are not limited to: 1. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry; Sheathing. 2. Section 07600, Flashing And Sheet Metal. 3. Section 07900,Joint Sealers. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's printed product data, specifications, standard details, installation instructions, use limitations and recommendations for each material used. Provide certifications that materials and systems comply with specified requirements. B. Initial Selection Samples: Submit samples showing complete range of colors, textures, and finishes available for each material used. C. Verification Samples: Submit representative samples of each material that is to be exposed in the completed work. Show full color ranges and finish variations expected. Provide full-size 46 units of each type of siding and trim indicated; in sets for each color, texture, and pattern specified. 1. 12-inch-long-by-actual-width sample of siding. 2. 24-inch-wide-by-36-inch-high sample panel of siding assembled on plywood backing. 3. 12-inch-long-by-actual-width sample of trim. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed siding installations similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project that has resulted in SIDING 07460-1 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 3.03 CLEANING 06 A. Thoroughly clean roof areas and overhangs of all stains and discolorations removed. Cleaning shall be performed using mild detergents or solvents only as recommended by the roofing manufacturer. B. Touch-up damaged coatings and finishes to eliminate all evidence of repair. END OF SECTION 41 w PREFORMED METAL ROOFING 07411 - 5 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 E. Slip Sheet: Dry resin coated kraft paper. F. Roofing Felt: Standard, inorganic, non-perforated,30 lb. roofing felt, conforming to ASTM D 226,Type II. G. Sealants: Comply with material and installation requirements of Section 07900,Joint Sealers. +.0 H. High Temperature Underlayment: Grace Ultra by W.R. Grace;CCW WIP 300HT by Carlisle Coatings&Waterproofing;or approved equal;self-adhering sheet membrane. 2.03 FINISH .w A. Painted Metallic Finish: PPG Duranar, Kawneer Permadize or Valspar Fluoropon, minimum 70% Kynar resin,3-coat minimum, metallic finish, as selected by the Architect. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Inspect substrates, supports and conditions under which work is to be installed. Notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper completion. Failure to make such report shall be construed as acceptance of the existing conditions and the responsibility to provide an acceptable installation. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install preformed standing seam metal roof system and louvered roof system in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and approved shop drawings. B. Fasten roof deck to roof framing so as to conform to Factory Mutual or other underwriting agency design requirements for Class 1 roof system for 1-90 installation. C. Apply roofing felt horizontally over plywood sheathing with edges lapped out not less than 4 in. Fasten felts with roofing nails at 2 ft. on center in each direction. ..er D. Self-Sealing Water Barrier Membrane: Apply full coverage of self-sealing water barrier membrane over sloped roof. E. Fasten standing seam support strips to the metal deck at intervals as required by manufacturer. F. Install nailing cleats, pans, and panels in compliance with manufacturer's printed instructions and as required to meet performance requirements, to conform to Factory Mutual or other underwriting agency design requirements for Class 1, 1-90 installation. G. Install roofing in accordance with recommendations of the roof manufacturer without damage or distortion of metalwork and without jeopardizing the weathertightness,watertightness, or other t physical properties of the roof as installed. 1. Panels shall be fixed at eave. Ridge/hip connections shall be installed to allow expansion/contraction. PREFORMED METAL ROOFING 07411 - 4 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 showing watermarks or other evidence of damage shall not be used and shall be removed from the site. 1.08 WARRANTY A. Warranty the color coating of panels,trim, and other exposed elements against cracking, chipping, peeling and fade (not to exceed 5 N.B.S.units)for twenty(20)years from the date of acceptance of the work. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PREFORMED METAL ROOFING SYSTEM A. Preformed Metal Roofing System: Provide products from the one of following manufacturers 40 that meet or exceed specified requirements: 1. Copper Sales, Inc. 2. Englert, Inc. 3. Berridge Manufacturing Company. 4. Petersen Aluminum. 5. Merchant& Evans, Inc. B. Preformed Metal Roofing System: Provide the following product,or equivalent from one of the above listed manufacturers: 1. Una-Clad UC-6 Double Lock by Copper Sales, Inc. 2.02 MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. Roof Panels: Provide manufacturer's prefinished hot-dipped galvanized steel panels conforming to ASTM A 446, Grade C with ASTM A 525 G90 Coating. 1. Provide 18 in. panel widths. 2. Panel Thickness:24 gage minimum. 3. Seaming: Snap-lock type standing seam,seam height 1-1/2 in. 4. Provide end closures at open ends of seam ribs. B. Fasteners: Provide manufacturers standard stainless steel anchor clips which permit expansion and contraction throughout specified temperature range. Provide stainless steel screws and fasteners. Provide all fasteners concealed to the greatest extent possible. 1. All anchor clips shall be fastened using countersunk screws. 2. All fasteners and clips shall be designed such that thermal movement of roof panels is not restricted. C. Accessories: Provide all necessary components for a complete, functional,weathertight installation, including, but not limited to trims,copings,fascias, mullions,sills,flashings,clips, sealants,closures, and fillers. Match metal materials with panels. 1. Provide end closures for all open ends of metal ribs and hip covers. D. Isolation Coating:SSPC Paint 12. PREFORMED METAL ROOFING 07411 - 3 1 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase 11 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 E. Verification Samples:Submit representative samples of each material that is to be exposed in the completed work. Show full color ranges and finish variations expected. Provide samples having minimum size of 144 sq. in. 1. Roof Panel and Louver: Submit two of each type roof panel and louver,full width, minimum 18 in. long,with specified color and finish. 2. Ice and water barrier membrane, 12 in.x 12 in. minimum. 3. Snow guard components. F. Test Reports: Provide certified reports for all specified tests. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source: For each material type required for the work of this section, provide primary materials which are the product of one manufacturer. Provide secondary or accessory materials which are acceptable to the manufacturers of the primary materials. B. Installer: A firm with a minimum of three years experience in type of work required by this section and which is acceptable to the manufacturers of the primary materials. C. Mock-Ups: Prior to commencing the primary work of this section, provide mock-ups at locations acceptable to Architect. Obtain Architect's acceptance of visual qualities. Protect and maintain accepted mock-ups throughout the remainder of the work of this section to serve as criteria for acceptance of the work. Approved mock-ups may be incorporated into the finished work. 1.06 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS AND FIELD TESTS e* A. Thermal Movement: Provide systems and connections which allow for thermal movement resulting from ambient temperature range of 1200F. , B. Wind-Uplift Resistance: Provide roof panel and louver assemblies that meet requirements of UL 580 for FM Class 1-90 wind-uplift resistance. C. Water Penetration: Provide manufactured roof panel assemblies with no water penetration as defined in the test method when tested according to ASTM E 1646 at a minimum differential pressure of 20 percent of inward acting,wind-load design pressure of not less than 6.24 lb./sq. ft.and not more than 12.0 lb./sq. ft. D. Field Leakage Test:The Owner may employ an independent testing agency to make in-place field tests for water leakage. Test will generally include a prolonged water spray test similar to low AAMA 501.3. Any uncontrolled leakage of water will be considered a failure. 1. Make watertight all leaking areas as defined through testing. Modify installation and techniques to eliminate any further leaking. 2. At no additional cost to the Owner, provide all retesting and remedial work necessary because of failures. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver,store and handle materials for the work of this Section to prevent damage of any nature. Deliver and store manufactured materials in their original containers, plainly marked with the product and manufacturer name. Materials in broken containers or in packages PREFORMED METAL ROOFING 07411 - 2 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase 11 Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 SECTION 07411 PREFORMED METAL ROOFING PART1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide preformed metal roofing, accessories,and related work, as indicated on Drawings and specified herein. Work includes, but is not limited to: 1. Preformed standing seam metal roofing system at sloped roofs. 2. Flashing attached or adjacent to panels. B. Work of this section is affected by alternates. Refer to Section 01030, Alternates for requirements. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect work of this Section. Other Specification Sections that directly relate to work of this Section include, but are not limited to: 1. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry;Plywood roof sheathing. 2. Section 07600, Flashing And Sheet Metal; Metal flashing and fascia at roof edge. 1.04 SUBMITTALS PW A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's printed product data, specifications,standard details, installation instructions, use limitations and recommendations for each material used. Provide certifications that materials and systems comply with specified requirements. B. Shop Drawings: Provide large scale shop drawings for fabrication, installation and erection of all parts of the work, including (lashings and snow guards. Provide plans,elevations, and details of anchorage, connections and accessory items. Provide installation templates for work installed by others. Show all interfaces and relationships to work of other trades. 1. Particular attention shall be given to details for connections and interfaces with adjacent wall, roof, and other systems. Show fixed ends and expansion details. C. Field Measurements:Take all necessary field measurements before preparation of shop drawings and fabrication. Do not delay progress of the job. If field measurements are not possible prior to fabrication, allow for field cutting and fitting. D. Initial Selection Samples: Submit samples showing complete range of colors,textures, and finishes available for each material used. PREFORMED METAL ROOFING 07411 - 1 7w Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 '" centered on all ridges and valleys. Install before application of felt underlayment, turn membrane up 8 inches at adjacent wall surface. C. Flashing and Edge Protection: Coordinate installation of metal flashing, vent flashing and edge protection. e. D. Underlayment: Apply one layer of underlayment horizontally over entire roof surface, lapping succeeding courses 2 in. minimum and fastening with sufficient nails to hold in place until shingle application. E. Shingles: Install starter strip of roll roofing or inverted shingles with tabs removed; fasten shingles in manufacturer's recommended pattern, weather exposure and number of fasteners per shingle. Use horizontal and vertical chalk lines to ensure straight coursing. Comply with installation details and recommendations of shingle manufacturer and NRCA Steep Roofing Manual. w F. Ridge Vent: Install ridge vent in careful accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.02 CLEANING .wa A. Keep surrounding surfaces clean as work progresses. Clean up debris regularly. END OF SECTION rAs ASPHALT SHINGLES 07310- 4 A.. Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 PART PRODUCTS 2.01 ASPHALT SHINGLES AND ACCESSORIES A. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following: 1. CertainTeed, Inc. 2. IKO. 3. GAF Materials Corp. 4. Owens Corning. B. Shingles: Provide shingles equal to"Cambridge 30" by IKO with the following characteristics: 1. Performance: Shingles shall be UL Class "A", mineral-surfaced, self-sealing, laminated multi-ply overlay construction fiberglass based strip shingle complying with ASTM D 3018, Type I; ASTM D 3161, Type I; and bearing UL Class "A" when tested in accordance with ASTM E 108, external fire exposure label and UL"Wind Resistant" label. 2. Color shall be as selected by Architect. C. Nails: Aluminum or hot-dip galvanized, 11 or 12-gage sharp pointed conventional roofing nails om with barbed shanks, minimum 3/8 in. diameter head, and of sufficient length to penetrate minimum 3/4 in. into solid decking or to penetrate through plywood sheathing. D. Ice Dam Protection and Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment: ASTM D 1970, minimum of 40-mil thick. Provide primer for adjoining concrete or masonry surfaces to receive underlayment. Provide one of the following products, or Architect approved equal: 1. Grace Vycor;Grace Construction Products. 2. CCW WPI 200;Carlisle Coatings&Waterproofing. 3. Eaveguard Shingle Underlayment;The Henry Company PA E. Ridge Vent: Provide high-density polypropylene, nonwoven modified polyester, or other UV- stabilized plastic designed to be installed under asphalt shingles at ridge. Provide one of the following: r�u 1. Cobra Ridge Vent II, by GAF Materials Corporation. 2. ShingleVent Il, by Air Vent Inc.,a CertainTeed Company. 3. Xtractor Vent X18, by Obdyke, Benjamin Incorporated. !!! 4. Trimline Ridge Vent, by Trimline Building Products. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION OF ASPHALT SHINGLES AND ACCESSORIES A. General: Comply with instructions and recommendations of shingle manufacturer, NRCA Application Techniques for Glass Fiber Roofing Felts and Steep Roofing Manual, except to extent more stringent requirements are indicated. B. Ice Dam Protection: Apply two courses of ice dam membrane along all eave, valley and ridge lines and apply one course of ice dam membrane around the perimeter of all penetrations. Apply an additional course of ice dam membrane over the nailing flange of all crickets and ASPHALT SHINGLES 07310- 3 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 C. Certificates: Submit manufacturer's certificates that materials meet specification requirements. ,. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source: For each material type required for the work of this section, provide primary materials which are the product of one manufacturer. Provide secondary or accessory materials which are acceptable to manufacturers of primary materials. .� B. Installer: A firm with a minimum of three years experience in type of work required by this Section and that is acceptable to manufacturers of primary materials. C. UL Listing: Provide roof system that has been tested and listed by UL as Class A for application indicated. D. Manufacturer's Representative: Make arrangements and pay costs to have manufacturer's w authorized representative on roof at beginning of roofing work to advise installer of proper procedures and quality control techniques. .w 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather: Perform work of this Section only when existing or forecasted weather conditions are ..� within the limits established by manufacturers of the materials and products used. B. Substrates: Proceed with work only when substrate construction and penetration work is complete. 1.07 COORDINATION A. The work of this section shall be coordinated with other work of the Contract and with other trades responsible for components of the composite roofing "sandwich". The placement of wood blockings, nailing strips, cants, etc. shall be verified for all locations and conditions where nailing of the materials of this Section is required. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials and products in unopened, factory labeled packages. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Store under cover and protect from weather damage. B. Sequence deliveries to avoid delays, but minimize on-site storage. 1.09 WARRANTY A. Asphalt Shingle Warranty: Provide written warranty signed by Manufacturer agreeing to repair or replace work which exhibits defects in materials or workmanship for a period of 30 years after date of Substantial Completion. "Defects" is defined to include, but not limited to, leakage of water, abnormal aging or deterioration,and failure to perform as required. 1.10 MAINTENANCE STOCK A. Provide packaged, wrapped and labeled maintenance stock equal to 5%of shingles. ASPHALT SHINGLES .. 07310- 2 on ON Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 SECTION 07310 ASPHALT SHINGLES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section includes, but is not limited to: 1. Asphalt shingle roofing. ' 2. Ice dam membrane and underlayment. 3. Ridge vent. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect work of this Section. Other Specification Sections that relate directly to work of this Section include, but are not limited to: 1. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry;Sheathing,wood blocking,cants and nailers. 2. Section 07600, Flashing and Sheet Metal; Ridge vents and flashing. 3. Division 15, Mechanical; Roof penetrations. 1.04 SUBMITTALS !! A. Roof Shingle Submittals: Submit the following: 1. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's printed product data, specifications, standard details, installation instructions, use limitations and recommendations for each material used. Provide certifications that materials and systems comply with specified requirements. 2. Shop Drawings: Provide large scale shop drawings for installation of all parts of the work. Provide plans, and details of seams, connections and accessory items. Show layouts of tapered insulation and locations of drains. Show interfaces and relationships to work of other trades. 3. Shingle Samples: Submit four full size samples of roof shingles specified in color selected by Architect. 4. Accessories: Submit full size sample, 18" long of each type of roof accessory required. 5. Test Reports: Provide certified reports for all specified tests. B. Product Data: Submit complete manufacturer's product data covering all materials and systems under this Section to Architect for approval, consisting of complete product description and specifications, complete preparation and installation instructions, complete maintenance instructions, and other pertinent technical data required for complete product and product use information. ASPHALT SHINGLES 07310- 1 Am Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 B. Wall Insulation: Adhere board-type insulations to clean substrate with spot application of adhesive compatible with adjacent materials and approved by the insulation manufacturer. Extend insulation over the area shown. Foundation insulation shall be continuous to below the frost depth or as indicated. *� D. Foamed-In-Place Insulation: Apply foamed-in-place insulation into cavities indicated, window perimeters, voids and gaps;provide uniform coverage at correct density and thickness. E. Spray-Applied Cellulose Insulation: Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, except where more restrictive requirements are specified in this section. 1. Install by qualified installers only. 2. Thickness shall be measured according to ASTM E-605 field test procedure. 3. Cure insulation with continuous natural or mechanical ventilation. w. 4. Remove and dispose of over-spray. E. Vapor Barriers: Install polyethylene vapor barriers with taped joints, repaired tears and holes, and seal to adjacent vapor barrier material. 3.03 PROTECTION A. Provide temporary protection to ensure work being without damage or deterioration from weather or physical abuse. B. Repair damage to insulation caused by construction activities or subsequent work prior to .s. covering. END OF SECTION w w .w INSULATION 07210-4 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. No Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 4, b. Thermal Performance:R13 in a nominal 2 inch by 4 inch stud wall; R22 in a nominal 2 inch by 6 inch stud wall. C. Burn Characteristics:ASTM E 84,flame spread less than 20,smoke development less than 400,fuel contribution 0. as d. Water Absorption: Hydrophobic. e. Air Permeability: Air barrier with air permeability of core foam as measured by ISSN 0701.5232 of 1.6 liters per square meter at 3 in.thickness at 75 Pascals pressure g and 1.0 liters per square meter at 6 in.thickness at 75 Pascals pressure. 2. "Zerodraft Foam Sealant" by Zerodraft div. of Canam Building Envelope Specialists, Inc.; with the following characteristics: a. Materials:Low-expansion,water-cure polyurethane containing no formaldehyde, me CFCs or HCFCs. b. Thermal Resistance: R4.5 per ASTM C 273 C. Burn Characteristics: ASTM E 84,flame spread less than 20,smoke development less than 25. d. Water Vapor Transmission: 3.3 perms/in. per ASTM E 96. e. Air Permeability:0.02 liters per square meter at 75 Pascals pressure. 2.04 VAPOR BARRIER A. Vapor barrier to be installed in wall assemblies as indicated on the Drawings. on B. Vapor Barrier: Natural color 6-mil polyethylene film sheet complying with ASTM D 4397 with laboratory-tested vapor transmission rating of 0.2 perms. 1. Vapor Barrier Under Slab: Refer to Section 03300,Cast-In-Place Concrete. C. Vapor Retarder Tape: Pressure-sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor retarder manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. The Installer shall examine substrates, supports, and conditions under which this work is to be performed and notify Contractor, in writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work means Installer accepts substrates and conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General Installation Requirements: Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, except where more restrictive requirements are specified in this section. 1. Clean substrates and remove projections which could puncture vapor barriers. 2. Extend insulation over entire area indicated to be insulated. w! 3. Fit tightly around penetrations and obstructions. Fill all holes, gaps and voids including voids and shim spaces at door and window perimeters. 4. Do not over compress insulation. 5. Provide insulation in one layer with tightly butted edges, unless indicated otherwise. 6. Provide continuous installation of vapor barrier with joints and transitions lapped and or sealed and punctures repaired. INSULATION 07210- 3 ■wE Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 am B. Thicknesses: Where thicknesses are indicated, they are related to the k-values specified. am Provide additional thickness, if necessary, to obtain the same level of performance with acceptable substitute materials which have different values of thermal conductivity. Where R- values are indicated,provide thickness required to achieve value specified. ow C. Installer's Qualifications for Spray-Applied Cellulose Insulation: A firm which has at least five years experience in work of the type required by this section and which is licensed and trained do by the manufacturers of the primary materials. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING we A. Deliver materials and products in unopened factory labeled packages. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Protect from moisture and damage. Protect plastic insulations from sunlight. Take every possible precaution to avoid mp fire; conceal materials within building assemblies as quickly as possible. Sequence deliveries to avoid delays, but minimize on-site storage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 40 2.01 BOARD-TYPE INSULATION AT FOUNDATIONS A. Extruded-Polystyrene Board Insulation: ASTM C 578, Type IV, 1.60 cu.ft. density, with .w. maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indices of 75 and 450, respectively: 1. Manufacturer: Styrofoam SE by Dow Chemical or equal. 2. Compressive Strength, ASTM D 1621: 25 pounds per square inch, minimum. 3. Minimum Thicknesses: 2 inches under slabs-on-grade; 1-1/2 inches at vertical surfaces of foundation walls. 4. Board Edge: Square. B. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation at Vertical Surfaces: Product recommended by insulation manufacturer with demonstrated capability to bond insulation securely to substrates indicated .■+ without damaging insulation or substrates. 2.02 SPRAY-APPLIED INSULATION A. Spray-Applied Cellulose Insulation: Provide Nu-Wool Cellulose Attic Insulation at attic spaces and Nu-Wool Wallseal Cellulose Insulation at exterior walls; as manufactured by Nu-Wool Company, Inc. .� 1. Thickness: As indicated on Drawings. B. Primers and Substrate Cleaners: As recommended by spray-applied product manufacturer. 2.03 SPRAYED-FOAM INSULATION A. Sprayed-In-Place Insulation: Provide one of the following: ..e 1. "Pur-Fill IG"with the following characteristics: a. Materials:Low-expansion,water-cure polyurethane containing no formaldehyde, CFCs or HCFCs. INSULATION �. 07210- 2 W Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 SECTION 07210 INSULATION PART1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section includes, but is not limited to: 1. Board-type building insulation at foundation walls, under slabs, and elsewhere as indicated. 2. Spray-applied, cellulose insulation at exterior walls and roofs. 3. Spray-foam insulation. to 4. Vapor barrier. 5. Other building insulation work as may be called for on Drawings and not indicated or specified to be included under other Sections. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect work of this Section. Other Specification Sections that relate directly to work of this Section include,but are not limited to: 1. Section 03300, Cast-In-Place Concrete; Vapor barrier under slab. 2. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry;Wood studs and sheathing. !W 3. Section 07840, Firestopping; Firesafing insulation. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, installation instructions, use limitations and recommendations for each material used. Provide certifications stating that materials comply with requirements and are intended for use indicated. 1. Compatibility: Submit certification that products selected for use are compatible with adjacent materials. B. Test Reports: Submit certified test reports for performance required. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire Performance: Provide products which meet or exceed flammability ratings indicated and required by authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Except as otherwise indicated, provide insulation with flame spread rating of 25 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. III INSULATION 07210- 1 am 0 11 1�lI Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 so B. The Installer shall examine substrates, supports, and conditions under which this work is to be performed and notify Contractor, in writing,of conditions detrimental to the proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning of installation work means Installer's acceptance of substrates and conditions. C. Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas prior to installation. D. Proceed with installation only when required ambient conditions have been properly maintained, as determined by all attending pre-installation conference. 1. Provide work to sizes,shapes, and profiles indicated on approved shop drawings. �* 2. Install work to comply with quality standards and tolerances specified for shop work. 3. Color match wood at joints and seams to minimize expression of joints and seams in transparent finished work. E. Install architectural woodwork plumb, level, true and straight. Shim as required using concealed shims. Install work, including tops,to a tolerance of± 1/8 in. in 8 ft. w► F. Scribe and cut architectural woodwork to fit adjoining work. Refinish cut surfaces. 3.03 REPAIRING AND PROTECTION A. Repair minor damage to eliminate all evidence of repair. Remove and replace work which cannot be satisfactorily repaired. B. Provide temporary protection to ensure work being without damage or deterioration at time of final acceptance. Remove protections and reclean as necessary immediately before final acceptance. END OF SECTION ■s .A INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK .� 06402- 6 40 as Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 40 4) "Closet and Organization Products"by Rubbermaid 5) "Ventilated"by Schulte. 3. Provide adjustable shelves at BF Units. Im C. Shelf Deflection: Design and brace shelves to limit deflection to 1/4 in. maximum for full load for shelves, 50 pounds per linear foot minimum. am 2.06 SHOP FINISHING A. Transparent Finish Where Indicated (all hardwoods and hardwood veneers): AWI Premium Grade TR-6, catalyzed polyurethane,with stain and UV protective coating. go B. Opaque Finish: Factory-primed,suitable for field finish specified in Section 09910, Painting. ow 2.07 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Blocking, Shims, and Nailers: Fire-retardant-treated softwood lumber, kiln dried to less than 15 percent moisture content. B. Screws: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each use, nonferrous metal or hot- dip galvanized, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with ASME B18.6.1 for applicable requirements. 1. For metal framing supports, provide screws as recommended by metal-framing manufacturer. C. Nails: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each use. Comply with FS FF-N-105 for applicable requirements. 1. Stainless-steel nails. D. Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide nonferrous metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts, unless otherwise indicated. Provide toothed steel or lead expansion bolt devices for drilled-in-place anchors. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 WORKMANSHIP - GENERAL A. Work of this Section shall conform to design and detail indicated. Where practicable, work shall be finished and assembled at architectural millwork shop. B. Work shall be finished smooth and free from machine or tool marks that will telescope through finish. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene a pre-installation conference to establish procedures to maintain optimum working conditions and coordinate this work with related and adjacent work. Require architectural woodwork manufacturer, Installer, Contractor, and Architect to attend. w INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402- 5 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 1. Fiberboard window sills and aprons. 2. Wood window aprons. 3. Wood base and shoe moldings. 4. Wood door casings; including trim at hollow metal frames. 5. Wood rail assemblies at stairs. �• 6. Miscellaneous molding and trim. B. Quality Standard: Provide AWI Premium Grade materials and workmanship. �. C. Wood Species and Cuts: As specified hereinabove conforming to AWI Quality Standards Premium Grade. w.. D. Schedule: 1. Wood Base for Opaque Finish: Brosco 688 4-1/4 in., eased edge ..w 2. Door Casings for Opaque Finish: Brosco 8627,2-1/2 in.,eased edge. 3. Window Sills for Opaque Finish: 5/4-inch Medite II MDF with bullnose edge. 4. Railings for Transparent Finish: Brosco#WM231-75 with prefabricated turns and fittings. 5. Stair Rail Bracket Rosettes: Brosco#7026. w� 6. Window Apron: Brosco 1287A Stop 3/8"x 1-5/8" 7. Scotia: Brosco 8059B 1/2 in. by 1/2 in. E. Accessories: Rail brackets, Coffman C-3601 B. F. Shop Assembly: Shop assemble casings and frames with accurately mitered joints, pressure glued with lemon shaped splines. 2.05 SHELVING, RODS,AND HARDWARE A. Scope: Shelving work includes, but is not limited to, the following: 1. Vinyl coated wire shelving. B. Wire Shelving: Provide as follows: 1. Mounting: Wall mounted. 2. Closet Wire Shelving: ..� a. Steel Wire: Basic cold drawn, Grade C-1006;average tensile strength over 100,000 psi;coated. b. Wire Coating: Proprietary heavy-duty polyvinyl chloride (PVC) formula resin, plasticizers, stabilizers, pigments, and other additives. 1) Thickness:3 to 4 mm. 2) Classification: No ingredients listed as hazardous per OSHA 29CFR1910.0017. C. Wire Shelving: Coated steel wire, 1/2 to 1 inch incremental cross-deck spacings. d. Accessories: Wall clips, end brackets, support brackets, poles, standards,shelf brackets, pole clips. e. Fasteners: Provide screws, bolts, anchors, and other fastenings necessary for „ proper installation. f. Manufacturers/Products: 1) "8000 Series" Lyon Metal Products, LLC. 2) "Clipper Shelving" Penco Products, Inc. 3) "ClosetMaid"by Emerson Storage Solutions. INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK .. 06402-4 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 locations;stainless steel or chrome plated at exposed interior locations. C. Provide materials and products which meet or exceed the requirements of the indicated AWI Quality Standards specified for each type of work. D. Provide solid lumber, kiln-dried to moisture content of 5%to 10%by weight, with average not to exceed 8%. ow E. Furnish lumber in longest practical lengths. Use single-length pieces wherever possible. F. Take necessary field measurements before starting fabrication of built-in work. 2.02 LUMBER AND FIBERBOARD A. Quality Standard: Provide AWI Premium Grade materials and workmanship. B. Lumber: Provide AWI Lumber Grade 1. Kiln dry to 6-8 percent moisture content. Components shall be free of defects and sapwood. 1. Species for Opaque Finish: Ponderosa Pine, finger-jointed. 2. Species for Transparent Finish: Clear hard maple. C. Fiberboard: Medium density fiberboard fabricated from wood residuals and without formaldehyde. Provide Medite II for interior applications, Medex for use in high moisture applications,as manufactured by SierraPine Ltd, Roseville, CA,telephone 800/676-3339. go 2.03 PLASTIC LAMINATE pa A. Plastic Laminate Manufacturers: Provide plastic laminate materials that meet or exceed specified requirements from one of the following manufacturers,or Architect approved equals: 1. Formica Decorative Laminates; Formica Corporation,Cincinnati, OH 45241. so 2. Laminart Decorative Laminate; Laminart, Elk Grove, IL. 3. Nevamar Decorative Laminates; Nevamar Corporation;Odenton, MD 21113. 4. Pionite Decorative Laminates; Pioneer Plastics Corporation, Auburn, ME 04210. 5. Wilsonart Decorative Laminates., Ralph Wilson Plastics Co.;Temple,TX 76501. 6. Avonite; Belen, NM 87002. B. Provide laminate complying with NEMA LD 3, and the following: 1. Vertical Surfaces (Except Postformed Surfaces): General Purpose Standard Grade, GP-10 (0.048 in. nominal thickness). 2. Color/Texture/Pattern: Provide laminates in colors, textures and patterns selected by Architect from industry-wide available choices. C. Core: Provide medium density, phenolic resin, particleboard (Type 1-M-1) core for all plastic eir laminate work. Provide minimum 45 pcf medium density particleboard. Do not use hardboard. 2.04 INTERIOR STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM A. Scope: Standing and running trim work includes,but is not limited to,the following: INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402- 3 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 12 inches in size of each material that is to be exposed in the finished work, showing the full range of color and finish variations expected. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source: For each material type required for work of this Section, provide primary materials which are product of one manufacturer. Provide secondary or accessory materials which are acceptable to manufacturers of primary materials. ter. B. Installer: A firm with a minimum of three years experience in type of work required by this Section. .w. C. Quality Standard: Provide work complying with applicable requirements of AWI Quality Standards. Where not otherwise indicated, fabricator may choose among options permitted by AWI for grade of work specified. 1. Panel Products: Provide minimum 45 pounds per cubic foot medium density particleboard. Do not use hardboard. D. Mock-Ups: Prior to commencing the primary work of this Section, provide mock-up of architectural woodwork items at locations acceptable to Architect. Obtain Architect's acceptance of visual qualities. Protect and maintain accepted mock-ups throughout the remainder of the work of this Section to serve as criteria for acceptance of the work. Approved mock-ups may be incorporated in the finish work. Provide the following: 1. Wood base. 2. Wood handrail. 3. Window sill and apron. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Substrates: Proceed with work only when substrate construction and penetration work is complete. e.. B. Wet Work: Proceed with work of this Section after wet work has been complete and fully dry or cured. Wet work is defined as plaster,gypsum drywall, paint,concrete, etc. C. Conditioning: Advise Contractor of temperature and humidity requirements for woodwork installation. Do not install work of this Section until required temperature and relative humidity in areas of installation has been stabilized and will be maintained. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Do not deliver materials to site until building has been closed in, wet work is completed and sufficiently dry, and building is continuously maintained at a temperature above 65°F. Obtain Architect's approval before delivering materials or fabricated items. Store materials off the floor, fully protected from damage. B. Provide fasteners and hardware required to complete the work. Use concealed fastenings wherever possible. Provide cadmium plated or zinc chromate plated fasteners at concealed INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK .. 06402- 2 ON Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 SECTION 06402 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK ow A. The work of this section includes, but is not limited to, interior architectural woodwork including the following: 1. Standing and running trim and rails. 2. Plastic laminate walls at Kitchen 3. Closet shelving. 4. Additional items as specified and indicated on the Drawings. B. Work of this section is affected by alternates. Refer to Section 01030, Alternates for requirements. go 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect work of this Section. Other Specification Sections that relate directly to work of this Section include,but are not limited to: 1. Section 01420, Mock-Ups; Requirements for mock-ups. • 2. Section 05500, Metal Fabrications;counter supports. 3. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry; blocking,grounds and nailers. 4. Section 12357, Kitchen Casework;Casework and countertops. 5. Division 15- Mechanical;coordination with mechanical requirements. 6. Division 16- Electrical;coordination with electrical requirements. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Certifications: Provide certifications stating that materials and fabrication complies with specification requirements. B. Shop Drawings: Provide large scale shop drawings for fabrication, installation and erection of all parts of the work. Provide large scale detailed plans, elevations, and details of anchorages, connections and accessory items. C. Field Measurements: Take accurate field measurements before preparation of shop drawings and fabrication. Do not delay job progress; allow for field cutting and fitting where taking field measurements before fabrication is not possible. D. Verification Samples: Submit at least two fully finished representative samples minimum 12 by INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402- 1 0M Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 go 3.04 BUILDING WRAPS so A. Install building wrap over all exterior wall areas, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. to B. Fasten building warp using acceptable fasteners in accordance with manufacturer's approved methods. .et C. Install wrap in largest sizes practical minimizing joints in wrap. D. Lap building wrap and tape seams with approved sheathing tape in accordance with ** manufacturer's recommendations. 3.05 FINISH CARPENTRY WORK an A. Fabricate and install finish carpentry work in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations,the Drawings,the specifications, and AWI Quality Standards applicable or referenced to this work. 1. Cellular PVC Trim: Provide fastening pattern and joints per manufacturer's instructions; coordinate with color paint finish. B. Miscellaneous Items: Install all required standing and running trim and other miscellaneous items throughout, as indicated on the Drawings and as required to satisfactorily complete the entire work, whether or not each and every required piece is specifically indicated on the r. Drawings. Trim shall be of same material and finish as the larger member to which applied. 3.06 COMPLETION w A. Just prior to completion of work of this Section, inspect work in the company of Architect and make adjustments and corrections to work leaving operating parts in perfect operating condition, all jointing to adjacent material tight, all surfaces without blemishes or stains, all work �• properly executed and complete, and all defects and damaged work replaced or corrected. END OF SECTION EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06200- 6 on Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 No B. Building-Wrap Tape: Pressure-sensitive plastic tape recommended by building-wrap manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in building wrap. C. Fasteners: Provide nails with large heads or plastic washers as recommended by wrap manufacturer. D. Siding Accessories, General: Provide starter strips,edge trim,outside and inside corner caps, and other items as recommended by siding manufacturer for building configuration. 1. Provide accessories made from same material and matching color and texture of adjacent siding unless otherwise indicated. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 WORKMANSHIP AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Dressed and sand finish carpentry work free from machine and tool marks,abrasions, raised grain, or other defects on surfaces exposed to view. B. Provide tight joints formed to conceal shrinkage. Fit butt joints with concealed spline. Glue and dowel shop miters which are four inches or greater. Glue and spline miters less than 4 in.,with spline concealed. C. Blind nail finish work to the greatest extent possible. Where surface nailing is used,set and fill nails to match adjacent wood. D. Wherever nailing into concrete is done, care shall be taken to protect pipes or conduits embedded in the slab. No puncturing of pipes or conduits will be allowed. Damage to No embedded work shall be corrected without further cost to Owner. Inserts and anchor bolts shall be placed before the pouring of concrete. E. Secure work to prevent checks or warps. Finish carpentry work shall be properly framed, 40 closely fitted, and accurately set to the required lines and levels and shall be rigidly secured in place. 3.02 PAINTING AND FINISHING A. Field painting and finishing is specified under Section 09910, PAINTING. All finish carpentry items shall be primed or sealed on all sides, as work of this Section, before installation. Paint or seal coats must be dry before items are installed. 3.03 SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONS A. Important Note: No attempt is made in the following specific instructions to list all elements of exterior finish carpentry required on this project. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to determine for himself from the Drawings the scope and nature of the work required. These 40 specific instructions are intended only to provide additional instructions regarding those portions of the exterior finished carpentry for which information beyond that given on the Drawings or covered in the AWI Quality Standards seems needed to properly describe the work. Where the scope of a category is listed it is done in a general manner to assist the Contractor in determining the general nature of work he shall look for as being required in said category,and not to limit the work. EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06200- 5 no Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 ON 1. Density: Not less than 20 lb/cu.ft. ow 2. Flame-Spread Index: Not more than 75 when tested according to ASTM E 84. 2.05 EXTERIOR RAILINGS *0 A. Exterior Porch Railings: Exterior wood polymer system Trex"Designer Series"by Trex Company, Inc. 1. Color and Finish: Manufacturer's standard finish, colors as selected by the Architect. B. Exterior Posts and Balusters: Pressure treated southern pine with Trex clad sleeves. 1. Color and Finish: Factory-primed, suitable for field finish. 2.06 INSTALLATION MATERIALS .e. A. Blocking, Shims,and Nailers: Fire-retardant-treated softwood lumber, kiln dried to less than 15 percent moisture content. 4 B. Screws: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each use, nonferrous metal or hot- dip galvanized, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with ASME 818.6.1 for applicable .o requirements. C. Nails: Select material, type, size,and finish required for each use. Comply with FS FF-N-105 for applicable requirements. so,, 1. Stainless-steel nails. D. Anchors: Select material,type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure go anchorage. Provide nonferrous metal or hot-dip galvanized anchors and inserts, unless otherwise indicated. Provide toothed steel or lead expansion bolt devices for drilled-in-place anchors. E. Fasteners for Use with Fiber-Reinforced Cement Siding: Hot-dipped galvanized steel or stainless steel,Type 304 or better. Do not use aluminum. w.. 1. For fastening to wood, use siding nails of sufficient length to penetrate a minimum of 1 inch into substrate. ma 2.07 BUILDING WRAPS AND ACCESSORIES A. Building Wrap: ASTM E 1677,Type I air retarder with surface texture to drain moisture and with flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively, when No tested according to ASTM E 84; UV stabilized;and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Provide one of the following: a. DuPont(E. I.du Pont de Nemours and Company);Tyvek CommercialWrap. ow b. Dow Chemical Company (The);Styrofoam Weathermate Plus Brand Housewrap. C. Reemay, Inc.;Typar HouseWrap. am MW EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06200- 4 an Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 00 Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 1.10 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty for Fiber-Cement Siding, Panels, and Trim: Manufacturer's standard form, signed by manufacturer, Installer, and Contractor, in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace siding that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, deformation or deterioration beyond normal weathering. 1. Warranty Period: 50 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 FIBER-REINFORCED CEMENT SIDING, SHINGLES AND PANELS A. General: ASTM C 1186,Type A,Grade II,fiber-cement board, noncombustible when tested according to ASTM E 136;with a flame-spread index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E 84. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Cemplank. b. CertainTeed Corp. C. GAF Materials Corporation. d. James Hardie. e. MaxiTile, Inc;a California corporation. f. Nichiha Fiber Cement. 2. Thickness: 5/16 in. 3. Size and Width: As indicated on Drawings. no 4. Surface Texture: Smooth. 5. Fire-Test Characteristics: ASTM E84, Class A. 6. Finish: Manufacturer's standard factory-applied primer suitable for field finishing. 2.02 WOOD/RESIN (ENGINEERED WOOD) TRIM A. Wood/Resin (Engineered Wood) Trim: Wood fiber, paraffin wax and phenolic resin material. 1. Products: Provide Miratec Exterior Trim by Craftmaster Manufacturing, Inc.,Towanda, PA 18848. 2. Water Absorption: Less than 15%per ASTM D1037. 4" 3. Flame Spread: 120 per ASTM E 84. 4. Smoke Developed: 95 per ASTM E 84 2.03 MDO PANELS A. MDO Trim: Exterior Grade B-B, MDO plywood. go 2.04 FOAM PLASTIC ORNAMENTAL TRIM A. Foam Plastic Moldings: Molded product of shapes indicated,with a tough outer skin on exposed surfaces;factory primed. Exposed surfaces shall not be shaped after molding. Product is recommended by manufacturer for exterior use. Provide DTLB6X6X9.25 by Fypon Ltd. and complying with the following: EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06200- 3 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 2. Show locations and sizes of blocking and nailers, including concealed blocking and reinforcing specified in other Sections. C. Mock-Up: Mock-up of exterior wall siding is required. Provide 4'X 6'full-size mock-up as approved by Architect, including backup to support mock-up. Include siding, insulation,vapor barriers, sheathing, sealants and flashings. Locate on-site at location approved by Architect. Coordinate with work of other sections to ensure that mock-up construction is coordinated. Remove mock-up at end of project as acceptable to Architect. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Firm experienced in producing architectural woodwork similar to that "* indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance,as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units without delaying the Work. B. Installer Qualifications: Arrange for exterior architectural woodwork installation by a firm that .� can demonstrate successful experience in installing architectural woodwork items similar in type and quality to those required for this Project. 1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect woodwork during transit, delivery, storage, and handling to prevent damage, soilage, and deterioration. "" 1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS 4W A. Environmental Limitations: Obtain and comply with woodwork manufacturer's and Installer's coordinated advice for optimum temperature and humidity conditions for woodwork during its storage. am B. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation of exterior woodwork only when existing and forecasted weather conditions will permit work to be performed and at least one coat of specified finish to be applied without exposure to rain, snow,or dampness. 00 C. Field Measurements: Where woodwork is indicated to be fitted to other construction, check actual dimensions of other construction by accurate field measurements before fabrication,and show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with I" construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1. Verify locations of concealed framing, blocking, and reinforcements that support woodwork ,m by accurate field measurements before being enclosed. Record measurements on final shop drawings. 2. Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, guarantee dimensions and proceed with fabricating woodwork without field measurements. Provide o` allowance for trimming at site and coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to guaranteed dimensions. 1.09 COORDINATION op A. Coordinate sizes and locations of framing, blocking, reinforcements,and other related units of Work specified in other Sections to ensure that exterior architectural woodwork can be am supported and installed as indicated. EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY .. 06200-2 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. 00 Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 no SECTION 06200 EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 4s PART1 GENERAL Or 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this section. 40 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK ON A. Provide all exterior finish carpentry work as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. Include, but do not limit to: 1. Exterior siding, shingles and panels. 2. Exterior trim and accessories. 3. MDO panels 4. Exterior porch railing system. 5. Building wraps for work of this Section. 6. All other finish carpentry work indicated. B. Work of this section is affected by alternates. Refer to Section 01030, Alternates for requirements. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect work of this Section. Other Specification Sections that directly relate to work of this Section include, but are not limited to: 1. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry;Wood framing, sheathing, underlayment,and fasteners. 2. Section 06402, Interior Architectural Woodwork; Interior woodwork. 3. Section 09910, Painting; Field finishing of work of this Section. 4. Division 15- Mechanical; Plumbing. 5. Division 16- Electrical. 1.04 DEFINITIONS on A. Exterior architectural woodwork includes wood blocking,shims, and nailers for installing woodwork items unless concealed within other construction prior to woodwork installation. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product data for each type of product and process specified and incorporated into items of architectural woodwork during fabrication, finishing,and installation. B. Shop drawings showing location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-scale details, attachment devices, and other components. 1. Show details full size. tee EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 06200- 1 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 PART 3- EXECUTION on 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install wood trusses only after supporting construction is in place and is braced and secured. .. B. If trusses are delivered to Project site in more than one piece, assemble trusses before installing. C. Hoist trusses in place by lifting equipment suited to sizes and types of trusses required, exercising care not to damage truss members or joints by out-of-plane bending or other causes. D. Install and brace trusses according to TPI recommendations and as indicated. E. Install trusses plumb, square, and true to line and securely fasten to supporting construction. F. Space trusses as indicated; adjust and align trusses in location before permanently fastening. G. Anchor trusses securely at bearing points; use metal truss tie-downs or floor truss hangers as applicable. Install fasteners through each fastener hole in truss accessories according to manufacturer's fastening schedules and written instructions. H. Install and fasten permanent bracing during truss erection and before construction loads are sw applied. Anchor ends of permanent bracing where terminating at walls or beams. 1. Install bracing to comply with Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry." I. Install wood trusses within installation tolerances in TPI 1. J. Do not cut or remove truss members. w� K. Replace wood trusses that are damaged or do not meet requirements. 1. Do not alter trusses in field. 3.2 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION w A. Protect rough carpentry from weather. If, despite protection, rough carpentry becomes wet, apply EPA-registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA- registered label. .we B. Repair damaged galvanized coatings on exposed surfaces with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 06176 ww METAL-PLATE-CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES .. 06176-6 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. an Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the 40 following: 1. Cleveland Steel Specialty Co. 2. Haden Metal Products, Inc. * ! 3. KC Metals Products, Inc. 4. Simpson Strong-Tie Co., Inc. 5. Southeastern Metals Manufacturing Co., Inc. 6. USP Structural Connectors. so C. Allowable Design Loads: Provide products with allowable design loads, as published by manufacturer, that meet or exceed those of products of manufacturers listed. Manufacturer's 40 published values shall be determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency. 40 D. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Hot-dip, zinc-coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 or G90 coating designation as required. 1. Use for interior and exterior locations where stainless steel is not indicated. E. Truss Tie-Downs (Hurricane or Seismic Ties): Bent strap tie for fastening roof trusses to wall studs below, 2-1/4 inches wide by 0.062 inch thick. Tie fits over top of truss and fastens to both sides of truss, top plates, and one side of stud below. F. Roof Truss Clips: Angle clips for bracing bottom chord of roof trusses at non-load-bearing walls, 1-1/4 inches wide by 0.050 inch thick. Clip is fastened to truss through slotted holes to ON allow for truss deflection. ow 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC-Paint 20, with dry film containing a minimum of 94 percent zinc dust by weight. 2.6 FABRICATION 40 A. Cut truss members to accurate lengths, angles, and sizes to produce close-fitting joints. B. Fabricate metal connector plates to sizes, configurations, thicknesses, and anchorage details 00 required to withstand design loads for types of joint designs indicated. C. Assemble truss members in design configuration indicated; use jigs or other means to ensure uniformity and accuracy of assembly with joints closely fitted to comply with tolerances in TPI 1. Position members to produce design camber indicated. 1. Fabricate wood trusses within manufacturing tolerances in TPI 1. D. Connect truss members by metal connector plates located and securely embedded simultaneously in both sides of wood members by air or hydraulic press. METAL-PLATE-CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES 06176-5 ON MM Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 me 2.2 METAL CONNECTOR PLATES .�a A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Alpine Engineered Products, Inc. ■„ 2. Cherokee Metal Products, Inc.; Masengill Machinery Company. 3. CompuTrus, Inc. 4. Eagle Metal Products. 5. Jager Building Systems, Inc. ** 6. MiTek Industries, Inc.; a subsidiary of Berkshire Hathaway Inc. 7. Robbins Engineering, Inc. 8. TEE-LOK Corporation; a subsidiary of Berkshire Hathaway Inc. ..� 9. Truswal Systems Corporation. B. General: Fabricate connector plates to comply with TPI 1. C. Hot-Dip Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M; Structural Steel (SS), high-strength low-alloy steel Type A (HSLAS Type A), or high-strength low-alloy steel Type B (HSLAS Type B); G60 coating designation for interior locations and G90 coating designation for exterior locations; and not less than 0.036 inch thick. w 1. Use for interior and exterior locations. go 2.3 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified OR in this Article for material and manufacture. B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667. so C. Power-Driven Fasteners: NES NER-272. D. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1. no E. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1. F. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and,where o` indicated, flat washers. G. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in w unit masonry assemblies and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency. 00 1. Material: Carbon-steel components, zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5. OR 2.4 METAL TRUSS ACCESSORIES A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering oft products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: METAL-PLATE-CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES an 06176-4 oft- ON Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. so Northampton, MA November 1,2007 1. TPI 1, "National Design Standard for Metal Plate Connected Wood Truss Construction." 2. TPI DSB, "Recommended Design Specification for Temporary Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses." 3. TPI HIB, "Commentary and Recommendations for Handling, Installing & Bracing Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses." E. Wood Structural Design Standard: Comply with applicable requirements in AF&PA's "National Design Specifications for Wood Construction"and its"Supplement." 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Handle and store trusses to comply with recommendations of TPI HIB, "Commentary and Recommendations for Handling, Installing & Bracing Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses." 1. Store trusses flat, off of ground, and adequately supported to prevent lateral bending. go 2. Protect trusses from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting, securely anchored. 3. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. B. Inspect trusses showing discoloration, corrosion, or other evidence of deterioration. Discard and replace trusses that are damaged or defective. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Time delivery and erection of trusses to avoid extended on-site storage and to avoid delaying progress of other trades whose work must follow erection of trusses. PART 2-PRODUCTS pa 2.1 DIMENSION LUMBER A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated, provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an agency certified by the w� ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. Provide dressed lumber, S4S. 3. Provide dry lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing. B. Grade and Species: For truss chord and web members, provide dimension lumber of any species, graded visually or mechanically, and capable of supporting required loads without ON exceeding allowable design values according to AF&PA's "National Design Specifications for Wood Construction"and its"Supplement." PW C. Permanent Bracing: Provide wood bracing that complies with requirements for miscellaneous lumber in Division 6 Section"Rough Carpentry." METAL-PLATE-CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES 06176- 3 no Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 ""t 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified professional engineer registered in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and sealed by that Engineer. Show fabrication and installation details for trusses. 40 1. Show location, pitch, span, camber, configuration, and spacing for each type of truss required. 2. Indicate sizes, stress grades, and species of lumber. 3. Indicate locations of permanent bracing required to prevent buckling of individual truss 00 members due to design loads. 4. Indicate locations of strong backs for floor trusses and required connection details. 5. Indicate type, size, material, finish, design values, orientation, and location of metal No connector plates. 6. Show splice details and bearing details. 7. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their so preparation. B. Product Certificates: For metal-plate-connected wood trusses, signed by officer of truss fabricating firm. .. C. Qualification Data: For metal-plate manufacturer, professional engineer, fabricator, and Installer. w D. Material Certificates: For dimension lumber specified to comply with minimum allowable unit stresses. Indicate species and grade selected for each use and design values approved by the ALSC Board of Review. E. Research/Evaluation Reports: For the following, showing compliance with building code in effect for Project: 1. Metal-plate connectors. no 2. Metal truss accessories. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE 0 A. Metal Connector-Plate Manufacturer Qualifications: A manufacturer that is a member of TPI and that complies with quality-control procedures in TPI 1 for manufacture of connector plates. "" 1. Manufacturer's responsibilities include providing professional engineering services needed to assume engineering responsibility. 2. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of Shop Drawings and comprehensive so engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer. B. Fabricator Qualifications: Shop that participates in a recognized quality-assurance program that w complies with quality-control procedures in TPI 1 and that involves third-party inspection by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to Architect and authorities having jurisdiction. w� C. Source Limitations for Connector Plates: Obtain metal connector plates from a single manufacturer. D. Comply with applicable requirements and recommendations of the following publications: .. METAL-PLATE-CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES 06176-2 4M on Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. 40 Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 SECTION 06176- METAL-PLATE-CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. ' 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Wood roof trusses, and girder trusses. 2. Wood truss bracing. 3. Metal truss accessories. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 6 Section "Sheathing"for roof sheathing. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Metal-Plate-Connected Wood Trusses: Planar structural units consisting of metal-plate- connected members fabricated from dimension lumber and cut and assembled before delivery to Project site. on B. TPI: Truss Plate Institute, Inc. C. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following: 1. NeLMA: Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers'Association. 2. NLGA: National Lumber Grades Authority. 3. SPIB: The Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. 4. WCLIB: West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 5. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Provide metal-plate-connected wood trusses capable of withstanding design loads within limits and under conditions indicated. Comply with requirements in TPI 1 unless more stringent requirements are specified below. 1. Design Loads: As indicated on Contract Drawings. 2. Maximum Deflection Under Design Loads: a. Roof Trusses: Vertical deflection of 1/360 of span. b. Floor Trusses: Vertical live load deflection of 1/480 of span. METAL-PLATE-CONNECTED WOOD TRUSSES 06176- 1 I! w Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 to END OF SECTION 06100 Am .m dw .w r� ar .r� ren ■.e f.. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100- 12 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 C. Provide collar beams (ties) as indicated or, if not indicated, provide 2x4-inch nominal- (19-by- 140-mm actual-) size boards between every third pair of rafters, but not more than 48 inches (1219 mm) o.c. Locate below ridge member, at third point of rafter span. Cut ends to fit roof slope and nail to rafters. D., Provide special framing as indicated for eaves, overhangs, dormers, and similar conditions, if any. Ow 3.7 INSTALLATION OF CONSTRUCTION PANELS A A. General: Comply with applicable recommendations contained in Form No. E30, "APA Design/Construction Guide - Residential & Commercial," for types of construction panels and applications indicated. B. Fastening Methods: Fasten panels as indicated in these Specifications and on the Structural and Architectural Drawings. w C. Caulk all joints in wall sheathing with approved sealant(see Specification Section 07900). 3.8 Building Paper w A. Cover all roof sheathing with "Ice and Water Shield"or approved equal watertight product. 3.9 STAIR FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Provide stair framing members of size, space, and configuration indicated or, if not indicated, to w comply with the following requirements: 1. Stringer Size: 2-by-12-inch nominal- (38-by-286-mm actual-) size, minimum with 2x6 to inch nominal size reinforcement spiked to edges as required. 2. Stringer Material: Laminated-veneer lumber and/or solid lumber as indicated. 3. Notching: Notch stringers to receive treads, risers, and supports; leave at least 5-1/2 inches(89 mm)of effective depth. 4. Stringer Spacing: At least 3 stringers for each 36-inch (914-mm)clear width of stair. B. Provide stair framing with no more than 3/16-inch (4.7-mm) variation between adjacent treads and risers and no more than 3/8-inch (9.5-mm) variation between largest and smallest treads and risers within each flight. 3.10 PROTECTION A. Protect wood that has been treated with inorganic boron (SBX) from weather. If, despite protection, inorganic boron-treated wood becomes wet, apply EPA-registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA-registered label. B. Protect rough carpentry from weather. If, despite protection, rough carpentry becomes wet, apply EPA-registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA- registered label. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100- 11 No ,w Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. r Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 D. Do not notch in middle third of joists; limit notches to one-sixth depth of joist, one-third at ends. Do not bore holes larger than 1/3 depth of joist; do not locate closer than 2 inches(50 mm)from ow top or bottom. E. Provide solid blocking of 2-inch nominal (38-mm actual) thickness by depth of joist at ends of wo joists unless nailed to header or band. F. Lap members framing from opposite sides of beams, girders, or partitions not less than 4 inches (102 mm) or securely tie opposing members together. Provide solid blocking of 2-inch nominal rep (38-mm actual)thickness by depth of joist over supports. G. Anchor members paralleling masonry with 1/4-by-1-1/4-inch (6.4-by-32-mm) metal strap anchors spaced not more than 96 inches (2438 mm) o.c., extending over and fastening to 3 ..� joists. Embed anchors at least 4 inches (102 mm) into grouted masonry with ends bent at right angles and extending 4 inches (102 mm)beyond bend. H. Provide solid blocking between joists under jamb studs for openings. I. Under non-load-bearing partitions, provide double joists separated by solid blocking equal to depth of studs above. 1. Provide triple joists separated as above, under partitions receiving ceramic tile and similar heavy finishes or fixtures. J. Provide bridging of type indicated below, at intervals of 96 inches (2438 mm) o.c. or less, between joists. 1. Diagonal wood bridging formed from bevel-cut, 1-by-3-inch nominal- (19-by-64-mm actual-)size lumber, double-crossed and nailed at both ends to joists. 2. Steel bridging installed to comply with bridging manufacturer's written instructions. 3.6 CEILING JOIST AND RAFTER FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Ceiling Joists: Install ceiling joists with crown edge up and complying with requirements specified above for floor joists. Face nail to ends of parallel rafters. 1. Where ceiling joists are at right angles to rafters, provide additional short joists parallel to rafters from wall plate to first joist; nail to ends of rafters and to top plate and nail to first ..� joist or anchor with framing anchors or metal straps. Provide 1-by-8-inch nominal- (19- by-184-mm actual-) size or 2-by-4-inch nominal- (38-by-89-mm actual-) size stringers spaced 48 inches(1200 mm)o.c. crosswise over main ceiling joists. B. Rafters: Notch to fit exterior wall plates and toe nail or use metal framing anchors. Double rafters to form headers and trimmers at openings in roof framing, if any, and support with metal hangers. Where rafters abut at ridge, place directly opposite each other and nail to ridge member or use metal ridge hangers. 1. At valleys, provide double-valley rafters of size indicated or, if not indicated, of same ws thickness as regular rafters and 2 inches (50 mm) deeper. Bevel ends of jack rafters for full bearing against valley rafters. 2. At hips, provide hip rafter of size indicated or, if not indicated, of same thickness as regular rafters and 2 inches (50 mm) deeper. Bevel ends of jack rafters for full bearing against hip rafter. Aw ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100- 10 000 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 3.3 WOOD FURRING INSTALLATION A. Install level and plumb with closure strips at edges and openings. Shim with wood as required for tolerance of finish work. B. Furring to Receive Gypsum Board: Install furring at 16 inches o.c as required by drawings. 3.4 WALL AND PARTITION FRAMING INSTALLATION A. General: Provide single bottom plate and double top plates using members of 2-inch nominal (38-mm actual)thickness whose widths equal that of studs, except single top plate may be used for non-load-bearing partitions. Fasten plates to supporting construction, unless otherwise indicated. 1. For interior partitions and walls, provide 2-by-6-inch nominal- (38-by-140-mm actual-) or 2-by-4-inch nominal- (38-by-89-mm actual-)size wood studs spaced 16 inches (406 mm) o.c., unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide continuous horizontal blocking at midheight of partitions more than 96 inches (2438 mm) high, using members of 2-inch nominal (38-mm actual)thickness and of same width as wall or partitions. B. Construct corners and intersections with three or more studs. C. Frame openings with multiple studs and headers. Provide nailed header members of thickness equal to width of studs. Support headers on jamb studs. 40 1. For non-load-bearing partitions, provide double-jamb studs and headers not less than 4- inch nominal (89-mm actual) depth for openings 48 inches (1200 mm) and less in width, 6-inch nominal (140-mm actual)depth for openings 48 to 72 inches(1200 to 1800 mm) in width, 8-inch nominal (184-mm actual)depth for openings 72 to 120 inches(1800 to 3000 mm) in width, and not less than 10-inch nominal (235-mm actual) depth for openings 10 to 12 feet(3 to 3.6 m) in width. 2. For load-bearing walls, provide double-jamb studs for openings 60 inches(1500 mm)and less in width, and triple-jamb studs for wider openings unless noted otherwise on the Contract Drawings. Provide headers of size indicated. 3.5 FLOOR JOIST FRAMING INSTALLATION A. General: Install floor joists with crown edge up and support ends of each member with not less po than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) of bearing on wood or metal, or 3 inches (76 mm) on masonry. Attach floor joists as follows: 1. Where supported on wood members, by toe nailing where joists bear on wood sills or by using metal framing anchors. 2. Where framed into wood supporting members, by using wood ledgers as indicated or, if not indicated, by using metal joist hangers. B. Fire Cuts: At joists built into masonry, bevel cut ends 3 inches (76 mm)and do not embed more than 4 inches(102 mm). C. Frame openings with headers and trimmers supported by metal joist hangers; double headers and trimmers where span of header exceeds 48 inches(1200 mm). ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-9 so Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. wR Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 F. Provide blocking and framing as indicated and as required to support facing materials, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. +o 1. Provide metal clips for fastening gypsum board or lath at corners and intersections where framing or blocking does not provide a surface for fastening edges of panels. Space clips not more than 16 inches(406 mm)o.c. "" G. Provide fire blocking in furred spaces, stud spaces, and other concealed cavities as indicated and as follows: Am 1. Fire block furred spaces of walls, at each floor level, at ceiling, and at not more than 96 inches (2438 mm) o.c. with solid wood blocking or noncombustible materials accurately fitted to close furred spaces. A 2. Fire block concealed spaces of wood-framed walls and partitions at each floor level, at ceiling line of top story, and at not more than 96 inches (2438 mm) o.c. Where fire blocking is not inherent in framing system used, provide closely fitted solid wood blocks of same width as framing members and 2-inch nominal-(38-mm actual-)thickness. "" 3. Fire block concealed spaces behind combustible cornices and exterior trim at not more than 20 feet(6 m)o.c. H. Sort and select lumber so that natural characteristics will not interfere with installation or with as fastening other materials to lumber. Do not use materials with defects that interfere with function of member or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. WP I. Comply with AWPA M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber. so 1. Use inorganic boron for items that are continuously protected from liquid water. 2. Use copper naphthenate for items not continuously protected from liquid water. so J. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 1. NES NER-272 for power-driven fasteners. MW 2. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule,"in ICC's International Building Code. K. Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. " Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood; do not countersink nail heads, unless otherwise indicated. MW 3.2 WOOD BLOCKING,AND NAILER INSTALLATION A. Install where indicated and where required for attaching other work. Form to shapes indicated and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved. B. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. C. Provide permanent grounds of dressed, pressure-preservative-treated, key-beveled lumber not .w less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm)wide and of thickness required to bring face of ground to exact thickness of finish material. Remove temporary grounds when no longer required. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-8 OM Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 F. Ice and Water Shield for roof sheathing protection or approved equal. OR 2.12 PRESERVATIVE TREATED PLWOOD A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process:AWPA C9. "" 1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no arsenic or chromium. B. Mark Plywood with appropriate classification marking of an inspection agency acceptable to au- thorities having jurisdiction. C. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, including plywood in contact with concrete. as 2.13 CONSTRUCTION PANELS A. Plywood: Construction Panel Standards: Comply with PS 1 "U.S. Product Standard for Construction and Industrial Plywood"for plywood panels and,for products not manufac- tured under PS 1 provisions,with American Plywood Association (APA)"Performance Standard and Policies for Structural-Use Panels", Form No. E445. B. Trademark: Factory-mark each construction panel with APA trademark evidencing com- pliance with grade requirements. C. APA Performance-Rated Panels: Where construction panels will be used for the follow- ing types of applications, provide APA Performance-Rated Panels complying with re- quirements indicated for grade designation, span rating, exposure durability classification, Ow edge detail (where applicable)and thickness. Roof sheathing shall be as noted on the Structural Drawings. D. Wall Sheathing: Exterior grade; CD plugged sheathing; '/z"nominal thickness with span rating 32/16. E. Roof Sheathing: Exterior grade; CD plugged sheathing; 5/8" nominal thickness with span rating 40/24. F. Floor Sheathing: Structural 1; Tongue&Groove sheathing; %"nominal thickness;with span rating not less than 48/24. G. Underlayment: Exterior grade;fully sanded face; '/2"nominal thickness;with span rating 32/16. PART 3- EXECUTION so 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL ww A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate furring, nailers, blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. B. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA's "Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated. C. Framing with Engineered Wood Products: Install engineered wood products to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. D. Metal Framing Anchors: Install metal framing to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. E. Do not splice structural members between supports, unless otherwise indicated. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-7 am Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 1. Use for interior locations where stainless steel is not indicated. D. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666,Type 304 or 316. 1. Use for exterior locations, use with pressure treated lumber and where indicated. E. Joist Hangers: Hangers of size and type indicated. F. Bridging: Rigid, V-section, nailless type, 0.050 inch (1.3 mm)thick, length to suit joist size and �a spacing. G. Post Bases: Adjustable-socket type for bolting in place with standoff plate to raise post 1 inch (25 mm) above base and with 2-inch- (50-mm-) minimum side cover, socket 0.062 inch (1.6 dW mm)thick, and standoff and adjustment plates 0.108 inch(2.8 mm)thick. H. Joist Ties: Flat straps,with holes for fasteners,for tying joists together over supports. 1. Width: 3/4 inch(19 mm). 2. Thickness: 0.062 inch(1.6 mm). 3. Length: As indicated. I. Rafter Tie-Downs (Hurricane or Seismic Ties): Bent strap tie for fastening rafters or roof trusses to wall studs below, 2-1/4 inches (57 mm)wide by 0.062 inch (1.6 mm)thick. Tie fits over top of rafter or truss and fastens to both sides of rafter or truss, face of top plates, and side of stud +•a below. J. Floor-to-Floor Ties: Flat straps, with holes for fasteners,for tying upper floor wall studs to band joists and lower floor studs, 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) wide by 0.050 inch (1.3 mm) thick by 36 inches(914 mm)long. K. Hold-Downs: Brackets for bolting to wall studs and securing to foundation walls with anchor bolts or to other hold-downs with threaded rods and designed with first of two bolts placed seven bolt diameters from reinforced base. L. Wall Bracing: T-shaped bracing made for letting into studs in saw kerf, 1-1/8 inches (29 mm) wide by 9/16 inch (14 mm)deep by 0.034 inch (0.85 mm)thick with hemmed edges. 2.10 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Sill-Sealer Gaskets: Closed-cell neoprene foam, 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) thick, selected from manufacturer's standard widths to suit width of sill members indicated. .« B. Adhesives for Gluing to Concrete or Masonry: Formulation complying with ASTM D 3498 that is approved for use indicated by adhesive manufacturer. C. Water-Repellent Preservative: NWWDA-tested and -accepted formulation containing 3-iodo-2- propynyl butyl carbamate, combined with an insecticide containing chloropyrifos as its active ingredient. D. Adhesive for gluing panels to framing: Formulation complying with APA-AFG-01 that is approved for use for type of construction panel by both adhesive and panel manufacturer. E. Building Paper:ASTM D 226, Type II; asphalt saturated felt, non-perforated, 15-lb and/or 30-lb. Type. WW ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-6 ..* Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 E. For furring strips for installing plywood or hardboard paneling, select boards with no knots r capable of producing bent-over nails and damage to paneling. 2.7 PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS A. Telephone and Electrical Equipment Backing Panels: DOC PS 1, Exposure 1, C-D Plugged, fire retardant treated, in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 1/2-inch (13-mm) nominal thickness. 2.8 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this Article for material and manufacture. 1. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure-preservative treated, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners of Type 304 stainless steel. 2. For roof and wall sheathing, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM Al53/A153M. B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667. C. Power-Driven Fasteners: NES NER-272. D. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1. E. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1 (ASME B18.2.3.8M). ! + F. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6); with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M)hex nuts and,where indicated, flat washers. ow 2.9 METAL FRAMING ANCHORS A. Basis-of-Design Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Simpson Strong- , Tie Co. products or comparable products by one of the following: 1. Alpine Engineered Products, Inc. 2. Cleveland Steel Specialty Co. 3. Haden Metal Products, Inc. 4. KC Metals Products, Inc. 5. Southeastern Metals Manufacturing Co., Inc. 6. USP Structural Connectors. B. Allowable Design Loads: Provide products with allowable design loads, as published by manufacturer,that meet or exceed those of basis-of-design products. Manufacturer's published values shall be determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency. C. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Hot-dip, zinc-coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z180)coating designation at interior and protected locations and G90 coating designation at exterior locations. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-5 w Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 No E. Joists, Rafters, and Other Framing Not Listed Above: No. 2 grade and any of the following species: go 1. Hem-fir(north); NLGA. 2. Spruce-pine-fir; NLGA. ow 2.5 ENGINEERED WOOD PRODUCTS A. Laminated-Veneer Lumber: Structural composite lumber made from wood veneers with grain "s primarily parallel to member lengths, evaluated and monitored according to ASTM D 5456 and manufactured with an exterior-type adhesive complying with ASTM D 2559. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Boise Cascade Corporation. me b. Finnforest USA. C. Georgia-Pacific. d. Louisiana-Pacific Corporation. e. Pacific Woodtech Corporation. f. Roseburg Forest Products Co. g. Weldwood of Canada Limited; Subsidiary of International Paper Corporation. h. Weyerhaeuser Company. w 2. Extreme Fiber Stress in Bending, Edgewise 2900 psi (20.0 MPa). 3. Modulus of Elasticity, Edgewise: 2,000,000 psi (13 700 MPa). 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER 40 A. General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following: 1. Blocking. No 2. Nailers. 3. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. 4. Cants. 5. Furring. am 6. Grounds. B. For items of dimension lumber size, provide No.2 grade lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content and of the following species: 1. Spruce-pine-fir; NLGA. 2. Eastern softwoods; NeLMA. C. For blocking not used for attachment of other construction, Utility, Stud, or No. 3 grade lumber of any species may be used provided that it is cut and selected to eliminate defects that will ap interfere with its attachment and purpose. D. For blocking and nailers used for attachment of other construction, select and cut lumber to eliminate knots and other defects that will interfere with attachment of other work. go ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-4 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no arsenic or chromium. B. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Do not use we material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material. C. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board of Review. 4 D. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings,and the following: 1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing,flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. 2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Wood framing and furring attached directly to the interior of below-grade exterior masonry or concrete walls. 4. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs-on-grade. 2.3 FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS A. General: Comply with performance requirements in AWPA C20 for lumber and AWPA C27 for ! ? plywood. 1. Use Exterior type for exterior locations and where indicated. 2. Use Interior Type A, High Temperature (HT) for enclosed roof framing, framing in attic spaces, and where indicated. 3. Use Interior Type A, unless otherwise indicated. me B. Identify fire-retardant-treated wood with appropriate classification marking of testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings and all electrical panel backer boards. 2.4 DIMENSION LUMBER FRAMING so A. Maximum Moisture Content: 19 percent for wall framing or ceiling framing and 15 percent for floor framing. B. Non-Load-Bearing Interior Partitions: No. 2 grade and of the following species: 1. Spruce-pine-fir; NLGA. 2. Eastern softwoods; NeLMA. C. Exterior and Load-Bearing Walls: No. 2 grade and of the following species: 1. Hem-fir(north); NLGA. 2. Spruce-pine-fir; NLGA. D. Ceiling Joists Non-Load-Bearing: No. 2 grade and of the following species: 1. Spruce-pine-fir; NLGA. 2. Eastern softwoods; NeLMA. ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-3 m Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 a* temperatures, based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency according to ASTM D 5664. tw 4. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to Project site. 5. Include copies of warranties from chemical treatment manufacturers for each type of treatment. go 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE w A. Source Limitations for Engineered Wood Products: Obtain each type of engineered wood product through one source from a single manufacturer. w. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Stack lumber flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide for air so circulation around stacks and under coverings. ww PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL No A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated, provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules-writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an agency certified by the so ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. ,M, 2. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece. 3. Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for moisture content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are minimum dressed NM sizes for dry lumber. 4. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. B. Engineered Wood Products: Provide engineered wood products acceptable to authorities so having jurisdiction and for which current model code research or evaluation reports exist that show compliance with building code in effect for Project. .m 1. Allowable Design Stresses: Provide engineered wood products with allowable design stresses, as published by manufacturer, which meet or exceed those indicated. Manufacturer's published values shall be determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a we qualified independent testing agency. .w 2.2 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED LUMBER A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA C2, except that lumber that is not in contact with the ground and is continuously protected from liquid water may be treated according to AWPA C31 with inorganic boron (SBX). ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-2 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 !W SECTION 06100- ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. ' B. Specification Section 07900—Joint Sealants. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Framing with dimension lumber. 2. Framing with engineered wood products. 3. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. 4. Wood blocking, cants, and nailers. 5. Wood furring and grounds. 6. Plywood backing panels. 7. Wall and roof sheathing. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 2 inches (38 mm actual) or greater but less than 5 inches nominal(114 mm actual)in least dimension. B. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following: 1. NeLMA: Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers'Association. 2. NLGA: National Lumber Grades Authority. 3. WCLIB: West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 4. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details. 1. Include data for wood-preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used and net amount of preservative retained. 2. Include data for fire-retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Include physical properties of treated materials based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency. 3. For fire-retardant treatments specified to be High-Temperature (HT) type, include physical properties of treated lumber both before and after exposure to elevated i ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100- 1 so Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 �. 1. Set loose leveling and bearing plates on wedges or other adjustable devices. Tighten 4W anchor bolts after plates have been positioned plumb and level. Pack voids between plates and bearing surfaces solidly with specified grout. D. Loose Steel Lintels: Furnish loose steel lintels required at masonry openings throughout project 00 to Masonry trade for installation. Provide as scheduled on Structural Drawings. E. Railings: Adjust handrails prior to final anchoring and grouting. Plumb posts in both directions. .o Provide 1-1/2" clearance from inside of handrails to face of walls. Provide wall brackets at spacing shown, or if not shown, at not more than 6'-0" on center. Securely anchor wall brackets into structure or very secure blocking. Connections shall withstand loading specified for handrails. A"` F. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported, including manufacturers' written instructions and „„ requirements indicated on Shop Drawings. Anchor supports securely to and rigidly brace from building structure. G. Counter Supports: Secure support brackets to concealed blocking to withstand loads specified. "® 3.02 TOLERANCES .w A. The following allowable installed tolerances are allowable variations from locations and dimensions indicated by the Contract Document and shall not be added to allowable tolerances indicated for other work. 1. Allowable Variation from True Plumb, Level and Line:± 1/8" in 20'-0". 3.03 REPAIRING, CLEANING, & PROTECTION A. Touch-up damaged coatings and finishes to eliminate evidence of repair. B. Repair minor damage to eliminate all evidence of repair. Remove and replace work which ** cannot be satisfactorily repaired. END OF SECTION METAL FABRICATIONS 05500- 6 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 4► 2.03 FINISHING A. General: Shop prime work to greatest extent possible, except those items indicated to be embedded in concrete, and those items indicated to receive fireproofing. Field touch-up shop applied coatings after installation. B. Prepare work for shop priming in compliance with SSPC SP6. C. Provide 1 mil dry film thickness of rust inhibitive primer over properly prepared, non-galvanized so and/or non-fireproofed surfaces. Provide two coats with 2 mils total dry film thickness for surfaces which are inaccessible after assembly or erection. D. Primer for Non-Galvanized Ferrous Surfaces (except interior handrail and railing assemblies ON and interior steel stairs): Provide high-quality, lead-free, rust-inhibitive primer, equal to one of the following: so 1. Series 10 Metal Primer,Tnemec. 2. Bar-ox Quick Dry Universal Primer; Devoe and Raynolds. 3. Ironclad Retardo; Benjamin Moore. 00 E. Shop Primer for Galvanized Fabrications: Exterior galvanized handrails, ladders, exhaust lintels, shelf angles, pipe bollards, and other items as indicated or directed by Architect to be painted, shall be primed with one of the following shop primers within 12 hours of the galvanizing process. Provide one coat of the following at 3.0 to 4.0 mils DFT for galvanized items indicated to be painted: 1. No.69 Hi-Build Epoxoline;Tnemec. 2. International Protective Coatings equal. 3. Valspar equal. F. Bituminous-based paint for electrolytic isolation shall be cold applied black asphaltic mastic conforming to SSPC Paint 12,with no asbestos fibers PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION/ERECTION A. Provide suitable anchors and fasteners to connect miscellaneous metal items to other construction. Provide setting templates and diagrams and coordinate with other work so that adequate anchor bolts, blocking and bracing is in place and accurately located. Beginning work means Installer accepts substrates and conditions. B. Set work accurately and truly plumb, level and aligned. Make field assembly and connections with the same level of quality as shop fabricated work. C. Miscellaneous Bearing and Leveling Plates: Clean concrete and masonry surfaces of bond reducing materials. Roughen surfaces if required to improve bond to surface. Clean bottom surface of leveling plates immediately prior to installation. METAL FABRICATIONS 05500- 5 .w Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 Commercial Blast Cleaning. Provide 1 mil dry film thickness of rust inhibitive primer specified in Section 09910 - Painting. Provide two coats with two mils total dry film thickness for surfaces which are inaccessible after assembly or erection. E. Painting & Preparation, Egress Stairs and Miscellaneous Metals Concealed From View: Prime paint all work not indicated to be galvanized. Prepare work for shop priming by power tool cleaning. Provide 1 mil dry film thickness of rust inhibitive primer specified in Section 09910 - Painting. Provide two coats with two mils total dry film thickness for surfaces which are inaccessible after assembly or erection. F. Bearing and Leveling Plate Fabrication: Design and fabricate plates for steel and wood members bearing on masonry or concrete. Provide flat, uniform bearing areas of size and thickness required for loading conditions encountered. Use standard AISC and AITC design criteria. Drill plates as necessary to receive anchor bolts and for grouting access. Units in exterior wall construction shall be hot dip galvanized. G. Loose Steel Lintel Fabrication: Fabricate lintels from angles or shapes for openings, recesses in walls, where shown, and elsewhere where needed. Provide for minimum of 8 in. bearing at each end. Weld individual angles or shapes together to form composite members where indicated or required. H. Steel Railings and Guardrails: Design and fabricate handrails, guardrails, railings and balusters to provide load capacity as required by code or authorities having jurisdiction. Architect shall be final judge in matters relating to final appearance of units. 1. Provide members of type, style and profile indicated and provide cold-rolled steel handrails in patterns indicated designed to meet all applicable building codes. 2. Provide fully welded construction, using internal slip connectors. Grind all joints flush and smooth so that joints are invisible after painting. 3. Provide mitered joints or sweeps at square turns as indicated on the drawings. 4. Provide smooth radiuses at bends and maintain uniform cross-section throughout with no kinks,buckling or twisting. 5. Return all ends to walls with fully concealed anchors, except where detailed not to return dW to wall. 6. Provide steel plate toe boards where indicated and where required by authorities having jurisdiction. Im 7. Provide brackets,flanges, fittings and anchors for connecting railing. I. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: Fabricate all miscellaneous metal supports, brackets, braces and the like required to fully complete the work of this project. Examine all shop an drawings for other work of the Contract and provide all miscellaneous steel items as noted thereon. Coordinate requirements with work of other specification sections to ensure proper interface of various parts of the work. Obtain loading requirements from manufacturers and oft suppliers of work to be supported and design and fabricate support systems with safety factory of at least 6. J. Counter Supports: Fabricate counter support brackets to support weight of counter or bench, •» plus an additional 500 lbs. concentrated load located to create greatest stress. Drill brackets for anchor bolts and fasteners. K. Rough Hardware: Provide standard and custom fabricated bolts, anchors, hangers, dowels no and other miscellaneous metal items as needed to properly complete the work of the project. ow METAL FABRICATIONS 05500- 4 00 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 G. Bolts and Fasteners: ASTM A307 and other types as appropriate and approved by Architect. H. Concrete: Comply with requirements of Section 03300, Cast-In-Place Concrete. I. Comply with the latest edition of the following standards: air 1. AISI Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings. 2. AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges. 3. AWS Code for Welding in Building Construction. 4. Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts, Research Council on Riveted and Bolted Structural Joints of Engineering Foundation. 5. SSPC Painting Manual, Vol. 1 - Good Painting Practice and Vol. 2 - Systems and Specifications. 6. Fed. Specs QQ-1-652A, Iron Gray Castings: QQ-S-741A, Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars, Carbon, Structural;WW-P-521, Malleable Iron. 2.02 FABRICATION A. General Fabrication: Fabricate work to be truly straight, plumb, level and square and to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated on approved shop drawings. Ease exposed edges. Cut, reinforce, drill and tap metalwork as necessary for proper assembly and use. 1. Fabricate all miscellaneous metal supports, brackets, braces and the like required to fully complete the work of this project. 2. Coordinate miscellaneous metal requirements with other specification sections to ensure proper interface of various parts of the work. 3. Obtain loading requirements from suppliers of work to be supported and design and fabricate support systems with factor of safety of at least 6. B. Work Exposed To View: Take special care in choosing materials that are smooth and free of blemishes such as pits, roller marks, trade names, scale and roughness. Fabricate work with uniform, hairline tight joints. Form welded joints and seams continuously and grind flush and smooth to be invisible after painting. Fillet welds will not be accepted; plug welds and flush welds are required. For exposed fasteners, use hex head bolts or Phillips head machine screws. C. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize all exterior miscellaneous metalwork, all items located in exterior wall and roof assemblies, and all items indicated to be galvanized in strict compliance with ASTM A123, A143, A153, A384, and A385. Any item that is cut, welded, or is otherwise damaged must be repainted with an acceptable zinc-rich coating product. 1. Nickel Zinc: Comply with ASTM B6. 2. Coverage: Provide at least 2.0 oz./sq. ft. nickel zinc coverage, but not less than the coverage required by referenced standards. 3. Fabrication: To the greatest extent possible, galvanize after fabrication is completed. 4. Touch Up: Touch-up damaged or abraded galvanized surfaces with ZRC Cold Galvanizing Compound, Duncan ZiRP or Architect approved equal in compliance with ASTM A780. D. Painting & Preparation, Exposed Steel: Prime paint all work not indicated to be galvanized. Prepare work for shop priming in compliance with Steel Structures Painting Council SP-6 METAL FABRICATIONS 05500- 3 no Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 w° 1.05 SUBMITTALS Im A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, installation instructions, use limitations, and recommendations for each material used. Provide certifications stating that materials comply with requirements. w B. Shop Drawings: Provide large scale shop drawings for fabrication, installation and erection of all parts of the work. Provide plans, elevations, and details of anchorages, connections and 4W accessory items. Provide installation templates for work installed by others. C. Field Measurements: Take accurate field measurements before preparation of shop drawings and fabrication. Do not delay job progress; allow for field cutting and fitting where taking field so measurements before fabrication is not possible. Do not field cut or fit items which have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. .w D. Calculations: Provide professionally prepared calculations and certification of the performance of this work. Show how design load requirements and other performance criteria have been satisfied. am E. Samples: Submit samples of all types of exposed welded connections, ground smooth, dressed, and primed for Architect's review and approval. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store work off of the ground and under cover. Protect from damage. Maintain shop applied primer coatings until finish painting is complete. Sequence deliveries to avoid delays, but 4W minimize on-site storage. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS ow A. Do not permit use of stairs, ladders, handrails, guardrails or other work until work is completely and fully installed and ready to assume its intended design loads. Do not permit overloading of any miscellaneous metal system. Do not permit use of concrete filled metal pan stair systems X" before concrete is placed and cured. PART 2 - PRODUCTS aw 2.01 MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. Steel Shapes: ASTM A36. RM B. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500, cold-formed. C. Steel Sheet: ASTM A366, A570 or A611,of grade required for design loading. +s. D. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, black schedule 40, unless indicated otherwise. Type and grade as required for design loading. am E. Iron Castings: ASTM A47 or A48,grade and class are manufacturer's option. F. Grout: Pre-mixed, non-staining, non-corrosive, non-shrink, non-metallic complying with CE .. CRD-0588,type D. ow METAL FABRICATIONS 05500- 2 ws Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS PART1 GENERAL so 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements,apply to the work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section includes, but is not limited to: 1. Miscellaneous bearing and leveling plates. 2. Loose steel lintels. 3. Handrails and guardrails, exterior. 4. Miscellaneous framing and supports. 5. Counter supports. 6. Decorative metal brackets. 7. Rough hardware. B. This section includes all items made of iron or steel which are not included as part of Section 05120, Structural Steel, or other metal systems specified elsewhere and as specified herein. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect work of this Section. Other Specification Sections that relate directly to work of this Section include, but are not limited to: 1. Section 03300, Cast-In-Place Concrete. an 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Engineering: Provide the services of a Professional Engineer, who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated, to design and certify that the work of this section meets or exceeds the performance requirements specified in this section. B. Shop fabricate work to the greatest extent possible. Clearly label pieces in shop to facilitate field assembly. C. Perform welding in compliance with American Welding Society Code. Shop weld and grind connections to the greatest extent possible. METAL FABRICATIONS 05500- 1 .m Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 "'9 1. Provide jamb flashing at all items in masonry walls including curtainwall, doors and similar im items. D. Coordinate and install reglets where indicated and where needed. Reglets are specified in Section 07600, Sheet Metal and Flashings. 3.05 TOLERANCES A. The following allowable installed tolerances are allowable variations from locations and dimensions indicated by the Contract Document and shall not be added to allowable tolerances indicated for other work. 1. Allowable Variation from True Plumb, Level and Line:± 1/8" in 20'-0". 2. Allowable Variation from True Wall Thickness:± 1/8". 3. Allowable Variation from True Plane of Adjacent Surfaces:t 1/16"in 10'-010. 3.06 REPAIRING, CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove and replace work that is loose, chipped, broken or otherwise damaged. Eliminate all "* evidence of repair. Enlarge voids and holes in mortar joints and point with mortar to exactly match sound adjacent mortar. �w B. Clean exposed surfaces by dry brushing at the end of each day's work. Comply with recommendations of NCMA TEK Bulletin No. 28. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully cleaned. Demonstrate cleaning technique on sample panel and obtain Architect's approval before beginning cleaning work. Do not use muriatic acid or other chemical cleaners without the written permission of the Architect. END OF SECTION MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04800- 8 �4 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 M. For non-loadbearing work allow for deflection between top of walls and structure above. Maintain lateral stability in a manner acceptable to Architect and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide compressible fillers and joint sealers to maintain acoustical performance of wall assembly. N. Place porous mesh equal to Mortar-Net in wall cavity, 8 in.high in cavity. 3.02 REINFORCING,TIE, &ANCHOR INSTALLATION A. Provide reinforcing, ties and anchors for all work using the appropriate detailed or specified type for each condition. Ensure sufficient anchorage of brick wythe to back-up material to ensure deflection not to exceed L/600. 4W B. Space wall ties to comply with codes and manufacturer's recommendations, 16 inches on center vertically and horizontally. Comply with requirements of Structural Drawings. Anchor ties securely to structural framing. Ties shall be fastened to metal stud back-up and not be fastened to sheathing only. Seal back of ties with mastic. C. Provide dovetail slots in foundation walls as required. D. Confirm with manufacturer of ties and anchors that tie spacing for cavity depth does not exceed slenderness ratio of wire. E. For horizontal joint reinforcing at CMU back-up and as indicated on the Structural Drawings, provide continuous joint reinforcing spaced not more than 16 inches o.c. vertically, except space reinforcing at 8 inches o.c. at tops of walls, and 8 inches o.c. immediately above and below openings and extend this reinforcing at least 2' beyond each jamb. Overlap joints in wire ladder reinforcing at least 6 inches. Splice reinforcing bars as scheduled or detailed. Do not bridge expansion and control joints, if any. Provide preformed corners and tees. 3.03 LINTEL INSTALLATION A. Install loose metal lintels where shown and elsewhere as needed. Coordinate with requirements of structural drawings. so 3.04 FLASHING INSTALLATION AND COORDINATION A. Flashings are specified in Section 07600, Sheet Metal and Flashings;coordinate the installation with the masonry work. B. Prepare masonry surfaces to receive (lashings smooth and free of projections. Place through- wall metal flashings on heavy bed of dampproofing mastic. Make sure that flashings are compatible with mastic used. Make sure that (lashings are sealed and undamaged before covering with mortar. 00 C. Provide flashing at every obstruction to the downward flow of water and where shown on the drawings. Fabricate and install flashing to control and divert water to the exterior. Form at least 8 inches high flashing above lintels and similar conditions to extend the entire length of 00 the lintel. All flashing terminations shall have end dams. MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04800- 7 am Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Strictly comply with industry standards and recommendations of Brick Institute of America, National Concrete Masonry Association, and Prestressed Concrete Institute, except where more restrictive requirements are specified in this section. Beginning work means Installer accepts substrates and conditions. 1. Allow sufficient setting time for mortar so that weight of work above does not cause lower work to bulge or creep prior to full set of mortar. 2. Remove and replace with matching brick any spalled or otherwise damaged face brick. B. For unit masonry, lay masonry with bond patterns indicated on the Drawings. Provide expansion, control and isolation joints in masonry work where shown, or if not shown, at locations approved by Architect. Provide joints not more than 30'on center and in compliance with BIA recommendations as acceptable to the Architect. C. Tool joints concave as work proceeds in accordance with Architect's approved joint. Compress *� mortar to form a dense, smooth weathertight surface. Rake out mortar where sealants are shown to be installed. D. Lay masonry plumb and level with full bed and head joints, fully buttered and shoved into place. Do not slush joints. Keep cavity walls completely clear and free from projections and obstructions. Strike joints facing cavity flush. Prevent loose mortar from dropping into cavity. E. Remove,clean and reset with fresh mortar all masonry units that are disturbed after laying. F. Provide weeps by leaving full vertical head joint open. Provide at every second head joint immediately above all flashings, at bottom of brick cavity, and ledges. Fill cavity solid with mortar below grade as indicated. G. Cut masonry units with power saw designed for cutting masonry with sharp, unchipped edges. .d Cut masonry to form special shapes as indicated. Where special shapes cannot be cut or formed without exposing coring or frogging, provide custom made special shaped units. No cut ends shall be exposed. H. Install work with random color variations with no groups of lighter or darker units. Take masonry units from stacks randomly to avoid noticeable color variations. Work without random color variation, in the opinion of the Architect, will be rejected. I. Layout walls in advance for accurate spacing, uniform joint widths, and accurate bond pattern. Avoid the use of less-than-half size units. Review layout with Architect prior to proceeding. Architect reserves the right to reject work if layout is not as indicated. J. Where work is interrupted,do not tooth masonry. Cut back one-half unit in each higher course. K. Wet clay masonry before installation. Perform field test required prior to wetting. L. Leave openings for other materials and equipment as necessary. Complete masonry work after installation of other work. Build-in other work as masonry work progresses to the greatest ` extent possible. MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04800- 6 dw Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 spaced not more than 16" o.c. Provide prefabricated corners and tees. Provide one side rod for each concrete masonry shell face. C. Masonry to Concrete Anchors: Provide minimum 24 gage steel dovetail slots and 1" wide, 16 gage galvanized steel corrugated anchors of length to suit wall conditions. Provide units by Hohmann and Barnard, Dur-O-Wal or approved equal. Im D. Miscellaneous Ties: Provide hot-dip galvanized steel straps, bars, rods and similar items which are fabricated from not less than 16 gage sheet steel or 3/16"diameter steel wire. E. Galvanizing: Provide hot-dip galvanized, ASTM A153, class B2, 1.5 oz/ft2 nickel zinc coating on all ties, anchors and similar items which extend into an exterior wall assembly, except items of stainless steel. Semi-exposed areas shall be considered exterior. Hot-dip galvanize reinforcing. 2.04 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Bond Breaker: 15 lb. roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226 or ASTM D227. B. Control Joints: Solid rubber strips with Shore A hardness of 60 to 80. r C. Porous Mesh in Cavity: Mortar-Net or equal; 8 inches high in cavity and as indicated on the Drawings. D. Weeps: Open head joints, plastic sleeve not required. 2.05 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES pa A. Mortar: Provide mortar complying with ASTM C 270 performance specifications. When mixing use known volume measures;do not batch by shovel. Provide 1:1:6 mortar mix (for Type N) as approved. 1. Provide Type N mortar for exterior masonry above grade and interior non-loadbearing partitions. 2. Provide Type S mortar for reinforced and load bearing masonry, for masonry below grade am and in contact with earth and elsewhere as indicated. B. Grout: Provide grout complying with ASTM C 476 and with consistency appropriate to conditions so that grout will completely fill all spaces intended to receive grout. to C. Do not use admixtures or anti-freeze agents. Do not use masonry cement. Do not use calcium chloride or any compounds or mortar ingredients containing chlorides. Do not retemper mortar. D. Color: Provide mortar with color as acceptable to Architect. Do not exceed pigment to mortar ratio of 1:10. 2.06 CLEANING MATERIALS A. Provide chemical cleaning products, SureKlean 600 by ProSoCo Inc. or approved equal. MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04800- 5 10 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 BRICK MASONRY A. Brick: Provide face brick conforming to ASTM C216, type FBS grade SW. Provide building brick conforming to ASTM C62. Use building brick only where concealed from view. Provide brick masonry having the following characteristics: 1. Face Brick: Cushwa Brick, Redland Brick, Inc., Williamsport, MD, Camden Blend, #170. 2. Size: Modular. 3. Type: Machine. 4. Shapes: Provide special shapes required by building configuration and as indicated on the Drawings. Never expose cores or unfinished surfaces. 2.02 MORTAR MATERIALS �e A. Portland Cement: Complying with ASTM C150, type I, free from water soluble salts and alkalies. Provide cement that exhibits no efflorescence when tested in conformance with standard efflorescence test, ASTM C 67, modified to use 2" x 7" x 2-1/2" mortar samples �► consisting of a mixture of 1 part by weight of cement under test and 2 parts of sand mixed to a flow of 100%with water. Provide cement color as necessary to provide mortar colors required by Architect. Two colors are required. B. Lime: ASTM C207, hydrated, type S. C. Grout Aggregate: Complying with ASTM C404. D. Mortar Aggregate: Complying with ASTM C144,well graded. E. Mortar Pigment: Natural and synthetic oxides of iron and chrome, compounded for use in mortar. Use only pigments with proven record of satisfactory performance. Davis Colors as selected or equal by Solomon Colors pigments are acceptable products. F. Water: Clean and potable. 2.03 REINFORCING,TIES AND ANCHORS rye A. Screw-Attached, Masonry-Veneer Anchors: Provide Heckmann 'Pos-I-Tie' Brick Veneer Anchoring System, manufactured by Heckmann Building Products Inc. Screw anchor shall be zinc alloy, with flanged head, and eye, and 3/4 in. rubber washer. Tie shall be hot-dip galvanized steel 3/16 in. triangular wire tie. Units consisting of a wire tie section and a metal anchor section complying with the following requirements: 1. Wire Tie Shape:Triangular. .o 2. Wire Tie Length:As required to extend 1-1/2 in. into masonry wythe of veneer face. 3. Anchor Section: Zinc-alloy barrel section with flanged head with eye and corrosion- resistant, self-drilling screw. Eye designed to receive tie section and to serve as head for ■,,, drilling fastener into wood stud. Barrel length to suit sheathing thickness, allowing screw to seat directly against metal stud with flanged head covering hole in sheathing. B. Horizontal Joint Reinforcing: Provide ladder type, welded wire units fabricated from 9 gage ASTM A82 cold-drawn galvanized steel wire with deformed side wires and smooth cross wires MASONRY ASSEMBLIES ,.. 04800- 4 pop MP Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 mortar and masonry materials, including prism tests, in conformance with ASTM C 952 and ASTM E 447 (Method B), to ensure compliance with these specifications and originally approved samples. Number and frequency of tests shall be determined by Testing Laboratory and Architect. Recommendations of Testing Laboratory shall be strictly followed. F. Prepare seven-day and 28-day prisms for each 5,000 sq. ft. of brick wall area installed, and deliver to testing laboratory as directed. 1. Height:thickness ratio for brick prisms shall be 5:1. 1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and handle materials in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Protect from damage. B. Sequence deliveries to avoid delays, but minimize on-site storage. 1.09 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Hot Weather Protection: Use mortar within 1-1/2 hours after mixing. Discard all mortar over 1- 1/2 hours old and all mortar that has stiffened due to hydration (setting). B. Cold Weather Protection: Strictly comply with recommendations of Brick Institute of America Technical Note No. la, Cold Weather Masonry Construction, Construction and Protection Recommendations and the Portland Cement Association. t�l C. Protection: Cover work at the end of each day and whenever work is not in progress. Extend cover down both sides of walls at least 24" and hold securely in place. D. Loading: Do not apply loads until work has set and cured and is ready to accept loading. E. Staining: Prevent mortar from staining face of masonry that is to be left exposed. Clean exposed masonry immediately using soft brushes and water only. Protect base of walls from splashed mud and other stains. ON F. Protect sills,ledges and projections from mortar droppings. 1.10 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING 44 A. Conference: Convene a pre-installation conference to establish procedures to maintain optimum working conditions and to coordinate this work with related and adjacent work. Establish number of courses which can be laid in one day to prevent bowing due to weight of brick without relieving angles. B. Perform work of this section and other sections to ensure proper fit and coordination of all parts of the building. Coordinate location of anchors,ties, and reinforcing built into other work. tw MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04800- 3 '11 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 1.05 INTENT .■ A. A major intent of the work of this section is to provide watertight, weatherproof, strong, durable, attractive building skin systems and interior wall systems. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source: For each type of material required for the work of this section, provide primary materials which are the products of one manufacturer. Provide secondary materials which are acceptable to the manufacturers of the primary materials. B. Mock-Up: Mock-up of exterior wall including masonry is required. Comply with requirements of Section 01420, Mock-Ups. 1.07 TESTS A. Fire-Resistance: Where fire-resistance ratings are indicated or required by authorities having jurisdiction, provide materials and construction which is identical to assemblies whose fire- resistance rating has been tested in compliance with ASTM E119 by independent agencies r*0 acceptable to the Architect and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Testing and inspection of mortar and masonry materials will be conducted by testing laboratory selected and paid for as described under Section 01400. ► C. No materials shall be used on work without prior test and written approval of Testing Laboratory. Materials shall be submitted to Testing Laboratory at least three weeks in advance ON of proposed first use in structure for subjection to basic acceptance tests and determination of basic mixtures. D. Efflorescence: Prior to commencing masonry work, test each "" 9 Y type of brick, brick mortar, and brick mortar materials proposed for exterior exposure to ensure freedom from efflorescence. 1. Brick Test: Testing Laboratory shall select ten pairs of unbroken specimens from each type brick proposed, each pair being of similar appearance. Test units for efflorescence in conformance with ASTM C 67. Reject proposed units rated as"effloresced". 2. Mortar Test: Prepare 3 oz. mortar specimen for each proposed mix, using as little water as possible. While still in a plastic condition and prior to initial set, place each mortar specimen and a brick tested efflorescence free set on end, in a receptacle of such size that 4 ounces of water will have a depth between 1/2 and one inch. Thoroughly stir distilled water and mortar for five minutes before placing brick in water. Maintain water level by addition of distilled water. Remove brick after seven days and air dry for 24 hours. Visible efflorescence on brick at 10 ft. with normal vision under an illumination to affect its appearance when compared to untreated brick,shall be cause for rejection of mortar. 3. If tests show mortar is cause of efflorescence, test components in separate receptacles, each containing a brick on end which has been tested free of efflorescence. Fill and maintain receptacle with distilled water to a depth between 1/2 and one inch. Use one ounce of each cementitious ingredient and 3 ounces of each aggregate for testing, each mixed in 4 ounces of distilled water. Visual test of material for efflorescence, and rejection of faulty materials,shall be as described for mortar, in previous paragraph. E. At start of field operations, and periodically during course of work, Testing Laboratory will test materials and mortar and conduct on-job inspections of measuring, mixing, laying, and curing of MASONRY ASSEMBLIES «.P 04800- 2 ..e Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 SECTION 04800 !" MASONRY ASSEMBLIES PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this section includes, but is not limited to,the following: 1. Clay brick masonry for exterior cavity wall assemblies for wood stud backup as indicated. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect work of this Section. Other Specification Sections that relate directly to work of this Section include, but are not limited to: 1. Section 01400, Quality Control and Testing Services. 40 2. Section 01420, Mock-Ups; Requirements for mock-ups. 3. Section 03450, Architectural Precast Concrete;Sills. 4. Section 05500, Metal Fabrications; Loose lintels and angles. 5. Section 06100, Rough Carpentry;Wood studs, sheathing and air barrier. 6. Section 07210, Insulation;Cavity wall insulation materials. 7. Section 07600, Flashings and Sheet Metal; Built-in through-wall flashings, reglets. 8. Section 07900,Joint Sealers. 9. Section 08110, Steel Doors and Frames; Built into masonry construction. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, installation instructions, use limitations and recommendations for each material used. Provide certifications stating that materials comply with requirements. B. Verification Samples: Submit representative samples of each material that is to be used in the finished work, showing the full range of color and finish variations expected. Provide samples having minimum area of 144 square inches. Provide 6" long and 3/8" wide mortar color verification samples in square aluminum channels. C. Test Reports: Submit certified reports for tests required. we D. Shop Drawings: Provide complete, detailed drawings for fabrication of all components, special bricks and work. Show large scale details of sizes, profiles, reinforcing, anchors, ties and all other critical elements. Provide coordination drawings showing location of anchors and ties which must be built into other work. MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04800- 1 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 C. Precast units shall be reviewed for compliance with specifications in three stages as follows: 1. Units will be reviewed at fabrication plant at Architect's option. 2. Units will be reviewed after delivery to site. 3. Units will be reviewed after installation and final cleaning. D. Repair or replace units as directed by the Architect. END OF SECTION on so 40 w ob ARCHITECTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE 03450- 11 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 ,r I. Notify Architect and Owner in sufficient time so that inspection of completed welding can be .. made by testing agency under the Owner's direction should he so require. J. Cleaning: Clean exposed facings to remove dirt, salt, and stains which may be on units before erection. Wash and rinse in accordance with precast manufacturer's recommendations. Protect other work from damage due to cleaning operations. Do not use cleaning materials or processes which could change the character of exposed concrete finishes. 3.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Conduct inspections, perform testing, and make repairs or replace unsatisfactory precast units as required. B. In addition to above, in-place precast units may be rejected for any one of the following sw reasons: 1. Exceeding the specified installation tolerances. 2. Irreparable damage during construction operations. 4 3. Exposed to view surfaces which develop surface finish deficiencies. 4. Non-compliance with acceptance criteria listed below. 3.04 GENERAL ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA ow A. Units shall meet specifications. No structural deficiencies, cracks, loose inserts or anchors, exposed steel, steel with less than 1 in. minimum cover,or other defects shall be permitted. *� B. Appearance Acceptance Criteria: When viewed at a distance of 10 ft. in natural daylight, exposed surfaces shall be uniform in color, texture, and finish shall be within the range of approved mock-up samples when compared side by side. Panel edges and details of decoration shall be clear, well defined and true to line within specified alignment tolerances. Following is a list of finish defects which are unacceptable and cause for rejection of panels: 1. Ragged or irregular edges. .� 2. Excessive air voids,commonly called bugholes, evident on exposed surface. 3. Adjacent flat, round and return surfaces with a greater difference in exposure than the approved samples. 4. Casting lines evident from different placements. 5. Visible form joints or irregular surfaces. 6. Rust stains on panel surfaces. w. 7. Panels not matching approved sample or non-uniformity of color within a panel or in adjacent panels due to areas of variable aggregate concentration and variations in depth of exposure. 8. Blocking stains or acid stains evident on panel surface. AN 9. Non-uniformity of textures or color. 10. Areas of backup concrete bleeding through the facing concrete. 11. Foreign material embedded in the face. 12. Visible repairs. 13. Reinforcement shadow lines. 14. Visible cracks. 15. Telegraphing of form lines such as plywood grain. 16. Burns or other damage resulting from welding work. ARCHITECTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE 03450- 10 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 2.08 APPEARANCE AND FINISH A. Architectural Precast Units: Provide sandblast texture and uniform color as acceptable to the Architect per approved samples. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. The Installer/Erector shall examine substrates, supports, and conditions under which this work is to be performed and notify Contractor, in writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper g" completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning of installation means Installer accepts substrates and conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General: Deliver anchorage items which are to be embedded in other construction before start of such work. Provide setting diagrams, templates, instructions and directions as required for installation. B. Do not install precast units until concrete has attained its design compressive strength. C. Install precast concrete members plumb, level, and in alignment within PCI MNL-117 specified limits of erection tolerances. Provide temporary supports and bracing as required to maintain position, stability and alignment as members are permanently connected. 1. Maintain horizontal and vertical reveal and joint alignment and uniform joint width as erection progresses. D. Accessories: Install clips, hangers, and other accessories required for erection of precast units to supporting members and back-up materials. + ► E. Anchor units in final position by bolting, welding, grouting, or as otherwise designed. Remove temporary shims,wedges,and spacers as soon as possible after anchoring is completed. 1. At bolted connections use lock washers or other acceptable means to prevent loosening of nuts. 2. At welded connections apply rust inhibitive coating on damaged areas, same as shop applied material. Use galvanizing repair coating on galvanized surfaces. 40 3. All connections shall be concealed within building finishes. F. Welding shall conform to requirements of the applicable building code and the appropriate sections of AWS D1.1, and shall be executed by experienced welders qualified by tests given in as AWS D1.1, Appendix D, Parts II and III. Such tests shall be carried out with the same type electrodes to be used in this Work. No G. Surfaces to be welded shall be free from loose scale, slag, rust, and other foreign material, and shall be free of fins and tears. Stud welding shall be done before concrete floor fill is poured. Thoroughly clean and wire-brush steel anchorage items between structural steel. H. On completion of all welding, clean welds thoroughly of flux, rust, etc. Field touch prime all welds and abraded steel using zinc rich compound. ARCHITECTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE 03450- 9 10 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 1. Measure water used in mixing to an accuracy of 0.5% using a calibrated measuring device. Measure all cement and aggregate materials by weight to an accuracy of 1%. 2. Use admixtures and pigments in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations; use amounts accepted in approved mixed designs to obtain performance criteria indicated. 3. Mix concrete for at least 60 seconds in a mechanical mixer. Place concrete promptly after mixing;discard mixed concrete after 1 hour. 4. Handle and place concrete to avoid segregation, honeycombs, and migration of air. Vibrate or tamp concrete to consolidate, but not to move concrete within forms. G. Curing: After removal from forms, cure precast panels in strict compliance with PCI MNL-117. Do not permit curing units to become damaged by loss of moisture or staining and dripping. After precast units have cured enough to prevent uncontrolled erosion during finishing process, lightly sand blast all surfaces indicated to receive "smooth"finish. Do not over blast to such an extent that large aggregates become more exposed than in approved sample. Control blasting to prevent arrises and reveals from losing sharpness and definition. 1. Size of finished units shall be accurate within tolerances prescribed in PCI MNL-117. H. Repairs: Surface defects may be repaired when acceptable to the Architect and when indistinguishable in finish, color, texture and quality from acceptable unrepaired surfaces. Demonstrate repair techniques, including curing; obtain Architect's approval of repair results before continuing work. Replace units that cannot be repaired as specified. w 1. It is intended that any required repairs be made in the fabrication plant prior to delivery of units to jobsite. Surface damage occurring after units have left the plant may be repaired in the field only with Architect's approval; units that the Architect deems irreparable in the field may be rejected. 2. Determine repair mix formulas by trial to obtain finish, color, and texture match when both repaired and acceptable unrepaired concrete are cured and dry. 3. Fill holes, if any, using the same source of cement, sand, and pigment used in the parent concrete. 4. Moist cure repaired units for 7 days. Keep units continually damp by covering with damp +�* flannel and polyethylene. Do not wash out repair mortar. 5. Touch up textured surfaces as necessary. I. Welding: Clean surfaces to be welded to remove all loose scale, slag, rust, paint, galvanizing, and other foreign materials. Surfaces shall be free of fins and tears. Bring parts to be welded as close together as possible; in no case shall parts be ore than 1/16 in. apart. 1. Shims may be used only when approved by Architect. .. 2. Tack weld nuts and washers to bolts after tightening. 3. Clean welds to remove flux, rust, slag, and other foreign materials. Coat welded and bare surfaces with galvanized repair paint. J. Predelivery Cleaning: Clean objectionable stains or spots off units as directed by the Architect using brushes, soap and clean, running water before delivery to site. Acid cleaning is not Ab acceptable unless approved by Architect. K. Identification: Mark each unit on a surface concealed from view in final installation with a non- staining, non-migrating paint. Coordinate marking with approved erection drawings. ARCHITECTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE .� 03450- 8 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 C. Concrete Mix: Standard weight concrete consisting of specified Portland cement, aggregates, admixtures, pigment, and water to produce the following properties: 1. Compressive Strength:5,000 psi minimum at 28 days. 2. Total Air Content: Not less than 4% nor more than 6%. 3. Slump:3 in. minimum,5 in. maximum. D. Submit written reports to Architect of proposed mix for each type of concrete at least 15 days prior to start of precast unit production. Do not begin concrete production until mixes and evaluations have been reviewed by Architect. E. Adjustment to Concrete Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test result, or other circumstances warrant. Laboratory test data for revised mix designs and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by Architect before using in the work. F. Admixtures: Use admixtures in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions. Adjust admixture quantities as required to maintain quality control. OR 2.07 FABRICATION A. General: Design and fabricate precast concrete units to comply with manufacturing and testing procedures, quality control recommendations, and dimensional tolerances of PCI MNL-117, unless otherwise indicated. B Fabricate units straight, smooth, and true to size and shape, with exposed edges and corners precise and square unless otherwise indicated. C. Refer to Structural Drawings for additional reinforcing and fabrication requirements. Provide prefabricated reinforcing cages, wire tied or welded as required, inside each unit having total area of steel in each direction not less that 0.0025 times the area of concrete (in section). Provide two layers of reinforcement per panel. Hang reinforcement from rear, or use other " Architect approved method, to prevent reinforcement supports from touching surfaces exposed to view and weather. 1. All face reinforcing shall be hot-dipped galvanized. D. Built-In Items: Provide reglets, slots, holes, embeds, anchors, window tie-back buttons, and other accessories in units to receive windows, cramps, dowels, reglets, waterstops, flashings, light fixtures and other similar work as indicated. Provide all necessary cast in embeds and anchors. E. Anchorages: Provide loose steel plates, clip angles, seat angles, anchors, dowels, cramps, hangers, and other miscellaneous steel shapes not provided by other trades, necessary for securing precast units to supporting and adjacent members. !I4 1. Design and provide items to be embedded in and attached to building structure for attachment and support of precast. Design and engineer support systems to support precast at every floor. F. Concrete Mixing:Comply with requirements of PCI MNL 117. ARCHITECTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE 03450- 7 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 leveling, plumbing and positioning of precast units to accepted tolerances in structural steel as ■„ defined by AISC Code. J. Plastic Washers and Shims: Multipolymer plastic material with a minimum compressive strength of 8,000 psi, equal to Korolath, manufactured by the Koro Corporation, or approved equal. K. Neoprene Bearing Pads:70 durometer hardness. 2.04 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or Type III,white color. *� B. Water:Clean, clear, potable and free from deleterious chemicals and substances. C. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C 33, specially selected for color, supplied from a single source for .. entire Project. Provide aggregate washed, clean, hard and durable, inert, material, free of staining or deleterious material. 1. Aggregate Gradation and Color:White, as required to match approved sample. D. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C 33 manufactured sand of same material as course aggregate, unless approved otherwise by Architect. 1. Aggregate Gradation and Color : White,as required to match approved sample. ws E. Coloring Admixture: ASTM C 979, synthetic mineral-oxide pigments or colored water-reducing admixtures, temperature stable, nonfading, and alkali resistant. F. Air-Entraining Admixtures:ASTM C 260, manufacturer and product as approved by Architect. .. G. Water Reducing: ASTM C 494, Type A, manufacturer and product as approved by Architect. 2.05 GROUT MATERIALS .w A. Non-Metallic, Non-Shrink Grout: Provide one of the following, or Architect approved equal: 1. Euco N.S.; Euclid Chemical Co. 2. Masterflow 713; Master Builders. 3. Five Star Grout; U.S. Grout Corp. , 2.06 CONCRETE MIX A. Submit proposed concrete mix proportions to Architect for approval prior to fabrication. Show batch weights, gradations, specific gravity, absorption of aggregates, slump, fresh unit weight and air content. Verify mix design and provide four compression tests, two at 7-days, and two at 28 days, on 6 in. diameter x 12 in. high cylinders filled with proposed mix materials in proposed proportions. B. Proportion mixes by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods, using materials to be employed on the project for each type of concrete required,complying with ACI 318. ARCHITECTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE .� 03450- 6 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. 1 Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 F. Clean forms thoroughly after each use and prior to reuse. Check forms for tightness at each usage. 2.02 REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 775, epoxy coated. B. Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, plain,cold-drawn steel. C. Reinforcing Supports: Provide reinforcing supports, including bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for fastening,spacing,and supporting reinforcing. D. Place reinforcement dowels securely and accurately as shown on the approved submittals. Attach connection hardware rigidly to forms. E. Detail and fabricate reinforcement in conformance with ACI 315 and ACI 315R. F. Place reinforcement on accessory bolsters and chairs with plastic tips of color to match finished concrete. Accessories shall be galvanized and have plastic tips. Splicing of bars shall be as specified in ACI 318. +AIA G. Provide minimum 1 in. coverage of reinforcing steel, including ties. Assembly and placing of reinforcing shall ensure minimum coverage being maintained during the placing, consolidating, and curing of concrete. Rr 2.03 STEEL SUPPORTS, FASTENERS, AND EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Steel Plates: Structural quality, hot-rolled carbon steel,ASTM A 283, Grade C. B. Steel Shapes:ASTM A 36. C. Stainless Steel Shapes: AISI Type 302/304 Ferrule Loop Inserts. D. Miscellaneous Steel: Provide clip angles, ties, straps, studs, plates, channels, frames, shims, clips, bolts, nuts, and washers conforming to ASTM A 36. E. Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A 325, hexagon type, with washers as required, hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153. Overtap threads as required to ensure proper fit with galvanized ps inserts. F. Slotted Inserts: Heavy malleable iron inserts with a depth of not less than 2-1/2 in. and a length of 4-1/2 in.,with 3/4 in. steel nuts, hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 123. G. Threaded Inserts: Malleable iron, with 3/4 in. sound standard threaded steel bolts, unless otherwise shown on Drawings, hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 123. H. Lifting Devices: Design and place lifting devices so as not to weaken unit during manufacture and handling. I. Anchors: Design and place anchors to permit proper installation without forcing. Do not induce or superimpose any undue loads or stresses onto other work. Design anchors to allow for ARCHITECTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE 03450- 5 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 C. Tolerances: Architectural precast concrete units shall be true to dimension, not more than 1/16 in. in 10 feet out of plane, and completely without twists or bends. Arrises shall be sharp, .� whole, and clearly defined. Dimensions shall be held within a tolerance of plus zero (0) and minus 1/8 in. am D. Design: Precast contractor shall design and detail all architectural precast concrete units and their connections to the structural frame in accordance with all applicable loadings specified in the applicable Building Code. Provide complete structural design calculations for all different types of units, indicating that the precast concrete units can safely withstand stresses induced due to dead loads, wind loads, seismic loads, and temperature loads. The design of the units shall also take into account stresses induced due to shrinkage, fabrication, handling, and erection of the units. All calculations shall be prepared under the supervision of a registered Professional Engineer who will furnish certification stating that the precast units design provided by the precast contractor, meet or exceed the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.08 HANDLING, TRANSPORTATION, AND STORAGE A. Deliver, store and handle precast in strict compliance with fabricator's instructions and recommendations and industry standards. Protect from all possible damage. Lift and support units only at designated lifting points as shown on approved shop drawings. B. Sequence deliveries to avoid delays, but minimize on-site storage. C. Assume full responsibility for any damage to precast units which occurs after erection. Such units shall be either repaired or replaced as determined by Architect. No repairs shall be made until the damaged unit has been examined by Architect and a proposed repair procedure has w been submitted to and approved by Architect. Architect may insist that repairs be made by precast manufacturer. D. Provide blocking, packing, and protective materials that will not cause damage, staining, or other disfigurement. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 FORMWORK A. Comply with applicable requirements of ACI 347, and with PCI requirements. Provide form �. facing materials of metal, plastic, wood, or other acceptable material that is non-reactive with concrete and will produce required finish surfaces. B. Construct formwork accurately, mortar-tight, and of sufficient strength to withstand pressures .. due to concrete placement, and temperature changes. C. Coating: Coat forms with approved non-staining form release agent that will not interfere with adhesion of sealants, glazing compound, insulation adhesives or applied finishes. Do not use castor oil or form release agents containing castor oil or retardants. D. Formwork Joints: Seal joints in formwork with gaskets, silicone sealant, or other method .. approved by the Architect to provide acceptable finish. E. Forms may be designed with a draft of 1/8 in. in 12 in., and all forms may have 1/8 in. radius corners to facilitate removal and reduce breakage. ARCHITECTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE 03450- 4 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 for each day's pour, with each test consisting of four cylinders, one of which to be broken at 7- days, two at 28-days, and one at a time selected by precaster. Sampling, molding, curing and testing of the cylinders shall conform with ASTM C 31 and ASTM C 39, under laboratory conditions. C. The Architect retains the right to inspect placing of concrete; to make slump tests of concrete; and to test concrete cylinder samples for compressive strength. Architect will review materials proposed for use by Precaster, and he may, to extent deemed advisable, inspect batching operations at plant from time to time. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE 04 A. Provide precast concrete work conforming to ACI 318, Chapter 16, and PCI MNL-122. Plant quality control program shall comply with PCI MNL-117. B. Precaster/Installer: Firms with a minimum of 5 years successful experience in fabrication of architectural precast concrete units, similar to units required for this Project. Precaster must have sufficient production capacity to produce, transport, and deliver required units without Im causing delay in the work. C. Welders: Employ only experienced welders qualified by tests listed in the AWS Code. Tests RM shall have been made using the same electrodes specified for use in this work. D. Engineering and Design: Provide the services of a Professional Engineer, who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated, to design, engineer, and certify that the work of this section meets or exceeds the requirements specified in this section. The engineer shall assume professional responsibility for precast and connection design and safety, including miscellaneous supporting steel framework. Design decisions and modifications that affect visual characteristics shall be subject to approval by Architect. Engineer shall coordinate work with building Structural Engineer to obtain restrictions on attachment locations and loadings. E. Maintain profiles shown without increasing or decreasing sizes of members or altering alignment shown. F. Final acceptance of each member will be subject to approval by the Architect as based upon full conformance with these Specifications. Members shall be made accessible and fully visible to the Architect for inspection at the plant prior to shipment and/or at the site after shipment. Rejected members shall be immediately removed from the site and plant storage areas. G. Mock-Up: Mock-up of exterior wall including precast concrete is required. Comply with requirements of Section 01420, Mock-Ups. 1.07 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Precast Concrete Compressive Strength: Minimum 5,000 psi at 28 days when tested in accordance with ASTM C 39. B. Water Absorption by Weight of Concrete: 5% percent maximum for individual units and 4-1/2% maximum, as an average. Tests shall be made as determined by the Architect in accordance 00 with ASTM C 97. ARCHITECTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE 03450- 3 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 the kind indicated. w 1. Erection Drawings: Provide detailed Drawings, properly checked and coordinated with existing conditions showing precast design including supports, anchors, connections and attachments. For items installed in work by others, include setting diagrams, templates, and instructions. Erection drawings may be incorporated into Shop Drawings. 2. Welding Diagrams: Provide floor-by-floor charts showing the location of each weld and schedule of welding work. Update charts regularly to indicate completed welds. C. Samples: 1. Initial Selection Samples: Submit individual cube samples showing complete range of colors, textures, and finishes available for each precast color and texture required for the Project. 2. Verification Samples: After approval of cube samples, submit minimum 12 in. x 12 in. samples of each finish that is to be exposed in the finished work, showing full range of ■. color and finish variations expected. 3. Proposed samples shall be fabricated and shall demonstrate the precast concrete producer/fabricators ability to closely match the color, texture, and finish of the Owner's mockup prior to award of Contract. D. Manufacturer's Certification: Prior to beginning work, manufacturer shall submit written certification that they have sufficient stone, sand, and cement on-site to complete the entire project, producing panels which are uniform in appearance. E. Test Reports:Submit certified reports for tests required. F. Referenced Standards: Submit copies of referenced standards for permanent availability in Contractor's site office. G. Fabrication Schedule: Prior to commencement of fabrication, submit fabrication schedule to Architect so that plant inspection plan can be prepared. Do not transport panels to site until they have been accepted by Architect's representative. H. Maintenance: Submit recommended maintenance and cleaning methods for exterior precast concrete elements including recommended materials and methods to be employed and recommended schedule and frequency of application. I. Sample Repair: Submit proposed repair methods and sample of a typical patch or repair for in- place work to Architect for approval. Perform sample patch on exterior wall mock-up at location ..� acceptable to the Architect. 1.05 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. Testing by Independent Agency: Materials and workmanship furnished under this Section are subject to inspection and testing in plant and field by Architect and an independent testing agency, approved by Architect, selected and paid for by Owner, as specified in Section 01400. .� Such inspection and testing shall not relieve precaster of responsibility to furnish materials and workmanship in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. B. Testing by Precaster: Supply and place concrete of specified strength and quality. Provide and pay for compression tests. Submit results of tests to Architect. Provide a minimum of one test ARCHITECTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE .. 03450- 2 ON Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. on Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 ilk SECTION 03450 !! ARCHITECTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE PART1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. The work of this Section includes, but is not limited to: 1. Architectural precast concrete units, including wall caps and sills. 2. Structural design, fabrication, delivery and handling, and erection of architectural precast units. 3. Connections,including anchorage devices attached to structural framing. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect work of this Section. Other Specification Sections that relate directly to work of this Section include,but are not limited to: 1. Section 01400, Quality Control and Testing Services. ew 2. Section 01420, Mock-Ups; Requirements for mock-ups. 3. Section 04800, Masonry Assemblies. 4. Section 05500, Metal Fabrications. 5. Section 07900,Joint Sealers; Sealant for joints in precast units. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data, installation instructions, use limitations and recommendations for each material used. 1. Mix Design: Submit concrete mix design. Engage services of a concrete technician approved by Architect and having access to suitable laboratory facilities. Precaster may use his own laboratory facilities, if adequate, and the services of a technician regularly in his employ for such duties. Confirm mix designs by tests on trial mixes made with proposed materials. Provide mix design and trial mixes sufficiently in advance so that seven day compression test results will be available prior to first production of precast units. W B. Shop Drawings: Submit large scale Shop Drawings for fabrication and erection of all parts of the work. Provide plans, elevations, and details of anchorage, connections, lifting devices, and accessory items. Provide installation templates for work installed by others. Provide information on erection sequence with plans coded to numbered precast units. Provide shop drawings stamped and sealed by a Professional Engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of ARCHITECTURAL PRECAST CONCRETE 03450- 1 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 3. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method, for normal-weight concrete; one test for 40 each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mix. 4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) and below and when 80 deg F (27 deg C) and above, and one test for each composite sample. 5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M; cast and laboratory cure one set of four standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. a. Cast and field cure one set of four standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. 6. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; test one laboratory-cured specimens at 7 days and three at 28 days. a. Test one field-cured specimens at 7 days and three at 28 days. '! b. A compressive-strength test shall be the average compressive strength from two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at age indicated. go C. When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory-cured cylinders, Contractor shall evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing in-place concrete. D. Strength of each concrete mix will be satisfactory if every average of any three consecutive compressive-strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi (3.4 MPa). E. Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain Project OR identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7-and 28-day tests. F. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by Architect but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete. G. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Architect. Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42 or by other methods as directed by Architect. Costs for additional testing which is required as a result of work of Contractor or his Sub-Contractors shall be borne by Contractor. ww END OF SECTION 03300 l CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 19 ,m Village at Hospital Hill, Phase If Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 MR 1. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch (0.25 mm)wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions. 2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding. 3. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing ..� operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. 4. Correct other low areas scheduled to remain exposed with a repair topping. Cut out low areas to ensure a minimum repair topping depth of 1/4 inch (6 mm) to match adjacent floor elevations. Prepare, mix, and apply repair topping and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. 5. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch (25 mm)or less in ..m diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least 3/4 inch (19 mm) clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials and mix as original concrete except without coarse aggregate. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. 6. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch (25 mm) or less in diameter with patching mortar. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours. E. Perform structural repairs of concrete,subject to Architect's approval, using epoxy adhesive and patching mortar. F. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to Architect's approval. 3.15 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to sample materials, perform tests, and submit test reports during concrete placement. Sampling and testing for quality control may include those specified in this Article. B. Testing Services: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to .. ASTM C 172 shall be performed according to the following requirements: 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mix exceeding 5 cu. yd. (4 cu. m), but less than 25 cu. yd. (19 cu. m), plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd. (38 cu. m)or fraction thereof. a. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive-strength tests for each concrete mix, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. 2. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mix. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 18 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 4. Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. E. Sealing Coat: Uniformly apply a continuous sealing coat of curing and sealing compound to hardened concrete by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.13 JOINT FILLING A. Prepare,clean, and install joint filler according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Defer joint filling until concrete has aged at least six months. Do not fill joints until construction traffic has permanently ceased. B. Remove dirt, debris, saw cuttings, curing compounds, and sealers from joints; leave contact faces of joint clean and dry. C. Install semirigid epoxy joint filler full depth in saw-cut joints and at least 2 inches (50 mm deep in formed joints. Overfill joint and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after hardening. sw 3.14 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval. B. Patching Mortar: Mix dry-pack patching mortar, consisting of one part portland cement to two and one-half parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 (1.2-mm)sieve, using only enough water for handling and placing. C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, + spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. 1. Immediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more than 112 inch (13 mm) in any dimension in solid concrete but not less than 1 inch (25 mm) in depth. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen with water, and brush-coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill form-tie voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. 2. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding color. Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface. 3. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and structural performance as determined by Architect. D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs,for finish and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 17 am Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 "w C. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide equipment bases and foundations as shown on Drawings. Coordinate size and location with Architectural; Mechanical and Electrical drawings. so Set anchor bolts for equipment at correct elevations, complying with diagrams or templates of manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment. D. Stairs: Provide concrete fill for stair treads, landings, and associated items. Cast-in inserts and am accessories as shown on Drawings. Screed, tamp, and trowel-finish concrete surfaces. 3.12 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING ws A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and with recommendations in ACI 305R for hot-weather protection during curing. .. B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h (1 kg/sq. m x h) before and .m during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. C. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing by one or a combination of the following methods: D. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces, by one or a combination of the following methods: 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials: a. Water. b. Continuous water-fog spray. C. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch(300-mm)lap over adjacent absorptive covers. .� 2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches (300 mm), and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. a. Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings. b. Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive penetrating liquid floor treatments. C. Cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings with either a moisture-retaining cover or a curing compound that the manufacturer recommends for use with floor coverings. 3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE a. 03300- 16 OW Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 1. Apply scratch finish to surfaces indicated and to surfaces to receive concrete floor topping or mortar setting beds for ceramic or quarry tile, portland cement terrazzo, and other bonded cementitious floor finishes. C. Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Repeat float passes and restraightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture. 1. Apply float finish to surfaces indicated, to surfaces to receive trowel finish, and to floor and slab surfaces to be covered with fluid-applied or sheet waterproofing, built-up or membrane roofing, or sand-bed terrazzo. D. Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply first trowel finish and consolidate concrete by hand or power-driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings. 1. Apply a trowel finish to surfaces indicated and to floor and slab surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry the set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin film-finish coating system 2. Finish surfaces to the following tolerances, measured within 24 hours according to ASTM E 1155/E 1155M for a randomly trafficked floor surface: go a. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F)25; and levelness, F(L)20; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 17; and levelness, F(L) 15. !! ' 3. Finish and measure surface so gap at any point between concrete surface and an unleveled freestanding 10-foot- (3.05-m-) long straightedge, resting on two high spots and placed anywhere on the surface, does not exceed the following: a. 1/8 inch (3.2 mm). E. Trowel and Fine-Broom Finish: Apply a partial trowel finish, stopping after second troweling, to surfaces indicated and to surfaces where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed by either thickset or thin-set method. Immediately after second troweling, and when concrete is still plastic,slightly scarify surface with a fine broom. F. Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. 1. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber-bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application. 3.11 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures, unless otherwise indicated, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in- !""! place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete Work. B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 15 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 G. Hot-Weather Placement: Place concrete according to recommendations in ACI 305R and as follows,when hot-weather conditions exist: 1. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F (32 deg C)at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing .. water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Cover steel reinforcement with water-soaked burlap so steel temperature will not exceed ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete. 3. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade moisture uniform without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. 3.9 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections exceeding �** ACI 347R limits for class of surface specified. B. Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defective areas. Remove fins and other projections exceeding 1/8 inch (3 mm)in height. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view or to be covered with a coating or covering material applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, dampproofing, veneer plaster, or painting. 2. Do not apply rubbed finish to smooth-formed finish. C. Rubbed Finish: Apply the following to smooth-formed finished concrete: w■ 1. Smooth-Rubbed Finish: Not later than one day after form removal, moisten concrete surfaces and rub with carborundum brick or another abrasive until producing a uniform .w color and texture. Do not apply cement grout other than that created by the rubbing process. 2. Grout-Cleaned Finish: Wet concrete surfaces and apply grout of a consistency of thick paint to coat surfaces and fill small holes. Mix one part portland cement to one and one- half parts fine sand with a 1:1 mixture of bonding admixture and water. Add white portland cement in amounts determined by trial patches so color of dry grout will match adjacent surfaces. Scrub grout into voids and remove excess grout. When grout whitens, rub surface with clean burlap and keep surface damp by fog spray for at least 36 hours. D. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces .W adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. so 3.10 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS A. General: Comply with recommendations in ACI 302.1 R for screeding, restraightening, and .� finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Scratch Finish: While still plastic, texture concrete surface that has been screeded and bull- floated or darbied. Use stiff brushes, brooms, or rakes. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 14 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 1. Use dowel sleeves or lubricate one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. 3.8 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed. B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement, unless approved by Architect. C. Before placing concrete,water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301. 1. Do not add water to concrete after adding high-range water-reducing admixtures to mix. D. Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers no deeper than 24 inches (600 mm) and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic,to avoid cold joints. 1. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment. Use equipment and procedures for consolidating concrete recommended by ACI 309R. 2. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible effectiveness of the vibrator. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches (150 mm) into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mix constituents to segregate. E. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete. 1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. 2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. 3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. 4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. 5. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open-textured surface plane, free of humps or hollows, before excess moisture or bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. F. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. Provide temporary heat as required to prevent any and all movement of concrete + including interior slabs on grade from frost penetration. 1. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C), uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 deg F(10 deg C)and not more than 80 deg F(27 deg C) at point of placement. 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators, unless otherwise specified and approved in mix designs. 9W CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 13 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. E. Install welded wire fabric in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to minimize sagging. Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset laps of adjoining sheet widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. Lace overlaps with wire. rwM F. Epoxy-Coated Reinforcement: Use epoxy-coated steel wire ties to fasten epoxy-coated reinforcement and epoxy coated chairs to support epoxy coated slab reinforcement. Repair cut and damaged epoxy coatings with epoxy repair coating according to ASTM D 3963/D 3963M. 3.7 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect and Engineer. 1. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints, unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs. 2. Form from preformed galvanized steel, plastic keyway-section forms, or bulkhead forms with keys, unless otherwise indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) into concrete. 3. Space vertical joints in walls as indicated. Locate joints beside piers integral with walls, near corners, and in concealed locations where possible. 4. Use epoxy-bonding adhesive at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. C. Contraction Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one- third of concrete thickness, as follows: 1. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint to a radius of 1/8 inch (3 mm). Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover tool marks on concrete surfaces. 2. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch- (3-mm-) wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks. D. Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: After removing formwork, install joint-filler strips at slab junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. 1. Extend joint-filler strips full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished ** concrete surface, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Terminate full-width joint-filler strips not less than 1/2 inch (12 mm) or more than 1 inch (25 mm) below finished concrete surface where joint sealants, specified in Division 7 MW Section "Joint Sealants,"are indicated. 3. Install joint-filler strips in lengths as long as practicable. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip sections together. am E. Dowel Joints: Install dowel sleeves and dowels or dowel bar and support assemblies at joints where indicated. ■m CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 12 am Village at Hospital Hill, Phase 11 Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 damaged by form-removal operations and provided curing and protection operations are P1 maintained. B. Leave formwork, for beam soffits, joists, slabs, and other structural elements, that supports weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved the following: 1. At least 70 percent of 28-day design compressive strength. 2. Determine compressive strength of in-place concrete by testing representative field- or laboratory-cured test specimens according to ACI 301. 3. Remove forms only if shores have been arranged to permit removal of forms without loosening or disturbing shores. C. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form-release agent. D. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Architect. 3.4 SHORES AND RESHORES A. Comply with ACI 318 (ACI 318M), ACI 301, and recommendations in ACI 347R for design, installation, and removal of shoring and reshoring. B. Plan sequence of removal of shores and reshore to avoid damage to concrete. Locate and provide adequate reshoring to support construction without excessive stress or deflection. 3.5 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Vapor Retarder: Place, protect, and repair vapor-retarder sheets according to ASTM E 1643 and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Fine-Graded Granular Material: Cover vapor retarder with fine-graded granular material, moisten, and compact with mechanical equipment to elevation tolerances of plus 0 inch (0 mm) or minus 3/4 inch (19 mm). Ao 3.6 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with CRSI's"Manual of Standard Practice"for placing reinforcement. 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials. C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. 1. Shop-or field-weld reinforcement according to AWS D1.4,where indicated. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 11 .o Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 1. Class A, 1/8 inch (3 mm). 2. Class B, 1/4 inch(6 mm). D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. E. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal. fob 1. Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material. F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required ... elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds. G. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. H. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete where required by Contract Drawings. I. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items. J. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. K. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. L. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement. •■ 3.2 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use Setting Drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. .. 1. Install anchor bolts, accurately located,to elevations required. 2. Install reglets to receive top edge of foundation sheet waterproofing and to receive through-wall flashings in outer face of concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels, shelf angles, and other conditions. 3. Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures as indicated. 3.3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS A. General: Formwork, for sides of walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work, that does not ... support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) for 72 hours after placing concrete provided concrete is hard enough to not be CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 10 +w Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 J. Air Content: Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement having an air content of 2 to 4 percent, unless otherwise indicated. ' K. Air Content: Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement having an air content as follows within a tolerance of plus 1 or minus 1.5 percent, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Air Content: 5.5 percent for 1-112-inch-(38-mm-)nominal maximum aggregate size. 2. Air Content: 6 percent for 3/4-inch-(19-mm-)nominal maximum aggregate size. L. Do not air entrain concrete to trowel-finished interior floors and suspended slabs. Do not allow entrapped air content to exceed 3 percent. M. Limit water-soluble, chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15 percent by weight of cement. N. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use water-reducing admixture or high-range water-reducing admixture (superplasticizer) pe in concrete, as required,for placement and workability. 2. Use water-reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity,or other adverse placement conditions. 3. Use water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with a water-cementitious materials ratio below 0.50. 2.12 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's"Manual of Standard Practice." 2.13 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94, and furnish batch ticket information. 1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F (30 and 32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until concrete structure can support such loads. B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated,within tolerance limits of ACI 117. C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual, as follows: CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-9 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 A. Repair Topping: Traffic-bearing, cement-based, polymer-modified, self-leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/4 inch (6 mm). 1. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C 219. 2. Primer: Product of topping manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application. 3. Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch (3 to 6 mm) or coarse sand as recommended by topping manufacturer. 4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 5000 psi at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109/C 109M. .w 2.11 CONCRETE MIXES A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete determined by either laboratory trial mix or field test data bases, as follows: 1. Proportion normal-weight concrete according to ACI 211.1 and ACI 301. ws B. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs for the laboratory trial mix basis. C. Footings and Foundation Walls: Proportion normal-weight concrete mix as follows: ..� 1. 2. Compressive Strength(28 Days): 3000 psi . 3. Maximum Slump: 4 inches (100 mm). 4. Maximum Slump for Concrete Containing High-Range Water-Reducing Admixture: 8 inches after admixture is added to concrete with 2-to 4-inch slump. D. Slab-on-Grade and Suspended Slabs: Proportion normal-weight concrete mix as follows: 1. Compressive Strength (28 Days): 4000 psi . 2. Maximum Slump: 4 inches(100 mm). E. Cementitious Materials: For concrete exposed to deicers, limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than portland cement according to ACI 301 requirements. F. Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than portland cement in concrete as follows: 1. Fly Ash: 25 percent. 2. Combined Fly Ash and Pozzolan: 25 percent. G. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.50 for concrete required to have low water permeability. .w H. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.45 for concrete exposed to deicers or subject to freezing and thawing while moist. I. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.40 for corrosion protection of steel reinforcement in concrete exposed to chlorides from deicing chemicals, salt, saltwater, brackish water, seawater, or spray from these sources. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-8 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 i. E-Con; L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. j. Confilm; Master Builders, Inc. k. Waterhold; Metalcrete Industries. I. Rich Film; Richmond Screw Anchor Co. M. SikaFilm; Sika Corporation. n. Finishing Aid; Symons Corporation. o. Certi-Vex EnvioAssist;Vexcon Chemicals, Inc. 2. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: a. Klear Kote WB II Regular; Burke Chemicals. b. Safe-Cure&Seal 20; ChemMasters. C. High Seal; Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc. d. Safe Cure and Seal; Dayton Superior Corporation. e. Aqua Cure VOX; Euclid Chemical Co. f. Vocomp-20;W. R. Meadows, Inc. g. Kure-N-Seal WB; Sonneborn, Div. of ChemRex, Inc. 3. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: a. Klear-Kote Cure-Sealer-Hardener, 30 percent solids; Burke Group, LLC (The). b. Polyseal WB; ChemMasters. C. UV Safe Seal; Lambert Corporation. d. Lumiseal WB Plus; L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. + e. Vocomp-30; W. R. Meadows, Inc. f. Metcure 30; Metalcrete Industries. g. Vexcon Starseal 1315; Vexcon Chemicals, Inc. 2.9 RELATED MATERIALS A. Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber, or ASTM D 1752, cork or self-expanding cork. B. Epoxy Joint Filler: Two-component, semirigid, 100 percent solids, epoxy resin with a Shore A hardness of 80 per ASTM D 2240. C. Epoxy-Bonding Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two-component epoxy resin, capable of humid curing and bonding to damp surfaces, of class and grade to suit requirements, and as follows: 1. Type II, non-load bearing, for bonding freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete. 2. Types I and II, non-load bearing, for bonding hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete. 3. Types IV and V, load bearing, for bonding hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete. D. Reglets: Fabricate reglets of not less than 0.0217-inch- (0.55-mm-) thick galvanized steel sheet. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of reglet to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. E. Dovetail Anchor Slots: Hot-dip galvanized steel sheet, not less than 0.0336 inch (0.85 mm) thick, with bent tab anchors. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of slots to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. 00 2.10 REPAIR MATERIALS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-7 so Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 "" 1. Nonwoven, polyester-reinforced, polyethylene coated sheet; 10 mils(0.25 mm)thick. 2. Three-ply, nylon- or polyester-cord-reinforced, laminated, high-density polyethylene sm sheet; 7.8 mils (0.18 mm)thick. B. Fine-Graded Granular Material: Clean mixture of crushed stone, crushed gravel, and manufactured or natural sand; ASTM D 448, Size 10, with 100 percent passing a No. 4 (4.75- w mm) sieve and 10 to 30 percent passing a No. 100 (0.15-mm) sieve; meeting deleterious substance limits of ASTM C 33 for fine aggregates. C. Granular Fill: Clean mixture of crushed stone or crushed or uncrushed gravel; ASTM D 448, oft Size 57, with 100 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) sieve and 0 to 5 percent passing a No. 8(2.36-mm)sieve. ON 2.7 FLOOR AND SLAB TREATMENTS A. Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatment at Trash Rooms and other areas where interior floor slabs are exposed to view in the finished work: Clear, chemically reactive, solvent based material; colorless; that penetrates, hardens and densifies concrete surfaces. no 2.8 CURING MATERIALS A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application .o to fresh concrete. B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. (305 g/sq. m)dry. me C. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet. ow D. Water: Potable. E. Clear, Solvent-Borne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B. F. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B. G. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1, Class A. .. H. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,the following: I. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Evaporation Retarder: a. Cimfilm;Axim Concrete Technologies. b. Finishing Aid Concentrate; Burke Group, LLC(The). .. C. Spray-Film; ChemMasters. d. Aquafilm; Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc. e. Sure Film; Dayton Superior Corporation. f. Eucobar; Euclid Chemical Co. g. Vapor Aid; Kaufman Products, Inc. h. Lambco Skin; Lambert Corporation. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-6 40 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 B. Joint Dowel Bars: Plain-steel bars, ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60. Cut bars true to length with ends square and free of burrs. C. Epoxy-Coated Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 775/A 775M; with ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, plain-steel bars. D. Epoxy Repair Coating: Liquid, two-part, epoxy repair coating; compatible with epoxy coating on reinforcement and complying with ASTM A 775/A 755M. E. Zinc Repair Material: ASTM A 780, zinc-based solder, paint containing zinc dust, or sprayed zinc. 2.4 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I. 1. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C or F. B. Blended Hydraulic Cement: ASTM C 595M, Type IS, portland blast-furnace slag cement. C. Normal-Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33, uniformly graded, and as follows: 1. Class: Moderate weathering region, but not less than 3M. 2. Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch (19 mm). 3. Combined Aggregate Gradation: Well graded from coarsest to finest with not more than 18 percent and not less than 8 percent retained on an individual sieve, except that less than 8 percent may be retained on coarsest sieve and on No. 50 (0.3-mm) sieve, and less than 8 percent may be retained on sieves finer than No. 50(0.3 mm). D. Water: Potable and complying with ASTM C 94. 2.5 ADMIXTURES A. General: Admixtures certified by manufacturer to contain not more than 0.1 percent water- on soluble chloride ions by mass of cementitious material and to be compatible with other admixtures and cementitious materials. Do not use admixtures containing calcium chloride. B. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. C. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494,Type A. D. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F. E. Water-Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type E. pa F. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D. 2.6 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745, Class C, of one of the following materials; or polyethylene sheet,ASTM D 4397, not less than 10 mils (0.25 mm)thick: CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-5 go Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 so D. Chamfer Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, 3/4 by 3/4 inch, minimum unless shown otherwise on Contract Drawings. .. E. Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 4W 1. Formulate form-release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form-facing materials. F. Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, removable or snap-off metal or glass-fiber-reinforced plastic No form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. w 1. Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch to the plane of the exposed concrete surface. 2. Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes not larger than 1 inch in diameter in concrete surface. 3. Furnish ties with integral water-barrier plates to walls indicated to receive dampproofing or waterproofing. w 2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed. B. Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 775/A 775M, and as follows: 1. Steel Reinforcement: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed. C. Plain-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, as drawn. D. Plain-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, galvanized. E. Deformed-Steel Wire: ASTM A 496. F. Epoxy-Coated Wire: ASTM A 884/A 884M, Class A coated, deformed-steel wire. G. Deformed-Steel Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 497,flat sheet. H. Epoxy-Coated Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 884/A 884M, Class A, deformed steel. 2.3 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES A. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. Manufacture bar supports according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete or fiber- reinforced concrete of greater compressive strength than concrete, and as follows: 1. For concrete surfaces exposed to view where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic-protected or CRSI Class 2 stainless-steel bar supports. 2. For epoxy-coated reinforcement, use epoxy-coated or other dielectric-polymer-coated wire bar supports. r" CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-4 ON Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA P November 1, 2007 2. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be tP constructed. 3. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting construction. 4. If Architect determines that mockups do not meet requirements, demolish and remove them from the site and cast another until the mockup is approved. 5. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. 6. Demolish and remove mockups when directed. OR 7. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. H. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in PR Division 1 Section "Project Meetings." 1. Before submitting design mixes, review concrete mix design and examine procedures for ensuring quality of concrete materials. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with cast-in-place concrete to attend, including the following: a. Contractor's superintendent. b. Independent testing agency responsible for concrete design mixes. C. Ready-mix concrete producer. d. Concrete subcontractor. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING +w� A. Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. 1. Avoid damaging coatings on steel reinforcement. 2. Repair damaged epoxy coatings on steel reinforcement according to ASTM D 3963/D 3963M. PART 2-PRODUCTS r 2.1 FORM-FACING MATERIALS A. Smooth-Formed Finished Concrete: Form-facing panels that will provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. 1. Plywood, metal, or other approved panel materials. 2. Exterior-grade plywood panels, suitable for concrete forms, complying with DOC PS 1, and as follows: a. High-density overlay, Class 1, or better. B. Rough-Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. C. Forms for Cylindrical Columns, Pedestals, and Supports: Metal, glass-fiber-reinforced plastic, paper, or fiber tubes that will produce surfaces with gradual or abrupt irregularities not exceeding specified formwork surface class. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist plastic concrete loads without detrimental deformation. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-3 00 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. am Northampton, MA November 1,2007 1. Cementitious materials and aggregates. 2. Form materials and form-release agents. 00 3. Steel reinforcement and reinforcement accessories. 4. Admixtures. 5. Curing materials. 6. Floor and slab treatments. 7. Bonding agents. 8. Adhesives. 9. Vapor retarders. 10. Joint-filler strips. 11. Repair materials. H. Minutes of preinstallation conference. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed concrete Work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products complying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1. Manufacturer must be certified according to the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association's Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities. C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. 1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP-1 or an equivalent certification program. D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, each aggregate from one source, and each admixture from the same manufacturer. E. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.4, "Structural Welding Code- -Reinforcing Steel." F. ACI Publications: Comply with the following, unless more stringent provisions are indicated: .., 1. ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete." 2. ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." 3. ACI 318, "Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete and Commentary". wo 4. ACI 305,"Hot Weather Concreting". 5. ACI 306, "Cold Weather Concreting". G. Mockups: Cast concrete slabs-on-grade mockup to demonstrate typical joints, surface finish, texture,tolerances, and standard of workmanship. 1. Build mockups approximately 200 sq. ft. (18.6 sq. m) in the location indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300-2 .R Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 SECTION 03300-CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE w PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 00 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections,apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies cast-in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mix design, placement procedures, and finishes. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 2 Section "Earthwork"for drainage fill under slabs-on-grade. im 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, ground granulated blast-furnace slag, and silica fume. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of manufactured material and product indicated. B. Design Mixes: For each concrete mix. Include alternate mix designs when characteristics of materials, project conditions,weather,test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. 1. Indicate amounts of mix water to be withheld for later addition at Project site. C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Details of fabrication, bending, and placement, prepared according to ACI 315, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement." Include material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, arrangement, and supports of concrete reinforcement. Include special reinforcement required for openings through concrete structures. D. Formwork Shop Drawings: Design and engineering of formwork are Contractor's responsibility. E. Welding Certificates: Copies of certificates for welding procedures and personnel. F. Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance of the following with requirements indicated, based on comprehensive testing of current materials: G. Material Certificates: Signed by manufacturers certifying that each of the following items complies with requirements: CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300- 1 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. " and the U.S.Tennis Court and Track Builders Association and other authorities having jurisdiction over the work. C. All excavation and backfill operations shall conform to the details shown on the drawings and the applicable provisions specified under Excavating, Filling and Grading,Section 02200. ..M D. Special Conditions Work shall be properly coordinated with the work of other trades. Other trades shall be con- �+ suited in advance so that proper provisions may be made for installation of their work and so that the work of this Section may be properly finished and connected to the work of other trades E. Manufacturer's Literature Manufacturer's literature included with products (brochures, maintenance information and warran- ties,where applicable)shall be forwarded to the Owner at the Project closeout. F. Clean-up-Site shall be left free of all debris and in a clean,orderly manner. so END OF SECTION +we .r� SITE IMPROVEMENTS 02950-4 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. OR C Sign posts shall be galvanized and pre-finished or painted black as follows: Clean entire exposed sur- face with solvent or detergent wash to remove all foreign material which would impair placement of paint. Allow surfaces to dry completely. I. Paint system shall be: Pretreatment: Galvanized Metal Conditioning Primer 0.3mils Prime coat: Rapid Dry Alkyd Universal Primer 2.0 mils Phenolic-Fortified Intermediate Coat: Silicone-Alkyd Enamel 2.0 mils Final Coat: Silicone-Alkyd Enamel 2.0 mils 2.05 WOOD DUMPSTER SCREEN A. Wood dumpster screen shall be constructed of first grade cedar as shown on detail. All hardware to be galvanized with black painted epoxy finish, 2 coats minimum. �w B. Shop drawings and hardware shall be submitted to Architect for approval. RM C. Pedestrian Gate hardware shall comply with Mass.Architectural Access Board/ADA. 2.06 BOLLARDS Only where required by Gas or Electric Utilities, bollards shall be 4 inch diameter steel pipe,ASTM A-53 Grade B,Schedule 40. Bollards shall be galvanized in accordance with ASTM A-123 and re- tain a coating of zinc weighing not less than 2 ounces per square foot of steel. I Concrete for filling bollards and for bollard foundation shall be 3000 psi cement concrete in con- formance with Section 03300. Paint bollard Federal Safety Yellow as follows: Clean entire exposed surface of bollard with sol- vent or detergent wash to remove all foreign material which would impair placement of paint. AI- low surfaces to dry completely. Paint system shall be as described in 2.02C (1) iw PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. General The work related to each of the site improvement items shall be fabricated,constructed and fin- ished in every respect in a good,workmanlike and substantial manner,to the full intent and mean- ing of the drawings and specifications. All parts necessary for the proper and complete execution of the work,whether the same may have been specifically mentioned or not,or indicated on the PM drawings,shall be done or furnished in a manner corresponding with the rest of the work as if the same were specifically herein described. B. The workmanship shall be first-class in every respect and neat in appearance. All work shall meet the requirements of applicable federal,state and local codes,the National High School Federation, SITE IMPROVEMENTS 02950-3 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. I. Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA) Guidelines 2. Massachusetts Architectural Access Board (MAAB) Guidelines 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE OF MATERIALS A. Architectural Coatings All architectural coatings shall comply with the National Volatile Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings,(EPA 40 CFR Part 59,as published in the Friday,September 11, 1998 Federal Register). Architectural coatings are defined as: "a coating recommended for field appli- cation to stationary structures and their appurtenances,to portable buildings,to pavements,or to curbs." PART 2- PRODUCTS ww 2.01 BICYCLE PAVILLION AND RACK A. Bike rack shall be'Spade' Rack by Barco Products,surface mount. Color: Black. Quantity:as shown on plans. Installation as per manufacturer's instructions. ow A. Covered Bicycle Parking Pavilion shall be 'Kaleidoscope' Canopy by Landscape Forms. Size and Quantity: 5. Installation shall be as per manufacturer's instructions. Color: Black. w 2.02 PLAY EQUIPMENT&SURFACING A. Play Equipment shall be Model 718-5005 Tot's Choice Modular Play System as manufactured by Mira- W cle Recreation Equipment Company.Color scheme to be'Big Timber.' Play Equipment shall meet ADA guidelines for accessible components. Play equipment shall be sited such that the required safety zone(clear of fencing,trees or other obstructions) is provided. B. Play surfacing shall be'FibarSystems' loose-fill engineered wood fiber as manufactured by The Fibar Group LLC,Armonk NY or approved equal,and shall meet ADA guidelines for accessibility. 2.03 BENCH Bench shall be 6' Bench Model#1266 PV-Coated punched steel as manufactured by Miracle Recreation Equipment Company. Inground mount in 12"x 42"min.depth concrete footing. Color: Hunter Green. ` 2.04 ORNAMENTAL FENCING • Pre-fabricated steel fence and gate to be Ameristar AEGIS II style as indicated on the drawings,or ap- proved equal,and as manufactured by Ameristar, 1555 N. Mingo Tulsa, OK 74116, 1-866-702-3192. Gate shall be self-latching with ADA accessible hardware. 2.05 TRAFFIC CONTROL SIGNS ww A. All traffic control signs shall conform to MHD Standard Specifications. 'Reserved Parking'and Acces- sible Parking Signs shall be 12x 18" B. Accessible parking signs,including'Van Accessible'tag,and pavement markings shall be as per ADA and Mass Arch.Access Board latest codes and standards. SITE IMPROVEMENTS 02950- 2 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. SECTION 02950 SITE IMPROVEMENTS PART I - GENERAL 1.01 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Attention is called to the requirements of the printed Form of Contract and to Division I -General Re- quirements,of which this section is hereby made a part. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish all labor, materials,equipment and perform all operations necessary for completion of the work of this section as shown on the Drawings,as herein specified and as evidently required to properly complete the following items: I. Bicycle Pavillions/Racks 2. Signage 3. Wood Dumpster Enclosures 4. Playground Equipment and surfacing 5. Ornamental Fencing 6. Benches and site amenities 1.03 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE A. Cast-in-place Concrete..........................................................................................Division 3 B. Bituminous Concrete.....................................................................................Section 02600 C. Metal Fabrication.....................................................................................................Division 5 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Forty-five days prior to installation and before any site furnishings are delivered to the job site, submit samples,specification cuts or shop and erection drawings for all items in Section 02950 in- dicating materials size and weight of steel, number, location and type of connection,welding se- quence and hardware. !iA B. Product literature/specifications cuts required: I. All items listed in 1.02 above 1.05 REFERENCES A. ASTM Standards I. A307-Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners 2. A424-Steel Sheet for Porcelain Enameling 3. A500-Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Round and Shapes 4. 8209-Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate B. Accessibility Standards SITE IMPROVEMENTS 02950- 1 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. A. The work may be accepted in parts when it is deemed to be in the Owner's best interest to do so and when approval is given to the Contractor in writing to complete the work in parts. Accep- tance and use of such areas by the Owner shall not waive any other provisions of this Contract. 3.09 CLEANUP ' A. When any of this work is done while buildings are occupied, pavements shall be kept clear at all times,broom cleaned to prevent tracking dirt into buildings. I* B. After completion of all planting operations,dispose of all debris and excess material to the satisfac- tion of the Landscape Architect. All pavements shall be broomed and hosed clean. to 3.10 FINAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. At the end of the guarantee period,the Landscape Architect will inspect all guaranteed work for the Final Acceptance upon written request of the Contractor. The request shall be received at least 10 calendar days before the anticipated date for final inspection. B. Upon completion and re-inspection of all repairs or renewals necessary in the judgement of the Landscape Architect at that time,he shall certify in writing to the Contractor as to the Final Ac- ceptance of the project. ON nF END OF SECTION aw PM SEEDING 02850-7 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I, 2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group,Inc. ` B. Seed all grass areas with specified grass seed,sowing evenly with an approved mechanical seeder at the rate of 6 pounds per 1,000 square feet. Sow 3 pounds per 1,000 square feet in one direction , and 3 pounds per 1,000 square feet at right angles to the first seeding. Spread seed when soil is moist. Cultipacker,or approved similar equipment, may be used to cover the seed and to firm the seed bed in one operation. In areas inaccessible to cultipacker,the seeded ground shall be lightly raked and rolled in two directions with a water ballast roller. Extreme care shall be taken during seeding and raking to insure that no change shall occur in the finished grades and that the seed is not raked from one spot to another. Hydro-seeding is an acceptable manner of seeding, providing the Contractor certifies in writing that the hydro-seed fertilizer mix is as herein specified and ap- plied at the equivalent rate of 6 pounds per 1,000 square feet. C. Promptly after seeding,wet the seed bed thoroughly,keeping all areas moist throughout the ger- mination period. �* D. Mulch shall be placed immediately after seeding. Hay that has been thoroughly fluffed shall be spread evenly and uniformly at the rate of two to three tons per acre. Lumps and thick mulch ma- wr terials shall be thinned. All mulch anchor stakes,strings and matting shall be removed before final acceptance of lawns. E. Take whatever measures are necessary to protect the seeded area while it is germinating. These no measures shall include furnishing warnings signs, barriers, and other needed measures of protec- tion. 3.06 MAINTENANCE no A. Maintenance shall begin immediately after seeding operations and shall continue until Acceptance or for a minimum of 60 days,whichever is longer. w B. Maintenance of seed areas shall consist of watering,weeding,curing,repair of all erosion,and re- seeding as necessary to establish a uniform stand of grass. Lawns shall be watered in a satisfactory manner during and immediately after planting,and not less than twice per week until final accep- tance. All areas which fail to show a uniform stand of grass for any reason shall be reseeded re- peatedly until a uniform stand is attained. Scattered bare spots,evenly distributed and not exceed- ing 8"square of any lawn area will be allowed at the discretion of the Landscape Architect. At the time of the first cutting,there shall be a uniform stand between 3 and 3-1/2"high,and mower blades shall be set between 2-1/2"and 3" high. Catch shall be representative of seed speci- fied. C. Owner will supply water. Contractor shall supply all necessary equipment such as hoses and sprin- klers and shall be responsible for watering operations. 3.07 ACCEPTANCE A. The Landscape Architect shall inspect all work for Acceptance upon written request of the Con- tractor. The request shall be received at least 10 calendar days before the anticipated date of in- spection. Upon completion and re-inspection of all repairs or renewals necessary in the judgement of the Landscape Architect, he shall certify in writing to the Contractor as to the Acceptance of go the work. 3.08 ACCEPTANCE IN PART SEEDING 02850-6 W Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. on The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. ON 2. Verify that seeding may be completed in accordance with the original design and the refer- enced standards. B. Discrepancies OR I. In the event of discrepancy,immediately notify the Landscape Architect. M 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.02 FINISH GRADE PREPARATION A. Topsoil shall not be worked in a frozen or muddy condition. B. Topsoil shall be spread over approved areas to a depth sufficiently greater than 6" in "loam and seed" lawn areas so that after natural settlement and light rolling,the completed work will con- form to the lines,grades,and elevations indicated. If excess topsoil exists,topsoil shall be spread a maximum of 8" deep on lawn areas. D. After topsoil has been spread in approved areas,it shall be carefully prepared by scarifying or har- rowing,and stones over one half inch in diameter shall be removed from the topsoil. It shall be W free of roots and smaller stones in excessive quantities,as determined by the Landscape Architect. E. The whole surface shall then be rolled with a roller which weighs not more than 100 pounds per foot of width. During the rolling,all depressions caused by settlement of rolling shall be filled with additional topsoil,and the surface shall be regraded and rolled until presenting a smooth and even finish to the required grade. IM 3.04 SEED BED PREPARATION A. After the areas to be seeded have been brought to the grades specified,spread limestone at a rate of 100 pounds per 1,000 square feet. PM B. Apply the 18-26-12 fertilizer at a rate of 5 pounds per 1,000 square feet within 10 days prior to seeding. Thoroughly and evenly incorporate fertilizer and lime with the soil to a depth of 3" by discing or other approved method. In areas inaccessible to power equipment, use hand tools. Adjacent to trees and shrubs, use hand tools to avoid disturbances of the roots. C. The Seeding Contractor shall reconstitute the soil,as may be recommended by a soil testing IIR agency, prior to use as planting soil. Any deficiencies in the topsoil shall be corrected by the Con- tractor,as recommended,at no expense to the Owner. D. After incorporation of fertilizer and lime into the soil,the seed bed shall be fine graded to remove all ridges and depressions and the surface cleared of all debris and of all stones one half inch or more in diameter. 3.05 SEEDING A. Immediately before seeding,the ground shall be restored,as necessary,to a loose friable condition by dicing or other approved method to a depth of not less than 2". The surface shall be cleared of all roots,debris and of all stones 1/2"or more in diameter. SEEDING 02850-5 on Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. Compost shall be mature, stable, weed free, and produced by aerobic decomposition of organic matter. Compost feedstock may include, but is not limited to:agricultural,food or industrial residuals;class A bio- .., solids as defined in the EPA CFR Title 40, Part 503; yard trimmings, or source-separated municipal solid waste. The product must not contain any visible refuse or other physical contaminants, substances toxic to plants, or over 5% sand, silt, clay or rock material by dry weight. The product shall possess no objectionable odors. The product must meet all applicable USEPA CFR, Title 40, Part 503 Standards for Class A biosolids. The moisture level shall be such that no visible water or dust is produced when han- dling the material.The results of compost analysis shall be provided by the compost supplier 2.04 GRASS SEED A. General-All grass seed shall be: ' I. Free from noxious weed seeds and recleaned. 2. Grade A recent crop seed. 3. Treated with appropriate fungicide at time of mixing. 4. Delivered to the site in sealed containers with dealer's guaranteed analysis. B. Seed Mix Proportions by Weight w� by Weight Seed %Puri %Germination 10% rw Baron Bluegrass 90/ 75% 10% Flyking Bluegrass 85% 75% 40% Illahee Red Fescue* 98% 90% 5% Annual Ryegrass 98% 90% era 35% Manhattan II Per Rye* 98% 90% *denotes seed mixture containing active endophytes Weed seed content shall not exceed 0.25%. Wet,moldy,or otherwise damaged seed will be re- jected. a. C. Temporary Erosion Control Percent by Percent of Percent Weight Seed Purity Germination ' 4% Creeping Red Fescue 98% 90% 3% Perennial Ryegrass 98% 90% 3% Clover, Red 90% Winter Rye in PART 3.00- EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS No A. Inspection 1. Prior to all work of this Section,carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades,and RM verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly com- mence. MR SEEDING 02850-4 an Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. B. Testing The Contractor shall take representative samples of topsoil from the site and from topsoil to be hauled in and shall submit samples to a Soil Testing Laboratory for chemical analysis,and physical analysis. The Contractor shall indicate to the testing agencies that turf is to be planted and who the Owner is. The Contractor shall forward to the Landscape Architect two copies of analysis and recommendations of the testing agencies.The Contractor is responsible for adding lime and/or peat to the topsoil as recommended by the testing agency. 2.02 FERTILIZER A. General All fertilizer shall be a commercial balanced, 10-6-4 fertilizer delivered to the site in bags labeled with the manufacturer's guaranteed analysis. B. Commercial Fertilizer I. Commercial fertilizer shall be a complete fertilizer in which 50-70 percent of the nitrogenous elements shall be derived from organic sources;phosphate shall be derived from superphos- phate containing I6-20 percent phosphoric acid or bonemeal containing 25-30 percent phos- phoric acid and 2-3 percent nitrogen;and potash shall be derived from muriate of potash con- taining 55-60 percent potash. It shall contain the following percentages by weight. 20%Nitrogen - 27%Phosphoric Acid - 5% Potash 2. Fertilizer shall be mixed,as specified,and delivered to the site in standard, unopened contain- ers showing weight,guaranteed analysis,and name of manufacturer. C. Special Protection If stored at the site,protect fertilizer from the elements at all times. 2.03 SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Peat ow Peat shall be moist,finely shredded,consist of 90 percent organic moss peat,be brown in color, and suitable for horticultural purposes. Shredded particles shall not exceed one half(1/2) inch in diameter. Peat shall be measured in air dry condition,containing not more than 35 percent mois- ture by weight. Ash content shall not exceed 10 percent. B. Limestone Ground dolomite limestone shall be an approved agricultural limestone and shall contain not less than 85 percent of total carbonates. Limestone shall be ground to such fineness that 50 percent will pass a 100-mesh sieve,and 90 percent will pass a 20-mesh sieve.This site was a pine forest up until this past year. Provide lime applications as necessary to bring the soil pH to the proper level. More than one application may be required. P4 C. Compost SEEDING 02850-3 WIN Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. B. Certificates I. All certificates required by law shall accompany shipments. 2. Prior to installation,deliver all certificates to the Landscape Architect. 1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Delivery and Storage ..a I. Deliver all items to the site in their original containers with all labels intact and legible at time of Landscape Architect's inspection. 2. Immediately remove from the site all seeding materials which are not true to name and all materials which do not comply with the provisions of this Section of these Specifications. 3. Use all means necessary to protect seeding materials before,during,and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. B. Replacements In the event of damage or rejection,immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Landscape Architect,at no additional cost to the Owner. w 1.07 SEEDING SEASON A. Seeding no Seeding shall normally be done between August 15th to October 10 and/or April I st to June 15th. B. Variance If special conditions exist which may warrant a variance in the above planting dates,a written re- quest shall be submitted to the Landscape Architect stating the special conditions for the proposed variance. Permission for the variance will be given if warranted in the opinion of the Landscape Architect. Regardless of the time of seeding,the Contractor shall be responsible for a full growth of grass. w PART 2.00- PRODUCTS 2.01 TOPSOIL A. General w Topsoil,except that existing on the site,will not be made available by the Owner. The Contractor shall be responsible for supplying any additional topsoil needed and hauling it to the site. It shall be obtained from naturally well-drained areas. It shall not be excessively acid or alkaline nor contain toxic substances which may be harmful to plant growth. Topsoil shall be without admixture of subsoil and shall be cleaned and free from clay lumps,stones,stumps,roots,or similar substances three quarter inch, (3/4") or more in diameter, debris,or other objects which might be a hin- drance to planting operations. Furnish all topsoil required to complete the work. Materials re- moved shall be disposed of by the Contractor. All topsoil,whether obtained from on site or off site shall be screened prior to use by a %z"or smaller size screen. SEEDING 02850-2 No Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. SECTION 02850 SEEDING PART I -GENERAL 1.01 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS A. Attention is directed to the requirements of the printed form of Contract and to Division I, General ! Requirements,of which this section is hereby made a part. 1.02 SECTION INCLUDES A. Items required for this Work is indicated on the Drawings and, in general,includes furnishing and placing topsoil,seeding and soil preparation for seeding throughout the Work. 1.03 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE A. Excavating, Filling,and Grading....................................................................Section 02200 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Workers Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the Work,be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed and the best methods for their installation,and direct all work performed under this Section. B. Standards I. All seeding materials shall meet or exceed the specifications of Federal and State laws re- quiring inspection for plant disease and insect control. twr 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Materials List Within 35 days after award of Contract and before any seeding materials are delivered to the job site,submit to the Landscape Architect a complete list of all seeding and other items proposed to be installed. I. Include complete data on source,size,and quality. 2. Demonstrate complete conformance with the requirements of this Section. 3. This shall in no way be construed as permitting substitution for specific items described in the Drawings or these Specifications unless the substitution has been approved in advance by the Landscape Architect. SEEDING 02850- 1 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. 3.08 CARE OF EXISTING TREES A. Upon completion of the work under this Section,all existing trees shall be pruned and any injuries repaired. The amount of pruning shall be limited to the minimum necessary to remove dead or in- jured twigs and branches and to compensate for the loss of roots as a result of construction opera- �* tions. Roots greater than 2"shall be hand-cut to provide clean,concise,cutting and removal. Prun- ing shall be done in such a manner as not to change the natural habit or shape of the plant. All cuts shall be made at the branch collar, leaving no stubs. On all cuts over 3/4"diameter and bruises or w. scars on the bark,the injured cambium shall be traced back to living tissue and removed;wounds shall be smoothed and shaped so as not to retain water. 3.09 CLEANUP •e• A. When any of this work is done while buildings are occupied,pavements shall be kept clear at all times, broom cleaned to prevent tracking dirt into buildings. ..a B. After completion of all planting operations,dispose of all debris and excess material to the satisfac- tion of the Architect. All pavements shall be broomed and hosed clean. 3.10 FINAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE A. At the end of the guarantee period,the Architect will inspect all guaranteed work for final accep- tance upon written request of the Contractor. The request shall be received at least 10 calendar .. days before the anticipated date for final inspection. B. Upon completion and reinspection of all repairs or renewals necessary in the judgment of the Archi- tect at that time, he shall certify in writing to the Contractor as to the final acceptance of the Pro- ject. w END OF SECTION .w. .ws PLANTING 02800- 10 P" PP Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. C. Schedule the final inspection sufficiently in advance and in cooperation with the Architect so that the final inspection may be conducted within 24 hours after completion of planting. D. Final inspection will be at the end of the maintenance period,provided that all previous deficiencies have been corrected. 3.06 ACCEPTANCE A. The Architect shall inspect all work for acceptance upon written request of the Contractor. The request shall be received at least 10 calendar days before the anticipated date of inspection. 1. Acceptance of plant material by the Architect shall be for general conformance to specified size, character,and quality and shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for full conformance to the contract documents, including correct species. 2. Upon completion and reinspection of all repairs or renewals necessary in the judgment of the Architect,he shall certify in writing to the Contractor as to the acceptance of the work. B. Acceptance in Part 1. The work may be accepted in parts when it is deemed to be in the Owner's best interest to do so and when approval is given to the Contractor in writing to complete work in parts. Accep- tance and use of such areas by the Owner shall not waive any other provisions of this Contract. 3.07 GUARANTEE PERIOD AND REPLACEMENTS A. The guarantee period for trees and shrubs shall begin at the date of acceptance. B. All plant material shall be guaranteed by the Contractor for a period of one year from the date of e� Acceptance to be in good,healthy and flourishing condition. C. When work is accepted in parts,the guarantee periods extend from each of the partial acceptances to the terminal date of the last guarantee period. Thus,all guarantee periods terminate at one time. D. The Contractor shall replace,without cost to the Owner and as soon as possible as weather condi- tions permit and within a specified planting period,all dead plants and all plants not in a vigorous thriving condition,as determined by the Architect during and at the end of the guarantee period. Plants shall be free of dead or dying branches and branch tips and shall bear foliage of a normal den- sity,size,and color. Replacements shall closely match adjacent specimens of the same species. Re- placements shall be subject to all requirements stated in this Specification. E. Existing plant material that has been relocated is not subject to a guarantee period and replacement, provided such work has occurred in compliance with 3.03A and 3.04. All such dead plants and all plants not in a vigorous thriving condition,as determined by the Architect,shall be removed from the site and the ground restored to grade with loam and seeded. F. The guarantee of all replacement plants shall extend for an additional period of one year from the date of their acceptance after replacement. In the event that a replacement plant is not acceptable during or at the end of the said extended guarantee period,the Owner may elect subsequent re- placement or credit for each item. G. The Contractor shall make periodic inspection at no extra cost to the Owner during the guarantee period to determine what changes, if any,should be made to the Owner's maintenance program. Submit in writing to the Architect any recommended changes. PLANTING 02800-9 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz FY Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group,Inc. 3. Cut and remove ropes,strings and wrappings from top 1/3 of ball after plant has been set. Leave balance of wrappings intact around ball. If wrapping is plastic, remove top 2/3. �.. 4. Backfill plant pits with prepared planting soil. When plant pits have been backfilled approxi- mately 2/3 full,water thoroughly,eliminating all air pockets. After watering,install planting soil to top of pit and repeat watering. 5. Form saucer around tree as indicated on the Drawings. 6. Finish grade planting areas to conform to grades on Drawings. 7. Mulch all pits and beds with a 4" layer of shredded bark mulch immediately after planting. 8. Immediately after planting,water all plants thoroughly. C. Pruning I. Prune plants only at time of planting and according to standard horticultural practice to pre- serve the natural character of the plant. Pruning to be done under supervision of the Project Architect. Pruning and trimming shall include the following: a) Remove all dead wood,suckers,and broken or badly bruised branches,unless other- w wise directed by the Architect. Contractor shall not cut main leader of tree. b) Use only clean sharp tools. 3.04 MAINTENANCE OF TREES AND SHRUBS A. Maintenance shall begin immediately after each plant is planted and shall continue until acceptance of the project by the Owner after final inspection or 60 days,whichever is longer. B. Maintenance shall consist of pruning,watering,cultivating,weeding,mulching,resetting plants to proper grades or upright position,restoration of the planting saucer,and furnishing and applying such sprays or other items as are necessary to keep the planting free of insects and disease and in thriving condition. ■w C. Planting areas and plants shall be protected at all times against trespassing and damage of all kinds for the duration of the maintenance period. If any plants become damaged or injured,they shall be treated or replaced as directed by the Architect at no additional cost to the Owner. .� D. Provide all equipment and means for proper application of water to those planted areas not equipped with an irrigation system. w 3.05 INSPECTION In addition to normal progress inspection,schedule and conduct the following formal inspections, giving the Architect at least 24 hours prior notice of readiness for inspection: A. Inspection of plants in containers prior to planting. B. Inspection of plant locations to verify compliance with the Drawings. PLANTING 02800-8 00 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. No The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. F. If rock,underground construction work,tree roots,or obstructions are encountered in the excava- 40 tion of plant pits,alternate locations may be considered by the Architect. Where location cannot be changed,as determined by the Architect,submit cost required to remove the obstructions to a depth of not less than 6" below the required pit depth. Proceed with work after approval of the Ar- chitect. 3.03 PLANTING OPERATIONS A. Digging and Handling of Plant Materials to be Relocated . Notify the Architect to observe the work and approve final locations at least 48 hours before both digging and transplanting of materials to be relocated is to occur. 2. Root prune trees in place as far in advance of digging as possible. Immediately before digging, spray all evergreen or deciduous plant material in full leaf with anti-desiccant,applying an ade- quate film over trunks,branches,twigs,and/or foliage. Digging of materials shall occur within the planting season. 3. Dig,ball and firmly burlap("B&B") plants with firm,natural balls of earth with diameter not less than that recommended by American standard for Nursery Stock and of sufficient depth to include the fibrous and feeding roots. Plants moved with a ball will not be accepted if the ball is cracked or broken before or during planting operation. Exception:A mechanical tree "a spade may be utilized to directly transplant the material to the final location. 4. Protect plants at all times from sun or drying winds. Plants that cannot be planted immedi- ately after digging shall be kept in the shade,well protected with soil,wet moss,or other ac- ceptable materials and shall be kept well watered. Plants shall not be stored temporarily out- side the planting season. 5. Plants shall not be bound with wire or rope at any time so as to damage the bark or break branches. Plants shall be lifted and handled from the bottom of the ball only. 6. Ensure new planting locations are at final grade elevations if transplanting is to occur before PM other sitework is substantially complete. Place material in new locations per 3.03B(2)through (4)and 3.03C. 7. Encircle trees with snow fencing or other suitable protective barrier, minimum 8' diameter, MM when trees are transplanted before other sitework is substantially complete. Remove fencing upon completion of all other planting work. B. Planting Trees and Shrubs I. Protect plants at all times from sun or drying winds. Plants that cannot be planted immedi- ately on delivery shall be kept in the shade,well protected with soil,wet moss,or other ac- ! ceptable material and shall be kept well watered. Plants shall not remain unplanted for longer than three days after delivery. Plants shall not be bound with wire or rope at any time so as to damage the bark or break branches. Plants shall be lifted and handled from the bottom of the ball only. 2. Set plants at same relationship to finished grade as they bore to the ground from which they were dug. Set plant plumb and brace rigidly in position until prepared topsoil has been tamped solidly around ball and roots. PLANTING 02800-7 Am Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I, 2007 Dietz 6'Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. am A. Plant labels shall be durable, legible stating the correct plant name and size in weather-resistant ink or embossed process lettering. .w, 2.12 ANTI-DESICCANT A. Anti-desiccant shall be an emulsion,which provides a protective film over plant surfaces, permeable WX enough to permit transpiration. It shall be delivered in containers of the manufacturer and mixed according to the manufacturer's directions("Wiltpruf'manufactured by Nursery Specialty Products Inc.,Stubbings Road,Groton Falls, New York,or approved equal). am PART 3- EXECUTION Wo 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection on I. Prior to all work of this Section,carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly com- mence. am 2. Verify that planting may be completed in accordance with the original design and the refer- enced standards. w B. Discrepancies I. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. .w. 3.02 EXCAVATION OF PLANTING AREAS A. Stake out the ground locations for plants and outlines of areas to be planted and obtain approval of , the Architect before excavation is begun. A minimum of 30 percent of total planting must be staked before inspection will be made. B. Excavate tree and shrub pits as shown on the Drawings. C. Separate subgrade soils from the upper topsoil portions and remove immediately wherever encoun- tered during planting operations. .� D. Notify the Architect in writing of all soil condition that the Contractor considers detrimental to growth of plant material. State condition and submit proposal in writing to the Architect for cor- recting condition. w Notify the Architect in writing of all soil or drainage conditions that the Contractor considers det- rimental growth of plant material. E. Test drainage of suspect plant beds and pits by filling with water twice in succession. Conditions permitting the retention of water in planting beds for more than 12 hours shall be brought to the at- tention of the Architect. .. PLANTING 02800-6 P Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. PM The Berkshire Design Group,Inc. F. All plants shall be labeled with correct plant name and size. Labels shall be attached securely to all plants,bundles,and containers of plant materials delivered with care that those attached directly to plants will not restrict growth. G. Substitutions of plant materials will not be permitted, unless authorized in writing by the Architect. If proof is submitted and substantiated in writing that any plant specified is not obtainable,a proposal will be considered for use of the nearest available size or similar variety with a corresponding ad- justment of Contract price. H. Type of Protection to Roots I. Balled and Burlapped Plants Plants designated"B&B" in the Plant List shall be balled and burlapped. They shall be dug with firm, natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter and depth to encompass the fibrous and feeding root system necessary for full recovery of the plant. Balls shall be firmly wrapped with burlap or similar material and bound with twine,cord,or wire mesh. Where necessary to prevent breaking or cracking of the ball during the process of planting,the ball may be se- +! cured to a platform. 2. Protection After Delivery The balls of"B&B" plants and container grown plants that cannot be planted immediately on delivery shall be covered with moist soil or mulch,or other protection from drying winds and sun. All plants shall be watered as necessary until planted. 2.09 INSPECTIONS A. Certificates of inspection shall accompany invoices for each shipment of plants as may be required by law for transportation. File certificates with the Architect prior to acceptance of the material. In- spection by Federal or State Governments at place of growth does not preclude rejection of plants at the work site. 2.10 SELECTION AND TAGGING A. Plants shall be subject to inspection and approval by the Architect at their place of growth and upon delivery for conformity to specification requirements. Such approval shall not impair the right of in- spection and rejection during the progress of the work. A Contractor's representative shall be pre- sent at all inspections. B. Written requests for inspection of plant material at their place of growth shall be submitted to the Architect at least 10 calendar days prior to digging. Written requests shall state the place of growth and quantity of plants to be inspected. The Architect may refuse inspection at this time if, in his judgment,a sufficient quantity of plants are not available for inspection. C. Plants identified as"selection specimen"shall be approved and tagged at their place of growth. For distant material,submit photographs for pre-inspection review. 2.11 PLANT LABELS PLANTING 02800-5 PIP Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I, 2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. 2.05 WATER w A. Contractor shall make,at his expense,whatever arrangements may be necessary to ensure an ade- quate supply of water to meet the needs of this contract. He shall also furnish all necessary hose, equipment,attachments,and accessories for the adequate irrigation of lawns and planted areas as may be required to complete the work as specified. .� 2.06 PLANTING SOIL A. All fill material for excavations for plants shall conform to 2.06-Planting Soil. B. The Contractor shall supply loam which shall be prepared by the Contractor so as to be free from subsoil,stumps, roots,stones over one half inch (1/2) inch diameter and other extraneous materials. w Materials removed shall be disposed of by the Contractor. Soil shall not be used for planting while in a frozen or muddy condition. C. Planting soil mix shall be mixed to consist of seven parts loam and one part peat moss by volume. It shall have pH value between pH 5.0 to pH 6.0. Amend with lime as necessary to achieve required pH. w D. Mix all materials at the proportions or amounts specified herein. Mixing shall be done by an ap- proved method. Under no conditions shall mixing be done if materials are wet or in otherwise un- satisfactory condition,as determined by the Architect. w� 2.07 PLANT MATERIALS A. Plant materials shall be true to species and variety specified and shall be nursery grown in accor- dance with good horticultural practice under climatic conditions similar to those in the locality of the project for at least two years. They shall have been root-pruned within the last two years. All plants B+B or container grown. No heeled-in plants or plants from cold storage will be accepted. w� B. Unless specifically noted otherwise,all plants shall be of specimen quality;exceptionally heavy;and symmetrical,so trained or favored in development and appearance as to be unquestionable and out- standingly superior in form,compactness and symmetry. They shall be sound; healthy;vigorous; , well-branched and densely foliated when in leaf,free of disease;insects;eggs or larvae;and shall be free from physical damage or conditions that would prevent thriving growth. C. Plants shall not be pruned before delivery. Trees with multiple leaders, unless specified,will be re- jected. Trees with a damaged or crooked leader,abrasion of bark,sunscalds,disfiguring knots, in- sect damage,or cuts of limbs over 3/4" in diameter, not completely calloused,will be rejected. D. Plants shall conform to measurements specified in the Plant Lists,except that plants larger than specified may be used if approved by the Architect. Use of such plants shall not increase the Con- tract price. If larger plants are approved,the root ball shall be increased in proportion to the size of the plant. E. Caliper measurement shall be taken on the trunk 6"above natural ground line for trees up to 4" in caliper and 12"above the natural ground line for trees over 4"in caliper. Height and spread dimen- sions specified refer to the main body of the plant and not from branch tip to tip. Plants shall be measured when branches are in their normal position. If a range of size is given,no plant shall be less than the minimum size,and not less than 50 percent of the plants shall be as large as the maxi- mum size specified. Measurements specified are minimum size,acceptable after pruning where prun- ing is required. Plants that meet measurements but do not possess a normal balance between height and spread shall be rejected. PLANTING 02800-4 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I, 2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. 3. Use all means necessary to protect plant materials before,during and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all trades. B. Replacements In the event of damage or rejection, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect,at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Planting Season I. Planting shall be done within the following dates: Deciduous material: March I - May 15 October I - December I Evergreen Material: March I -June I August 15-October 15 Seeding, Sodding: April I -June August 15-September 30 2. If special conditions exist which may warrant a variance in the above planting dates,a written request shall be submitted to the Project Architect stating the special conditions and the pro- posed variance. Permission for the variance will be given if warranted in the opinion of the Architect. Variances permitted will not relieve the Contractor from liability for damages caused by planting out of season. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 FERTILIZER ► A. Plant fertilizer packets shall be installed as per the drawings. 2.02 SOIL AMENDMENT A. All soil amendment shall be peat;a domestic product consisting of partially decomposed vegetable matter of natural occurrence. It shall be brown,clean,low in content of mineral and woody mate- rial, mildly acid and granulated or shredded,and fortified with organic nitrogen or an equal commer- on cial soil amendment approved in advance by the Architect. 2.03 BARK MULCH A. Shredded cedar bark mulch shall consist of a standard size,free of chunks and pieces of wood thicker than 1/4"and approved by the Architect. The mulch must be partially decomposed and dark brown in color. 2.04 PEAT MOSS A. Brown;acid reaction about 4 to 5 pH;low in content of wood material and free of mineral matter harmful to plant life;water absorbing capacity, 1 100 to 2000 percent;moisture content 30 percent natural,shredded or granulated. PW PLANTING 02800- 3 am Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the Work,thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed and the best methods of their in- stallation,and direct all work performed under this Section. B. Standards . All plants and planting material shall meet or exceed the specifications of Federal and State laws requiring inspection for plant disease and insect control. 2. Quality and size shall conform with the current edition of "American Standard for Nursery Stock"for number one grade nursery stock,as adopted by the American Nursery 6'Land- scape Association. �* 3. All plants shall be true to name and one of each bundle or lot shall be tagged with the name and size of the plants, in accordance with the latest standards of practice of the American Nursery&Landscape Association. In all cases,botanical names shall take precedence over common names. 4. All Plants to be grown from stock hardy in USDA Plant Hardiness Zones 2 through 5. ww 1.09 SUBMITTALS A. Materials List ' Thirty days before any planting materials are delivered to the job site,submit to the Architect a complete list of all plants and other items proposed to be installed: 40 I. Include a complete data on source,size,and quality. 2. Demonstrate complete conformance with the requirements of this section. 3. This shall in no way be construed as permitting substitution for specific items described in the Drawings or these Specifications unless the substitution has been approved in advance by the Architect. B. Certificates ap I. All certificates required by law shall accompany shipments. 2. Upon completion of the installation,deliver all certificates to the Architect. C. All submittals shall follow the Provisions of Section 01330-Submittal Procedures. 1.10 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Delivery and Storage 1. Deliver all items to the site in their original containers with all labels intact and legible at time of Architect's inspection. 2. Immediately remove from the site all plants that are not true to name and all materials that do not comply with the provisions of this Section of these Specifications. a* PLANTING 02800-2 M Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. FM The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. SECTION 02800 PLANTING Part I -GENERAL 1.01 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS A. Attention is called to the requirements of the printed Form of Contract and to Division I -General !! Requirements,of which this section is hereby made a part. 1.02 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED A.If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not specifically listed in this Section, provide such item or material at a standard of quality equal to the standard established for the bal- ance of the Work specified,in accordance with the Architect's interpretation. on 1.03 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT to A. In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications, or within either Document not clarified by addendum,the better quality or greater quantity of Work shall be provided,in accor- dance with the Architect's interpretation. (See Article I of the General and Supplementary General Conditions.) P0 1.04 CONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including the General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1,apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.05 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED A. If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not specifically listed in this Sec- tion, provide such item or material at a standard of quality equal to the standard established for the balance of the Work specified,in accordance with the Architect's interpretation. 1.06 SECTION INCLUDES A. Planting required for the Work is indicated on the Drawings and, in general,includes planting of trees and/or shrubs and/or groundcovers throughout the Work including furnishing all materials, equipment,and labor necessary for root protection,and tree guards where applicable. 1.07 RELATED WORK A. Temporary Seeding.............................................................................................................Section 02150 B. Excavating, Filling&Grading.............................................................................................Section 02200 C. Seeding....................................................................................................................................Section 02850 1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE !ice A. Qualifications of Workmen PLANTING 02800- 1 MW Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. '° 7. Piping shall be properly graded,free from pockets. .yes 8. No pipe or fitting shall be permanently support on saddles,blocking or stones. 9. Where necessary,tight-fitting temporary wood bulkheads shall be employed to close ends of pipeline at end of each day's work. 10. Cleaning a. Clear interior of piping of dirt and other superfluous material as work progresses. b. Maintain swab or drag in line and pull past each joint as it is completed. C. In large,accessible piping, use brushes and brooms for clearing. d. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted conduit at end of day or whenever work stops. ,w e. Flush lines between manholes if required to remove collected debris. 11. Cleanouts shall be installed at the right-of-way line as per City specifications. w B. Connections to existing facilities 1. The Contractor shall make all required connections of the proposed sanitary sewer into existing or peoposed sanitary sewer facilities by others,where and as shown on the Drawings. 2. Take care while making tap connections to prevent concrete or debris from entering existing piping or structure. 3. Remove debris,concrete or other extraneous material which may accumulate. END OF SECTION .e� SANITARY SEWER SERVICES 02730-4 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. . Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) nonpressure pipe for gravity sewers shall conform to ASTM D 3034,SDR35 minimum wall thickness. 2. Pipe shall be bell-and-spigot in standard lengths of 12'-6". 3. Bell end shall be an integral wall section with solid cross section rubber ring,factory assembled. 4. Spigot end shall be beveled to ensure proper insertion. Spigot end shall be imprinted with an"assemble stripe",to which the bell end of the mated pipe will extend upon proper jointing of the two pipes. 5. Rubber rings shall conform to ASTM D3212. 6. Pipe ends shall permit checking of the rings with a feeler gage to ensure their proper location in the coupling grooves. 7. PVC fittings shall be bell-and-spigot type,compatible with the pipe. C. Embedment Materials PVC pipe embedment materials shall conform to Class I or Class 11 embedment materials as defined in ASTM D 2321. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION The Contractor shall install all sanitary sewer pipe in the locations as shown on the Drawings and/or as approved by the Owner's Field Representative and in accordance with the local DPW Standards. A. Piping- PVC I. Inspect piping before installation to detect apparent defects. 2. Mark defective materials with white paint and promptly remove from site. 3. PVC pipe installation shall conform to ASTM D2321. 4. Bottom of trench excavation shall be kept dry and free of water during pipe installation. Adequate measures shall be taken to prevent flotation of pipe in the trench. 5. Pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned before installation,and shall be maintained free from foreign matter during installation. 6. Each pipe length shall be installed to form a close joint with the next adjoining length 11w and bring inverts of the required grade. SANITARY SEWER SERVICES 02730-3 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. **' Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges 2. American Society for Testing and Materials: joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe,Using Rubber Gaskets C433 Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe D3231 Type PSM Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Sewer Pipe and Fittings D3034 joints for Drain and Sewer and Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals D3212 3. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Highway Department(MHD or MDPW): Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges 4. Local Municipal Requirements No a. The Contractor shall notify the Northampton DPW prior to installation. All work and materials shall be subject to the approval of the local DPW. B. Permits eau The Contractor shall pay for all permits and licenses as required. C. Inspection ON All sanitary sewer System installation shall be inspected and approved by the local DPW. The Contractor shall be responsible for making all arrangements with the DPW and paying all fees associated with the Sanitary Sewerage Services installation. D. Coordination The Contractor shall coordinate tie-ins to existing and proposed stubs in the Moser, Musante and Village Hill Roads rights-of-way. This shall include field-verifying locations, harmoniously scheduling work and communicating information,as required,with the Roadway Contractor. *■ 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for sanitary sewage system materials and products. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for sanitary sewage services,and maintenance data. C. Record Drawings: Submit record drawings at Project Closeout. PART 2- PRODUCTS eye 2.01 MATERIALS The materials to be used in the construction shall be those indicated on the Drawings and specified .w. herein. A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe w SANITARY SEWER SERVICES 02730- 2 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. SECTION 02730 SANITARY SEWER SERVICES PART I -GENERAL 1.01 CONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE The General Provisions of the Contract,including the General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I,apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.02 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not specifically listed in this Section,provide such item or material at a standard of quality equal to the standard established for the balance of the Work specified,in accordance with the Architect's interpretation. 1.03 EXECUTION,CORRELATION AND INTENT In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications,or within either Document not clarified by addendum,the better quality or greater quantity of Work shall be provided, in accordance with the Architect's interpretation. 1.04 DESCRIPTION A. Work under this Section of the Specifications shall consist of providing all labor, materials and equipment necessary and required to install exterior sanitary sewer system beginning at s a point 10 feet outside of building foundation,in accordance with the Contract Documents. This work shall include but not be limited to: ON I. Installation of sanitary sewers consisting of pipe and all necessary and required accessory items and operations including service connections to each building. 2. Pay costs and fees related to connecting sanitary sewerage system to existing services. File applications,details,and drawings required by the local authority having jurisdiction. 3. Connections to existing and proposed sanitary sewer stubs and facilities B. Related Work Described Elsewhere A Excavating, Filling and Grading................................................................................Section 02200 !! " 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards I. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): SANITARY SEWER SERVICES 02730- 1 am Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November 1,2007 Dietz FY Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. ow A. The Contractor shall disinfect the lines and tank carrying potable water. The work shall be 00 performed in accordance with the requirements of the City DPW Standards. Test results shall be sent to the Engineer and local DPW. B. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment and materials necessary to do the work of disinfection, and shall perform the work in accordance with procedure outlined in the latest edition of ANSI/AWWA C651 except as otherwise specified herein. C. The dosage shall be such so as to produce a chlorine concentration of no less than 25 ppm(mg/1) after a contact period of not less than 24 hours. D. After treatment,the pipeline shall be flushed with clean water until the residual chlorine content does not exceed 1.0 ppm (mg/1). E. After flushing samples shall be collected as per Town DPW standards. .w F. During the disinfection period,care shall be exercised to prevent contamination of water in existing mains. ow G. The Contractor shall dispose of the water used in disinfecting and flushing in an acceptable manner. �r H. Any temporary connections required for disinfection shall be installed and subsequently properly abandoned at the Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION r� no am .w w WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 02666-8 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase 11 November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group,Inc. 3. Furnish and install suitable temporary testing plugs or caps;all necessary pressure pumps, �p pipe connections,meters,gages,and other necessary equipment;and all labor required. 4. Unless it has already been done,the section of pipe to be tested shall be filled with water of approved quality,and all air shall be expelled from the pipe. If hydrants or blow-offs are not available at high points for releasing air,make necessary excavations, do backfilling and make taps at such points. Plug holes after completion of the test. S. The section under test shall be maintained full of water for a period of 24 hours prior to the combined pressure and leakage test being applied. 6. The meter and gage shall be installed and shall be kept in use during the test so that water entering water main under test will be measured and the pressure in the water main indicated. 40 7. The pressure test shall be made at 1.5 times the normal working water pressure (based on the elevation of the lowest point of the section under test), but not less than 150 PSI. If the Contractor cannot achieve the specified pressure and maintain it for the specified time, with no additional pumping,the section shall be considered as having failed to pass the test. so 8. Following a successful pressure test,or concurrently with test, make a leakage test by metering the flow of water into the pipe while maintaining in the water main and pressure equal to the specified test pressure. If the average leakage during the period exceeds specified the rate of gallons per hour,the section shall be considered as having failed the leakage test. 9. If the section shall fail to pass the pressure test,the leakage test,or both, locate,uncover, and repair or replace defective pipes,fittings,or joints,without extension of time for completion of work. Additional tests and repairs shall be made until the section passes the specified tests. 10. All joints within vaults shall have no visible leakage. joints from which water continues to run or squirt in an active manner will not be accepted. (I. Upon successful completion of the tests, plugs or caps installed for the testing shall be removed. 12. If,in the judgment of the Engineer, it is impractical to follow the foregoing procedure exactly for any reasons,modifications in the procedure shall be submitted for approval and be made as approved and accepted, but in any event the Contractor shall be responsible for ON tightness of the line within the above leakage and pressure requirements. E. Before submitting system for final approval of the authorities having jurisdiction,submit to the Engineer a written statement that work has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and signed by the Contractor's Superintendent. F. Promptly following satisfactory completion of leakage testing,a report fully describing test procedure and listing test results shall be submitted to the Engineer and to governmental agencies having jurisdiction.The report shall be signed by the Contractor's superintendent. G. The contractor shall be required to conduct test in accordance with NFPA 24 for all underground piping associated with fire protection. 3.05 DISINFECTION WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 02666-7 so Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. me 3.03 ASSEMBLING SLEEVE-TYPE COUPLINGS No A. Prior to the installation of sleeve-type couplings,the pipe ends shall be cleaned thoroughly for a distance of 8 in. Soapy water may be used as a gasket lubricant A follower and gasket, in that order,shall be slipped over each pipe to a distance of about 6 in.from the end,and the middle ring 4W shall be placed on the already laid pipe and until it is properly centered over the joint.The other pipe end shall be inserted into the middle ring and brought to proper position in relation to the pipe already laid. The gaskets and followers shall then be pressed evenly and firmly into the middle 4W ring flares. B. After the bolts have been inserted and all nuts have been made up fingertight, diametrically opposite nuts shall be progressively and uniformly tightened all around the joint, preferable by use MR of a torque wrench of the appropriate size and torque for the bolts. C. The correct torque as indicated by a torque wrench shall not exceed the sleeve manufacturers me recommendations. D. An approved tar coating shall be applied on the entire outer surface of such couplings,including bolts,following installation. 3.04 TESTING A. All portions of the water system installed shall be hydrostatically tested for leakage. B. General Test Requirements I. Piping shall be adequately restrained against movement before testing. Pressure line shall have thrust blocks installed and the concrete shall have attained full design strength before test pressure is applied to the line. 2. Piping system shall be flushed clean,and sediment,scale,dirt,and debris removed before piping is tested. 3. Adequate provision shall be made for carrying off flushing without causing erosion or other damage. 4. Piping shall be tested before joints are concealed or made inaccessible. 5. Tests shall be made in the presence of an inspector of the authority having jurisdiction and in accordance with the DPW Standards. w. C. Notice of tests shall be made in writing to the Engineer and the DPW and Water Department, and received by them at least five days before the date of test. D. Hydrostatic and Leakage Tests I. Testing shall be in accordance with AWWA Standard C600,Section 4,and at test pressure ew indicated in the DPW Standards. 2. Pressure pipe shall be given combined hydrostatic and leakage tests in sections of .�w acceptable length as the Engineer shall direct. e.. WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 02666-6 •r. WA OPP Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. A. Piping shall be installed as indicated on the Drawings and in accordance with the referenced DPW Standards. Where exact locating dimensions of piping are not indicated on the Drawings,the Engineer's approval shall be obtained for proposed locations. B. Ductile iron pipe fittings shall be installed in accordance with the DPW Standards. I. Bottom of trench excavation shall be kept dry and free of water during pipe installation. Adequate measures including de-watering as required shall be taken to prevent flotation of pipe in the trench. 2. Each pipe length shall be installed to form a close joint with the next adjoining length and bring inverts to the required grade. 3. Each pipe length shall have a firm bearing along its entire length. No pipe or fitting shall be permanently supported on saddles,blocking,or stones. 4. Where indicated, new system shall be connected to existing Municipal Water Distribution System in accordance with the City Requirements. C. Pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned before installation,and shall be maintained free from foreign matter during installation. I. Where necessary,tight-fitting temporary wood bulkheads shall be employed to close ends of pipeline at end of each day's work. 2. Entire length of pipe shall be thoroughly flushed clean following completion of backfill. D. In any pipe showing a distinct crack and in which it is believed there is no incipient fracture beyond the limits of the visible crack,the cracked portions, if so approved, may be cut off by and at the expense of the Contractor before the pipe is laid so that the pipe used will be perfectly sound. The cut shall be made in the sound portion at a point at lest 12 in.from the visible limits of the crack. I. Except as otherwise approved,all cutting shall be done with a machine suitable for cutting ductile iron pipe. Hydraulic squeeze cutters are not acceptable for cutting ductile iron pipe. Travel type cutters and guillotine or rotary type abrasive saws may be used. All cut ends shall be examined for possible cracks caused by cutting. 2. The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that damage to the lining of pipe or fittings will render them unfit for use; he shall use the utmost care in handling and installing 111 lined and coated pipe and fittings to prevent damage. Protective guards shall not be removed until the pipe is to be installed. E. Concrete Thrust Blocks I. Changes in direction,both vertical and horizontal shall be braced with concrete thrust blocks. 2. Where pipe is being capped for future connection,cap shall be braced with concrete thrust block. 3. Concrete shall meet requirements of Section 03300, CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE. 4. Thrust block sizing and installation shall be in accordance with DPW Standards. �w WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 02666- 5 4. Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. 0M 3. Boxes shall be adjustable by 6 in.vertically without reduction of the lap between sections to go less than 4 in. 4. Inside diameter of box shall be at least 5 1/4 inch and length of box shall be as required to suit finish ground elevation. ow S. Box cover shall be close fitting and substantially dirt-tight. Top of cover shall be flush with top of box rim. Cover shall have a word"WATER"cast into top. am 6. Box shall be equal to that as manufactured by the Tyler Corporation. C. For valves installed with depth of cover substantially greater than that specified,extensions, am including centering spacers,shall be added to the operation nut assembly to raise the operating nut to a depth below grade equal to that with the normal required depth of cover. am 2.03 FIRE HYDRANTS A. Hydrant shall conform to AWWA C502 and local governmental authorities having jurisdiction. Hydrant shall be positive automatic drain type to prevent freezing,and shall have one 4 1/2 inch "o pumper and two 2 1/2 inch hose connections, National Standard Threads. Main valve opening shall be 5 1/4 in.and valve shall open to left(counterclockwise). Inlet connection shall be 6 in., mechanical joint. Operating nut shall be pentagonal, 1 5/8 inches point to flat and open left (counterclockwise). Hydrants shall be painted in accordance with the City specifications. B. Hydrant shall be City Standard Model or Model K81A Guardian manufactured by Kennedy Valve Co.,and shall be approved by the City Water Department. ! PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection I. Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly wee commence. 2. Verify that water utilities may be installed in strict accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations,the original design,the referenced standards,and the manufacturer's ww recommendations. B. Discrepancies oft I. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Engineer. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies are fully .we resolved. 3.02 PIPE INSTALLATION ■w WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 02666-4 so Village at Hospital Hill—Phase 11 November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPE A. Ductile iron pipe shall be furnished and installed in sizes as shown on the drawings and in accordance with the latest ANSI Standards' Designations A21.50(AWWA C 150)for"Ductile Iron Pipe Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds of Sand-Lines Molds for Water or Other Liquids." Unless otherwise indicated or specified,ductile iron pipe shall be at least thickness Class 52. I. DI pipe shall be push-on joint type except as otherwise indicated or specified. 2. Cl or DI fittings shall conform to ASA/AWWA A21.1O/C 100 or ANSI/AWWA A21.1O/C 110 respectfully,and shall be of a pressure classification at least equal to that of the pipe with which they are used. } 3. Gaskets shall conform to ANSI/AWWA A21.1 1/C 11. 4. Inside of pipe and fittings shall be given a cement lining 1/8 inch minimum thickness on pipe 12 inches and smaller in accordance with ANSI/AWWA A21.4/C 104. The outside of the pipe and fittings shall be coated with a standard bituminous coating conforming to ANSI/AWWA A21.6/C 106. 5. Pipe for use with sleeve-type couplings shall be as specified above except that the ends shall be plain (without bells or beads). The ends shall be cast or machined at right angles to the axis. B. Sleeve-type couplings shall be cast iron and shall be Dresser style. I. To ensure correct fitting of pipe and couplings, sleeve-type couplings and accessories shall be furnished by the supplier of the pipe and shall be of a pressure rating at least equal to that of the pipeline in which they are to be installed. 2. Couplings shall be provided with epoxy coated steel bolts. 3. Outer surfaces of couplings including bolts and nuts shall be coated with an approved tar coating upon installation. 2.02 VALVES AND VALVE BOXES l! A. Gate valve shall be iron body, New York Style (Metropolitan Patter) conforming to AWWA C500. Gate Valve shall have mechanical joint ends, interior epoxy coated,2 in.square operating nut. Valve shall open to right(clockwise). Gate valve shall be designed to be bottle-tight for a minimum ON working pressure of 200 lb. per sq. in. B. Each valve shall be provided with a valve box. Box shall be 2 pieces slip-style cast iron and shall be an adjustable telescoping,heavy pattern type. I. Box shall be designed and constructed to prevent the direct transmission of traffic loads to the piping or valve. 2. Upper section of box shall have a flange with sufficient bearing area to prevent undue settlement. Lower section of box shall be designed to enclose the valve operating nut and stuffing box,and rest on the backfill. WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 02666- 3 me Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. we 3. All water distribution materials and installation shall conform to the requirements of the City Board of Health and Water department Standards. Should discrepancies exist No between the City Standards and this Specification,the City Standards shall prevail. For materials or methods of installation not included in the City Standards,but specified herein, the Contractor shall submit this material or methodology to the City DPW for approval prior to purchase and/or execution. ' B. Inspection and Testing I. Pipe and fittings shall be inspected and tested at the foundry as required by the standard specifications to which the material is manufactured. The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer in duplicate sworn certificates of such tests. 2. The Owner reserves the right to have any or all pipe,fittings and special castings inspected and/or tested by an independent testing agency at either the manufacturer's plant or elsewhere. Such inspection and tests shall be at the Owner's expense. 3. Ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be subjected to a careful inspection and a hammer test just before being installed. 40 C. Coordination The Contractor shall coordinate tie-ins to existing and proposed stubs in the Moser, Musante and on Village Hill Roads rights-of-way. This shall include field-verifying locations, harmoniously scheduling work and communicating information,as required,with the Roadway Contractor. .Au 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Materials List go After the award of the Contract and before any water system materials are delivered to the job site,submit to the Engineer,a complete list of materials proposed to be furnished and installed. 04 1. Show manufacturer's name and catalog number for each item,furnish complete catalog cuts and technical data,and furnish the manufacturers' recommendations as to method of installation. go 2. Upon approval of the Engineer,the manufacturers' recommendations shall become the basis for acceptance or rejection of actual methods of installation used in the work. am 3. Do not permit any water system component to be brought onto the job site until it has been approved by the Engineer. B. Record Drawings No I. During the course of installation,carefully shown in red line on a print of the utility plan all changes made to the water system during installation. w 2. Upon completion of the water system installation,these marked plans shall be supplied to the Engineer. �w WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 02666-2 w Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I, 2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. SECTION 02666 WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PART I - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS All of the Contract Documents, including the General and Supplementary Conditions, Division I General Requirements,apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work under this Section of the Specifications shall consist of providing all labor, materials and equipment necessary and required to install all of the water distribution and service facilities to a point five(5) feet outside the building foundation wall,in accordance with Contract Documents. This work shall include but not be limited to: 1. Installation of water distribution system consisting of excavation, piping,valves and boxes, pipe fittings,thrust blocks,vaults and all necessary and required accessory items and operations including sheeting,bracing, pumping and coordination with interior plumbing and electrical contractors. 2. Furnishing and installation of building water services. 3. Testing and disinfection. 4. Installation of water lines within the Public R.O.W.and/or Easements, including connections to existing water supply facilities. 5. The Contractor shall pay for all costs and fees related to connecting water system to existing services and shall file all applications,details,and drawings,required by the local authority having jurisdiction. 1.03 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE Earthwork........................................................................................Section 02200 Paving and Curbing........................................................................................................Section 02600 I 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. City Requirements I. The Contractor shall notify the City Board of Health and DPW sufficiently in advance of connecting new or relocated water services to existing water main. All work and materials shall be subject to approval of the City. 2. The Contractor shall be responsible for making all arrangements with the City and State personnel and paying all fees associated with the water system installation and testing. WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 02666- 1 .w Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November 1, 2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. am B. Striping patterns shall conform to the layout shown on the Drawings. Transverse striping of handi- cap pathways shall be on 4 in.x 12 in.stripe to space ratio. .rr C. Strip width shall be the standard 4 inches except wheelchair symbols which shall be as detailed in the 1978 Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices. The wheelchair symbols shall be painted in spaces shown on the drawings. wa 3.07 REMEDIAL MEASURES ww Upon direction of the Architect,cut out,and/or rework all surfaces and subgrade areas which do not meet the requirements of this Section; perform all remedial measures at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.08 SPECIAL CONDITIONS Work shall be properly coordinated with the work of other trades. Other trades shall be consulted in advance so that proper provisions may be made for installation of their work and so that the work of this Section may be properly finished and connected to the work of other trades. No 00 END OF SECTION .ww so w BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND CURBING 02600-8 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. shall be corrected at once by use of rakes and application of fresh mixture or removal or mixture,as required. Rolling of each course shall be continued until roller marks are elimi- nated. Roller shall pass over unprotected edge of course only when paving is to be discon- tinued for sufficient time to permit mixture to become cold. 8. In places not accessible to roller,mixture shall be compacted with hand tampers. Hand tam- pers shall weight at least 50 lb.and shall have a tamping face less than or equal to 100 sq. in. Mechanical tampers capable of equal compaction will be acceptable in areas in which they can be employed effectively. 9. Portions of pavement courses which become mixed with foreign material or are in any way defective shall be removed, replaced with fresh mixture and compacted to density of sur- rounding areas. Asphaltic material spilled outside lines of finished pavement shall be immedi- ately and completely removed. Such material shall not be employed in the work. 10. joints shall present same texture,density,and smoothness as other sections of the course. Continuous bond shall be obtained between portions of existing and new pavements and be- tween successive placements of new pavement. Any longitudinal or transverse joint which has cooled below 150 degrees F prior to placement of adjacent mix,shall be treated with a No coat of tack coat prior to new mix placement. New material at joints shall be thick enough to allow for compaction when rolling. Compaction of pavement, base,and subgrade at joints shall be such that there is no yielding of new pavement relative to existing pavement when subjected to traffic. 11. Contact surfaces of previously constructed pavement(if greater than or equal seven days since binder placed), parking lot overlay areas,manholes,concrete collars and similar struc- tures shall be thoroughly cleaned and painted with a thin uniform coating of bitumen immedi- ately before fresh mixture is placed. Tack coat shall be applied at rate which will leave asphal- tic residue of 5-7 gal./100 s.y.after evaporation of vehicle. Base surface shall be dry and clean when tack coat is applied. Asphaltic paving material shall not be placed until vehicle has com- pletely evaporated from tack coat. Adjoining new paving shall be placed before tack coat has dried or dusted over. 40 12. Earth or other approved material shall be placed along pavement edges in such quantity as will compact to thickness of course being constructed,allowing at least I ft.of shoulder width to be rolled and compacted simultaneously with rolling and compacting surface. Pave- ment edge shall be trimmed neatly to line before placing earth or other approved material along edge. 13. Variations in smoothness of finished surface shall be less than or equal to 1/4 in.when tested with a 10 ft.straight edge,applied both parallel to and at right angles to centerline of paved area. At joints with existing pavement,and at other locations where an essentially flush tran- sition is required,pavement elevation tolerance shall not exceed 0.01 feet. At other areas pavement elevation tolerance shall not exceed +0.05 ft. Irregularities exceeding these so amounts or which retain water on surface shall be corrected by removing defective work and replacing with new material conforming to this section. 3.06 TRAFFIC STRIPING A. Traffic paint materials,equipment,methods of placement,and precautions to be observed as to weather,condition of surface,etc.,shall conform to MDPW Specifications for traffic striping first class road work. Striping shall not begin until all asphalt surfaces have cured for a minimum of 14 days. RIK BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND CURBING 02600-7 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. *�• F. Portions of subgrade or of construction above which become contaminated,softened,or dislodged by passing of traffic,or otherwise damaged,shall be cleaned,replaced,and otherwise repaired to conform to the requirements of this specification before proceeding with next operation. 3.05 PLACEMENT OF BITUMINOUS CONCRETE SURFACING A. Preparation Bituminous concrete mixtures shall be laid only when surface is free of foreign matter and when the weather is not foggy or rainy,and further these operations shall be carried on only when the atmos- pheric temperature is not less than 40 degrees F in the shade. Actual mix delivery temperature shall adhere to Section 460.61. Under no circumstances shall mix temperature exceed 325 degrees F upon arrival at the site. Temperature exceeding 325 degrees F will result in rejection of the entire load. B. Placement Bituminous concrete pavements shall be furnished, handled and laid in accordance with Section 460 and Section 701 of the State Specifications,except as herein modified. I. Binder and wearing surface courses for sidewalks may each be applied individually, in single lifts of full thickness indicated on the Drawings. 2. All joints at old pavement shall be sawed vertical butt joints which shall receive a light coating a" of asphalt emulsion a short time before paving commences,as directed by the Architect. 3. Adjacent concrete work,curb,etc.,shall be protected from stain and damage during entire aft operation. Damage and stained areas shall be replaced or repaired to equal their original condition. 4. Construction methods shall conform to the Massachusetts Department of Public Works A* Specifications,Section 460, Class I,Bituminous Concrete Pavement,Type-I. 5. Submission of the job-mix formula for the bituminous concrete surface course shall be the w► responsibility of the Contractor,and it shall be submitted to the Architect for approval 10 days prior to the pavement construction. Deliveries shall be timed to permit spreading and rolling all material during daylight hours, unless artificial light,satisfactory to the Architect, is provided. Loads which have been wet by rain or otherwise will not be accepted. Hauling +w over freshly laid or rolled material will not be permitted. 6. Establishment of grades,grade control,and conformance to finished pavement surface grade ow tolerances required shall be the responsibility of the Contractor in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications. 7. Placing and rolling of mixture shall be as nearly continuous as possible. Breakdown rolling so shall begin as soon after placing as mixture will bear the operation without undue displace- ment. Delays in rolling shall be completed while the mix temperature exceeds 150 degrees F. Rolling shall proceed longitudinally,starting at edge of newly placed material and proceeding toward previously rolled areas. Rolling overlap on successive strips shall be greater than or equal to width of roller rear wheel. Alternate trips of roller shall be of slightly different lengths. Corrections required in surface shall be made by removing or adding materials be- fore rolling is completed. Skin patching of areas where rolling has been completed will not be permitted. Course shall be subjected to diagonal rolling,crossing lines of the first rolling while mixture is hot and in compatible condition. Displacement of mixture or other fault BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND CURBING 02600-6 so Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. specified in Section 02200,EARTHWORK. Completed subgrade after filling such areas shall be uni- formly and properly graded. ' E. Areas being graded or compacted shall be kept shaped and drained during construction. Ruts greater than or equal to 2 in.deep in subgrade,shall be graded out, reshaped as required,and re- compacted before placing pavement. F. Materials shall not be stored or stockpiled on subgrade. 4* G. Disposal of debris and other material excavated and/or stripped under this section,and material un- suitable for or in excess of requirements for completing work of this section shall be disposed of off- site. No H. Prepared subgrade will be inspected by the Architect. Subgrade shall be approved by the Architect before installation of paving base course. Disturbance to subgrade caused by inspection procedures shall be repaired under this section of the specification. 3.04 PLACEMENT OF GRAVEL BASE COURSE A. The gravel shall be furnished, hauled,deposited and spread in layers as specified in applicable provi- sions of Section 401 and 405 of the State Specifications and compacted as specified for the formation of embankments,for sub-base,shoulders etc.,and as specified herein. B. The gravel shall be spread in layers from self-spreading vehicles,or with power graders of approved types,or by hand upon the prepared subgrade. Gravel shall be spread in layers no more than six (6") inches thick,compacted measure. Compaction requirements shall be to 95% maximum density Ole as determined by ASTM D 1557, Method D. Stone greater than 2 in.shall be excluded from course. The method of compaction proposed by the Contractor shall be approved by the Architect and the approved method and procedure,once established and providing the required results,shall be used P0 throughout the entire operation. Each lift shall be separately compacted to specified density. Trucks shall not be used for compaction purposes. C. Width of base course shall be greater than or equal to the width of pavement surface,if continuous lateral support is provided during rolling,and shall extend at least 2 x base thickness beyond edge of the course above, if not so supported. D. Width of Base I. Material shall be placed adjacent to wall, manhole,catch basin,and other structures only after they have been set to required grade and level. 2. Rolling shall begin at sides and progress to center of crowned areas,and shall begin on low side and progress toward high side of sloped areas. Rolling shall continue until material does not creep or wave ahead of roller wheels. 3. Surface irregularities which exceed 1/2 in. measured by means of a 10 ft.long straightedge shall be replaced and properly compacted. E. Subgrade and base course shall be kept clean and uncontaminated. Less select materials shall not be permitted to become mixed with gravel. Materials spilled outside pavement lines shall be removed and area repaired. e BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND CURBING 02600- 5 am Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. aw 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection 1. Prior to all work of this Section,carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and w" verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly com- mence. 2. Verify that bituminous concrete pavement be installed in strict accordance with the original design,all pertinent codes and regulations,and all pertinent portions of the referenced stan- dards. No B. Discrepancies I. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. Am 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. ow 3.02 EQUIPMENT A. Compacting Equipment No All equipment for compacting shall be steel-tired power rollers having a minimum weight of 10 tons, except that hand held vibrator compactors may be used in areas not accessible to rollers where spe- cifically approved in advance by the Architect. a B. Paving Equipment All equipment for paving shall be spreading,self-propelled asphalt paving machine capable of main- so taining line,grade and minimum surface course thickness specified,with laser grading sensors for tol- erance accuracy. 3.03 GRADING A. Areas to be paved will be compacted and brought approximately to subgrade elevation under Sec- tion 02200, EARTHWORK, before work of this section is performed. Final fine grading,filling,and compaction of subgrade to receive paving,as required to form a firm, uniform,accurate,and unyield- ing subgrade at required elevations and to required lines,shall be done under this Section. B. Existing subgrade materials which will not readily compact as required shall be removed and re- placed with satisfactory materials. Additional materials needed to bring subgrade to required line and grade and to replace unsuitable material removed shall be material conforming to this Section. w� C. Subgrade of areas to be paved shall be recompacted as required to bring top 8 in.of material imme- diately below gravel base course to a compaction of at least 90%of maximum density,as determined by ASTM D 1557, Method D. Subgrade compaction shall extend for a distance of at least I ft. be- ,,e1 yond pavement edge. D. Excavation required in pavement subgrade shall be completed before fine grading and final compac- tion of subgrade are performed. Where excavation must be performed in completed subgrade or subbase,subsequent backfill and compaction shall be performed as directed by the Architect as ws BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND CURBING 02600-4 Qp so in Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz 6'Company Architects,Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. All architectural coatings shall comply with the National Volatile Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings,(EPA 40 CFR Part 59,as published in the Friday,September 11, 1998 Federal Register). Architectural coatings are defined as:"a coating recommended for field application to sta- tionary structures and their appurtenances,to portable buildings,to pavements,or to curbs." PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 GRAVEL BASE COURSE Gravel base and/or sub-base courses for areas beneath new pavement as hereinbefore defined and indi- cated on the drawings,shall consist of gravel borrow composed of hard durable stone,and coarse sand, free of loam,clay or silt, uniformly graded and containing no stone having any dimension greater than the gradation shown on the plans. When spread and rolled on the prepared surface,it shall form a stable sur- face. The gradation shall conform to State Specifications,Section M 1,sub-section M 1.03.0,Type"b",and attention is directed to the selected gravel size limitation. Samples of gravel and results of gradation tests performed by an approved testing laboratory shall be submitted for approval of the Architect. No stone greater than 4" in any dimension. 2.02 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT A. All courses of the bituminous concrete paving shall consist of Class I,Type 1-1,conforming to the requirements of Section 460,Subsection M3.1 1.00 of MHD Specifications. I. Binder or bottom course paving shall have a maximum aggregate size passing I in.sieve,and bitumen content= 5 1/2%+ 1/2%by weight. 2. Top or wearing course paving shall have maximum aggregate size passing 1/2 in. sieve,and bi- tumen content= 6 1/2%+ 1/2%by weight. Complete job mix formula, listing quantities and pertinent ingredient properties,shall be submitted to and approved by the Architect at least two weeks before work is scheduled to begin. B. Bituminous tack coat shall be applied as required. Bituminous material for tack coat on the existing surface,where required or specified,shall be emulsified asphalt,grade RS-I conforming to Subsec- tion M3.03.0 of MHD Specifications. 2.03 CONCRETE CURB Concrete curb shall be poured-in-place as detailed on the drawings. to 2.04 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE CURB A.Bituminous concrete shall be Class I,conforming to applicable requirements of MDPW Specifications M3.11.03 Table"A"for"Dense Mix" B. Curb shall be Type 3, MHD Standard as detailed on the plans. 2.05 TRAFFIC PAINT Parking space pavement striping and reflective glass beads shall conform to Section M7.01.10 and M7.01.07 of the MDPW Specifications. PART 3 - EXECUTION l BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND CURBING 02600- 3 ON Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz 6'Company Architects,Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. "" A. Unless otherwise specified,work and materials for construction of the asphaltic concrete paving shall conform to the applicable portions of the following: an I. MHD specifications Section 460 for pavement and Section 405 for gravel base course and Section 500 for"curb and edging". 2. MHD specifications Section 860 for fast drying traffic paint. am B. Paving work,base course etc.,shall be done only after excavation and construction work which might injure them has been completed. Damage caused during construction shall be repaired before acceptance. All trenches for utility installation shall be completed and backfilled for a period of 30 days prior to paving over these trenches unless approved by the Architect. C. Repair and replace existing paving areas damaged and removed during this Project. Workmanship •,r and materials for such repair and replacement shall match those employed in existing work,except as otherwise noted. D. Pavement subbase shall not be placed on a muddy or frozen subgrade. AM E. Existing pavement under state or local jurisdiction shall,if damaged or removed during the course of this project, be repaired or replaced under this section of the specification in conformance with ap- me plicable codes, standards,and practices. 1.08 SUBMITTALS go Submission of the job-mix formula for the bituminous concrete surface course shall be the responsibility of the Contractor,and it shall be submitted to the Architect for approval 10 days prior to the pavement construction. 1.09 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection No Use all means necessary to protect bituminous concrete pavement materials before,during and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. B. Replacements In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Dust Control s I. Use all means necessary to prevent the spread of dust during performance of the work of this Section. 2. Thoroughly moisten all surfaces as required to prevent dust being a nuisance to the public, neighbors and concurrent performance of other work on the job site. w 1.10 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE OF MATERIALS A. Architectural Coatings rw BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND CURBING 02600-2 I0 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. OR The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. SECTION 02600 BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND CURBING PART I - GENERAL 1.01 CONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE A. The General Provisions of the Contract,including the General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I,apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.02 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED A. If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not specifically listed in this Sec- tion, provide such item or material at a standard of quality equal to the standard established for the balance of the Work specified,in accordance with the Architect's interpretation. 1.03 EXECUTION,CORRELATION AND INTENT A. In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications,or within either Document not clarified by addendum,the better quality or greater quantity of Work shall be provided, in accor- dance with the Architect's interpretation. 1.04 SECTION INCLUDES A. Bituminous concrete pavement required for this work is indicated on the drawings and includes,but is not necessarily limited to: 1. Roadway and parking pavement 2. Bituminous concrete curbing op 3. Patching 4. Line painting and striping S. Concrete curb 1.05 REFERENCED STANDARDS A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): 00 B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): C. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Highway Department(MHD or MDPW): Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges D. Comply with standards specified in accordance with Town of Amherst Department of Public Works. 1.06 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE P Excavating, Filling&Grading.......................................................................................................Section 02200 Cast-in-place Concrete.....................................................................................................................Division 3 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE BITUMINOUS CONCRETE PAVEMENT AND CURBING 02600- 1 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. 3.07 CERTIFICATES w. A. Affidavits shall be furnished from the manufacturer of pipe and appurtenances furnished and installed un- der this Section,certifying that such materials delivered to the project conform to the requirements of these Specifications. w► END OF SECTION was .w am so on ew aw sn STORM DRAINAGE 02300-8 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I, 2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. 4. Unless recommended by the ASTM standards and by the manufacturers of the various kinds and types of pipe,the Contractor shall not joint pairs of pipe before laying them. 5. No pipe or fitting shall be permanently supported on saddles, blocking,or stones. 6. Where a concrete cradle is used,the pipe shall be laid on concrete saddles so constructed as to provide lateral support for the pipe while the cradle is being placed. 7. Pipe shall not be backfilled until joints have been fully inspected,and approved. 8. Entire length of pipe shall be thoroughly flushed clean following completion of backfill. 3.05 PIPING Pipe joints shall be made with rubber gaskets, Portland cement mortar,nonshrink grout,or asphalt mastic compound. A. Rubber gasketed joint: Pipe gasket shall be installed using lubricants,cements,adhesives,and other accessories and methods recommended by the gasket manufacturer. Pipe and gasket sur- faces shall be kept clean until pipe has been properly drawn up and the joint closed. Gaskets and other jointing material shall be placed on the pipe immediately before joint is made up. jointing 0" materials shall be inspected and defects repaired before joint is completed. 3.06 INSTALLATION OF CATCH BASINS A. General on All drainage structures to be constructed within this contract shall be as indicated on the drawings and location shall be in strict accordance with the plans. Catch basins shall be plumb and vertical, with each section in true alignment. Materials shall be as listed herein and exceptions shall not be taken without prior approval. 10 I. Lifting holes in precast sections shall be thoroughly plugged with mortar and finished smooth and flush with adjoining surfaces. 2. Drain pipe shall extend,around its entire circumference,to inside surface of wall of struc- ture into which it is inserted. Pipe shall be joined to manhole wall using either a flexible manhole sleeve or nonshrink grout. For grouted joints,surface between pipe and wall shall be filled with nonshrink grout. B. Castings Casting frames shall be set on a full bed of mortar,true to grade and concentric with the masonry. All voids beneath the bottom flange shall be completely filled to make a watertight fit. A ring of mortar at least I inch thick shall be placed around the outside of the bottom flange extending to the outer edge of the masonry all around the frame. Mortar surface shall be smooth and shall be sloped to shed water away from the frame. 3.07 INSTALLATION OF AREA DRAINS AND DRAIN BASINS Installation of pre-engineered drainage structures shall be as per manufacturer's recommendations. STORM DRAINAGE 02300- 7 .w Village at Hospital Hill—Phase 11 November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. .�. 3.02 FIELD MEASUREMENTS no A. Make all necessary measurements in the field to ensure precise fit of items in accordance with the original design. 3.03 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING I. Perform all trenching and backfilling necessary for this portion of the work,strictly conforming to the re- quirements for trenching described in Section 02200 of these Specifications, ■�n 3.04 INSTALLATION OF PIPING A. General I. Piping shall be installed as indicated on the Drawings and in accordance with the local and state DPW Standards. w,w 2. Pipe installation shall conform to Class B,Bedding Condition as specified in the ACPA Manual. B. Approvals No pipe shall be laid without prior notification of the Architect. Each pipe shall be subject to in- spection by the Architect immediately before it is laid,and defective pipe will be rejected. Pipe , lines shall be laid to the grades and alignment indicated on the drawings. Proper facilities shall be provided for lowering sections of pipe into trenches. C. Controls The grade and alignment of all pipe laid in trenches shall be controlled by batterboards, laser equip- am ment,or parallel offset lines with accurate horizontal and vertical control checkout points spaced not greater than 25 feet. Grades and lines between points shall be set and checked with grade and alignment squares. Layout of controls shall be established by a Registered Professional Engineer or Land Surveyor. Alignment tolerances shall be I in 1,000 vertical and I in 500 horizontal. Pipe shall 4W be inspected for alignment,and approval shall be obtained from the Architect before backfilling work commences. +w D. Procedure I. Before being laid,each pipe length shall be inspected and tested to verify that it is not cracked,permanently dented or deformed. Pipe of the required size shall be laid to con- form to the lines and grades indicated on the drawings or given by the Contracting Officer. 2. Pipe shall be laid with the groove or bell end upstream. Bell shall rest over a shallow .o excavation in pipe bedding to prevent pipe weight from bearing on bell. 3. Each pipe shall be so laid as form a close joint with the next adjoining pipe and bring the in- verts continuously to required grade. Each pipe shall be supported with compacted "* crushed stone,graded in size from 1/4 inch to 3/4 inch,to obtain a substantially unyielding bed. STORM DRAINAGE 02300-6 wee Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. Area Drains shall be 18" pre-engineered Drain Basin with standard ductile iron inlet frame and grate as manufactured by ADS/Nyloplast, Buford,GA. Dome grates shall be used where indicated on the plan. 2.07 DRAIN BASINS(DB) Drain Basins shall be 18"pre-engineered Drain Basin with ductile iron frame and solid cover as manufac- tured by ADS/Nyloplast, Buford,GA. 2.08 DRAINAGE FILTER FABRIC A. Drainage filter fabric shall be a non-woven fabric consisting only of long chain polymeric filaments or yarn such as polypropylene, polyethylene, polyester,polymide,or polyvinylidene-chloride formed into a stable network such that the filaments of yarns retain their relative position to each other. The fabric shall conform to the requirements of the Massachusetts Highway Department Standard Specifications,Section M9.50.0,Table 11—Type II Fabric. 2.09 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE A. Reinforced concrete pipe(RCP) shall conform to MHD Specifications Section M5.02.2,Reinforced Concrete Pipe. B. Concrete pipe shall be joined by one of the following methods: 1. Rubber gaskets conforming to ASTM C443; 2. Portland cement mortar; 11 3. Nonshrink grout;or 4. Asphalt mastic cement. C. Precast reinforced concrete pipe manholes and tees shall be manufactured by Field Concrete Pipe Company,Wauregan,CT 06387,or approved equal. D. Pipe may be applied with or without lifting holes,at the Contractor's option. Lifting holes shall be conical,arranged to lie at top of pipe as installed. Precast concrete plugs,shaped to fit lifting holes, shall be supplied with pipe. ' D PART 3.00- EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection I. Prior to all work of this section,carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly com- mence. 2. Verify that storm drainage system may be installed in strict accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations,the original design,the referenced standards,and the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Discrepancies I. In the event of discrepancy,immediately notify the Architect. STORM DRAINAGE 02300-5 so Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. '° B. Traps shall conform to MHD requirements. so 2.03 POLYETHYLENE PIPE (HDPE) Corrugated polyethylene pipe (HDPE)shall be manufactured in accordance with the most recent ■r AASHTO M294 Type S or SP specification.The pipe shall be constructed of high-density polyethylene. The pipe shall be seamless with corrugations on the exterior and shall have a smooth interior waterway. Corrugated plastic pipe shall not be used for flared ends or in other applications where pipe will be ex- posed to vandalism and ultraviolet radiation. 2.04 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE(PVC) am A. PVC pipe for drainage applications shall bell-and-spigot type and shall conform to ASTM D 3034, SDR35 minimum wall thickness. PVC fittings shall be compatible with the pipe.Joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM D 2855 Recommended Practice for Making Solvent-cemented Joints with PVC Pipe and Fittings. an 2.05 CATCH BASINS(CB) sm A. Catch basins shall be constructed of the materials,size,form thickness and in the manner shown on the details on plans. B. Precast concrete basins shall consist of pre-cast reinforced riser sections, haunched concentric cone top section,and a base section conforming to the typical catch basin details. Where required by shallow installations or directed by the Engineer,provide a flat slab top constructed to support HS-20 wheel loading. C. Pre-cast catch basins shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM Designation C 478. The minimum compressive strength of the concrete for all sections shall be 4,000 psi of a 28 day test. The circumferential steel reinforcement for riser sections and base walls shall be 0.17 square inch per linear foot. Reinforcing in the bottoms of bases shall be of the same design. D. Each section of the pre-cast manhole shall have two holes for the purpose of handling and laying. , These holes shall be tapered and shall be plugged with mortar after installation. E. Type 11 cement to be used. Sections shall be set so as to be vertical and in true alignment. Joints shall be completely mortared by buttering the groove and immediately prior to setting a section assuring a water tight sump. F. Catch basin connections to the manhole shall enter immediately above the shelf. G. Red Sewer Brick shall be used in the catch basins. Limits of Class B Rock excavation will be six(6) inches below and twelve(12) inches outside the base. H. 3/4"crushed stone foundation six(6) inches in depth is required under the pre-cast base at no ad- ditional cost. �.r I. Traps,frames,grate and inlets shall be furnished and installed as specified under their respective items. A minimum of 12 inches red sewer brick shall be used under the frames. The grates shall fit so as to prevent rocking or unnecessary space at the joints. me 2.06 AREA DRAINS (AD) MW STORM DRAINAGE 02300-4 ON lO Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I, 2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. B. Record Drawings 44 I. During the course of installation,carefully show,in red line,on a print of the grading plan, ,. all changes made to the storm drainage system during installation. ! 2. Upon completion of the storm drainage system installation,these marked plans shall be sup- plied to the Architect,as per the requirements for record drawing submittal in Section 01770. 1.07 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection Protect existing utilities as specified in these Specifications. Use all means necessary to protect storm drain system materials before,during and after installation and to protect installed work and materials of all other trades. B. Replacements In the event of damage,immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect,at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Delivery and Storage A Deliver all materials to the job site in their original containers,with all labels legible at time of use. Store in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations,as approved by the Architect. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE OF MATERIALS INN A. Architectural Coatings All architectural coatings shall comply with the National Volatile Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings, (EPA 40 CFR Part 59,as published in the Friday,September 11, 1998 Federal Register). Architectural coatings are defined as:"a coating recommended for field applica- tion to stationary structures and their appurtenances,to portable buildings,to pavements,or to curbs." PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Construct drainage structures in accordance with the City of Northampton Department of Public Works standards. 2.02 CASTINGS A. Catalog listings on the plans indicated are from the Neenah Foundry Company catalogs. Substitu- tions may be submitted for the approval of the Project Engineer, provided they are equivalent to those indicated and conform to State Specifications.The catch basin frame and grate shall be Model R-3570 Heavy Duty or approved equal (approximate weight= 300 pounds). STORM DRAINAGE 02300- 3 IN so Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I, 2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. am I. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials(AASHTO): Standard Specifications for Highway Bridges 2. American Concrete Institute (ACI): Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete- as 318 3. American Concrete Pipe Association(ACPA): Concrete Pipe Design Manual 4. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 4W Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement A615 Concrete Masonry Units for Construction of Catch Basins and Manholes C 139 Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units C 140 Compression joints for Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings C425 am joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets C443 Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole C478 Vitrified Clay Pipe, Extra Strength,Standard Strength,and Perforated C700 No Precast Reinforced Concrete Box Sections for Culverts,Storm Drains,and Sewers C789 Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate Mixtures Using 10-lb. (4.54 kg) Kam- mer and 18 in.457 mm) Drop D 1 157 5. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Highway Department (MHD): Standard Specifications for Road, Bridges and Incidental Construction C. Codes wA The work shall be completed in accordance with standards and approval of the City of Northamp- ton and the Massachusetts Highway Department. w D. Permits The Contractor shall pay for all permits and licenses as required. .A. E. Inspection All drainage system installations shall be inspected and approved by Owner. The Contractor shall be responsible for making all arrangements with inspectors from the local municipality and paying all fees associated with the drainage system installation. F. Coordination wry The Contractor shall coordinate tie-ins to existing and proposed stubs in the Moser, Musante and Village Hill Roads rights-of-way. This shall include field-verifying locations,harmoniously scheduling w* work and communicating information,as required,with the Roadway Contractor. 1.06 SUBMITTALS .�. A. Materials List After award of Contract and before any storm drainage system materials are delivered to the job go site, manufacturer's product data shall be submitted. I. Show manufacturer's name and catalog number for each item,furnish complete catalog cuts on and technical data,and furnish the manufacturer's recommendations as to method of instal- lation. 2. Do not permit any storm drainage or sewerage component to be brought onto the job un- an til it has been approved by the Architect. No STORM DRAINAGE 02300-2 ON Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. SECTION 02300 STORM DRAINAGE PART I - GENERAL 1.01 CONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE The General Provisions of the Contract,including the General and Supplementary Conditions and Divi- sion I,apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.02 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not specifically listed in this Section, provide such item or material at a standard of quality equal to the standard established for the balance of the Work specified,in accordance with the Architect's interpretation. 1.03 EXECUTION,CORRELATION AND INTENT In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications,or within either Document not clarified by addendum,the better quality or greater quantity of Work shall be provided, in accordance with the Architect's interpretation. 1.04 DESCRIPTION A. The storm drainage system required for this work is indicated on the drawings and includes,but is not necessarily limited to: so I. Storm drainage pipe and field subdrains 2. Catch basins(CB),manholes (DMH), storm drains and interconnecting lateral lines 3. Pre-engineered Area Drains(AD)and Drain Basins (DB) 4. Connections to roof downspouts,from and including boot S. Required fittings and bends 6. Testing B. Related Work Described Elsewhere Site Demolition, Clearing and Grubbing...................................................Section 02100 Excavating,Filling&Grading........................................................................Section 02200 Bituminous Concrete Pavement..................................................................Section 02600 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Installers Use adequate number of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the nec- essary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work in this Section. B. Standards STORM DRAINAGE 02300- 1 00 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. The Berkshire Design Group,Inc. 10,000# 20,000# *And no more than two-thirds (2/3) loose lift thickness. 3.11 MOISTURE CONTROL A. Variation of moisture content in fill and backfill material shall be limited to Optimum Moisture(-I% to+3%). Moisture content shall be as uniformly distributed as practicable within each lift,and shall be adjusted as necessary to obtain the specified compaction. AA B. Material which does not contain sufficient moisture to be compacted to the specified densities shall be moisture conditioned by sprinkling, disking,windrowing,or other method approved by the Architect. I. Material conditioned by sprinkling shall have water added before compaction. Uniformly apply water to surface of subgrade or layer of soil material to obtain sufficient moisture content. The Contractor shall maintain sufficient hoses and/or water distributing equipment at the site for this purpose. C. Material containing excess moisture shall be dried to required Optimum Moisture Content before it is placed and compacted. Excessively moist soils shall be removed and replaced or shall be scarified by use of plow,discs,or other approved methods,and air-dried to meet the above requirements. D. Materials which are within the moisture requirements specified above, but which display pronounced elasticity or deformation under the action of earthmoving and compaction equipment, shall be reduced to Optimum Moisture Content,or below,to secure stability. E. In the event of sudden downpours or other inclement weather,exposed subgrades and fills which, in the opinion of the Architect become inundated or excessively moistened,shall have excess water removed and soil dried as specified above. PA F. Backfill stock piles shall be protected from adverse weather conditions. 3.12 CLEANING UP Upon completion of the work of this Section,immediately remove all debris and excess earth materials from the site. END OF SECTION EXCAVATING,FILLING AND GRADING 02200- 13 so Village at Hospital Hill—Phase 11 November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. . Horizontal plane at the elevation of the bottom of the supported item (base course,footing, or structure),within a perimeter line located 2 feet beyond the exterior face or edge of item. 2. Flat planes extending from the perimeter line downward and outward at a 45 degree angle with the horizontal,to where the planes intersect undisturbed earth. Where zones of higher and lower percentages of compaction overlap,that of the higher percentage shall apply. E. Compaction of backfill in excavation shall be to a density not less than that required of the surrounding area fill. F. Equipment and methods employed to achieve specified compaction shall be subject to the approval of the Architect and equipment shall be replaced and methods revised as directed until specified compaction is obtained. G. Compaction of each lift shall be completed before placing of the next lift is started. go H. Grading tolerance Rough Grade Pavement areas plus/minus 0.05 ft. g Grass areas plus/minus 0.10 ft. Finish Grade Pavement areas plus/minus 0.005 ft. me Grass areas plus/minus 0.05 ft. 3.10 COMPACTION METHODS Im The Compaction alternative given below are stated to provide minimum compaction standards only and in no way relieves the Contractor of his/her obligation to achieve the specified degree of compaction by whatever additional effort that is necessary. ow Compaction Method Maximum Loose Lift Thickness Minimum#passes Below Below Less Maximum Structures Less Critical Structures Critical Stone Size* and Pavement Areas Pavement Areas so GRANULAR FILL:SAND-GRAVEL FILL we Hand-operated vibratory plate or light roller in confined areas 4" 6" 8" 4 4 Hand-operated vibratory drum no rollers weighing at least 1,000# in confined areas 6" 10" 12" 4 4 Light vibratory drum roller vo minimum minimum 8" 12" 18" 4 4 weight dynamic at drum force r 5000# 10,000# Medium vibratory drum roller minimum minimum 8" 18" 24" 6 6 w weight dynamic at drum force EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 02200- 12 ..e ,we Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. I. Width of bedding for sewer pipe shall extend full width of trench excavation. Ok B. Where bed is damaged during excavation or while placing pipe,or otherwise,it shall be repaired to ;. specified grade,contour,and compaction before weight of pipe is placed on it. C. Bedding material and embedment material for utilities will be furnished,placed,and compacted under the appropriate utility specification section. Bedding material to be Crushed Stone. 3.08 BACKFILL A. Excavation below finished grades shall be backfilled. Temporary planking,timbering,forms,debris, and refuse shall be removed before backfill is placed. B. Backfilling shall be done in any area only after the Owner or Architect or Geotechnical Consultant have inspected and approved subgrade,foundations,or other work in excavations. Notice that the work is ready for inspection shall be given promptly,and sufficient time shall be allowed for making necessary examinations. !!! C. In order to prevent lateral movement,care shall be exercised in placing backfill adjacent to utility lines,foundation walls and other structures. Backfill on opposite sides of such items shall be kept at approximately the same elevation as backfilling progresses to prevent unbalanced earth pressure. During backfilling,the difference in elevation of backfill on opposite sides of the structure shall not exceed 12 inches. I. Shoring shall be employed as necessary to protect such items. 2. Foundation walls and footings have been designed to act with other portions of the structure to withstand the loads they will bear in completed project;they have not been designed to withstand construction loads or unbalanced earth or equipment loadings. D. Except as otherwise noted,tolerance of top surface of completed backfill shall be+ 2 inches from true grade indicated,and variations from indicated tolerance shall approximately compensate within each 100-foot area. I. Tolerance for backfill beneath concrete foundation shall be plus 1/2 inch and minus 2 inches. tMir 2. Tolerance for backfill beneath concrete slab on grade shall be plus 1/2 inch and minus I inch. 3.09 COMPACTION A. Degree of compaction shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 1557, Method C. B. Except as otherwise noted,fill and backfill materials shall be placed in successive horizontal lifts which do not exceed specified thickness. w C. Subgrade and backfill of indicated areas or structures shall be compacted as specified in the following table: Fill Area %of Maximum Dry Density Under Slab 98 Pavement base course 95 Beneath pavement base course 92 Beneath landscape areas 90 D. Compaction requirements shall apply to material directly below the indicated support item(base course,footing,or structure),and to all material above the undisturbed earth beneath fill,and enclosed by the following planes: EXCAVATING,FILLING AND GRADING 02200- 11 am Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. The Berkshire Design Group,Inc. dw diameter,for pipe less than 18 inches in diameter. Both inner and outer faces of plug for pipe equal to or greater than 18 inches in diameter shall be formed. Pipe less than 4 inches in diameter need not be plugged.Abandoned pipes within proposed building(if exist)shall be removed. Pipes may be left in place with prior athorization from the Architect. In such instances pipes shall be properly grouted. 3.04 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES ..� A. Excavate to indicated elevations and dimensions within a tolerance of plus or minus I inch. Extend excavations a sufficient distance from structures for placing and removing concrete formwork,for installing services and other construction,and for inspections. I. Excavations for Footings and Foundations: Do not disturb bottom of excavation. Excavate by hand to final grade just before placing concrete reinforcement. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive other work. .e 2. Excavation for Underground Tanks, Basins, and Mechanical or Electrical Utility Structures: Excavate to elevations and dimensions indicated within a tolerance of plus or minus I inch. Do not disturb bottom of excavations intended for bearing surface. .w 3.05 SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. Subgrade preparation for spread and continuous wall footings shall be conducted in such a way as to minimize disturbance of the silty/clayey subgrade. Dewater as necessary to provide stable subgrade. B. After scarification of subsoil as noted above,and prior to any fill placement, proofroll/compact the exposed subgrade with a minimum of 4 passes of a vibratory drum roller having a minimum weight of 5,000 pounds (static weight). If soft and unstable material is observed, it should be overexcavated and replaced with Granular Fill,compacted as specified herein at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Where test pit excavations extended below the future proposed footing subgrade level,they should be re-excavated and backfilled with properly compacted Granular Fill or Sand-Gravel Fill prior to w foundation construction or fill placement. 3.06 PLACING EMBANKMENTS A. Filling shall be done any area only after the Architect or Geotechnical Consultant has reviewed subgrade. so B. Benching: Fills placed on existing slopes which exceed 6 feet horizontal to I foot vertical shall be keyed or benched into the existing slope not less than 5 feet to prevent the formation of slippage planes. w� C. Compaction at End of Day: Areas undergoing filling shall be smooth-rolled before the end of the work day to seal and protect these areas from rainfall infiltration during the night. D. Except as otherwise noted,tolerance of top surface of completed fill areas shall be+2 inches from true grade indicated. Variations from indicated tolerance shall approximately compensate within each 100-foot area. 8"lift maximum. 3.07 BEDDING A. Minimum width of bedding material shall be at least as wide as the item to be installed on it. Where width of bed is less than full width of trench,Sand-Gravel shall be placed adjacent to bedding material to fill full width of the trench,and shall be compacted with bedding material. wa EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 02200- 10 w pa Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group,Inc. E. Structures, pipes,pavement,earth,and other property liable to damage from excavation operations shall be braced,underpinned,and supported as required to prevent damage and movement. F. As excavation approaches underground utilities and structures,excavation shall be done by hand tools.Such manual excavation is incidental to normal excavation and no special payment will be made. G. As excavation shall include satisfactory disposal of excavated material not employed as backfill or fill material. H. Excavation for pipe and other items shall be carried far enough below underside of item to accommodate bedding material. I. Excavations which extend below indicated or specified levels (unauthorized excavation),shall be filled to those levels with compacted Granular Fill. J. If bearing surface of subgrade which is to receive fill,concrete footing,structure,or other construction becomes softened,disturbed,or unstable, unsuitable material shall be removed down to a firm bearing surface and replaced with suitable material at no additional cost to the Owner. Subgrade shall then be protected from further disturbance until construction item is placed. K. Excavations shall not be wider than required to set, place,and remove forms for concrete,install piping, or perform other necessary work. Width of trench at 12 inches above top of pipe or conduit shall be less than the outside diameter of the pipe or the conduit plus 3 feet. Sides of trench shall be sloped in accordance with OSHA standards. In materials where sloping walls are not stable,or tree damage may occur,trench walls shall be supported by sheeting or trench box. I. Should it be necessary to lower the utilities below the grade indicated on the Drawings A because of existing pipes or structures,the excavation below normal grade shall be made to such widths and depths as the Architect may direct. L. Rock excavationis not expected on this project. If rock is encountered,rock cuts shall be excavated in accordance with MHD Specifications Section 120.63, Presplitting Rock. Use of explosives shall conform to MHD Specifications Section 7.12 and as specified herein,and shall be in strict accordance with applicable laws and ordinances. Explosives shall be stored on-site only when blasting is in progress. When the need for explosives has passed,they shall be removed from the I site. I. Surfaces of rock foundation shall be sufficiently rough to bond well with the masonry and embankments to be built and,if required,shall be cut to rough benches or steps. 2. Before masonry is built upon rock,the rock shall be freed from all vegetation,dirt,clay, shale,excessively cracked rock,water,ice,snow and other objectionable substances. Picking,wedging,streams of water under high pressure,stream jets,ad other effective means shall be used to clean exposed rock. 3. Except as otherwise indicated on the Drawings,rock shall be excavated to a depth 6 inches or more below bottom of structures. M. Below-ground Demolition I. Underground construction, pipe,and similar items indicated on the Drawings as to be demolished or removed,shall be demolished and/or removed. Other items,not indicated on the Drawings,which impede construction of new work indicated,shall be abandoned, demolished and/or removed only with the approval of the Architect. 2. Pipe which is to be abandoned in place shall be suitably and permanently plugged at end. Plug shall be stiff concrete,with a thickness, measured parallel to pipe axis of I pipe EXCAVATING,FILLING AND GRADING 02200-9 40 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. "4 3.01 GENERAL A. Prior Familiarization war Prior to all work of this Section,become thoroughly familiar with the site,the site conditions,and all portions of the work falling within this Section. .w B. The Contractor shall establish the baseline shown on the drawings and accurately lay out all improvements related thereto. All work and control points shall be preserved by a system of offsets and/or ties in order to prevent destruction. Elevations shall be established from the project a, benchmark shown on the Contract Plans. C. Backfilling Prior to Approvals No I. Do not allow or cause any of the work performed or installed to be covered up or enclosed by work of this Section prior to all required inspections,tests and approvals. 2. Should any of the work be so enclosed or covered up before it has been approved,uncover off all such work at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. After the uncovered work has been completely tested, inspected and approved,make all repairs and replacements necessary to restore the work to the condition in which it was "o found at the time of uncovering,all at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Stripping of Topsoil w�+ Any topsoil within"Limits of Work"and where excavation or filling will occur shall be stripped, cleaned of all rocks and debris and stockpiled on site for use in finish grading. 3.02 FINISH ELEVATIONS AND LINES .. Contractor shall be responsible for setting and establishing finish elevations and lines,to the required tolerances. Carefully preserve all data and all monuments set and,if displaced or lost,immediately replace NO to the approval of the Architect,at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.03 EXCAVATING A. All suitable material must be stored on site and utilized as backfill or in embankments. Surplus or unsuitable material shall be removed and disposed of off the site. B. Depressions Resulting from Removal of Obstructions +�*! Where depressions result from, or have resulted from,the removal of surface or subsurface obstructions,open the depression to equipment working width and remove all debris and soft material as directed by the Architect. C. Sheeting,shoring,bracing, pumping, bailing,and other incidental work necessary to make and maintain excavations and keep them free from water at all times during placing of concrete, utility lines,and fill/backfill materials,shall be performed or supplied as required. Fill and backfill shall be placed in dry or dewatered areas only. D. Sheeting shall be installed,where required,to maintain safe and workable conditions in excavations and where adjacent tree protection zones prohibit sloped trench walls without damaging of the tree. Sheeting,including necessary wales and struts,shall be selected and designed by the Contractor. Use of sheeting shall equal or exceed minimum required for safety and/or conformance to law and/or OSHA Standards. EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 02200-8 .. tur Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. fop The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. Granular Fill shall be free from ice and snow,roots,sod,rubbish and other deleterious or organic matter.Granular Fill shall conform to the following gradation requirements: Sieve Size Percent Finer by Weight III 2/3 of the loose lift thickness 100 No. 10 30-95 No.40 10-70 No.200 *0- IS (*0-8 where used behind walls) 2.04 SAND-GRAVEL Sand-Gravel-shall consist of durable sand and gravel and shall be free from ice and snow, roots,sod, rubbish and other deleterious or organic matter. Sand-Gravel shall conform to the following gradation requirements: Sieve Size Percent Finer by Weight 3 inch 100 1/2 inch 50-85 No.4 40-75 No.40 10- 35 No.200 0-8 2.05 CRUSHED STONE Crushed Stone shall consist of durable crushed rock or durable crushed gravel stone and shall be free from ice and snow,clay,loam and other deleterious or organic matter. Crushed Stone shall conform to the following gradation requirements: Sieve Size Percent Finer by Weight e I inch 100 3/4 inch 90- 100 1/2 inch 10-50 3/8 0-20 #4 0-5 2.06 GRAVEL BASE COURSE Gravel base course for roadway,parking areas,and sidewalk construction shall comply with the relevant sections of Section 02600 Bituminous Pavement and MHD requirements,Section M I,sub-section M 1.03.0, Type„b„ 2.07 ENGINEERED FILL Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel,crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 95 percent passing a I-1/2-inch (38-mm) sieve and not more than 5 percent passing a No.200(0.075-mm)sieve. PART 3.00- EXECUTION EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 02200-7 on Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. ow B. Notify Architect in writing before blasting proceeds. C. Engage a Registered Land Surveyor approved by the Architect to cross section the top of rock. The registered Land Surveyor shall calculate the quantities of rock removal and provide the necessary documentation verifying the quantities. D. Measurements for rock removal for allowance or payment will be based on in place cubic yards of rock removed to paylines,as defined: I. Limits of foundation concrete shown on plans plus 12 inches(12")outside vertical concrete lines and twelve inches (12") below the base. This includes foundations for light poles. 2. Utility trenches to six inches (6") below bottom of pipe and twenty-four inches (24")wider r than outside pipe diameter. 3. Paved areas to the underside of sub-base. 4. Lawns and planting areas to twenty-four inches (24") below finished grade. E. No payment or allowance will be made beyond the pay limits as described above, regardless of the amount of overblast. F. Price of rock removal shall include any anticipated use of excavations as fill material. No payment or allowance for the loss of anticipated native fill material due to the existence of rock shall be made. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 FILL MATERIAL,GENERAL A. Approval Required All fill material shall be subject to the approval of the Architect. 2.02 COMMON FILL MATERIAL,ORDINARY BORROW A. Common fill/ordinary borrow material shall be well graded,natural inorganic soil,approved by the Architect and meeting the following requirements: 1. It shall be free of organic or other weak or compressible materials,of frozen materials,and of stones larger than six inches maximum dimensions. 2. It shall be of such nature and character that it can be compacted to the specified densities. 3. It shall be free from highly plastic clays,from all materials subject to decay,decomposition, or dissolution and from cinders or other material which will corrode piping or other metal. 4. It shall have a maximum dry density of not less than 100 lbs.per cubic foot. wn B. Re-use of excavated on site common fill is dependent upon meeting compaction criteria. .,s 2.03 GRANULAR FILL EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 02200-6 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase 11 November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. G. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations. I. Additional Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations as directed by Architect. Additional excavation and replacement material will be paid for according to Contract provisions for changes in the Work. 11 2. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated dimensions without direction by Architect. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Architect,shall be without additional compensation. 1.15 COORDINATION A. Prior to start of earthwork,the Contractor shall arrange an on-site meeting with the Architect for the purpose of establishing Contractor's schedule of operations and scheduling inspection procedures and requirements. B. As construction proceeds,the Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the Architect prior to start of earthwork operations requiring inspection and/or testing. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining test samples of soil materials proposed to be used and transporting them to the site sufficiently in advance of time planned for use of these materials for testing of materials to be completed. Use of these proposed materials by the Contractor prior to testing and approval or rejection,shall be at the Contractor's risk. 1.15 DISTURBANCE OF EXCAVATED OR FILLED AREAS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. The contractor shall take all necessary steps to avoid disturbance of subgrade,underlying natural soils and compacted fill during excavation and filling operations. Methods of construction shall be revised as necessary to avoid disturbance described above,including restricting construction access and types of vehicles or equipment,dewatering,or other acceptable control measures. Disturbance shall be construed to include detereoration of soils due to the contractor's operations, such as moving equipment,hauling, etc. The contractor shall cooperate with the Architect to modify operations as necessary to minimize disturbance and protect bearing soils. B. All excavated or filled areas that are disturbed during construction, including all loose or saturated soils,fill that cannot be compacted within 48 hours due to saturation and other areas that will not meet compaction requirements as specified herein shall be removed and replaced with compacted Granular Fill Sand-Gravel,or Crushed Stone at the Contractor's expense.. 1.16 UNIT PRICES FOR ROCK EXCAVATION Some ledge is expected to be encountered in the construction of the project. The contractor shall carry an allowance of 100 cubic yards of ledge in the base Lump Sum bid. The contract amount shall be IIN increased if more that 100 is required to be removed,and the contract amount shall be decreased if less than 100 cubic yards of ledge are required to be removed. The contract amount shall be adjusted at a cost not to exceed $60.00 per cubic yard.The actual price per cubic yard shall be as listed in the bidder's bid form. Any rock less that one cubic yard in measurement shall be considered common excavation and will NOT be paid for as rock excavation. All ledge removal shall be measured"in-place" prior to removal. The quantity of ledge shall be measured in accordance with the Massachusetts Highway Department Specifications for Highways and Bridges,Section 140.88.The contractor shall NOT be eligible for payment ,V" for over excavation of rock. Wherever rock is encountered in the construction of the project,the following procedure shall be followed in order to determine the quantity of rock removal: A. Uncover and expose all rock surfaces to be removed. EXCAVATING,FILLING AND GRADING 02200- 5 me Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. The Berkshire Design Group,Inc. D. The maximum dry density shall be the density at optimum moisture as determined by ASTM Standard Methods of Test for Moisture- Density Relations of Soil Using 10-1b. Rammer and 18-inch w Drop, Designation D 1557-78. (Method C). E. The in-place dry density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM Standard Method of Test for Now Density of Soil in Place by the Sand Cone Method, Designation D 1556-82 or ASTM Standard Method of Test for Density of Soil in Place by Nuclear Methods,Designation D2922-81. 1.12 FROST PROTECTION Frozen,excessively moist or material containing snow shall not be placed as fill or backfill. Special care should be taken when placing fill material when the temperature is below 320F. 1.13 SHORING AND SHEETING A. Provide shoring,sheeting and/or bracing at excavations,as required,to prevent collapse of earth at site of excavations. B. Comply with federal,state and local regulations and provisions of the Occupational Safety and Heath Act(OSHA). C. Remove sheeting and shoring and the like,as backfilling operations progress,taking all necessary precautions to prevent collapse of excavation sides. 1.14 DEFINITIONS A. Subgrade-shall be that portion of the soil or rock which remains after stripping of topsoil, excavation,and prior to filling,or placement of roadway subbase. In proposed building area, WA subgrade shall be soil or rock which remains after stripping of top soil and subsoil. B. Embankment-shall be defined as any area on the site filled to raise grades to proposed subgrade elevations. Embankments are placed in layers to a predetermined elevation and cross-section. C. Utility Trench Backfill-is the area bounded by the proposed finished subgrade and the cover material over the respective pipe or conduit. This material shall conform with applicable requirements for embankment,structural backfill or utility company requirements depending on the area or zone into which the utility is installed. D. Unsuitable Material-material which is classified as"unsuitable"shall be material having at least one of the following properties: •+ I. Material with a maximum unit dry weight per cubic foot less than 90 lb.as determined by ASTM D 1557. ,w. 2. Material containing visible organic matter,topsoil,organic silt,peat,construction debris, roots and stumps. 3. Material which has a Liquid Limit greater than 50. ow 4. Material designated in the field by the Geotechnical Consultant. E. Topsoil -The upper layer of the soil profile which is supporting the growth of vegetation as evidenced by the existence therein of numerous roots and other organic matter. F. Subsoil - loose silt and fine dand layer located directly below the topsoil. EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 02200-4 I�* Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. The Berkshire Design Group,Inc. 3. Buried structures, utility lines,etc., including those which project less than 18 inches above grade,which are subject to damage from construction equipment shall be clearly marked to indicate the hazard. Markers shall indicate limits of danger areas,by means which will be clearly visible to operators of trucks and other construction equipment,and shall be maintained at all times until completion of project. 1.10 DRAINAGE AND DEWATERING A. The Contractor shall provide,at his own expense,adequate pumping and drainage facilities to keep excavated areas sufficiently dry from groundwater and/or surface runoff so as not to adversely affect construction procedures or cause excessive disturbance of underlying natural ground or footing and slab subgrades. B. The Contractor shall grade and pitch the site as necessary to direct surface runoff away from open excavations and subgrade surfaces. Positive drainage(minimum 1.0%slope)shall be maintained at all times. C. Water from trenches and excavations shall be routed through the temporary sediment basins in such a manner as will not cause injury to public health nor to public or private property,not to the surface of roads,walks,and streets, not cause any interference with the use of the same by the public. Methods of disposal of pumped effluent shall not cause erosion or siltation. D. Under no circumstances shall the Contractor place fills, pour concrete,or install piping and appurtenances in excavations containing free water. E. There shall be sufficient pumping equipment, in good working order,available at all times to remove water. F. Where,in the opinion of the Architect,pumping of excavations is not effective in maintaining a dry, firm subgrade,other acceptable dewatering methods shall be employed. 1.11 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Owner reserves the right to retain an independent testing laboratory to perform on-site observation and testing during the following phases of the construction operations. The services of the testing laboratory may include, but not be limited to,the following: I. Observation during excavation and replacement of existing fill under paved or slab areas. 2. Observation of compaction of paved and slab area subgrades. 3. Observation during placement and compaction of fills. 4. Laboratory testing and analysis of fill and bedding materials specified,as required. S. Observation of subgrade preparation for paved or slab areas. 6. Observe construction and perform water content,gradation,and compaction tests at a frequency and at locations determined by the testing agency. The results of these tests will be submitted to the Architect,copy to the Contractor,on a timely basis so that the Contractor can take such action as is required to remedy indicated deficiencies. iR 7. Observation of fills following interruptions by rains or other inclement weather. B. The testing agency's presence does not include supervision or direction of the actual work by the Contractor,his employees or agents. Neither the presence of the testing agency,nor any observations and testing performed by him shall excuse the Contractor from defects discovered in his work. C. Compaction Control Wherever a percentage of compaction for backfill is indicated or specified,it shall be the in-place dry density divided by the maximum dry density and multiplied by 100. EXCAVATING,FILLING AND GRADING 02200- 3 00 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. The Berkshire Design Group,Inc. 3. Protection of embankments,environmental controls. 4. Excavation: .w a. General excavation to lines and grades indicated. b. Excavation and backfill of utilities. 5. General exterior rough grading,cutting and filling required. 6. Filling and backfilling as required for walls,including furnishing of any extra material required. 7. Base and subbase course materials under structures, pavements,slabs and footings,including compaction. 8. Excavation and disposal of excess or unsuitable material. Excavation shall include �. removal and satisfactory disposal of all unclassified material encountered throughout the site. 9. Removal,hauling and stockpiling of suitable excavated materials for subsequent use in the work. 10. All rehandling,hauling and placing of stockpiled materials for use in refilling,filling, backfilling,grading and other such operations. I I. Pumping and dewatering of excavation as may be required. 12. Rock excavation and disposal ow, 1.07 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE A. Demolition, Clearing and Grubbing Section 02100 " B. Bituminous Concrete Pavement&Curbing..............................................................Section 02600 C. Seeding ....................................................................................................................Section 02850 1.08 SUBMITTALS Submit a 50 lb.sample of each type of fill (off-site and on-site)to testing laboratory in an air tight container at least seven (7) days prior to use. Submit the name of each material supplier and specific type and source of each material. Any change in source throughout the project requires written approval by the Architect or Architect. 1.09 JOB CONDITIONS A. Dust Control I. Use all means necessary to control dust on and near the work and on and near all off-site borrow areas, if such dust is caused by the Contractor's operations during performance of the work or if resulting from the condition in which the Contractor leaves the site. 2. Thoroughly moisten all surfaces as required to prevent dust being a nuisance to the public, neighbors and concurrent performance or other work on the site. B. Protection of Existing Structure and Utilities I. The work shall be executed in such manner as to prevent any damage to adjacent property and any other property and existing improvements such as,but not limited to:streets, curbs,paving,trees, utility lines and structures, monuments,bench marks and other public �e and private property,and to protect existing structures and foundations from damage caused by settlement,lateral earth movement,undermining,washout,and other hazards created by earthwork operations. w 2. In case of any damage or injury caused in the performance of the work,the Contractor shall,at his own expense,make good such damage or injury to the satisfaction of,and without cost to the Owner. Existing roads,sidewalks,and curbs damaged during the project work shall be repaired or replaced to their original condition at the completion of operations. The Contractor shall replace,at his cost,existing bench marks,monuments,and other reference points which are disturbed or destroyed. EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING 02200-2 .w Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. SECTION 02200 EXCAVATING, FILLING AND GRADING PART I -GENERAL 1.01 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Attention is called to the requirements of the printed Form of Contract and to Division I - General Requirements,of which this section is hereby made a part. 1.02 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED A. If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not specifically listed in this Section,provide such item or material at a standard of quality equal to the standard established for the balance of the Work specified, in accordance with the Architect's interpretation. 1.03 EXECUTION,CORRELATION AND INTENT A. In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications,or within either Document not clarified by addendum,the better quality or greater quantity of Work shall be provided,in accordance with the Architect's interpretation 1.04 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall become thoroughly familiar with the site,consult records and drawings of adjacent structures and of existing utilities and their connections,and note all conditions which may influence the work of this Section. B. By submitting a bid,the Contractor affirms that he has carefully examined the site and all conditions affecting work under this Section. No claim for additional costs will be allowed because of lack of full knowledge of existing conditions. C. The Contractor may,at his own expense,conduct additional subsurface testing as required for his own information. 1.05 INFORMATION NOT GUARANTEED A. Information on the Drawings and in the Specifications relating to subsurface conditions,natural phenomena,and existing utilities and structures is from the best sources presently available. Such information is furnished only for the information and convenience of the Contractor,and the accuracy or completeness of this information is not guaranteed. B. Plans,surveys, measurements,and dimensions under which the work is to be performed are #MCI believed to be correct, but the Contractor shall have examined them for himself during the bidding period,as no additional compensation will be made for errors and inaccuracies may be found therein. !! 1.06 SECTION INCLUDES A. Excavating,filling and grading required for this work includes,but is not necessarily limited to the following: 1. Clearing and preparation of site. 2. Stripping and stockpiling topsoil. EXCAVATING,FILLING AND GRADING 02200- 1 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I, 2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc.. 6. If,in the opinion of the Architect,the sequencing of operations,condition of erosion con- trol devices,and turbidity level of runoff are unsatisfactory,the Architect will direct the Owner to order the Contractor to cease work and order the Contractor to make correc- tions within 24 hours,at no expense to the Owner. 7. The Contractor shall make a final inspection,clean all cross culverts and sweep off road- ways as approved by the Architect before Contract closeout. 8. Condition of erosion control device shall be checked twice each month or more frequently as required. Damaged and/or deteriorated items shall be replaced. Erosion control devices shall be maintained in place and in effective condition. 9. Hay bales shall be inspected frequently and maintained or replaced as required to maintain ..® both their effectiveness and essentially their original condition. Underside of bales shall be in close contact with the earth below at all times,as required to prevent water from wash- ing beneath bales. w� 10. Sediment deposits shall be disposed of off-site,in a location and manner which will not cause sediment nuisance elsewhere. E. Removal of Erosion Control Devices I. Erosion control devices shall be maintained until all disturbed earth has been paved or vege- tated,at which time they shall be removed. After removal,areas disturbed by these devices WW shall be regraded and seeded. 2. Erosion protection material shall be kept securely anchored until acceptance of completed No slope or entire Project,whichever is later. END OF SECTION so am an wn w. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 02150-6 w Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I, 2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc.. I. If the results of hydroseeding application are unsatisfactory,the mixture and/or application PIP rate and methods shall be modified to achieve the required results. 2. After the grass has appeared,all areas and parts of areas which fail to show a uniform stand of grass,for any reason whatsoever,shall be reseeded and such areas and parts of areas seeded repeatedly until all areas are covered with a satisfactory growth of grass. 3.03 SILT FENCE A. Silt fencing shall be placed around existing drainage channels and at the no-cut and no fill lines be- fore commencement of any earthwork. Silt fencing shall be installed prior to all upgradient earth- work. B. Silt fence shall be installed around the stockpiled topsoil and other aggregate material. 3.04 HAY BALE DAM Bales shall be placed in a row with ends tightly abutting the adjacent bales. Each bale shall be embedded in the soil a minimum of 4 inches. Bales shall be securely anchored in place by stakes or re-bars driven through the bales. The first stake in each bale shall be angled toward the previously laid bale to force the bales together. 3.05 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL OF EROSION CONTROL DEVICES A. The Contractor shall inspect the effectiveness and condition of the erosion control devices during storm events,after each rainfall of one-inch magnitude or greater,prior to weekends,and prior to any forecasted storm events. B. Wetland areas,water courses,and drainage swales adjacent to construction activities shall be monitored twice each month for evidence of silt intrusion and other adverse environmental im- pacts,which shall be corrected immediately upon discovery. C. Culverts and drainage ditches shall be kept clean and clear of obstructions during construction pe- riod. I. Cleaning: Sediment build-up at silt fencing and hay bale structures shall be removed when the sediment accumulation is 1/2 the design height. Sediment basin shall be cleaned when the sediment accumulates to one foot of depth. 2. The Contractor shall repair or replace damaged erosion control devices immediately,and, in no case, more than four hours after observing such deficiencies,and as directed by the Architect. 3. The Contractor shall be prepared to implement interim drainage controls and erosion con- trol measures as may be necessary during the course of construction,and as directed by the Architect. 4. The Contractor shall make available on-site,equipment,materials and labor necessary to ef- fect emergency erosion control and drainage improvements within four hours of any im- pending emergency situation. S. The Contractor shall comply with recommendations of the Architect to make repairs or supplement erosion control procedures during the course of construction. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 02150-5 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I, 2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc.. Hay bales for construction of hay bale check dam and catch basin filter dam shall be new,firm wire or ny- r. Ion-bound livestock feed-grade. 2.03 CRUSHED STONE Crushed stone for hay bale check dam,catch basin filter dam and sediment pond riser pipe filters shall conform to MDPW Specifications Section M2.01.3 2.04 TEMPORARY SEED COVER A. Seed mixture for temporary cover by hydroseeding application shall conform to the following: Quantity per 1000 ww sq.ft coverage Material 27-1/2 lb. Wood fiber mulch 4 lb. Seed 1/2 lb. Annual Ryegrass 22 lb. 10-6-4 Fertilizer 69 gal. Water I. Wood fiber mulch shall conform to MHD Specifications. 2. Seed shall conform to MHD Specifications. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.01 PRE-CONSTRUCTION A. The Contractor shall hold a preconstruction conference on-site to discuss erosion control meas- ures and sequencing of activities. The Contractor shall notify the Architect,the Northampton DPW,and any other necessary parties of the conference,which shall be scheduled at least one week prior to starting construction. 3.02 TEMPORARY SEED COVER .. A. Grass seed shall be spread by mechanical spreader at a rate of 4.0 lb./1000 sq.ft. B. Following seeding,area shall be tightly raked to mingle seed with the top 1/8 to 1/4 inch of soil. Areas shall then be smoothed and rolled. w C. Following rolling,entire shall be watered until equivalent of a 2-inch depth of water shall have been applied to entire seeded surface,at a rate which will not dislodge seed. Water shall be repeated w., thereafter as frequently as required to prevent drying of surface, until grass attains an average height of 1 1/2 inches. D. At the Contractor's option,seed may be spread by the hydroseeding methods,utilizing power equipment commonly used for that purpose. Seed and mulch shall be mixed and applied to achieve application quantities specified herein for the conventional seeding method,with mulch applied at the rate of 2700 lb. dry weight of mulch per acre. A mulching machine,acceptable to the Architect,shall be equipped to eject the thoroughly wet mulch material at a uniform rate to provide the mulch coverage specified. Other provisions speci- fied above for conventional seeding shall apply to hydro seeding. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 02150-4 on Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc.. I. Permanent erosion protection shall be accomplished by seeding with grass and covering with an erosion protection material,as appropriate for prevailing conditions. -- 2. Temporary erosion protection shall be accomplished by covering with an erosion protec- tion material,as appropriate for prevailing conditions. 3. Except where specified slope is indicated on Drawings,fill slopes shall be limited to a grade of 2:1 (horizontal: vertical),cut slopes shall be limited to a grade of 2:1. 1.08 EMERGENCY OPERATION PROCEDURES A. The Contractor shall have on-call at all times capable,responsible representatives who,when au- ! thorized,will mobilize the necessary personnel, materials,and equipment,and otherwise provide the required action when notified of any impending emergency situation. B. The Contractor shall supply a telephone number to the Owner with which the Contractor may be contacted in the evenings and on weekends. The Contractor shall prepare a 24-hour"duty roster" for this purpose and submit it in writing to the Architect. 1.09 NPDES CONSTRUCTION GENERAL PERMIT COMPLIANCE Contractor to comply with coverage requirements for the Federal EPA National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit for Storm Water Discharges from Construction Activities. Compliance by the contractor shall include, but is not limited to,the following: • Contractor shall prepare and submit the EPA Notice of Intent as required by provisions of the gen- eral permit.A copy shall be submitted to the Northampton DPW prior to the start of construction. • Contractor shall develop, implement and maintain a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan(SWPPP) that adheres to the requirements contained in the general permit. • Contractor shall adhere to the permit requirements in regard to site inspections and recordkeeping. • Contractor shall submit Notice of Termination documentation to the EPA at the end of the con- struction period. General information in regard to the Construction General Permit,as well as information relating to permit compliance, can be found at the NPDES web site (http:llcfpub.epa.liovinpdes). A failure by the Contractor to comply with provisions of the General Permit for Storm Water Discharges from Construction Activities in a timely manner shall not constitute grounds for an extension of the con- tract period. 4M PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.01 SILT FENCE A. Silt fence shall be preassembled silt fence structure to be Mirafi Envirofence,American Engineering Fabrics, Inc. Pre-assembled silt fence,or Everett J.Prescott 800-EJP-24 HR pre-assembled sit fence. I. Overall length of each fence section shall be minimum 100 ft.;fabric width minimum of 3 ft., post length minimum of 4 ft.;and post spacing maximum of 8.3 ft. 2. Posts shall be tapered for ease of installation,and beveled at top to resist splitting. 2.02 HAY BALES EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 02150- 3 w Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I, 2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. The Berkshire Design Group,Inc.. A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): Standard Speci- fications for Highways and Bridges w B. Commonwealth of Massachusetts Department of Public Works (MDPW or MHD) Standard Specifications for Highways and Bridges C. Massachusetts General Laws,Wetlands Protection Act ..0 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Proposed methods, materials to be employed,and schedule for effecting erosion and siltation con- trol and preventing erosion damage shall be submitted for approval. Submittals shall include: I. List of proposed material including manufacturer's product data. 2. Schedule of erosion control program indicating specific dates for implementing programs in each major area of work. w B. A 12 x 12 in.Sample of Silt fence fabric shall be submitted. C. Seed mixture for temporary seed cover shall be submitted for approval of the Architect. .ea 1.07 EROSION CONTROL PRINCIPLES A. The following erosion control principles shall apply to the land grading and construction phases: I. Stripping of vegetation,grading,or other soil disturbance shall be done in a manner which will minimize soil erosion. w 2. Whenever feasible, natural vegetation shall be retained and protected. 3. Extent of area which is exposed and free of vegetation and duration of its exposure shall be w kept within practical limits. 4. Temporary seeding,mulching,or other suitable stabilization measures shall be used to pro- tect exposed critical areas during prolonged construction or other land disturbances. 5. Drainage provisions shall accommodate increased runoff resulting from modifications of soil and surface conditions during and after development or disturbance. Such provisions shall .w be in addition to existing requirements. 6. Sediment shall be retained on-site. swe 7. Erosion control devices shall be installed as early as possible in the construction sequence prior to start of clearing and grubbing operations and excavation work. B. Cut and fill slopes and stockpiled materials shall be protected to prevent erosion. Slopes shall be protected with permanent erosion protection when erosion exposure period is expected to be greater than or equal to six months,and temporary erosion protection when erosion exposure period is expected to be less than six months. ws EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 02150-2 Village at Hospital Hill—Phase 11 November 1,2007 Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc.. SECTION 02150 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PART I -GENERAL 1.01 CONTRACT PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE The General Provisions of the Contract,including the General and Supplementary Conditions and Divi- sion 1,apply to the work specified in this Section. 1.02 ITEMS REQUIRED BUT NOT SPECIFIED If an item or material of this trade is indicated in the Drawings but not specifically listed in this Section, provide such item or material at a standard of quality equal to the standard established for the balance of the Work specified,in accordance with the Architect's interpretation. 1.03 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT In case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications,or within either Document not clarified by addendum,the better quality or greater quantity of Work shall be provided, in accordance with the Architect's interpretation. 1.04 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Provide all equipment and materials,and do all work necessary to construct a complete erosion and sediment control program for minimizing erosion and sediment control provisions detailed on !! the Drawings and specified herein are the minimum requirements for an erosion control program. The Contractor shall provide additional erosion sediment control materials and methods as re- quired to effect the erosion and siltation control principles specified herein. B. Erosion control and maintenance program,shall include,but not be limited to,installation and maintenance of silt fences,hay bale check dams,and installation schedules of erosion control struc- tures. Qllil! C. Compliance with applicable portions of the City Stormwater Management Permit for Village Hill (Phase 2) dated 7-19-07,including notification and inspection requirements. Copies of the City Stormwater Management Permit are available from the Owner. D. Compliance with coverage requirements for the Federal EPA National Pollution Discharge Elimina- tion System (NPDES) General Permit for Storm Water Discharges from Construction Activities. Contractor to coordinate all work with Roadway Project NPDES permit. E. Related work specified elsewhere Clearingand Grubbing....................................................................................................Section 02100 Excavationand Backfill....................................................................................................Section 02200 1.05 REFERENCED STANDARDS EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 02150- 1 po Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. F. Protection of Utilities III Preserve,in operating condition,all active utilities traversing the site and not designated to be dis- connected. G. Perform demolition work in accordance with applicable rules, regulations,codes and ordinances of local,State and Federal Authorities,and in accordance with the requirements of Public Utility Cor- porations having jurisdiction over the work. Obtain and pay for all necessary permits, licenses and certificates and give all notices as required during the performance of the demolition work. H. Protection of Existing Trees 1!4 I. All specimen trees identified in the Tree Inventory For Hospital Hill prepared by David Hawkins,April 21,2003 and,according to construction documents as to be preserved,shall be protected to the fullest extent possible during construction. (None are located within Lots 21, 23,or 25). The Tree Inventory for Hospital Hill is available from the Owner. 2. All other trees not specifically identified in the above report but as noted on construction documents as to be preserved,shall also be protected during construction. 3. Tree protection shall consist of enclosing the tree with temporary snow fencing.The di- ameter of the fencing shall have a minimum diameter of 5' beyond the tree's dripline. Such fenc- ing may be removed for active work within this area, but shall be replaced thereafter. Ra 4. All equipment and stockpiles shall be kept off of the enclosed area. 5. If any construction is required through the area of protection,all efforts shall be made to minimize disturbance to the tree trunk, branches and root system.Any roots encoun- tered during construction shall be either trenched around or avoided if possible and/or hand pruned. 6. Trees shall receive a root fertilization treatment. I. Topsoil Testing Contractor shall be responsible for testing of existing topsoil by approved testing agency. 3.03 DEMOLITION The contractor shall take possession of all demolished materials not scheduled for reuse and completely remove from site and legally dispose of same. 3.04 REMOVAL OF DEBRIS Remove all debris from the site and leave the site in a neat and orderly condition to the approval of the Architect. END OF SECTION AIwA DEMOLITION,CLEARING AND GRUBBING 02100- 3 11>A so Village at Hospital Hill—Phase II November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. "" Use all means necessary to prevent the spread of dust and mud during performance of the work of the Section;thoroughly moisten all surfaces as required to prevent mud and dust from being a nui- w sance to the neighboring residents. PART 2.00 - PRODUCTS No 2.01 OTHER MATERIALS All materials, not specifically described, but required for proper completion of the work of this Section, shall be as selected by the Contractor,subject to approval of the Architect. "1°P PART 3.00- EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Notification Notify the Architect at least two full working days prior to commencing the work of this Section. B. Site Inspection Prior to all work of this Section,carefully inspect the entire site and all objects designated to be removed and to be preserved. C. Clarification I. The drawings do not purport to show all objects existing on the site. However, it is antici- pated that the sites are free of any structures,pavements,demolition materials,utilities(ex- cept temporary overhead wires/poles)and hazardous materials. w 2. Before commencing the work of this Section,verify with the Architect all objects to be re- moved and all objects to be preserved. .w D. Scheduling I. Schedule all work in a careful manner with all necessary consideration for the Owner. Be- fore commencing any work,submit a schedule for review to the Architect showing the "" commencement,the order and the completion dates for the various parts of this work. 2. Avoid interference with use of,and passage to and from,adjacent buildings and facilities. .� Communicate and schedule work harmoniously with the Roadway Contractor. 3. Prior to any work performed on the site,the Contractor shall notify Dig Safe at the follow- ing number, 1-888-DIG-SAFE. Notification of Dig Safe is a requirement prior to construc- go, tion. E. Disconnection of Utilities no Before starting site operations,disconnect or arrange for disconnection of all utility services desig- nated to be removed or that require temporary discontinuance for the duration of the work,as shown in the drawings,performing all such work in accordance with the requirements of the utility am company or agency involved. .w DEMOLITION, CLEARING AND GRUBBING 02100-2 go Village at Hospital Hill—Phase 11 November I,2007 Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. The Berkshire Design Group, Inc. SECTION 02100 DEMOLITION,CLEARING&GRUBBING Part 1.00-GENERAL 1.01 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS A. Attention is directed to the requirements of the printed form of Contract and to General Re- 1-0 quirements of which this section is hereby made a part. 1.02 DESCRIPTION A. Work by General Contractor Demolition,clearing and grubbing required for this work includes, but is not necessarily limited to removal and disposal,removal and delivery to the Owner,or removal and reuse of the following: I. Trees,shrubs,vegetation 2. Pavement,curbing,and debris and rubble within project 3. Protection of trees and items to remain B. Related Work Described Elsewhere Excavating, Filling and Grading......................................................................................Section 02200 C. Definitions The term"demolition,clearing and grubbing,"as used herein, includes the removal of all existing objects (except for those objects designated to remain) down to the existing ground level, includ- ing their underground root systems, plus such other work as is described in this Section of these Specifications. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during demolition operations and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the procedures involved and who shall direct and coordinate the operation and ensure coordination with the applicable utility agencies. B. Codes and Standards In addition to complying with all pertinent code and regulations,comply with the requirements of those insurance carriers providing coverage for this work. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. Dust and Mud Control DEMOLITION,CLEARING AND GRUBBING 02100- 1 an Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 4P B. Gypsum Wallboard Recycling: New, paper-faced gypsum wallboard scrap (cuts from construction - not demolition waste) generated at project shall be recycled by Gypsum Recycling America, LLC. Keep scrap dry. Contact Gypsum Recycling America at 1.866.9.GYPSUM (1.866.949.7786) or jw @gypsumrecycling.us,to coordinate recycling efforts. C. Acoustical Ceiling Panel Recycling: Demolition and construction waste pulpable mineral fiber ceiling panels may be recycled by Armstrong World Industries. Contact Armstrong at 1-877- ,�„ ARMSTRONG (1-877-276-7876) or visit www.armstrona.com to coordinate recycling efforts, apply for product approvals,and receive reclamation procedure requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 RECYCLING A. Metal, including but not limited to aluminum stairs, structural beams and sections, and reinforcing steel shall be recycled. B. Wood that is not painted and does not contain preservatives (i.e. creosote, arsenic, and chromium-containing preservatives) shall be segregated and recycled. C. Refer to the Massachusetts Recycling Directory available at the Massachusetts State Bookstore (617-727-2834) in the State Capitol Building for recycling operations within the State. 3.02 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A. Manager: The Contractor shall designate an on-site person responsible for instructing workers and overseeing and documenting results of the Waste Management Plan for the Project. B. Distribution: The Contractor shall distribute copies of the Waste Management Plan to the Job Site Foreman,each Subcontractor, the Owner and the Architect. C. Instruction: The Contractor shall provide on-site instruction of appropriate separation, handling, and recycling, salvage, reuse, and return methods to be used by all parties at the appropriate stages of the Project. D. Separation Facilities: The Contractor shall lay out and label a specific area to facilitate separation of materials for recycling, salvage, reuse, and return. Recycling and waste bin areas are to be kept neat and clean and clearly marked in order to avoid contamination of materials. Location shall be acceptable to the Architect. E. Hazardous Wastes: Any unforeseen hazardous wastes shall be separated, stored, and disposed of according to local regulations and as directed by the Owner. END OF SECTION CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01570-3 no Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 "" 4. Alternatives to Landfilling: A list of each material proposed to be salvaged or recycled w, during the course of the Project. Include the following and any additional items proposed: a. Cardboard. b. Clean dimensional wood. C. Beverage containers. am d. Concrete. e. Slurry wall materials. f. Bricks and masonry. .w g. Asphalt. h. Metals from framing, banding, stud trim,ductwork, piping, rebar, roofing,other trim, steel, iron,galvanized sheet steel, stainless steel, aluminum, copper,zinc, lead, brass, and bronze. •*� L Mechanical and electrical equipment. j. Building components which can be removed relatively intact from existing construction. �w. k. Packaging materials. 1. Glass. m. Scraps from new gypsum wall board. n. Carpet and pad. o. Acoustical ceiling panels. p. Plastics. 5. Meetings: A description of the regular meetings to be held to address waste management. 6. Materials Handling Procedures: A description of the means by which any waste materials .� identified above will be protected from contamination, and a description of the means to be employed in recycling the above materials consistent with requirements for acceptance by designated facilities. 7. Transportation: A description of the means of transportation of the recyclable materials (whether materials will be site-separated and self-hauled to designated centers, or whether mixed materials will be collected by a waste hauler and removed from the site) and destination of materials. B. Waste Management Progress Report: Concurrent with each Application for Payment, submit a written Waste Management Progress Report in the same format as required for Final Report. aw C. Waste Management Final Report: Prior to Substantial Completion, submit a written Waste Management Final Report summarizing the types and quantities of materials recycled and disposed of under the Waste Management Plan. Include the name and location of disposal facilities. 1.06 CONTRACTORS No A. Contractor may subcontract work of this Section to a sub-contractor specializing in recycling and salvaging of construction waste. w 1. Institution Recycling Network, contact John Gundling, 7 South State Street, Suite 2, Concord, NH 03301;tel.866-229-1962;jgundling@ir-network.com. 2. Waste Solutions, Inc., contact Carrie P. Mowbray, 965 Plain Street, Marshfield, MA 02050; so tel. 781-844-1476;carrie.wsi @verizon.net 3. Commercial Paving and Recycling Co., Scarborough, ME 04074; tel. 207-883-3325; www.cpers.com. 4. Or equal as approved by the Architect. no CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT .f. 01570-2 .. Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 SECTION 01570 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies requirements for the Contractor's implementation of waste management controls and systems for the duration of the Work. 1.03 INTENT A. The Owner and Architect have established that this Project shall generate the least amount of waste practical and that processes that ensure the generation of as little waste as possible due to error, poor planning, breakage, mishandling, contamination, or other factors shall be employed. B. Of the waste that is generated, as many of the waste materials as economically feasible shall be reused, salvaged, or recycled. Waste disposal in landfills shall be minimized to the greatest extent practical. C. With regard to these goals the Contractor shall develop, for the Architect's review, a Waste Management Plan for this Project. D. Each Subcontractor shall be responsible for segregating his own waste into different dumpsters as directed by the Contractor. E. Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that debris will be disposed of at appropriately designated licensed solid waste disposal facilities, as defined by MGL Chapter 111, Section 150A. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Waste Management Plan: Within 21 calendar days after receipt of Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall provide a plan containing the following: 1. Analysis of the proposed jobsite waste to be generated, including types and rough quantities. 2. Landfill Options:The name of the landfills where trash and building debris will be disposed of, the applicable landfill tipping fees, and the projected cost of disposing of all Project ` waste in the landfills. 3. Landfill Certification: Contractor's statement of verification that landfills proposed for use are licensed for types of waste to be deposited and have sufficient capacity to receive waste from this project. CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01570-1 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 Project site as directed by the Architect. 1. Provide as many mock-ups as required until Architect's approval has been received. 2. When indicated in individual Specification Sections, approved mock-ups may be go incorporated into the finish work. 3.05 REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL A. Demolish and remove mock-ups from site at the completion of the Project. Legally dispose of demolished mock-up materials. END OF SECTION MOCK-UPS 01420- 3 PIP .■ Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 'm 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE w A. Design Modifications: Make design modifications to work only as required to meet performance requirements and to coordinate the work. Indicate proposed design modifications on shop drawings. Maintain original design concept without altering profiles and alignments indicated. PART PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. Provide materials, components, and products for exterior wall assembly mock-up and for specified interior construction components as specified in individual Specification Sections. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Refer to PART 3, EXECUTION portions of the various Specification Sections for specific requirements regarding condition of surfaces,erection, and erection tolerances. 3.02 FIELD MOCK-UP OF EXTERIOR WALL A. Provide a field mock-up of the exterior wall at location and in configuration indicated on Drawings. The exterior wall mock-up shall include the veneer systems and backup, one window and all related flashings and sealants, etc. Obtain Architect's acceptance of visual qualities prior to commencing work that individual mock-up is intended to represent. Protect and maintain + approved mock-ups throughout the work of the Contract. Locate mock-ups at the Project site as directed by the Architect. 1. Refer to Drawings for extent of the field mock-up. 2. Provide modifications to mock-up as required until Architect's approval has been received. 3.03 FIELD MOCK-UP OF INTERIOR CONSTRUCTION A. Provide a field mock-up of the interior construction items at locations and in configuration indicated on Drawings or as otherwise directed. Obtain Architect's acceptance of visual qualities prior to commencing work that individual mock-up is intended to represent. Protect and maintain approved mock-ups throughout the work of the Contract. Locate mock-ups at the Project site as directed by Architect. 1. Refer to Drawings for extent of the field mock-up. 2. Provide modifications to mock-up as required until Architect's approval has been received. B. Interior Construction Mock-ups: Provide mock-ups of various interior construction as indicated or as specified in the applicable Specification Sections, as directed by the Architect. 3.04 OTHER MOCK-UPS .. A. Provide mock-ups of types and sizes required by individual Specification Sections to evaluate and set the standard of quality for that work. Obtain Architect's acceptance of visual qualities prior to commencing work that individual mock-up is intended to represent. Protect and maintain approved mock-ups throughout the work of the Contract. Locate mock-ups at the ..s MOCK-UPS 01420- 2 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 SECTION 01420 MOCK-UPS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 General Requirements, apply to the work of this section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. General: Provide and coordinate mock-up assemblies at Project site for Architect's review and acceptance, in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents. Refer to individual Specification Sections for mock-up requirements. Generally,without limitation, mock-ups on site include the following: 1. Mock-ups of individual pieces of the work, as specified within individual Specification No Section. 2. Field Mock-Up of exterior wall components. Refer to the Drawings for extent of mock-up. 3. Field Mock-Up of interior construction. Refer to the Drawings for extent of mock-up. 4" B. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate the work of the related Specification Sections so that each mock-up meets the specified requirements. 40 1.03 RELATED WORK A. Examine Contract Documents for requirements that affect Work of this Section. Other Specification Sections that directly relate to Work of this Section include, but are not limited to: on 1. Section 01000, General Requirements;Architect's review. 2. Individual Specification Sections that specify field mock-ups of individual pieces of the Work. 3. Individual Specification Sections that specify field mock-ups of exterior wall Work. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings of Mock-Ups: Provide large scale shop drawings for fabrication, installation and erection of all parts of each mock-up. Provide plans, elevations, and details of anchorage, connections and accessory items. go B. Photographs of Mock-Ups:Submit photographs of mock-ups after completion of installation and acceptance of each mock-up. �w C. Samples: Refer to individual Specification Sections for submittal requirements of mock-up components and coordinate accordingly. !r lip MOCK-UPS 01420- 1 so Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 weather(temperature below 40 degrees F)or hot weather (temperature above 100 degrees F). e. Anchorage Sec 4.2;5.14 4. Inspection of welding of reinforcement, grouting,consolidation and reconsolidation Note a. Note a. for buildings assigned to Seismic Performance Category C or D in accordance with 780 CMR 1612.1.7. Note a:Referenced criteria not applicable. 3.04 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample taking and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. Comply with Contract Document requirements for"Cutting and Patching." B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities, and protect repaired construction. C. Repair and protection is Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for inspection,testing,or similar services. END OF SECTION QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING SERVICES 01400-7 NNW Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 *� of three test cylinders at 28 days shall be considered as one strength test. The strength of such test shall be the average of the breaking strengths of the three cylinders comprising the test .w except that, if one of the specimens shall show manifest evidence of improper sampling, molding, handling, or testing, it shall be discarded and the remaining two averaged. If the first two cylinders tested at 28 days show strengths less than 85 percent of the specified value, the no third cylinder shall not be tested at 28 days but shall be kept available for later testing as directed by the Architect. .w H. Concrete Aggregate Testing - at start of project and whenever a change in source of characteristics occurs, provide standard acceptance tests of fine and coarse aggregates for quality and determination of physical properties. Tests shall include sieve analysis, specify gravity, absorption tests,silt content, soundness and organic content. I. Verification and Evaluation of Mix Designs - verify and evaluate that Contractor's mix designs, pumped or otherwise, are in accordance with Project Specifications. J. Reinforcement and Formwork - inspect reinforcement for surface cleanliness, accessories, clearances, sizes and spacing, etc. Inspect formwork for tightness, adequacy, surface quality and cleanliness. ,, K. Concrete Placement - inspect methods of discharge, transport, placement, consolidation and finishing. L. Grout and Grouting - examine and ascertain that the materials used for grouting conform to the Specifications. Check grouting operations for conformance with the Specifications and with the manufacturer's recommendations for use. Check that the grout fills all voids and spaces which are required to be grouted. M. Grout compressive tests - grout shall be tested for compressive strength. Provide a top plate fastened to the top of the mold to confine the mortar and simulate in-place conditions. Nine 2"x 2" cubes shall be taken in the field for each set. Three cubes shall be taken on each day that each strength class of grout is being placed. 3.03 QUALITY CONTROL FOR UNIT MASONRY A. The structural inspections listed below shall be required for masonry construction. INSPECTION OR TEST REFERENCED CRITERIA AC1530/ASC4/ AC1530.1 TMS 402 ASCE 6/TMS 602 1. Material Sec.2.2 2. Masonry Strength Sec. 1.6 3. Construction operations: a. Proportioning, mixing consistency of mortar and grout. Sec.2.3;2.5; b. Application of mortar grout and 42.2 masonry units C. Condition, size, location and spacing of reinforcement Chapter 8 Sec.2.3.2.2; d. Protection of masonry during cold 2.3.2.3 QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING SERVICES 01400-6 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. ! Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 3.02 QUALITY CONTROL FOR CONCRETE A. Provide inspection and testing at the batching plant once at the start of the project and periodically thereafter, and at the project whenever structural concrete is placed. Provide testing in accordance with the approved referenced standard methods. B. Batching Plant Inspection - make verification of calibration of weighing equipment, measuring equipment and timing devices. Make observation of mixing equipment and its operation, methods used for measuring and changing ingredients and water into mixing equipment. Make observations of truck mixers, agitators, or other concrete transportation equipment. Verify that ingredients for concrete are from the sources identified in the approved design mixes and that they are properly stored at the plant. Make gradation and moisture tests of aggregates. Determine and record the actual batched weights and water-cement ratio used;verify that such weights and ratio conform to the weights and proportions required by the approved design mixes, adjusted for actual moisture content and gradation of aggregates. C. Field Tests - obtain samples of concrete at the project and make quality control tests during placing operations, including slump tests, air content tests, density tests, air temperature and concrete temperature for all concrete, and sets of cylinders for compressive tests. Cylinders required by the Contractor for stripping purposes are excluded from these quality control requirements. D. Slump tests shall be made from each load of concrete; if concrete is pumped, slump tests shall be taken at point of discharge. When air entrainment is required by the approved design mix, air content tests shall be made from each load of concrete. If the measured density of any w concrete, or the measured slump of any concrete, or the air content of air entrained concrete, falls outside the limits of the approved design mix, a check test shall be made immediately on another portion of the same load. In the event of a second failure, the concrete shall be considered to have failed to meet the requirements of the approved design mix, and shall not be used on the project. E. Test cylinder sets - make sets of 4 cylinders (6" dia. x 12" long) for each class of concrete on each day that it is placed. Take one set of cylinders, directly from the mixer, or point of discharge if pumped, for each 50 cubic yards or fraction thereof, or once per day for each design mix. The tests are intended to ensure that the concrete meets the specified requirements, with particular regard to 28 day strength. Identify cylinder sets by date, concrete class, concrete delivery ticket and location of placement in the project. F. Field Curing - provide all facilities for making and transporting the test cylinders. Utilize the curing box provided by the Contractor for storage of cylinders in the field. The box shall be heated as required to maintain curing conditions consistent with the curing of the project concrete. During hot weather, test cylinders shall be covered immediately with damp burlap and cooled or stored otherwise as required to maintain curing conditions consistent with the ! " curing of the project concrete. The box shall be located in an area free from vibration caused by construction operations and by off-site causes. Cylinders shall remain in the curing box until ready for transportation to the laboratory but not less than 24 hours. G. Cylinder Tests - transport the cylinders to the laboratory in a vertical position. Store and cure the cylinders under controlled conditions until time of testing. Make compressive strength tests of one cylinder of each set at 7 days and of the other three cylinders of each set at 28 days. If the first two cylinders tested at 28 days show strengths less than 85 percent of the specified value, the third cylinder shall not be tested as directed by the Architect. The testing of each set QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING SERVICES 01400- 5 1_I�I Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 11' 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications for Service Agencies: Engage inspection and testing service agencies, including independent testing laboratories, that are prequalified as complying with the American Council of Independent Laboratories' "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification"and that specialize in the types of inspections and tests to be performed. 1. Each independent inspection and testing agency engaged on the Project shall be , authorized by authorities having jurisdiction to operate in the state where the Project is located. 1.06 REFERENCE no A. American Society for Testing and Materials: ASTM E. 329-77: Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete Steel and Bituminous Materials as used in Construction. ru B. Wherever the source or characteristics of materials change or the quality of materials provided indicates lack of compliance with contract requirements, full or partial acceptance tests shall be performed as directed by the Structural Engineer of Record through the Architect. *o PART 2- PRODUCTS [Not Used] PART 3- EXECUTION am 3.01 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. The Testing Laboratory shall maintain and distribute continuous record of the quality of materials and workmanship under its control, and certify that such materials and workmanship meet the contract requirements. B. The inspection and control shall be performed under the direction of the Structural Engineer of Record. C. The duties of the Testing Laboratory shall include: 1. Tests and certification of materials or components designated to be tested at place of fabrication or at the job site. 2. Supervision and certification of fabrication and erection of materials designated to be inspected. 3. Acceptance testing of concrete design mixes. 4. Submission of reports: a. Copies of each report of plant and field inspection shall be made and distributed within 3 days. Copies of each report of tests shall be distributed within 2 days of the performance of tests. Results of tests showing non-conformance to contract requirements shall be advised to the Architect and General Contractor by phone on the same day. b. Distribution of one copy of each report shall be as follows: Owner,Architect, Structural Engineer,General Contractor, Inspectional Services. C. All reports shall include accurate and unambiguous descriptions of the source of the materials and their location in the structure. QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING SERVICES 01400-4 10 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 3. The Testing Laboratory shall conduct its work so as not to cause delay in the progress of construction. Any non-compliance with the Contract Documents shall be immediately reported to the General Contractor and the Architect. 4. The agency shall notify the Architect and the Contractor promptly of irregularities or !! deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 5. Nothing herein specified permits the Testing Laboratory to allow the General Contractor to deviate from the requirements of the Contract Documents. 6. The agency is not authorized to release, revoke, alter, or enlarge requirements of the Contract Documents or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 7. The agency shall not perform any duties of the Contractor. E. Coordination: Coordinate the sequence of activities to accommodate required services with a minimum of delay. Coordinate activities to avoid the necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate inspections and tests. 1. The Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for inspections, tests, taking samples, and similar activities. 2. A complete set of Drawings and Specifications for the project work will be made available by the Owner at the project site. The Testing Laboratory personnel shall become thoroughly familiar with all provisions of these documents which apply for the testing and inspection services. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Qualifications: Submit qualifications of testing laboratories proposed for use for approval. B. Schedule: Submit a schedule of required tests and inspections for review. C. Reports: Unless the Contractor is responsible for this service, the independent testing agency shall submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each inspection, test, or similar service to the Architect. If the Contractor is responsible for the service,submit a certified written report, in duplicate,of each inspection,test,or similar service through the Contractor. 1. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to the governing authority, when the authority so directs. 2. Report Data: Written reports of each inspection, test,or similar service include, but are not NIP limited to,the following: a. Date of issue. b. Project title and number. C. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. d. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. e. Names of individuals making the inspection or test. f. Designation of the Work and test method. g. Identification of product and Specification Section. h. Complete inspection or test data. i. Test results and an interpretation of test results. OR j. Ambient conditions at the time of sample taking and testing. k. Comments or professional opinion on whether inspected or tested Work complies with Contract Document requirements. I. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. m. Recommendations on retesting. ps QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING SERVICES 01400- 3 11 Am Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 "• quality-control services are the Owner's responsibility, the Owner will employ and pay a ,go qualified independent testing agency to perform those services. a. Where the Owner has engaged a testing agency for testing and inspecting part of the Work,and the Contractor is also required to engage an entity for the same or related element, the Contractor shall not employ the entity engaged by the Owner, unless "" agreed to in writing by the Owner. 3. The costs of the following tests and inspections shall be accounted for separately and reported to the Owner. a. Tests and inspection of materials and workmanship not conforming to contract requirements. b. Tests and inspection necessitated by any other noncompliance with contract requirements. .� C. Acceptance tests for materials because of changes in properties or changed sources. d. Costs of inspector's time and expenses wasted because of cancellations or delays of the work. e. Tests and services of inspectors required by a public authority. ■. B. Retesting: The Contractor is responsible for retesting where results of inspections, tests, or other quality-control services prove unsatisfactory and indicate noncompliance with Contract Document requirements, regardless of whether the original test was Contractor's responsibility. 1. The cost of retesting construction, revised or replaced by the Contractor, is the Contractor's responsibility where required tests performed on original construction indicated noncompliance with Contract Document requirements. C. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required inspections, tests, and similar services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify the agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Auxiliary services required include, but are not limited to,the following: 1. Provide access to the Work. 2. Furnish incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate inspections and tests. 3. Take adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing or .■ assist the agency in taking samples. 4. Provide facilities for storage and curing of test samples. 5. Deliver samples to testing laboratories. 6. Provide the agency with a preliminary design mix proposed for use for materials mixes that require control by the testing agency. 7. Provide security and protection of samples and test equipment at the Project Site. D. Duties of the Testing Agency: The independent agency engaged to perform inspections, .� sampling, and testing of materials and construction specified in individual Sections shall cooperate with the Architect and the Contractor in performance of the agency's duties. 1. The Testing Laboratory shall make all necessary arrangements with the General Contractor to insure the presence of the required inspectors at all contract operations specified to be included under the Testing and Inspection Agreement. The General Contractor shall notify the Testing Laboratory a reasonable time in advance (not less than 24 hours) of the time when operations requiring inspection or testing are scheduled to start. 2. Provide necessary personnel, equipment and facilities for tests and inspection. Personnel shall be experienced and competent in their particular specialties. QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING SERVICES am 01400-2 ,.r Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 SECTION 01400 so QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING SERVICES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary pa Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Examine the Contract Documents and become thoroughly acquainted with the detailed material and workmanship requirements especially those of the following sections: 1. Section 03300 Cast-in-Place Concrete 2. Section 04800 Masonry Assemblies C. Refer to Chapter 17 of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts State Building Code Sixth Edition for quality,workmanship and requirements for all materials. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality-control and testing A services. B. Quality-control services include inspections, tests, and related actions, including reports performed by Contractor, by independent agencies, and by governing authorities. They do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect. C. Inspection and testing services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or *a indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with Contract Document requirements. 1.03 RESPONSIBILITIES A. Contractor Responsibilities: Unless otherwise indicated as the responsibility of another identified entity, Contractor shall provide inspections, tests, and other quality-control services specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents and required by authorities having jurisdiction. Costs for these services are included in the Contract Sum. Contractor's quality control responsibilities are specified in,but not limited to,the following Sections: Section 02300, Earthwork Section 07900,Joint Sealers Section 09910, Painting 1. Where individual Sections specifically indicate that certain inspections, tests, and other quality-control services are the Contractor's responsibility, the Contractor shall employ and pay a qualified independent testing agency to perform quality-control services. Costs for on these services are included in the Contract Sum. 2. Where individual Sections specifically indicate that certain inspections, tests, and other QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTING SERVICES 01400- 1 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES A. Alternate No. 1 - Standing Seam Roofing: 1. Base Bid: Standing seam metal roofing, in selected locations as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Alternate Price: Asphalt shingle roofing as specified in Section 07315, Asphalt Shingles .. B. Alternate No.2-AC Units: Refer to Division 15—MECHANICAL: 1. Base Bid:Thru wall sleeves with residential air conditioning units. 2. Alternate Price:Thru wall sleeves only. C. Alternate No.3: Not Used. D. Alternate No.4-Siding: 1. Base Bid: Fiber-cement siding. 2. Alternate Price: Vinyl siding as specified in Section 07460, Vinyl Siding E. Alternate No. 5 - Flooring Front Common Stairs: Refer to Sections 09300, Tile and 09684, Sheet Carpet: 1. Base Bid: First floor- VCT. Landing, tread and risers—VCT and vinyl. w 2. Alternate Price: First floor—ceramic tile. Landing,tread and risers- rubber. F. Alternate No. 6: Not Used. ww G. Alternate No. 7: Not Used. H. Alternate No.8- PEX Heat Piping: Refer to Division 15— MECHANICAL: 1. Base Bid:Copper piping. 2. Alternate Price: PEX with no concealed joints. I. Alternate No. 9- PEX Domestic Water Piping: Refer to Division 15—MECHANICAL: 1. Base Bid:Copper piping. wb 2. Alternate Price: PEX with no concealed joints. J. Alternate No. 10- Wood Laminate Flooring: 1. Base Bid: Kitchen/Dining/Living Room -wood laminate floors. 2. Alternate Price: Kitchen/Dining/Living Room - all units — sheet vinyl. Refer to Section 09650, Resilient Flooring and Base. .w END OF SECTION ALTERNATES 01030- 2 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 SECTION 01030 1! ALTERNATES PART1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents, including General Conditions, Modifications, and Division 1 w General Requirements, apply to the work of this section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. For each of the alternates Scheduled at the end of this Section, state the amount in the proposal to be added to or deducted from the Contract Sum for the work. #! 1.03 ALTERNATES A. Definition:"Alternates" are alternate products, materials, equipment, systems, methods, units of work or major elements of the construction, which may, at the Owner's option and under the terms established by the Contract or Agreement, be selected for the work in lieu of the corresponding requirements of the Contract Documents. Selection may occur prior to the Contract Date, or may, by the Agreement, be deferred for possible selection at a subsequent date. B. Alternate Requirements: A Schedule of Alternates is included at the end of this Section. Each alternate is defined using abbreviated language, recognizing that the Contract Documents pw define the requirements. Coordinate related work to ensure that work affected by each alternate is complete and properly interfaced with work of each selected alternate. C. Provide written proposals for each alternate on the Bid Form for Owner's consideration. Each proposal amount shall include the entire cost of the alternate portion of the work including overhead, profit,and other costs including cost of interfacing and coordinating the alternate with related and adjacent work. 0P D. Selection of Alternates: Selection of alternates to be included in the work will be by the Owner. E. Notification: Immediately following award of Contract, prepare and distribute to each entity a notification of status of each alternate. Indicate which alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred for consideration at a later date. Include full description of negotiated modifications to alternates,if any. PART 2- PRODUCTS [Not Used] f ALTERNATES 01030- 1 op Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 2. Resilient coverings shall be cleaned,waxed and buffed as applicable. 3. Woodwork shall be dusted and cleaned. 4. Sash,fixtures and equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned. 5. Stains, spots,dust, marks and smears shall be removed from all surfaces. w� 6. Hardware and metal surfaces shall be cleaned and polished. 7. Glass and plastic surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned by professional window cleaners. 8. Damaged, broken or scratched glass or plastic shall be replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. 9. Vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces with high efficiency particulate arrestor (HEPA) vacuum. 10. Use low-emitting, environmentally friendly cleaning agents and procedures. B. Pest Control: Engage a licensed exterminator, who practices integrated pest management ` (IPM), to inspect the project and eliminate rodents, termites and all other insects and pests. Coordinate pest control plan with Owner. Owner's written approval is required prior to application. Submit proposed program to Owner and Architect. Program shall clearly indicate the following: 1. Area or areas to be treated. 2. Manufacturer's printed instructions and MSDS for each chemical to be used. 3. Pollution preventive measures to be employed. C. Repairs: Repair and touch-up all damaged and deteriorated products and surfaces. PART 2- PRODUCTS [Not Used] 44 PART 3 - EXECUTION [Not Used] END OF SECTION do GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000- 17 ON Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 "" .S F. Additional Requirements for Operating and Maintenance Manuals: The requirements for manuals applies to each packaged and field-fabricated operating system. The manuals shall be provided in three-ring side binders with durable plastic covers. The manuals shall contain a detailed table of contents and have tab dividers for major sections and special equipment. "" G. Framed Data: Provide charts and lists of all valves, circuits, switches, controls and equipment. Install on walls under glass at locations directed by Architect. .. 1.19 PROJECT CLOSE OUT A. Complete the following prior to Substantial Completion: 1. Provide Contractor's Punch List of incomplete items stating reason for incompletion and value of incompletion. w� 2. Advise Owner of insurance change over requirements. 3. Submit all warranties, maintenance contracts,final certificates and similar documents. 4. Obtain Certificate of Occupancy and similar releases which permit the Owner's full and unrestricted use of the areas claimed "Substantially Complete". 5. Submit record documents. 6. Deliver maintenance stocks of materials where specified. 7. Make final change over of lock cylinders or cores and advise Owner of change of security responsibility. 8. Complete startup of all systems and instruct Owner's personnel in proper operation and routine maintenance of systems and equipment. 9. Complete clean up and restoration of damaged finishes. ** 10. Remove all temporary facilities and utilities that are no longer needed. 11. Request Architect's inspection for Substantial Completion. B. Architect will either issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion or notify Contractor of work which must be performed prior to issue of certificate. C. Complete the following prior to Final Acceptance and payment: •s» 1. Obtain Certificate of Substantial Completion. 2. Submit final application for payment, showing final accounting of changes in the work. 3. Provide final releases and lien waivers not previously submitted. 4. Submit certified copy of final punch list stating that Contractor has completed or corrected each item. 5. Submit final meter readings, record of stored fuel and similar information. ,. 6. Submit Consent of Surety for final payment. 7. Submit evidence of Contractor's continuing insurance coverage (if required by Contract Documents). 1.20 FINAL CLEANING AND REPAIR A. Clean Up: Immediately prior to the Architect's inspection for Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall completely clean the premises and clean and prepare the completed work in order for it to be used for its intended purpose in accordance with the Contract Documents. Such work shall include,but not be limited to the following: 1. Concrete and ceramic surfaces shall be cleaned and washed. .w GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000- 16 on Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 1.18 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. General: Keep record documents neatly and accurately. Record information as the work progresses and deliver to Architect at time of final acceptance. Include in record documents all on field changes made, all relevant dimensions, and all relevant details of the work. Keep record documents up to date with all field orders and change orders clearly indicated. ww B. Drawings: Keep four separate sets of blackline prints at the site, one set each for mechanical, electrical, plumbing, and architectural/structural disciplines. Neatly and accurately note all deviations from the Contract Documents and the exact actual location of the work as installed. Marked-up and colored prints will be used as a guide to determine the progress of the work ! " installed. Requisitions for payment will not be approved until the record documents are accurate and up-to-date. 1. Work Outside Building: Record data outside of building to an accuracy of plus or minus 1 inch and determine and record the invert elevation of all drain lines. 2. At completion of the work, submit one complete set of marked-up prints for review. After acceptance these marked-up prints shall be used in the preparation of the record drawings. 3. Architect shall furnish Contractor with AutoCAD files for originals of the Contract Drawings. Make modifications to these files as shown on the marked-up prints. Remove superseded data to show the completed installation. 4. Deliver the completed AutoCAD record drawings, in the same version as Contract Drawings, properly titled and dated to the Architect. Indicate preparer of record drawings. These record drawings shall become the property of the Owner. C. Specifications: Maintain one clean copy of complete specifications [including addenda, modifications, and bulletins] with changes, substitutions, and selected options clearly noted. P4 Circle or otherwise clearly indicate which manufacturer and products are actually used. D. Operating and Maintenance Manuals: Manuals shall be submitted which contain the following: 1. Description of the system provided. 2. Handling,storage, and installation instructions. 3. Detailed description of the function of each principal component of the systems or pa equipment. 4. Operating procedures, including prestartup, startup, normal operation, emergency shutdown, normal shutdown and troubleshooting. 5. Maintenance procedures including lubrication requirements, intervals between lubrication, preventative and repair procedures, and complete spare parts list with cross reference to original equipment manufacturer's part numbers. 6. Control and alarm features including schematic of control systems, control loop electric ladder diagrams, controller operating set points, settings for alarms and shutdown systems, pump curves and fan curves. 7. Safety and environmental considerations. E. Copies of Operating and Maintenance Manuals: Three copies of the manuals shall be provided within sufficient time to allow for training of Owner's personnel. Submit one copy of the manuals to the Architect for review no latter than 90 calendar days prior to substantial completion, or building turn over, whichever comes first. Submit the remaining five copies within 15 days after first review set is returned to contractor. Progress payment may be withheld if this requirement is not met. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000- 15 ON Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 am equal to materials specified proposed substitutes which in the Architect's opinion, would be out I. of character, obtrusive, or otherwise inconsistent with the character or quality of design of the Project. In order to permit coordinated design of color and finishes the Contractor shall furnish the substituted material in any color, finish texture, or pattern which would have been available from the manufacturer originally specified, at no additional cost to the owner. op E. Additional Costs or Impact: Any additional cost, or any loss or damage arising from the substitution of any material or any method for those originally specified shall be borne by the go contractor, notwithstanding approval or acceptance of such substitution by the Owner or the Architect, unless such substitution was made at the written request or direction of the Owner and the Architect. Any decrease in the cost of the substitution shall be returned to the Owner. F. Manufacturers: To the greatest degree possible, provide primary materials and products from one manufacturer for each type or kind. Provide secondary materials as recommended by manufacturers of primary materials. G. Substitution Requests: Refer to Appendix A for forms. Submit 3 copies. Identify product to be replaced by substitute by reference to specification sections and drawing numbers. Provide Contractor's certification and evidence to prove compliance with Contract Document requirements as acceptable to Architect. H. Substitution Conditions: Substitution requests will be returned without action unless one of the following conditions is satisfied. The Contractor shall state which of the following conditions applies to the requested substitution: 1. Request is due to an"or equal"clause. . 2. Specified material or product cannot be coordinated with other work. 3. Specified material or product is not acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Substantial advantage is offered Owner in terms of cost, time, or other valuable �w consideration. 5. Specified material or product is not available. I. Invalid Substitutions: Contractor's submittal and Architect's acceptance of shop drawings, samples, product data or other submittal is not a valid request for, nor an approval of a substitution unless the Contractor presents the information when first submitted as a Request for Substitution. et. 1.16 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Manufacturer's Instructions: Strictly comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations and prevent damage, deterioration and loss, including theft. Minimize long- term storage at the site. Maintain environmental conditions, temperature, ventilation, and humidity within range permitted by manufacturers of materials and products used. +wA 1.17 LABELS A. Labels, Trademarks, & Tradenames: Locate required labels on inconspicuous surfaces. Do ..0 not provide labels, nameplates, or trademarks which are not required. Provide permanent data plate on each item of equipment stating manufacturer, model, serial number, capacity, ratings and all other essential data. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000- 14 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 ON O. Construction Fencing: Provide construction fencing and barriers as applicable to the project and as required by code to protect personnel,the public, and to control access. P. Security: Secure building against unauthorized entry at all times. Provide secure, locked temporary enclosures. Protect the work at all times. Provide watchman service, if necessary, to protect the work. Q. Signs: Erect project identification signs in compliance with details to be provided by Architect. Signs shall be minimum 4' x 8' exterior grade plywood and shall contain the names of the project, Owner, Architect, major Consultants, Contractor, and major financing institution. Except for safety and warning signs, no other signs are permitted. Location as acceptable to the Architect. R. Fire Prevention: Take every precaution to prevent fire. Provide and maintain in good operating condition suitable and adequate fire protection equipment and services, and comply with recommendations regarding fire protection made by the representative of the fire insurance company carrying insurance on the Work or by the local fire chief or fire marshal. The area within the site limits shall be kept orderly and clean, and all combustible rubbish shall be promptly removed from the site. S. Egress: Maintain safe and legal means of egress at all times. At all times, provide at least two separate means of egress. 1.15 PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 4' A. Specified Products: n all cases in which a manufacturer's name, trade name or other proprietary designation is used in connection with materials or articles to be furnished under this Contract,whether or not the phrase "or equal" is used after such name, the Contractor shall P0 provide the product of the named manufacturers without substitution, unless a written request for a substitution has been submitted by the Contractor and approved in writing by the Architect as follows. on B. Deviations from Detailed Requirements: If the Contractor proposes to use material which,while suitable for the intended use, deviates in any way from the detailed requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall inform the Architect in writing of the nature of such deviations at the time tie materials is submitted for approval, and shall request written approval of the deviation from the requirements of the Contract Documents. C. Approval of Substitutions: In requesting approval of deviations or substitutions, the Contractor _ shall provide evidence, including, but not limited to manufacturer's data, leading to a reasonable certainty that the proposed substitution or deviation will provide a quality of result at least equal to that attainable if the detailed requirements of the Contract Documents were strictly follows. If, in the opinion of the Architect, the evidence presented by the Contractor does not provide a sufficient basis for such reasonable certainty, the Architect may reject such substitution or deviation without further investigation. D. Intent of Contract Documents: The Contract Documents are intended to produce a building of consistent character and quality of design. All components of the building including visible items of mechanical and electrical equipment have been selected to have a coordinated design in relation to the overall appearance of the building. The Architect shall judge the design and appearance of proposed substitutes on the basis of the suitability in relation to the overall design of the Project, as well as for their intrinsic merits. The Architect will not approve as GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000- 13 00 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 G. Temporary Heat: Provide temporary heat as needed to protect the work and create a suitable w work environment. Provide temporary heat to protect the exterior construction against injury or damage resulting from cold temperature and dampness, to heat materials, and to maintain the minimum temperatures specified herein and in individual specification sections. Protect building from soot, smoke and fire damage. Do not use heaters which would interfere with ■r curing of mortar and grout or damage any materials. 1. Heaters for temporary heat shall be approved temporary steam generators or forced warm wW air heaters located outside the building or vented to the outside, or other safety type UL approved heating devices acceptable to the Architect. 2. Oil burning salamander type heaters will not be permitted. Non-vented, open flame heaters will not be permitted inside the building once the building is closed-in. ww 3. Propane type-heaters will not be permitted within the area of the building or near stockpiles of combustible materials. 4. Permanent building equipment shall not be used without written permission from the Owner. If the equipment is used for temporary ry heatin g or coolin g, it shall be adequately maintained per manufacturer's instructions and protected with filters, strainers, controls, reliefs, and similar items. Prior to turnover to Owner, the equipment shall be in a clean, like new condition. The guarantee period shall not start until the equipment is turned over w to the Owner for his use. Do not invalidate existing warranty by any action or failure to act. Clean and change air filters frequently to prevent construction dust and debris from contaminating system. H. Pumping and Drainage: Protect excavations, trenches, buildings and materials from rain water, ground water, backup or leakage of sewers, drains and other piping, and from water of any other origin. Promptly remove any accumulation of water. Provide and operate all pumps, +� piping and other equipment necessary for pumping,drainage and protection from water. I. Equipment and Tools: Provide all equipment including, but not limited to, hoists, lifts, scaffolding, machines, tools and the like, as needed for execution of the work. Provide safe access to all parts of the work. J. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures to maintain proper temperatures and to w prevent weather damage. Always maintain legal means of egress. K. Snow and Ice: Remove all snow and ice which interferes with work or safety. L. Streets, Walks and Grounds: Maintain public and private roads and walks clear of debris caused by construction operations. Repair all damage caused to streets, drives, curbs, sidewalks, fences, poles and similar items where disturbed or damaged by building construction and leave them in as good condition after completion of the work as before operations started. M. Protection: Protect nearby property and the public from construction activities. Provide and maintain barricades, warning signs and lights, railings, walkways and similar items. Immediately repair damaged property to its condition before being damaged. w,e N. Public Services: Provide temporary public services such as, street lighting, night lighting, sidewalks, covered passages, signs, signals and the like, as requested by authorities having jurisdiction. ..w GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000- 12 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 formed holes to sizes required with minimum disturbance to adjacent work. Temporarily cover openings; maintain weathertightness and safety. 1. Utilities: Locate utilities before cutting. Provide temporary utilities as needed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal ends of abandoned utilities to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter. F. Patching: Patch with seams and joints which are durable and not visible. Comply with specified tolerances for similar new work; create true even planes with uniform continuous appearance. Restore finishes of patched areas and, if necessary, extend finish restoration onto adjoining unpatched area to eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. Repaint entire assemblies, not just patched area. Remove and replace work which has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner as determined by the Architect. G. Qualifications: Retain experienced and specialized firms, original installers if possible, to perform cutting and patching. Workmen shall be skilled in type of cutting and patching required. 1.14 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND UTILITIES A. Scope of Temporary Work: This article is not intended to limit the scope of temporary work required under the Contract. Provide all temporary facilities and utilities needed. B. Permits and Fees: Obtain and pay for all permits,fees and charges related to temporary work. C. Codes and Authorities Having Jurisdiction for Temporary Facilities and Utilities: Comply with all requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, codes, utility companies, OSHA, and industry standards including, but not limited to the following: 1. N FPA Code 241, Building Construction and Demolition Operations. 2. ANSI-A10 Series, Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition. 3. NECA National Joint Guideline NJG-6, Temporary Job Utilities and Services. 4. Electrical Service: NEMA, NECA, and UL. D. Temporary Utilities: Coordinate with utility companies, as necessary, to provide electricity and water as needed during construction. Contractor is responsible for all costs and fees related to so bringing utilities to work site. E. Field Offices: Provide Contractor's field offices. Keep current copies of all Contract Documents and project paperwork neatly on file at jobsite. Permit Architect's unrestricted use of Contractor's field office facilities including copiers, telephones, plan tables, and other equipment. Furnish, maintain, and pay for light, power, phone, fax, and other field office services. Provide conference table and chairs for Progress Meetings. 1. Provide phone,fax and computer equipped with e-mail software. F. Shops and Sheds: At Contractor's option, provide shops and sheds for Contractor's use as needed. Locate shops and sheds where acceptable to Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Prior to completion of construction, temporary storage facilities and surplus stored materials shall be removed from the site. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000- 11 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 ..A 1.12 WARRANTIES A. Warranties Required: Refer to individual trade sections for specific product warranty requirements. **� B. Procurement: Where a warranty is required, do not purchase or subcontract for materials or work until it has been determined that parties required to countersign warranties are willing to ..� do so. C. Warranty Forms: Submit written warranty to Owner through Architect for approval prior to execution. Furnish two copies of executed warranty to Owner for his records; furnish two •* additional conformed copies where required for maintenance manual. D. Work Covered: Contractor shall remove and replace other work of project which has been damaged as a result of failure of warranteed work or equipment, or which must be removed and w replaced to provide access to work under warranty. Unless otherwise specified, warranty shall cover full cost of replacement or repair, and shall not be pro-rated on basis of useful service life. E. Warranty Extensions: Work repaired or replaced under warranty shall be warranted until the original warranty expiration date or for ninety days whichever is later in time. F. Warranty Effective Starting Date: Guarantee period for all work, material and equipment shall begin on the date of substantial completion, not when subcontractor has completed his work nor when equipment is turned on. In addition to the one year guarantees for the entire work covered by these Contract Documents, refer to the various sections of the specifications for extended guarantee or maintenance requirements for various material and equipment. 1.13 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Limitations: Do not cut and patch any work in a manner that would result in a failure of the work to perform as intended, decreased energy performance, increased maintenance, decreased operational life, or decreased safety. 1. Structural Work: Do not cut structural work or bearing walls without written approval from Architect. Where cutting and patching of structural work is necessary and approved by Architect, perform work in a manner which will not diminish structural capacity nor increase deflection of member. Provide temporary shoring and bracing as necessary. Ensure the safety of people and property at all times. B. Cutting and Patching Materials: Use materials identical to materials to be cut and patched. If identical materials are not available or cannot be used, use materials that match existing materials to the greatest extent possible. Provide finished work that will result in equal to or better than existing performance characteristics. C. Inspection: Before cutting and patching, examine surfaces and conditions under which work is to be performed and correct unsafe and unsatisfactory conditions prior to proceeding. D. Protection: Protect adjacent work from damage. Protect the work from adverse conditions. E. Cutting: Cut work using methods least likely to damage adjoining work. Use tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering or chopping. Use saws or drills to ensure neat, accurately GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000- 10 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 1. Submittal Quantities: Submit at least 1 reproducible copy and three additional copies. 2. Installer Copy: Verify that the Installer has a current copy of the relevant product data, including installation instructions, before permitting installation to begin. + E. Shop Drawings: Provide accurately prepared, large scale and detailed shop drawings prepared specifically for this project on reproducible sheets. Show adjacent conditions and related work. OR Show accurate field dimensions and clearly note field conditions. Identify materials and products in the work shown. Note special coordination required. 1. Submittal Quantities: Submit at least 1 reproducible copy and three blackline prints of Shop Drawing submittals. After Architect's action,follow specified distribution procedure. 2. CADD Files: Subject to signing a release agreement, electronic copies of CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings will be provided by the Architect for Contractors'use in preparing submittals, at a cost of$250. per drawing. F. Samples: Provide units identical with final materials and products to be installed in the work. Where indicated, prepare samples to match Architect's sample. Label each sample with description, source, generic name or manufacturer's name and model number. Architect will review samples for confirmation of visual design intent, color, pattern, texture and type only; Architect will not test samples for compliance with other Contract requirements which shall remain the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor. 1. Initial Selection Samples Submittal Quantities: For initial selection purposes, submit 1 set of samples showing the complete range of colors and finishes available. 2. Verification Samples Submittal Quantities: For verification of an initial selection, submit 3 sets of samples; one set will be returned to Contractor to be maintained at project site for quality control comparisons. G. Timing of Submittals: Submit submittals in a timely fashion to allow at least 10 business days for each office's review and handling. This means that submittals which have to be reviewed by the Architect and one of his consultants require at least 20 business days for review and handling. Add ten business days for each additional consultant who must review a submission. H. Architect's Action on Submittals: Architect will review submittals, stamp with "action stamp", an mark action, and return to Contractor. Architect will review submittals only for conformance with the design concept of the project. The Contractor is responsible for confirming compliance with other Contract requirements, including without limitation, performance requirements, field dimensions, fabrication methods, means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, coordination with other work. The Architect's review and approval of submittals shall be held to the limitations stated in the Owner/Architect Agreement and the Conditions of the Contract. In no case shall approval or acceptance by the Architect be interpreted as a release of Contractor of his responsibilities to fulfill all of the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. Required Resubmittal: Unless submittal is noted "reviewed and approved" or "reviewed and approved except as noted, resubmission not required," make corrections or changes to original and resubmit to Architect. 2. Distribution: When submittal is noted "approved" or "approved as noted, resubmittal not required," make prints or copies and distribute to Owner, Subcontractors involved, and to all other parties requiring information from the submittal for performance or coordination of related work. Print shop drawings for distribution only from the final approved sepia. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000- 9 we Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 1. Procedure: Immediately on discovery of the need for interpretation of the Contract Documents, and if not possible to request interpretation at Project meeting, prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified. a. RFIs shall originate with Contractor. RFIs submitted by entities other than Contractor will be returned with no response. 2. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing interpretation. 3. Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and return it. Allow three working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received after 1:00 p.m.will be considered as received the following working day. 4. The following RFIs will be returned without action: a. Requests for approval of submittals. *" b. Requests for approval of substitutions. C. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. d. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. w. e. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. f. Incomplete RFIs or RFIs with numerous errors. O. Existing Articles of Unusual Value: If during demolition, excavation, or disposal work articles of unusual value or of historical or archaeological significance are encountered, the ownership of such articles is retained by the Owner, and information regarding their discovery shall be immediately furnished to the Architect. If the nature of the article is such that work cannot �. proceed without danger of damage, work in the area shall be immediately discontinued until the Architect has determined the proper procedure to be followed. Delays in time thereby shall be a condition for which the time of the Contract may be extended. Costs incurred after discovery in the salvaging of such articles shall be borne by the Owner. *�* 1.11 SUBMITTALS A. Required Submittals: Submit shop drawings, product data, initial selection samples, verification w samples, calculations, coordination drawings, schedules, and all other submittals as specified in individual specification sections. B. Submittal Schedule: Within 30 days after award of contract and before first application for payment, prepare list of submittals in chronological sequence showing all submittals and proposed date first due at Architect's office and proposed date due to be returned to Contractor. Note relevant specification section number. Submit with form in APPENDIX A. C. Contractor's Preparation of Submittals: Modify and customize all submittals to show interface with adjacent work and attachment to building. Identify each submittal with name of project, date, Contractor's name, subcontractor's name, manufacturer's name, submittal name, relevant specification section numbers, and Submittal Schedule reference number. Stamp and sign each submittal to show the Contractor's review and approval of each submittal before delivery to Architect's office; unstamped and unsigned submittals will be returned without action by the Architect. Leave 4"x 6"open space for Architect's "action"stamp. D. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's preprinted literature including, without limitation, manufacturer's standard printed description of product, materials and construction, recommendations for application and use, certification of compliance with standards, instructions for installation, and special coordination requirements. Collect data into one submittal for each unit of work or system; mark each copy to show which choices and options '" are applicable to project. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000- 8 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 E. Field Measurements for Fixed Equipment: Dimensions for fixed equipment to be supplied under this Contract or separate contracts shall be determined by field measurements taken jointly by the Contractor and the equipment supplier involved. A record of the field measurements shall be kept until time of substantial completion of the project, or until the equipment has been fully installed and accepted by the Owner, whichever is later. Responsibility for fixed equipment fabricated accurately to field measurements for proper fit and operation shall be that of the Contractor. Contractor shall pay all costs involved in correcting w any misfitting fixed equipment as fabricated. F. Project Limit Line: The boundaries of the site do not limit the responsibility of the Contractor to perform the work in its entirety. Make utility connections as indicated. G. Matching: Where matching is indicated, the Architect shall be the sole and final judge of what is an acceptable match. Mockups and sample submissions are required. H. Observation: Notify the Architect and authorities having jurisdiction at least thirty-six hours in advance of concealing any work. I. Utilities: Prior to interrupting utilities, services or facilities, notify the utility owner and the Owner and obtain their written approval a minimum 48 hours in advance. J. Furnishings, Fixtures, and Equipment: Cooperate and permit the Owner to install his furnishings and equipment during the progress of the work. Owner's installation of furnishings or equipment does not signify Owner's acceptance of any portion of the work. K. Clean-Up: Frequently clean-up all waste, remove from site regularly, and legally dispose of off- site. L. Installer's Acceptance of Conditions: All installers shall inspect substrates and conditions under which work is to be executed and shall report in writing to the Contractor all conditions detrimental to the proper execution and completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. Beginning work means installer accepts previous work and conditions. M. Coordination : The Contractor shall be fully responsible for coordinating all trades, coordinating construction sequences and schedules, and coordinating the actual installed location and interface of all work. 1. Prior to beginning mechanical, electrical and fire protection work, the Contractor shall prepare coordination drawings showing the exact alignment, physical location and configuration of the mechanical, electrical and fire protection installations and demonstrating to the Contractor's satisfaction that the installations will clear all obstructions, permit proper clearances for the Work of other trades, and present an orderly appearance where exposed. The Contractor shall be solely liable and responsible for any costs and delays resulting from the Contractor's failure to prepare such coordination drawings or from the negligent preparation of such coordination drawings. 2. Exact locations and groupings of mechanical, electrical and fire protection fixtures, switches, heads and outlets shall be obtained from the Architect before the Work is roughed in. Work installed without such information from the Architect shall be relocated at the Contractor's expense if the Architect so requests. N. Request For Interpretation (RFIs): GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000- 7 no Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 principal, project manager, general superintendent or other authorized main office representative, as well as by the Contractor's field superintendent. An authorized representative of any subcontractor or sub-subcontractor shall attend such meetings if the representative's presence is requested by the Architect. Such representatives shall be empowered to make binding commitments on all matters to be discussed at such meetings, including costs, payments, change orders, time schedules and manpower. Any notices required under the Contract may be served on such representatives. Written reports of meeting minutes shall be prepared by the Contractor and distributed by the Contractor to attendees, the Architect,and Owner within three business days. 1. Pre-Construction Conference: Attendance by Architect, Contractor, major subcontractors. Agenda shall include: Quality of workmanship, coordination, interpretations, job schedule, submittals, approvals, requisition procedures, testing, protection of construction, and construction waste management. 2. Exterior Envelope Meeting: Attendance by Architect, Contractor, major subcontractors. Agenda shall include as applicable: Review of exterior wall details, wall construction, sample panel preparation, cleaning, control and expansion joints, cold weather procedures. 3. Roofing/Flashings Meeting: Attendance by Architect, Contractor, roofing subcontractor, " and representative of roofing manufacturer. Agenda shall include as applicable: Preparation of roof decks, flashing and blocking details, roofing procedures and inspections, bonds and guarantees, weather conditions during roofing, protection of roof membrane during construction. 4. Interior Finishes Meeting: Attendance by Architect, Contractor, major subcontractors. Agenda shall include as applicable: Quality of workmanship, environmental conditions for application of finishes, drywall details, millwork details, condition of surfaces to receive ► finishes, the work, painting work, samples and test areas and approvals, coordination with mechanical and electrical interfaces and penetrations. 5. Progress Meetings: Hold regularly before preparation of payment requests and additional meetings as requested by the Architect. Attendance by Architect, Contractor, and others as determined by Contractor. Agenda shall include work in progress and payment requests. B. Emergency Addresses: Furnish the Owner and Architect, in writing, the names addresses and telephone numbers of individuals to be contacted in the event of an out-of-hours emergency at the building site. Post a similar list readily visible from the outside of the field office or a location acceptable to the Architect. C. Layout: Layout work and be responsible for all lines, elevations, and measurements of the building, grading, utilities and other work executed under the contract. Retain a registered professional engineer or registered land surveyor, acceptable to the Architect, to initially establish exterior lines and required elevations of all buildings and structures to be erected on the site. The registered professional engineer or registered land surveyor shall certify the actual location of the constructed facilities in relation to property lines, building lines, easements, set-backs, and other restrictive boundaries. D. Field Measurements: Verify measurements at the building prior to ordering materials or commencing work. No extra charge or compensation will be allowed because of differences between actual dimensions and measurements indicated on the Drawings. Differences which may be found shall be submitted to the Architect for decision before proceeding with the work. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000- 6 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 1.07 PROGRESS SCHEDULE A. Provide comprehensive bar chart schedule showing all major and critical minor portions of the work, sequence of work and duration of each activity. Update and reissue regularly, but not less than monthly. Prepare schedule on commonly available software. Provide software to Owner and Architect, if necessary to view schedule on-line or via e-mail. 1.08 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Prepare Schedule of Values to coordinate with application for payment breakdown. Submit at least 10 days before first payment application. Update and reissue regularly, but not less than monthly. 1.09 PAYMENT REQUESTS ww A. Provide three copies of each request on completely filled out copies of AIA G702 and continuation sheet G703. Substantiate requests with complete documentation; include change orders to date. Provide partial lien waivers for work in progress and full lien waivers for completed work. B. Record Drawing Certification: Certify as a part of each application for payment that the project record documents are current at the time of application is submitted. The Contractor shall require such drawings to be current as a condition of approving any payment to the trade Contractor and Subcontractor. C. Before first payment application, provide the following: 1. List of subcontractors, suppliers and fabricators, refer to form in Appendix A. 2. Schedule of values. 3. Progress schedule. 4. Submittal schedule keyed to project schedule. 5. List of Contractor's key project personnel. 6. Copies of permits and other communications from authorities. 7. Contractor's certificate of insurance. 8. Performance and payment bonds if required. D. Before final payment application, provide and complete the following: 1. Complete closeout requirements. 2. Complete punch list items. 3. Settle all claims. 4. Transmit record documents to Architect. 5. Prove that all taxes, fees and similar obligations have been paid. 6. Remove temporary facilities and surplus materials. 7. Change lock cylinders or cores. 8. Clean the work. 9. Submit consent of surety, if any,for final payment. 1.10 PROCEDURES AND CONTROLS PM A. Project Meetings: Arrange for and attend weekly meetings with the Architect and such other persons as the Architect requests to have present. The Contractor shall be represented by a GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000- 5 .p Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 am B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, on and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested," no "authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." 00 D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted,""scheduled,"and "specified" have the same meaning as"indicated." om E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction,and rules,conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. am F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. no G. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. No H. "Provide": Furnish and install,complete and ready for the intended use. I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site ow is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. 1.05 INDUSTRY STANDARDS 00 A. Referenced standards are part of the Contract Documents and have the same force and effect as if bound with these specifications. so B. Except where specifically indicated otherwise, comply with the current standard in effect as of the date of the Owner/Contractor Agreement. Obtain copies of industry standards directly from publisher. C. The titles of industry standard organizations are commonly abbreviated; full titles may be found in Encyclopedia of Associations or consult Architect. 1.06 CODES AND REGULATIONS A. Comply with all applicable codes, ordinances, regulations and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Submit copies of all permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, notices, XW judgments, and communications from authorities having jurisdiction to the Architect. ow GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000- 4 go Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 #. Before commencing Work of each phase, submit a schedule showing the sequence, commencement and completion dates, and move-out and -in dates of Owner's personnel for all phases of the Work. G. Project Requirements for Temporary Utilities and Facilities: 1. Utility Costs: The Contractor shall meter and pay for cost of utility services consumed, including electricity,water, gas and temporary heat. 2. Temporary Offices: A separate field office for the Architect and the Owner's Representative is not required. 3. Toilet Facilities: The Contractor shall provide and maintain temporary toilets outside the building. H. Permits and Fees: Apply for, obtain, and pay for permits, fees, and utility company backcharges required to perform the work. Permits include but are not limited to, those required by City, State and environmental agencies for this work. Submit copies to Architect. I. Codes: Comply with applicable codes and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. Submit copies of inspection reports, notices and similar communications to Architect. J. Dimensions: Verify dimensions indicated on drawings with field dimensions before fabrication or ordering of materials. Do not scale drawings. K. Existing Conditions: Notify Architect of existing conditions differing from those indicated on the drawings. L. Contractor's Conduct on Premises: The Contractor and his employees shall behave in a respectful, courteous and safe manner. Abusive, harassing, and lewd behavior is prohibited. Music playing is prohibited. Alcohol,tobacco and drug use is prohibited. 1.03 SPECIFICATION INFORMATION A. These specifications are a specialized form of technical writing edited from master specifications and contain deviations from traditional writing formats. Capitalization, underlining and bold print is only used to assist reader in finding information and no other meaning is !! implied. B. Except where specifically indicated otherwise, the subject of all imperative statements is the Contractor. C. Sections are generally numbered in conformance with Construction Specifications Institute Masterformat System. Numbering sequence is not consecutive. Refer to the table of contents ! " for names and numbers of sections included in this Project. D. Pages are numbered separately for each section. Each section is noted with "End of Section" to indicate the last page of a section. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000- 3 go Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 ow 1. Existing site conditions and restrictions: Contractor is limited to use of properties for stage ,s to areas within the scope of work limit lines, unless permission is granted, in writing, by the Owner. 2. Requirements for sequencing, scheduling and completion date: Completion of 32 units within 12 months is mandatory. The remainder of the work shall be substantial complete, Certificate of Occupancy obtained,within 14 months from Notice to Proceed. 3. Prior or concurrent work by Owner or others: Roads, sidewalks along street, planting strips along streets, utility trunk lines in streets, water and sewer taps and lines to inside edge of sidewalks will be installed concurrent with work of this Contract. Driveways, parking areas and walks around buildings and parking areas shall be provided under this Contract and considered in the Scope of Work of this Project. 4. Energy Star Certification: Buildings shall meet or exceed EntergyStar certification requirements. It is the Contractor's responsibility to become familiar with EnergyStar requirements and to ensure that all work performed meets those requirements. The Contractor shall also be responsible for ensuring that all units pass the Blower Door test conducted by EnergyStar personnel. Contractor shall apply for and pay to the Owner all available utility company rebates. 5. On-Site Work Hours: Work shall be generally performed inside the existing buildings during normal business working hours of 7:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, *R as otherwise agreed to, in writing, by Owner. 6. Owner Occupancy of Completed Areas of Construction: Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipment in completed areas of building, before Substantial Completion, provided such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such placement of equipment and partial occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work. a. Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion for each specific building to be occupied before total Owner occupancy of the Project. b. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from authorities having jurisdiction before Owner occupancy. C. Obtain certificates from lead inspection agency certifying to compliance with 100% ..� lead-free apartment units. d. Before partial Owner occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully operational, and required tests and inspections shall be successfully completed. On occupancy,Owner will operate and maintain mechanical and electrical systems serving occupied portions of building. e. On occupancy, Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial service for occupied portions of building. F. Work Phases: 1. A Notice to Proceed is scheduled to be issued within 120 days of the receipt of bids. 2. The Work shall be conducted in two phases in the following order, with each phase substantially complete before beginning the next phase: a. Phase IA: Shall consist of the former South Home and associated parking areas and access roads. Work of this phase shall be substantially complete and ready for occupancy within 240 days after the Notice to Proceed. b. Phase IB: The remaining Work shall be substantially complete and ready for occupancy within 300 calendar days after the Notice to Proceed. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000- 2 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz &Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 SECTION 01000 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS �r 1.01 Related Documents 1.11 Submittals 1.02 Project Requirements 1.12 Warranties 1.03 Specification Information 1.13 Cutting and Patching 1.04 Definitions 1.14 Temporary Facilities and Utilities 1.05 Industry Standards 1.15 Products and Substitutions 1.06 Codes and Regulations 1.16 Delivery,Storage and Handling 1.07 Progress Schedule 1.17 Labels 1.08 Schedule of Values 1.18 Record Documents 1.09 Payment Requests 1.19 Project Close Out 1.10 Procedures and Controls 1.20 Final Cleaning and Repair PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. All of the Contract Documents apply to this Section. This Section applies to all Work performed under the Contract. t 1.02 PROJECT REQUIREMENTS A. Project Identification: Village at Hospital Hill, Phase I. 1. Project Location: On the campus of the former Northampton State Hospital grounds, Northampton, MA. B. Owner: Hospital Hill LLC, c/o The Community Builders, Inc.,322 Main Street, Springfield, MA. 1. Owner's Representative: Thomas Kegelman. C. Architect: Dietz & Company Architects, Inc., 17 Hampden Street, Springfield, MA. D. The Work consists of the following: 1. The Work includes the complete renovation of two existing masonry buildings into new apartment units; the former Nurses' Home for 22 units and the former South Home for 11 units. Scheduled work includes asbestos, lead and hazardous materials remediation, selective demolition, new entry additions, interior partitioning for new apartment units, re- roofing, window and door replacement, new heating, plumbing, electrical and sprinkler systems, new elevator, and new interior finishes. E. Particular Project Requirements: l GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000- 1 Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a Construction Contract,architectural and engineering common law bond. services required for performance of the work of the 14 Upon request by any person or entity appearing to be a Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors,and potential beneficiary of this Bond, the Contractor shall all other items for which•a mechanic's lien may be promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall permit a copy asserted in the jurisdiction where the labor,materials MLIt to be made. or equipment were furnished. 15 DEFINITIONS 15.2 Construction Contract:The agreement between the Owner and the Contractor identified-on the sig- 15.1 Claimant:An individual or entity having a direct nature page, including all Contract Documents and contractwith the Contractor orwitha subcontractor of changes thereto. the Contractor to furnish labor, materials or equip- 15,3 Owner Default:Failure of the Owner,which has ment for use in the performance of the Contract.The neither been remedied nor waived,to pay the Con- intent of this Bond shall be to include without limita- tractor as required by the Construction Contract or to tion in the terms"labor,materials or equipment"that perform and complete or comply with the other terms part of water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, thereof. telephone service or rental equipment used in the ( MODIFICATIONS TO THIS BOND ARE AS FOLLOWS: JIM Iltitl (Space is provided below for additional signatures of added parties,other than those appearing on the cover page.) CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: (Corporate Seal) Company: (Corporate Sea[) Signature: Signature: Name and Title: Name and Title: Address: Address: AtA DOCUMENT A312•PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND•DECEMBER 1984 ED.•AIA THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVE.,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.28W6 A312-1984 6 THIRD PRINTING•MARCH 1987 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. 1 The Contractor and the Surety,jointly and severally, 6 When the Claimant has satisfied the conditions of bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, Paragraph 4, the Surety shall promptly and at the successors and.assigns to the Owner to pay for labor, Surety's expense take the fallowing actions: materials and equipment furnished for use in the perfor- mance of the Construction Contract, which is incorpo- 6.1 Send an answer to the Claimant,with a copy to rated herein by reference. the Owner,within 45 days after receipt of the claim, stating the amounts that are undisputed and the basis 2 With respect to the Owner, this obligation shall be for challenging any amounts that are disputed. null and void if the Contractor: 6.2 Pay or arrange for payment of any undisputed 2.1 Promptly makes payment,directly or indirectly, amounts. for all sums due Claimants, and 7 The Surety's total obligation shall not exceed the 2.2 Defends, indemnifies and holds harmless the amount of this Bond,and the amount of this Bond shall be Owner from claims, demands, liens or suits by any credited for any payments made in good faith by the Surety. person or entity whose claim, demand, lien or suit is for the payment for labor,materials or equipment fur- 8 Amounts owed by the Owner to the Contractor under nished for use in the performance of the Construction the Construction Contract shall be used for the perfor- Contract, provided the Owner has promptly notified mance of the Construction Contract and to satisfy claims, the Contractor and the Surety (at the address if any, under any Construction Performance Bond. By described in Paragraph 12)of any claims, demands, the Contractor furnishing and the Owner accepting this liens or suits and tendered-defense of such claims, Bond,they agree that all funds earned by the Contractor demands, liens or suits to the Contractor and the in the performance of the Construction Contract are Surety, and provided there is no Owner Default. . dedicated to satisfy obligations of the Contractor and the Surety under this Bond,subject to the Owner's prior- 3 With respect to Claimants, this obligation shall be ity to use the funds for the completion of the work. null and void if the Contractor promptly makes pay- ment,directly or indirectly, for all sums due. 9 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner,Claimants 4 The Surety shall have no obligation to Claimants or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelat- under this Bond until: ed to the Construction Contract.The Owner shall not be liable for payment of any costs or expenses of any Claim- 4.1 Claimants who are employed by or have a direct ant under this Bond,and shall have under this Bond no obli- contract with the Contractor have given notice to the gations to make payments to,give notices on behalf of,or Surety(at the address described in Paragraph 12)and otherwise have obligations to Claimants under this Bond. sent a copy, or notice thereof, to the Owner,stating '.. that a claim is being made under this Bond and,with 10 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim. including changes of time,to the Construction Contract 4.2 Claimants who do not have a direct contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders and other with the Contractor. obligations. .1 Have furnished written notice to the Con- 11 No suit or action shall be commenced by a Claimant tractor and sent a copy,or notice thereof,to under this Bond other than in a court of competent juris- the Owner, within 90 days after having last diction in the location in which the work or part of the performed labor or last furnished materials or work is located or after the expiration of one year from the equipment included in the claim stating,with date(1)on which the Claimant gave the notice required by substantial accuracy,the amount of the claim Subparagraph 4.1 or Clause 423, or(2)on which the last and the name of the party to whom the labor or service was performed by anyone or the last mate- materials were furnished or supplied or for rials or equipment were furnished by anyone under the Con- w whom the labor was done or performed;and struction Contract,whichever of(1)or(2)first occurs.If the provisions of this Paragraph are void or prohibited by law, .2 Have either received a rejection in whole or the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a in part from the Contractor,or not received defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. within 30 days of furnishing the above no- IMF! tice any communication from the Contractor by which the Contractor has indicated the 12 Notice to the Surety, the Owner or the Contractor claim will be paid directly or indirectly;and shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the signature page. Actual receipt of notice by Surety, the 3 Not having been paid within the above 30 Owner or the Contractor, however accomplished,shall on days,have sent a written notice to the Surety be sufficient compliance as of the date received at the (at the address described in Paragraph 121 and address shown on the signature page. sent a copy,or notice thereof,to the Owner, stating that a claim is being made under this 13 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a No Bond and enclosing a copy of the previous statutory or other legal requirement in the location where written notice furnished to the Contractor. the construction was to be performed,any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement 5 If a notice required by Paragraph 4 is given by the - shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions con- Owner to the Contractor or to the Surety, that is suffi- forming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall an cient compliance. be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this AIA DOCUMENT A312•PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND•DECEMBER M4 ED.•AIA11 THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVE.,N.W.,WASHINGTON.D.C.20006 A312-1984 5 THIRD PRINTING•MARCH 7987 no WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA Document A312 Payment Band Any singular reference to Contractor,Surety,Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. CONTRACTOR (Name and Address): SURETY (Name and Principal Place of Business): OWNER (Name and Address): pill CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Date: Amount: Description (Name and Location): BOND Date (Not earlier than Construction Contract Date): Amount: Modifications to this Bond: ❑ None ❑ See Page 6 CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: (Corporate Seal) Company: (Corporate Seal) Signature: Signature: Name and Title: Name and Title: (Any additional signatures appear on page 61 pill (FOR INFORMATION ONLY—Name, Address and Telephone) AGENT or BROKER: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE (Architect, Engineer or other party): AIA DOCUMENT A312•PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND•DECEMBER 1489 ED.•AIA THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVE..N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.28806 A312-1984 4 THIRD PRINTING•MARCH 1987 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright Laws and Is subject to legal prosecution. able to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit tractor of any amounts received or to be received by shall be applicable. the Owner in settlement of insurance or other claims 10 Notice tothe Surety,the Owneror the Contractor shall for damages to which the Contractor is entitled, re- duced by all valid and proper payments made to or on be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the sig- behalf of the Contractor under the Construction Con- nature page, tract 11 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with PY a 12.2 Construction Contract:The agreement between statutory or other legal requirement In the location where the Owner and the Contractor identified on the sig- the construction was to be performed,any provision in this nature page, including all Contract Documents and Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement changes thereto. tat shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions con= forming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall 12.3 Contractor Default: Failure of the Contractor, be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this which has neither been remedied nor waived,to per- Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a form or otherwise to comply with the terms of the common law bond. Construction Contract. 12 DEFINITIONS 12.4 Owner Default:Failure of the Owner,which has 121 Balance of the Contract Price:The total amount neither been remedied nor waived, to pay the Con- b the Owner to the Contractor under the tractor as required by the Construction Contract or to payable Y perform and complete or comply with the other terms tl! Construction Contract after all proper adjustments thereof. have been made, including allowance to the Con- MODIFICATIONS TO THIS BOND ARE AS FOLLOWS: AAII t > (Space is provided below for additional signatures of added parties,other than those appearing on the cover page.) CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: (Corporate Seal) Company: (Corporate Seal) Signature: Signature: Name and Title: Name and Title: Address: Address: AIA DOCUMENT A312-PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND•DECEMBER 1984 ED.•AIA,h THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVE.,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.2=b A312-19134 3 THIRD PRINTING•MARCH 1987 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying vlolotes U.S.copyright lawn and Is subject to legal prosecution. I ems een 1 The Contractor and the Surety, jointly and severally, which it may be liable to the Owner and, as bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, soon as practicable after the amount is deter- successors and assigns to the Owner for the performance mined, tender payment therefor to the of the Construction Contract,which is incorporated herein Owner; or by reference. .2 Deny liability in whole or in part and notify the 2 If the Contractor performs the Construction Contract, Owner citing reasons therefor. the Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation 5 lithe Surety does not proceed as provided in Paragraph under this Bond, except to participate in conferences as provided in Subparagraph 3.7. 4 with reasonable promptness,the Surety shall be deemed to be in default on this Bond fifteen days after receipt of an 3 If there is no Owner Default, the 5urety's obligation additional written notice from the Owner to the Surety under this Bond shall arise after: demanding that the Surety perform its obligations under 3.1 The Owner has notified the Contractor and the this Bond,and the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any Surety a its address described in Paragraph 10 below remedy available to the Owner. If the Surety proceeds as w that the Owner is considering declaring a Contractor provided in Subparagraph 4.4,and the Owner refuses the Default and has requested and attempted to arrange a Payment tendered or the Surely has denied liability, in conference with the Contractor and the Sure to be Whole or in part,without further notice the the Owner. .be Surety entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner. held not later than Fifteen days after receipt of such .■ notice to discuss methods of performing the Construc- 6 After the Owner has terminated the Contractor's right tion Contract. If the Owner, the Contractor and the to complete the Construction Contract,and if the Surety Surety agree,the Contractor shall be allowed a reason- elects to act under Subparagraph 4.1, 4.2, or 4.3 above, able time to perform the Construction Contract, but then the responsibilities of the Surety to the Owner shall w such an agreement shall not waive the Owner's right,if not be greater than those of the Contractor under the any,subsequently to declare a Contractor Default;and Construction Contract, and the responsibilities of the 3.2 The Owner has declared a Contractor Default and Owner to the Surety shall not be greater than those of the 3.2 The terminated has de laced Contractor's Contractor actor o fault and Owner under the Construction Contract.To the limit of the the contract.Such Contractor Default shaft not be de- amount of this Bond, but subject to commitment by the Owner of the Balance of the Contract Price to mitigation of Glared earlier than twenty days after the Contractor and Sure- the Surety have received notice as provided in Sub- costs and damages the Construction Contract the Sure- paragraph 3.1; and ty is obligated without duplication for: 3.3 The Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the 6.1 The responsibilities of the Contractor for correc- tion of defective work and completion of the Construc- Contract Price to the Surety in accordance with the tion Contract• terms of the Construction Contract or to a contractor ' selected to perform the Construction Contract in actor-' 6.2 Additional legal, design professional and delay dance with the terms of the contract with the Owner. costs resulting from the Contractor's Default, and re- , 4 When the Owner has satisfied the conditions of Para- suiting from the actions or failure to act of the Surety graph 3,the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety's ex- under Paragraph 4; and pense take one of the following actions: 6.3 Liquidated damages,or if no liquidated damages: i are specified in the Construction Contract,actual dam 4.1 Arrange for'the Contractor,with consent of the �* ages caused by delayed performance or non-perfor- Owner, to perform and complete the Construction mance of the Contractor. Contract; or 4.2 Undertake to perform and complete the Construc- 7 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner or others for Con- tion Contrail itself,through its agents or through truc- obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Con- ule pendent contractors; or struction Contract,and the Balance of the Contract Price shall not be reduced or set off on account of any such 4.3 Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from unrelated obligations. No right of action shall accrue on qualified contractors acceptable to the Owner for a this Bond to any person or entity other than the Owner or r.lr contract for performance and completion of the Con- its heirs, executors, administrators or successors- struction Contract, arrange for a contract to be pre- g The Surety hereby waives notice of any change,includ- pared for execution by the Owner and the contractor ing changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to selected with the and payment bonds x cu secured related subcontracts, purchase orders and other obli a with performance and payment bonds executed by a lions. g a"'" qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the Construction Contract, and pay to the Owner the 9 Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bond amount of damages as described fn Paragraph 6 in ex- may be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in cess of the Balance of the Contract Price incurred by the the location in which the work or part of the work is located Owner resulting from the Contractor's default; or and shall be instituted within two years after Contractor 4.4 Waive its right to perform and complete,arrange Default or within two years after the Contractor ceased for completion, or obtain a new contractor and with working orwithin two years after the Surety refuses or fails reasonable promptness under the circumstances: to perform its obligations under this Bond,whichever oc- curs first. If the provisions of this Paragraph are void or .1 After investigation,determine the amount for prohibited by law,the minimum period of limitation avail- AIA DOCUMENT A312•PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND•DECEMBER 1984 ED.•AIA THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVE.,N.W.,WASHINGTON.D.C.20006 A312-1984 2 Ales THIRD PRINTING•MARCH 1997 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates V.S.copyright Ims and Is subject to legal prosecutlorl. cow THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS AIA Document A312 Performance Bond Any singular reference io Contractor.,Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. CONTRACTOR (Name and Address): SURETY(Name and Principal Place of Business): OWNER (Name and Address): CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Date: Amount: Description (Name and Location): BOND Date (Not earlier than Construction Contract Date): Amount: Modifications to this Bond: Cl None ❑ See Page 3 CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: (Corporate Seal) • Company: (Corporate Seal) Signature: Signature: Name and Title: Name and Title: (Any additional signatures appear on page 3) (FOR INFORMATION ONLY—Name, Address and Telephone) AGENT or BROKER: OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE (Architect, Engineer or other party): AIA DOCUMENT A312•PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT OOND•DECEMBER 79114 ED.•AIA tt THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS,1735 NEW YORK AVE.,N.W.,WASHINGTON,D.C.20006 A312^1984 1 THIRD PRINTING•MARCH 1987 WARNING:Unlicensed photocopying violates U.S.copyright tans and Is subject to legal prosecution. PIN so �N. EXHIBIT J TO OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT DMH HIRING REQUIREMENTS r Contractor acknowledges that the Owner is required to meet certain hiring requirements under the Land Disposition Agreement between the Commonwealth of Massachusetts,acting by and through its Division of Capital Asset Management and Maintenance and The Community Builders,Inc. The Owner's obligation under the Land Disposition Agreement is as follows: "The Developer shall use reasonable efforts to make fifteen percent(15%)of the employment opportunities generated as a result of the Project available to clients of the Department of Mental Health,who reside in said Department's Region One." The Contractor agrees that it shall make a good faith effort to fulfill this requirement,to document this effort and to provide copies of such documentation with each request for payment. The Contractor agrees to include this requirement in all subcontracts entered into in connection with this Project, and to impose upon all subcontractors the obligation to make a good faith effort to fulfill the requirement. The Contractor agrees to notify a representative of the Department of Mental Health,to be identified by the Owner, of any vacant employment positions on the Project at least thirty(30)days in .� advance. see Village at Hospital Hill II Construction Contract Exhibits Doc.#52673 Page 14 EXHIBIT I TO OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT BYRD ANTI-LOBBYING CERTIFICATION The undersigned certifies,to the best of his or her knowledge and belief,that: (1) No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid,by or on behalf of the undersigned,to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of an agency, a Member of Congress,an officer or employee of Congress,or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract,the making of any Federal grant,the making of any Federal loan,the entering into of any cooperative agreement,and the extension,continuation,renewal, amendment,or modification of any Federal contract, grant,loan,or cooperative agreement. (2) If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency,a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan,or cooperative agreement,the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form-LLL,"Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying,"in accordance with its instructions. (3) The undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the award documents for all subawards at all tiers(including subcontracts,subgrants,and contracts under grants,loans,and cooperative agreements)and that all subrecipients shall certify and disclose accordingly. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by section 1352,title 31,U.S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than$10,000 and not more than$100,000 for each such failure. By: Name: Title: i Village at Hospital Hill II Construction Contract Exhibits Doc.#52673 Page 13 ww .5 Information as to any apprenticeship programs,collaboration between subcontractors and traditionally minority,women,or section 3 business enterprises,or other mechanisms for achieving the Community Outreach Ratios. 5.6 The Contractor and subcontractors(if appropriate)shall meet with the Owner,at the Owner's request,at intervals throughout the subcontractor selection process and the performance of the Work,in order to assess the Contractor's progress in meeting the Community Outreach Ratios stipulated herein and to determine any additional actions that may be necessary to help achieve these requirements. XNR.w. era r� Village at Hospital Hill 11 Construction Contract Exhibits Doc.#52673 Page 12 percentage of MBE,WBE or Section 3 Business Concerns contracted with in connection with the Work. The Contractor acknowledges that the Community Outreach Ratios are minimums and Contractor agrees to use Contractor's best efforts to exceed these levels. The Contractor agrees to give additional consideration in selecting subcontractors and material suppliers to any party exceeding these levels. 40 5.3 Prior to awarding any subcontract the Contractor shall provide the Owner with the name and MBE,WBE or Section 3 status of each subcontractor asked to bid on the Work. This information shall be received by the Owner regarding all subcontractors bidding on a given subcontract at 4" least two weeks prior to Contractor's award of that subcontract. Subsequent to the notification described above and prior to awarding each subcontract,the Contractor shall provide the Owner with the name and MBE,WBE or Section 3 status of each subcontractor with whom Contractor intends to contract,together with a statement of the dollar value of the proposed contract,the subcontractor's proposed workforce utilization plan, a certification from the proposed subcontractor in the form of the Community Outreach Certification attached hereto,and an explanation of the Contractor's reasons for declining any bid from an MBE,WBE or Section 3 subcontractor for this work. Owner shall receive this information at least one week prior to Contractor's award of each subcontract. Contractor shall not award any subcontracts without Owner's written approval of the proposed subcontractor. The Contractor shall provide the Owner on a regular basis,but in any event prior to award of all subcontracts and material supplier contracts,with information as to any apprenticeship programs, collaboration between subcontractors and traditionally minority,women,or section 3 business enterprises,or other mechanisms for achieving the Community Outreach Ratios. The Contractor shall ensure that,after the award of any subcontract and prior to the commencement of work by such subcontractor on the Work,the subcontractor shall meet with the Owner to discuss the issues set forth in Section 5.1. on 5.4 The Contractor shall provide the Owner with such reports as reasonably required by the Owner and Owner's Lenders,including, at a minimum,the following: .1 Copies of certified payrolls covering all workers employed in connection with the Work, delivered to the Owner within ten(10)days after expiration of the applicable work period. Either in the certified payrolls or in an attachment thereto, any minority,women or Community Resident workers shall be so identified. .2 Copies of all utilization reports submitted by the Contractor to public agencies. These reports shall be submitted to the Owner at the same time they are submitted to the respective public agencies. .3 Monthly written reports detailing achievement of Community Outreach Ratios with respect to subcontracting and describing compliance with Contractor's compliance plan, Ili which reports shall include(a)any deviations from the contract award procedure set forth in the compliance plan, (b)the name and MBE/WBE or Section 3 status of each subcontractor or supplier asked to bid on the Work,of each subcontractor or supplier actually bidding on the Work and of the successful bidder, (c)the dollar value of each subcontract and materials supply contract, and(d)a brief explanation of the Contractor's reasons for declining any bid from a MBE/WBE or Section 3 subcontractor or supplier for the Work. .4 Monthly written reports,with daily construction reports attached thereto (if not previously delivered to Owner),detailing achievement of Community Outreach Ratios with respect to employment and describing compliance with Contractor's compliance plan. lAAI Village at Hospital Hill 11 Construction Contract Exhibits Doc.#52673 Page I I of the person(s)taking applications for each of the positions;and the anticipated date the work shall begin. 3.4 The contractor agrees to include this Section 3 clause in every subcontract subject to compliance with regulations in 24 CFR Part 135,and agrees to take appropriate action,as provided in an applicable provision of the subcontract or in this Section 3 clause,upon a finding that the "^ subcontractor is in violation of the regulations in 24 CFR Part 135. The contractor will not subcontract with any subcontractor where the contractor has notice or knowledge that the subcontractor has been found in violation of the regulations in 24 CFR Part 135. 3.5 The contractor will certify that any vacant employment positions,including training positions,that are filled(1)after the contractor is selected but before the contract is executed,and (2)with persons other than those to whom the regulations of 24 CFR Part 135 require employment opportunities to be directed,were not filled to circumvent the contractor's obligations under 24 CFR Part 135. 3.6 Noncompliance with HUD's regulations in 24 CFR Part 135 may result in sanctions,termination of this contract for default,and debarment or suspension from future HUD assisted contracts. 4. Compliance by Contractor and Subcontractors. The Contractor shall comply with the Section 3 Clause set forth in Section 3 of this Exhibit and shall ensure that all subcontracts executed pursuant to this Agreement shall include the Section 3 Clause set forth in Section 3 of this Exhibit word for word without modification. 5. Section 3 Implementation. In order to enable the Owner to monitor directly the Contractor's compliance,the Owner and Contractor shall take the following steps in addition to those required by various public agencies. 5.1 As soon as practicable after being selected as Contractor,prior to awarding any subcontracts and from time to time during the construction period,Contractor(and subcontractors,as applicable)shall meet with the Owner to discuss(1)the provisions of this Agreement relating to subcontracts with MBE,WBE and Section 3 Business Concerns and related to hiring of minorities, women and Section 3 workers,(2)the Contractor's plans for implementing these provisions and attaining the subcontracting and employment ratios set forth in this Agreement(the"Community Outreach Ratios"), (3)the crew sizes needed to perform the Work and any work pursuant to subcontracts,(4)the . . number of employees of the Contractor or proposed subcontractors who are minorities,women and Community Residents,(5)the number of positions available to be filled in order to meet the crew sizes necessary to perform the Work and any work pursuant to subcontracts, and(6)the Owner's plan for monitoring their attainment. 5.2 Simultaneous with the Contractor's execution of this Agreement,the Contractor shall furnish the Owner with a plan for outreach,training and employment reasonably acceptable to the Owner,which shall describe in detail the steps which the Contractor intends to take to achieve the Community Outreach Ratios(such plan being referred to herein as a"compliance plan"). At a minimum, such steps shall include(1)broad outreach to minority and women business enterprises in soliciting subcontractors and material suppliers,(2)reasonable additional outreach efforts to make known within minority communities the availability of employment at the Project site,and(3)the contract award procedure for subcontracts and material supplier contracts. The Contractor agrees to design the compliance plan to achieve the Community Outreach Ratios. The Community Outreach Ratios shall at no .. time serve to limit the number or percentage of minority, female or local residents hired or the number or Village at Hospital Hill II Construction Contract Exhibits Doc.#52673 Page 10 2.5 The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965,as amended, and by the rules,regulations and orders of the Secretary of Labor, issued pursuant thereto,and will permit access to all books,records and accounts by the Owner, the Housing Authority of the City of Durham,and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules,regulations and orders. 2.6 In the event of the Contractor's non-compliance with the non-discrimination clauses of this Agreement,or with any of such rules,regulations,or orders,this Agreement may be cancelled,terminated or suspended,in whole or in part, and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further federally assisted construction projects pursuant to procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965,or by rule,regulation or order of the Secretary of Labor,or as otherwise provided by law. 2.7 Contractor shall actively recruit minority subcontractors or subcontractors with substantial minority representation among their employees. 2.8 The Contractor will include the text of this Section 2 in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules,regulations or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965,so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as may be directed by the Secretary of Labor as a means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance,provided,however,that in the event the Contractor becomes involved in,or is threatened with,litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction, the Contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. 3. Section 3 Clause: qW 3.1 The work to be performed under this contract is subject to the requirements of Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968,as amended, 12 U.S.C. 170lu ("Section 3"). The purpose of Section 3 is to ensure that employment and other economic opportunities generated by HUD assistance or HUD-assisted projects covered by Section 3, shall,to the greatest extent feasible,be directed to low-and very low-income persons,particularly persons who are recipients of HUD assistance for housing and that contracts for work in connection with the project be awarded to !# businesses located in, or owned in substantial part by persons residing in,the project area. The contractor agrees to make a good faith effort to fulfill these requirements,to document this effort, and to provide copies of such documentation with each request for payment. 3.2 The parties to this contract agree to comply with HUD's regulations in 24 CFR Part 135,which implement Section 3. As evidenced by their execution of this contract,the parties to this contract certify that they are under no contractual or other impediment that would prevent them from complying with the Part 135 regulations. 3.3 The contractor agrees to send to each labor organization or representative of workers with which the contractor has a collective bargaining agreement or other understanding,if any,a notice advising the labor organization or workers' representative of the contractor's commitments under this Section 3 clause, and will post copies of the notice in conspicuous places at the work site where both employees and applicants for training and employment positions can see the notice. The notice shall describe the Section 3 preference,shall set forth minimum number and job titles subject to hire, availability of apprenticeship and training positions,the qualifications for each; and the name and location Village at Hospital Hill II Construction Contract Exhibits Doc.#52673 Page 9 EXHIBIT H TO OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT SECTION 3 CERTIFICATIONS AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS 1. Generally. The work to be performed by the Contractor under this Agreement is for a project in which financial assistance is being provided, in part,by public authorities. The Contractor therefore agrees to comply with all applicable federal, state or municipal requirements including,but not limited,to those concerning equal employment opportunities,minority and women's business utilization, and local jobs preferences, in accordance with applicable law. Owner shall provide Contractor with a copy of any federal, state or municipal requirements and may require Contractor to participate in meetings with public authorities and to document,to the satisfaction of such authorities, Contractor's efforts to comply with any such requirements. The Contractor shall incorporate into all subcontracts any specific requirements of which Contractor has been made aware by Owner. Without limiting the generality of this Exhibit H,the Contractor shall comply fully with all applicable governmental reporting requirements related to Equal Opportunity,Affirmative Action and Section 3 hiring. 2. Nondiscrimination. Pursuant to Executive Order 11246,the requirements of the Massachusetts Department of Housing and Community Development and the requirements of the Owner, ` during the performance of this Agreement,the Contractor agrees as follows: 2.1 The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee, applicant for employment,independent contractor or any other person on the basis of race,color, sex,sexual preference,religion(or religious creed),ancestry,national origin,disability,age or marital or familial status. Further,the Contractor shall take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed and , that employees are treated during their employment without regard to their race,color,sex,sexual preference,religion(or religious creed),ancestry,national origin,disability,age or marital or familial status. Such actions shall include,but not be limited to,the following: employment, upgrading,demotion or transfer,recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination,rates of pay or other forms of compensation,and selection for training including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places,available to employees,agents,applicants for employment and other persons,notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. .. 2.2 The Contractor will,in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor,state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race,color, sex,sexual preference,religion(or religious creed),ancestry, �.. national origin,disability,age or marital or familial status. 2.3 The Contractor will send each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement, or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided by the contract compliance officer advising such labor union or representative of workers of the Contractor's commitment under this Article, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. A similar notice shall be sent to every other source of recruitment regularly utilized by the Contractor. 2.4 The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and of the rules,regulations and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. Village at Hospital Hill II Construction Contract Exhibits Doc.#52673 Page 8 MW EXHIBIT G TO OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT LIST OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS l�II SEE LIST OF SPECIFICATIONS BELOW FROM THE PROJECT MANUALS. THE PROJECT MANUALS ARE INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE HEREIN. Village at Hospital Hill II Construction Contract Exhibits Doc.#52673 Page 7 Ilw ..R EXHIBIT F TO OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT CLARIFICATION TO SPECIFICATIONS ..� (SEE ATTACHED eAw w� .un we Village at Hospital Hill 11 Construction Contract Exhibits Doc.#52673 Page 6 EXHIBIT E TO OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT REVIEWED DOCUMENTS Environmental Site Assessments • Phase I Environmental Site Assessment,prepared by Tighe and Bond. i0 40 RN Village at Hospital Hill II Construction Contract Exhibits Doc.#52673 Page 5 ow am EXHIBIT D TO OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT .A. PROJECT SCHEDULE ww Buildings and_ (_units)rentable on or before Buildings and_ (_units)rentable on or before Village at Hospital Hill II Construction Contract Exhibits Doc.#52673 Page 4 w ON EXHIBIT C 44 TO OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT III SCHEDULE OF VALUES on SEE ATTACHED mp mm go ww P" 00 on Village at Hospital Hill II Construction Contract Exhibits Doc.#52673 Page 3 EXHIBIT B TO OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT �w UNIT PRICES w. SEE ATTACHED �w w �w w� see Village at Hospital Hill II Construction Contract Exhibits Doc.#52673 Page 2 on EXHIBIT A TO OWNER-CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT EXCLUSIONS,ALTERNATES AND RESERVED ALTERNATES SEE ATTACHED a�w 1* Village at Hospital Hill II Construction Contract Exhibits Doc.#52673 Page 1 ..r designate a different address for purposes of this Contract by notice given to the other party in accordance with this Article. Notice shall be deemed received on the earlier of the date of receipt,the date of refusal of receipt(if personal delivery is attempted),the first business day following deposit with a recognized overnight courier or five days following deposit with the United States Postal Service. All notices regarding emergency or"priority"matters shall be made by telefacsimile transmission or hand delivery in addition to notice as set forth above,and telephonic advice shall be attempted in advance of formal notice. Copy to Owner at: The Community Builders,Inc. - 95 Berkeley Street,Suite 500 Boston,MA 02116 Attention: General Counsel Phone: 617-695-9595 Fax: 617-695-9483 - rtwt Copy to Contractor at: ARTICLE'1T :OTHER REQUIREMENTS . r 1711 Contractor will prepare the necessary storm water pollution prevention plan and obtain the necessary NPDES.-permit .;.- t END OF SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS ACKNOWLEDGED AND=AGREED: CONTRACTOR: By: .wr Name: Title: t� DATE: . e snit A1A Document A207TM—1997.copyright ®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1978,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Archilects. All rights reserved. VIARNING:-this AW Document is protected by U.S.Copyright t_aw and International Trenties.Unauthorized 48 reproduction or distribution of this tilt° Document,or nay portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal ponaaias.and wig be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the larr. This document was produced by AIA software at 09;36:30 on 10/31/2D07 under Order No.1000301427 1 which expires on 5'2412006,and is not for resale. — ww User Notes. (4187420776) ow §14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE §14.3.1 The Owner may,without cause,order the Contractor in writing to suspend,delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. §14.3.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and time caused by suspension,delay or interruption as described in Section 14.3.1.Adjustment of the Contract Sum shall include profit:No adjustment shall be made to the extent: .1 that performance is,was or would have been so suspended,delayed or interrupted by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible;or go .2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract. §.14ATERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE §,14.4.1 The Owner may,at any time,terminate the Contract for the Owner's convenience and without cause. §14.4.2Upon receipt of written notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner's convenience,the Contractor shall: .-: 1 cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice; 2 take actions necessary,or that the Owner may direct,for the protection and preservation of the Work; 1rw and :3 except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination stated in the notice,terminate:all existing subcontracts and purchase orders and enter into no further subcontracts = and purchase orders. (Paragraphs- deleted) §14 4 3 In case of such termination for the Owner's convenience,the Contractor shall be entitled to receive payment nt! for Work executed,and costs incurred by reason of such termination,along with reasonable overhead and profit on _ '° ibe Work not executed. ARTICLE 15 EQUAL OPPORTUNITYIAFFIRMATIVE ACTION The'work_to be performed by the Contractor under this Agreement is for a project in which financial assistancecis being provided--in part,by public authorities. The Contractor therefore agrees to comply with all a ppl>cab3e'fedetal,.s[ate oimunicipal.requirements including,but not limited,to those concerDing equal employment opportunities,minority and women=s business utilization,and local jobs preferences,in accordance with applicable 1w Iavr The Contractor shall mane diligt`and continuous efforts to employ people in accordance with Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968,12 U.S.C.§1701u(Employment Opportunities for Lower Income = Persons in Connection with Assisted Projects),and its implementing regulations at 24 CFR Part 135,as set forth in Exhibit Hof the Contract.Owner shall provide Contractor with a copy of any federal,state or municipal JIM -requirements and may require Contractor to participate in meetings with public authorities and to document,to the satisfaction of.such authorities,Contractor's efforts to comply with any such requirements. The Contractor shall into rporate into all subcontracts any specific requirements of which Contractor has been made aware by Owner. The Contractor shall also make diligent and continuous efforts to employ clients of the Massachusetts Department of Mental Health in accordance with the requirements set forth in Exhibit 7 of the Contract. §15.2 The Contractor acknowledges that specific elements of its agreement relating to Section 3 are set out in section 7.6.5 and Exhibit H to the Owner-Contractor Agreement and specifically agrees to comply with the"Section 3 Plan"referenced therein. §15.3 The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965,and by the rules,regulations and orders of the Secretary of Labor,issued pursuant thereto,and will permit access to all books,records and accounts by the Owner,the Northampton Housing Authority,the City of Northampton,The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules,regulations and orders. ARTICLE 16 NOTICES §16.1 All notices,requests,consents,approvals,designations,directions and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall only be effective if made in writing and delivered in person(including by courier service), by recognized overnight courier(such as Federal Express),or by regular United States Postal Service mail,postage prepaid,registered or certified mail,addressed to each party at their addresses set forth in this Agreement and with copies to the addresses indicated below. Either party,or any of the persons designated to receive copies,may Init. AIA Document A201TM—1097.Copyright ®1911,1915,191B,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute at Architects.All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA"Docuntottt is protorted by U.S-Copyright Law and International Trew nos.Unnnthuri=ed 47 reproduction or distrtt_nion of this At:.° Document.or any portion of it,may result in sevore civil and criminal penalties.and will bo proseculud in the 1 inaximum exiont possible under the taw. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:3B:30 on 1 0131 1200 7 under Order No.1000301427 1 which expires on 52412008,and Is not for resale. — User Notes: (4187420778) §14.1.3 If one of the reasons described in Section 14.1.1 or 14.1.2 exists,the Contractor may,upon seven days' written notice to the Owner and Architect,terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work- executed and for proven loss with respect to materials,equipment,tools,and construction equipment and machinery, ' including reasonable overhead,profit and damages. §14.1.4 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract .w with the Contractor because the Owner has persistently failed to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to the progress of the Work,the Contractor may,upon seven additional days'written notice to the:Owner and the Architect,terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Section 14.13. §:142 TERMINATION BY_7HE OWNER FOR CAUSE §1421 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor: ..r 1 gerslsteptly or repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; 2 fails to mlike payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors; ,.. _3 persistently disregards laws,ordinances,or rules,regulations or orders of a public authority having jurisdiction, 4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents; 5 files a petition,or consents to the filing of a petition against the Contractor,under any federal or state .ru law concerning Bankruptcy,reorganization,insolvency or relief from creditors,or if such petition is fRed against the_Contractor without his consent and is not dismissed within thirty(30)days,or if the Coatractoris.generally not paying his debts as they become due,or if the Contractor becomes insolvent,or if a:receiver,trustee,liquidator,custodian or the like is appointed with respect to +.�+ Contractor,or takes possession of all or a substantial portion of its assets,or if Contractor consents to such an appointment,or if Contractor makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors. §1412 When any of the above reasons exist,the Owner,upon certification by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify such action.may without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor's surety,if-any,seven days'written notice,terminate employment of the Contractor and may subject to any prior rights of_the surety: 1.. 1 take possession of-the=site and of all materials,equipment,tools,and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor; 2 accept assigumentof subcontracts pursuant to Section 5.4;and 3 finish the Work bywhatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedieat.Upon request of the Contractor,the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the Work. §14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Section 14.2.1,the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished and after issuance of a notice of termination by the Owner the Contractor shall not access the site for any purpose without the express written consent of the Owner. §14.24 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work,,including compensation for w the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby plus Owner's direct and consequential damages as a result of Contractor's default,and other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived,such excess shall be paid to the Contractor.If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance,the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner,as the case may be,shall be certified by an the Architect,upon application,and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. The Owner maybe terminate the Contract,at its option,in the case of a casualty,condemnation or other event not within the Owner's reasonable control,without prior notice. In the event of such termination,the Contractor shall be entitled to payment in accordance with the provisions of Section 14 of these General Conditions. MW ■ 11111. AIA Document A201TM-1997.Copyright ®1911,1915,1916,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Inslilute of Archilecls.All rights reserved, WAMING:This Air`` Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and international Tresties.Unauthorized 4 reproduction or distribution of this AlA,Document,or any portion of il,may result in severe civil and criminal penaltias,and will be prosecuted to the l) / maximum extent possible under 1h=_lava. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38:30 on 1013112007 under Order No.1 D00301427 1 which expires on 512412006,and is not for resale. User Notes: (4187420778) §13-5.5 If the Architect is to observe tests,inspections or approvals required by the Contract Documents,the Architect will do so promptly and,where practicable,at the normal place of testing. §13.5.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid _ unreasonable delay in the Work. : 135...7 Certificates of occupancy(as applicable)and certificates of inspection, testing or approval,including operating permits for any mechanical apparatus,such as boilers and air compressors which may be required to permit full use and occupancy of the premises by the Owner and tenants or which may be required by the Contract Documents,.shall be secured and paid for by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect. This shall be a condition precedent to Substantial Completion of the Work. Architect's or any engineer's services required to obtain such certificates,permits,or approvals shall be paid for by the Contractor. § 13.6 INTEREST § 16.1 Pay meats due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at Isifch rate as the parties may agree upon in writing §131.COMMENCEMENT OF STATUTORY LIMITATION PERIOD between the Owner.and Contractor. 1 Before Substantial Completion. As to acts or failures to act occurring prior to the relevant date of Substantial Completion,any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and aU events not later than such date of Substantial Completion; 21 17 2 Between Substantial Completion and Final Certificate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurr ubseguent to the relevant date of Substantial Completion and prior to issuance of the final Certificate for-'Payment,any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause ofyaction:shaU be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of issuance of the final Certificate for Payment;and .3 After Final`Certi ficate for Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring after the relevant date of issuance of;the final Certificate for Payment,any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run'ctid any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of any act or failure to act by the Contractor pursuant to any Warranty provided under Section 3.5,the date of anycorrection of the Work or failure to correct the Work by the Contractor under Section 12.2,or the;date of actual connnission of any other act or failure to perform any duty or ! obligation by the Contractor or Owner,whichever occurs last. _. ARTICLE 14. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT §14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR `§14.1.1 The Contractor may.terminate:the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor,Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persous or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor,for any of the following reasons, !W issuance of an order of a court or other public authori ty having jurisdiction which requires all Work to be stopped-, 2 an act of government,such as a declaration of national emergency which requires all Work to be stopped; go .3 because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in Section 9.4.1,or because the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents;or Pill .4 the Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor promptly,upon the Contractor's request,reasonable evidence as required by Section 2.2.1. §14.1.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if,through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work- under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor,repeated suspensions,delays or interruptions of the entire Work by the Owner as described in Section 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than 100 percent of the total number of days scheduled for completion,or 120 days in any 365-day period,whichever is less. (nut. AIA Document A201TM—1997.Copyright ®1911,1915,1916,1924 1937,1951,1959,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. IWARNING:This All Document is proiarted by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties..Unmithodzed A=J reproduction or distribution of this Alff Document or any pottion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal paucities.and will be prosecuted to Hie y maximum s_*tent possible under Cite law.This document was produced by AIA software at 09:36:30 on 10/3112007 under Order No.1000301427_1 which expires on 5124/200%and is not for resale. User Notes: (41 B7420770) ..F §13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS §132.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves,their partners,successors,assigns and legal .rr� representatives to the other party hereto and to partners,successors,assigns and legal representatives of such other party in respect to covenants,agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents.Except as provided in section 13.2.2,neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other.If either party attempts to make such an assignment without such consent,that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. §1322 The Owner may,without consent of the Contractor,assign the Contract to an institutional lender providing construction fWancing for.the Project.In such event,the lender shall assume the Owner's rights and obligations under the Contract Documents.The Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate such assignment. - 13.23 after malong Final Payment,the Owner conveys to a third party any building or other improvement '■" _ -.__. If, =-renovated under the Gon&act-any rights which the Owner may have against the Contractor for maintenance service and for-claims which,under the terms of subparagraph 9.9.4,are reserved to the Owner after the making and acceptance of Final Payment,shall automatically transfer to such third party. JIM §133 WRITTEN NOTICE §13 3.1 ritten notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or a member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended,or if delivered at or sent by registered or cerfified.mail to the last business address known to the party giving notice. § 13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES §114.1-Duties:and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder =shall_bein addition to and not;a:limitation of duties,obligations,rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law §13 4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner,Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them anderthe.Contract,nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder,.except as may be specifically agreed in writing. 611.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS §13 51 Tests, nspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents or by laws, _= ordinances,rules,regulations mord ers of public authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at an appropriate time. Vnless•otherwise provided;the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests,inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity.,acceptable to the Owner,or with the appropriate public authority,and shall bear all related costs of tests,inspections`and approvals.The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspections ore to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures.The Owner shall bear costs of tests,inspections or approvals which do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded. am §13.5;2 If the Architect,Owner,-or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional testing,inspection or approval not included under Section 13.5.1,the Architect will,upon written authorization from the Owner,instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing,inspection ,■,, or approval by an entity acceptable to the Owner,and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures.Such costs,except as provided in Section 1353,shall be at the Owner's expense. +rRr §13.5:3 If such procedures for testing,inspection or approval under Sections 13.5.1 and 135.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents,all costs made necessary by such failure including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses shall be at the Contractor's expense. t.. §13.5.4 Required certificates of testing,inspection or approval shall,unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents,be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect. AIA Document A2011u—1097.Copyright 01911,1915,191B,1925,1937,1951,1958,1981,1983,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American IntL Inslitule of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:Iltt,AI.A" Document is protected by U.S_copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 44 reproduction or distribution of this AIAI Document.or any portion of it,stay result in severa civil and crintinal penalties.and will be prosecuted to the mailumin extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38:30 on 10/31/2007 under order No.1000301427 1 which expires on 5124/2008,and is not for resale. User Notes: (4187420778) eu { Contractor's expense and any cost,lossor damages to the Owner resulting from such defect or failure. This j obligation shall survive termination of the Contract under Article 14. §122 2 AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION §12-Ul In addition to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.5,if,within one year after the date of Final Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or within one year after the date for commencement of warranties established under Section 9.9.1,or by terms of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents,any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition.The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition.If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time : after receipt m of notice fro the Owner or Architect,the Owner may correct it in accordance with Section 2.4. Final Payment or an Architect's Certificate for Final Payment shall not be deemed acceptance of unsatisfactory conditions. §1222.2 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed-After Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual performance of the.Work. §1222:3 The one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performed by the . Contractor__pursuagt.to.this Section 12.2. §1223 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work which are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. §1224 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction,whether completed or partraAy completed,of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the Contractor's correction or removal of Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. §1225 Nothing contained in this Section 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations which the.Contractor might have under the Contract Documents.Establishment of the one-year period for correction of Work as described in Section 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor = t0'correct the Work,and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract t� Documents may be sought to be�enforced,nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor-s liabrlity with respect-to the Contractor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. §123 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK _ §12311f tbe.Owner prefers to acceptWork which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents,the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction,in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and-equitable.Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has -:been made,and if the payments due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover the adjustment,the Contractor shall �Il► pay the difference to the Owner. ARTICLE 13..MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS ► §13.1 GOVERNING LAW §13.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located. 13.1.2 Each and every provision of law and clause required bylaw to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein and the Contract shall be read and enforced as though it were included herein. Upon the application of either party the contract shall be physically amended to make any such insertion. Changes in laws eancted during the contract period that have a demonstrable economic impact on the performance of the Work under the contract documents shall be incorporated by change order in accordance with Article 7. Init. AIA Document A201TM—1997.Copyright 01911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1967 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNIING:This AIA:-Document is protected by U.S.%opyritiht Law and international Tmlles.Unauthorized �3 reproduction or distribution of this AW Document,or any portion()I it,may result in severe civil rmd criminal penalties.and will be prosecuted lethe maximum extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38:30 on 10/31/2007 under Order No.1000301427 1 which expires on 512412008,and Is not for resale. User Notes: (41874207781 §11.4.10 The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless one of the parties in interest shatl object in writing within five days after occurrence of loss to the Owner's exercise of this power,if such objection.is made,the dispute shall be resolved as provided in Sections 4.5 and 4.6.The Owner as fiduciary shall,in the case of arbitration,maize settlement with insurers in accordance with directions of the arbitrators.If distribution of insurance proceeds by arbitration is required,the arbitrators will direct such distribution. + §11-4.11 Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as calling for the name of any Subcontractor or sub- ..,,subcontractor as loss payee on Owner's insurance and no draft or other instrument in payment of any loss shall name any 5ubcontrActor or sub-subcontractor as joint payees thereof. In the event the insurance proceeds are paid to the 'M* Owner's Lenders on behalf of Owner and are not made available for reconstruction,the Owner shall promptly notify the Contractor.of such fact;-and such notification shall be treated as a termination in accordance with a provisions of Article 14. _ §1-1.4.121he Contractor shall require each of its Subcontractors to procure and maintain during the life of its subconfractall the insi rance reasonably required by the Owner or Owner's Lenders or Investors and shall not allow 'its Subcontractors to begin work until the insurance has been so obtained and certificates of insurance approved. Owner's failure to object to the form or substance of such certificates of insurance within ten(10)business days following_receipt shall be deemed approval for purposes of beginning work,but shall not in any way relieve the Contractor hnni compliance.with the insurance requirements set forth in this Agreement. The Contractor shall requireeach Subcontractor to provide a 30 day written notice to the Contractor of cancellation of any of the insurance.coverages. 'PERFORM ANCE:BOND AND PAYMENT BOND §11.5.1_The Owner shall have right to require the Contractor to furnish bonds covering faithful performance of the Contract.and payment of.obligations arising thereunder as stipulated in bidding requirements or specifically required in tie Contract Documents on the date of execution of the Contract. The Owner shall have the right to require tile_Contractor to furnish a lien bond,in form satisfactory to the Owner,which shall be recorded at the Registry of Deeds for Hampshire County. §11.5.2 Upon the request of:any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligatrons;ansing:udder ,the Contract,-the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall permit a copy to be made.File Owner shall have the right to require that the original bonds be delivered to it.Each bond required un der.tbe Owner-ConitactorAgreement shall be in dual or triple Obligee form,as requested by Owner,and _-_ shall be for the.ContractSum from-the commencement of the Work until one year after Final Completion_ The performance pond shall survive acceptance of the Work by Owner to the extent of guaranteeing Contractor's performance under paragraphs 35 and 12.2. ow ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND:CORRECTION OF WORK §12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK §12:1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect's request or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Docurn—ents,it must,if required in writing by the Architect,be uncovered for the Architect's examination and be replaced at the Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Time. §12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered which the Architect has not specifically requested to examine 011111111 prior to its being covered,the Architect may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor.If such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents,costs of uncovering and replacement shall,by appropriate Change Order,be al the Owner's expense.If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, correction shall be at the Contractor's expense unless the condition was caused by the Owner or a separate 019 contractor in which event the Owner shall be responsible for payment of such costs. §12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK §12.2.1 BEFORE OR AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION am §12.2.1.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents,whether discovered before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated,installed or completed.Costs of correcting such rejected Work,including additional testing and inspections and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby,shall be at the am AtA Document A201TM—1997.Copyright 0 1911,1915,191B,1925,1937,1951,1956,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American (nit. Inslitute of Architects.All rights reserved. WAnNIN'=:This AM' Uoctrment is protected by U.S.Copyright Law,end Internal tonal Treaties.Unauthorized 42 reproduction as distrlbution of this A1A' Document.or any portion of it,may result In severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecided to the maximum extent possibhr under ilia lair. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38:30 on 10131/2007 under Order No.1000301427_1 which am expires on 5124!2006,and is not for resale. User Notes: (4167420778) am I §11.4.1.1 Excepted from coverage shall be owned,rented or leased construction tools and equipment to be used to ON perform Work by the Contractor and its Subcontractors. §11.4.1.2 The Contractor and its Subcontractors shall be solely responsible for all loss or damage to construction tools or equipment used to perform the Work. Any insurance protecting such equipment shall include an endorsement waiving the insurer's right of subrogation against the Owner,Architect and their consultants. §1 f.4.1.3 If the property insurance requires minimum deductibles,in the event of a paid claim the Contractor shall be,:-responsible for the deductible amount up to$5,000 per claim. If the Owner or insurer increases the required minimum deductibles above the amounts so identified or if the Owner elects to purchase this insurance with voluntary deductible amounts,the Owner shall be responsible for payment of the additional costs not covered _ }iecAUSe of-such increased or voluntary deductibles. 1_1.4.1.0 Any loss insured noder subparagraph 11.4.1 is to be adjusted with the Owner and shall be made payable to the Owner or Owner's Lenders or Investors(or any other person or institution chosen by the Owner)as trustee and agent for the insureds;as their interests may appear,subject to the requirements of any applicable lender clause _ and of subparagraph 11.4.10. §1141:5 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with this Agreement shall not commence until the insurance company or companies providing property insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or use by # endorsement or otherwise. The.Owner and the Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company:or companies and shall,without mutual written consent,take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that would cause cancellation,lapse or reduction of insurance. 114.2 Boiler and Machinery"Insurance.The Owner, at the Owner's option unless required by law,may purchase L.Aiiii maintain boiler._and machinery insurance which insurance,if purchased,shall specifically cover such insured objects during instalation.end until final acceptance by the Owner;this insurance shall include interests of the Owner,Contractor;Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work,and the Owner and Contractor shall be named insureds. §714.3 Loss of Use Insurance.The Owner,at the Owner's option,may purchase and maintain such insurance as will insure the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property due to fire or other hazards,however caused. 5_114.4--If:t:he Contractor requests in writing that insurance for risks other than those described herein or other special causes of loss be.included in the property insurance policy,the Owner shall,if possible,include such insurance;and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change Order. tuft (Paragraphs deleted) P1.4.6 The Owner shall provide to-the Contractor evidence of all insurance required to be provided by the Owner pursuant to Section 11.4. §11,4.7 [Intentionally omitted]§11.4.8 A Ioss insured under Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds,as their interests may appear, subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Section 11.4.10.The Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Contractor,and by appropriate agreements, 1>tl� wri ak tten where legally required for validity,shall require Subcontractors to me payments to their Sub- subcontractors in similar manner. (Paragraphs deleted) §11.4.9 If required in writing by a party in interest,the Owner as fiduciary shall,upon occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for proper performance of the Owner's duties.The cost of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary.The Owner shall deposit in a separate account proceeds so received,which the Owner shall distribute in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach,or in accordance with an arbitration award in which case the procedure shall be as provided in Section 4.6.If after such loss no other special agreement is made and unless the Owner terminates the Contract for convenience,replacement of damaged property shall be performed by the Contractor after notification of a Change in the Work in accordance with Article 7. to Init. AIA Document A201n'—1997.Copyright 01911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,195B,1981,19M,1966,1970,197S,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. VdARNIrJG:This AIA" Documeml is protected by U.S.copyright Lav,and Informational Treacles.Unnuthori_ed 41 reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document,orally portion of it,may result in severo civil and criminal penalties.and will he prosecuted to tin 1 maxhnum exiont possible underihe law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38:30 on 101311201)7 under Order No.1000301427 1 which expires on 92412008,and is not for resale. User Notes: (4187420776) §11.1.2.6 Automobile liability insurance for all owned,]eased,non-owned and hired vehicles including trailers used in the performance of the Work. The minimum limit of liability shalt be One Million and 00/100 Dollars($1,000,000.00)for each accident,combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage. The policy shall include auto contractual liability coverage and a CA 99 48 Broadened Pollution Endorsement. If Contractor will be hauling any contaminants or pollutants, Contractor shall adhere to Sections 29 and 30 of the Motor Carrier Act of 1980,which shall contain coverage Form MCS-90. The policy shall name Owner as an additional insured and contain a waiver of subrogation in favor of Owner. - §11.13.7 Renewal certificates shall be addressed to and Filed with both the Contractor and the _Owner at least thirty(30)days prior to the expiration date of required policies. �w §11.1213. Unless,in particular cases,the Owner and Contractor shall agree otherwise in _ writing,the Contractor shall require all Subcontractors to maintain insurance conforming to the provisions of this Pu�agraph ll.l and shaUnot allow its Subcontractors to begin work until the insurance has been so obtained and certificates of;insurence_approved. The Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to provide a 30-day written notice to;tlie Contractor of cancellation to any of the insurance coverages the Contractor shall maintain on file all such required Certificates of Insurance,which file shall be available for inspection by the Owner upon request. §11.1.2:9 i. Umbrella liability insurance with a minimum occurrence and per location/per project aggregate limit of Five Million and 00/100 Dollars($5,000,000.00),providing following form coverage over the underlying general liability,automobile liability and employers liability insurance policies described above. The policy shall-name the-Owner as additional insured. §11.1.3 Certificates of insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the Work.Certificates shall'show(i)type of insurance,(ii)insurance company and policy number,(ii)amount of insurance,(iii)deductibles and/or self-insured retentions,(iv)policy effective and expiration dates,(v)in the case of general liability,automobile liability,umbrella and[pollution liability]policies,that Owner and any other parties - requested by Owner are included as additional insureds,(vi)that all policies include the coverage and endorsements required by this section 11.1,(vii)that the insurance carrier will endeavor to notify owner if any policies shall be cancelled,terminated,or materially modified unless and until 30 days prior written notice is given to Owner. If any +** of the foregoing insurance-coverages are required to remain in force after final payment,an additional certificate evidencing continuation of-such coverage.shall be submitted with the final Application for Payment as required by Section 9.10.2.Information concern: ing reduction of coverage on account of revised limits or claims paid under the General Aggregate,or both,shat-be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness in accordance with the AIM - Contractor's information and belief. Contractor shall subunit updated certificates prior to the expiration of any of the policies referenced in the certificates so that Owner shall at all times possess certificates indicating effective coverage. The acceptance of such certificates by Owner does not and shall not be construed to relieve Contractor of any obligations,responsibilities or liabilities. If Owner is damaged by Contractor's failure to maintain such insurance,then,.Contractor shall be responsible for all costs and damages to Owner attributable thereto. §11.1A4 Contractor sball:be responsible for the payment of any and all deductibles unless Owner specifically provides a written waiver to Contractor. ow §11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE §1121 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner's usual liability insurance. on (Paragraphs deleted) §11.4 PROPERTY INSURANCE §11.4.1 The Owner shall purchase and maintain so-called"builder's risk"insurance upon the entire Work at the site Am in the amount it deems reasonably necessary,which builder's risk insurance shall name the Contractor as a named insured. This insurance shall cover the Work as installed and materials intended for installation which have been delivered to,unloaded,and stored securely(and in accordance with the Owner's written instructions,if any)on the w. site. The Contractor shall at all times compy with the security requirements and other requirements of such "builder's risk"insurance. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain insurance upon materials not yet installed and not stored securely on the site. The insurance referred to in this subparagraph 11.4.1 shall be subject to the following limitations: go AIA Document A201n'—1097.Copyright 01911,1915,191B,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Init. institute of Architects. All rights reserved.WARNING:This Ale Docum=rrt Is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Treaties.Unauthorized 40 reproduction or distribution ci this Alf' Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties.and will be proseculed to the / maximum extent possible under the I.:vl. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38:30 on 10/31/2007 under Order No.1000301427 1 which expires on 5124/2008,and Is not for resale. — ow User Notes: (4187420776) r� result from the Contractor's operations under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally liable, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them,or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: .1 claims under workers'compensation,disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts which are applicable to the Work to be performed; .2 claims for damages because of bodily injury,occupational sickness or disease,or death of the Contractor's employees; .3 claims for damages because of bodily injury,sickness or disease,or death of any person other than the Contractor's employees; 09 .4 claims.for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage; .5 claims for damages,other than to the Work itself,because of injury to or destruction of tangible property,including loss of use resulting therefrom; 6 claims for:dnmages because of bodily injury,death of a person or property damage arising out of ownership :maintenance or use of a motor vehicle; Z claims for bodily injury or property damage arising out of completed operations;and .8 -claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.18. ON The insurance required by subsection 11.1.1 with respect to the Contractor shall include the following. None of the policies required by this section 11.1 shall contain a multifamily exclusion. 11.1.2.1- Workers'compensation insurance providing statutory coverage and employers liability insurance and disability benefits with minimum limits of One Hundred Thousand and 00/100 Dollars($100,000.00)per accident for bodilyinlury by accident;One Hundred Thousand and 00/100 Dollars($100,000.00)per employee for bodily injury by diseas e with a Five Hundred Thousand and 00/100 Dollars($500,000.00)policy limit for bodily injury r by disease.. §11-1-2Z:. General liabili ty insurance on an occurrence form including premises/operations liability,protective liability;contractual liability and products/completed operation liability coverages,with llltt minimum limits of liability of One Million and 00/100 Dollars($1,000,000.00)for each occurrence,One Million and W/100 Dollars.:($1 QW,000.00)for personal and advertising injury,including bodily injury,sickness,disease or death,with a One Million 00/100 Dollars($1,000,000.00)products and/or completed operations aggregate,and a Two Million and:00l100 Dollars($2,000,000.00)general policy aggregate. A per location general aggregate limit endorsement is reduireii if the insured;has operations in more than one location. If the Work includes work to be performed'wrthin50 feet:of a railroad;any exclusion for liability assumed under contract for work within 50 feet of amilroad shall be deleted: This policy shall include the Owner and any investors and/or lenders required by Owner as additional insureds with endorsements equivalent to IDO CG 2010 for ongoing operations and to ISO CG 20 37 for completed operations;ISO CG 24 04 Waiver of Subrogation in favor of Owner;and CG 2410,Coverage for Injury to I eased Workers.'This policy shall be primary and non-contributory with respect to any other insurance available to an additional insured. §11-1.2.3, Completed Operations and Products Liability as well as Contractor's Liability coverage insuring the indemnity agreement in this Contract shall be maintained for two(2)years after Final Payment. Certificates of insurance evidencing this coverage maybe submitted on an annual basis. §11.1.2.4 Contractor's professional liability insurance in an amount of not less than One Million and 00/100 Dollars($1,000,000.00)in the aggregate. Professional liability shall include(i)contractual liability,(ii)a retroactive date prior to commencement of professional services for Owner,(iii)a reporting period JIM extending 36 months past Final Completion,and(iv)insured's interest in a joint venture,if applicable. Contractor shall provide a certified copy of the policy or other evidence of coverage satisfactory to Owner and its lenders and/or investors. §11.1.2.5 Property Damage Liability Insurance shall include coverage for the following hazards: X(excavation),C(collapse),U(underground). In addition the policy shall be endorsed to insure against liability for damage resulting from blasting or pile driving operations,undermining and for damage to underground pipes and utilities caused by digging with mechanical equipment. Intl. AIA Document A2D1m—1097.Copyright ®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Instilule of Architects.All rights reserved. 8lAr1HIMG:This AIA' Documotit is protected by U c.Cepyrlght Lawn rid International Treaties.Unauthorized 3g reproduction or distribution of this AW Document.or nny portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and gilt be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the tare. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38:30 on 10131/2D07 under Order N(3,10003014271 which expires on 5124/2008,and is not for resale. User Notes: (4167420776) am to §1026 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization at the site whose duty to shall be the prevention of accidents.This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Architect. §1027 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to endanger its ter safety. §10.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS §10.3.1 If reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death to persons resulting from a material or substance,including but not limited to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl(PCB), encountered o the site by-the Contractor,the Contractor shall,upon recognizing the condition,immediately stop Work in the affected area and report the condition to the Owner and Architect in writing. §10.3.2 The Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or absence of the material _. or substance reported by the Contractor and,in the event such material or substance is found to be present,to verify that it.has been rendered harmless.Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents,the Owner shall furnish in writingta the Contractor and-Architect the names and qualifications of persons or entities who are to perform tests verifying the presence or absence of such material or substance or who are to perform the task of removal or safe containmenrof:such material or-substance.The Contractor and the Architect will promptly reply to the Owner in writing stating whether or not either has reasonable objection to the persons or entities proposed by the Owner.If either the Contractor or Architect has an objection to a person or entity proposed by the Owner,the Owner shall propose another to whom the Contractor and the Architect have no reasonable objection.When the material or substance bas been rendered harmless,Work in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of the Owner and ContractonJhe Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased in the amount:of the Contractor's reasonable additional costs of shut-down,delay and start-up,which adjustments shall be accomplisbed as provided in Article 7. (Paragraphs deleted) §10.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under Section 10.3 for materials and substances brought to the site by the Contractor unless such materials or_substances were required by the Contract Documents. Contractor warrants that it shall not bring,or cause or allow to be-released,any hazardous materials or substances on the site unless such materials or:substances are required by the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted bylaw,the Contractor.shali indemnify and bold harmless the Owner,Subcontractors,Architect,Architect's consultants and agents-and employees of any of them from and against claims,damages,losses and expenses,including but not limited to-attorney's fees,arising out of or resulting from a breach of the warranty in the preceding sentence if „r in fact the.IIiaterial or substance present he risk of bodily injury or death,provided that such claim,damage,loss or expense is'auributable.to bodily injury,sickness,disease or death,or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (including the Work itself)and except to the extent that such damages,loss or expense is due to the negligence or other fault of a party seeking indemnity. tai §10.5 If,without negligence.on the part of the Contractor,the Contractor is held Iiable for the cost of remediation of P hazardous_material or substance solely by reason of performing Work as required by the Contract Documents,the Owner shall indemnify the Contractor for all cost and expense thereby incurred. w §10.6 EMERGENCIES §10.6.1 In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property,the Contractor shall act,at the Contractor's discretion,to prevent threatened damage,injury or loss.Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall he determined as provided in Section 4.3 and Article 7. ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS §11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE �* §11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain with a single licensed carrier rated A VIII or better and to which the Owner has no reasonable objection,and with Owner and its Lenders or Investors,as required,named as additionally insured,in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or AIA Document A201TM-1997.Copyright 01911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1968,1970,1976,1967 and 1997 by The American Init. Institute of Architects.All rights reserved. WARNING:This Ain" Document Is protected by U.S.Copyritlht Law end International Treaties.Utxurihotised 3$ reproduction or distribution of this AIA'. Document.or any potilan of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties.and will be prosecuted to the t maximum extent possible undar the le>v.This document was produced by AIA software at 09;38;30 an 1013112007 under Order No.1000361427_1 which dW expires on 5124/2008,and Is not for resale. User Notes: (4187420778) am taw Contract,make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted.If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract Documents,and if bonds have been furnished,the written consent of surety to payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment.Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. §9.10.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from: .1 liens,Claims,security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled; .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents;or .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents. 9.10.5 Acceptance offinal payment by the Contractor,a Subcontractor or material supplier shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time..of final Application for Payment §9.11 Neither the issuance,of a Certificate for Payment nor any payment(including final payment)nor any partial or total acceptance or occupancy of the Project by the Owner(either in writing or de facto)shall constitute approval of any costs includedd in any Application for Payment,or an acceptance of any Work na[in accordance with the.Contract.Documents,nor shall any inspection or test by the Owner or the Architect be an acceptance of any Work not.in'accordance with the Contract Documents. tail ARTICLE10 PROTECTION._OF:PERSONS AND PROPERTY §10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS §101.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating,maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and {lair programs in connection-with the performance of the Contract - §10 2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY §10.21 The Contractor shalF take reasonable precautions for safety of,and shall provide reasonable protection to ttltt prevent damage;injury or loss to; .1 employees on he Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein,whether in storage on or off the site,:uuder care,custody-or control of the Contractor or the Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub- subcontractors,and 3: othecproperty at th6site or adjacent thereto,such as trees,shrubs,lawns,walks,pavements, roadways,structures and utilities not designated for removal,relocation or replacement in the course of construction. 10.2.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws,ordinances rules regulations and Iawful § g PY PP� g orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from damage,injury or loss. §1023 The Contractor shall erect.and maintain,as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract, reasonable safeguards for safety and protection,including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities. §1024 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work,the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. §102-5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss(other than damage or loss insured under property insurance required by the Contract Documents)to property referred to in Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor,a Subcontractor,a Sub-subcontractor,or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them,or by anyone for whose acts they maybe liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3,except damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them,or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor's obligations under Section 3.18. ]nit. AIA Document A201TM—1997.Copyright©1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,t9B6,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING*This AM'Document is protected by U.S.Capyhghl Leap and International Treaties.Unauthori_e-3 37 reproduction or distribution of this AW Document.or nny portion of it,may result in sovere civil and criminal penalties.and will be prose tiled lathe 1 ritaximum extant possibio under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38:30 on 10/31/2007 under Order No.10003111427_i which expires on 5/24/2008,and is not for resale. User Notes: (4187420778) g 9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE §9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when �* such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor,provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer as required under Section 11.4.1.5 and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Work.Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete,provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments, retainage,if any,security,maintenance,heat,utilities,damage to the Work and insurance,and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract _ Documents.When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete,the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Section 9.8.2.Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld.The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or,if no agreement is reached,by decision of the Architect. §9.9.2Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use,the Owner,Contractor and Architect shall jointly inspect the area to be occupiedbr portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work §9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon,partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work-not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. §9.9.4; in- event ofpardal.occupancy before Substantial Completion as provided above,the Contractor shall � cooperate with the Owner in making available for the Owner's use and benefit(at Owner's proportional expense) such'•building`services as heati ng,ventilating,cooling,water,lighting,telephone,elevators and security for the portion or portions to be: ' - pied,and if the Work required to furnish such services is not entirely completed at the time the Ownerdesires to occupy the aforesaid portion or portions,the Contractor shall make every reasonable off A t complete such Work and/or make temporary provisions for such Work as soon as possible so that the aforementiobed. buildng services may be put into operation and use. §910 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT §910.1;Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application forPayment,the Architect and Owner will promptly make such inspection and,when the Architect and Owner find the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed,the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect's knowledge, ON information_andbelief,and on trio basis of the Architect's and Owner's on-site visits and inspections,the Work has been completed`-in accordance-with terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to be due-the Contractor and noted in the final Certificate is due and payable.The Architect's final Certificate for Payment Will constitute a:further representation that conditions listed in Section 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor's-being entitled to final payment have been fulfilled. §9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect and Owner:(1)an affidavit that payrolls,bills for materials and equipment,and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might be responsible or encumbered(less amounts withheld by Owner)havebeen paid or otherwise satisfied,(2)a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days'prior written notice has been given to the Owner,(3)a written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents,(4)consent of surety,if any,to final payment and(5),if required by the Owner,other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations,such as receipts,releases and waivers of liens, claims,security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract,to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner.If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner,the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien.If such lien remains unsatisfied after payments are made,the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien,including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees. §9.10.3 If,after Substantial Completion of the Work,final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion,and the Architect so confirms,the Owner shall,upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect,and without terminating the AIA Document A201n--1997.Copyright 0 1911,1915,191 B,1924 1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1978,1987 and 1997 by The American InIL Institute at Architects.All rights reserved. WARNING:This Ala'Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Lav:and International Tremies.Unauthati=-ed 3ti reproduction or distribution of this AIA` Document.or nay portion of it,may result in sevote civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to tits maximum extent possible under the lev:. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38:30 on 10/3112007 under Order No.1 000301 4 27_1 which expires an 512412008,and Is not for resale. User Notes: 441874207781 .w §9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT §9.7.1 If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment,through no fault of the Contractor,within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment,or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the Contract Documents the amount certified by the Architect or awarded by arbitration,then the Contractor may,upon seven additional days'written notice to the Owner and Architect,stop the Work-until payment of the amount owing has been received.The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor's reasonable costs of shut-down,delay and start-up,plus interest as provided for in the Contract Documents. §.93.2 If the Owner is entitled to reimbursement or payment from the Contractor under or pursuant to the Contract Documents,such payment shall be made promptly upon demand by the Owner. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Contract Documents to the contrary,if the Contractor fails to promptly make any payment due the Owner or the 0 TM er incurs any costs or expenses to cure any default of the Contractor or correct defective Work, the Owner shall-have an absolute right to offset such amount against the Contract Sum and may,in the Owner's sole discretion,el ecteither:to:(a).deduct an amount equal to that which the Owner is entitled from any payment then or thereafter due=the Contractor from the Owner,or(b)issue a written notice to the Contractor reducing the Contract Sum by an amount equal to that which the Owner is entitled. §9.8-SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 19.8AS bstanti ai Completion is:the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof lip -is u,Mciently.complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use,which due to the use of Federal Low-Income Housing Tax Credits to finance the Work, shall include readiness for.occupancy in accordance with all applicable permit and certificate requirements, sufficient to meet the construction-related requirements for the projected award of Federal Low-Income Housing :; :;Tax:Credits. § 9.82 2 When the Contractor considers that the Work,or a portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately,is substantially complete,the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of items td--be completed'or corrected prior to final payment.Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. §9 8 3 Upon receipt of the Contractor's list,the Architect and Owner will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete.If the Architect's and Owner's inspection discloses any 1teln,=whether,or not included on-the Contractor's list,which is not suffi ciently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its intended use,the.Contrwor shall,before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion,complete or correct such item upon notification by the Architect.In such case,the Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Arcbi.tect and Owner to determine Substantial Completion. 1 9.8.4 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete,the Architect and Owner will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion,shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security,maintenance,heat,utilities,damage to the Work and insurance,-and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate.Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. §9.8.5 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate.Upon such acceptance and consent of surety,if any,the Owner shall make payment of retainage applying to such Work or designated portion thereof(subject, however,to a list of minor uncompleted or uncorrected items which do not interfere with Owner's use and enjoyment of the Project(the"Punch List"),and with respect to which Owner shall withhold 2001/o of the reasonable cost of fully completing same as determined by Architect and Owner).Such payment shall be adjusted for Work that is incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Init. AIA Document A201TM—1907.Copyright ®1911,1915,19t 8,1925,1937,1951,1958,1981,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved. DARNING:This AIA`Document is proloctnd by U.S.Copyright L:n:and International Trunties.Unmithori nrJ $rJ coproduction or distribution of this AIA- Document,or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will Ne prosecuted to the I maximum extent possible under the faze.This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38:30 on 10/31/2007 under Order Na1000301427_1 which expires an V24y2008,and Is not for resale. User Notes (4187420778) AM aw §9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION §9.5.1 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part,to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner,if in the Architect's opinion the representations to the Owner required by Section 9.4.2 cannot be made.if the Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application,the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as provided in Section 9.4.1.If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount,the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect is able to iwse make such representations to the Owner.The Architect may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or,because of subsequently discovered evidence,may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued,to such extent as may be necessary in the Architect's opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which the Contractor is responsible,including.loss resulting from acts and omissions described in Section 33?,because of_ .w .1 defective Work not remedied; -2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims unless security_acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractor; 3 tailure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor,materials or w equipment; .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; 5 dam age to_the Owner or another contractor, .fi reasonable:evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time,and that the *■ unpaid balance_would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay; _ or .7 perslstent:failure:fo carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. §9.5.2 When the..above reasons--for withholding certification are removed,certification will be made for amounts previously.withbeld. §9.6 PROGRESS.-PAYMENTS §9 61 After the Architect-has issued a Certificate for Payment,the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided-in the-Contract Documents,and shall so notify the Architect. 9.62.The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor,upon receipt of payment from the Owner,out of the ,amount paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work,the amount to which said Subcontractor is entitled,reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the.W6&The Contractor shall,by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub-subcontractors in a similar manner. §9 6 3 The Architect will,on request,furnish to a Subcontractor,if practicable,information regarding percentages of completion or amounts appliedfor.by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on w4 account of pardons of the Work done by.such Subcontractor. §9.6.4 Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor except as may otherwise be required by law. ..r §9.6.5 Payment to material suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Sections 9.6.2,9.6.3 and 9.6.4. §9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment,a progress payment,or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. §9.6.7.Unless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment bond in the full penal sum of the Contract Sum, «.. payments received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by Subcontractors and suppliers shall be held by the Contractor for those Subcontractors or suppliers who performed Work or furnished materials,or both,under contract with the Contractor for which payment was made by the Owner.Nothing contained herein shall require money to be placed in a separate account and not commingled with money of the Contractor,shall create any fiduciary liability or tort liability on the part of the Contractor for breach of trust or shall entitle any person or entity to an award of punitive damages against the Contractor for breach of the requirements of this provision. ww Init. AIA Document A20111A—1997.Copyright ®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1991,1983,1968,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This Ale document is protected by U.S.copyright Lai:and internalional Treaties.Unauthorized 34 reproduction or distribution of this AtA- Document.or any portion of it,inav result in severa civil and criminal penallies,and will be prosecuted to the / Maximus)extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38:30 on 10/31/2007 under Order No.1000301427 /which wet expires on 5/2412009,and Is not for resale. User Notes: (4187420778) was a §9.3.1.2 Such applications may not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for which the Contractor does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or material supplier,unless such Work has been performed by others whom the Contractor intends to pay. §9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work.If approved in advance the Owner,payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing.Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials and:equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's interest,and shall include the costs of applicable insurance,storage and transportation to the site for such materials and equipment stored off the site. §9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the time.of payment.The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for :.Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall, to the bestof the Contractor's knowledge,information and belief,be free and clear of liens,claims, security interests or encumbrances in favor of the Contractor,Subcontractors,material suppliers,or other persons or entities:mal.ing a_claim byeason of having provided labor,materials and equipment relating to the Work. §9.3.4 In the event a lien is filed or claimed against the Work by any Subcontractor,sub-subcontractor,laborer or supplier of materials,the..Contractar agrees immediately to bond such lien or to cause such lien to be discharged. If "the Contractor shall farlto do soi the Owner may,at its option and at the expense of Contractor,bond such He or cause it[o be discharged. §9.3.5 The Contractor warrants and guarantees(and agrees to provide certificates to this effect with each Application for Payment):that title to all Work,materials and equipment covered by an Application for Payment will have passed-to the Owner when-incorporated in the Project. The Contractor further agrees that the submission of any.Application=;for Payment and the Contractor's receipt of payment thereof shall conclusively be deemed to waive all liens with respect to said Work,materials and labor to which the Contractor then may be entitled. §9.3.6 The date-of Final Completion shall be as specified in the Owner-Contractor Agreement. § 9.3.7 Unless the Contractor asserts in writing in the Application for Payment that an unpaid claim of a Subcontractor,lab-orer or matenalnian is in dispute as to the amount owed,the Owner shall have the right to pay any --such unpaid claim by check payable to the Contractor and the claiming party,and any such payment shall be a dischar e`of an g equal.-amount of the Owner's obligation to pay Contractor hereunder. §9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT:.. §9.4.1 The Architect.will,within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment,either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment,with a copy to the Contractor,for such amount as the Architect determines As properly due,or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole Orin part as provided in Section 95.1. §9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the Architect's evaluation of the Work and the data comprising the Application for Payment,that the Work- has progressed to the point indicated and that,to the best of the Architect's knowledge,information and belief,the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents.The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion,to results of subsequent tests and inspections,to correction of minor deviations from the Contract Documents prior to completion and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect.The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further constitute a representation that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified.However,the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has(1)made exhaustive or continuous on- site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work,(2)reviewed construction means,methods,techniques, sequences or procedures,(3)reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and material suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor's right to payment,or(4)made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. AIA Document A201TM—1997.Copyright 0 1911,1915,1910,1925,1937,1951,1950,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,19117 and 1997 by The American Intl. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNMG:this Me Document is protocted by U.S.copyright Law and Iniernationat Treaties.Unauihorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document.or any portion at it,may result in severe civtt and criminal penalties_.and will be woseculod to the 33 num;imum extent possible under the late. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38:30 on 10131/2D07 under Order No.1 0003014271 which expires on 5124/200%and is not for resale. User Notes: (4167420778) §8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME §8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by any act,omission or neglect of the Owner or the Architect,or by an employee of either,by a separate Contractor employed by the Owner,by changes ordered in the Work,unavoidable casualties,or by labor disputes not direct specifically at Contractor or its Subcontractors,or by delay authorized by the Owner pending arbitration,than upon receipt of Contractor's written request the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for a reasonable time not exceeding the length of such delay,as determined by the Architect. No extension of time shall be granted because of weather conditions except in the event of hurricane,earthquake,or other similar unanticipated catastrophic condition. Any such condition shall be wholly at the risk of the Contractor. Any additional costs of operations due to such conditions shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall use its best efforts to avoid all labor conflicts,especially those between union and nonunion employees. All direct and consequential losses due to la disputes except dio'se of a national,state,or city wide nature and not directed at Contractor or its Subcontractors hall be Borne by the Contractor. _. _ . §:B.3.2 Claims relating to time.-shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Section 4.3. §8.3.3.The Contractor hereby agrees that it shall have no claim for damages of any kind on account of any delay in the commencement.of the Work and/or any delay or suspension of any portion of the Work,whether such delay is ..r caused by the-Owner,the Architect,or otherwise. The Contractor acknowledges that its sole remedy for any such delay and/or suspension wiltbe an extension of time as provided in this Article and an adjustment of the Contract Sum,solely if necessary to reflect an increase in prevailing wages between the schedule of prevailing wages no 11 attached to this Contract and the prevailing wages in effect on the date of commencement of the Work. ARTICLE 9.. PAYMENTS AND.COMPLETION §9.1"_CONTRAGTSUM_ §9. 'T The on ac Sum is°stated in the Agreement and,including authorized adjustments,is the total amount payablebythe,Owner Eo the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. §91 SCHEDULE OF VALUES` ,. §9ZIL Attached to the Agreement as Exhibit Cis a Schedule of Values. At the time of each Application for Payment,the Contractorsbull indicate(a)by percentage and dollar amount,the extent to which each such portion of the Work has been completed,and(b)the_dollar amount of each payment which is allocated to(i)labor and materials incorporatedin the Work,and:(ii)materials not incorporated into the Work. The Schedule of Values shall be-used as a:basis far the Contractor's Application for Payment,but not for any other purpose. §93:APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT §9.V:At the time and in the manner set forth in the Agreement,the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an , itemized Application For Payment far operations completed in accordance with the Schedule of Values.Such application-shall be notarized,if required,and supported by such data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner or Architect may require,such as copses of requisitions from Subcontractors and material suppliers,and:reflecting retainage if provided for in the Contract Documents. Each Application for Payment shall ..n be on AIA Document No.G702 and 0703 or such other forms as Owner or its Lenders or Investors may require, and shall be accompanied by(a)an executed and acknowledged lien waiver from the Contractor stating that no amount is owed by it to Subcontractors,to suppliers of materials,and to laborers for work and/or materials, furnished for the purpose of performance of the Work,and(b)executed and acknowledged lien waivers from all r Subcontractors,suppliers of materials,and Iaborers in such form as such Lenders or Investors may require. Contractor agrees further to deliver within ten days of request by Owner,from each such Subcontractor,supplier or laborer a writing which acknowledges receipt of all prior payments due and acknowledges that such payments are payment in full(less stated retainage)for all work performed or services provided by each such person. Such "** writing shall,if requested,be in form sufficient for recording. §9.31.1 As provided in Section 7.3.8,such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work which have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives,or by interim determinations of the Architect,but not yet included in Change Orders. AIA Document A201TM—1997.Copyright ®1911,1915,191 B,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American tort• Institute of Architects.All rights reserved. WAnniNG:This AW' Document is protected by U.S.Cupyright Lai:and International Treaties_.unauthorized 32 tops oduction or distribution of this Al Document.or any ponion of it,may rpsuit in severe civil and criminaf p=_nalties,and%will be prosecuted Ia the l nru imum extent possible under t he tar:. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38:30 on 10012007 under Order No.1000301427_1 which expfreson 5124/2ooB,and is not for resale. User Notes: (4187420779) oft Items A and B are intended to apply to each of items 7.3.6.1 through 7.3.6.3. §7.3.7 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change which results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect.When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change,the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase,if any,with respect to that change. §7.3.8 Pending final determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to the Owner,amounts not in dispute for such changes in the Work shall be included in Applications for Payment accompanied by a Change Order indicating the parties'agreement with part or all of such costs.For any portion of such cost that remains in dispute,the Architect will make an interim determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those costs.That determination of cost shall adjust the Contract Sum on the same basis as a Change Order,subject to the right of either party to disagree and assert a claim in accordance with Article 4. §.7.3.9 Wlen the Owner:and Contractor agree with the determination made by the Architect concerning the adjustm 46 in the Contract Sum and Contract Time,or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments,such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded by preparation and execution of an appropriate Change Order §:7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK §;7 4.1:The Architect wi116ave authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract gum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes shill be effected by written order and shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor.The Contractor shall carry out siich written:orders promptly. ! ARTICLE 8 TIME §8.1 DEFINfTIONS _§81.1 Vniess otherwise provided,the Contract Time is the period of time,including authorized adjustments,allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. The parties agree that the Contract Time as beremabove defined shall be the date of completion and time for performance for the purpose of Chapter 254 of the Massachusetts General Laws,unless an earlier date for completion has been specified in the contract of the person asserting any, ghts trader Chapter 254.- §9A.2-The-date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement. §813 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Section 9.8. its _ §814 The term."day"as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined §U PROGRESS AND COMPLETION §8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract.By executing the Agreement the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. §8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly,except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing,prematurely commence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance required by Article 11 to be furnished by the Contractor and Owner.The date of commencement of the Work shall not be changed by the effective date of such insurance.Unless the date of commencement is established by the Contract Documents or a notice to proceed given by the Owner,the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing not less than five days or other agreed period before commencing the Work to permit the timely filing of mortgages,mechanic's liens and other security interests. §8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. Intl. AIA Document A201lu—1997.Copyright p i9r i,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,19a7 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved. k-VAF1NffiG:This AIA`'Document is protected by U.S.copyright Law and international Treaties.Unauthorized 31 reproduction or distribution of this AW Document.or any periion of it,may result in severo civil and criminni penalties.and will be prosecuted to thr. maximum enteni possible under the taw. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38;30 on 1 0131/20 07 under Order No.1000301427_1 which expires on 5/24!2006,and is not for resale. User Notes: (4167420779) AM oft §7.2 CHANGE ORDERS §721 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner,Contractor and am .Architect,stating their agreement upon all of the following: .1 change in the Work; .2 the amount of the adjustment,if any,in the Contract Sum;and .3 the extent of the adjustment,if any,in the Contract Time. §722 Methods used in determining adjustments to the Contract Sum may include those listed in Section 7.3.3. §73 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES §7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect,directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment,if any,in the Contract Sum or Contract Time,or both.The Owner-may by Construction Change Directive,without invalidating the Contract,order changes in;the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions,deletions or other revisions,the aim ContractSumand Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. §7.3.2 A`Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. rwre §7 3.3If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum,the adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods: :1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; 2 unit pnces sated-in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; 3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage 4 as'provded in Section 7.3.6. §7.3.4 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive,the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in .. the Work mvolved;and advis6 the Architect of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the method,if any-, provided in the Construction.Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time §7.3.5 A.Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the agreement of the Contractor therewith,including adjustment io Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them.Such agreement shall be effe&ive'immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order. §7.3.61f the Contractor does no. promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the method and the adjustment shall be determined by the Architect on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change,including,in case of an increase in the Contract Sum'a-reasonable allowance for overhead and profit.In such case,and also under Section 7.3.3.3,the Contractor shall keep and present,in such.form as the Architect may prescribe,an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data.Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,costs for the purposes of this Section 7-3.6 shall be limited to the following: .1 costs of labor,including social security,old age and unemployment insurance,fringe benefits Mall required by agreement or custom,and workers'compensation insurance; .2 costs of materials,supplies and equipment,including cost of transportation,whether incorporated or consumed; 3 rental costs of machinery and equipment,exclusive of hand tools,whether rented from the Contractor dw or others; (Paragraph deleted) A. For deductions to the Contract Sum there shall be no credit for profit on the deleted work. am B. For additions to the Contract Sum for work performed by either the Contractor or a Subcontractor,there shall be added to the cost of the additional work a percentage fee for overhead,general conditions,and profit of 10%. [nit. A1A Document A201TM—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,197o,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute olArchitects. All tights reserved. WARNING—.'this AJA." Document is prore:ted by U.S.copyright Law:and international Troatles.Unauthorized 30 repraduction or distribution of this Alff Document.ar nny portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to tha maximum extent possible undor the 1mv.This document was produced by AIA software at 09:30:30 on 10/31/2007 under Order No.1 D00301427 1 which wtr expires on 5x2412008,and is not lot resale. — User Notes: (4107420778) wie agreement.The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor,separate 411 contractors and the Owner until subsequently revised. §6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,when the Owner performs construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's awn forces,the Owner shall be deemed to be subject to the same obligations and to have the some rights which apply to the Contractor under the Conditions of the Contract,including,without excluding others,those stated in Article 3,this Article 6 and Articles 10, 11 and 12. §6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities,and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction:and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. §G 2 2 ff part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a separate contractor,the Contractor shall,prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work,promptly report to the Architect apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results.Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or separate contractor's completed or partially completed construction is 6t and proper to receive the Contractoes Work-,.except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable. - §62.3 The.Owner shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for costs incurred by the Owner which are payable to a separate contractor because.of delays,improperly timed activities or defective construction of the Contractor.The Owner shall be responsible-to the Contractor for costs incurred by the Contractor because of delays,improperly timed activities,damage[o:ahe Work or defective construction of a separate contractor. !tom § 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage wrongfully caused by the Contractor to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or separate contractors as provided in Section 10.2.5. §62.5 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described-for the'.Contractor in Section 3.14. §13 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP. §6 3.1 If-a dispute arises among the_Contractor,separate contractors and the Owner as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish, t)ie Owner'may clean-wand the-Architect will allocate the cost among those responsible. ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK §7. -GENERAL . §7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract,and without invalidating the Contract,by Change Order,Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work,subject to the Limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. §7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner,Contractor and Architect;a Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor;an order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alone. §7A.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents,and the Contractor shall proceed promptly,unless otherwise provided in the Change Order,Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work.Except as permitted in Section 7.3 and subsection 9.7.2,a change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time shall be accomplished only by Change Order. Accordingly,no course of conduct or dealings between the parties,nor expressed or implied acceptance of alterations or additions to the Work, and no claim that the Owner has been unjustly enriched by any alteration or addition to the Work whether or not there is,in fact,any unjust enrichment to the Work,shall be the basis of any Claim to an increase in any amounts due under the Contract Documents or a change in any time period provided for in the Contract Documents. 1A4 Intl AIA Document A2o1TM—1997.Copyright 0 1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963;1968,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved. WARNING:Thin AW Document Is ptctectcd by U.S.Copyright Lae,and Internatiohat I ronlles.Unauthoraed reproduction or 41rtribution of this AIA`' Document,or any portirm of it,may result in severe civil and criminal pc_nalties,and will be prosecuted to the / maximum extant possibie under the law_ This document was produced by AIA software at 09:36,30 on 10/31/2007 under Ordor No.1000301427-1 which expires on 5124/2000,and Is not[or resale. User Notes: (4187420778) §524 The Contractor shall not change a Subcontractor,person or entity previously selected if the Owner or ..� Architect makes reasonable objection to such substitute. §5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS §5.3.1 By appropriate agreement,written where legally required for validity,the Contractor shall require each *■► Subcontractor,to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor,to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents,and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities, including the responsibility for safety of the Subcontractor's Work,which the Contractor,by these Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect.Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so., that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights,and shall allow to the Subcontractor,unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement,the benefit of all rights,remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor,by the Contract Documents,has against the Owner.Where appropriate,the Contractor shall require eacli Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors.The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor,prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of-the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound,and,upon written request of the Subcontractor,identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement which may .w be at variance with the Contract Documents.Subcontractors will similarly make copies of applicable Portions of such documents_available to their respective proposed Sub-subcontractors. 15.3.2- The Contractor shall require in its written contract with each Subcontractor that,in the event of any default by the Contractor under the Subcontract which would permit the Subcontractor to terminate such Subcontract,or in the event of the Termination offhis Contract,the Owner shall have the right,but not the obligation,prior to termination of the Subcontract and after notice by the Subcontractor to the Owner of such default or,in the case of Iermrnation,of this Contract,after notice by Owner to Subcontractor of the termination,to assume the Contractor's rights and obligations under the Subcontract arising after such notice. Owner shall have the right to review each subcontract to ensure compliance with this ssubsection. §5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS §5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner provided Ghat: 1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to .� Section I4.2 and only for those subcontract agreements which the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor and Contractor in writing;and :2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety,if any,obligated under bond relating to the Contract 5.4.2 Upon such assignment,if tbe_Work has been suspended for more than 30 days,the Subcontractor's compensation shall be equitably adjusted for increases in cost resulting from the suspension. ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS ..� §6A OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS §6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner's own forces,and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those portions related to insurance and waiver of subrogation.If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner,the Contractor shall make such Claim as provided in Section 4.3. §6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site,the term"Contractor"in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner-Contractor Agreement §6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner's own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor,who shall cooperate with them.The Contractor shall participate with other separate contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules when directed to do so.The Contractor shall make any revisions to the construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual Into AIA Document A201TM-1997.Copyright 1911,1915,191 H,1925 1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA''Document is protected by U.S.Copyright!saw and International Tronties.Unaufhorizrrd 28 reproduction of distribution of this Ai A` Document.or any imnion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penotties.and will be prosecuted to tie I maximnin extent pos.ibto under the law, This document was produced by AlA software at 09:38:30 on 1013112007 under Order No.1000301427 1 which +tom expires on 512412008,and is not for resale. User Notes: (4187420778) awM §4.6.5 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims. The party filing a notice of demand for arbitration must assert in the demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitration is permitted to be demanded. §4.6.6 Judgment on Final Award. The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final,and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable low in any court having jurisdiction thereof. §4.6.7. Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 4.5.1 or 4.6.1,in the event of any dispute(s)or Claim(s) involving alleged monetary damages in excess of$100,000,in the aggregate,such dispute or claim shall be resolved by mediation is accordance with Section 45.1 or by arbitration in accordance with Section 4.6.1 only if the parties agree in writing to submit the matter to mediation and/or arbitration. If the parties do not agree to submit such matters)to mediation and/or arbitration or if the matter or claim,in the aggregate,involves alleged monetary damages in excess of$100,000,either party shall be entitled to commence and prosecute litigation with respect to such matterin a court of competent jurisdiction. §4.6.8 T_he Contractor shall include the provisions of this paragraph 4.5 and 4.6 in all subcontracts into which it may enter for-labor-to be performed on,or materials or supplies to be delivered to,used in,or incorporated into the Work,and if any dispute subject to arbitration under this Paragraph 4.5 involves labor,materials or supplies furnished under any,such subcontract,the rights and liabilities of the Owner,Contractor and all Subcontractors who are or may be involved shall be determined in a single proceeding. §4.6.9 Any Chum which is not subject to arbitration or mediation hereunder may be resolved by an action at law or in equity. In connection with the foregoing,the Owner and Contractor hereby consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of the General District Court and the United States Federal District Court for Massachusetts,and waive any challenge to the venue or personal jurisdiction of such courts. ARTICLE'5 SUBCONTRACTORS §5.1 DEFINITIONS §SAO A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at:the site.The term"Subcontractor"is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in 1100 number and meads a:Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor.The term"Subcontractor" does not include a separate contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor. §5.7.2 A Sub subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site.The term"Sub-subcontractor"is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in.number and means a Sub-subcontractor or an au thorized representative of the Sub- -subcontracton §52 AWARD-OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK §521 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements,the Contractor,as soon as practicable after award of the Contract,shall furnish in writing to the Owner through the Architect the names of persons or entities(including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each principal portion of the Work.The Architect will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating whether or not the Owner or the Architect,after due investigation,has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity.Failure of the Owner or Architect to reply promptly shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. §5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection.The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection. §5.2.3If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor,the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection.If the proposed but Jim rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of performing the Work,the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be increased or decreased by the difference,if any,occasioned by such change,and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor's Work.However,no increase in the Contract Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required. Init. AIA Document A201T"—1997.Copyright 01911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1981,1963,1986,1970,197R 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved_. WARNING:'rids AIA" Document is protected by U.S.C,opyrinlu Law and International Treaties.Unaftfhorized 27 raprodudion or distribution of this AIA Document.or any portion of It,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties.and will be prosecuted to Ilse maximum extent possible under the law-This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38:30 on 10/31/2007 under Order No.1000301427_1 which expires on 5+241200%and is not for resale. User Notes: (4187420776) within said 30 days'period shall result in the Architect's decision becoming final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor.If the Architect renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated,such decision may *■ be entered as evidence,but shall not supersede arbitration proceedings unless the decision is acceptable to all parties concerned. §4.4.7 Upon receipt of a Claim against the Contractor or at any time thereafter,the Architect or the Owner may,but is not obligated to,notify the surety,if any,of the nature and amount of the Claim.If the Claim relates to a possibility of a Contractor's default,the Architect or the Owner may,but is not obligated to,notify the surety and request the surety's assistance in resolving the controversy. §-4.4.8 If a Claim relates to or is the subject of a mechanic's lien,the party asserting such Claim may proceed in accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines prior to resolution of the Claim by the-Architect-by mediation or by arbitration. nw §43 MEDIATION - §4.5.1 Any Claims)which in the aggregate,involves amounts less than$100,000 arising out of or related to the Contract;except Claims relating to aesthetic effect and except those waived as provided for in Sections 4.3.10, 910 4 and 9.10.5 shall,after initial decision by the Architect or 30 days after submission of the Claim to the Architect,be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to arbitration or the institution of legal or equitable proceedings by either party.,,-.- The Contractor shall carry on the Work and maintain its progress during any mediation or subsequent proceedings,and the Owner shall continue to make payments(other than payments which are the'subject of mediation)to the Contractor in accordance with the Contract. a. §4 5 2 The parties shall endeavor to resolve their Claims by mediation which,unless the parties mutually agree otherwise,shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration xw Associati on,_cUrrently in effect Request for mediation shall be filed in wri ting with the other party to the Contract and with-the American Arbitration Association.The request may be made concu rently with the filing of a demand for arbitrationbut;in such event,mediation shall proceed in advance of arbitration or legal or equitable proceedings, which shall be stayed pending mediation for a period of 60 days from the date of filing,unless stayed for a longer -period by agreement of the parties or court order. §4.5.3.Tlie parries shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally.The mediation shall be held in the place Where the Project is located,unless another location is mutually agreed upon.Agreements reached in mediation shall err, be enforceable as settlement agreements in any court having jurisdiction thereof. §4.6 ARBITRATION 4 61 Any-Claims)which,in the aggregate,involves a sum less than$100,000 arising out of or related to the .wr. Contract,except Claims relating to aesthetic effect and except those waived as provided for in Sections 4.3.10, 9710.4 and 9 10.5,shall,after:decision by the Architect or 30 days after submission of the Claim to the Architect,be subject to arbitration.Prior to arbitration,the parties shall endeavor to resolve disputes by mediation in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.5, r.. §4.6.2 Claims not resolved by mediation shall be decided by arbitration which,unless the parties mutually agree otherwise,shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect.The demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other party to the ae Contract and with the American Arbitration Association,and a copy shall be filed with the Architect. §4.6.3 A demand for arbitration shall be made within the time limits specified in Sections 4.4.6 and 4.6.1 as applicable,and in other cases within a reasonable time after the Claim has arisen,and in no event shall it be wade after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations as determined pursuant to Section 13.7. §4.6.4 Any arbitration,dispute resolution or litigation arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents may include,by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner,the Architect,its agents,employees and subcontractors, and any of Contractor's agents,employees or subcontractors. wry Irtlt. AIA Document A201n-1997.Copyright 0 1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved. WARHING:"this NA'Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and Inlarnational Trealir�.Unauthorized reproduction or distribtnion of lhis AIA Document.or any poilion of it,may result in ctvere civil and criminal penalties.and will be prasecu a to the maximum extent poZbla under the lava.This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38:30 on 10/31/2007 under Order No.1000301427 1 which expires on 92412008,and Is not for resale. User Notes: (4187420778) + .1 damages incurred by the Owner for rental expenses,for losses of use,income,profit,financing, business and reputation,and for loss of management or employee productivity or of the services of such persons;and 2 damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the compensation of personnel stationed there,for losses of financing,business and reputation,and for loss of profit except anticipated profit arising directly from the Work. The waiver contained in this Section 4.3.10 shall not apply with respect to direct damages arising out of or relating to this Contract,and nothing contained herein shall be deemed to preclude an award of liquidated direct damages, 4M when applicable,in accordance with the requirements of Article 3 of the Contract or any other provision of the Contract Documents. With respect to Contractor delays other than Contractor's failure to meet the Placed in Service Requirement(as.defined below),it is agreed that the amount of damages shall be as set forth in Section 3.7 of the Contract. In addition. O : The Owner:and'Contractor agree that,due to the use of Federal low income housing tax credits to finance the Work, it is absotutelycritical that the Contractor deliver Certificates of Occupancy or,at a minimum,temporary certificates of occupancy for all buildings in the Project no later than December 31,2009 (the"Placed In Service Requirement").Contractor''s failure to meet the Placed in Service Requirement will cause Owner to default in its obhgaLioos to its investor limited partner and will result in substantial direct and indirect damages to Owner, expected to belgexcess of$5,000,000. if the Contractor fails to meet the Placed in Service Requirement,Owner's w.aiver;of Claims for consequential damages shall be ineffective,null and void,and Owner shall be entitled to 00 pursue any and all Claims against Contractor. §4.3.11 No further claims may be brought or pursued by Contractor after acceptance of final payment. 4 4 RESOLUTIONOF;CLAIM S AND DISPUTES § 4A.1 Decision of Architect Claims,including those alleging an error or omission by the Architect but excluding tiiose arising tinder Secti ons 1013 through 145,shall be referred initially to the Architect for decision.An initial decision by the Architect shall be required as a condition precedent to mediation,arbitration or litigation of all Claims between the Contractor and Owner arising prior to the date final payment is due,unless 30 days have passed after the Claim has been referred to the Architect with no decision having been rendered by the Architect.The Architect will not decide disputes between the Contractor and persons or entities other than the Owner. §44.2 The Architect will review Claims and within ten days of the receipt of the Claim take one or more of the following`ac661k=(1)request additional supporting data from the claimant or a response with supporting data from the other party;'(2)reject the Claim in whole or in part,(3)approve the Claim,(4)suggest a compromise,or(5) advise the,parties that the Architect is unable to resolve the Claim if the Architect lacks sufficient information to evaluate"the merits of the Claim or if the Architect concludes that,in the Architect's sole discretion,it would be inappropriate for the Architect to resolve the Claim. §4.43In evaluating Claims.the Architect may,but shall not be obligated to,consult with or seek information from either party or from persons with special knowledge or expertise who may assist the Architect in rendering a decision.The Architect may request the Owner to authorize retention of such persons at the Owner's expense. §4.4.4 If the Architect requests a party to provide a response to a Claim or to furnish additional supporting data, such party shall respond,within ten days after receipt of such request,and shall either provide a response on the requested supporting data,advise the Architect when the response or supporting data will be furnished or advise the Architect that no supporting data will be furnished.Upon receipt of the response or supporting data,if any,the Architect will either reject or approve the Claim in whale or in part. §4.4.5 The Architect will approve or reject Claims by written decision,which shall state the reasons therefor and which shall notify the parties of any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both.The approval or rejection of a Claim by the Architect shall be final and binding on the parties but subject to mediation and arbitration. §4.4.6 When a written decision of the Architect states that(1)the decision is final but subject to mediation and arbitration and(2)a demand for arbitration of a Clamm covered by such decision must be made within 30 days after the date on which the party making the demand receives the final written decision,then failure to demand arbitration tnfL AIA Document A201Tm-1997.Copyright 01911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1951,1963,1986,1970,1978,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute alArchitecls. All reserved. wAPNING:This AlA" Document is protected by US.Copyright Law and Inlornallenal Treaties.Unauthori-ced 25 reproduction or distribution of this AW Document.or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penattles.and will be prosecuted Wile t maximum extent passible under the lawn This document was produced by AIA software at 09;38 0 on 10131!2007 under Order No.1000301427_1 which expires on 5Q41200B,and is not for resale. User Notes: (4187420778) "a adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time,or both.If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified,the Architect shall so notify the Owner and Contractor in writing,stating the reasons.Claims by either party in opposition to such determination must be made within 21 days after the Architect has given notice of the decision.If the conditions encountered are materially different,the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be equitably adjusted,but if the Owner and Contractor cannot agree on an adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time.the adjustment shall be referred to the Architect for initial determination,subject to further proceedings pursuant to Section 4.4. The Contractor will make no claim for additional payments,extra work,allowances or damages,because of minor variances from conditions encountered during construction which should reasonably have been anticipated and which require additional labor or materials or cause damage. A Change Order may be issued pursuant to Article 7 only for major unforeseeable or concealed conditions which require additional labor or materials or cause damage. Claims for Additi on-al:Cost. If Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum, r, Written notice as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the Work Prior notice is not required for Claims relating.to an emergency endangering life or property arising under Section 10.6. §4.3.6 If;tbe Contractor believes additional cost is involved for reasons including but not limited to(1)a written two, interpretation from the Architect,(2)an order by the Owner to stop the Work where the Contractor was not at fault, (3)a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect,(4)failure of payment by the Owner,(5) termination'of the Contract by the Owner,(6)Owner's suspension or(7)other reasonable grounds,Claim shall be filed in accordance with this Section 4.3. If the Contractor claims that any such instructions or orders,whether oral NOW or written,by drawings,or otherwise,involve extra cost or time,and such instructions or orders are not accompanied by a writtenacknowledgment by the Owner or Architect that extra payment will be made or time extended,Contractor shall promptly so notify the Architect and Owner in writing with reasonably complete supporting-,documentation and shall not proceed with the Work until it has received from the Owner and Architect a further written order to proceed,'except as provided in Section 10.3,in the case of any emergency affecting life or property., o claim for extra cost or time on account of such instructions or orders shall be valid unless the Contractor bas so notified'_ttie Architect and Owner before proceeding and has received the further written order to proceed_signed by the Architect and Owner. .t. §4.3.7 Claims for Additional Time §:4.3-7.1 IF the Contractor wishes. make Claim for an increase in the Contract Time,written notice as provided herein shall be given:The Contractor's`Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on .w. progress of the V1?ork.In the=6 ofa continuing delay only one Claim is necessary. Any claims for an increase in the Contract.Time associated with a Change Order or Construction Change Directive must be made at the time such Change Order or Construction.Change Directive is submitted. §431-2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time,such Claim shall be documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time,could not have been reasonably anticipated and had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction. §43.8 Injury or Damage to Person or Property. If either party to the Contract suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party,or of others for whose acts such party is legally responsible,written notice of such injury or damage,whether or not insured,shall be given to the other party within w a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after discovery.The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter. §4.3.9 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon,and if quantities originally contemplated are materially changed in a proposed Change Order or Construction Change Directive so that application of such unit prices to quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor,the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. §4.3.10 Claims for Consequential Damages. w Provided that Contractor fulfills the Placed in Service Requirement(as defined below), Contractor and Owner waive Claims against each other for consequential damages arising out of or relating to this Contract.This mutual waiver includes: w Init. AIA Document A201T14—1997.Copyright 01911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1959,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Archilects. All rights reserved.WARNING:This Al i4'oocument is protected by U.S.copyright Law and Inlet national Troaties.Unauthorized 24 I or distribution of this AIA' Document.or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penafries.aad viill bo prosecuted to the / mezimrim extent possible undor the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38;30 on 10/31/2007 under Order No.1000301427 1 which er expires on 924/2006,and is not for resale. User Notes: (4187420776) oft §4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives,and may authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in Section 7.4. §429 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion,will receive and forward to the Owner,for the Owner's review and records,written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor,and will issue a final Certificate for Payment upon compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. §4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree,the Architect will provide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site.The duties,responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract Documents. so ...... §4.211 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under and requirements of,the Contract Documents on:written request of either the Owner or Contractor.The Architect's response to such requests will.be rmide in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness.If no agreement is made concerning the time within which interpretations required of the Architect shall be furnished in compliance with this Section 4.2,then delay shall not be recognized on account of failure by the Architect to furnish such interpretations until 15 days after written request is made for them. §4212 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the_Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings.When making such interpretations and initial decisions,the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor,will not show partiality to either and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions so rendered in good faith. §4.2.13 The Architect,upon completion of the Work,shall obtain two(2)sets(plus additional copies required by the government agencies)of original as-built drawings from the Contractor,and/or Computer Assisted Drawing ("CAD")versions of same if.requested,and shall review such drawings for completeness. The Contractor shall be required to maintain current as-built drawings for the Work during construction and they shall be furnished to the Architect'in good condition for this purpose. The Contractor shall also deliver to Owner,upon completion of the Work,all.Operations and Maintenance Manuals,warranties and reviewed testing reports. These shall be reproduced and furnished.by'the Contractor(upon which the Architect may rely)and should indicate all deviations from the Contract Drawings,the exact locations of underground utilities and appurtenances,permanent surface Jmprovements and the final selection of approved alternate products. §4.3 CLAIMS AND.DISPUTES Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking,as a matter of right,adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms,payment of money,extension of time or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract.The term"Claim also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract.Claims must be initiated by written notice.The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. §4.32 Time Limits on Claims.Claims by either party must be initiated within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later.Claims must be initiated by written notice to the Architect and the other party. §4.3.3 Continuing Contract Performance.Pending final resolution of a Claim except as otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Section 9.7.1 and Article 14,the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the OR Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. §4.3.4 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions.If conditions are encountered at the site which are(1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents and were not discoverable upon the inspection by Contractor pursuant to Section 3.1.2 or 3.2.1 or otherwise pursuant to this Agreement,then notice by the observing party shall be given to the other party promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 21 days after first observance of the conditions.The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and,if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in t ! the Contractor's cost of,or time required for,performance of any part of the Work,will recommend an equitable ]Rlt AIA Document A201n—1997.Copyright 0 1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,197&1907 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved.WARNING:This All A` Document is protoctud by U.S.Copyright Law and Iniernntional Treaties.Unauthorized 23 reproduction or distribution of this AlA' Document.or any t3ortion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties.and will be prosecuted to file maximum ektent possibio under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38:30 on 10/31/2007 under Order No.1000301427_1 which expires on 5124/2008,and is not for resale. User Notes: (41 B7420778) oft am §4.2.2 The Architect,as a representative of the Owner,will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of the Contractor's operations(1)to become generally familiar with and to keep the Owner informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Wort:completed,(2)to endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work,and(3)to determine in general if the Work is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work,when fully completed,will be in accordance with the Contract Documents.However,the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work.' *R* The Architect will neither have control over or charge of,nor be responsible for,the construction means,methods, techniques,sequences or procedures,or for the safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work,since these are solely the Contractor's rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents,except as provided in Section 3.3.1. The Architect shall visit the site at least once per week throughout the Construction Phase and at such other times as is necessary to resolve issues impacting the construction or progress of the Project or to meet with governmental inspectors The Architect's consultants shall visit the site at appropriate intervals during the installation of mechanical:and electrical work,and as otherwise required during the Construction Phase of the Project. .. Neither the presence nor absence of the Architect or Owner on the Project site,nor any failure by the Architect, Owner,Construction Inspector,Code Official,etc.to point out or object to any defect in the Work or any deviation `therein from the,Contract Doctments shall relieve Contractor of responsibility for full performance of the Work in taco strict conformance.with.the.Contract Documents §423 The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Contractor,Subcontractors,or their agents or employees,or any other persons or entities-performing portions of the Work. Nothing in this subsection shall relieve the Architect of liability under any other provision of the Contract Documents. §42.4 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration. Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documeds..or when direct communications have been specially authorized,the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to 1 ommunicate with each other through the Architect about matters arising out of or relating to the Contract:_Communications by and with the Architect's consultants shall be through the Architect.Communications by and with Subcontractors.and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor.Communications by and with -separate contractors shall be through-.the:.Owner. w §4.2.5 Based on the Architect's evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment,the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. §4.2.6 The Architect will have authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents.Whenever he Architect considers it necessary or advisable,the Architect will have authority to require inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Sections 13.5.2 and 13.5.3,whether or not such Work is fabricated,installed or completed.However,neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in the exercise of due professional diligence either to exercise of not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect �. to the Contractor,Subcontractors,.material and equipment suppliers,their agents or employees,or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. §427 The Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's submittals such >*� as Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples,but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents.The Architect's action will be taken with such reasonable promptness as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner,Contractor or separate contractors,while allowing sufficient time in the Architect's professional judgment to permit adequate a► review.Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities,or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems,all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents.The Architect's review of the Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations ** under Sections 3.3,3.5 and 3.12.The Architect's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or,unless otherwise specifically stated by the Architect,of any construction means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures.The Architect's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. Init. AIA Document A2o1TM—1997.Copyright ®1911,1915,191%1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA'Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law and International Tre:ries.Unauthorized re 22 production or distribution of this AW Document.or any portion of it,may resuit in severe civil and criminal penalties,and Will be pi'osemuted to the 1 maximum extent possibie under the lave. This document was produced by AIA software al 09;38,30 on 10131/2007 under Order No.1 D00301427 1 which ew expires on 5(24/2008,and Is not for resale. User Notes: (4187420776) ,ew 0r► patent,the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the M Architect. §3.18 INDEMNIFICATION §3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law and to the extent claims,damages,losses or expenses are not covered ( by Project Management Protective Liability insurance purchased by the Contractor in accordance with Section l I.3, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner,Architect,Architect's consultants,and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims,damages,losses and expenses,including but not limited to attorneys'fees,arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work,provided that such claim,damage,loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury,sickness,disease or death,or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself),but only to the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor,a Subcontractor;anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim,damage,loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation�shall_not be construed to negate,abridge,or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Section 3.18. §3.18.2 Iti.claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Section 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor, 00 a Subcontractor,anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable,the indemnification obligation under Section 3.18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers'compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. §318.3 The Contractor shall hold the Owner harmless and indemnified from and against any and all loss,damage, liability or expense by reason_of the filing of any notices of contract or liens by the Contractor's subcontractor or suppliers or the-commencement of any legal proceedings against the Owner or the Project site seeking enforcement of any of said notices of contract or liens including,without implied limitation,the Owner's attorneys'fees and expenses for removing or defending against any of the foregoing,and for enforcing this indemnification and for bond premiums or other expenses for removing such liens or notices of contract;provided,however,that,if the Contractor causes.to be issued and recorded with the appropriate Registry of Deeds in any instance a lien bond pursuant to the proyWons of Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 254 and if the effect thereof is to nullify any such lien;under.such circumstances,this provision shall not apply except as to loss,damage,liability or expenses incurred poor to such recording;and further provided that this indemnification shall not apply to liens or legal ,proceedings which'are the result of the Owner's non-payment in violation of the Contract or default under the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT §4.1 ARCHfrECT §4.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture or an entity lawfully practicing architecture identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number.The term"Architect"means the Architect or the Architect's authorized representative. §4.1.2 Duties,responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be resfricted,modified or extended without written consent of the Owner,Contractor and Architect MR Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. §4.1.3 if the employment of the Architect is terminated,the Owner shall employ a new Architect against whom the Contractor has no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Architect. §4.2 ARCHITECT'S ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT §4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents,and will be an Owner's representative(1)during construction,(2)until final payment is due and(3)with the Owner's concurrence,from time to time during the one-year period for correction of Work described in Section 12.2.The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified in writing in accordance with other provisions of the Contract. Init. AIA Document A201TM-1997.Copyright®1911,1915,191B,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved.WAHPltt1G:This AIA" Document is protected by U.S.Copyrighi La,.,.and Internationst Treaties.Unauthnri<ed 21 reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document,or any potion of h,may result in-revert civil and criminal penalties,and vall be pi oseruled m the J maximum e_tenl porsible under the lave.This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38:30 on 10131/20D7 under Order No.1000301427_1 which expires on 5(2412008,and is not for resale. User Notes: (4187420778) '. am §3.13.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary easements or permits for construction .W operations and for any use of public sidewalks or streets as necessary,and for all safety protection measures in connection with same. The Contractor shall arrange for access to the site by utility companies and shall coordinate such access and related activities with performance of the Work.. All existing facilities shall be kept clean, unencumbered and free of debris and dust. All soil tracked onto public streets shall be cleaned on a daily basis. no §3.13.3 The Contractor shall confine its apparatus and storage of materials as required by the Architect or the Owner,and as required by standards of good care,and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with its materials. The Contractor shall keep;the corridors and exits clear of debris and materials at all times,to provide for normal and , fire egress from all buildings. The site shall be maintained in a safe and orderly condition at all times. §3:'13.4 Contractor shall:take all reasonably necessary steps to prevent unauthorized access to the Work areas, including but not limited to posting appropriate danger signs and other warning against hazards,and erecting and maintaining adequate barriers,and lights in aU locations where materials are stored or the Work is in progress. The -Contractor shall take:alf actions reasonably necessary to inform occupants and visitors to the site of any potentially hazardous conditions or other -matters potentially affecting their safety. Without limiting the foregoing,the Contractor shall at a;minimum comply with all applicable OSHA requirements. §3.13.5:Contractor shall:be responsible for securing the site as set forth in the applicable builder's risk insurance policy.- - ntrrb §3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING §314.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting,fitting or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly. § 1142 The Contractor sbaU not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of the"Owner or_separate contractors by cutting,patching or otherwise altering such construction,or by excavation.The Contractorshall not cut or otherwise alter such construction by the Owner or a separate contractor except with written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor;such consent shall not be unreasonably "" withheld;-The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or a separate contractor the Contractor's consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. §3.-15 CLEANING UP - §3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or - rubbish caused by operations'under the Contract and shall cause the site to be cleaned on a daily basis. At completion of the Work,the Contractor_shalI remove from and about the Project waste materials,rubbish,the Contractor's"tools,construction equipment,machinery and surplus materials,and shall completely clean the site of all Worl-related Aebris.and rubbish,and shall clean all Work:related stains,spots,marks dirt,mortar smears,plaster smears,paint smears,caulking smears,and other foreign materials from exposed surfaces inside and outside the buildings and within the contract line limits,so that all such surfaces,including aU glass and metals,are clean and in "as good as new"condition. §3.15.2 If,the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents,the Owner may do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. §3.16 ACCESS TO WORK §3.16.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. §3.17ROYALTIES,PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS §3.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees.The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof,but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design,process or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings,Specifications or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect.However,if the Contractor has reason to believe that the required design,process or product is an infringement of a copyright or a iRt< AIA Document A201TM--1997.Copyright 01911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1983,1968,1970,1978,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. VVAANING:This Ai A" Document is protasted by U.S.Copyright Law and International Trnathra.unauthorized 20 reproduction or distribution of this.",I.4' Document.or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties.and urtfl be prosecuted to the / maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38:30 on 10/31/2007 under Order No.1000301427 1 which expires an V2412008,and Is not for resale. User Notes: t41s742077el §3.12.4 Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents.The purpose of their submittal is to demonstrate for those portions of the Work for which submittals are required by the Contract Documents the way by which the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents.Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Section 4.2.7. Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents.Submittals which are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action. §3.125 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents,approve and submit to the Architect Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate contractors Submittals which are not marked as reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents and approved by the Contractor may be retuned by the Architect without action. itlfA ;: §3,126.By approving and submitting Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples and similar submittals,the Contractor represents that the Contractor has determined and verified materials,field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto,or will do so,and has checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittalsvith.the.requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. §_3.127 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittal and review.'of Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples or similar submittals until the respective submittal has been P. -. - f�r approved by the Architect. §3.12.8 The Work-shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations-from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's approval of Shop f Drawrngs,ProduetData,:Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect in wntFng'of such:deviation at the time of submittal and(1)the Architect has given written approval to the specific _.. _ deviation as.a minor change in the Work,or(2)a Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued authorizing the deviation.The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop + Drawings-,Pro duct;Data,-Samples or similar submittals by the Architect's approval thereof. §3129-The Contractor shaII direct specific attention,in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples or similar::submitlals,to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals.In the absence of such written notice the Architect's approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions. §3.1210 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services which constitute the practice of architecture.or engineering unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless the Contractor needs to provide such services in order to carry out the Contractor's responsibilities for construction means,methods,techniques,sequences and procedures.The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law.If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems,materials or equipment are specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents,the Owner and the Architect will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy.The Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed.design professional,whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings,calculations, on specifications,certifications,Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional.Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional,if prepared by others,shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to the Architect.The Owner and the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy,accuracy and completeness of the services,certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals,provided the Owner and Architect have specified to the Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy.Pursuant to this Section 3.12.10,the Architect will review,approve or take other appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents.The Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria required by the Contract Documents. §3.13 USE OF SITE §3.13.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law,ordinances,permits and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. Init. AIA Document A2011u-1997.Copyright 01911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1 D66,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved. WARNING:This 3IV Document is protected by U.S.copyright Law and International Treaties_Unauthorized 19 reproduction or distribution of this ALA_' Document.or any ponion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal poiraltias.and will be prosecuted to the / maximum extent ponsible under the lave. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38:30 on 10131/2007 under Order No.1 D003014271 which expires on 52412048,and is not for resale. User Notes: (4187420778) .r� shall be produced by Contractor within two weeks following the issuance of a Notice to Proceed).The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents,shall be revised at appropriate intervals(but at least monthly) as required by the conditions of the Work and Project,shall always show the original schedule in comparison to the revised schedule,shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents,and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work. §110.2 The Contractor shall prepare and keep current,for the Architect's approval,a schedule of submittals which .� is coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule and allows the Architect reasonable time to review submittals. §3.10.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent approved schedules submitted to the.Owner and Architect. . In the event the Contractor cannot tnainlain adherence to the inosE recent and courw of action shall be implenlenied: Wlihin l ti Qf Schedule:Contractor;hall implement resources;LS deemed necessary by Conlracti�r It.)restore schedule: Greater the i iwa% el;s beliinti schedule:Contractor shiill ubuiit written procedcur,for schedule Purectiat within calendar days of Owner's request and provide written weekly schedule Updates until + Snell tinia contract schedule is resumed. Gir alai`Ihan 'weeks behind schedule:Contractor will he considered in default of the Contract and subject 10: el�niiralion a"ith uu e. §3-11 DOCUMENTS AND_SAMPLES AT THE SITE §31111he Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of the Drawings,Specifications, Addenda Change Orders and.other Modifications,in good order and marked currently to record field changes and "® selections made dlirng construction,and one record copy of approved Shop Drawings,Product Data,Samples and similar required submittals.These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for submltitil to the Owner upon completion of the Work. - �w 3112.Failure of Contractor to maintain full and complete record drawings at the site shall be a default for which Architect shall be entitied:i withhold approval of requisitions for progress payments. 3.12 SHOP pRAWINGS,PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES §3.121 'Shop Drawings are drawings;diagrams,illustrations,schedules,performance charts,and other data which are prepared by the Contractor,manufacturer,supplier,or distributor,and which illustrate some portion of the work. Printed brochures will not be accepted as a substitute for shop drawings,although they may be required separately or .M in addition to shop drawings.-- rawings. Shop drawings shall be submitted by Contractor to the Architect in form of one original and three copies per drawing and one printed brochure in packets of 6 copies each. In each case submittal shall be accompanied by a transmittal form describing the submittal. The Architect's comments sball be made on a copy which shall be returned to-the Contractor. If resubmission is required by the Architect,the Contractor shall then promptly.(but in no-event after more than five working days)make the necessary corrections on the original drawing and resubmit a copy of the corrected drawing. Approval of shop drawings by the Architect and/or engineer is to ensure general conformance to the Contract Documents and does not represent approval of dimensions, quantities,or methods of installation. The Contract Documents remain the controlling factor in case of disputes over installed items or work and the Contractor shall replace any time or work which does not conform to the Contract Documents at is own expense. §3.122 Product Data are illustrations,standard schedules,performance charts,instructions,brochures,diagrams and ..,� other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work. §3.123 Samples are physical examples which illustrate materials,equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. Samples shall be submitted in duplicate unless otherwise specified or directed by the Architect. Each sample shall be clearly labeled as to its material,type or make,manufacturer,size or gauge,and other pertinent data as approved or directed by Architect. w Init. AIA Document A2017W-1997.Copyright m 1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1988,1970,t976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved. WARHING:This AIA Document is prolecied by U.S.Copyright Law-and International Treaties.Unauthorized 18 reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document.or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penaltks.and will be prosecuted to the maxhnum nxtunt possible under the lass_This document was produced by AIA software at 09:36:30 on 10/31/2007 under Order No.1000301427_1 which expires an 52412008,and Is not for resale. User Notes: (4187420778) ow §3.6 TAXES §3.6.1 The Contractor shall pay sales,consumer,use and similar taxes for the Work provided by the Contractor which are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded,whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. §33 PERMITS,FEES AND NOTICES §3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit and other permits and governmental fees,licenses and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work which are to be secured after execution of the Contract and which are legally.required. §17.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required bylaws,ordinances,rules,regulations and lawful orders and.all , rrequlrements of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work.The Contractor shall► procure and obtain-all bonds required of the Owner or the Contractor by the municipality in which the Project is located,or by any;other public or private body with jurisdiction over the Project. In connection with such bonds,the Contractor.shall prepare all applications,supply all necessary backup material and furnish the surety with any required personal undertakings. §33.3 I[is not the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws,statutes,ordinances,building codes,and rules and regulations.However,if the Contractor observes that portions of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith,the Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect qtr and Owner in writing,and necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate Modification. P.7.4If theContractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to laws,statutes,ordinances,building codes,and rubs anri regulations without such notice to the Architect and Owner,the Contractor shall assume appropriate Tespons hihty for s- Work and shall bear the costs attributable to correction. §3.8 ALLOWANCES §3.&T The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents.Items -- covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor shall not required to employ persons or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable objection. 3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents: 1-- allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all required axes,less applicable trade discounts; .2 Contractor's costs for unloading and handling at the site,labor,installation costs,overhead,profit and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum but not in the allowances; .3 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances,the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly -by Change.Order.The amount of the Change Order shall reflect(1)the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Section 3.8.2.1 and(2)changes in Contractor's costs under Section 3.8.2.2. §3.8.3 Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner in sufficient time to avoid delay in the Work. .: §3.9 SUPERINTENDENT §3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work.The superintendent shall represent the Contractor,and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor.Important communications shall be confirmed in writing.Other communications shall be similarly confirmed on written request in each case. §3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES I §3.10.1 The Contractor,promptly after being awarded the Contract,shall prepare and submit for the Owner's and ttllt Architect's information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work(a schedule with date certain milestones Init. AIA Document A201TM—1997.Copyright ©1911,1915,1910,1925,1937,1951,1956,1961,1963,196%1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute o(Architects. All rights teserVed. WARNING:This AIA'Docurnent Is protected by U.S.Copyright Lacs and International Tre,tieo.Unauthmi<od 17 reproduction or distribution of this AW Document.or any portion of it,may result in souere civil and criminal penaliios.and will be prosecuted to the y maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38:30 on 1D131/2007 under Order No.1000301427_1 which expires on 9241200B,and is not for resale. User Notes: (4187420778) §3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees,and other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for or on behalf of the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors. §3.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. §3.3.4 The Contractor,shall attend weekly job meetings(and such other meetings as may be requested from time to time)with the Architect and such other persons as the Architect or Owner may from time to time wish to have , present. The Contractor shall be represented by a principal,project manager,general superintendent or other Authorized main office-representative if requested by the Owner or Architect,as well as by its own superintendent. An authonzed:representatve of any Subcontractor or sub-contractor shall attend such meetings if the presence of such representative is requested by the Architect or Owner. Such representatives shall be empowered to make binding_commitments on all matters to be discussed at such meetings,including costs,payments,change orders time schedules,and mg-power. Any notices required under the contract may be served on such representatives. §3.3.5Contractor and each of its subcontractors shall be required to purchase,at its own expense,access to Constructware,a-program Owner uses to manage its construction and design process. Contractor shall use Cons tit ctware a_accordance with Owner's instructions in carrying out the Work and shall,to the extent deemed necessary by Owner,obtain training in the use of Constructware at Contractor's own expense. Further,Contractor shall install; .monitor and maintain one or more webeam video cameras. +� §2:4 LABOR AND MATERIALS.._ §3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials,equipment,tools,construction equipment and machinery,water,beat,utilities,transportation,and other fact ides and services necessary-for proper execution and completion of the Work,whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work §3 4.27 Contractor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner,after evaluation by the Architect '�"` and in-Accordance-with-a Change Order. § 14.3 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees and other personsC.aymg out the Contract:The_Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not sl.illed-in tasks-assigned to them and;-subject to applicable contractual or collective bargaining restrictions,at the _- reasouable request of Owner the contractor shall remove such persons from employment in connection with the 3.5 WARRANTY §3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality_and new unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract Documents,that the Work will be free from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted,and that the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents.Work not conforming to these requirements,including substitutions not properly approved and authorized,may be considered defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse,modifications not executed by the Contractor,improper or insufficient maintenance,improper operation,or normal wear and tear and normal usage.If required by the Architect,the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. §3.5.2 The warranty provided in this Section 3.5 shall be in addition to and not in limitation of any other warranty set forth in the Contract Documents or otherwise prescribed by law. §3.5.3.The Contractor shall procure and deliver to the Architect for transmittal to the Owner,no later than the date claimed by the Contractor as the date of Substantial Completion,bound together with a Table of Contents thereto, �. one set of all warranties required by the Contract Documents or applicable to the Work,endorsed by the Contractor. Delivery of the same by the Contractor shall constitute the Contractor's guarantee to the Owner that the warranty(s) conform to the Contract Documents and that the Contractor has performed the Work in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions left AIA Document A20"--1997.Copyright 01911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA'Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law,and International Treaties.Unauthorized 16 reproduction or distribution of this AIA. Dorutneni,or any poniou of it,may result in sovore civil and criminat penollies,and will be prosecuted to the m::ximum extont possible under lite Ian:. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:3B:3D on 10/31/20D7 under Order No.1000301427 1 which .w expires on 524(2008,and Is not for resale. User Notes: (4187420778) iW 1111111 §3.1.2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. §3.1.3.The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect's administration of the Contract,or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons other than the Contractor. §3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR §3.2.1 The Contractor represents and warrants that it has carefully inspected the Site and all existing improvements constituting the Project,has ascertained for itself the conditions which are likely to be encountered during the performance-of the Work;including the likely existence and extent of concealed conditions,and has carefully studied and compared the Agreement,General Conditions of the Contract,Drawings and Specifications,and all other Contract Documents and agrees that such documents appear,to the best of its knowledge as an experienced contractor;to contain all information necessary for the construction of the Project,in accordance with good and generally accepted construction practices as well as the current,applicable building and similar codes. Contractor shall promptly notify Architect and Owner in writing of all errors,omissions,inconsistencies or other problems it may discover immediately upon such discovery and before beginning the Work. Contractor further represents that the Contract Sum includes all spms necessary to complete the Work other than costs attributable to concealed 40 conditions no[reasonably ascertainable through careful and diligent investigation of the Site. Upon the receipt of any Change Order,the Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Drawings and Specifications as they relate to the work requested,and shall report to Architect and Owner any conflicts with current building and similar codes, or inconsistencies with,other Contract Documents. §3,2.2 Any design:errors or.omissions noted by the Contractor daring this review shall be reported promptly to the Architect,'butit isiecognized4hat the Contractor's review is made in the Contractor's capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents.The !r Contr actor.is not required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws,statutes, ordinances budding codes,andrules and regulations,but any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the ;Contractor shall b--reportedpromptly to the Architect. 1t1� §3.2.31f the Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved because of clarifications or instructions issued by the Architect in,response to the Contractor's notices or requests for information pursuant to Sections 3.2.1 td 1.2i the Contractor shall make;Claims as provided in Sections 4.3.6 and 4.3.7.If the Contractor fails to perform the obligations-of Sections 3.2.1:- d 3.2.2,the Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to the Owner as would have.been.avoided if the Contractor had performed such obligations.The Contractor shall not be liable to the wner ArchcE far dgeseuig Or from errors,inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents or for differences between field measurements or conditions and the Contract Documents unless the Contractor recognized such error,inconsistency,omission or difference and knowingly failed to report it to the Architect. §12 4 The,Contractor shall not proceed with any Work not clearly and consistently defined in detail in the Contract Documents,but shall request additional drawings or instructions from the Architect. If the Contractor proceeds with such Work without obtaining further drawings or instructions,it shall correct Work incorrectly done at its own expense and shall be liable to the Owner for the other damages resulting from incorrectly proceeding with the Work. §3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES §3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work,using the Contractor's best skill and attention.The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction means,methods,techniques,sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract,unless the Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters.If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures,the Contractor shall evaluate the jobsite safety thereof and,except as stated below,shall be fully and solely responsible for the jobsite safety of such means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures.If the Contractor determines that such means,methods, techniques,sequences or procedures may not be safe,the Contractor shall give timely written notice to the Owner and Architect and shall not proceed with that portion of the Work without further written instructions from the Architect.If the Contractor is then instructed to proceed with the required means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures without acceptance of changes proposed by the Contractor,the Owner shall be solely responsible for any resulting loss or damage. AIA Document A201TM—1987.Copyright 01911,1915,-1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Init. instilute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:11iis AIA''Document in,,protect=_d by U.S,Copyright Law anti Inturnntional trentios.Unauthorized 1� reproduction or distribution of this AIA` Docu tiont.ar any portion of it,enay result in sevoto cavil and criminal penalties.and will Liu prosecuted to the inw.,itnurn extent passible under the l.nv. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38:30 on 10/31/2007 under0rder No.1000301427_1 which expires on 512412008,and is not for resale. User Notes: (4187420778) rw+ §223 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing the physical characteristics of and utility locations on the site and twe a legal description of the site.The Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of information furnished by the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe performance of the Work. Notwithstanding the foregoing,the Contractor acknowledges that planned utility locations may change. It shall be the Owner's responsibility to forward notices of all such changes. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate with - those:designing and installing the utility connections to identify any changes that may impact the Work. §2.2.4 Information or services required of the Owner by the Contract Documents shall be furnished by the Owner with reasonable promptness.Any other information or services relevant to the Contractor's performance of the Work under the Owner's control shall be furnished by the Owner after receipt from the Contractor of a written request for such:information or services. §2:2.5 Unless otherwise pivvided in the Contract Documents,the Contractor will be furnished,free of charge,such ,w copies of_Drawings and7?roject Manuals as are reasonably necessary for execution of the Work The Contractor's cost of reproducing,for:use by:the Subcontractors,all copies of the Contract Documents reasonably necessary for the execution of the Work shall be included in the Contract Sum. fto §2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO.STOP THE WORK §2.3.1 If_tbe Contraetorfails;to correct Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Section 12.2 or persistently fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents;the Owner-ma y issue a written order to the Contractor to stop the Work,or any portion thereof,until the _cause for such order has been eliminated;however,the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a :duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity, except"to_tlie extentregtureli;by Section 6.1:3. §2.4 OWNERS RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK §2.4.1 if the Contractordefatilts or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within t3seven day;period after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness,the Owner may after such seven-day period give the Contractor a second:written:notice to correct such deficiencies within athree-day period.If the Contractor within _.:: such three-day period after receipt of such second notice fails to commence and continue to correct any deficiencies, the Owner may,withoutprejudice to other remedies the Owner may have,correct such deficiencies.In such case an _:appropriate Change.-Order shall be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the reasooable cost of correcting such deficiencies,including Owner's expenses and compensation for the Architect's additional services made necessary by such default,neglect or failure.Such action by the Owner and amounts charged to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Architect.If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to.-cover.such amounts,the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. §2.4.1The Owner shall have the right to reject any Work which does not conform to the Contract Documents as determined by.the.Architect.. -... §2.5 EXTENT OF OWNER'S RIGHTS §2.5.1 The rights stated in this Article 2 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents are cumulative and not in limitation of any rights of the Owner granted in the Contract Documents or at law or in equity. ..� §2-5.2 In no event shall the Owner have control over,charge of or any responsibility for construction means, methods,techniques,sequences or procedures or for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, notwithstanding any of the rights and authority granted the Owner in the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR §3.1 GENERAL so §3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number.The term"Contractor"means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative. Am tact AIA Document A201TM—1997.copyright ®1911,1915,191B,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,197%1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING:This At A'-Drmument is protected by U.S.Copyright Lai:and hiternalionat Treacles-Unauthorized 14 roproducikui or distribution of this AW DaCUment.or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal pennities,and will bp prosocutod to the maxima{r,extent possibie under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38:30 on 10/31/2007 under Order No.1 0 003 01 4 27-1 which V, expires on 512412008,and is not for resale. User Notes: (4187420778) ow §1.4 INTERPRETATION §1.4.1 In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as"all"and"any" and articles such as"the"and"an,"but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. §1.5 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS §1.5,1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner and Contractor.If either the Owner or Contractor or both do not sign all the Contract Documents,the Architect shall identify such unsigned Documents upon request. §1.5.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site,had an opportunity prior to bidding to submit requests for information,and become generally familiar with local conditions under which the Work.is to be performed and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract ,� Documents ;= §1.6 OWNERSHIPAND USE OF DRAWINGS,SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE §16.1 The Drawings,Specifications and other documents,including those in electronic form,prepared by the Architect and t1a.Architect's consultants are Instruments of Service through which the Work to be executed by the Contractor is described.The Contractor may retain one record set.Neither the Contractor nor any Subcontractor, Sub subcontractor or material or equipment supplier shall own or claim a copyright in the Drawings,Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect or the Architect's consultants,and unless otherwise indicated the Architectand the Architect's consultants shall be deemed the authors of them and will retain all common law, statutory and other. eserved rights,in addition to the copyrights.All copies of Instruments of Service,except the Contractor's rccord.set,shall be returned or suitably accounted for to the Architect,on request upon completion of The Work.The Drawings,Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants,and copics thereof furnished to the Contractor,are for use solely with respect to this Project.They are not to b_e used by Ehe Contractor or any Subcontractor,Sub-subcontractor or material or equipment supplier on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Owner Architectand the Architect's consultants.The Contractor,Subcontractors,'Sub-subcontractors and material ! or,equipment suppliers are authorized to use and reproduce applicable portions of the Drawings,Specifications and Other documents.prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants appropriate to and for use in the 'execution of their Work under the Contract Documents.All copies made under this authorization shall bear the statutory copyrightnotice,if any,shown on the Drawings,Specifications and other documents prepared by the Architect and the Architect's consultants.Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with this Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Architect's Or Architect's consultants'-copyrights or other reserved rights. = ARTICLE 2..OWNER §2.1 GENERAL §21.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number.The Owner shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind,the Owner with respect to all matters requiring the Owner's approval or authorization. Except as otherwise provided in Section 42.1,the Architect does not have such authority.The term"Owner"means the Owneror the Owner's authorized representative. §2.1.2 The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor within fifteen days after receipt of a written request,information necessary and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate,give notice of or enforce mechanic's lien rights.Such information shall include a correct statement of the record legal title to the property on which the Project is located, usually referred to as the site,and the Owner's interest therein. §22 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER I (Paragraphs deleted) §222 Except for permits and fees,including those required under Section 3.7.1,which are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents,the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals,easements, assessments and charges required for construction,use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. loll AIA Document A201n—1907.Copyright 01911,1915,191 B.1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. %VARt4tt4G:'nits AJw' Documont is protected b,U s,Cofr;ricdht Lai:and InIernationni Treaties.!Unauthorized 13 reproduction or distribution at this AIA' Document,or any ponian fit it,may result in seven±civil and criminnl penalties.and will be prosecuted tolha t maxitnuin eMont 1)ossibL=tinder the faw. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38:30 on 10/31/2007 under Order No.1000301427 1 which expires on 512412008,and Is not for resale. User Notes: (41 87420779) w, §1.1.7 THE PROJECT MANUAL The Project Manual is a volume assembled for the Work which may include the bidding requirements,sample forms,Conditions of the Contract and Specifications. §1.1.8 The Drawings are diagrammatic only,and are not intended to show the exact physical locations or configurations of work. Such work shall be installed to clear all obstructions,permit proper clearances for the work �w ofother trades,and present an orderly appearance where exposed. Exact locations of fixtures and outlets shall be obtained from the Architect as provided in subsections 3.2.1 and 3.2.2 before the work is roughed in,and defective work installed without such information from the Architect shall be relocated at the Contractor's expense. If the dimensions or,location of any items is not clear,Contractor shall not install such items until obtaining clarification from Architect. :::§1.1.9 The terms'directed','required','permitted','ordered','designated','prescribed'and words of like import shall imply,the direction,requirements,permission,designation or order of the Owner through the Architect; terms'approved','acceptable','satisfactory'and words of like import shall mean approved by or acceptable_or satisfactory to the Architect;and the terms'necessary', 'reasonable', 'proper', 'correct' and words of like import shall mean necessary,reasonable,proper or correct in the judgment of.the Architect. §1.1.10 Provide. When the:word'provide',including derivatives thereof,is used,it shall mean to Fabricate properly,complete,:transport,deliver,install,erect,construct,test and furnish all labor, .. materials apparatus or appurtenances and all items and expenses necessary to complete properly,in place;ready for operation or use under the terms of the Specifications. 1.1.11 Knowledge The terms'knowledge','recognize' and'discover',and their respective derivatives, and similar terms in the--Contract Documents as used in reference to the Contractor,sball be interpreted to mean thatwhich the Contractor knows,recognizes and discovers in exercising the care,skill and diligence required by the Contract Documents. The expression'reasonably inferable',and similar terms an in the ContractDocuments,shall be interpreted to mean reasonably inferable by a contractor familiar with the Project and exercisuig the care,skill and dili gence required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents_ = §1.1.12=Persistently -_The phrase'persistently fails',and other similar expressions as used in reference to the Contractor,shall he interpreted to mean any combination of acts and omissions which causes the Owner or the-Architect reasonably.to conclude that the Contractor will not complete the Work within the Aft Contract Time for the Contract:Sum or in substantial compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. §12 CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS §121 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor.The Contract Documents are complementary,and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all;performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the �"• indicated results. §1.2.2 Organization of the Specifications into divisions,sections and articles,and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. §1.2.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents,words which have well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. ei §1.3 CAPITALIZATION §1.3.1 Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those which are(1)specifically defined,(2)the titles of numbered articles or(3)the tides of other documents published by the American Institute of Architects. JIM Init. AIA Document A201'm—1987.Copyright 0 1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1981,1983,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects.Ali rights reserved. WARNING:This Al k'Document i:.tuotected by U.S.Copyright L_w and international Treaties.unanthorixed 12 reproduction or distribution of this AIA' Document,or any portion of it,may result in swore civil and criminal p xnallies,and vrifi be prosecuted to the / maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38:30 on 1013112007 under Order No.1000301427 1 which awl expires on 5x2412008,and is not for resale. — User Notes: (41 B74213778) ARTICLE i GENERAL PROVISIONS §1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS §1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor(hereinafter the Agreement), Conditions of the Contract(General,Supplementary and other Conditions),Drawings,Specifications,Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract,other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract.A Modification is(1)a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties,(2)a Change Order,(3)a Construction Change Directive or(4)a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect.Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement,the Contract Documents do not include other rat documents such as bidding requirements(advertisement or invitation to bid,Instructions to Bidders,sample forms, the Contractor's bid or portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements). In the event of a conflict among the Contract Documents,the Contract Documents shall be construed according to 40 tlie-follomdug priorities: -First Priority. Modifications(with later date having greater priority) Second.Priority. Owner-Contractor Agreement,with Exhibits Third Priority; General Conditions,with Exhibits Fifth Priority: Addenda to Specifications or Drawings(with later date having greater priority) Sixth-Priority: Specifications Seventh.Priority: Drawings(sometimes called Plans) In drawings,large scale details shall govern small scale drawings. All indications or notations which apply to one of a number of sunilar situations;materials or processes shall be deemed to apply to all such situations,materials or processes wherever,they appear in the Work,except where a contrary result is clearly indicated by the Contract Documents In case of conflicts between drawings and specifications,or within either of the documents themselves, the*oil-sh all be done by the method of highest quality and greatest expense,unless otherwise specifically directed by the Architect`upon_reguest for information by the Contractor. §1.12 THE CONTRACT The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction.The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations,representations or agreements,either written or oraf..The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification.The Contract Documents shall not be construe to create a contractual relationship of any kind(1)between the Architect and Contractor,(2)between the Owner and a Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor,(3)between the Owner and Architect or(4)between any persons 40 or entities other than the Owner and Contractor.The Architect shall,however,be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations:under.the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Architect's duties. §1 A.3 THE WORK The term"Work"means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents,whether completed or partially completed,and includes all other labor,materials,equipment and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations.The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. §1.1.4 THE PROJECT The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner or by separate contractors. 00 §1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design,location and dimensions of the Work,generally including plans,elevations,sections,details,schedules and diagrams. 011110 §1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment,systems,standards and workmanship for the Work,and performance of related services. [nit. AIA Document A2011"-1997.Copyright ®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,195B,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American institute of Architects.All rights reserved. WARNtf:G:This A1A" Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Lair and irlern3tional Treaties.Unauthorized 11 reproduction or distribution of this AW document.or any portion of it,may result In severe civil and criminal penalties.and wlH be prosecuted to the maxtunnn extent pcssiblL under the la:v.This document was produced by AJA software at 09:38:30 on 10/31/2007 under Order No-1000301427 1 which expires on 524/2008,and is not for resale_ — User Notes: (4187420778) IM 1.6,3.4.2,3.12.8,3.14.2,4.12,4.3.4,4.6.4,93.2, 2.3,2.4,3.3.1,3.9,3.12.9,3.12.10,4.3,4.4.8,4.65, 9.8.5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3,11.4.1, 13.2,13.4.2 52.1,8.22,9.7,9.10, 10.2.2,10.3, 11.1.3, 11.4.6, .» Written Interpretations 12.22, 12.2.4,13.3, 14 4.2.11,4 2.12,43.6 Written Orders Written Notice 1.1.1,2.3,3.9,4.3.6,7,9.2.2,11.4.9, 12.1, 12.2, 13.5.2, 14.3.1 sett OWN WINan tr*r► Init. AIA Document A201 r"—1997.Copyright®191 t,1915,19t8,11925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1997 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved. 'ivARN1NG:This/tW Ihicum=nt is protected by U.S.Copyrighi Law,and htleritational Treaties.Unauthorized 10 it.-production or distribution of this AIA` Document.or any pnufmt of it,may testilt in sa:vota civil and criminal penalties_,and will be prosecuted to the / maxfmtun exlont possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:3a-3o on 10/31/2007 under Order No.1000301427 1 which to expires on 5124/21)08,and is not for resale. — User Notes: (4197420778) IM 5 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE 410 Subcontractors,Work by CONTRACT 1.2.2,3.3.2,3.12.1,4.2.3,52.3,5.3,5.4,93.12, 14 9.6.7 Tests and Inspections Subconlractual Relations 3.1.3,3.3.3,4.2.2,4.2.6,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.8.3,9.93, 5.3,5.4,9.3.1.2,9.6,9.10 10.2.1,11.4.7,11.4.8,14.1, 9.10.1,10.3.2,11.4.1.1,12.2.1,13.5 14.2.1,14.3.2 TIME Submittals 8 1.6,3.1013.11,3.12,4.2.7,5.2.1,52.3,7.3.6,9.2, Time,Delays and Extensions of 93;9.8,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.103,11.1.3 123,4.3.1,4.3.4,4.3.7,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2.1,73.1, Subrogation,Waivers of 7.4.1,8.3,9.5.1,9.7.1,103.2, 10.6.1, 14.32 6:i1,11.4.5 11.4.7 Time Limits Substantial Completion 2.1.2,2.2,2.4,3.2.1,3.7.3,3.10,3.11,3.12.5,3.15.1, 4.2.9,8.1:1,8.13,8.2.3,9.4.2,9.8,9.9.1,9.10.3, 4.2,43,4.4,4S,4.6,52,53,5.4, 6.2.4,7.3,7.4, 9.10.4.2 12.2,13.7 8.2,9.2,9.3.1,93.3,9.4.1,9.5,9.6,9.7,9.8,9.9, Substantial Completion,Definition of 9.10,11.1.3, 11.4.1.5, 11.4.6, 11.4.10,12.2,13.5, 9.8 1 13.7, 14 Substitution of Subcontractors Time Limits on Claims 5 3,5.2.4 4.3.2,4.3.4,4.3.8,4.4,4.5,4.6 . . Substitution of Architect Title to Work 4:13 9.3.2,9.3 3 ftlu Substitutions of Materials .. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF 3:4.2 3.5:1,7.3.7 WORK Sub-subcontractor;Definition Of 12 51 2 Uncovering of Work Subsurface Conditions 12.1 43A Unforeseen Conditions Successors and Assigns 4.3.4,8.3.1, 10.3 33.27-L Unit Prices Superintendent 4.3.9,7.3.3.2 3.9,10.2:6 Use of Documents Supervision and Construction Procedures 1.1.1,Lb,2.2.5,3.12.6,5.3 :-:1.2-2,13,34i 3.1210,4:22,4.2.7,4 3.3 6.13, Use of Site 6.24,7.1:3,7.3.6,82,8.3.1,942,10, 12,14 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1 surety'.- Values,Schedule of 44.7,5.4.1.2,9.9.5,9.10.2,9.10.3,14.2.2 9.2,9.3.1 Surety,Consent:of Waiver of Claims by the Architect 40 11 9:103,9.103 13.4.2 Surveys Waiver of Claims by the Contractor 2.2.3.- 4.3.10,9.10.5,11.4.7,13.4.2 Suspension by the Owner.for.Convenience Waiver of Claims by the Owner 14.4 4.3.10,9.9.3,9.10.3,9.10.4,11.43,11.4.5, 11.4.7, Suspension of the Work 12.2.2.1,13.4.2, 14.2.4 5.4.2,143 Waiver of Consequential Damages Suspension or Termination of the Contract 4.3.10,14.2.4 4.3.6,5.4.1.1,11.4.9, 14 Waiver of Liens Taxes 9.10.2,9.10.4 3.6,3.8.2.1,7.3.6.4 Waivers of Subrogation Termination by the Contractor 6.1.1,11.4.5,11.4.7 4.3.10,14.1 Warranty Termination by the Owner for Cause 3.5,4.2.9,4.3-5.3,9.3.3,9.8.4,9.9.1,9.10.4,12.2.2, 4.3.10,5.4.1.1,14.2 13.7.1.3 Termination of the Architect Weather Delays 4.1.3 43.7.2 Termination of the Contractor Work;Definition of 14.2.2 1.1.3 rIw Written Consent Intl. AIA Document A201TM--1997.Copyright ®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved. WARNIt1G:rnis Aili`Documant is protected by U.S.copyright Lae:and Inwi-naticnal Treanus.Unauthorized 9 raprcducfton or distribution c1 this AW Document.or any portion of it,may result in sever civil and crimluat pcnatties.and will tin prosecuted w tno / makilllUln Pxtenl possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38;30 an 1 013 1 120 0 7 under Order No.1 0003014271 which expires on 5124/2008,and Is not for resale. User Notes: (4187420776) rexr Performance Bond and Payment Bond Review of Contractor's Submittals by Owner and 7.3.6.4,9.6.7,9.10.3,11.4.9,11.5 Architect , Permits,Fees and Notices 3.10.1,3.10.2,3.11,3.12,4.2,5 2,6.1.3,9.2,9.82 2.2.2,3.7,3.13,7.3.6.4,10.2.2 Review of Shop Drawings,Product Data and PERSONS AND PROPERTY,PROTECTION Samples by Contractor OF 3.12 -10 Rights and Remedies 1.12,2.3,2A,3.5.1,3.152,4.2.6,43.4,4.5,4.6,5.3, Polychlorinated Biphenyl 5.4,6,1,6.3,7-3,1,8.3,9.5.1,9.7, 10.2.5,10.3, 103.1 12.2.2,12.2.4,13.4, 14 Product Data,Definition of Royalties,Patents and Copyrights 312.2 3.17 Prfduct Data and Samples,Shop Drawings Rules and Notices for Arbitration 3.11,3110:4-2-7 4.6.2 Progress and Completion Safety of Persons and Property - _ Y 4.2.2,433,_.82,9-8j 9.9.1- 10.2,10.6 Progress-Payments. Safety Precautions and Programs 4.3-3,:9.3i:9.6,93.5,9.10.3,13.6, 14.2-3_ 3.3.1,4,2.2,4.2.7,5.3.1,10.1, 10.2,10.6 Pro�ec41)efinitioa of the Samples,Definition of 3.12.3 ProjeetManagement Protective Liability Samples,Shop Drawings,Product Data and Insurance - 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 *� 113 Samples at the Site,Documents and __p0jectManuat-Defmttio_n of the 3.11 1 7 Schedule of Values Pmlect Manuals 9.2,9.3.1 2 2 - Schedules, Project Representatives 1.4.1.2,3.10,3.Construction12.1,3.122,43.7.2, 4 210 6.1.3 Property Insurance Separate Contracts and Contractors ow 10 25,114 1.1.4,3.12.5,3.14.2,4.2.4,4.2.7,4.6.4,6,83.1, PRO_T)CTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 11.4.7, 12.1.2,122.5 10 : Shop Drawings,Definition of Regulations and.Laws " 3.12.1 16,3.2;2,3 6�37,3.12:10,3.13,4,1 1,4.4.8,4.6, Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples 964,9.91,10:2?,11:1,11:4,13.1, 13.4,13.5.1, 3.11,3.12,4.2.7 13.52,13.6,14 Site,Use of _ Rejection'of Work 3.13,6.1.1,6.2.1 3.51,4.16 12 2.1 Site Inspections Releases and Waivers of Liens 1.2.2,3.2.1,3.3.3,3.7.1,4 2,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.10.1,13.5 Representations Site Visits,Architect's entations 4.2.2,4.2.9,4.3.4,9.4.2,95.1,9.9.2,9.10.1,13.5 1.5.2,3.5.1,3.12.6,6.2.2,82.41 9.3.3,9.4.2,9.5.1, Special Inspections and Testing 9.8:2,9.10:1 42.6,122.1,13.5 Representatives Specifications,Definition of the 2.1.1,3.1.1,3.9,4.1.1,4.2.1,4.2.10,5.1.1,5.12, 1.1.6 13.2.1 Specifications,The Resolution of Claims and Disputes 1.1.1,1.1.6,1.1.7,1.2.2, 1.6,3.11,3.12.10,3.17 4.4,4.5,4.6 Statute of Limitations Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 4.6.3,12.2.6,13.7 3.3.2,3.18,4.2.3,4.3.8,5.3.1,6.1.3,6.2,6.3,9.5.1, Stopping the Work 10 2.3,4.3.6,9.7, 10.3,14:1 Retainage Stored Materials 9.3.1,9.6.2,9.85,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3 62.1,9.32,10.2.1.2,10.2.4,11.4.1.4 Review of Contract Documents and Field Subcontractor,Definition of Conditions by Contractor 5.1.1 1.5.2,3.2,3.7.3,3.12.7,6.13 SUBCONTRACTORS .rte Init. AIA Document AM m—1997.Copyright 01911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,19Bt,19m,1168,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. W ARPIItolr_This Iri"Document is protecded by U S.copyright Law and hiternotionat Treaties.Unauthorized $ reproduction or distribution of this tJA' Document.or any portion of it,may result in severe civil mid criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to the / maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software a[09:38:30 on 10/31!2007 under Order No.1000301427 1 which ws expires on 5124/200%and Is not far resale. User Notes: (4187420778) wde JW Materials,Labor,Equipment and 1.6,2.1.1,2.3,2.4,3.4.2,3.8.1,3.12.10,3.14.2,4.1.2, ON 1.1.3,1.1.6,1.6.1,3.4,3.5.1,3.8.2,3.8.23,3.1'2 3.13, 4.1.3,4.2.4,4.2.9,4.3.6,4.4.7, 5.2.1,5.2.4,5.4.1, 3.15.1,4.2.6,4.2.7,5.2.1,6?.l, 7.3.6,93 2,9.3.3, 6.1,6.3,7.2.1,7.3.1,8.2.2,8.3.1,9.3.1,9.3.2,9.5.1, 9.5.13,9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4,14.2.1.2 9.9.1,9.10.2, 10.3.2,11.1.3,113.1,11.4.3,11.4.10, Means,Methods,Techniques,Sequences and 12.2.2, 12.3.1, 13.2.2,14.3, 14.4 Procedures of Construction Owner's Financial Capability 3:3:1,3.12.10,4.2.2,4.2.7,9.4.2 2.2.1,13.2.2, 14.1.1.5 Mechanic's Lien Owner's Liability Insurance 4.4.8 11.2 Mediation Owner's Loss of Use Insurance 4.4.1,4.4.5,4.4.6,4.4.8,4.5,4.6.1,4.62,8.3.1,10.5 11.4.3 Minor Changes in the Work Owner's Relationship with Subcontractors IL1.3.12.8,4.2.8,4.3.6,7.1,7.4 1.12,5.2,5.3,5.4,9.6.4,9.10.2, 14.22 MISCELLANEOUS:PROVISIONS Owner's Right to Carry Out the Work 13 2.4,12.2.4.14.2.2.2 Modii`ications,DePinition of Owner's Right to Clean Up 1:1.1 6.3 Modifications to the Contract Owner's Right to Perform Construction and to 1.1,4-4.2,173;3.1114.1214.2.1,5.2.3,7,93.1, Award Separate Contracts 41 6.1 Mutual Responsibility Owner's Right to Stop the Work =6.2 23 Nonconforming Work,Acceptance of Owner's Right to Suspend the Work 9.6:6,9.9:3,12.3 14.3 Nonconforming Work,Rejection and Correction of Owner's Right to Terminate the Contract ;:. ?.3,24,351,4.2.6,6.2.5;9.5.1,9.8.2,9.93,9.10.4, 14.2 7 13 Ownership and Use of Drawings,Specifications Notice and Other Instruments of Service 2.21,2.3;2.4,3.2:3,3.3.1,3.7.2,3.7.4,3.12.9,43, 1.1.1,1.6,215,12.1,311.1,117.1,4.2.12,5.3 4.4 8,445,5.2.1,8?2,9.7,9.10, 10.2.2,11.13, Partial Occupancy or Use 114 6,12:2 2,12 2.4, 13.3,13.5.1,13.5.2,14.1,14.2 9.6.6,99,11.4.1.5 Notice,Written.l. Patching,Cutting and 2,3,'2.4,3:3:1,3.9,5.12.9;3.12.10,4.3,4:4.8,4.65, 3.14,6.25 121 8.2:2,9.7,.9.10,10.2.2,10.3,11:1.3,11.4.6, Patents 12 2?,12..?.4,133,14 3.17 -:, Notice of Testing and Inspections Payment,Applications for 115-1,415.2 1,13;5.2 4.25,7.3.8,9.2,9.3,9.4,9.5.1,9.6.3,9.7.1,9.8.5, Notice to Proceed 9.10.1,9.103,4.10.5,11.1.3,14.2.4,14.4.3 Payment,Certificates for Notices,Permits,Fees and 4.2.5,4.2.9,9.3.3,9.4,9.5,9.6.1,9.6.6,9.7.1,9.10.1, 2.2.2,3.7,3.13,7 3.6.4,10.2? 9.103, 13.7, 14.1.1.3,14.2.4 Observations,Contractor's Payment,Failure of 1.51,3.2,3.7.3,4.3.4 4.3.6,9.5.1.3,9.7,9.10.2, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1 2,13.6 Occupancy Payment,Final 2.2.2,9.6.6,9.8,11.4.15 4.2.1,4.2.9,4.3.2,9.8.2,9.10,11.1.2, 11.1.3,11.4.1, Orders,Written 1 11.4.5, 12.3.1, 13.7,14 2.4,14.4.3 1.1:1,2.3,3.9,4.3.6,7,8.2.2, 11.4.9,12.1,12 2, Payment Bond,Performance Bond and 13.52,14.3.1 7.3.6.4,9.6.7,9.10.3, 11.4.9,115 OWNER Payments,Progress 2 4.3.3,9.3,9.6,9.85,9.10.3,13.6,142.3 Owner,Definition of PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION ?1 9 Owner,Information and Services Required of the Payments to Subcontractors 2.1.2,2.2,3.2.1,3.12.4,3.12.10,4.2.7,4.3.3,6.1.3, 5.4.2,9.5.1.3,9.6.2,9.6.3,9.6.4,9.6.7,11.4.8, 6.1.4,6.2.5,9.3.2,9.6.1,9.6.4,9.9.2,9.10.3,10.3.3, 142.1.2 11.2,11.4,135.1,13.5.2, 14.1.1.4,14.1.4 PCB on Owner's Authority 10.3.1 AIA Document A201TM—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1981,19B3,1956,1970,1976,19137 and 1997 by The American Itttt. Institute of Architects.All rights reserved. 4JAIIHING:This AIA"nocoment is protected by U_5.Cepyrulht Lars and Iniertt_alicmal Trcal ins.Unauthorized 7 reproduction or distribution of this AIA`' Document.or any portion at it,may resaa in severe civil and criminal penniltcs.and trill be prosecuted hr It* maximum extent possible,under the lass. This document was produced by AIA soltware at 99:38:30 an 10/31/2007 under Order Na.1000301427 1 which expires on 52412008,and is not for resale. User Notes: (4 tB7420778) WIN, 1.1.3,1.2.1, 1.2.2,2.2.3,2.2.5,3.1,3.3,3.4,3.5,3.7, Insurance,Project Management Protective 3.10,3.12,3.14,4.2.2,4.2.3,4.3.3,6.22,7.1.3,7.3.4, Liability UK 8.2,9.5,9.9.1, 10.2,10.3,12.2, 14.2, 14.3 11.3 Extensions of Time Insurance,Property 3.2.3,4.3.1,4.3.4,43.7,4.4.5,52.3,7.2.1,7.3,7.4.1, 10.2.5,11.4 9-5.1,9.7.1, 10.3.2,10.6.1, 14.3.2 Insurance,Stored Materials OW Failure of Payment 9-3.2, 11.4.1.4 4.3.6,9.5.1.3,9.7,9.102,14.1.1-3,14.2.1.2,13.6 INSURANCE AND BONDS Faulty Work 11 (See Defective or Nonconforming Work) Insurance Companies,Consent to Partial Occupancy t.. Final Completion and Final Payment 9.9.1, 11.4.1.5 4.2.1,4291-4.31,9.8.21:9.10,11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.4.1, Insurance Companies,Settlement with =_ 11.45,12 3 1,13.7,I�t:2:4,14.43 11.4.10 Fuiancial Arrangements,Owner's Intent of the Contract Documents 2.2.1,13.2.2,14.1-13 12.1,4.2.7,4.2.12,42.13,7.4 Fire and Extende&Coverage Insurance Interest 11.4 _ 13.6 -GENERA,L PROVISIONS Interpretation trr 1 1.2.3,1.4,4.1.1,4.3.1,5.1,6.1.2,8.1.4 Governing Law' Interpretations,Written 13.1 4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.6 Guarantees(See Warranty) Joinder and Consolidation of Claims Required Hazardous Materials 4.6.4 10.2.4,10.3,105_. Judgment on rival Award Identification:.of ContractDocuments 4.6.6 15 1 Labor and Materials,Equipment Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers 1.1.3,1.1.6,3.4,3.5.1,3.8.2,3.83,3.12,3.13,3.15.1, 5.2.1 42.6,4.2.7,5.2.1,6.2.1,7.3.6, 9.3.2,9.3.3,9.5.1.3, Indemnification. 9.10.2,10.2.1,10.2.4, 14.2.1.2 3 17,3.18,9.10.2,10.33,10.5,11.4.1.2,11.4.7 Labor Disputes Information and Services.Required of the Owner 8.3.1 2.1,221 2.2,3.2323.12.4r-3.12.10,4.2.7i 4-_3.3,6.1.3, Laws and Regulations 910.3,10.3.3, 1.6,3.2.2,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13,4.1.1,4.4.8,4.6, 11.2,11:4 135.1, 13.5.2,14.1.1.4,141,4 9.6.4,9.9.1, 10.2.2,11.1,11.4,13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, ` Injury or Damage to Person or-Property 13.5.2,13.6,14 4.3.8;10.2,10.6 Liens Inspections - 2.1.2,4.4.8,8 22,4.3.3,9.10 3.1.3i3.3.3,3:7.1,4.2.2,4.2.6,4.2.9,9.4.2,9.$.2, Limitation on Consolidation or Joinder ON 9.8.3,9.9.2,9:10.1, 12.2.1,131.5, 4.6.4 Instructions to Bidders _ Limitations,Statutes of 1.1.1 4.6.3,12.2.6,13-.7 Instructions to the Contractor. Limitations of Liability 3.2.3,3.3.1,3.8.1,4.2:8,5.2.11 7,12,8.2.2,1352 2.3,3.2.1,3.5.1,3.7.3,3.12.8,3.12.10,3.17,3.18, Insurance 42.6,4.2.7,4.2.12,6.2.2,9.4.2,9.6.4, 9.6.7,9.10.4, 3.18.1,6.1.1,7.3.6,8.2.1,93.2,9.8.4,9.9.1,9.10.2, 10.3.3,10.2.5,11.1.2,11.2.1,11.4.7,12.2.5,13.4.2 9.10.5, 11 Limitations of Time Insurance,Boiler and Machinery 2.1.2,2.2,2.4,3.2.1,3.7.3,3.10,3.11,3.12.5,3.15.1, 11.42 4.2,7,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,5.2,5_3, 5.4,62.4,7.3,7.4, Insurance,Contractor's Liability 8.2,92,9.3.1,93.3,9.4.1,9.5,9.6,9.7,9.8,9.9, 11.1 9.10,11.1.3,_11.4.1.5,11.4.6,11.4.10,12.2,13.5, Insurance,Effective Date of 13.7,14 8.2.2,11.12 Loss of Use Insurance Insurance,Loss of Use 11,4,3 11.4.3 Material Suppliers Insurance,Owner's Liability 1.6,3.12.1,4.2.4,4.2.6,5.2.1,9.3,9.4.2,9.6,9.10.5 11.2 Materials,Hazardous 10.2.4,103,10-5 IniL AIA Document A201TM—1997.Copyright 01911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1983,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved.WARNING:This AIA` Document is prntucled by US,Copyright Lai:and htiernotional'fre:iliz=.Unauthnrized 6 ratuoduction or distribution of t IA`his A Document.or any lamiun of it,may result in severe civil and criminnl pennitie=_.and trill Ise prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the late.This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38:30 on 1 0/31 120 0 7 under Ober No.1 000301427 1 which expires on 5124/2008,and is not for resale. _ User Notes: (4187420778) tlw 3.3.2,3.43,3.8.1,3.9,3.18.2,4.2.3,4.2.6,10.2, 10.3, 6.2.5,3.14 11.1.1,11.4.7,14.1,14 2.1.1, Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate Contractor's Liability Insurance Contractors 11.1 3.14.2,6.2.4,9.2.1.5, 10.2.12,10.2.5,10.6, 11.1, Contractor's Relationship with Separate Contractors 11.4,12.2.4 and Owner's Forces Damage to the Work 3.12.5,3.14.2,4.2.4,6, 11.4.7,12.1.2, 12.2.4 3.14.2,9.9.1, 10.21.2,10.2.5, 10.6,11.4, 12.2.4 Contractor's Relationship with Subcontractors Damages,Claims for 1.2.2,3.3.2,3.18.1,3.18.2,5,9.6.2,9.6.7,9.10.2, 3.2.3,3.18,4.3.10,6.1.1,8.3.3,9.5.1,9.6.7,10.3.3, 11.4.12,11.4.7,11.4.8 11.1-1.11.4.5,11.4.7,14.1.3,14.2.4 Contractor's.Relationship with the Architect Damages for Delay 1.1.2,1.6,3.1L3,-.3.2.1,3:2;2,32.3,3.3.1,3.4.2,3.5.1, 6.1.1,8.33,95.1.6,9.7, 10.3.2 3.16,3.18, 4.12,4.1.3,4.2, Date of Commencement of the Work,Definition of 4.3.4,441 4 47,5.2,6.22.2,-7,83.1,9.2,9.3,9.4, 8.1.2 95 9 7,98,�.9, 10 2.6 10.3,11.3,11.4.7,12, Date of Substantial Completion,Definition of 13.4.2,13:5 8.1.3 Contractar's Representations Day,Definition of 1MII .,,1.5.2,3-.5.-Ill 3.12.6,,.6.2.Z 8:2.1,9.3.3,9.8.2 8.1.4 Contractor's Responsibility for Those Performing the Decisions of the Architect - Work . 4.2.6,4.2.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4.2.13,4.3.4,4.4.1,4.4.5, 3.312,3.18,4.2.3;43.8,5.3.1,6.1.3,6.2,63,9.5.1, 4.4.6,4.5,6.3,7.3.6,7.3.8,8.1.3,8.3.1,9.2,9.4, ► 10 9.5.1,9.8.4,9.9.1,13.52,14.2.2, 14.2.4 Contractor's Review of Contract Documents Decisions to Withhold Certification 45-2.3.2,33.3 9.4.1,9.5,9.7,14.1.1.3 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work Defective or Nonconforming Work,Acceptance, 4.7 Rejection and Correction of Contractor's Right-to Terminate the Contract 23,2.4,3.5.1,4.2.6,6.2.5,9.51,9.5.2,9.6.6,9.8.2, 4.310,14::1 9.9.3,9.10.4, 122.1,13.7.13 Contractor's Submittals Defective Work,Definition of 3.10,3.1l.-3.12-.4.2.7,5:2:1,5.23,7.3.6,9.2,9.3, 35.1 9:8 2,9,83,9.9.1,9.10:2,:9a0.3, 11.1.3,115.2 Definitions _ Contractor's Superintendent 1.1.2.1.1,3.1,3.5.1,3.12.1,3.12.2,3.12.3,4.1.1, 3.9, 4.3.1,5.1,6.12,72.1,7.3.1,7.3.6,$.1, 9.1,9.8.1 40 Contractor's Supervision and Construction Delays and Extensions of Time Procedures 3.2.3,4.3.1,4.3.4,4.3.7,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2.1,7.3.1, 1.22,3.3;3.4;3:1210,-4.2:2;4.2.7,4.3.3,6.1.3, 7.4.1,8.3,9.5.1,9.7.1, 10.3.2, 10.6.1, 14.3.2 6.2.4-,7.13,73.4i 7.3.6,8.2, 10,12,14. Disputes Contractual Liability Insurance 4.1.4,4.3,4.4,4.5,4.6,6.3,73.8 11.1.1.$,1-12,11.3 Documents and Samples at the Site Coordination and Correlation 3.11 1.2, 15.2,3.3.1,3.10.3.12.6,'6.1.3,6.2,1 Drawings,Definition of Copies Furnished of Dra_wings and Specifications 1.1.5 1.61 22.5,3.11 Drawings and Specifications,Use and Ownership of Copyrights 1.1.1,1.3,2.2.5,3.11,5.3 1.6,3.17 Effective Date of Insurance Correction of Work 82.2,11.1.2 ?3,2.4,3.7.4,4.2.1,9.4.2,9.8.2,9.8.3,9.9.1,12.1.2, Emergencies 12.2,13.7.1.3 4.3.5,10.6, 14.1.1.2 Correlation and Intent or the Contract Documents Employees,Contractor's 1.2 3.3.2,3.4.3,3.8.1,3.9,3.18.2,4.2.3,4.2.6, 10.2, 10.3, Cost,Definition of 11.1.1,11.4.7,14.1,14.2.1.1 7.3.6 Equipment,Labor,Materials and Costs 1.1.3,1.1.6,3.4,3.5.1,3.8.2,3.8.3,3.12,3.13,3.15.1, 2.4,3.2.3,3.7.4,3.82,3.152,4.3,5.4.2,6.1.1,6.2.3, 4.2.6,4.2.7,5.2.1,6.2.1,7.3.6, 9.32,9.3.3,9.5.1.3, 7.3.33,7.3.6,7.3.7,7.3.8,9.10.2, 10.3.2,10.5,113, 9.10.2,10.2.1,10.2.4, 14.2.1.2 11.4,12.1, 12.2.1,12.2.4,13.5, 14 Execution and Progress of the Work Cutting and Patching Init. AIA Document A201TM—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,191 B,1925,1937,1951,t958,11961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Inslitute of Architects. All rights reserved. 4 AP010r:TTtis Alk' Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Law end International Twailcs_Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this 1.1:1` Document,or any pralial of it,may result in severo civil and criminal penahies.and cnll be presertdod to the maxirrtmn estont possible under the late. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38:30 on 1013112007 under Order No.1000301427_1 which expires an 5124/2008,and is not for resale. User Notes: (4187420778) a� 9.8.3,9.8.4,9.85 1.6.1,3.2.2,3.6,3.7,3.12.10,3.13,4.1.1,4.4.8,4.6.4, Certificates for Payment 4.6.6,9.6.4,10.2.2, 11.1, 11A,13.1, 13.4,13.5.1, 4.2.5,4.2.9,9.33,9.4,9.5,9.6.I,9.6.6,9.7.1,9.10.1, 13.5.2,13.6, 14.1.1,14.2.1.3 9.103,13.7,14.1.13, 14.2.4 Concealed or Unknown Conditions Certificates of Inspection,Testing or Approval 4.3.4,8.3.1, 10.3 13.5.4 Conditions of the Contract ww. Certificates of Insurance 1.1.1,1.1.7,6.1.1,6.1.4 9.10.2,11.13 Consent,Written Change Orders 1.6,3.4.2,3.12.8,3.14.2,4.1.2,4.3.4,4.6.4,9.3.2, 1.1.1,2.4.1,3.4-7.3.8.23,111.1,3.12.8,4.2.8,43.4, 9.8.5,9.9.1,9.10.2,9.10.3,11.4.1, 13.2,13.4.2 .■ 4.3.9,5.2.3,7.1,7.2,7.3,83.1,9.3.1.1,9.10.3, CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY 11.4.1.2,11.4.4;4 1.4.9112.1.2 SEPARATE CONTRACTORS Change Orders Definition of 1.1.4,6 7.2.1 Construction Change Directive,Definition of twer CHANGES-IN THE WORK 7.3.1 3.11,4.2.18,J;_83.1,9.3.1.1111.4.9 Construction Change Directives Claim,Definition of 1.1.1,3.12.8,4.2.8,43.9,7.1,73,9.3.1.1 43.1 Construction Schedules,Contractor's u* Claims and Disputes 1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1,3.12.2,43.7.2,6.1.3 3 23,4:3,4.4,4S,4.6,6.1.1,6 3,7.3.8,93.3,9.10.4, Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts 1D 33 _ 5.4,14.2.2.2 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims Continuing Contract Performance 4.6.5 4.3.3 Claims for Additional Cost--, Contract,Definition of 3.2.3.3-4.3.4,A3.5--4, .6-6.1.1-7.3.9,10.3.2 Claims for Additional Time CONTRACT,TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE Cla'mis for Concealed or;Unknown Conditions 5.4.1.1,11.4.9,14 43.4 Contract Administration Claims for Damages 3.1-3,4,9.4,9.5 3.2.3,3.1$,4.3.10,6.1.1,83.3,9.5.1,9.6.7,10.3.3, Contract Award and Execution,Conditions Relating 11 11,.11.45,11:4.7,14:13,14.2.4 to Claims Subject toA.Aitmtion 3.7.1,3.10,5,2,6.1, 11.1-3, 11.4.6,11.5.1 4 4 14 51,4 6.1 Contract Documents,The Cleaning UP 315,6.3_ Contract Documents,Copies Furnished and Use of Commencement of Statutory Limitation Period 1.6,2.2.5,5.3 13 7 Contract Documents,Definition of Comm rcementof the Work,Conditions Relating to 1.1.1 2.2-.1j 3.2.1;3:4.1,3.7.1,3.10.1,3.12.6,4.35,5.2.1, Contract Sum 5-2.j,6.2.2,9.1.2,8.2.2,8.3.1111.1, 11.4.1,11.4.6, 3.8,4.3.4,4.3.5,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2,7.3,7.4,9.1,9.4.2, 11.5.1 9.5.1.4,9.6.7,9.7, 10.3 2, 11.4.1, 14.2.4,14.3-2 Commencement of the Work,Definition of Contract Sum,Definition of 8.1.2 9.1 Communications Facilitating Contract Contract Time uF Administration 4.3.4,4.3.7,4.4.5,5.2.3,7.2.1.3,7.3,7.4,8.1.1,8.2, 3.9-1,4.2.4 1 8.3.1,9.5.1,9.7, 10.3.2,12.1.1, 143.2 Completion,Conditions Relating to Contract Time,Definition of 1.6.1,3.4.1,3.11,3.15,4.2.2,4.2.9,8.2,9.4.2,9.8, 8.1.1 9.9.1,9.10, 12 2,13.7, 14.1.2 CONTRACTOR COMPLETION,PAYMENTS AND 3 9 Contractor,Definition of Completion,Substantial 3.1,6.1.2 4.2.9,8.1.1,8.13,8.2.3,9.4.2,9.8,9.9.1,9.10.3, Contractor's Construction Schedules 9.10.4.2,122,13.7 1.4.1.2,3.10,3.12.1,3.122,4.3.7.2,6.1.3 Compliance with Laws Contractor's Employees .�r Init. AIA Document AZO1Te—1997.Copyright®1911,1915,1919,1.925,1937,1951,1950,1961,1963,1966,1970,1978,1907 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Ail rights reserved. 1�ARUNG:This AI A``Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Lae:and International Treaties.Unmtthorized 4 reproducticn or distribution of this AL•l" norutnrnt,crony portiwt of it,may resuft in severe cisil ana criminni penawas,and vial be prosecuted to the maximum extent possiblu under the late. This document was produced by AIA software al 09:30:30 on 1013112007 under Order No.10D0301427 1 which expires on 5/24/2000,and Is not for resale. > User Notes: (4187420779) or OPP INDEX 3.1.3,4.2,4.3.4,4.4,9.4,9.5 CNumbers and Topics in Bold are Section Headings) Architect's Approvals 2.4,3.1.3,3.5.1,3.10.2,4.2.7 Acceptance of Nonconforming Work Architect's Authority to Reject Work- 9.6.6,9.9-3,12.3 3.5.1,4.2.6, 12.1.2,12.2.1 Acceptance of Work Architect's Copyright 9.6.6,9.8.2,9.93,9.10.1,9.10.3,12.3 1.6 - Access to Work Architect's Decisions 3:16,621,12.1 4.2.6,42.7,4.2.11,4.2.12,4.2.13,4.3.4,4.4.1,4.4.5, Accident Prevention 4.4.6,4.5,6.3,7.3.6,7.3.8,8.1.3,8.3.1,9.2,9.4, 42:3,10 9.5.1,9.8.4,9.9.1,13.5 2, 14.2.2,14.2.4 Acts and Omissions Architect's Inspections 3 2,3.3.43A2.8.3.18.4.2.3 4.3.8,4.4.1,8.3.1, 4.2.2,4.2.9,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.8.3,9.9.2,9.10.1,13.5 9:5.1,10:2.5-13.4.2,-1.3.7, 14.1 Architect's Instructions w Addenda 32.3,3.3.1,4.2.6,4.23,4.2.8,7.4.1,12.1,13.52 1,1.1,3.11 Architect's Interpretations Additional Costs,Claims for 4.2.11,4.2.12,4.3.6 4.3.4,43.5,43.6,6.1.1 103 Architect's Project Representative Additional Inspections and Testing 4.2.10 9.8-3,12.21,13.5 -: Architect's Relationship with Contractor fit : Additional-Time,Claim s°for :: 1.1.2,1.6,3.1.3,3.2.1,3.2.2,3.2.3,3.3.1,3.4.2,35.1, 4.34 43:7,832 _ 3.7.3,3.10,3.11,3.12,3.16,3.18,4.1.2,4.1.3,4.2, ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 4.3.4,4.4.1,4.4.7,5.2,6.2.2,7,8.3.1,9.2,9.3,9.4, 31.3,4,9.4,9S_ 9.5,9.7,9.8,9.9, 10.2.6,10.3, 11.3,11.4.7,12, Advertisem_entor_Invitat on to Bid 13.4.2,135 LLl Architect's Relationship with Subcontractors Aesthetic_Effect 1.12,4.2.3,4.2.4,4.2.6,9.63,9.6.4,11.4.7 4:2.13,45.1 Architect's Representations Allowances 9.4.2,9.5.1,9.10.1 3.8 Architect's Site Visits All risk Insurance 4.2.2,4.2.5,4.2.9,4.3.4,9.4.2,9.5.1,9.92,9.10.1, 11.4:1.1 13.5 Applications for Payment Asbestos -- 4.2.5,73.8,9.2j_9. 94,9 5.1,-9.63;9.7.1,9.8 5, 10.3.1 9.10,11.1.3,14.2.41-714A.3 Attorneys'Fees Approvals 3.18.1,9.10.2,1Q.3.3 2.4,3.1.3,3.5,3.10.2,3.12,4.2.7,9.3.2,-13.4.2,13.5 Award of Separate Contracts Arbitration 6.1.1,6.1.2 :- 4.3.3,4.4,4-5.1,4.52,4.6,83.1,9.7.1,11.4.9, Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for 11.4.10. Portions of the Work Architect 5.2 4.1 Basic Definitions Architect,Definition of 1.1 4.1.1 Bidding Requirements Architect,Extent of Authority 1.1.1,1.1.7,5.2.1,11.5.1 2.4,3.12.7,4.2,4.3.6,4.4,5.2,6.3,7.12,73.6,7.4, Boiler and Machinery Insurance 9.2,93.1,9.4,91-5,91.8.3,91.10.1, 9.10.3,12.1,12.2.1, 11.4.2 13.5.1,13.5.2,14.2.2,14.2.4 Bonds,Lien Architect,Limitations of Authority and 9.10.2 Responsibility Bonds,Performance,and Payment 2.1.1,3.3.3,3.12.4,3.12.8,3.12.10,4.1.2,4.2.1, 7.3.6.4,9.6.7,9.10.3, 11.4.9,11.5 4.2.2,4.2.3,4.2.6,42.7,4.2.10,4.2.12,4.2.13,4.4, Building Permit 5.2.1,7.4,9.4.2,9.6.4,9.6.6 3.7.1 Architect's Additional Services and Expenses Capitalization 2.4, 11.4.1.1,122.1,13.5.2,135.3,14.2.4 1.3 Architect's Administration of the Contract Certificate of Substantial Completion AIA Document A201Tw—1997.Copyright 01911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1986,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American toil Institute of Architects.All rights reserved, WARNING:This AIA"Document is ptotrried by U.S.Copyright Lav:rind International Troaiies.Unauthorized 3 reproduction ur dl"tibution of Rtis AIA;` Document,or any portion of it,mry tesult in severe civil and irlminat renaltiss.and will I—prosertoir-d io t he maximum extent peEssibl_undor the Ian•:.This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38;30 on 10/3112007 under Order No.1000301427 1 which expires an 92412009,and is not for resale. User Notes: (4187420778) vo 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK , 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT ..r ..r rwr Wo .r+ .r. (nit AIA Document A201 TM—1997.Copyright ®1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Institute olArchitects. All rights reserved. t1;ARt ING:'lhis Al'" Document is protnrind bV Lt S.Copyright Law and International Tioaties.Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA` Documrmt,or any penien of jr,may result in=_aVere alull and criminal leenatties.and erifl b=praseruted le itre 2 mammum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38:30 on 10J3V2007 under Omer No.1000301427_1 which expires on Y2412008,and is not for resale. User Notes: (4 1 6742 07 79) OSHA � h UA Document A201'm -- 1997 Genera!Conditions of the Contract for Construction for the following PROJECT: ..: ....(Name and location or address): ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: Village at Iospital Hill I'll The author of this document has INOrlhaIIlptOn,MaSSBC$USZt[s added Information needed for its mmpleffon.The author may also More specifically,the construction of forty(40)residential units on the former site of the have revised the text of the original -Northampton"State Hospital. AIA standard form.An AMIlons and Deletions Report that notes added Information as well as revisions to THE OWNER: the standard form text is available (Name and address): from the author and should be = Village.at;Hospital Hill II_LLC reviewed.A vertical One to the left c!o The Community Builders margin of this document indicates - ..95Berkeley Street where the author has added Boston,MA 02116 necessary information and where .- . the author has added to or deleted from the original AIA text. THE ARCHITECT_ This document has important legal ,(Name and_address): -- consequences. Consultation with an _Dietz&Company,Architects,Inc. attorney Is encouraged with respect 17 Hampden Street to its completion or modification. Spnngfield,MA O1I03 This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated General Contractors of America TABLE OF ARTICLES . GENERAL.PROVISIONS 2 OWNER 3 CONTRACTOR 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT -5 SUBCONTRACTORS 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS lMtt 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 8 TIME fr~I 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS AIA Document A201 TM—1997.Copyright 0 1911,1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1966,1970,1976,1987 and 1997 by The American Init. Institute of Architects.All rights reserved. WAFIHING-Tnis AW1 Document is prolvewd by u.S.capyrighl Law and International Imalies,rinautherized 1 reproduction or distribution of this AIA- D_cument,or any portion of it,may resent in severe civil and criminal penalties,and will be prosecuted to ttte j maaimurn extent possitrle under the lays. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:38:30 an 1 0131/20 07 under order No.10003014271 which expires on 5x2412008,and is not for resale. User Notes: (4 1 874207 70) This Agreement is entered into as of the day and year Cast written above and is executed in at least three original copies,of which one is to be delivered to the Contractor,one to the Architect for use in the administration of the Contract,and the remainder to the Owner. OWNER(Signature) CONTRACTOR(Signature) Village at Hospital Hill Il a LLC,a limited liability company By: By:TCBVWage at Hospital Hill II,Inc.,its general partner tftA '(Printed name-'and title) (Printed name and title) t AIA Document A101TM—1997.copyright 0 1915,1918,1!325,1937,1951,1958,1961,190,1967,1974,1977,1967,1991 and 1997 by The American Init. Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. VVARttING:This AW' Docum+mt is proieci_d by U.S.Copyright La",and Internatlenal Tnmtios.Unauthorized 9 relstoduction or distribi lon of this AIA" Document,or any portion of it,may ie cult in severe civil and c.iminai penalties.and will ba proseculud to tho t maximum extent possible under the lava. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:36:42 on 10/3112007 under Order No._1000301427_1 which expires on 5124 @00%and Is not for resale. User Notes: (3134756613) arrr awe .wr ARTICLE 8 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS §8.1 The Contract Documents,except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement,are enumerated as follows: §8.1.1 The Agreement is this executed 1997 edition of the Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor,AIA Document A1D1-1997(the"Agreement"),together with the Addenda. §8.1.2 The General Conditions are the 1997 edition of the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction,AIA Document A201-1997(the"General Conditions"). Document Title Pages §8.1.4.The (Paragraphs deleted) Payment and Performance Bond(issued after execution of this Agreement). 8.1.5 The Notice.to Proceed(issued after execution of this Agreement)., (Table deleted) §81.5 The Drawings areas follows,and are dated unless a different date is shown below: (Either list the Drawtrlgs here or refer to an exhibit attached to this Agreement.) (Table deleted) ,. §8.1.6 The following Exhibits: Exhibit A Exclusions,Altemates.and Reserved Alternates Exhibit B Allowances;Unit Prices Exhibit C Schedule of Values 'Exhibit D Project Schedule Exhibit E Reviewed Documents ExhibitT Clarifications to Specifications n>� Exhibit G List of Plans and Specifications ExhibitH Section 3 Certifications and Reporting Requirements Exhibit I Byrd Anti-Lobbying Certification Exhibit J DMH Hiring Requirements 1.12 (Paragraphs deleted) §8 1.7 (Paragraphs deleted) arr Intl. AIA Document A101TM-1997.copyright 01915,1916,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1967,1974,1977,1987,1991 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. t?ARNtNG:11115 AW nucumoni is prolerled by U.S.Copyright Lae,and tnternalional Treaties.Unauthorized 8 reproduction Or distribution of this AW Dartunent,er nny portion of it,may result in sever2 civil and criminal pennhies.nnQ Wi1f be prosecuted to the t uraxiumin extent possible under the Inw. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:36:42 on 10/31/2007 under order No.1000301427 1 which twt expires on 512412006,and is not for resale. — User Notes: (3134750513) are plan in its sole discretion,Contractor shall continue to perform the Work in accordance with such remediation plan 4[rt until the Work is in compliance with the Project Schedule. If Owner does not approve such remediation plan, Owner may propose its own remediation plan,which Contractor shall be required to follow until the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Project Schedule;or (ii)delete such portion of the Work as in Owner's reasonable judgment will enable the Contractor to complete the remainder of the Work in accordance with the Project Schedule,and undertake such deleted Work- separately by its own forces or by others,in which event the Contract Sum shall be reduced by the cost to Owner of undertaking such deleted Work,including third party fees and additional development expenses to Owner,or terminate this Agreement for cause by written notice to Contractor,and thereafter neither party shall have any Hither right against the other except with respect to obligations incurred prior to the date of such notice of termination - §7.0.2 Contractor agrees"to provide all necessary assistance to Owner in fulfilling Owner's obligations to provide information to Owner's lenders and/or investors pursuant to Owner's loan documents and partnership documents. Contractor. , -nowledges that Owner 's lenders and/or investors will have rights to withhold loan or equity funds based on Contractor's performance and such action could affect Owner's ability to make progress payments within the time period set forth herein. §7,6.3 Contractor acknowledges that it has visited and carefully inspected the Project and fully familiarized itself with all the existing conditions,and that it has received and reviewed copies of the"Reviewed Documents"supplied by the Owner with-respect to the -conditions of the Project and listed in Exhibit E of this Agreement. Contractor acknowledges and agrees that the Reviewed Documents,together with the Contract Documents,include all of the information necessary Tdr Contractor to evaluate the existing conditions and the feasibility of completing the Work in accordance with the terms_hereof,and that Contractor has notified Owner in writing of any errors,inadequacies or inconsistencies.in-the Reviewed Documents. §7.6.4This:Agreement shall be binding upon all parties hereto and their respective administrators,successors,and assigns. assign its interest under this Agreement to another,except in the case of the Owner to an affiliate of the Owner,without prior written consent of the other. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence,the Contractor hereby'consents'to the Owner's assignment of its interest in the Agreement to the lenders or investors providing financing for this Work. In addition,the Contractor agrees to facilitate any such assignment by providing the assignees with-any documents or information they reasonably request §7.6.5 The Contractor shall make diligent and continuous efforts to employ current residents of the City of Northampton on the Project. Contractor shall make diligent and continuous efforts to employ and make purchases from Minority/Women Business Enterprises(M/WDE)and accepts as a goal that ten percent(10%)of the Contract Sum shall be expended on MBE firms and WBE firms. Contractor shall make diligent and continuous efforts to comply with the hiring requirements set forth in Exhibit H of this Contract and Article 15 of the General Conditions. §7.6.6 The Contractor shall_make diligent and continuous efforts to comply with the hiring requirements set forth in Exhibit J. . .. ....... §7.6.7 The Contractor shall coordinate the Work with the work of other Contractors and professionals who are involved in the planning and construction of the infrastructure associated with the Project,including utilities, drainage and-detention facilities,and construction of a road serving the Project,so as to minimize disruption and delays in the Work and the construction of the infrastructure. §7.6.8 No payment under this Agreement shall construed to be an acceptance of defective work or improper materials. §7.6.9 WARRANTY INSPECTION. Nine months after the date of final Completion,Contractor shall inspect the Work with Owner and Architect in order to identify defects in or failures to complete the Work and Architect shall prescribe corrective action by the Contractor pursuant to the Contract Documents. Contractor shall perform all such corrective work without delay in accordance with Architect's instructions. !nil AIA Document A101T"—1987.Copyright©1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1967,1974,1977,1997,1991 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved_. YIAnUING:This Ale DOCnmenl is prolectad by U.S.Copyright Law and Internelionil Troatfos.Unaulborized 7 reproduction or distribution of this AIA Document.or any portion of it,may,rustfll in severe civil and criminal penalties.and will ba prosecuted to nie J maximum extent posible under tho.law. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:36:42 on 10/31/2007 under Order No.1 0 003 0 1 4271 which expires on 5f24/2008,and Is not for resale. (3134750813) User Notes: elsewhere may affect the validity of this provision. Legal advice should be obtained with respect to deletions or modifications,and also regarding requirements such as written disclosures or waivers.) §7.3 The Owner's representative is: (Name,address and other infonmation) Thomas P.Kegelman -- The Community.Builders,Inc. 322 Main Street *�^ Springfield,MA 01105 (41.3)737-0207,X5371 or such oilier person as Owner shall designate in writing. §7.4 The Contractor's representative is: .(Naine,address and other.information) §7.5 Neither the Owner's nor the Contractor's representative shall be changed without ten days written notice to the ..... :other party Prior.to commencement of the Work,Contractor shall designate the Project Manager,Superintendent and other key personnel who shall be assigned to the Project through and including Final Completion. The ,, "Superintendant shall be assigned to work exclusively on the Project and shall be in attendance at the Project Site full tune throughout the Work,including completion of the punch list The Superintendent shall be approved by - OWdeHi its solediscretion.=Said representatives shall be qualified in the type of work to be undertaken and shall notce changed during the course of construction without the prior written consent of Owner. Should a epreseutative leave:Contractor's employ,Contractor shall promptly designate a new representative. Owner shall have the right,at any time,to direct a change in Contractor's representatives if their performance is determined by 0wnerao be unsatisfactory:;-In the event of such demand,Owner shall attempt to conduct a meeting with Contractor to discuss the unsatisfactory performance. Following said meeting,Contractor shall,within one week following `.r notification from-Owner to do so,replace said individual(s)with an individual satisfactory to Owner in Owner's sole discretion If said replacementis disapproved,the Contract may,at Owner's option,be terminated for cause. The ;Superintendant shall represent Contractor,and any communications given to the Superintendent in writing shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. Owner shall have no obligation to direct or monitor Contractor's employees. V.6 Other provisions: §7.6.1 Time is of the essence in this Agreement. Contractor acknowledges that satisfaction of critical milestones set forth in the Project Schedule,Substantial Completion of the Work for the entire Project by the Completion Date and full invoicing of the Work by thirty days thereafter is of critical importance to Owner in order to meet Owner's obligations to its investor limited partners and low income housing tax credit allocating agency. Contractor agrees that at any time during the term of this Agreement,in the event that the progress of the Work,in Owner's sole but w. reasonable discretion,is less than what is required to meet critical milestones set forth in the Project Schedule or to achieve Substantial Completion of the Work for the entire Project by the Completion Date,then such delay shall be deemed a default hereunder. The Owner will review Contractor's progress against the Project Schedule at each project meeting. If the Contractor is behind schedule by more than two(2)weeks with respect to any building, milestone or other aspect of the Project Schedule,the Contractor shall be in default of this agreement,and the Owner may take the following actions then or at any time thereafter,in addition to any other remedy available under this Agreement or the Contract Documents(including without limitation the provisions of Section 3.103 of the General Conditions),without the necessity of giving any written notice which may be required by this Agreement or any other Contract Document:. (i)require the Contractor to propose a written remediation plan to Owner within three business days following the meeting during which Contractor is determined to be in default. If Owner approves such remediation aw Init. AIA Document A101�—1987.Copyright®1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1987,1974,1977,1987,1991 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. INARNING:This ASA'Document is protected by U.S.Copyrhjht Law,and international Treaties.Unauthorized 6 reproduction or distribution of this AIA° Document.or any portion of it,cony result in severe civil and criminal penalties.and will bo preseculed to fil@ ( maximum extent possibiu under the lacy.This document was produced by ALA software at 09:36:42 on 10131M07 under Order No.1000301427 1 which WW expires on 512412008,and Is not for resale. — User Notes: (3134750513) 111111110 §5.1-9 Except with the Owner's prior approval,the Contractor shall not make advance payments to suppliers for materials or equipment which have not been delivered and stored at the site. §5.2 FINAL PAYMENT §52-1 Final payment,constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum,shall be made by the Owner to the Contractor when: .1 the Contractor has fully performed the Contract except for the Contractor's responsibility to correct r Work as provided in Section 12.2.2 of AIA Document A201-1997,and to satisfy other requirements, if any,which extend beyond final payment;and .2 a`final Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Architect;and .3 Contractor has delivered all of the following the("Project Closeout Items")to Owner: a. releases from or acceptable assurances of payment to all subcontractors and materialmen,which ieleases.and assurances shall cover all work,labor and materials,including equipment and fixtures.of all kinds,done,performed or famished for the Work; b. copies of all warranties,operations and maintenance manuals and testing reports relating to the ? Work and/or the Project c - certificates of occupancy and any other permits or licenses relating to the Project; - d evidence of completion of all utility hookups and required inspections; e `documentation evidencing approval from all state and local agencies having or claiming to have jurisdiction with respect to the abatement of hazardous materials present at the site;. G Owner's financing sources have approved such payment;and g. As-built drawings. 5.22 The Owner's final payment to the Contractor shall be made no later than forty-five(45)days after the issuance of the Architect's final Certificate for Payment and receipt of all Project Closeout Items,or as follows; �tiMr _ ARTICLE 6 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION §6.1 The Contract maybe terminated by the Owner or the Contractor as provided in Article 14 of AIA Document A201-1997. §6.2 The Work may be suspended by the Owner as provided in Article 14 of AIA Document A201-1997. ARTICLE 7 :MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS §7.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of AIA Document A201-1997 or another Contract Document,the reference refers to that provision as amended or supplemented by other provisions of the Contract Documents. 17.2 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate stated below,or in the absence thereof,at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. (Insert rate of interest agreed upon, if any.) (Paragraph deleted) Nine percent(9%)per annum (Usury lalps and requirements under the Federal Truth in Lending Act,similar state and local consumer credit laws and other regulations at the Owner's and Contractor's principal places of business,the location of the Project and AIA Document A10179-1997.Copyright 01915,191B,1925,1937,1951,1959,1961,1963,1967,1974,1977,1907,1991 and 1997 by The American Init. Institute of Architects.All rights reserved. INAR 1iNG:This AM`DOCUmolit i.prowrlad by U G.{:opyright Leto and internatfonaf Treaties.Unauthari:cd reproduction cr distribution of this„I:` Document.Ora ny pan ion of ii,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties.and will be prosecuted to the 5 t inaximum extent possitie under the law,. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:36:42 on 10131/2007 under Order No.1000301427 1 which expires on 5124/2008,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3134750613) imp §5.1.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of the month,or as follows: .■r §5.1:3 Provided that an Application for Payment is approved by the Architect not later than the the last day of a month,the Owner,shall make payment to the Contractor not later than the last day of the following month.If an Application for Payment is received by the Architect after the application date fixed above,payment shall be made by.the Owner not later than forty-five(45)days after the Architect receives the Application for Payment. §5.1.4 Each Application for Payment shall be based on the Schedule of Values attached hereto as Exhibit C. 5.1.5 App hcations for Payment shall indicate the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the � Ym. P g P P end_of the period covered by the Application for Payment. §5.1.6 Subject to other provisions of the Contract Documents,the amount of each progress payment shall be -computed as follows: .� .1 Take that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work as determined by multiplying the percentage completion of each portion of the Work by the share of the Contract Sum allocated to that;portion of the Work in the schedule of values,less retainage of ten percent( 10%). Pending final determination of cost to the Owner of changes in the Work,amounts not in dispute shall be included as provided in Section 7.3.8 of AIA Document A201-1997; 2 Add.that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at:the site for subsequent incorporation in the completed construction(or,if approved in-advance by the Owner,suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing),less retainage of ten percent(10%); __3 Subtract the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner,and 4 Subtract amounts,if any;for which the Architect has withheld or nullified a Certificate for Payment as provided in Sect on,93 of AIA Document A201-1997. §5-1.7 The progress payment amount determined in accordance with Section 5.1.6 shall be further modified under the following circumstances: 1 Add,upon Substanti al Completion of the Work,a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to the full amount of the Contract Sum,less an amount equal to 200%of the cost of incomplete Work,and unsettled cWms;.and - (Section 9.8.5 of AIA Document A201-1997 requires release of applicable retainage upon Substantial Completion eWork with consent of surety,if any.) .2 Add,if final completion of the Work is thereafter materially delayed through no fault of the 0M Contractor,any additional amounts payable in accordance with Section 9.10.3 of AIA Document A201-1997. §5.1.8 Reduction or limitation of retainage,if any,shall be as follows: 411„ (If it is intended prior to Substantial Completion of the entire Work,to reduce or limit the retainage resulting from the percentages inserted in Sections 5.1.61 and 5.1.6.2 above,and this is not explained elsewhere in the Contract Documents, insert here provisions for such reduction or limitation.) rwv Retainage may be reduced to 5%on each Application for Payment submitted after the Work is 50%complete,in Owner's sole discretion,but only if the Work is being completed in accordance with the Project Schedule and within the project budget. If Owner approves such reduction of retainage to five percent(5 111b),but the Work subsequently falls behind schedule or over budget,the retainage requirement shall revert to ten percent(10%). [nit. AIA Document A101n—1997.Copyright b i915,1916,1925,1937,1451,795a,1961,1983 1967,1974,1977,t987,1991 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects.All rights reserved. WARNING:This AIA''Document is protected by U.S.Copyright Lav:and International Treaties.Unauthori_ed 4 repraduclian or distribution of this AIA" Document.or any porion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties,and ulli be prosecuted to the- 1 maxinunn extent possible under the law.This document was produced by AIA software 409:36:42 on 10/31/2007 under Order No.1000301427 1 which wv expires on 5!24!2006,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3134750613) such event shall be deemed a default hereunder and the Owner may elect,without the necessity of any additional cure period and in addition to any other remedy available under this Agreement,under the contract Documents and under law or equity,to:(i)terminate this Agreement upon written notice and thereafter neither party shall have any further right against the other except with respect to obligations incurred by virtue of the Work performed prior to the date of such termination;or(ii)then or at any time thereafter,without the necessity of giving any other written notice which may be required by this Agreement or any other Contract Document,at its sole option and by seven CI) days'...written notice to the Contractor,delete such portion of the Work as in Owner's reasonable judgment will enable the Contractor to complete the Work by the Completion Date,and undertake such Work separately by its own forces or by others,in which even the Contract Sum shall be adjusted by amount reflecting the cost of d�I undertaking such deleted Work. 37 The Owner.and Contractor agree that in case of the Contractor's failure to complete the work within the time specified in this Agreement,the Owner will be damaged thereby. Because it is difficult to definitely ascertain and prove the amouutof such damages in the event that the Contractor delivers,at a minimum,certificates of occupancy for all buildings by_the date required in section 3.3,but fails to meet the milestones on or before the dates for Substantial Completion specified in Exhibit D hereto(the"Substantial Completion Dates"),it is agreed that the amount.of.such damages ia:that situation shall be as follows: (Table deleted) (Paragraph deleted) With respect to each portion of Work(each building),the amount of such damages shall be the sum of One Thousand and Five Hundred Dollars($1,500.00)per unit for each and every delay that results in the applicable Subs tantial_Completion Date occurring after the first day of the month following the mouth of the date of the scheduled Substantial Completion Date. In addition,for each day of delay beyond the second day of the mouth following the month of the date of the scheduled Substantial Completion Date,the amount of Fifty Dollars($50.00)per unit in the building shall be added to such damages. Thep es further agree that any liquidated damages due pursuant to this provision shall be deducted from any sums due to the Contractor-or if no monies are due to the Contractor,the Contractor hereby agrees to pay the Owner liqurdated;damages and not.by way of penalty,such total sum as shall be due for such delay,computed as set forth in this section. § 3.8 Time is of the essence in this Agreement. ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM= §41 The Owner shall pay the Contractor the Contract Sum in current funds for the Contractor's performance of the Contract The Contract Sum shall be ($ ),subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract _Documents.: §4.2 The Contract Sum is based upon the alternates,if any,set forth on Exhibit A. (State the numbers or other identification of accepted alternates.If decisions on other alternates are to be made by the Owner subsequent to the execution of tiffs Agreement,attach a schedule of such other alternates showing the amount for each and the date when that amount expires) §4.3 Unit prices shall be set forth on Exhibit B. Description Units Price(S 0.00) i ARTICLE 5 PAYMENTS §5.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS Q 5.1.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Architect by the Contractor and Certificates for Payment issued by the Architect,the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the TiAII Contractor as provided below and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. AIA Document A101TM-1897.Copyright®1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1981,1963,1967,1974,1977,1987,1991 and 1997 by The American Init. institute of Architects.All rights reserved. 7VARr4MG:this lit.` Document in prolecled by 1),1.3.Copyright Law and International Tr=eaties.Unauthorized 3 reproduction or distribution of fltis AIA` Do,ument.or any portion of It,may re suit in were civil and criminal penalties_.and vAli be prosecuted w the / rraaimum extent possible under the Jaw. This document was produced by AEA software at 09:36:42 on 10131/2007 under Order No.100D301427_1 which expires an 51242008,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3134750613) .et. ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement,Conditions of the Contract(General,Supplemental and other .. Conditions),Drawings,Specifications,Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement,other documents listed in this Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement;these form the Contract,and are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations,representations or r.. agreements,either written or oral.An enumeration of the Contract Documents,other than Modifications,appears in Article 8. ARTICLE 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT *s* The Contractor shall fully-execute the Work described in the Contract Documents,except to the extent specifically indicated in:the.Contractocuments to be the responsibility of others. ARTICLE 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION §3.1 The date of commencement of the Work shall be the date of this Agreement unless a different date is stated below orprovision is made for the date to be fixed in a notice to proceed issued by the Owner. (Izsert the date of conunencetnent if it differs from the date of this Agreement or,if applicable,state that the date will be fixed in a notice to proceed) r""r The Date of Commencement shall be fixed in a notice to proceed. If,prior to the commencement of the Work,the Owner requires time to file mortgages,mechanic's liens and other M' security interests,`the Owner's time requirement shall be as follows: §32 The Contract Time shall be measured from the date of commencement §3.3 The:Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work not later than days from the date of commencement,or as follows: (Paragraph deleted) Contractor shall berequired to complete the Work in accordance with the schedule attached hereto as Exhibit D (the 17 I "Project Schedule"),including satisfaction of all milestones shown on the Project Schedule with respect to each bWIding.in the Project.The original Project Schedule shall be based on a number of days from issuance of the Notice to Proceed.Within two weeks-following the issuance of the Notice to Proceed,Contractor shall generate a Project Schedule with calendar dates based on the number of calendar days set forth in the original Project Schedule for each milestone. Time is of the essence,and it is critical that the date of Substantial Completion(as determined pursuant to Section 9.8 of the- _ General Conditions)of all buildings shall in no event be later than fourteen(14) months from the date of the Notice to Proceed.. "Substantial Completion"requires at a minimum that certificates of occupancy permitting occupancy of all units in each building be obtained. §3.4 The contractor shall achieve Final Completion(as determined pursuant to Section 9.10 of the General Conditions) within sixty(60)calendar days after Substantial Completion. §3.5 The Contractor acknowledges that,due to the Project's allocation of low income housing tax credits and the deadlines associated with such tax credits,Substantial Completion of the Work by the Completion Date and full invoicing of the work within thirty(30)days thereafter is necessary and of critical importance for the Owner to meet the delivery schedules set forth in agreements among the Owner,its general partner and the Owner's Financing Sources. §3.6 Contractor agrees that at any time during the term of this Agreement,in the event that the progress of the Work,in the Owner's sole but reasonable discretion after consultation with the Architect,is less than what is required to accomplish Substantial Completion within the time period set forth in this Agreement,then the Contractor shall within seven(7)calendar days after receipt of written notice from the Owner,present to the Owner W a plan and schedule demonstrating that the Contractor will accomplish Substantial Completion within the time period set forth in this Agreement. If,in the Owner's sole but reasonable discretion after consultation with the Architect,such plan is insufficient to accomplish Substantial Completion within the time period set forth in this Agreement,or if the subsequent progress of the Work is not in compliance with the schedule set forth in such plan, PiA Inil. AIA Document A101TM—1997.Copyright 61915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1958,1961,1963,1967,1974,1977,1987,1991 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. Ali rights reserved, WARNING:This AIA-'Document is protected by U.S.Copyright I.aw and InIenuitional Tnnlios.Unauthorized 2 reproduction or distribution of this 1•,IA' Document.or any portion of it,may resull in swore civil and criminal penalties.and will be prosecuted to the 1 maximum extent pussibie under the lees.This document was produced by AIA software at 09:36:42 on 10/31/2007 under Order No.1000301427 1 which expires on 524/200B,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3134750613) are 4 � na Document A101 1997 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is a STIPULATED SUM AGREEMENT made as of the day of in the year of (In words,indicate day,month and year) ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: - The author of this document has -BETWEEN the:awner added Information needed for its (Naure,address and other information) completion.The author may also have revised the text of the original Village at Hospital Hillll AIA standard form.An Additions and LLC Deletions Report that notes added c/o The Community Builders,Inc. information as well as revisions to 98 Berkeley;Street Suite 500 the standard form text Is available Boston,MA 02116: from the author and should be Attu.:_General Counsel reviewed.A vertical line In the left margin of this document Indicates and the Contractor: where the author has added (Naure,address and other information} necessary Information and where - - - the author has added to or deleted from the original AIA text This document has Important legal consequences. Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect The Project is: to its completion or modification. (Name aid location) AIA Document A201-1997,General Cond dons of the Contract for Village at Hospital.Hill IT Construction,Is adopted in this Northampton,Massachusetts document by reference.Do not use with other general conditions unless More specifically,the construction of forty(40)residential units on the former site of the this document is modified. Northampton State Hospital. This document has been approved and endorsed by The Associated = General Contractors of America. The Architect is: (Noire,address raid other infonnaton) Dietz&Company Architects,Inc. 17 Hampden Street MIS Springfield,MA 01103 The Owner and Contractor agree as follows. AIA Document A1101114--1997.Copyright B 1915,1918,1925,1937,1951,1!158,1951,1963,1967,1974,1977,1987,1991 and 1997 by The American Intl. Institute at Architects. All rights reserved. :':AA1411JG:This Al_.' Document is protected by a S.Copyright Lew and International Ireatins,un:wthori_ed j reproduction or distribution et this AIA` Document.or any portion of it,may result in severe civil and criminal penalties.and will be prosecuted to The maximum extent possible under the levy. This document was produced by AIA software at 09:36:42 on 10/31/2007 under order No.1004301427_1 which expires on 5/24/2006,and is not for resale. User Notes: (3134750613) l am Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK O• A" oft A TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC -4 Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1,2007 DIVISION 14-CONVEYING SYSTEMS Not Used DIVISION 15—MECHANICAL Section 15010 General Conditions for Mechanical Trades 40 Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods Section 15246 Vibration Isolation and Seismic Restraints Section 15260 Mechanical Insulation Section 15300 Fire Protection Systems Section 15410 Plumbing Piping Section 15430 Plumbing Specialties Section 15440 Plumbing Fixtures Section 15450 Plumbing Equipment Section 15510 Hydronic Piping and Specialties Section 15540 HVAC Pumps Section 15556 Hot Water Boilers Section 15835 Terminal Heat Transfer Units '! Section 15860 Fans Section 15890 Ductwork and Ductwork Accessories Section 15980 Instruments and Control Elements Section 15985 Sequence of Operation Section 15990 Testing, Adjusting and Balancing DIVISION 16—ELECTRICAL Section 16010 General Conditions for Electrical Trades Section 16050 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Section 16400 Service and Distribution Section 16500 Interior and Exterior Luminaires Section 16720 Telephone and Intercommunication Equipment Section 16721 Fire Alarm System Section 16781 Television Distribution System APPENDIX Appendix A Forms Subcontractors and Major Material Suppliers List Submittal Transmittal Substitution Request Proposal Worksheet Detail Proposal Worksheet Summary A END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC -3 > Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 DIVISION 6-WOOD AND PLASTICS No Section 06100 Rough Carpentry Section 06175 Prefabricated Wood Trusses Section 06200 Exterior Finish Carpentry Section 06402 Interior Architectural Woodwork ` DIVISION 7-THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07210 Insulation Section 07310 Shingle Roofing Section 07411 Preformed Metal Roofing Section 07460 Vinyl Siding (Alternate) .� Section 07530 Single Ply Membrane Roofing System Section 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal Section 07840 Firestopping Section 07900 Joint Sealers " DIVISION 8- DOORS AND WINDOWS Section 08100 Door Schedule Section 08110 Steel Doors and Frames Section 08210 Wood Doors Section 08310 Access Doors Section 08396 Aluminum Screen and Storm Doors Section 08500 Window Schedule Section 08552 Vinyl Windows Section 08710 Finish Hardware DIVISION 9- FINISHES Section 09000 Finish Schedule Section 09260 Gypsum Board Assemblies Section 09300 Tile Section 09640 Wood Strip Flooring Section 09650 Resilient Flooring and Base Section 09684 Sheet Carpet Section 09910 Painting DIVISION 10-SPECIALTIES Section 10400 Signage and Graphics Section 10550 Postal Specialties Section 10810 Toilet Accessories DIVISION 11 -EQUIPMENT Section 11452 Appliances DIVISION 12- FURNISHINGS Section 12357 Kitchen Casework DIVISION 13-SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION Not Used TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC -2 t Village at Hospital Hill, Phase II Dietz& Company Architects, Inc. Northampton, MA November 1, 2007 PROJECT MANUAL VILLAGE AT HOSPITAL HILL PHASE II Northampton, MA TABLE OF CONTENTS CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT Document 00800 AIA A101 —Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor Document 00801 AIA — A201 — General Conditions of the Contract for Construction (including Supplementary General Conditions) Document 00802 Exhibits A through J Document 00850 Drawing List Document 00900 Performance and Payment Bond SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01000 General Requirements Section 01030 Alternates Section 01400 Quality Control and Testing Services Section 01420 Mock-Ups Section 01570 Construction Waste Management DIVISION 2-SITEWORK Section 02100 Demolition, Clearing and Grubbing Section 02150 Erosion and Sediment Control Section 02200 Excavating, Filling and Grading Section 02300 Storm Drainage Section 02600 Bituminous Concrete Pavement and Curbing Section 02666 Water Distribution System Section 02730 Sanitary Sewer Services Section 02800 Planting Section 02850 Seeding Section 02950 Site Improvements DIVISION 3-CONCRETE Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 03450 Architectural Precast Concrete DIVISION 4-MASONRY Section 04800 Masonry Assemblies DIVISION 5-METALS Section 05500 Metal Fabrications TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - 1 PROJECT MANUAL VILLAGE AT HOSPITAL HILL PHASE 11 NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS Owner An Hospital Hill LLC c/o The Community Builders 95 Berkeley Street Boston,Massachusetts 02116 Architect Landscape Architect Dietz&Company Architects, Inc. Berkshire Design Group 17 Hampden Street 4 Allen Place Springfield, MA 01 103 Northampton, MA 01060 Phone No:413-733-6798 Phone No:413-582-7000 Fax No:413-732-4385 Fax No:413-582-7005 Structural Engineer Mechanical& Electrical Engineers Barry Engineers Consulting Engineering Services, Inc. 176 Churchill Street 811 Middle Street Pittsfield, MA 01201 Middletown,CT 06457 Phone No:413-443-6591 Phone No:860-632-1682 Fax No:413-443-4392 Fax No:860-632-1768 November 1,2007 OR a an g 0'7 y -5 a o - G '7 Y A F �o o 9 - 07q t g06if 32'4 -11,� �a o 7 -, O W O 8 UN i rs 3 8'A-1c VILLAGE AT HOSPITAL HILL PHASE 11 NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS PROJECT MANUAL Dietz & Company Architects, Inc. 17 Hampden Street Springfield, MA 01 103 No. 6284 laid Spr , OF S. DELBERT R. SMITH,JS M ECHmICAL •° • 41Z1a DAR14=1 2A G�, N cW2. Na 324M WANovember 1, 2007 VIAI icy UGLAS �4 4'0.1261